USFSA 2017-18 rulebook page 1-250 ISCI

Page 1

THE 2018 OFFICIAL U.S. FIGURE SKATING RULEBOOK ©

The 2017-18 membership year and competition season begin on July 1, 2017, and all rule changes take effect on that date unless otherwise noted. 6KRXOG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ¿QG HUURUV LQ WKLV HGLWLRQ RI WKH 5XOHERRN FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH PDGH LQ WKH RQOLQH YHUVLRQ $Q\ FODUL¿FDWLRQV WR UXOHV ZLOO EH IRXQG RQOLQH LQ 7HFKQLFDO 1RWL¿FDWLRQV 7KH 5XOHERRN FDQ EH YLHZHG DV D 3') ¿OH RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJUXOHV RUJ DQG LV DOVR DYDLODEOH LQ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 3XEOLFDWLRQV $SS 7KH RI¿FLDO ZHEVLWH RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ Published June 2017 by U.S. Figure Skating 20 First Street Colorado Springs, CO 80906-3697 Ph: 719.635.5200 F: 719.635.9548 XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ Copyright © 2017 by U.S. Figure Skating, Colorado Springs, Colo. 7KH FRQWHQW DQG SURJUDPV FRQWDLQHG LQ WKLV 2I¿FLDO 5XOHERRN DUH FRS\ULJKWHG

i

This Page Intentionally Blank

ii

Table of Contents About U.S. Figure Skating............................................................................................................................................................ 1 2I¿FHUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ..................................................................................................................................................... 1 Joint Statement of Cooperation..................................................................................................................................................... 2 U.S. Figure Skating Policy on Coaching ...................................................................................................................................... 2 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 3ROLF\ RQ ,-6 5HYLVLRQV................................................................................................................................ 2 Part One: Governance and Administration Bylaws of the United States Figure Skating Association.............................................................................................................. 3 1DPH ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Objectives................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 Fiscal Year ............................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Jurisdiction .............................................................................................................................................................................. 4 Membership............................................................................................................................................................................. 4 Government............................................................................................................................................................................. 5 Delegates to the Governing Council ....................................................................................................................................... 5 Board of Directors................................................................................................................................................................... 6 Meetings of Governing Council and Board of Directors ........................................................................................................ 7 2I¿FHUV.................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 President................................................................................................................................................................................ 10 Vice Presidents ...................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Secretary................................................................................................................................................................................ 11 Treasurer................................................................................................................................................................................ 11 1RPLQDWLRQV DQG (OHFWLRQV RI 2I¿FHUV DQG %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ........................................................................................... 11 Committees ........................................................................................................................................................................... 12 'XWLHV DQG -XULVGLFWLRQ RI 3HUPDQHQW &RPPLWWHHV DQG WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH............................................................ 13 Composition of Permanent Committees ............................................................................................................................... 13 U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund ..................................................................................................................................... 14 2I¿FLDO 5XOHV ........................................................................................................................................................................ 15 Prerequisites to Participation in U.S. Figure Skating Activities .......................................................................................... 15 'H¿QLWLRQ RI $WKOHWH.............................................................................................................................................................. 16 5HJLVWUDWLRQ ........................................................................................................................................................................... 16 5HVLJQDWLRQV .......................................................................................................................................................................... 16 Grievance and Disciplinary Proceedings .............................................................................................................................. 16 6XVSHQVLRQ ([SXOVLRQ DQG /RVV RI 0HPEHUVKLS 3ULYLOHJHV ................................................................................................ 16 ,QGHPQL¿FDWLRQ ..................................................................................................................................................................... 19 Disposition of Assets............................................................................................................................................................. 19 Dissolution ............................................................................................................................................................................ 20 Amendments to Bylaws ........................................................................................................................................................ 20 *HQHUDO 5XOHV.............................................................................................................................................................................. 21 *5 ...Policy ................................................................................................................................................................... 21 *5 ...Administration ..................................................................................................................................................... 23 &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV......................................................................................................................................................................... 25 Adult Skating .............................................................................................................................................................................. 25 $6&5 ... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 25 $6&5 ... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 25 $6&5 ... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 25 Athlete Development .................................................................................................................................................................. 25 $'&5 ... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 25 $'&5 ... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 25 $'&5 ... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 25 Athletes Advisory........................................................................................................................................................................ 25 $$&5 ... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 25 $$&5 ... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 25 $$&5 ... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 26 Audit ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 26 $&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 26 $&5 ...... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 26 iii

$&5 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 26 Coaches ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 26 &&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 26 &&5 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 27 Collegiate Program ..................................................................................................................................................................... 27 CPC 1.00 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 27 CPC 2.00 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 27 Compensation ............................................................................................................................................................................. 27 &3&5 .... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 27 &3&5 .... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 27 &3&5 .... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 27 Competitions ............................................................................................................................................................................... 28 &5 ...Authority .............................................................................................................................................................. 28 &5 ...Organization......................................................................................................................................................... 28 &5 ...Jurisdiction........................................................................................................................................................... 28 &5 ...Authority and Jurisdiction of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee ...................................... 29 &5 ...Organization – Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee................................................................... 29 &5 ...(OLJLELOLW\ ............................................................................................................................................................. 29 &5 ...Appointment Process ........................................................................................................................................... 29 &5 ...)RUPDO &RPSODLQWV $JDLQVW &RPSHWLWLRQ 2I¿FLDOV.............................................................................................. 32 &5 .5HWLUHPHQW RU 5HVLJQDWLRQ RI 2I¿FLDOV ................................................................................................................ 33 &5 ..Honorary Appointments....................................................................................................................................... 33 Dance .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 33 '&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 33 '&5 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 33 '&5 ...... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 33 '&5 ...... Functions of Committee Members................................................................................................................. 33 (OLJLELOLW\ .................................................................................................................................................................................... 34 (5 ....-XULVGLFWLRQ 5HVSRQVLELOLWLHV DQG 'H¿QLWLRQV...................................................................................................... 34 (5 ....5HJLVWUDWLRQ .......................................................................................................................................................... 34 (5 ....8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ $SSURYHG $FWLYLWLHV IRU )LQDQFLDO %HQH¿W........................................................................... 35 (5 ....5HVWULFWHG (OLJLELOLW\ 6WDWXV ................................................................................................................................. 35 (5 ....$SSOLFDWLRQ WR /LIW 5HVWULFWHG 6WDWXV.................................................................................................................... 35 (5 ....Ineligible Status ................................................................................................................................................... 35 (5 ....5HLQVWDWHPHQW IURP ,QHOLJLEOH 6WDWXV................................................................................................................... 35 (5 ....3DUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ $FWLYLWLHV $FFRUGLQJ WR (OLJLELOLW\ 6WDWXV .................................................. 36 (5 ....(QIRUFHPHQW RI (OLJLELOLW\ 5XOHV ......................................................................................................................... 37 (5 ..5LJKW RI $SSHDO.................................................................................................................................................... 37 (WKLFV........................................................................................................................................................................................... 38 (&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 38 (&5 ...... -XULVGLFWLRQ DQG 5HVSRQVLELOLW\ ...................................................................................................................... 38 (&5 ...... Disciplinary Proceedings ............................................................................................................................... 38 Finance........................................................................................................................................................................................ 38 )&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 38 )&5 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 38 )&5 ...... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 38 )&5 ...... Budget ............................................................................................................................................................ 38 )&5 ...... )LQDQFLDO 5HSRUWLQJ........................................................................................................................................ 39 )&5 ...... Custodianship................................................................................................................................................. 39 )&5 ...... Procedures ...................................................................................................................................................... 39 Grievance .................................................................................................................................................................................... 39 *&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 39 *&5 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\ DQG -XULVGLFWLRQ ...................................................................................................................... 39 *&5 ...... Initiating Grievance Proceedings ................................................................................................................... 39 *&5 ...... Selection of Persons to Serve on Hearing Panels........................................................................................... 41 *&5 ...... ([SHGLWHG 3URFHGXUHV..................................................................................................................................... 41 *&5 ...... $SSHDO IURP 'HFLVLRQV RI ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHOV.................................................................................... 43 *&5 ...... &RQÀLFWV ......................................................................................................................................................... 43 *&5 ...... )HHV &RVWV DQG ([SHQVHV............................................................................................................................... 43 iv

*&5 ...... &RQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ Publication ............................................................................................................................ 43 *&5 .... 5HFLSURFLW\ ZLWK 2WKHU 2UJDQL]DWLRQV ........................................................................................................... 44 International ................................................................................................................................................................................ 44 ,&5 ..Authority .............................................................................................................................................................. 44 ,&5 ..Organization ........................................................................................................................................................ 44 ,&5 ..5HVSRQVLELOLWLHV.................................................................................................................................................... 44 ,&5 ..5(6(59(' ......................................................................................................................................................... 46 ,&5 ..Organization of the Synchronized Management Subcommittee ......................................................................... 46 ,&5 ..Selection of Synchronized Competitions............................................................................................................. 46 ,&5 ..United States Synchronized Skating Team .......................................................................................................... 46 ,&5 ..6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ 7HDP (QYHORSH ................................................................................................................ 46 ,68 5HSUHVHQWDWLYH ..................................................................................................................................................................... 47 ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV............................................................................................................................................... 47 ,-2&5 ... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 47 ,-2&5 ... 2UJDQL]DWLRQ DQG 5HVSRQVLELOLW\ .................................................................................................................... 47 ,-2&5 ... ,68 DQG ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 1RPLQDWLRQV ............................................................................................................... 47 Judges.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 48 -5 .....Judges’ Creed Standard of Conduct..................................................................................................................... 48 -5 .....Authority, 5HVSRQVLELOLW\ and Organization......................................................................................................... 48 -5 .....1RWL¿FDWLRQ .......................................................................................................................................................... 49 -5 .....(OLJLELOLW\ ............................................................................................................................................................. 49 -5 .....Select, Advanced and Accelerated Tracks ........................................................................................................... 49 -5 .....)LJXUH 6LQJOHV 3DLUV 7HVW DQG &RPSHWLWLRQ -XGJHV $XWKRUL]HG WR -XGJH............................................................ 50 -5 .....Dance Test and Competition Judges Authorized to Judge................................................................................... 55 -5 .....Synchronized Skating Competition Judges Authorized to Judge ........................................................................ 57 -5 .....Showcase Judges Authorized to Judge ................................................................................................................ 58 -5 ...Theatre On Ice Judges Authorized to Judge ........................................................................................................ 58 -5 ...Appointment of Judges ........................................................................................................................................ 58 -5 ...Applications for Appointment of Judges ............................................................................................................. 59 -5 ...Formal Complaints Against Judges ..................................................................................................................... 59 -5 ...Foreign Judge Appointments ............................................................................................................................... 60 -5 ...5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 2I¿FLDO -XGJHV......................................................................................................................... 60 -5 ...Inactive Status...................................................................................................................................................... 61 -5 ...5HWLUHPHQW RU 5HVLJQDWLRQ RI -XGJHV ................................................................................................................... 61 -5 ...+RQRUDU\ 1DWLRQDO -XGJHV.................................................................................................................................... 61 -5 ...Trial and Practice Judging.................................................................................................................................... 61 -5 ...Trial and Practice Judging Applications .............................................................................................................. 61 -5 ...Trial and Practice Judging Assignments .............................................................................................................. 62 -5 ...7ULDO DQG 3UDFWLFH -XGJLQJ 5HFRUGV ..................................................................................................................... 62 -5 ...-XGJHV (GXFDWLRQ ................................................................................................................................................. 62 Membership ................................................................................................................................................................................ 63 05 ...Authority .............................................................................................................................................................. 63 05 ...General................................................................................................................................................................. 63 05 ...Applications ......................................................................................................................................................... 63 05 ...Inactive Status...................................................................................................................................................... 64 05 ...4XDOL¿FDWLRQV IRU ,QWHULP &OXE 0HPEHUVKLS....................................................................................................... 64 05 ...4XDOL¿FDWLRQV 'XHV DQG )HHV.............................................................................................................................. 65 05 ...Obligations of Full, Interim and Provisional Member Clubs .............................................................................. 67 05 ...&OXE (WKLFV........................................................................................................................................................... 68 05 ...Membership Privileges ........................................................................................................................................ 68 05 .../HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ 6XEFRPPLWWHH ..................................................................................................................... 69 05 ...General................................................................................................................................................................. 69 05 ...Procedure ............................................................................................................................................................. 69 05 .0HPEHU 5HFRJQLWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH ................................................................................................................... 69 05 .Authority .............................................................................................................................................................. 69 05 .5HVSRQVLELOLW\ ...................................................................................................................................................... 69 Memorial Fund............................................................................................................................................................................ 69 0)&5 ... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 69 0)&5 ... Purposes ......................................................................................................................................................... 69 v

0)&5 ... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 70 0)&5 ... Administration................................................................................................................................................ 70 0)&5 ... 7D[ 'HGXFWLEOH 6WDWXV .................................................................................................................................... 70 1RPLQDWLQJ ................................................................................................................................................................................. 70 1&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 70 1&5 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 70 1&5 ...... (OHFWLRQV......................................................................................................................................................... 70 1&5 ...... Procedures ...................................................................................................................................................... 71 Pairs............................................................................................................................................................................................. 71 3&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 71 3&5 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 71 3&5 ...... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 72 Parents......................................................................................................................................................................................... 72 3$&5 .... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 72 3$&5 .... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 72 3$&5 .... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 72 Program Development ................................................................................................................................................................ 72 3'&5 ... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 72 3'&5 ... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 72 5XOHV ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 72 5&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 72 5&5 ...... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 72 5&5 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 72 5&5 ...... Procedure........................................................................................................................................................ 72 SafeSport..................................................................................................................................................................................... 73 6)5 ..Authority .............................................................................................................................................................. 73 6)5 ..Organization......................................................................................................................................................... 73 6)5 ..5HVSRQVLELOLW\ ...................................................................................................................................................... 73 Sanctions ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 73 65 ....5HVSRQVLELOLW\ DQG 2UJDQL]DWLRQ.......................................................................................................................... 73 65 ....'H¿QLWLRQV............................................................................................................................................................ 74 65 ....Performance Sanctions......................................................................................................................................... 75 65 ....Special Performance Sanctions............................................................................................................................ 76 65 ....Foreign Performance Sanctions ........................................................................................................................... 76 65 ....Competition Sanctions ......................................................................................................................................... 77 65 ....$SSURYDO WR 5HFHLYH 3D\PHQW IRU $SSHDUDQFHV (QGRUVHPHQWV RU ([KLELWLRQV.................................................. 77 65 ....8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 6DQFWLRQV 2I¿FHUV ............................................................................................................... 77 65 ....*LIWV DQG ([SHQVHV............................................................................................................................................... 78 65 ....Discipline ............................................................................................................................................................. 78 65 ....$VVHVVPHQW )HHV DQG )LQDQFLDO 5HSRUWV .............................................................................................................. 79 Selections .................................................................................................................................................................................... 79 6&5 ...... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 79 6&5 ...... 2UJDQL]DWLRQ DQG 5HVSRQVLELOLW\ .................................................................................................................... 79 6&5 ...... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\ ± 6LQJOHV 3DLUV DQG ,FH 'DQFH ............................................................................................... 79 Singles......................................................................................................................................................................................... 80 6,&5 ..... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 80 6,&5 ..... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 80 6,&5 ..... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 80 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ..................................................................................................................................... 80 62&5 ... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 80 62&5 ... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 80 Sports Sciences and Medicine .................................................................................................................................................... 80 60&5 ... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 80 60&5 ... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 80 60&5 ... 0LVVLRQ DQG 5HVSRQVLELOLW\ ............................................................................................................................ 80 State Games ................................................................................................................................................................................ 81 6*&5 ... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 81 6*&5 ... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 81 6*&5 ... General ........................................................................................................................................................... 81 vi

6*&5 ... Sanctions ........................................................................................................................................................ 81 6*&5 ... 2I¿FLDOV .......................................................................................................................................................... 81 6*&5 ... (OLJLELOLW\ WR &RPSHWH .................................................................................................................................... 81 6*&5 ... Conduct of Competitions ............................................................................................................................... 82 6*&5 ... ([SHQVHV DQG 5HSRUWV .................................................................................................................................... 82 Strategic Planning ....................................................................................................................................................................... 82 63&5 .... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 82 63&5 .... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 82 Synchronized Skating ................................................................................................................................................................. 82 6<6&5 . Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 82 6<6&5 . 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 82 6<6&5 . Organization................................................................................................................................................... 82 6<6&5 . Functions of Committee Members................................................................................................................. 83 Technical Panel ........................................................................................................................................................................... 83 73&5 .... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 83 73&5 .... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 83 73&5 .... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 83 73&5 .... (OLJLELOLW\ DQG 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV ......................................................................................................................... 83 73&5 .... Appointment Process ..................................................................................................................................... 85 73&5 ... Inactive Status ................................................................................................................................................ 85 73&5 ... 5HWLUHPHQW RU 5HVLJQDWLRQ RI 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV ................................................................................ 85 73&5 ... +RQRUDU\ 1DWLRQDO 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV................................................................................................. 86 73&5 .... )RUPDO &RPSODLQWV $JDLQVW 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV .................................................................................. 86 Tests ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 87 75 ....$XWKRULW\ 2UJDQL]DWLRQ DQG 5HVSRQVLELOLW\......................................................................................................... 87 Theatrical Skating ....................................................................................................................................................................... 87 76&5 .... Authority ........................................................................................................................................................ 87 76&5 .... Organization................................................................................................................................................... 87 76&5 .... 5HVSRQVLELOLW\................................................................................................................................................. 87 Trophies and Medals................................................................................................................................................................... 87 705 ..... 1HZ 7URSKLHV ................................................................................................................................................. 87 705 ..... Acceptance of Trophies.................................................................................................................................. 88 705 ..... 1DWLRQDO 6HFWLRQDO 5HJLRQDO 7URSKLHV DQG 6SHFLDO 3LQV .............................................................................. 88 705 ..... Medals ............................................................................................................................................................ 88 705 ..... &HUWL¿FDWHV RI 3DUWLFLSDWLRQ............................................................................................................................ 89 705 ..... Special Awards and Trophies ......................................................................................................................... 89 7URSK\ /LVWLQJ............................................................................................................................................................................. 91 Part Two: Rules of Sport 5XOHV 7KDW $SSO\ WR $OO &RPSHWLWLRQV........................................................................................................................................ 97 1000...Competition Season................................................................................................................................................... 97 1010...Geographic Divisions ................................................................................................................................................ 97 1020...&ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI &RPSHWLWLRQV................................................................................................................................... 97 1030...&RPSHWLWLRQ 5HFRUGV DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV ....................................................................................... 98 1040...Authorized Systems of Judging................................................................................................................................. 98 1050...&DOFXODWLRQ RI 5HVXOWV ± DQG ,-6.......................................................................................................................... 98 1060...&DOFXODWLRQ RI 5HVXOWV ± 6\VWHP.......................................................................................................................... 98 1070...&DOFXODWLRQ RI 5HVXOWV ± ,-6..................................................................................................................................... 100 1100...Competition Sanctions – Generally......................................................................................................................... 103 1110 ...ISU Competitions .................................................................................................................................................... 103 1120...Competition Sanctions............................................................................................................................................. 103 1130...First Aid ................................................................................................................................................................... 103 1200...'XWLHV RI (YHQW 2I¿FLDOV ......................................................................................................................................... 103 1210...'XWLHV RI WKH &KLHI 5HIHUHH ..................................................................................................................................... 103 1220...'XWLHV RI WKH (YHQW 5HIHUHH..................................................................................................................................... 105 1221...'XWLHV RI WKH $VVLVWDQW 5HIHUHH ± ,FH....................................................................................................................... 105 1230...Duties of the Chief Accountant ............................................................................................................................... 105 1235...Duties of the Accountants – IJS............................................................................................................................... 106 1240...Duties of a Judge ..................................................................................................................................................... 106 1250...Duties of the Technical Controller – IJS.................................................................................................................. 107 vii

1260...Duties of the Technical Specialist and Assistant Technical Specialist – IJS ........................................................... 107 1270...Duties of the Data Operator – IJS............................................................................................................................ 107 1280...'XWLHV RI WKH 9LGHR 5HSOD\ 2SHUDWRU ± ,-6 ............................................................................................................. 107 1290...'XWLHV RI $OO 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV ± ,-6 .......................................................................................................... 108 1300...5HTXLUHPHQWV RI 6NDWHUV DQG &RDFKHV ± $OO 'LVFLSOLQHV......................................................................................... 108 1310...&RDFKLQJ 5HTXLUHPHQWV ± $OO 'LVFLSOLQHV............................................................................................................... 108 1320...Behavior of Competitors During Competitions – All Disciplines........................................................................... 108 1400...Falls and Interruptions – All Disciplines ................................................................................................................. 109 1500...Complaints, Protests, Appeals – All Disciplines ..................................................................................................... 111 1600...5HOHDVH RI /LDELOLW\.................................................................................................................................................. 111 5XOHV IRU 4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV........................................................................................................................................... 113 2000...Qualifying Competitions – Sanctions...................................................................................................................... 113 2030...6WDQGDUG &RQWUDFWV IRU 1DWLRQDO &RPSHWLWLRQV........................................................................................................ 113 2040...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± ([SHQVHV DQG 5HSRUWV .................................................................................................. 114 2050...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± (YHQWV .......................................................................................................................... 114 2060...Qualifying Competitions – Announcements............................................................................................................ 115 2100...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 2I¿FLDOV........................................................................................................................ 116 2120...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± ,-6 2I¿FLDOV ± $OO 6NDWLQJ 'LVFLSOLQHV ........................................................................ 116 2130...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 6HOHFWLRQ RI 2I¿FLDOV ................................................................................................... 117 2134...)RUHLJQ *XHVW 2I¿FLDOV............................................................................................................................................ 119 2140...,QIRUPDWLRQ WR EH 3URYLGHG WR 2I¿FLDOV................................................................................................................... 119 2150...5HLPEXUVHPHQW RI 2I¿FLDOV..................................................................................................................................... 120 2160...Trial Judges.............................................................................................................................................................. 120 2200...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± (OLJLELOLW\ DQG 0HPEHUVKLS ......................................................................................... 120 2210...(OLJLELOLW\ DQG 0HPEHUVKLS 5HTXLUHPHQWV ± 6LQJOHV 3DLUV DQG ,FH 'DQFH ............................................................ 120 2220...(OLJLELOLW\ DQG 0HPEHUVKLS 5HTXLUHPHQWV ± 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ....................................................................... 120 2230...(OLJLELOLW\ RI 8 6 &LWL]HQ 5HWXUQLQJ )URP &RPSHWLQJ IRU $QRWKHU ,68 0HPEHU ................................................. 121 2240...(OLJLELOLW\ RI 1RQ 8 6 &LWL]HQV WR &RPSHWH LQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV............................. 121 2300...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± ([KLELWLRQV................................................................................................................... 122 2400...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± (QWULHV .......................................................................................................................... 122 2410...'HWHUPLQLQJ D VNDWHU¶V WHDP¶V FRPSHWLWLYH UHJLRQ .................................................................................................. 123 2420...7HVW 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV ± 5HJLRQDOV 6HFWLRQDOV 1DWLRQDOV ............................................................................................. 123 2430...3UHYLRXV :LQQHUV ± 5HJLRQDOV 6HFWLRQDOV 1DWLRQDOV $GXOWV ................................................................................... 123 2440...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 1XPEHU RI &RPSHWLWRUV ............................................................................................... 124 2450...5HSRUWV IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV...................................................................................................... 124 2460...4XDOLI\LQJ 5RXQGV DQG 6HHGLQJ ± 5HJLRQDO &KDPSLRQVKLSV.................................................................................. 124 2470...4XDOLI\LQJ IRU 6HFWLRQDO &KDPSLRQVKLSV ± 6LQJOHV 3DLUV 'DQFH ............................................................................ 125 2480...Alternates – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance ............................................................................................................... 126 2500...Qualifying for the U.S. Figure Skating Championships.......................................................................................... 126 2530...Titles ........................................................................................................................................................................ 127 2540...U.S. Adult Championships and Adult Sectional Championships............................................................................ 127 2550...4XDOLI\LQJ 5RXQGV ± $GXOW &KDPSLRQVKLSV............................................................................................................ 128 2660...U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships ...................................................................................................... 128 2670...4XDOLI\LQJ 5RXQGV ± 8 6 &ROOHJLDWH )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV.................................................................... 128 2700...Warm-Ups, Draws and Starting Orders ................................................................................................................... 128 2710...Warm-Up Times and Group Sizes – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance ........................................................................ 128 2720...Draws for Initial Starting Orders – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance ........................................................................... 129 2725...'UDZ IRU WKH 6WDUWLQJ 2UGHU RI )LQDO 5RXQG DIWHU D 4XDOLI\LQJ 5RXQG ± 6LQJOHV 3DLUV DQG ,FH 'DQFH................. 130 2730...Draws for Subsequent Starting Orders and Warm-Up Groups – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance .............................. 130 2800...U.S. Synchronized and Synchronized Sectional Championships............................................................................ 132 2810...6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ 4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± (QWULHV...................................................................................... 132 2815...4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 1XPEHU RI &RPSHWLWRUV ............................................................................................... 132 2820...5RVWHUV 6XEVWLWXWHV $OWHUQDWHV DQG &URVVRYHU 6NDWHUV........................................................................................... 132 2830...Qualifying for U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships ................................................................................... 133 2840...Byes – Synchronized Skating .................................................................................................................................. 134 2850...4XDOLI\LQJ 5RXQGV DQG 6HHGLQJ ± 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ ...................................................................................... 134 2852...4XDOLI\LQJ 5RXQG &KDUW 6HFWLRQDO 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV .......................................................... 135 2900...:DUP 8SV 'UDZV IRU 6WDUWLQJ 2UGHUV 5HVXUIDFH *URXSV DQG 3UDFWLFH ,FH ± 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ.................... 135 2910...Warm-Up Time – Synchronized Skating................................................................................................................. 135 viii

2920...'UDZV IRU 6WDUWLQJ 2UGHUV DQG 5HVXUIDFH *URXSV ± 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ..................................... 135 2930...'UDZV IRU 6XEVHTXHQW 6WDUWLQJ 2UGHUV DQG 5HVXUIDFH *URXSV ± 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ ........................................ 136 2940...Practice Ice – Synchronized Skating ....................................................................................................................... 137 5XOHV IRU 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV..................................................................................................................................... 139 3000...1RQTXDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 6DQFWLRQV................................................................................................................ 139 3010...1RQTXDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± (YHQWV .................................................................................................................... 139 3020...1RQTXDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± $QQRXQFHPHQWV...................................................................................................... 139 3030...1RQTXDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 2I¿FLDOV.................................................................................................................. 140 3040...1RQTXDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± (QWULHV .................................................................................................................... 141 3050...1RQTXDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± (OLJLELOLW\ WR &RPSHWH............................................................................................ 141 3100...5XOHV IRU &RPSHWH 86$ &RPSHWLWLRQV.................................................................................................................... 142 3110...Compete USA Competitions – Approvals ............................................................................................................... 142 3120...&RPSHWH 86$ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 2I¿FLDOV.................................................................................................................. 142 3130...Compete USA Competitions – Announcements...................................................................................................... 142 3200...5XOHV IRU 6SHFLDO &RPSHWLWLRQV ............................................................................................................................... 142 3300...5XOHV IRU &OXE &RPSHWLWLRQV DQG 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV ............................................................................................... 143 3310...&OXE &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 2I¿FLDOV ................................................................................................................................. 143 3400...5XOHV IRU 6KRZFDVH &RPSHWLWLRQV........................................................................................................................... 143 3500...5XOHV IRU 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH &RPSHWLWLRQV ................................................................................................................... 143 3600...5XOHV IRU ,6, &RPSHWLWLRQV ...................................................................................................................................... 143 7HFKQLFDO 5HTXLUHPHQWV ± 6LQJOHV ............................................................................................................................................ 145 4000...6LQJOHV 5XOHV ........................................................................................................................................................... 145 4001...Use of IJS................................................................................................................................................................. 145 4010...&RQGXFW RI 6LQJOHV (YHQWV....................................................................................................................................... 145 4020...6LQJOHV (YHQW 1DPHV ............................................................................................................................................... 145 4030...&ORWKLQJ DQG (TXLSPHQW ± 6LQJOHV .......................................................................................................................... 145 4040...Music – Singles ....................................................................................................................................................... 145 4050...Duration of Skating – Singles.................................................................................................................................. 145 4060...&RPSRVLWLRQ RI 6LQJOHV (YHQWV................................................................................................................................ 145 4070...Segment Descriptions .............................................................................................................................................. 146 4080...Short Program Description ...................................................................................................................................... 146 4090...Free Skate Description............................................................................................................................................. 146 4100...6LQJOHV 'H¿QLWLRQV *HQHUDO &ULWHULD DQG %DVLF 5HTXLUHPHQWV............................................................................... 146 4106...,OOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV .................................................................................................................................... 148 4200...Senior Singles .......................................................................................................................................................... 149 4210...Junior Singles .......................................................................................................................................................... 152 4220...1RYLFH 6LQJOHV......................................................................................................................................................... 155 4230...Intermediate Singles ................................................................................................................................................ 158 4240...Juvenile Singles and Open Juvenile Singles............................................................................................................ 160 4250...Pre-Juvenile Singles ................................................................................................................................................ 161 4260...Preliminary Singles.................................................................................................................................................. 162 4270...Pre-Preliminary Singles........................................................................................................................................... 163 4280...1R 7HVW 6LQJOHV ........................................................................................................................................................ 164 4500...Adult Singles ........................................................................................................................................................... 165 4510...Championship Masters Junior-Senior Singles and Masters Junior-Senior Singles................................................. 165 4520...5(6(59('............................................................................................................................................................. 165 4530...5(6(59('............................................................................................................................................................. 165 4540...&KDPSLRQVKLS 0DVWHUV ,QWHUPHGLDWH 1RYLFH 6LQJOHV DQG 0DVWHUV ,QWHUPHGLDWH 1RYLFH 6LQJOHV .......................... 166 4550...5(6(59('............................................................................................................................................................. 166 4560...5(6(59('............................................................................................................................................................. 166 4570...Championship Adult Gold and Adult Gold Singles................................................................................................. 167 4580...Championship Adult Silver and Adult Silver Singles ............................................................................................. 168 4590...Adult Bronze Singles............................................................................................................................................... 169 4600...Adult Pre-Bronze Singles ........................................................................................................................................ 170 4700...'UDPDWLF (QWHUWDLQPHQW DQG /LJKW (QWHUWDLQPHQW (YHQWV....................................................................................... 171 4800...5(6(59('............................................................................................................................................................. 171 4900...Marking of Singles – 6.0 and IJS ............................................................................................................................ 171 4910...Marking of Singles – 6.0 System............................................................................................................................. 171 4913...Marking of Singles Short Programs – 6.0 System................................................................................................... 171 L[

4914...Marking of Singles Free Skate – 6.0 System........................................................................................................... 172 4920...Marking of Singles – IJS ......................................................................................................................................... 172 4921...Technical Score – Singles – IJS............................................................................................................................... 172 4922...,OOHJDO (OHPHQWV 0RYHPHQWV ................................................................................................................................... 172 4923...Program Component Score – Singles – IJS............................................................................................................. 173 /LVW RI -XPSV............................................................................................................................................................................. 174 7HFKQLFDO 5HTXLUHPHQWV ± 3DLUV................................................................................................................................................ 175 5000...3DLUV 5XOHV ............................................................................................................................................................... 175 5001...Use of IJS................................................................................................................................................................. 175 5010...&RQGXFW RI 3DLU (YHQWV ............................................................................................................................................ 175 5020...3DLU 'H¿QLWLRQ.......................................................................................................................................................... 175 5030...&ORWKLQJ DQG (TXLSPHQW ± 3DLUV.............................................................................................................................. 175 5040...Music – Pairs ........................................................................................................................................................... 175 5050...Duration of Skating – Pairs ..................................................................................................................................... 175 5060...&RPSRVLWLRQ RI 3DLU (YHQWV..................................................................................................................................... 175 5070...Segment Descriptions .............................................................................................................................................. 176 5080...Short Program Description ...................................................................................................................................... 176 5090...Pair Free Skate Description ..................................................................................................................................... 176 5100...3DLUV 'H¿QLWLRQV *HQHUDO &ULWHULD DQG %DVLF 5HTXLUHPHQWV................................................................................... 176 5109...,OOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV .................................................................................................................................... 179 5200...Senior Pairs.............................................................................................................................................................. 180 5210...Junior Pairs .............................................................................................................................................................. 182 5220...1RYLFH 3DLUV............................................................................................................................................................. 184 5230...Intermediate Pairs .................................................................................................................................................... 186 5240...Juvenile Pairs........................................................................................................................................................... 188 5250...Pre-Juvenile Pairs .................................................................................................................................................... 189 5500...Adult Pairs ............................................................................................................................................................... 190 5510...Championship Masters Pairs ................................................................................................................................... 190 5520...Masters Pairs............................................................................................................................................................ 191 5530...Adult Gold Pairs ...................................................................................................................................................... 192 5540...Adult Silver Pairs..................................................................................................................................................... 193 5550...Adult Bronze Pairs................................................................................................................................................... 194 5560...Centennial Pairs....................................................................................................................................................... 195 5900...Marking of Pairs – 6.0 and IJS ................................................................................................................................ 196 5910...Marking of Pairs – 6.0 System ................................................................................................................................ 196 5913...Marking of Pairs Short Program – 6.0 System........................................................................................................ 196 5914...Marking of Pairs Free Skate – 6.0 System .............................................................................................................. 196 5920...Marking of Pairs – IJS ............................................................................................................................................. 197 5921...Technical Score – Pairs – IJS................................................................................................................................... 197 5922...,OOHJDO (OHPHQWV 0RYHPHQWV ................................................................................................................................... 197 5923...Program Component Score – Pairs – IJS................................................................................................................. 198 /LVW RI 3DLU /LIWV ........................................................................................................................................................................ 200 7HFKQLFDO 5HTXLUHPHQWV ± ,FH 'DQFH........................................................................................................................................ 201 6000...,FH 'DQFH 5XOHV ....................................................................................................................................................... 201 6001...Use of IJS................................................................................................................................................................. 201 6010...&RQGXFW RI ,FH 'DQFH (YHQWV .................................................................................................................................. 201 6020...&ORWKLQJ DQG (TXLSPHQW ± ,FH 'DQFH...................................................................................................................... 201 6030...Music – Ice Dance ................................................................................................................................................... 201 6040...Duration of Skating – Ice Dance ............................................................................................................................. 202 6041...Permissible Time Allowance – Short Dance and Free Dance ................................................................................. 202 6042...3HUPLVVLEOH 7LPH $OORZDQFH ± $OO $GXOW (YHQWV..................................................................................................... 202 6050...&RPSRVLWLRQ RI ,FH 'DQFH (YHQWV ........................................................................................................................... 202 6060...Segments Descriptions ............................................................................................................................................ 202 6070...Pattern Dance Descriptions ..................................................................................................................................... 202 6072...*HQHUDO 5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 3DWWHUQ 'DQFHV............................................................................................................... 202 6073...Conduct of Pattern 'DQFH (YHQWV............................................................................................................................ 203 6081...Selection and Posting of Pattern Dances ................................................................................................................. 204 6081...Pattern Dances Drawn for 2017-18 ......................................................................................................................... 205 6090...Short Dance Description.......................................................................................................................................... 206 [

6095...Free Dance Description ........................................................................................................................................... 207 6098...,OOHJDO (OHPHQWV 0RYHPHQWV ± 6KRUW 'DQFH DQG )UHH 'DQFH ................................................................................. 208 6200...Senior Dance............................................................................................................................................................ 209 6210...Junior Dance ............................................................................................................................................................ 211 6220...1RYLFH 'DQFH .......................................................................................................................................................... 213 6230...Intermediate Dance.................................................................................................................................................. 214 6240...Juvenile Dance......................................................................................................................................................... 215 6250...Pre-Juvenile Dance .................................................................................................................................................. 216 6500...Adult Dance............................................................................................................................................................. 217 6510...&KDPSLRQVKLS $GXOW 'DQFH (YHQW .......................................................................................................................... 217 6520...$GXOW *ROG 'DQFH (YHQW.......................................................................................................................................... 218 6530...$GXOW 3UH *ROG 'DQFH (YHQW................................................................................................................................... 218 6540 ..0DVWHUV 2SHQ 'DQFH (YHQW ..................................................................................................................................... 218 6550...$GXOW 6LOYHU DQG /RZHU 'DQFH ................................................................................................................................ 219 6560...$GXOW 6LOYHU 'DQFH (YHQW ........................................................................................................................................ 219 6570...$GXOW 3UH 6LOYHU 'DQFH (YHQW ................................................................................................................................. 219 6580...$GXOW %URQ]H 'DQFH (YHQW ...................................................................................................................................... 219 6590...$GXOW 3UH %URQ]H 'DQFH (YHQW ............................................................................................................................... 219 6600...&HQWHQQLDO 'DQFH (YHQW .......................................................................................................................................... 220 6620...$GXOW *ROG 6ROR 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH (YHQW..................................................................................................................... 220 6630...$GXOW 3UH *ROG 6ROR 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH (YHQW .............................................................................................................. 220 6640...$GXOW 6LOYHU 6ROR 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH (YHQW ................................................................................................................... 220 6650...$GXOW 3UH 6LOYHU 6ROR 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH (YHQW............................................................................................................. 221 6660...$GXOW %URQ]H 6ROR 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH (YHQW ................................................................................................................. 221 6900...Marking of Ice Dance – 6.0 and IJS ........................................................................................................................ 225 6910...Marking of Ice Dance – 6.0 System ........................................................................................................................ 225 6912...Marking of Pattern Dances – 6.0 System ................................................................................................................ 225 6913...Marking of Short Dance and Free Dance – 6.0 System .......................................................................................... 225 6920...Marking of Ice Dance – IJS..................................................................................................................................... 225 6921...Marking the Pattern Dances – IJS ........................................................................................................................... 225 6922...Marking of Short and Free Dances – IJS................................................................................................................. 227 7HFKQLFDO 5HTXLUHPHQWV ± 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ..................................................................................................................... 229 7000...6\QFKURQL]HG 5XOHV ................................................................................................................................................. 229 7001...Use of IJS................................................................................................................................................................. 229 7010...&RQGXFW RI 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ (YHQWV ............................................................................................................... 229 7020...&ORWKLQJ DQG (TXLSPHQW ± 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ ± &RPSHWLWLRQ DQG 2I¿FLDO 3UDFWLFH......................................... 229 7030...0XVLF )RU 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ (YHQWV ............................................................................................................... 229 7040...Duration of Skating – Synchronized Skating .......................................................................................................... 229 7042...Permissible Time Allowance – Short Programs ...................................................................................................... 229 7043...Permissible Time Allowance – Free Skate .............................................................................................................. 230 7050...&RPSRVLWLRQ RI 6\QFKURQL]HG (YHQWV ..................................................................................................................... 230 7060...Segment Descriptions .............................................................................................................................................. 230 7061...Short Program Description ...................................................................................................................................... 230 7062...Free Skate Description............................................................................................................................................. 230 7100...6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ 'H¿QLWLRQV DQG &ULWHULD ....................................................................................................... 230 7110...'H¿QLWLRQV RI *HQHUDO 7HUPV................................................................................................................................... 230 7120...'H¿QLWLRQV RI 6WHSV DQG 7XUQV................................................................................................................................. 231 7130...'H¿QLWLRQV RI $GGLWLRQDO )HDWXUHV DQG 5HTXLUHPHQWV............................................................................................. 232 7140...'H¿QLWLRQV RI )HDWXUHV DQG 5HTXLUHPHQWV............................................................................................................... 235 7150...*HQHUDO &ULWHULD DQG %DVLF 5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU (OHPHQWV .......................................................................................... 236 7160...,OOHJDO (OHPHQWV )HDWXUHV $GGLWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 0RYHPHQWV.................................................................................... 238 7170...1RQ 3HUPLWWHG (OHPHQWV )HDWXUHV $GGLWLRQDO )HDWXUHV DQG 0RYHPHQWV .............................................................. 239 7200...Senior Synchronized Skating................................................................................................................................... 240 7210...Junior Synchronized Skating ................................................................................................................................... 242 7220...1RYLFH 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ ................................................................................................................................. 244 7230...Intermediate Synchronized Skating......................................................................................................................... 245 7240...Juvenile Synchronized Skating................................................................................................................................ 246 7250...Open Juvenile Synchronized Skating ...................................................................................................................... 247 7260...Pre-Juvenile Synchronized Skating ......................................................................................................................... 248 [L

7270...Preliminary Synchronized Skating .......................................................................................................................... 249 7280...Collegiate Synchronized Skating............................................................................................................................. 250 7290...Open Collegiate Synchronized Skating................................................................................................................... 251 7500...Adult Synchronized Skating.................................................................................................................................... 252 7510...Masters Synchronized Skating ................................................................................................................................ 253 7520...Open Adult Synchronized Skating .......................................................................................................................... 254 7530...Open Masters Synchronized Skating....................................................................................................................... 255 7900...Marking of Synchronized Skating – 6.0 and IJS ..................................................................................................... 256 7910...Marking of Synchronized Skating – 6.0 System ..................................................................................................... 256 7912...Marking of the Synchronized Skating Short Program and Free Skate – 6.0 System .............................................. 256 7920...Marking of Synchronized Skating – IJS.................................................................................................................. 257 7921...Technical Score – Synchronized Skating – IJS ....................................................................................................... 257 7922...Program Component Score – Synchronized Skating – IJS ..................................................................................... 257 7923...'HGXFWLRQV DQG 5HGXFWLRQV ± 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ ± ,-6..................................................................................... 259 7HVW 5XOHV.................................................................................................................................................................................. 261 75 ....Judges’ Creed Standard of Conduct .................................................................................................................. 261 75 ....Judges’ Duties — Marking of Tests ................................................................................................................... 261 75 ....4XDOL¿FDWLRQV WR 7DNH 7HVWV ............................................................................................................................... 261 75 ....Procedure ........................................................................................................................................................... 262 75 ....4XDOL¿FDWLRQ WR $SSO\ IRU 7HVW &UHGLW IURP ,-6 3URWRFRO HIIHFWLYH 1RY ........................................... 262 75 ....Coaching ............................................................................................................................................................ 263 75 ....Conduct .............................................................................................................................................................. 263 75 ....2I¿FLDOV.............................................................................................................................................................. 263 75 ....5HFRUGV .............................................................................................................................................................. 264 75 ....7HVW 5HJLVWUDWLRQ )HHV ........................................................................................................................................ 265 75 ..(PEOHPV ............................................................................................................................................................ 265 75 ..6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 7HVW 5XOHV ............................................................................................ 265 Moves in the Field Tests ........................................................................................................................................................... 266 75 ..&ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVWV ......................................................................................................... 266 75 ..0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVW 5XOHV............................................................................................................................ 266 75 ..Marking of Moves in the Field Tests ................................................................................................................. 266 75 ..5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 3DVVLQJ 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVWV .......................................................................................... 267 75 ..5HVNDWLQJ $Q\ (OHPHQW RI D 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVW........................................................................................ 268 75 ..Schedule of Moves in the Field Tests ................................................................................................................ 268 75 ..Pre-Preliminary Moves in the Field Test ........................................................................................................... 268 75 ..Preliminary Moves in the Field Test .................................................................................................................. 268 75 ..Pre-Juvenile Moves in the Field Test................................................................................................................. 268 75 ..Juvenile Moves in the Field Test........................................................................................................................ 269 75 ..Intermediate Moves in the Field Test................................................................................................................. 269 75 ..1RYLFH 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVW ......................................................................................................................... 269 75 ..Junior Moves in the Field Test........................................................................................................................... 270 75 ..Senior Moves in the Field Test .......................................................................................................................... 270 75 ..Adult Pre-Bronze Moves in the Field Test......................................................................................................... 270 75 ..Adult Bronze Moves in the Field Test ............................................................................................................... 271 75 ..Adult Silver Moves in the Field Test ................................................................................................................. 271 75 ..Adult Gold Moves in the Field Test................................................................................................................... 271 75 ..6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 3UH %URQ]H 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVW.................................................... 272 75 ..6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ %URQ]H 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVW........................................................... 272 75 ..6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 6LOYHU 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVW............................................................. 272 75 ..6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ *ROG 0RYHV LQ WKH )LHOG 7HVW .............................................................. 272 Single Free Skate Tests ............................................................................................................................................................. 273 75 ..&ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI )UHH 6NDWH 7HVWV ...................................................................................................................... 273 75 ..)UHH 6NDWH 7HVW 5XOHV......................................................................................................................................... 273 75 ..Marking of Free Skate Tests .............................................................................................................................. 273 75 ..5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 3DVVLQJ )UHH 6NDWH 7HVWV ....................................................................................................... 273 75 ..5HVNDWLQJ $Q\ (OHPHQW RI D )UHH 6NDWH 7HVW..................................................................................................... 274 75 ..Schedule of Free Skate Tests ............................................................................................................................. 274 75 ..Pre-Preliminary Free Skate Test ........................................................................................................................ 274 75 ..Preliminary Free Skate Test ............................................................................................................................... 274 [LL

75 ..Pre-Juvenile Free Skate Test .............................................................................................................................. 275 75 ..Juvenile Free Skate Test..................................................................................................................................... 275 75 ..Intermediate Free Skate Test.............................................................................................................................. 276 75 ..1RYLFH )UHH 6NDWH 7HVW ...................................................................................................................................... 276 75 ..Junior Free Skate Test ........................................................................................................................................ 277 75 ..Senior Free Skate Test........................................................................................................................................ 277 75 ..Adult Pre-Bronze Free Skate Test...................................................................................................................... 278 75 ..Adult Bronze Free Skate Test ............................................................................................................................ 278 75 ..Adult Silver Free Skate Test .............................................................................................................................. 278 75 ..Adult Gold Free Skate Test................................................................................................................................ 278 75 ..6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 3UH %URQ]H )UHH 6NDWH 7HVW ................................................................. 279 75 ..6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF %URQ]H )UHH 6NDWH 7HVW..................................................................................... 279 75 ..6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 6LOYHU )UHH 6NDWH 7HVW.......................................................................... 279 75 ..6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ *ROG )UHH 6NDWH 7HVW ........................................................................... 280 Pair Tests ................................................................................................................................................................................... 281 75 ..&ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI 3DLU 7HVWV................................................................................................................................. 281 75 ..3DLU 7HVW 5XOHV ................................................................................................................................................... 281 75 ..Marking of Pair Tests......................................................................................................................................... 281 75 ..5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 3DVVLQJ 3DLU 7HVWV.................................................................................................................. 281 75 ..5HVNDWLQJ $Q\ (OHPHQW RI D 3DLU 7HVW ............................................................................................................... 282 75 ..Schedule of Pair Tests ........................................................................................................................................ 282 75 ..Pre-Juvenile Pair Test......................................................................................................................................... 282 75 ..Juvenile Pair Test ............................................................................................................................................... 283 75 ..Intermediate Pair Test ........................................................................................................................................ 283 75 ..1RYLFH 3DLU 7HVW ................................................................................................................................................. 284 75 ..Junior Pair Test................................................................................................................................................... 284 75 ..Senior Pair Test .................................................................................................................................................. 285 75 ..Adult Bronze Pair Test....................................................................................................................................... 285 75 ..Adult Silver Pair Test......................................................................................................................................... 286 75 ..Adult Gold Pair Test .......................................................................................................................................... 286 Pattern Dance Tests................................................................................................................................................................... 287 75 ..&ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVWV................................................................................................................. 287 75 ..4XDOL¿FDWLRQ WR 7DNH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVWV ......................................................................................................... 287 75 ..3DUWQHUHG 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 5HTXLUHPHQWV ............................................................................................................. 288 75 ..Partners for Pattern Dance Tests ........................................................................................................................ 288 75 ..6ROR 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7UDFN 7HVW 5HTXLUHPHQWV.................................................................................................... 288 75 ..Marking of Pattern Dance Tests......................................................................................................................... 288 75 ..5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 3DVVLQJ 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVWV.................................................................................................. 289 75 ..5HVNDWLQJ D 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW.......................................................................................................................... 289 75 ..Schedule of Pattern Dance Tests........................................................................................................................ 289 75 ..3UHOLPLQDU\ 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW 3DUWQHUHG DQG 6ROR $OO &DQGLGDWHV ............................................................. 289 75 ..3UH %URQ]H 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW 3DUWQHUHG DQG 6ROR $OO &DQGLGDWHV .............................................................. 289 75 ..%URQ]H 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW 3DUWQHUHG DQG 6ROR $OO &DQGLGDWHV ..................................................................... 290 75 ..3UH 6LOYHU 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW 3DUWQHUHG DQG 6ROR $OO &DQGLGDWHV ................................................................ 290 75 ..6LOYHU 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW 3DUWQHUHG DQG 6ROR $OO &DQGLGDWHV ....................................................................... 290 75 ..3UH *ROG 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW 3DUWQHUHG DQG 6ROR $OO &DQGLGDWHV .................................................................. 290 75 ..*ROG 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW 3DUWQHUHG DQG 6ROR $OO &DQGLGDWHV ........................................................................ 291 75 ..,QWHUQDWLRQDO 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW 3DUWQHUHG $OO &DQGLGDWHV ........................................................................... 291 75 ..,QWHUQDWLRQDO 3DWWHUQ 'DQFH 7HVW 6ROR $OO &DQGLGDWHV ................................................................................... 291 Free Dance Tests ....................................................................................................................................................................... 292 75 ..&ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI 3DUWQHUHG )UHH 'DQFH 7HVWV..................................................................................................... 292 75 ..5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 3DUWQHUHG )UHH 'DQFH 7HVWV................................................................................................... 292 75 ..Marking of Partnered Free Dance Tests............................................................................................................. 293 75 ..5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 3DVVLQJ 3DUWQHUHG )UHH 'DQFH 7HVWV...................................................................................... 293 75 ..5HVNDWLQJ $Q\ (OHPHQW RI D 3DUWQHUHG )UHH 'DQFH 7HVW ................................................................................... 294 75 ..Schedule of Partnered Free Dance Tests............................................................................................................ 294 75 ..Juvenile Free Dance Test ................................................................................................................................... 294 75 ..Intermediate Free Dance Test ............................................................................................................................ 294 75 ..1RYLFH )UHH 'DQFH 7HVW ..................................................................................................................................... 294 [LLL

75 ..Junior Free Dance Test....................................................................................................................................... 295 75 ..Senior Free Dance Test ...................................................................................................................................... 295 75 ..Adult and Masters Pre-Bronze Free Dance Tests .............................................................................................. 296 75 ..Adult and Masters Bronze Free Dance Tests ..................................................................................................... 296 75 ..Adult and Masters Silver Free Dance Tests ....................................................................................................... 296 75 ..Adult and Masters Gold Free Dance Tests......................................................................................................... 297 75 ..&ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI 6ROR )UHH 'DQFH 7HVWV............................................................................................................. 298 75 ..5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 6ROR )UHH 'DQFH 7HVWV........................................................................................................... 298 75 ..*HQHUDO 5HTXLUHPHQWV........................................................................................................................................ 298 75 ..'H¿QLWLRQV DQG 'HVFULSWLRQV.............................................................................................................................. 298 75 ..Marking of Solo Free Dance Tests..................................................................................................................... 299 75 .5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 3DVVLQJ 6ROR )UHH 'DQFH 7HVWV.............................................................................................. 299 75 ..5HVNDWLQJ $Q\ (OHPHQW RI D 6ROR )UHH 'DQFH 7HVW ........................................................................................... 300 75 ..Schedule of Solo Free Dance Tests.................................................................................................................... 300 75 ..Juvenile Solo Free Dance Test ........................................................................................................................... 300 75 ..Intermediate Solo Free Dance Test .................................................................................................................... 300 75 .. 1RYLFH 6ROR )UHH 'DQFH 7HVW............................................................................................................................ 301 75 .Junior Solo Free Dance Test .............................................................................................................................. 301 75 .Senior Solo Free Dance Test.............................................................................................................................. 302 Computer Codes for Tests..................................................................................................................................................Codes-1 Computer Codes for Pattern Dance Tests ..........................................................................................................................Codes-2 Pre-Preliminary 1 ......................................................................................................................................................... MITF-1 Pre-Preliminary 2 ......................................................................................................................................................... MITF-2 Pre-Preliminary 3 ......................................................................................................................................................... MITF-3 Pre-Preliminary 4 ......................................................................................................................................................... MITF-4 Preliminary 1................................................................................................................................................................ MITF-5 Preliminary 2................................................................................................................................................................ MITF-6 Preliminary 3................................................................................................................................................................ MITF-7 Preliminary 4................................................................................................................................................................ MITF-8 Preliminary 5................................................................................................................................................................ MITF-9 Preliminary 6.............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-10 Pre-Juvenile 1............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-11 Pre-Juvenile 2............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-12 Pre-Juvenile 3............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-13 Pre-Juvenile 4............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-14 Pre-Juvenile 5............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-15 Pre-Juvenile 6............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-16 Juvenile 1 ................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-17 Juvenile 2 ................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-18 Juvenile 3 ................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-19 Juvenile 4 ................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-20 Juvenile 5 ................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-21 Juvenile 6 ................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-22 Intermediate 1............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-23 Intermediate 2............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-24 Intermediate 3............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-25 Intermediate 4............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-26 Intermediate 5............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-27 1RYLFH ..................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-28 1RYLFH ..................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-29 1RYLFH ..................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-30 1RYLFH ..................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-31 1RYLFH ..................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-32 1RYLFH ..................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-33 Junior 1....................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-34 Junior 2....................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-35 Junior 3....................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-36 Junior 4....................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-37 Junior 5....................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-38 [LY

Junior 6....................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-39 Senior 1 ...................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-40 Senior 2 ...................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-41 Senior 3 ...................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-42 Senior 4 ...................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-43 Senior 5 ...................................................................................................................................................................... MITF-44 Adult Pre-Bronze 1 .................................................................................................................................................... MITF-45 Adult Pre-Bronze 2 .................................................................................................................................................... MITF-46 Adult Pre-Bronze 3 .................................................................................................................................................... MITF-47 Adult Pre-Bronze 4 .................................................................................................................................................... MITF-48 Adult Pre-Bronze 5 .................................................................................................................................................... MITF-49 Adult Bronze 1 ........................................................................................................................................................... MITF-50 Adult Bronze 2 ........................................................................................................................................................... MITF-51 Adult Bronze 3 ........................................................................................................................................................... MITF-52 Adult Bronze 4 ........................................................................................................................................................... MITF-53 Adult Bronze 5 ........................................................................................................................................................... MITF-54 Adult Silver 1 ............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-55 Adult Silver 2 ............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-56 Adult Silver 3 ............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-57 Adult Silver 4 ............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-58 Adult Silver 5 ............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-59 Adult Silver 6 ............................................................................................................................................................. MITF-60 Adult Gold 1............................................................................................................................................................... MITF-61 Adult Gold 2............................................................................................................................................................... MITF-62 Adult Gold 3............................................................................................................................................................... MITF-63 Adult Gold 4............................................................................................................................................................... MITF-64 Adult Gold 5............................................................................................................................................................... MITF-65 Adult Gold 6............................................................................................................................................................... MITF-66 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 3UH %URQ]H ................................................................................................ MITF-67 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 3UH %URQ]H ................................................................................................ MITF-68 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 3UH %URQ]H ................................................................................................ MITF-69 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ %URQ]H ...................................................................................................... MITF-70 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ %URQ]H ...................................................................................................... MITF-71 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ %URQ]H ...................................................................................................... MITF-72 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ %URQ]H ...................................................................................................... MITF-73 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 6LOYHU ........................................................................................................ MITF-74 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 6LOYHU ........................................................................................................ MITF-75 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 6LOYHU ........................................................................................................ MITF-76 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 6LOYHU ........................................................................................................ MITF-77 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ 6LOYHU ........................................................................................................ MITF-78 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ *ROG .......................................................................................................... MITF-79 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ *ROG .......................................................................................................... MITF-80 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ *ROG .......................................................................................................... MITF-81 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ *ROG .......................................................................................................... MITF-82 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ *ROG .......................................................................................................... MITF-83 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ *ROG .......................................................................................................... MITF-84 Dance Glossary ..................................................................................................................................................................Dance-1 DG 1.00 ...$[HV ............................................................................................................................................................Dance-1 DG 2.00 .../REH ............................................................................................................................................................Dance-1 DG 3.00 ...Pattern .........................................................................................................................................................Dance-1 DG 4.00 ...Dance Holds................................................................................................................................................Dance-1 DG 5.00 ...Steps............................................................................................................................................................Dance-2 DG 6.00 ...Turns ...........................................................................................................................................................Dance-3 DG 7.00 ...6SLQV /LIWV -XPSV DQG 0RYHPHQWV ...........................................................................................................Dance-4 Dance Music ......................................................................................................................................................................Dance-5 DM 1.00 ..Fundamentals of Music to Be Considered for Ice Dancing........................................................................Dance-5 DM 2.00 ..Dance Music Interpretation.........................................................................................................................Dance-6 DM 3.00 ..5HODWLRQVKLS RI 0XVLF WR 'DQFH 'LDJUDPV .................................................................................................Dance-6 DM 4.00 ..Timing of Dance Patterns Using ISU Music+ 5HYLVHG ...........................................................Dance-7 [Y

Dance Diagrams and Descriptions.....................................................................................................................................Dance-8 DD 1.00 ...General........................................................................................................................................................Dance-8 DD 2.00 ... $EEUHYLDWLRQV 5HIHU DOVR WR *ORVVDU\ RI 'DQFH 7HUPV ...........................................................................Dance-9 Dutch Waltz................................................................................................................................................................Dance-10 Canasta Tango ............................................................................................................................................................Dance-12 5K\WKP %OXHV.............................................................................................................................................................Dance-14 Swing Dance ..............................................................................................................................................................Dance-16 Cha Cha......................................................................................................................................................................Dance-18 Fiesta Tango ...............................................................................................................................................................Dance-20 Hickory Hoedown ......................................................................................................................................................Dance-22 Willow Waltz..............................................................................................................................................................Dance-24 7HQ )R[ ......................................................................................................................................................................Dance-26 Fourteenstep ...............................................................................................................................................................Dance-28 (XURSHDQ :DOW] ..........................................................................................................................................................Dance-31 )R[WURW ........................................................................................................................................................................Dance-34 American Waltz..........................................................................................................................................................Dance-37 Tango..........................................................................................................................................................................Dance-40 5RFNHU )R[WURW ...........................................................................................................................................................Dance-43 Kilian..........................................................................................................................................................................Dance-46 Blues...........................................................................................................................................................................Dance-49 Paso Doble .................................................................................................................................................................Dance-52 Starlight Waltz............................................................................................................................................................Dance-56 Viennese Waltz ...........................................................................................................................................................Dance-60 Westminster Waltz......................................................................................................................................................Dance-64 Quickstep....................................................................................................................................................................Dance-68 Argentine Tango .........................................................................................................................................................Dance-71 Austrian Waltz............................................................................................................................................................Dance-75 Cha Cha Congelado....................................................................................................................................................Dance-80 Finnstep ......................................................................................................................................................................Dance-84 Golden Waltz..............................................................................................................................................................Dance-90 Midnight Blues...........................................................................................................................................................Dance-96 5DYHQVEXUJHU :DOW] .................................................................................................................................................Dance-101 5KXPED ....................................................................................................................................................................Dance-105 Silver Samba ............................................................................................................................................................Dance-108 7DQJR 5RPDQWLFD......................................................................................................................................................Dance-112 Yankee Polka............................................................................................................................................................Dance-117

[YL

About U.S. Figure Skating 8QLWHG 6WDWHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKH JRYHUQLQJ ERG\ RI HOLJLEOH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV LV FRPSULVHG RI PHPEHU FOXEV FROOHJLDWH FOXEV DQG VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG FOXEV DV ZHOO DV LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV 7KH FKDUWHU PHPEHU FOXEV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ QXPEHUHG VHYHQ LQ ZKHQ WKH DVVRFLDWLRQ ZDV IRUPHG DQG ZKHQ LW ¿UVW EHFDPH D PHPEHU RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6NDWLQJ 8QLRQ ,68 WKH ERG\ WKDW JRYHUQV WKH VSRUW LQWHUQDWLRQDOO\ 7RGD\ \HDUV ODWHU WKH PRUH WKDQ member clubs of the association cover the country from coast to coast and from border to border, and the skaters registered by U.S. Figure Skating number more than 180,000. 7HVWV IRU ¿JXUH IUHH VNDWH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG SDLUV DQG LFH GDQFH DUH WKH PHDVXUHPHQW RI SURJUHVV LQ WKH YDULRXV EUDQFKHV RI WKH VSRUW 2I¿FLDO WHVW VHVVLRQV VDQFWLRQHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DUH FRQGXFWHG E\ PHPEHU FOXEV IRU WKHLU PHPEHUV DQG members of collegiate clubs as well as for individual members. Under certain conditions, ineligible persons and members of RWKHU VNDWLQJ DVVRFLDWLRQV PD\ DOVR WDNH RI¿FLDO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WHVWV &RPSHWLWLRQV RQ HYHU\ OHYHO DUH D SULQFLSDO LQFHQWLYH IRU ¿JXUH VNDWHUV WR WUDLQ GHYHORS DQG LPSURYH WKHLU SUR¿FLHQF\ %\ DVFHQGLQJ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ ³ODGGHU ´ FRPSHWLWRUV UHJLVWHUHG ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ JDLQ HQWU\ LQWR LQWHUQDWLRQDO ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ HYHQWV DPRQJ WKHP WKH 2O\PSLF :LQWHU *DPHV DQG :RUOG &KDPSLRQVKLSV $OO FRPSHWLWLRQV LQ ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH in the United States, especially the regional, sectional and national championships of the United States, which are the steps that are ascended to qualify for international competitions, are sanctioned directly or indirectly by U.S. Figure Skating and are conducted by member clubs. Ice shows DUH WKH VKRZFDVH IRU WKH WDOHQWV RI ¿JXUH VNDWHUV 0HPEHU FOXEV DUH HOLJLEOH WR KROG ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ ice shows in the United States with the sanction of U.S. Figure Skating. Members of U.S. Figure Skating member clubs, collegiate clubs and individual members are eligible to participate in such ice shows. In addition, a member club, at its discretion and subject to FRQGLWLRQV SUHVFULEHG LQ WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV PD\ DOVR LQYLWH QRQUHJLVWHUHG VNDWHUV DQG SURIHVVLRQDOV WR SDUWLFLSDWH 7KH UXOHV ZKLFK JRYHUQ WKH VSRUW RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH WKH FXUULFXOD RI IUHH VNDWLQJ ¿JXUHV LFH GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ WKH WHVW VWUXFWXUH DQG DOO UHODWHG LQIRUPDWLRQDO PDWHULDO DUH WKH IUXLW RI WKH ODERU RI FRXQWOHVV GHGLFDWHG ¿JXUH VNDWHUV FRDFKHV DQG YROXQWHHUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG DW VLJQL¿FDQW H[SHQVH RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7KLV RI¿FLDO UXOHERRN RI United States Figure Skating contains such material as well as related and instructional material.

2I¿FHUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ President $8;,(5 6DPXHO seaskate@gmail.com

Secretary 1(0,(5 +HDWKHU hmnemier@comcast.net

First and Midwestern Vice President '(025( /DLQLH lainie@mooseleum.com

Treasurer $1'(5621 %RE pioneerfund@aol.com

Second and Eastern Vice President &$00(77 $QQH acammett@rochester.rr.com

Executive Director 5$,7+ 'DYLG GUDLWK#XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ

7KLUG DQG 3DFL¿F &RDVW 9LFH 3UHVLGHQW :$7621 6KDURQ sharonla12@aol.com

1

Joint Statement of Cooperation -XQH

8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKH 3URIHVVLRQDO 6NDWHUV $VVRFLDWLRQ 36$ DQG WKH ,FH 6NDWLQJ ,QVWLWXWH ,6, UHFRJQL]H DQG VXSSRUW HDFK RWKHU¶V UROH LQ WKH GHYHORSPHQW RI ¿JXUH DQG UHFUHDWLRQDO VNDWLQJ LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV WKH QDWLRQDO JRYHUQLQJ ERG\ IRU WKH VSRUW RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV DQG LV VR UHFRJQL]HG E\ WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6NDWLQJ 8QLRQ ,68 DQG WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 2O\PSLF &RPPLWWHH 862& The Professional Skaters Association is the organization of coaching and performing skating professionals, which provides DQG SURPRWHV WKH HGXFDWLRQ DQG FHUWL¿FDWLRQ RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ FRDFKHV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UHFRJQL]HV WKH 36$ DV WKH RI¿FLDO FRDFKHV¶ HGXFDWLRQ FHUWL¿FDWLRQ DQG WUDLQLQJ SURJUDP The Ice Skating Institute is the organization of ice rink owners, operators, instructors, participants, builders and suppliers which supports the development and operation of ice rinks and provides and promotes recreational ice skating programs in the United States. (DFK RUJDQL]DWLRQ DJUHHV WR FRRSHUDWH ZLWK WKH RWKHUV WR IXUWKHU WKH JURZWK DQG VXFFHVV RI WKH LFH VNDWLQJ LQGXVWU\ QXUWXUH WKH ¿JXUH DQG UHFUHDWLRQDO VNDWLQJ FRPPXQLWLHV DQG SURPRWH DQG HQFRXUDJH WKH IXO¿OOPHQW RI WKH UHVSRQVLELOLWLHV RI HDFK organization. U.S. Figure Skating further agrees that the participation of U.S. Figure Skating members in ISI-endorsed recreational VNDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV VXFK DV UHFLWDOV VKRZV DQG H[KLELWLRQV WHVWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV HQGRUVHG E\ WKH ,6, LV KHUHE\ SHUPLWWHG ZLWKRXW YLRODWLQJ WKH UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SURYLGHG WKDW VXFK DFWLYLWLHV DUH FRQGXFWHG E\ ,6, PHPEHU ULQNV FOXEV RU VNDWLQJ VFKRROV LQ WKHLU QRUPDO FRXUVH RI EXVLQHVV DUH QRW FRQGXFWHG E\ RU IRU WKH EHQH¿W RI D WKLUG SDUW\ WKDW H[FHHGV WKH VSLULW RI WKLV 6WDWHPHQW RI &RRSHUDWLRQ GR QRW LQFOXGH WKH SDUWLFLSDWLRQ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHU VNDWHUV ZKR DUH RU KDYH EHHQ DFWLYH 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLS FRPSHWLWRUV DW RU DERYH WKH 1RYLFH OHYHO ZLWKLQ WKH SDVW WZR \HDUV XQOHVV SDUWLFLSDWLRQ KDV EHHQ SHUPLWWHG DV GHVFULEHG EHORZ DQG DUH QRW LQWHQGHG IRU WHOHYLVLRQ RU LQWHUQHW EURDGFDVW RU UH EURDGFDVW 7KLV SDUDJUDSK represents a grant of special permission from U.S. Figure Skating, in the spirit of cooperation with the ISI, to allow its members to participate in ISI-endorsed recreational skating activities without the need for a separate U.S. Figure Skating sanction. +RZHYHU ,6, HQGRUVHG DFWLYLWLHV H[FHHGLQJ WKH VFRSH RI WKLV SDUDJUDSK DUH QRW FRYHUHG LQ WKLV JUDQW RI VSHFLDO SHUPLVVLRQ therefore, U.S. Figure Skating members participating in such activities shall be in violation of the rules and policies of U.S. )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ XQOHVV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DSSURYDO E\ ZD\ RI VDQFWLRQ (6&$ (OLJLEOH 6NDWHU &RPSHQVDWLRQ $JUHHPHQW RU special permission is obtained. The ISI further agrees that the participation of skaters registered with the ISI in activities sponsored by U.S. Figure Skating shall not be deemed to be a violation of the rules of the ISI. U.S. Figure Skating, PSA and the ISI acknowledge the developing relationship between the three associations working together for the growth and betterment of ice skating now and in the future.

U.S. Figure Skating Policy on Coaching Believing in the importance of the highest possible level of safety and quality in the coaching of our skaters, U.S. Figure 6NDWLQJ KHUHE\ UHFRPPHQGV WKDW FRDFKHV DSSRLQWHG DV FOXE FRDFKHV HQUROO LQ WKH 36$ UDWLQJV V\VWHP WKH RI¿FLDO FRDFK¶V FHUWL¿FDWLRQ DQG WUDLQLQJ SURJUDP RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ

U.S. Figure Skating Policy on IJS Revisions Please be advised that with respect to U.S. Figure Skating competitive events conducted under the international judging V\VWHP ,-6 DV DGRSWHG DQG PRGL¿HG DQG FODUL¿HG IURP WLPH WR WLPH E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UHVHUYHV the right to incorporate revisions made to the IJS by the ISU for junior and senior events and by U.S. Figure Skating for its novice events and below pertaining to the Scale of Values for singles, pairs, ice dance or synchronized skating, or to any other UXOH SHUWDLQLQJ WR WKH PHWKRG E\ ZKLFK WKH VFRUHV DUH FDOFXODWHG /LNHZLVH VKRXOG WKH ,68 LVVXH FODUL¿FDWLRQV WR LWV UXOHV JRYHUQLQJ WKH ,-6 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UHVHUYHV WKH ULJKW WR DGRSW WKRVH FODUL¿FDWLRQV 7KH UHYLVLRQV RU FODUL¿FDWLRQV PDGH WR WKH international judging system by the ISU may be adopted by U.S. Figure Skating at its discretion at any time after the revision RU FODUL¿FDWLRQ LV LVVXHG )XUWKHU DQ\ UHYLVLRQV PRGL¿FDWLRQV RU FODUL¿FDWLRQV PDGH E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV ZHOO DV DQ\ RI WKH DGRSWHG PRGL¿FDWLRQV DQG FODUL¿FDWLRQV VKDOO EH SRVWHG RQ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZHEVLWH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ DQG ZKHQ DSSOLFDEOH SXEOLVKHG LQ WKH QH[W 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UXOHERRN

2

Part One Governance and Administration of The United States Figure Skating Association Bylaws of the United States Figure Skating Association $V DPHQGHG WR 0D\

ARTICLE I Name 7KH QDPH RI WKLV RUJDQL]DWLRQ LV Âł7+( 81,7(' 67$7(6 ),*85( 6.$7,1* $662&,$7,21 ´ )RU DOO SXUSRVHV WKLV QDPH may be abbreviated to read “U.S. Figure Skating.â€? This organization may also be known as and conduct business under the name “U.S. Figure Skating.â€? ARTICLE II Objectives Mission: As the national governing body, the mission of the United States Figure Skating Association is to provide SURJUDPV WR HQFRXUDJH SDUWLFLSDWLRQ DQG DFKLHYHPHQW LQ WKH VSRUW RI ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH DQG SDUWLFXODUO\ $ 7R VHUYH DV WKH QDWLRQDO JRYHUQLQJ ERG\ LQ WKH VSRUW RI ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH DV UHFRJQL]HG E\ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 2O\PSLF &RPPLWWHH 862& DQG WR VHUYH DV WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV PHPEHU RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6NDWLQJ 8QLRQ ,68 % 7R WDNH DOO VWHSV QHFHVVDU\ WR UHJXODWH DQG JRYHUQ ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH WKURXJKRXW WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV LQFOXGLQJ WKH UDLVLQJ of funds to support activities of U.S. Figure Skating by dues, the sale of publications, the conduct of competitions, carnival assessments, sanction fees and any other lawful means, provided that none of the income of U.S. Figure Skating inures to WKH SULYDWH SURÂżW RI DQ\ RI LWV PHPEHUV & 7R GHÂżQH DQG PDLQWDLQ XQLIRUP VWDQGDUGV RI VNDWLQJ SURÂżFLHQF\ ' 7R SUHVFULEH UXOHV IRU WKH KROGLQJ RI DQG HOLJLELOLW\ IRU WHVWV FRPSHWLWLRQV H[KLELWLRQV FDUQLYDOV DQG DOO RWKHU ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV 7R TXDOLI\ DQG DSSRLQW MXGJHV UHIHUHHV DQG RWKHU RIÂżFLDOV IRU DOO WHVWV FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG RWKHU ÂżJXUH skating events; ( 7R HQFRXUDJH JXLGH DQG DVVLVW LQ WKH RUJDQL]DWLRQ RI ORFDO LFH VNDWLQJ FOXEV DQG WKH DWWDLQLQJ RI IXOO SDUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ ÂżJXUH skating by individuals, groups, clubs, schools, colleges and universities throughout the United States; ) 7R RUJDQL]H DQG VSRQVRU FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG H[KLELWLRQV IRU WKH SXUSRVH RI VWLPXODWLQJ LQWHUHVW LQ ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ RQ WKH SDUW RI DOO SHUVRQV 7R DVVLVW ÂżQDQFLDOO\ RU RWKHUZLVH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKH SDUWLFLSDQWV WUDYHOLQJ WR DQG IURP DQG DWWHQGLQJ VXFK FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG H[KLELWLRQV ZKR ZRXOG RWKHUZLVH EH XQDEOH WR SDUWLFLSDWH therein; * 7R HQFRXUDJH WKRVH SHUVRQV ZKR KDYH GHPRQVWUDWHG DQ RQJRLQJ LQWHUHVW LQ ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ WR FRQWLQXH WKHLU SDUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ DQG ZKHUH SRVVLEOH WR REWDLQ D FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\ HGXFDWLRQ + 7R SURYLGH DQ HTXDO RSSRUWXQLW\ WR HOLJLEOH DWKOHWHV FRDFKHV WUDLQHUV PDQDJHUV DGPLQLVWUDWRUV DQG RIÂżFLDOV WR SDUWLFLSDWH in eligible athletic competition without discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, age, gender, gender identity, VH[XDO RULHQWDWLRQ, national origin, or any other status protected by federal, state or local law, where applicable. To provide IDLU QRWLFH DQG DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ IRU D KHDULQJ WR DQ\ HOLJLEOH DWKOHWH FRDFK WUDLQHU PDQDJHU DGPLQLVWUDWRU RU RIÂżFLDO EHIRUH declaring such individual ineligible to participate; I. To select members of the Board of Directors and athlete representatives without discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, age, gender, gender identity, VH[XDO RULHQWDWLRQ, national origin, or any other status protected by federal, state or local law, where applicable; J. To submit to binding arbitration conducted in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association in any controversy involving its recognition as a national governing body, as provided for in chapter 2205 and successor sections of the Ted Stevens Olympic and Amateur Sports Act, 36 U.S.C. § 220501 et. seq., or involving WKH RSSRUWXQLW\ RI DQ\ DWKOHWH FRDFK WUDLQHU PDQDJHU DGPLQLVWUDWRU RU RIÂżFLDO WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DWKOHWLF FRPSHWLWLRQ DV provided for in the bylaws of the USOC; K. To support, by contributions from U.S. Figure Skating and its Memorial Fund, other charitable and educational organizations ZKLFK DUH WKHPVHOYHV H[HPSW IURP WD[DWLRQ XQGHU 6HFWLRQ F RI WKH ,QWHUQDO 5HYHQXH &RGH RI DV IURP WLPH to time amended; and / 7R HQVXUH WKDW WKH IRUHJRLQJ REMHFWLYHV DUH ZLWKLQ WKH PHDQLQJ RI 6HFWLRQ F RI WKH ,QWHUQDO 5HYHQXH &RGH RI DV IURP WLPH WR WLPH DPHQGHG DQG WKDW WKH DFWLYLWLHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ERWK GLUHFW DQG LQGLUHFW H[FOXVLYHO\ IXUWKHU these objectives. ARTICLE III Fiscal Year 7KH ÂżVFDO \HDU EHJLQV RQ -XO\ RI HDFK \HDU DQG HQGV RQ -XQH WKH IROORZLQJ \HDU

3

ARTICLE IV Jurisdiction Section 1 Jurisdiction. 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KDV MXULVGLFWLRQ RI ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV RQ LFH LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV Section 2 Geographical Divisions. For the purposes of regulation and control, the geographical area under the jurisdiction of U.S. Figure Skating is divided into three sections as follows: $ (DVWHUQ 6HFWLRQ &RQQHFWLFXW 'HODZDUH 'LVWULFW RI &ROXPELD )ORULGD *HRUJLD 0DLQH 0DU\ODQG 0DVVDFKXVHWWV 1HZ +DPSVKLUH 1HZ -HUVH\ 1HZ <RUN 1RUWK &DUROLQD 3HQQV\OYDQLD 5KRGH ,VODQG 6RXWK &DUROLQD 9HUPRQW 9LUJLQLD DQG West Virginia. % 0LGZHVWHUQ 6HFWLRQ $ODEDPD $UNDQVDV &RORUDGR ,OOLQRLV ,QGLDQD ,RZD .DQVDV .HQWXFN\ /RXLVLDQD 0LFKLJDQ 0LQQHVRWD 0LVVLVVLSSL 0LVVRXUL 1HEUDVND 1HZ 0H[LFR 1RUWK 'DNRWD 2KLR 2NODKRPD 6RXWK 'DNRWD 7HQQHVVHH 7H[DV DQG :LVFRQVLQ & 3DFLÂżF &RDVW 6HFWLRQ $ODVND $UL]RQD &DOLIRUQLD +DZDLL ,GDKR 0RQWDQD 1HYDGD 2UHJRQ 8WDK :DVKLQJWRQ DQG Wyoming. ' )RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ RQO\ WKH VWDWH RI &RORUDGR LV LQ WKH 3DFLÂżF &RDVW JHRJUDSKLFDO GLYLVLRQ ARTICLE V Membership Section 1 &ODVVLÂżFDWLRQ. U.S. Figure Skating has nine types of membership: $ &OXEV ZKLFK IRVWHU ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ NQRZQ DV ÂłPHPEHU FOXEV´ B. Individual persons registered with U.S. Figure Skating who are members of a member club or a collegiate club; C. Individual persons who are not home club members of any member club, known as “individual membersâ€?; D. Honorary members; ( &ROOHJLDWH FOXE DQG VFKRRO DIÂżOLDWHG PHPEHUV F. /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ members; G. Supportive members; + 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH 7HDP PHPEHUV DQG I. Introductory members. Section 2 Member Clubs. Member clubs consist of: A. Full member clubs; B. Provisional member clubs; and C. Such other classes as may from time to time be determined by the Governing Council. $Q\ FOXE IRVWHULQJ ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ PD\ DSSO\ LQ ZULWLQJ IRU PHPEHUVKLS DQG LI VDWLVIDFWRU\ DQG XSRQ FRPSOLDQFH ZLWK DOO requirements of U.S. Figure Skating, may be elected a provisional or full member club by a vote of two-thirds of the votes cast RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO SUHVHQW LQ SHUVRQ RU E\ SUR[\ DW DQ DQQXDO PHHWLQJ ,I DQ DSSOLFDWLRQ IRU PHPEHUVKLS LV UHFHLYHG LQ WKH SHULRG EHWZHHQ PHHWLQJV RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO WKH DSSOLFDQW PD\ EH DGPLWWHG WR LQWHULP PHPEHUVKLS XQWLO WKH QH[W DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO LQ VXFK PDQQHU DQG XSRQ VXFK WHUPV DV PD\ EH VHW IRUWK LQ WKH RIÂżFLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ,QWHULP DQG SURYLVLRQDO PHPEHU FOXEV KDYH RQO\ VXFK SULYLOHJHV DV DUH VSHFLÂżHG WKHUHLQ Section 3 Individual Members. A. A person not a home club member of any member club B. A person may become an individual member upon written application and compliance with the requirements of U.S. Figure Skating. C. Individual membership will automatically terminate when an individual member joins a member club as a home club member. Section 4 Honorary Members. $ $ SHUVRQ HOHFWHG DV VXFK E\ D YRWH RI WZR WKLUGV RI WKH YRWHV FDVW RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO SUHVHQW LQ SHUVRQ RU E\ SUR[\ at an annual meeting for such terms as the Governing Council may specify in said vote. B. Have no voting rights with respect to the government of U.S. Figure Skating, but may be accorded the privilege of speaking ZKHQ SUHVHQW DW RIÂżFLDO PHHWLQJV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQFOXGLQJ EXW QRW OLPLWHG WR *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO SURYLGHG KRZHYHU WKDW LI VXFK SHUVRQ LV DOVR D PHPEHU LQ DQ\ RWKHU PHPEHUVKLS FDWHJRU\ VXFK SHUVRQ ZLOO KDYH DQG PD\ H[HUFLVH voting rights and privileges available to them by virtue of such other membership, including as a delegate to the Governing Council. & 0D\ VHUYH LI HOHFWHG RU DSSRLQWHG LQ DQ\ RIÂżFH RU SRVLWLRQ DQG H[HUFLVH DOO YRWLQJ DQG RWKHU ULJKWV SHUWDLQLQJ WR WKH RIÂżFH or position so held. Section 5 &ROOHJLDWH &OXEV DQG 6FKRRO $IÂżOLDWHG 0HPEHUV. A. Consist of individual schools, colleges and universities which agree to abide by the rules of U.S. Figure Skating. B. Have no voting rights with respect to the government of U.S. Figure Skating. & $Q\ FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\ PD\ EHFRPH D FROOHJLDWH FOXE PHPEHU DQG DQ\ VFKRRO PD\ EHFRPH D VFKRRO DIÂżOLDWHG PHPEHU DW any time upon written application, compliance with the requirements of U.S. Figure Skating and approval of its application by the Membership Committee. Section 6 Learn to Skate USA Members. A. Persons participating in /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ programs. % $UH QRW HOLJLEOH IRU SDUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ WKH RIÂżFLDO WHVW VWUXFWXUH 4

C. Have no voting rights with respect to the government of U.S. Figure Skating. Section 7 Supportive Members. $ 2UJDQL]DWLRQV DQG LQGLYLGXDOV ZKR YROXQWDULO\ VXSSRUW WKH VSRUW RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ WKURXJK WKH SD\PHQW RI DQQXDO GXHV WR U.S. Figure Skating. % 6SRUWV RUJDQL]DWLRQV FRQVLVWLQJ RI QRW IRU SUR¿W FRUSRUDWLRQV IHGHUDWLRQV XQLRQV DVVRFLDWLRQV FOXEV RU RWKHU JURXSV RUJDQL]HG LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV ZKLFK VSRQVRU RU FRQGXFW SURJUDPV LQ WKH VSRUW RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH PD\ DSSO\ WR WKH Membership Committee to become organizational supportive members as may associations of vendors and other like organizations subject to the Board of Directors’ approval. C. Have no voting rights with respect to the government of U.S. Figure Skating. Section 8 Synchronized Skating/Theatre On Ice Team Members. A. Consist of registered members who are subject to the rules of U.S. Figure Skating. B. Have no voting rights with respect to the government of U.S. Figure Skating. & 0D\ EHFRPH D V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH WHDP PHPEHU DW DQ\ WLPH XSRQ ZULWWHQ DSSOLFDWLRQ FRPSOLDQFH ZLWK the requirements of U.S. Figure Skating and approval of its application by the Membership Committee. Section 9 Introductory Members. $ ,QGLYLGXDOV ZKR KDYH QHYHU EHHQ D IXOO PHPEHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV GH¿QHG LQ 6HFWLRQ % RU DQ LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU DV GH¿QHG LQ 6HFWLRQ & RI WKLV DUWLFOH % 0D\ MRLQ RQO\ DV PHPEHUV RI D PHPEHU FOXE DQG ZLOO EH DFFRUGHG DOO EHQH¿WV DQG SULYLOHJHV RI VXFK PHPEHUVKLS C. Will receive a special discounted membership rate for one year only ' 1R SHUVRQ PD\ EH DQ LQWURGXFWRU\ PHPEHU IRU PRUH WKDQ RQH \HDU HYHQ LI WKHLU PHPEHUVKLS ODSVHV ARTICLE VI Government Section 1 Governing Council. The government of U.S. Figure Skating is vested in a Governing Council, which consists of delegates appointed or elected in accordance with Article VII of these bylaws. Section 2 Board of Directors. 7KH PDQDJHPHQW RI WKH EXVLQHVV DQG DIIDLUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV YHVWHG LQ DQG H[HUFLVHG E\ RU XQGHU WKH DXWKRULW\ RI D %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ZKLFK FRQVLVWV RI WKH SHUVRQV VSHFL¿HG LQ $UWLFOH 9,,, 6HFWLRQ RI WKHVH E\ODZV ARTICLE VII Delegates to the Governing Council Section 1 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV DQG 7HQXUH. Delegates to the Governing Council: $ 0XVW EH UHJLVWHUHG PHPEHUV ZKR DUH DW OHDVW \HDUV RI DJH DQG DUH TXDOL¿HG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 Figure Skating. B. Are appointed or elected annually as of Feb. 1 to serve for one year or until their successors are appointed or elected. Section 2 Appointment of Full Member Club Delegates. (DFK DFWLYH IXOO PHPEHU FOXE E\ DFWLRQ RI LWV GXO\ FRQVWLWXWHG governing body, must appoint from among its registered home club members a number of delegates, based on the total number of UHJLVWHUHG PHPEHUV RI VXFK IXOO PHPEHU FOXE GXULQJ WKH SUHFHGLQJ ¿VFDO \HDU DV VKRZQ LQ WKH IROORZLQJ WDEOH $ 7KHVH GHOHJDWHV PXVW PHHW WKH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV VHW IRUWK LQ 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH % $ FHUWL¿FDWH RI DSSRLQWPHQW GXO\ VLJQHG E\ WKH DXWKRUL]HG RI¿FHU RI VXFK IXOO PHPEHU FOXE PXVW EH ¿OHG ZLWK WKH 8 6 Figure Skating secretary in care of U.S. Figure Skating headquarters. Number of Total Registrations 25 but fewer than 50 50 but fewer than 100 100 but fewer than 150 150 but fewer than 250 250 but fewer than 350 350 but fewer than 450

Number of Delegates 1 2 3 4 5 6

Number of Total Registrations 450 but fewer than 550 550 but fewer than 650 650 but fewer than 750 750 but fewer than 850 850 but fewer than 950 950 or more

Number of Delegates 7 8 9 10 11 12

Section 3 Election of Individual Member Delegates. The individual members from each section may elect, from among those RI WKHLU QXPEHU TXDOL¿HG XQGHU 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH D QXPEHU RI GHOHJDWHV IRU WKDW VHFWLRQ LQ SURSRUWLRQ WR WKH QXPEHU RI LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV UHJLVWHUHG LQ WKDW VHFWLRQ GXULQJ WKH SUHFHGLQJ ¿VFDO \HDU DV VKRZQ LQ WKH IROORZLQJ WDEOH Number of Number of Number of Number of Individual Members Delegates Individual Members Delegates 25 but fewer than 50 1 450 but fewer than 550 7 50 but fewer than 100 2 550 but fewer than 650 8 100 but fewer than 150 3 650 but fewer than 750 9 150 but fewer than 250 4 750 but fewer than 850 10 250 but fewer than 350 5 850 but fewer than 950 11 350 but fewer than 450 6 950 or more 12 5

A. U.S. Figure Skating headquarters will determine the procedures for implementing the individual member delegate election process and will provide these procedures to the individual members with the announcement of the meeting of the Governing Council, as described in Article IX, Section 3, of these bylaws. % 7KH QXPEHU RI FDQGLGDWH V DV VKRZQ LQ WKH WDEOH LQ WKLV 6HFWLRQ LQ HDFK VHFWLRQ UHFHLYLQJ WKH PRVW YRWHV ZLOO EH FHUWL¿HG DV D GHOHJDWH V IRU WKH LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV RI WKDW VHFWLRQ Section 4 Athlete Delegates. A. Are equally divided among ladies, men, pairs, ice dance and synchronized skating. B. Have, collectively, the number of votes equaling not less than 20 percent of the total permanent member club and individual member votes registered at the prior year’s Governing Council in order to provide the athlete delegates with not less than 20 percent of the voting power in the Governing Council, as required by Article XVI, Section 5, of these bylaws. These votes will be equally divided among the athlete delegates, with any fractions rounded up to a whole number. L ,I DW DQ\ WLPH GXULQJ D PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO WKH YRWHV DVVLJQHG WR WKH DWKOHWH GHOHJDWHV IDOO EHORZ SHUFHQW RI WKH WRWDO QXPEHU RI YRWHV RI WKH GHOHJDWHV UHJLVWHUHG LQ SHUVRQ RU E\ SUR[\ WKH WRWDO QXPEHU RI DWKOHWH delegate votes will be increased by the number necessary to achieve 20 percent of the voting power in the Governing Council as required by Article XVI, Section 5, of these bylaws. The additional votes will be assigned to, and retained by, the chair of the Athletes Advisory Committee, or in such chair’s absence, his or her athlete delegate designee, for the duration of the meeting. C. The athlete delegates to the Governing Council are the Athletes Advisory Committee members elected by the athletes in FRPSOLDQFH ZLWK $$&5 Section 5 Vacancies. )XOO PHPEHU FOXEV DWKOHWH PHPEHUV DQG LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV PD\ ¿OO D YDFDQF\ DPRQJ WKHLU GHOHJDWHV E\ ¿OLQJ WKH DSSURSULDWH FHUWL¿FDWH RI DSSRLQWPHQW RU HOHFWLRQ ZLWK WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VHFUHWDU\ LQ FDUH RI 8 6 )LJXUH Skating headquarters. Section 6 Observers. A. Collegiate clubs and provisional member clubs do not have the right, by virtue of such membership status, to appoint delegates to meetings of the Governing Council. They may designate observers to attend meetings of the Governing &RXQFLO 6XFK REVHUYHUV ZKHQ SUHVHQW PD\ EH DFFRUGHG WKH SULYLOHJHV RI WKH ÀRRU B. Honorary members, individual members, members of member clubs, collegiate clubs, duly authorized representatives of VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG PHPEHUV DQG VXSSRUWLYH PHPEHUV DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH WHDP PHPEHUV PD\ DWWHQG PHHWLQJV RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DV REVHUYHUV DQG ZKHQ SUHVHQW ZLOO OLNHZLVH EH DFFRUGHG WKH SULYLOHJHV RI WKH ÀRRU Section 7 Voting Rights. On all matters submitted to a vote of the Governing Council, the athlete delegates as a group and each full member club are entitled to the same number of votes as the number of delegates to which they are entitled pursuant to 6HFWLRQV DQG UHVSHFWLYHO\ RI WKLV DUWLFOH (DFK LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU GHOHJDWH LV HQWLWOHG WR RQH YRWH 2EVHUYHUV KDYH QR YRWH DW PHHWLQJV RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO 1R PHPEHU RU FODVV RI PHPEHUV H[FHSW GHOHJDWHV LV HQWLWOHG WR YRWH RQ PDWWHUV FRQFHUQLQJ WKH SXUSRVHV JRYHUQPHQW DQG PDQDJHPHQW RI WKH DIIDLUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ H[FHSW DV SURYLGHG IRU LQ WKHVH E\ODZV RU DV prescribed by law. ARTICLE VIII Board of Directors Section 1 Powers and Duties. The Board of Directors possesses all the powers and duties necessary or desirable for the PDQDJHPHQW RI WKH EXVLQHVV DQG DIIDLUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ H[FHSW VXFK SRZHUV DQG GXWLHV DV DUH UHVHUYHG VROHO\ IRU WKH Governing Council or otherwise limited by these bylaws. Section 2 &RPSRVLWLRQ DQG 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV. The voting members of the Board of Directors consist of: A. The president, B. The three vice presidents each representing a different section, C. The secretary, D. The treasurer, ( 7KH IRXU JURXS FRRUGLQDWRUV DV VSHFL¿HG LQ $UWLFOH ;9, 6HFWLRQ ) 7ZR FRDFKHV DFWLYHO\ HQJDJHG LQ QDWLRQDO RU LQWHUQDWLRQDO DWKOHWLF FRDFKLQJ RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH DQG * 7KUHH DWKOHWH PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV HOHFWHG SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ;9 6HFWLRQ % + ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKRVH SHUVRQV VSHFL¿HG LQ 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH DQG KRQRUDU\ PHPEHUV HOHFWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 6HFWLRQ 5 of this article will also be members of the Board of Directors. , (DFK YRWLQJ PHPEHU RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV PXVW EH L $W OHDVW \HDUV RI DJH LL $ UHJLVWHUHG PHPEHU LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG LLL 2WKHUZLVH TXDOLILHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH RIILFLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ Section 3 Terms. 7KH HOHFWHG PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV RWKHU WKDQ WKH RI¿FHUV DQG WKH DWKOHWH PHPEHUV RI WKH ERDUG ZLOO EH HOHFWHG IRU D WHUP RI RQH \HDU HDFK DQG PD\ KROG RI¿FH IRU QR PRUH WKDQ WKUHH FRQVHFXWLYH WHUPV 7KH WHUPV RI VHUYLFH IRU RI¿FHUV DUH VSHFL¿HG LQ $UWLFOH X, Section 2, of these bylaws. The terms of service for athlete members of the Board of Directors DUH VSHFL¿HG LQ $UWLFOH ;9 6HFWLRQ % RI WKHVH E\ODZV Section 4 ([ RI¿FLR DQG $GGLWLRQDO Members. $ 7KH LPPHGLDWH SDVW SUHVLGHQW WKH DSSRLQWHG ,68 5HSUHVHQWDWLYH WKH UHSUHVHQWDWLYH WR WKH 862& $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RXQFLO DQG WKRVH RI¿FHKROGHUV RQ WKH ,68 UHSUHVHQWLQJ WKH VSRUW RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ DUH QRQ YRWLQJ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHUV RI the Board of Directors. 6

% $Q DWKOHWH PHPEHU HOHFWHG SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ;9 6HFWLRQ % DQG WKUHH DGGLWLRQDO LQGLYLGXDOV RQH HDFK QDPHG IURP WKH 3URIHVVLRQDO 6NDWHUV $VVRFLDWLRQ ,FH 6NDWLQJ ,QVWLWXWH DQG WKH 8 6 ,FH 5LQN $VVRFLDWLRQ IURP DPRQJ WKHLU membership, are non-voting members of the Board of Directors. & ([ RI¿FLR DQG DGGLWLRQDO PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV PD\ DWWHQG LQ SHUVRQ PHHWLQJV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DQG ZKHQ SUHVHQW PD\ EH DFFRUGHG WKH SULYLOHJH RI VSHDNLQJ 8QOHVV H[SUHVVO\ LQYLWHG H[ RI¿FLR DQG DGGLWLRQDO PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV PD\ QRW SDUWLFLSDWH LQ H[HFXWLYH VHVVLRQV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV Section 5 Honorary Members. An honorary member of the Board of Directors is a person elected as such by a two-thirds vote of the Board of Directors present in person at a meeting for such term as the Board of Directors may specify in said vote. A. Honorary members of the Board of Directors have no vote therein; % +RZHYHU WKH\ PD\ VHUYH LI HOHFWHG RU DSSRLQWHG LQ DQ\ RI¿FH RU SRVLWLRQ LQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG H[HUFLVH DOO YRWLQJ DQG RWKHU ULJKWV SHUWDLQLQJ WR VXFK RI¿FH RU SRVLWLRQ C. Honorary members of the Board of Directors may attend in-person meetings of the Board of Directors and, when present, PD\ EH DFFRUGHG WKH SULYLOHJH RI VSHDNLQJ 8QOHVV H[SUHVVO\ LQYLWHG KRQRUDU\ PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV PD\ QRW SDUWLFLSDWH LQ H[HFXWLYH VHVVLRQV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV Section 6 Representatives from other Figure Skating Sports Organizations. U.S. Figure Skating will provide for reasonable direct representation on its Board of Directors for any sports organization which, in the sport for which recognition is sought: $ &RQGXFWV RQ D OHYHO RI SUR¿FLHQF\ DSSURSULDWH IRU WKH VHOHFWLRQ RI HOLJLEOH DWKOHWHV WR UHSUHVHQW WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV LQ international amateur athletic competition, a national program, or regular national amateur athletic competition, and % (QVXUHV WKDW VXFK UHSUHVHQWDWLRQ ZLOO UHÀHFW WKH QDWXUH VFRSH TXDOLW\ DQG VWUHQJWK RI WKH SURJUDPV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV RI such amateur sports organization in relation to all other such programs and competitions in such sport in the United States. & 5HSUHVHQWDWLYHV IURP RWKHU ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ VSRUWV RUJDQL]DWLRQV PD\ DWWHQG LQ SHUVRQ PHHWLQJV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV and, when present, may be accorded the privilege of speaking, but will have no vote. Section 7 Attendance by Permanent Committee Chairs. 7KH FKDLUV RI WKH SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHHV VSHFL¿HG LQ $UWLFOH XVI of these bylaws may attend in-person meetings of the Board of Directors and, if present, may be accorded the privilege of speaking but will have no vote. Section 8 Chair of the Board. The president will act as the chair of the Board of Directors. Section 9 Voting Rights. Voting members of the Board of Directors are entitled to only one vote on the board, even though they may be members in more than one of the classes of voting members constituting the Board of Directors. Section 10 Reports of Action. All actions of the Board of Directors will be reported to the Governing Council not later than WKH QH[W HQVXLQJ PHHWLQJ RI VDLG FRXQFLO DQG ZLOO EH VXEMHFW WR DOWHUDWLRQ RU FDQFHOODWLRQ E\ WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO SURYLGHG WKDW no rights or acts of third parties are adversely affected thereby. Section 11 Nondiscrimination. Members of the Board of Directors will be selected without discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, age, gender, gender identity, VH[XDO RULHQWDWLRQ, national origin, or any other status protected by federal, state or local law, where applicable. Section 12 Removal. Voting members of the Board of Directors may be removed as follows: A. 2I¿FHUV 2I¿FHUV PD\ EH UHPRYHG LQ WKH PDQQHU VHW IRUWK LQ $UWLFOH ; 6HFWLRQ RI WKHVH E\ODZV B. $WKOHWH 0HPEHUV An athlete member of the Board of Directors may be removed at any time for cause by a two-thirds vote RI WKH $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RPPLWWHH H[FOXGLQJ WKH YRWH RI WKH DIIHFWHG DWKOHWH SURYLGHG WKDW L 'XH QRWLFH RI WKH PHHWLQJ RI WKH $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RPPLWWHH RU RI WKH SURSRVDO WKDW WKH $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RPPLWWHH WDNH DFWLRQ ZLWKRXW D PHHWLQJ KDV EHHQ JLYHQ WR WKH DIIHFWHG DWKOHWH DQG LL 7KH DIIHFWHG DWKOHWH LV DIIRUGHG D IDLU RSSRUWXQLW\ WR EH KHDUG E\ RU WR VXEPLW D ZULWWHQ VWDWHPHQW WR WKH $WKOHWHV Advisory Committee prior to action by the Athletes Advisory Committee. C. 2WKHU 9RWLQJ 0HPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG. Members of the Board of Directors, other than described in paragraphs A and B of this Section 12, may be removed at any time for cause by a vote of two-thirds of the votes cast of the Governing Council GHOHJDWHV SUHVHQW LQ SHUVRQ RU E\ SUR[\ SURYLGHG KRZHYHU WKDW L 'XH QRWLFH RI WKH PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO RU RI WKH SURSRVDO WKDW WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO WDNH DFWLRQ ZLWKRXW D PHHWLQJ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI $UWLFOH ,; 6HFWLRQ RI WKHVH E\ODZV KDV EHHQ JLYHQ WR WKH DIIHFWHG director and LL 7KH DIIHFWHG GLUHFWRU LV DIIRUGHG D IDLU RSSRUWXQLW\ WR EH KHDUG E\ RU WR VXEPLW D ZULWWHQ VWDWHPHQW WR WKH *RYHUQLQJ Council prior to action by the Governing Council. Section 13 Vacancies. $ $Q\ YDFDQF\ LQ DWKOHWH SRVLWLRQV RQ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ZLOO EH ¿OOHG E\ D YRWH E\ WKH DWKOHWHV LQ WKH VDPH PDQQHU athletes are elected to serve on the Board of Directors. B. All vacancies occurring among the elected voting members of the Board of Directors, other than vacancies in athlete SRVLWLRQV RQ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ZLOO EH ¿OOHG E\ DQ DI¿UPDWLYH YRWH RI D PDMRULW\ RI WKH UHPDLQLQJ GLUHFWRUV & $ GLUHFWRU HOHFWHG WR ¿OO D YDFDQF\ ZLOO EH HOHFWHG IRU WKH XQH[SLUHG WHUP RI WKHLU SUHGHFHVVRU LQ RI¿FH DQG PD\ EH HOHFWHG WKHUHDIWHU WR VHUYH IRU WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI WHUPV DOORZHG E\ WKHVH E\ODZV ARTICLE IX Meetings of Governing Council and Board of Directors Section 1 Annual Meeting of the Governing Council. The annual meeting of the Governing Council: A. Will be held during the months of April or May at the date, time and place selected and announced by the president with 7

the approval of the Board of Directors not later than the preceding annual meeting of the Board of Directors. % ,V WKH DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH PHPEHUV IRU WKH SXUSRVHV RI WKH &RORUDGR 5HYLVHG 1RQSUR¿W &RUSRUDWLRQ $FW DV KHUHDIWHU amended from time to time, and the corresponding provisions of any subsequent law. C. Will include a caucus of each of the three geographic sections of U.S. Figure Skating. A principal purpose of the caucus ZLOO EH WR HOHFW WKH PHPEHUV RI WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH HVWDEOLVKHG LQ $UWLFOH ;9 RI WKHVH E\ODZV (DFK FDXFXV ZLOO EH convened at the call of the appropriate sectional vice president, or that sectional vice president’s designee. The caucus will SUHFHGH WKH FRQYHQLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DW D WLPH VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH QRWLFH RI WKH DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ Council. Section 2 Special Meetings of the Governing Council. Special meetings of the Governing Council may be called at any time: A. Upon the written request of 10 percent of the full member clubs, B. At the request of the president, C. At the request of a majority of the delegates to the Governing Council or D. At the request of a majority of the Board of Directors. Section 3 Announcements and Notices of Meetings of the Governing Council. A. An announcement of the date and place of each annual meeting will be posted on the U.S. Figure Skating website no fewer than four months prior to the date of the meeting. Once posted, an email will be sent to all member clubs, collegiate clubs, VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG PHPEHUV KRQRUDU\ PHPEHUV LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV DWKOHWH GHOHJDWHV FRPPLWWHH FKDLUV DQG WR DOO PHPEHUV of the Board of Directors informing them that the information is available and of its location. % 1RWLFH RI PHHWLQJV RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO ZLOO EH SRVWHG RQ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 0HPEHUV 2QO\ ZHEVLWH QR IHZHU than 20 days or more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. C. The notices of meetings of the Governing Council will state: L 7KH GDWH WLPH DQG SODFH RI WKH PHHWLQJ LL 7KH JHQHUDO FKDUDFWHU RI WKH EXVLQHVV SURSRVHG WR EH WUDQVDFWHG DQG LLL $ GHVFULSWLRQ RI DQ\ PDWWHU IRU ZKLFK DSSURYDO RI PHPEHUV LV VRXJKW ' 7KH H[DFW ZRUGLQJ RI DQ\ SURSRVHG DFWLRQ QHHG QRW EH VWDWHG H[FHSW WKDW WKH VSHFL¿F WH[W RI DQ\ SURSRVHG DPHQGPHQWV to these bylaws must be stated, and the names and locations of all clubs to be proposed for provisional and full club membership will be stated. Section 4 3UHVLGLQJ 2I¿FHU RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO. The president, or in the president’s absence, inability or refusal to attend, the vice presidents in their order, will preside at all meetings of the Governing Council. Section 5 Quorum of the Governing Council 'HOHJDWHV RU SUR[LHV UHSUHVHQWLQJ QR IHZHU WKDQ SHUFHQW RI WKH YRWHV HQWLWOHG to be cast will constitute a quorum of the Governing Council. Section 6 Proxies in the Governing Council. 3UR[LHV PD\ EH H[HUFLVHG RQO\ DW GXO\ FDOOHG PHHWLQJV RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO and may be voted only on matters stated in the notice of the meeting. A. Full Member Clubs: L 0D\ JLYH D SUR[\ IRU DQ\ RQH RU PRUH RI WKHLU GHOHJDWHV LQ WKH HYHQW DQ\ VXFK GHOHJDWH GRHV QRW DWWHQG D PHHWLQJ LQ person. LL 7KH SHUVRQ UHFHLYLQJ WKH SUR[\ PXVW PHHW WKH VDPH TXDOLILFDWLRQV UHTXLUHG RI GHOHJDWHV H[FHSW WKDW WKH SUR[\ KROGHU GRHV QRW QHHG WR EH D PHPEHU RI WKH VDPH FOXE DV WKH GHOHJDWH IURP ZKRP WKH\ UHFHLYHG WKH SUR[\ B. Individual Member Delegates: L 0D\ JLYH D SUR[\ IRU WKHLU YRWH LQ WKH HYHQW DQ\ VXFK GHOHJDWH GRHV QRW DWWHQG D PHHWLQJ LQ SHUVRQ LL 7KH SHUVRQ UHFHLYLQJ WKH SUR[\ PXVW SRVVHVV WKH VDPH TXDOLILFDWLRQV UHTXLUHG RI GHOHJDWHV $ GHOHJDWH JLYLQJ D SUR[\ PD\ RQO\ JLYH WKHLU SUR[\ WR DQRWKHU LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU GHOHJDWH IURP WKHLU VDPH VHFWLRQ KRZHYHU LI QR VXFK LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU GHOHJDWH LV DYDLODEOH WKH SUR[\ PD\ EH JLYHQ WR DQRWKHU LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU GHOHJDWH IURP DQRWKHU section. C. Athlete Delegates: L $WKOHWH GHOHJDWHV PD\ JLYH D SUR[\ WR DQRWKHU DWKOHWH GHOHJDWH IRU DQ\ RQH RU PRUH RI WKHLU YRWHV LQ WKH HYHQW DQ\ VXFK delegate does not attend a meeting in person. Section 7 Voting in the Governing Council. A. Voting in the Governing Council will be as provided in Article VII, Section 7, of these bylaws. % 7KH SUHVLGHQW RU D YLFH SUHVLGHQW DFWLQJ LQ WKH SUHVLGHQW¶V VWHDG LQ DGGLWLRQ WR DQ\ YRWH RU YRWHV WKH SUHVLGHQW PD\ KDYH DV D GHOHJDWH RU XQGHU D SUR[\ RU SUR[LHV PD\ YRWH WR GHFLGH D WLH Section 8 Voting Requirements in the Governing Council. 7KH DI¿UPDWLYH YRWH RI D PDMRULW\ RI WKH YRWHV FDVW RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO SUHVHQW LQ SHUVRQ RU E\ SUR[\ LV QHFHVVDU\ IRU WKH WDNLQJ RI DQ\ DFWLRQ LQ WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO H[FHSW LQ WKRVH FDVHV LQ which a greater percentage is required by these bylaws or by law. Section 9 Annual Meeting of the Board of Directors. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors is held during the months RI 2FWREHU RU 1RYHPEHU DW WKH GDWH WLPH DQG SODFH VHOHFWHG DQG DQQRXQFHG E\ WKH SUHVLGHQW ZLWK WKH DSSURYDO RI WKH ERDUG Section 10 Regular Meetings of the Board of Directors. In addition to the annual meeting of the Board of Directors, an in-person meeting of the board will be held in conjunction with the annual meeting of the Governing Council. The Board of Directors will hold up to 10 other regular meetings during the year, anticipated to be on a monthly basis, either by telephone conference call or in person as determined by the president. Section 11 Special Meetings of the Board of Directors: A. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called upon the request of three members thereof or by the president. 8

B. A special meeting must be preceded by at least two days’ notice which states the date, time and place of the meeting but need not describe the purpose of the meeting. Section 12 Announcements and Notices of Meetings of the Board of Directors. $ $Q DQQRXQFHPHQW RI WKH GDWH DQG SODFH RI HDFK DQQXDO PHHWLQJ ZLOO EH HPDLOHG WR DOO PHPEHUV LQFOXGLQJ H[ RI¿FLR DQG KRQRUDU\ PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DW OHDVW WZR PRQWKV SULRU WR WKH GDWH RI WKH PHHWLQJ % 1RWLFH RI PHHWLQJV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ZLOO EH HPDLOHG WR DOO PHPEHUV LQFOXGLQJ H[ RI¿FLR DQG KRQRUDU\ PHPEHUV thereof: L $W OHDVW GD\V EHIRUH WKH GDWH RI WKH PHHWLQJ LL 6WDWLQJ WKH GDWH WLPH DQG SODFH RI WKH PHHWLQJ DQG WKH JHQHUDO FKDUDFWHU RI WKH SXUSRVHV RI WKH PHHWLQJ Section 13 3UHVLGLQJ 2I¿FHU RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV. The president, or in the president’s absence, inability or refusal to act, the vice presidents in their order, will preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. Section 14 Quorum in the Board of Directors. The presence in person of no fewer than one-half of the voting members of the Board of Directors will be necessary to constitute a quorum. Section 15 Voting in the Board of Directors. Voting in the Board of Directors will be as provided in Article VIII of these bylaws. Section 16 Voting Requirements in the Board of Directors. ,I D TXRUXP LV SUHVHQW ZKHQ D YRWH LV WDNHQ WKH DI¿UPDWLYH YRWH RI D PDMRULW\ RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV SUHVHQW LQ SHUVRQ LV QHFHVVDU\ IRU WKH WDNLQJ RI DQ\ DFWLRQ E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV H[FHSW in those instances in which a greater percentage is required by these bylaws or by law. Section 17 Rules of Order at Meetings of the Governing Council and the Board of Directors. The rules contained in 5REHUW¶V 5XOHV RI 2UGHU 1HZO\ 5HYLVHG ZLOO JRYHUQ DOO PHHWLQJV RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DQG WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV LQ DOO instances in which they are applicable and in which they are not inconsistent with these bylaws. Section 18 Telephonic Meetings by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may permit any director to participate in a regular or special meeting thereof through the use of any means of communication by which all directors can hear each other during the meeting. A person participating in a meeting in this manner is deemed to be present in person at the meeting. Section 19 Action by the Governing Council Without a Meeting. Between meetings, votes of the Governing Council may be WDNHQ E\ PDLO DQG RU E\ IDFVLPLOH DW WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH SUHVLGHQW LI D ZULWWHQ EDOORW LV GHOLYHUHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WR HYHU\ member entitled to vote on the matter. A. The written ballot will set forth each proposed action and provide an opportunity to vote for or against the proposed action. B. Approval by written ballot will only be valid when: L 7KH QXPEHU RI YRWHV FDVW E\ EDOORW HTXDOV WKH TXRUXP UHTXLUHG WR EH SUHVHQW DW D PHHWLQJ DXWKRUL]LQJ WKH DFWLRQ DQG LL 7KH QXPEHU RI DSSURYDOV HTXDOV RU H[FHHGV WKH QXPEHU RI YRWHV WKDW ZRXOG EH UHTXLUHG WR DSSURYH WKH PDWWHU DW D meeting at which the total number of votes cast was the same as the number of votes cast by ballot. C. Any solicitation for votes by written ballot will: L ,QGLFDWH WKH QXPEHU RI UHVSRQVHV QHFHVVDU\ WR PHHW WKH TXRUXP UHTXLUHPHQWV LL 6WDWH WKH SHUFHQWDJH RI DSSURYDOV QHFHVVDU\ WR DSSURYH HDFK PDWWHU RWKHU WKDQ WKH HOHFWLRQ RI GLUHFWRUV LLL 6SHFLI\ WKH WLPH E\ ZKLFK WKH EDOORW PXVW EH UHFHLYHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG DQG LY %H DFFRPSDQLHG E\ ZULWWHQ LQIRUPDWLRQ VXIILFLHQW WR SHUPLW HDFK SHUVRQ YRWLQJ WR UHDFK DQ LQIRUPHG GHFLVLRQ D. Written ballots may not be revoked. ( 1RWZLWKVWDQGLQJ WKH IRUHJRLQJ DQ\ DFWLRQ UHTXLUHG RU SHUPLWWHG E\ WKHVH E\ODZV RU RWKHU SURYLVLRQ RI ODZ WR EH WDNHQ DW a meeting of the Governing Council may be taken without a meeting: L ,I D FRQVHQW LQ ZULWLQJ VHWWLQJ IRUWK WKH DFWLRQ VR WDNHQ LV VLJQHG E\ DOO RI WKH PHPEHUV RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof. LL 7R EH HIIHFWLYH DFWLRQ DOO VXFK VLJQHG ZULWWHQ FRQVHQWV PXVW EH UHFHLYHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLWKLQ GD\V DIWHU the date when U.S. Figure Skating receives the earliest dated writing describing and consenting to the action. Section 20 Action by the Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Between meetings, votes of the Board of Directors may be taken at the direction of the president in the following manner: $ 6XFK DFWLRQ ZLWKRXW D PHHWLQJ PD\ EH WDNHQ LI QRWLFH IRU SXUSRVHV RI WKLV 6HFWLRQ WKH ³1RWLFH´ LV WUDQVPLWWHG LQ writing to each member of the Board of Directors and every member of the Board of Directors by the time stated in the 1RWLFH HLWKHU L 9RWHV LQ ZULWLQJ IRU VXFK DFWLRQ RU LL 9RWHV LQ ZULWLQJ DJDLQVW VXFK DFWLRQ DEVWDLQV LQ ZULWLQJ IURP YRWLQJ RU IDLOV WR UHVSRQG RU YRWH DQG IDLOV WR GHPDQG LQ writing that action not be taken without a meeting. % 7KH 1RWLFH ZLOO VWDWH L The action to be taken; LL The time by which a director must respond; LLL 7KDW IDLOXUH WR UHVSRQG E\ WKH WLPH VWDWHG LQ WKH 1RWLFH ZLOO KDYH WKH VDPH HIIHFW DV D $EVWDLQLQJ LQ ZULWLQJ E\ WKH WLPH VWDWHG LQ WKH 1RWLFH DQG E )DLOLQJ WR GHPDQG LQ ZULWLQJ E\ WKH WLPH VWDWHG LQ WKH 1RWLFH WKDW DFWLRQ QRW EH WDNHQ ZLWKRXW D PHHWLQJ DQG LY $Q\ RWKHU PDWWHUV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ GHWHUPLQHV WR EH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH 1RWLFH C. Action is taken only if DW WKH WLPH VWDWHG LQ WKH 1RWLFH L 7KH DIILUPDWLYH YRWHV IRU VXFK DFWLRQ HTXDO RU H[FHHG WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI YRWHV WKDW ZRXOG EH QHFHVVDU\ WR WDNH such action at a meeting at which all of the directors then in office were present and voted; and 9

LL 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KDV QRW UHFHLYHG D ZULWWHQ GHPDQG E\ D GLUHFWRU WKDW VXFK DFWLRQ QRW EH WDNHQ ZLWKRXW D PHHWLQJ other than a demand that has been revoked pursuant to paragraph F of this Section 20. ' $Q\ ZULWLQJ E\ D GLUHFWRU XQGHU WKLV 6HFWLRQ PXVW EH LQ D IRUP VXI¿FLHQW WR LQIRUP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI WKH LGHQWLW\ of the director, the vote, abstention, demand or revocation of the director, and the proposed action to which such vote, abstention, demand or revocation relates. All communications under this Section 20 may be transmitted or received by electronically transmitted facsimile, email or other form of wire or wireless communication. ( $FWLRQV WDNHQ ZLOO EH HIIHFWLYH DW WKH HQG RI WKH WLPH VWDWHG LQ WKH 1RWLFH XQOHVV WKH 1RWLFH VWDWHV D GLIIHUHQW HIIHFWLYH GDWH F. Any director who in writing has voted, abstained, or demanded action not be taken without a meeting may revoke such YRWH DEVWHQWLRQ RU GHPDQG E\ D ZULWLQJ UHFHLYHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ WKH WLPH VWDWHG LQ WKH 1RWLFH G. Any director’s right to demand that action not be taken without a meeting is deemed to have been waived unless U.S. )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UHFHLYHV VXFK GHPDQG IURP WKH GLUHFWRU LQ ZULWLQJ E\ WKH WLPH VWDWHG LQ WKH 1RWLFH DQG VXFK GHPDQG KDV QRW been revoked pursuant to paragraph F of this Section 20. H. All action taken pursuant to this Section 20 has the same effect as action taken at a meeting of the directors. All writings PDGH SXUVXDQW WR WKLV 6HFWLRQ ZLOO EH ¿OHG ZLWK WKH PLQXWHV RI WKH PHHWLQJV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV , 1RWZLWKVWDQGLQJ WKH SURYLVLRQV RI WKLV 6HFWLRQ DQ\ DFWLRQ UHTXLUHG RU SHUPLWWHG E\ WKHVH E\ODZV RU RWKHU SURYLVLRQ RI law to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the members of the Board of Directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter of the action taken. Section 21 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, or under the provisions of the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, will be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. ARTICLE X 2I¿FHUV Section 1 (OHFWHG 2I¿FHUV. 7KH HOHFWHG RI¿FHUV ZLOO EH D SUHVLGHQW WKUHH YLFH SUHVLGHQWV RQH IURP HDFK RI WKH WKUHH VHFWLRQV VHW IRUWK LQ $UWLFOH ,9 6HFWLRQ RI WKHVH E\ODZV D VHFUHWDU\ DQG D WUHDVXUHU Section 2 Terms. A. 7KH SUHVLGHQW ZLOO EH HOHFWHG WR KROG RI¿FH IRU D WHUP RI WZR \HDUV DQG PD\ KROG RI¿FH IRU QR PRUH WKDQ WZR FRQVHFXWLYH WHUPV B. The three vice presidents, the secretary and the treasurer will each EH HOHFWHG WR KROG RI¿FH IRU D WHUP RI RQH \HDU DQG PD\ KROG RI¿FH IRU QR PRUH WKDQ IRXU FRQVHFXWLYH WHUPV H[FHSW E\ D YRWH RI WZR WKLUGV RI WKH YRWHV FDVW RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO GHOHJDWHV SUHVHQW LQ SHUVRQ RU E\ SUR[\ DW WKH DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DW ZKLFK WKH\ DUH HOHFWHG Section 3 Executive Director. 7KH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU LV $ (OHFWHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DQG % 5HVSRQVLEOH IRU DQG PDQDJHV WKH RSHUDWLRQV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV DQG WKH SXEOLFDWLRQ RI 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH DQG VXFK RWKHU RSHUDWLRQV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV PD\ IURP WLPH WR WLPH EH DVVLJQHG WR WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU by the Board of Directors. Section 4 (VWDEOLVKPHQW RI 2WKHU 2I¿FHV. 7KH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO PD\ HVWDEOLVK VXFK RWKHU RI¿FHV DQG PD\ DSSRLQW VXFK KRQRUDU\ DQG RWKHU RI¿FHUV ZLWK VXFK SRZHUV DQG GXWLHV DV LW PD\ IURP WLPH WR WLPH GHWHUPLQH Section 5 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV RI 2I¿FHUV. (DFK RI¿FHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PXVW EH A. At least 18 years of age, B. A registered member of U.S. Figure Skating, and & 2WKHUZLVH TXDOL¿HG WR VHUYH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ Section 6 2I¿FHUV RI 2WKHU 1DWLRQDO *RYHUQLQJ %RGLHV. 1R RI¿FHU ZLOO VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ VHUYH DV DQ RI¿FHU RI DQ\ RWKHU amateur sports organization which is recognized by the U.S. Olympic Committee as a national governing body. Section 7 Removal. $Q\ RI¿FHU PD\ EH UHPRYHG DW DQ\ WLPH IRU FDXVH E\ D WZR WKLUGV YRWH RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV H[FOXGLQJ WKH YRWH RI WKH DIIHFWHG RI¿FHU SURYLGHG $ 'XH QRWLFH RI WKH PHHWLQJ RI WKH ERDUG RU RI WKH SURSRVDO WKDW WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV WDNH DFWLRQ ZLWKRXW D PHHWLQJ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI $UWLFOH ,; 6HFWLRQ RI WKHVH E\ODZV KDV EHHQ JLYHQ WR WKH DIIHFWHG RI¿FHU DQG % 7KH DIIHFWHG RI¿FHU LV DIIRUGHG D IDLU RSSRUWXQLW\ WR EH KHDUG E\ WKH ERDUG RU WR VXEPLW D ZULWWHQ VWDWHPHQW WR WKH ERDUG prior to action by the Board of Directors. & 6XFK DFWLRQ E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ZLOO EH ¿QDO DQG ELQGLQJ DQG WKHUHIRUH ZLOO QRW EH VXEMHFW WR DFWLRQ E\ WKH Governing Council as otherwise provided by Article VIII, Section 10, of these bylaws. Section 8 Vacancies. $OO YDFDQFLHV LQ WKH HOHFWHG RI¿FHU SRVLWLRQV ZLOO EH ¿OOHG E\ DQ DI¿UPDWLYH YRWH RI D PDMRULW\ RI WKH UHPDLQLQJ GLUHFWRUV $Q RI¿FHU HOHFWHG WR ¿OO D YDFDQF\ ZLOO EH HOHFWHG IRU WKH XQH[SLUHG WHUP RI VXFK RI¿FHU¶V SUHGHFHVVRU LQ RI¿FH DQG LV HOLJLEOH WR EH HOHFWHG WKHUHDIWHU WR VHUYH IRU WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI WHUPV DOORZHG E\ WKHVH E\ODZV ARTICLE XI President Section 1 Duties. The president: A. Presides at all meetings of the Governing Council and the Board of Directors; B. Generally supervises the activities of U.S. Figure Skating; & 6LJQV DOO DJUHHPHQWV DQG FRQWUDFWV PDGH E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZKHUH WKH DPRXQW RI WKH ¿QDQFLDO FRPPLWPHQW H[FHHGV $50,000; 10

D. Appoints: L 7KH FKDLUV RI WKH SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHHV ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI WKH $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RPPLWWHH WKH $XGLW &RPPLWWHH and the Finance Committee; LL 7KH UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV DQG GHOHJDWHV WR WKH ,68 DQG VXFK RWKHU RUJDQL]DWLRQV ZLWK ZKLFK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV DIILOLDWHG ( 6HUYHV DV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ¶V UHSUHVHQWDWLYH WR WKH 862& 1DWLRQDO *RYHUQLQJ %RGLHV &RXQFLO DQG ) +DV WKH ULJKW WR UHPRYH WKH FKDLUV LQ SDUDJUDSK ' L VXEMHFW WR WKH SURYLVLRQV RI $UWLFOH ;9, 6HFWLRQV DQG RI WKHVH E\ODZV DQG WKH UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV LQ SDUDJUDSK ' LL ZLWK WKH FRQFXUUHQFH RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV SURYLGHG WKDW VXFK SRZHU GRHV QRW H[WHQG WR WKH DSSRLQWPHQW RU UHPRYDO RI DQ\ RI¿FHKROGHUV HOHFWHG E\ WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO Section 2 Membership on Committees. 7KH SUHVLGHQW LV DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU RI DOO FRPPLWWHHV H[FHSW WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ Committee. ARTICLE XII Vice Presidents Section 1 Duties. A. The vice presidents, in their order, will perform the duties of the president in the president’s absence, inability or refusal to act. B. With respect to the section in which each resides when elected, the vice presidents will be responsible for: L $OO PDWWHUV UHODWLQJ WR WKH DGYDQFHPHQW RI ILJXUH VNDWLQJ LQ DOO LWV EUDQFKHV LL 7KH SURPRWLRQ RI KDUPRQ\ DPRQJ DOO RI LWV PHPEHUV DQG PHPEHU FOXEV LLL 7KH VROXWLRQ RI SUREOHPV DQG LY 7KH FDUU\LQJ RXW RI WKH JRYHUQPHQW DQG SXUSRVHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQ FRRSHUDWLRQ ZLWK LWV RIILFHUV DQG FRPPLWWHHV ARTICLE XIII Secretary Section 1 Duties. The secretary: A. Keeps or causes to be kept the records of U.S. Figure Skating and of all meetings of the Governing Council and the Board of Directors; B. Prepares or causes to be prepared minutes of all meetings of the Governing Council and the Board of Directors; C. Issues notices of all meetings of the Governing Council and the Board of Directors; and ' :LWK WKH SUHVLGHQW VLJQV DOO DJUHHPHQWV DQG FRQWUDFWV PDGH E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZKHUH WKH DPRXQW RI WKH ¿QDQFLDO FRPPLWPHQW H[FHHGV DQG LI VR GLUHFWHG E\ WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO RU WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ARTICLE XIV Treasurer Section 1 Duties. The treasurer: A. Serves as chair of the Finance Committee; % +DV JHQHUDO FRQWURO DQG VXSHUYLVLRQ RI WKH ¿QDQFHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQFOXGLQJ WKH H[DPLQDWLRQ RI WKH ERRNV DFFRXQWV DQG UHFRUGV RI DOO RI¿FHUV FRPPLWWHHV DQG SHUVRQV ZKR KDQGOH DQ\ RI WKH ¿QDQFLDO DIIDLUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ C. Will cause to be prepared an annual itemized budget for submission to each annual meeting of the Governing Council; D. Supervises and regulates the carrying out of such budget as adopted by the Governing Council. ( :LOO FDXVH WR EH NHSW IXOO DQG FRUUHFW DFFRXQWV RI WKH UHFHLSWV DQG H[SHQGLWXUHV DQG RI WKH SURSHUW\ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ in books belonging to U.S. Figure Skating. F. Will cause to be deposited all monies received in the name and to the credit of U.S. Figure Skating in such depositories as the treasurer or the Board of Directors may designate from time to time; G. Will disburse or cause to be disbursed the funds of U.S. Figure Skating; + :LWK WKH DSSURYDO RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV KDV DXWKRULW\ WR LQYHVW DQG UHLQYHVW IXQGV DQG WR VHOO H[FKDQJH DVVLJQ DQG transfer securities and other investment assets belonging to U.S. Figure Skating; , 5HQGHUV WR WKH SUHVLGHQW WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DQG WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ZKHQHYHU UHTXHVWHG E\ DQ\ RI WKHP DQ account of all the transactions as treasurer; and - 3UHVHQWV D IXOO ¿QDQFLDO UHSRUW HDFK \HDU WR WKH DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO ARTICLE XV 1RPLQDWLRQV DQG (OHFWLRQV RI 2I¿FHUV DQG %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV Section 1 Nominating Committee. (DFK \HDU D PHPEHU 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EH HVWDEOLVKHG FRQVLVWLQJ RI $ 1LQH UHJLVWHUHG PHPEHUV QRQH RI ZKRP UHSUHVHQW WKH VDPH UHJLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI L 7KUHH PHPEHUV RQH IURP HDFK VHFWLRQ HOHFWHG LQ RGG QXPEHUHG \HDUV E\ WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO IXOO PHPEHU FOXE delegates and individual member delegates from that section to serve two-year terms; and LL 6L[ PHPEHUV WZR IURP HDFK VHFWLRQ HOHFWHG LQ HYHQ QXPEHUHG \HDUV E\ WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO IXOO PHPEHU FOXE delegates and individual member delegates from that section to serve two-year terms. LLL (OHFWLRQV ZLOO EH FRQGXFWHG DV VHW IRUWK LQ UXOHV 1&5 B. Three registered athlete members who satisfy the criteria for athlete representation on U.S. Figure Skating committees set forth in Article XVI, Section 5, of these bylaws, each representing a different section, will be elected by the Athletes Advisory Committee to serve one-year terms. & 2QO\ DWKOHWH PHPEHUV PD\ VHUYH FRQVHFXWLYH WHUPV RQ WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH 11

' 0HPEHUV RI WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH DUH LQHOLJLEOH WR EH QRPLQDWHG RU HOHFWHG IRU DQ\ RI¿FH RU WR EH UHFRPPHQGHG DSSRLQWHG RU HOHFWHG DV D SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH FKDLU ZKLOH WKH\ DUH VHUYLQJ DV D PHPEHU RI WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ( 7KH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ZLOO HOHFW RQH RI LWV PHPEHUV WR DFW DV WKH FKDLU RI WKH FRPPLWWHH Section 2 1RPLQDWLRQV IRU 2I¿FHUV DQG 'LUHFWRUV. 7KH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH $ 3UHVHQWV WR WKH DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO LQ WKH LPPHGLDWHO\ IROORZLQJ \HDU WKH QDPHV RI WKH TXDOL¿HG SHUVRQV QRPLQDWHG E\ LW IRU RI¿FHUV DQG IRU VXFK QXPEHU RI DGGLWLRQDO YRWLQJ PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DV DUH WR be elected pursuant to provisions of Section 4 of this article. % 'HVLJQDWHV RQH RI WKH QRPLQHHV IRU YLFH SUHVLGHQW DV ¿UVW YLFH SUHVLGHQW RQH DV VHFRQG YLFH SUHVLGHQW DQG RQH DV WKLUG YLFH president. & 5HFHLYHV IURP WKH $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RPPLWWHH WKH QDPHV RI WKH DWKOHWHV HOHFWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI Article XV, Section 4, for presentation to the Governing Council. D. Submits a report to be included in the written notice of meetings of the Governing Council as described in Article IX, Section 3, of these bylaws. Section 3 Other Nominations. 2WKHU QRPLQDWLRQV IRU VXFK RI¿FHV DQG IRU WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV PD\ EH PDGH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURFHGXUHV VHW IRUWK LQ WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV Section 4 Elections. A. The Governing Council, by majority vote of the votes cast of the Governing Council delegates present in person or by SUR[\ HOHFWV L $ SUHVLGHQW WKUHH YLFH SUHVLGHQWV D VHFUHWDU\ DQG D WUHDVXUHU WR KROG RIILFH IRU D WHUP VSHFLILHG LQ $UWLFOH ; 6HFWLRQ commencing upon the conclusion of the meeting at which elected or until their respective successors are elected and assume office; and LL 6XFK QXPEHU RI DGGLWLRQDO YRWLQJ PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DV DUH WR EH HOHFWHG SXUVXDQW WR WKH SURYLVLRQV LQ Article VIII, Section 2, of these bylaws for a term specified in Article VIII, Section 3, of these bylaws, commencing upon the conclusion of the meeting at which elected or until their respective successors are elected and assume office. B. The Athletes Advisory Committee elects four athlete members of the Board of Directors – one representing each discipline RI LFH GDQFH SDLUV VLQJOHV DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ ± SXUVXDQW WR WKH SURYLVLRQV RI $UWLFOH 9,,, 6HFWLRQV DQG % RI these bylaws for a term of one year commencing upon the conclusion of the meeting of the Governing Council at which HOHFWLRQV XQGHU SDUDJUDSK $ RI WKLV 6HFWLRQ RFFXU RU XQWLO WKHLU UHVSHFWLYH VXFFHVVRUV DUH HOHFWHG DQG DVVXPH RI¿FH From the four elected members, three will be voting members and one will be non-voting. The elected chair of the Athletes Advisory Committee will always be a voting member. From the remaining three athlete board members, the non-voting member will rotate annually among the disciplines in alphabetical order. ARTICLE XVI Committees Section 1 Permanent Committees. U.S. Figure Skating has the following permanent committees: 1. Adult Skating 17. Memorial Fund 2. Athlete Development 18. Pairs 3. Athletes Advisory 19. Parents 4. Audit 20. Program Development 5. Coaches 5XOHV 6. Collegiate Program 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ 23. SafeSport 7. Compensation 24. Selections 8. Competitions 25. Singles 9. Dance 26 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ (WKLFV 27. Sports Sciences and Medicine 11. Finance 28. State Games 12. Grievance 29. Strategic Planning 13. International ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV 30. Synchronized Skating 31. Technical Panel 15. Judges 32. Tests 16. Membership 33. Theatrical Skating Section 2 Chairs of Permanent Committees. The chairs of the permanent committees are appointed by the president upon the UHFRPPHQGDWLRQ RI WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ZLWK WKH IROORZLQJ H[FHSWLRQV A. The chair of the Athletes Advisory Committee who is elected by athletes from among the athlete representatives to the Board of Directors pursuant to Article VIII, Section 2, of these bylaws; B. The Audit Committee; and C. The Finance Committee. 12

:LWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI WKH FKDLU RI WKH )LQDQFH &RPPLWWHH WKH FKDLU RI D SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH PD\ EH UHPRYHG E\ WKH SUHVLGHQW with the concurrence of the Board of Directors. Section 3 Committee Groups. U.S. Figure Skating committees are organized into four committee groups: Group 1: Athlete Services: Athlete Development, Athletes Advisory, Coaches, International, Memorial Fund and Sports Sciences and Medicine. *URXS 0HPEHUVKLS 'HYHORSPHQW &ROOHJLDWH 3URJUDP 0HPEHUVKLS 3DUHQWV 3URJUDP 'HYHORSPHQW 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV Therapeutic Skating and State Games. *URXS 7HFKQLFDO $GXOW 6NDWLQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV 'DQFH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV -XGJHV 3DLUV 6HOHFWLRQV Singles, Synchronized Skating, Technical Panel, Tests and Theatrical Skating. *URXS $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO $XGLW &RPSHQVDWLRQ (WKLFV )LQDQFH *ULHYDQFH 5XOHV SafeSport, Sanctions and (OLJLELOLW\ DQG 6WUDWHJLF 3ODQQLQJ &RRUGLQDWRUV RI HDFK FRPPLWWHH JURXS DUH QRPLQDWHG E\ WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH DQG SUHVHQWHG WR WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO IRU election. Section 4 Special and Ad Hoc Committees. The president, with the concurrence of the Board of Directors, may from time WR WLPH GHVLJQDWH DQG DSSRLQW RU DEROLVK VSHFLDO DQG DG KRF FRPPLWWHHV DQG FKDLUV WKHUHRI DQG VSHFLDO RI¿FHV DQG RI¿FHUV HDFK with such duties as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, or by the president with the concurrence RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV 7KH FKDLUV RI VSHFLDO DQG DG KRF FRPPLWWHHV DQG DQ\ RI¿FHUV DSSRLQWHG SXUVXDQW WR WKLV VHFWLRQ PD\ upon the invitation of the president, attend meetings of the Board of Directors and, when present, may be accorded the privilege of speaking. Section 5 Athlete Representation. At least 20 percent of all committees, subcommittees, task forces and all other types of legislative bodies including the Governing Council, whether permanent, special, ad hoc or otherwise, will consist of individuals ZKR DUH DWKOHWHV DV GH¿QHG LQ $UWLFOH XXII. Section 6 ([ RI¿FLR 0HPEHUV. 8QOHVV D E\ODZ RU RI¿FLDO UXOH SURYLGHV RWKHUZLVH H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHUV PD\ YRWH EXW DUH QRW counted in determining the number required for a quorum or whether a quorum is present at a meeting. Section 7 Reports of Action. All actions of all committees will be reported to the Governing Council and to the Board of 'LUHFWRUV DW WKH QH[W HQVXLQJ PHHWLQJV WKHUHRI DQG DUH VXEMHFW WR DOWHUDWLRQ RU FDQFHOODWLRQ E\ WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO RU E\ WKH Board of Directors, provided that no rights or acts of third parties will be adversely affected thereby. ARTICLE XVII Duties and Jurisdiction of Permanent Committees and the Nominating Committee Section 1 Jurisdiction of Committees. (DFK SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH VXEMHFW WR WKH SURYLVLRQV RI WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH Skating and to the control of the Board of Directors, DQG WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH KDV MXULVGLFWLRQ RI DOO PDWWHUV DV GH¿QHG LQ the committee rules of such committee. Section 2 (QIRUFHPHQW RI 2I¿FLDO 5XOHV. (DFK SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH DQG WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH has the duty and power RI HQIRUFLQJ DQG FDUU\LQJ RXW WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV ZKLFK UHODWH WR WKH PDWWHUV ZLWKLQ LWV MXULVGLFWLRQ Section 3 Formulation of Rules. (DFK SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH DQG WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH has the duty of formulating rules for the matters within its jurisdiction and of keeping said rules current and up to date. Any rule changes so formulated will be submitted to the Board of Directors for action, and no rules or changes will be effective until approved and published as provided in Article XX of these bylaws. ARTICLE XVIII Composition of Permanent Committees Section 1 General Provisions. $ (DFK SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH ZLOO FRQVLVW RI QR IHZHU WKDQ QLQH YRWLQJ PHPEHUV KRZHYHU WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH DQG WKH Sports Sciences and Medicine Committee may consist of no fewer than three voting members; and the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Finance Committee and WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EH RI VXFK VL]H DV VSHFL¿HG LQ Section 2 of this article. B. The members insofar as practical will be evenly divided among the three sections. & 3XUVXDQW WR WKH SURYLVLRQV RI $UWLFOH ;9, 6HFWLRQ RI WKHVH E\ODZV WKH FKDLUV RI SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHHV H[FHSW WKH Athletes Advisory Committee, the Audit Committee and the Finance Committee, will be appointed annually by the SUHVLGHQW WR KROG RI¿FH IRU RQH \HDU IURP WKH FRQFOXVLRQ RI WKH DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO IRU WKDW \HDU RU XQWLO WKHLU UHVSHFWLYH VXFFHVVRUV DUH DSSRLQWHG DQG DVVXPH RI¿FH ' 7KH PHPEHUV RI SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHHV H[FHSW WKH $XGLW &RPPLWWHH &RPSHQVDWLRQ &RPPLWWHH )LQDQFH &RPPLWWHH and *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EH DSSRLQWHG DQQXDOO\ E\ WKHLU FKDLUV WR KROG RI¿FH IRU RQH \HDU RU XQWLO WKHLU VXFFHVVRUV DUH DSSRLQWHG DQG DVVXPH RI¿FH 6DLG FKDLUV PD\ UHPRYH VXFK PHPEHUV ZLWK WKH FRQFXUUHQFH RI WKH SUHVLGHQW ( 7KH FKDLUV DQG DOO PHPEHUV RI SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHHV PXVW EH L $W OHDVW \HDUV RI DJH LL $ UHJLVWHUHG PHPEHU LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG LLL 2WKHUZLVH TXDOL¿HG WR VHUYH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ

13

Section 2 6SHFLÂżF &RPPLWWHH 3URYLVLRQV. The following committees will be composed as indicated, and all members of such FRPPLWWHHV ZLOO KROG RIÂżFH IRU RQH \HDU IURP WKH FRQFOXVLRQ RI WKH DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO IRU WKDW \HDU RU XQWLO WKHLU UHVSHFWLYH VXFFHVVRUV DUH DSSRLQWHG DQG DVVXPH RIÂżFH A. The $XGLW &RPPLWWHH FRQVLVWV RI DW OHDVW WKUHH DQG QRW PRUH WKDQ ÂżYH PHPEHUV D PDMRULW\ RI ZKRP DUH QRW PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV 7KH SUHVLGHQW DSSRLQWV WKH PHPEHUV ZLWK WKH DSSURYDO RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV (DFK PHPEHU PXVW L %H IUHH RI DQ\ PDWHULDO UHODWLRQVKLS WKDW ZRXOG LQWHUIHUH ZLWK WKH H[HUFLVH RI WKHLU LQGHSHQGHQW MXGJPHQW DQG LL 0HHW DQ\ RWKHU UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU LQGHSHQGHQFH H[SHUWLVH RU TXDOLILFDWLRQV VHW IRUWK LQ WKH $XGLW &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV RU policies and procedures established by and for the Audit Committee. LLL 7KH PHPEHUV RI WKH $XGLW &RPPLWWHH GHVLJQDWH WKH FKDLU RI WKH FRPPLWWHH B. The &RPSHQVDWLRQ &RPPLWWHH FRQVLVWV RI DW OHDVW WKUHH DQG QRW PRUH WKDQ ÂżYH PHPEHUV DOO RI ZKRP DUH PHPEHUV RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV 7KH SUHVLGHQW DSSRLQWV WKH PHPEHUV ZLWK WKH DSSURYDO RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV (DFK PHPEHU PXVW L %H IUHH RI DQ\ PDWHULDO UHODWLRQVKLS WKDW ZRXOG LQWHUIHUH ZLWK WKH H[HUFLVH RI WKHLU LQGHSHQGHQW MXGJPHQW DQG LL 0HHW DQ\ TXDOLILFDWLRQV VHW IRUWK LQ WKH &RPSHQVDWLRQ &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV RU SROLFLHV DQG SURFHGXUHV HVWDEOLVKHG E\ DQG for the Compensation Committee. C. The )LQDQFH &RPPLWWHH consists of: L 7KH WUHDVXUHU ZKR VHUYHV DV FKDLU RI WKH FRPPLWWHH LL 7KH LPPHGLDWH SDVW WUHDVXUHU DQG LLL 6L[ PHPEHUV DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH FKDLU IRU WKHLU ILQDQFLDO EXVLQHVV H[SHULHQFH LY 7KH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6WUDWHJLF 3ODQQLQJ &RPPLWWHH DQG WKH FRQWUROOHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO EH H[ RIILFLR PHPEHUV RI WKH )LQDQFH &RPPLWWHH D. The *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH will constitute the member pool from which at least two-thirds of the members of any Hearing 3DQHO ZLOO EH GUDZQ (DFK \HDU RQH WKLUG RI WKH FRPPLWWHH ZLOO EH DSSRLQWHG IRU D WKUHH \HDU WHUP 7KH FRPPLWWHH FRQVLVWV RI L $ FKDLU DQQXDOO\ DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH SUHVLGHQW DQG LL PHPEHUV DSSRLQWHG IRU WKUHH \HDU WHUPV DV IROORZV D 7KUHH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHUV IURP HDFK UHJLRQ DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH SUHVLGHQW DQG E 6HYHQ DWKOHWHV DV GHÂżQHG LQ $UWLFOH ;;,, DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH FKDLU RI WKH $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RPPLWWHH KHUHLQ FDOOHG Âł$WKOHWH 0HPEHUV RI WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH´ ARTICLE XIX U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund Section 1 Establishment of Fund. There is hereby established within U.S. Figure Skating a special fund which may be referred to as the “U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund.â€? A. The fund is managed and administered by the Memorial Fund Operating Committee as more fully described in Section 4 of this article. B. The fund is to be promoted by the activities of the Memorial Fund Committee described in the Memorial Fund Committee 5XOHV Section 2 Purpose of Fund. The purpose of the U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund is to memorialize in a manner that ZRXOG EH RI DVVLVWDQFH WR IXWXUH DVSLULQJ ÂżJXUH VNDWHUV WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV :RUOG )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7HDP FRDFKHV DQG RIÂżFLDOV who lost their lives in the tragic crash of their airplane near Brussels, Belgium, on Feb. 15, 1961, while en route to the World Championships in Prague, Czechoslovakia. Section 3 Receipt of Property. A. U.S. Figure Skating will receive, accept, take, hold, deal with, disburse and dispose of all property given, transferred, conveyed, devised or bequeathed to the U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund only in the manner hereinafter authorized and RQO\ IRU WKH REMHFWV SXUSRVHV DQG XVHV VSHFLÂżHG LQ $UWLFOH ,, RI WKHVH E\ODZV B. Contributions to the U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund may be received: L ,Q WKH PHPRU\ RI D VSHFLILF SHUVRQ LL $V DQ XQUHVWULFWHG JLIW RU LLL $V D UHVWULFWHG JLIW VXEMHFW WR ,56 UXOHV DQG UHJXODWLRQV IRU WKH XVH DQG EHQHILW RI VXFK ZRUWK\ VNDWHUV DV 8 6 )LJXUH Skating member club or clubs specified by the donor may from time to time select through action of their governing boards, provided, however, that restricted gifts may be subject to a 10 percent contribution to the general funds of U.S. Figure Skating to cover administrative costs and to promote the general purposes of the U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund. Section 4 Memorial Fund Operating Committee. A. The Memorial Fund Operating Committee consists of: L 7KH SUHVLGHQW LL 7KH FKDLU RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 0HPRULDO )XQG &RPPLWWHH DQG LLL 6XFK DGGLWLRQDO PHPEHUV DV PD\ EH DSSRLQWHG DQQXDOO\ E\ WKH SUHVLGHQW B. It is the responsibility of the U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund Operating Committee to determine the policy of the Memorial Fund, especially with regard to investments and operating policies. C. Decisions of the Memorial Fund Operating Committee may be reached by a vote of a majority of the members of the committee acting in person at a meeting or by telephone, telegram or mail. Section 5 Memorial Fund Scholarships. The Memorial Fund Committee may award scholarships to assist deserving and 14

SURPLVLQJ ¿JXUH VNDWHUV ZKR DUH LQ QHHG RI ¿QDQFLDO DVVLVWDQFH LQ RUGHU WR FRQWLQXH WKHLU HGXFDWLRQ LQ FRPSHWLWLYH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ DQG RU WR REWDLQ D FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\ HGXFDWLRQ $ %\ SD\LQJ WR RU IRU WKH EHQH¿W RI VXFK VNDWHUV WKH FRVW RI DOO RU DQ\ SDUW RI WKH H[SHQVHV LQFXUUHG IRU FRDFKLQJ LFH WLPH WUDYHO WR TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV VNDWHV FRPSHWLWLRQ VNDWLQJ DWWLUH DQG WKH OLNH DQG RU WXLWLRQ ERDUG DQG ORGJLQJ ZKLOH attending the colleges or universities of their choice. % 5DFH FRORU UHOLJLRQ DJH JHQGHU VH[XDO RULHQWDWLRQ RU QDWLRQDO RULJLQ ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH VHOHFWLRQ RI UHFLSLHQWV for such awards. Section 6 Applications Procedures. A. The U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund Committee will establish procedures, rules and regulations governing the receipt and review of applications for academic and skating scholarships and the designation of those applicants who are to receive such scholarships in order to ensure that the scholarships are properly granted and used. B. The Memorial Fund Committee may establish such criteria and eligibility standards and adopt such application forms and reports to aid them in determining those applicants who are promising and deserving recipients of awards of scholarships, in allocating the same from the funds available for such purposes, and ensuring that such awards are properly made and used as are not inconsistent with this article. Section 7 Internal Procedures and Accounting. A. U.S. Figure Skating will adopt and employ such internal administrative procedures and accounting methods as may be necessary and appropriate to maintain the functions of the U.S. Figure Skating Memorial Fund. B. Such procedures and methods include: L 7KH FUHDWLRQ DQG XVH RI EDQNLQJ DQG LQYHVWPHQW DFFRXQWV IRU WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 0HPRULDO )XQG VHSDUDWH IURP those of U.S. Figure Skating, and LL 2WKHU PHDQV VXIILFLHQW WR SUHYHQW WKH FRPPLQJOLQJ RI WKH IXQGV DQG SURSHUW\ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 0HPRULDO Fund with the general funds and property of U.S. Figure Skating. ARTICLE XX 2I¿FLDO 5XOHV Section 1 Rules and Regulations. A. The Governing Council, and in the intervals between meetings of the Governing Council, the Board of Directors may adopt, publish, enforce and change rules and regulations consistent with the provisions of these bylaws for the regulation and carrying out of the purposes, government and management of the affairs of U.S. Figure Skating. % 6XFK UXOHV DQG UHJXODWLRQV HQWLWOHG ³2I¿FLDO 5XOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ´ L 0D\ EH DGRSWHG E\ HLWKHU ERG\ RQ LWV RZQ PRWLRQ RU DV D UHVXOW RI UHSRUWV RI RQH RU PRUH RI WKH FRPPLWWHHV VSHFLILHG in Article XVI, Sections 1 and 4 of these bylaws; and LL $UH SXEOLVKHG LQ VXFK PDQQHU DQG EHFRPH HIIHFWLYH DW VXFK WLPH DV LV SURYLGHG LQ 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH C. In the absence of such rules and regulations, the powers and duties of carrying out the purposes, government and management of the affairs of U.S. Figure Skating remain vested in the Governing Council and Board of Directors as herein provided. Section 2 Publication of Rulebook, Contents. U.S. Figure Skating will publish each year, by July 1, an annual rulebook FRQWDLQLQJ WKH E\ODZV WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG VXFK RWKHU PDWWHUV DV PD\ IURP WLPH WR WLPH EH GHWHUPLQHG by the Board of Directors. Section 3 Effectiveness. Such rules and regulations or any amendments thereto become effective on July 1 each year or upon VXFK VSHFL¿F GDWH DV PD\ RWKHUZLVH EH VWDWHG LQ WKH PRWLRQ RI DGRSWLRQ WKHUHRI ARTICLE XXI Prerequisites to Participation in U.S. Figure Skating Activities Prerequisites. A. Any person who is a member in good standing of a member club, collegiate club or an honorary or individual member and LV UHJLVWHUHG ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG LV RWKHUZLVH HOLJLEOH WR GR VR LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH Skating has the opportunity to participate in the activities of U.S. Figure Skating, including but not limited to: L 7KH RSSRUWXQLW\ WR FRPSHWH LQ FRPSHWLWLRQV WDNH WHVWV DQG SDUWLFLSDWH LQ FDUQLYDOV DQG H[KLELWLRQV VSRQVRUHG E\ 8 6 Figure Skating; and LL 7KH RSSRUWXQLW\ WR VHUYH DV DQ RIILFHU D GLUHFWRU RU FRPPLWWHH PHPEHU RU DV DQ RIILFLDO LQ ILJXUH VNDWLQJ B. U.S. Figure Skating does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, age, gender, gender identity, VH[XDO orientation, national origin, or any other status protected by federal, state or local law, where applicable.

15

ARTICLE XXII 'H¿QLWLRQ RI $WKOHWH Section 1 'H¿QLWLRQ RI $WKOHWH. )RU DOO SXUSRVHV VHW IRUWK LQ WKHVH E\ODZV RU WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQ DWKOHWH LV GH¿QHG DV D PHPEHU PHHWLQJ WKH SUHUHTXLVLWHV RI $UWLFOH ;;, RI WKHVH E\ODZV DQG A. Any person who has competed in a sectional championship in singles, pairs or ice dance in a qualifying event, or U.S. Figure Skating Championships, the U.S. Junior Figure Skating Championships or the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships GXULQJ WKH SULRU ¿YH \HDUV RU % $Q\ SHUVRQ ZKR KDV SODFHG ¿UVW WKURXJK IRXUWK LQ VLQJOHV SDLUV RU LFH GDQFH LQ WKH 8 6 &ROOHJLDWH )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV RU WKH 8 6 $GXOW )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV GXULQJ WKH SULRU ¿YH \HDUV RU & $Q\ SHUVRQ ZKR KDV FRPSHWHG IRU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV D PHPEHU RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WHDP DV GH¿QHG LQ ,&5 DQG ,&5 ZLWKLQ WKH SULRU \HDUV Section 2 Athlete Service on U.S. Figure Skating Bodies. An athlete who is elected, selected or appointed for service as DQ $WKOHWH 'HOHJDWH WR WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO RQ WKH $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RPPLWWHH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH International Committee, International Committee Management Subcommittee, Synchronized Management Subcommittee or Selections Committee must have competed in either: $ $ FKDPSLRQVKLS VHQLRU RU MXQLRU HYHQW DW WKH PRVW UHFHQW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV RU 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG Skating Championships, or % $Q LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ DV GH¿QHG LQ 6HFWLRQ & RI WKLV $UWLFOH ;;,, ZLWKLQ WKH \HDUV SUHFHGLQJ HOHFWLRQ ARTICLE XXIII Registration Section 1 Registration Requirement Generally. A. A registered member is a person registered in accordance with this article who is a member of a member club, a collegiate club, an individual member or an honorary member. % (YHU\ RI¿FHU FRPPLWWHH PHPEHU DQG PHPEHU RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DQG HYHU\ GHOHJDWH WR WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO HYHU\ UHIHUHH MXGJH DQG DFFRXQWDQW RU RWKHU RI¿FLDO LQ ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ DQG ¿JXUH VNDWHUV ZKR DUH PHPEHUV RI D PHPEHU club, collegiate club, or an honorary or individual member are to be registered annually with U.S. Figure Skating. Section 2 Registration Procedure. A. Member clubs and collegiate clubs are responsible for: L 7KH FROOHFWLRQ RI UHJLVWUDWLRQ IHHV IURP WKHLU PHPEHUV LL 7KH LVVXDQFH RI UHJLVWUDWLRQ FDUGV WKHUHWR DQG LLL 7KH VXEPLVVLRQ RI OLVWV RI WKHLU UHJLVWHUHG PHPEHUV WRJHWKHU ZLWK WKH DPRXQW RI WKH IHHV WKHUHIRUH WR 8 6 )LJXUH Skating. % 5HJLVWUDWLRQ RI LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV LV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK DQG WKH DQQXDO IHH LV WR EH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH GXHV FROOHFWHG SXUVXDQW WR WKH 0HPEHUVKLS 5XOHV Section 3 Registration Cards. 5HJLVWUDWLRQ FDUGV DUH YDOLG IURP -XO\ RI D \HDU DQG WKH PRQWK LPPHGLDWHO\ SULRU WKURXJK June 30 of the following year and renewable before July 31 of that following year. Section 4 Registration Monies. All monies received from registration fees become part of the general funds of U.S. Figure Skating. ARTICLE XXIV Resignations $Q\ PHPEHU FOXE FROOHJLDWH FOXE VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG PHPEHU RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH WHDP PHPEHU PD\ UHVLJQ IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DIWHU SD\PHQW RI DOO GXHV DQG RWKHU IHHV WKHQ GXH LQFOXGLQJ WKRVH IRU WKH ¿VFDO \HDU LQ ZKLFK WKH resignation is tendered, by mailing written notice of resignation to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters. ARTICLE XXV Grievance and Disciplinary Proceedings Suspension, Expulsion and Loss of Membership Privileges Section 1 Delinquent Financial Obligations. $ $Q\ PHPEHU FOXE FROOHJLDWH FOXE VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG PHPEHU RU LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU ZKLFK IDLOV WR PDNH SD\PHQW RI GXHV UHJLVWUDWLRQ IHHV RU DQ\ RWKHU ¿QDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQV GXH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ WKH -DQ QH[W VXFFHHGLQJ WKH GXH GDWH ZLOO be considered delinquent and will lose all privileges of membership. B. Payment of the delinquent obligations at any time prior to the date of the immediately following annual meeting of the Governing Council will restore the privileges of membership. Section 2 Expulsion of Delinquent Members. A. At each annual meeting of the Governing Council, the treasurer will submit a list of all member clubs, collegiate clubs, VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG PHPEHUV DQG LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV ZKLFK DUH GHOLQTXHQW ZLWK UHVSHFW WR WKH SD\PHQW RI GXHV UHJLVWUDWLRQ IHHV RU DQ\ RWKHU ¿QDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQV GXH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG ZLOO UHFRPPHQG DSSURSULDWH DFWLRQ WR EH WDNHQ ZLWK respect thereto.

16

% $Q\ VXFK GHOLQTXHQW PHPEHU FOXE FROOHJLDWH FOXE VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG PHPEHU RU LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU PD\ EH SHUPDQHQWO\ H[SHOOHG IURP PHPEHUVKLS E\ D PDMRULW\ YRWH RI WKH GHOHJDWHV SUHVHQW LQ SHUVRQ RU E\ SUR[\ DW VXFK PHHWLQJ SURYLGHG WKDW the delinquent member: L +DV ILUVW EHHQ DIIRUGHG QRWLFH RI WKH SURSRVHG H[SXOVLRQ DQG LL +DV EHHQ DIIRUGHG DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ WR EH KHDUG SXUVXDQW WR D IDLU DQG UHDVRQDEOH SURFHGXUH HVWDEOLVKHG E\ WKH ERDUG DV written policy of U.S. Figure Skating. Section 3 Grievance and Disciplinary Proceedings. $OO JULHYDQFH DQG GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHGXUHV PXVW EH ¿OHG DQG UHVROYHG SXUVXDQW WR WKH SURFHGXUHV RXWOLQHG LQ WKLV VHFWLRQ DQG LQ WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV DQG (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV 7KH IRUPV DQG LQVWUXFWLRQV IRU ¿OLQJ D JULHYDQFH DUH DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV XSRQ UHTXHVW RI D PHPEHU RU PHPEHU club. A. *ULHYDQFH 3URFHHGLQJV ([FHSW IRU PDWWHUV VXEMHFW WR WKH MXULVGLFWLRQ RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV &HQWHU IRU 6DIH 6SRUW XQGHU 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH L 6FRSH: D $Q\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHU RU PHPEHU FOXE DJJULHYHG RU KDUPHG E\ WKH DOOHJHG YLRODWLRQ RI D 8 6 )LJXUH Skating bylaw or rule by any other U.S. Figure Skating member or member club may bring a grievance citing the alleged violation of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaw or rule. E 7KH PHPEHU RU PHPEHU FOXE PXVW EH D PHPEHU LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ ERWK DW WKH WLPH WKH JULHYDQFH LV ¿OHG DQG DW WKH time of the alleged violation of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaw or rule. F 6XFK JULHYDQFH PXVW LQFOXGH WKH DOOHJDWLRQ WKDW YLRODWLRQ RI D VSHFL¿F 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZ RU UXOH FDXVHG harm to the Grievant. LL 7LPH SHULRG: A grievance must be filed: D :LWKLQ GD\V RI WKH RFFXUUHQFH RI WKH DOOHJHG YLRODWLRQ RU E :LWKLQ GD\V RI WKH GLVFRYHU\ RI WKH DOOHJHG YLRODWLRQ RU F ,Q WKH FDVH RI D PLQRU ZLWKLQ GD\V DIWHU WKH PLQRU¶V WK ELUWKGD\ ZKLFKHYHU LV ODWHU LLL 5HTXLUHPHQWV: The specific Grievance Statement filing requirements and hearing procedure guidelines for a grievance WKDW SURFHHGV XQGHU 6HFWLRQ $ DUH IRXQG LQ WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV *&5 B. 'LVFLSOLQDU\ 3URFHHGLQJV ([FHSW IRU PDWWHUV VXEMHFW WR WKH MXULVGLFWLRQ RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV &HQWHU IRU 6DIH 6SRUW XQGHU 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH L 6FRSH $ YLFH SUHVLGHQW E\ UHIHUUDO WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH RU WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH DIWHU D referral by a vice president, or the chair of the Grievance Committee pursuant to applicable Grievance Committee or (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV PD\ LQLWLDWH GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJV DV WR DQ\ PDWWHU DULVLQJ XQGHU *5 *5 RU *5 1.03. LL 5HYLHZ 8SRQ UHIHUUDO RI WKH PDWWHU E\ D YLFH SUHVLGHQW RU WKH FKDLU RI WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV Committee has 30 days to review the matter. D ,I WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH GHWHUPLQHV WKDW IXUWKHU SURFHHGLQJV DUH QRW ZDUUDQWHG WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH ZLOO VR DGYLVH LQ ZULWLQJ WKH SHUVRQ LQLWLDWLQJ WKH GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ DQG WKH SHUVRQ V LI DQ\ ZKR ¿OHG WKH FRPSODLQW RU JULHYDQFH E ,I WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH GHWHUPLQHV WKDW IXUWKHU SURFHHGLQJV DUH ZDUUDQWHG WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV Committee will so advise, in writing, the person initiating the disciplinary proceeding and indicate either: 7KDW VXFK SHUVRQ RU WKH SHUVRQ V LI DQ\ ZKR ¿OHG WKH FRPSODLQW RU JULHYDQFH PD\ ¿OH D *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW LQ ZKLFK FDVH WKH SHUVRQ ZKR ¿OHV WKH *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW ZLOO EH WKH ³*ULHYDQW´ RU $OWHUQDWLYHO\ DQG DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH WKDW WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH KDV GHFLGHG WR ¿OH D *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW LQ ZKLFK FDVH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO EH WKH ³*ULHYDQW´ ZLWK WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH DFWLQJ RQ EHKDOI RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LLL 7KH VSHFLILF *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW ILOLQJ UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG KHDULQJ SURFHGXUH JXLGHOLQHV IRU D ³'LVFLSOLQDU\ 3URFHHGLQJ´ XQGHU WKLV 6HFWLRQ % DUH IRXQG LQ WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV (&5 C. $SSHDO IURP 5HJXODU *ULHYDQFH RU 'LVFLSOLQDU\ 3URFHHGLQJV ([FHSW IRU PDWWHUV VXEMHFW WR WKH MXULVGLFWLRQ RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV &HQWHU IRU 6DIH 6SRUW XQGHU 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH )RU DSSHDOV IURP ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJV UHIHU WR WKLV $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ ' RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV *&5

L 7KH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO: The Appellate Panel consists of three persons appointed by the chair of the Grievance Committee, with the approval of the president, for a one-year term. D 2QH DSSRLQWHG PHPEHU PXVW EH DQ DWKOHWH DQG DOO PHPEHUV RI WKH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO PXVW PHHW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ TXDOL¿FDWLRQV 0HPEHU RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ZLWKLQ WKH \HDUV SULRU WR WKH DSSRLQWPHQW EXW LV QRW FXUUHQWO\ D PHPEHU RI WKH ERDUG &KDLU RI HLWKHU WKH (WKLFV RU *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH ZLWKLQ WKH \HDUV SULRU WR WKH DSSRLQWPHQW EXW LV QRW FXUUHQWO\ VHUYLQJ DV (WKLFV RU *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU RU 3. An attorney licensed to practice in any state. E ,I RQH RU PRUH RI WKH DSSRLQWHG SHUVRQV KDV D FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW RU ZDV WKH UHIHUULQJ YLFH SUHVLGHQW RU FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV RU *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH ZKHQ WKH JULHYDQFH ZDV ¿UVW ¿OHG RU VHUYHG LQ DQ\ VXFK FDSDFLW\ ZKLOH WKH JULHYDQFH ZDV SHQGLQJ D VXEVWLWXWH SDQHOLVW ZLOO EH DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH FKDLU RI WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH ZLWK WKH 17

DSSURYDO RI WKH SUHVLGHQW WR VHUYH IRU WKDW DSSHDO 7KH VXEVWLWXWH SDQHOLVW PXVW PHHW WKH VDPH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV WKH appellate panel member. F $Q $SSHOODWH 3DQHO ZLOO UHWDLQ MXULVGLFWLRQ RI DQ\ DSSHDO WKDW LV ¿OHG GXULQJ LWV RQH \HDU WHUP LL 1RWLFH RI $SSHDO: D (LWKHU WKH *ULHYDQW RU WKH 5HVSRQGHQW PD\ DSSHDO WKH GHFLVLRQ RI WKH +HDULQJ 3DQHO IRU HLWKHU D JULHYDQFH RU GLVFLSOLQDU\ PDWWHU WR WKH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO E\ ¿OLQJ D ZULWWHQ QRWLFH RI DSSHDO LQFOXGLQJ VWDWHPHQW RI WKH JURXQGV for such appeal, with the chair of the Grievance Committee within 30 days of the receipt of the Hearing Panel’s decision. E 8SRQ UHFHLYLQJ ZULWWHQ QRWLFH RI DSSHDO WKH FKDLU RI WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH ZLOO SURPSWO\ QRWLI\ LQ ZULWLQJ DQG deliver a copy of the notice of appeal to the members of the Appellate Panel, the chair of the Hearing Panel and all other parties to the proceeding. F 2WKHU SDUWLHV WR WKH SURFHHGLQJ PD\ ZLWKLQ GD\V RI UHFHLSW RI WKH QRWLFH RI DSSHDO VXEPLW D ZULWWHQ VWDWHPHQW LQ response to the appeal; such statement must be delivered to all other parties to the proceeding and the chair of the Grievance Committee. G 7KH FKDLU RI WKH +HDULQJ 3DQHO PXVW SURPSWO\ GHOLYHU WKH UHFRUG RI WKH KHDULQJ WR WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VHFUHWDU\ DQG WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU DIWHU UHFHLSW RI WKH QRWLFH RI DSSHDO LLL $SSHDO *XLGHOLQHV: D $Q DSSHDO RI D GHFLVLRQ RI D +HDULQJ 3DQHO ZLOO EH EDVHG VROHO\ XSRQ DQ DOOHJDWLRQ WKDW VXFK SDQHO DFWHG HUURQHRXVO\ and must include the allegation that the Hearing Panel incorrectly interpreted or applied the applicable U.S. Figure Skating bylaws or rules, or erred in the analysis of such bylaws or rules as applied to the facts at hand. E 7KH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO¶V GHFLVLRQ RQ WKH DSSHDO PXVW EH EDVHG VROHO\ RQ WKH UHFRUG RI WKH KHDULQJ GHOLYHUHG E\ WKH +HDULQJ 3DQHO 1R QHZ HYLGHQFH PD\ EH SUHVHQWHG F 7KH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO PHPEHUV ZLOO HDFK UHFHLYH D FRS\ RI WKH UHFRUG RI WKH KHDULQJ DQG ZLWKLQ GD\V RI UHFHLSW RI the record of hearing, the Appellate Panel will meet in person or by telephone conference call to review the appeal. LY $SSHOODWH 3DQHO¶V 'HFLVLRQ: D 7KH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO ZLOO LVVXH LWV ZULWWHQ GHFLVLRQ ZLWKLQ GD\V RI WKH FRQFOXVLRQ RI LWV PHHWLQJ SXUVXDQW WR 6HFWLRQ & LLL RI $UWLFOH ;;9 E 7KH GHFLVLRQ ZLOO EH GHOLYHUHG WR WKH SDUWLHV WR WKH SURFHHGLQJ DQG WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH F 7KH GHFLVLRQ RI WKH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO ZLOO EH ¿QDO RQ LWV WHUPV XQOHVV WKH GHFLVLRQ LQYROYHV D PDWWHU WKDW LV VXEMHFW WR EHLQJ VXEPLWWHG WR DUELWUDWLRQ DV GHVFULEHG LQ 6HFWLRQ & Y RI $UWLFOH ;;9 Y $UELWUDWLRQ: D ,I WKH GHFLVLRQ RI WKH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO DULVHV IURP D FRQWURYHUV\ LQYROYLQJ UHFRJQLWLRQ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV D national governing body or involves the opportunity of any eligible athlete, coach, trainer, manager, administrator RU RI¿FLDO WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DWKOHWLF FRPSHWLWLRQ DV SURWHFWHG E\ WKH 862& E\ODZV XSRQ GHPDQG RI WKH DIIHFWHG person the decision of the Appellate Panel may be submitted to arbitration in accordance with applicable provisions of the USOC bylaws and the rules of the American Arbitration Association. E 6XFK DUELWUDWLRQ ZLOO EH FRQGXFWHG DW WKH RI¿FH RI WKH $PHULFDQ $UELWUDWLRQ $VVRFLDWLRQ QHDUHVW WR WKH KHDGTXDUWHUV of U.S. Figure Skating unless the parties otherwise agree. F 7KH GHFLVLRQ RI WKH $PHULFDQ $UELWUDWLRQ $VVRFLDWLRQ DQG DQ\ FKDUJHV RI WKH DUELWUDWRU ZLOO EH ERUQH E\ WKH SDUW\ DJDLQVW ZKRP WKH GHFLVLRQ RI WKH DUELWUDWRU LV UHQGHUHG H[FHSW DV RWKHUZLVH DJUHHG E\ WKH SDUWLHV D. ([SHGLWHG 3URFHHGLQJV: L 1RWZLWKVWDQGLQJ DQ\ RWKHU SURYLVLRQV RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV RU UXOHV WR WKH FRQWUDU\ ZKHQ FRPSOLDQFH ZLWK regular procedures contained in this Section 3 would not, in the discretion of the chair of the Grievance Committee, be likely to produce a sufficiently early decision to do justice to the affected parties, including, but not limited to matters affecting an ongoing, scheduled or impending U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competition or any competition protected by the USOC bylaws or the Ted Stevens Olympic and Amateur Sports Act, the matter may be summarily KHDUG DQG GHFLGHG RQ DQ H[SHGLWHG EDVLV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK SURYLVLRQV RI DSSOLFDEOH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV *&5 LL 7KH PHPEHU RU PHPEHU FOXE VXEMHFW WR DQ H[SHGLWHG JULHYDQFH RU GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ PXVW EH JLYHQ VXFK QRWLFH and opportunity for a hearing as time and circumstances may reasonably dictate within the discretion of the chair of the Grievance Committee. LLL ([SHGLWHG KHDULQJV PD\ EH FRQGXFWHG DW WKH VLWH RI WKH DWKOHWLF FRPSHWLWLRQ DW D VLWH FRQYHQLHQW WR WKH SDUWLHV DV designated by the chair of the Grievance Committee or by telephone conference if necessary. LY $SSHDOV IURP GHFLVLRQV KHDUG RQ DQ H[SHGLWHG EDVLV ZLOO EH WDNHQ RQO\ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURFHGXUHV VHW IRUWK LQ WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV *&5 IRU H[SHGLWHG KHDULQJV Section 4 Safe Sport – Sexual Abuse or Misconduct. The investigation and adjudication of matters involving allegations RU UHSRUWV RI VH[XDO DEXVH RU PLVFRQGXFW RU RWKHU YLRODWLRQV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ¶V 6DIH6SRUW 3ROLFLHV WKDW LQYROYH SURKLELWHG FRQGXFW WKDW LV UHDVRQDEO\ UHODWHG WR DQG DFFRPSDQLHV DQ DOOHJHG YLRODWLRQ LQYROYLQJ VH[XDOL]HG EHKDYLRU VHH *5 8 6 Figure Skating Policy Statement on Harassment and Abuse, and the current edition of the U.S. Figure Skating SafeSport 3URJUDP +DQGERRN DUH VXEMHFW WR WKH MXULVGLFWLRQ RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV &HQWHU IRU 6DIH 6SRUW ³86&66´ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI WKH 862& DQG DV VHW IRUWK LQ WKH 86&66 %\ODZV RU RWKHU 86&66 JRYHUQLQJ GRFXPHQWV 5XOHV DQG procedures to be followed by U.S. Figure Skating and its members and member clubs in dealing with allegations or reports 18

RI VH[XDO DEXVH RU PLVFRQGXFW RU RWKHU YLRODWLRQV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ¶V 6DIH6SRUW 3ROLFLHV WKDW IDOO ZLWKLQ WKH MXULVGLFWLRQ of the USCSS, and the enforcement of discipline or other sanctions issued by the USCSS, are set forth in the applicable 6DIH6SRUW SROLFLHV DQG GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHGXUHV RI WKH 86&66 *5 DQG RU RWKHU UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ARTICLE XXVI ,QGHPQL¿FDWLRQ Section 1 ,QGHPQL¿FDWLRQ *HQHUDOO\. U.S. Figure Skating declares that: $ $Q\ SHUVRQ ZKR VHUYHV DW LWV UHTXHVW DV DQ RI¿FHU HPSOR\HH PHPEHU RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO PHPEHU RU DJHQW RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV FKDLU RU PHPEHU RI DQ\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FRPPLWWHH RU DV DQ HOHFWHG RU DSSRLQWHG RI¿FLDO RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV LQ VXFK FDSDFLW\ VXEMHFW WR LQGHPQL¿FDWLRQ XQGHU WKH SURYLVLRQV RI WKLV DUWLFOH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK DQG WR WKH IXOOHVW H[WHQW SHUPLWWHG E\ WKH SURYLVLRQV RI WKH &RORUDGR 5HYLVHG 1RQSUR¿W &RUSRUDWLRQ $FW DV KHUHDIWHU DPHQGHG IURP WLPH WR WLPH DQG WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ SURYLVLRQV RI DQ\ VXEVHTXHQW ODZ IRU SXUSRVHV RI WKLV DUWLFOH UHIHUUHG WR DV WKH ³$FW´ DQG WKH LQGHPQL¿FDWLRQ SURYLVLRQV RI ZKLFK DUH LQFRUSRUDWHG KHUHLQ E\ WKLV UHIHUHQFH % $Q\ VXFK SHUVRQ ZLOO EH LQGHPQL¿HG E\ RU RQ EHKDOI RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DJDLQVW H[SHQVHV LQFOXGLQJ DWWRUQH\V IHHV OLDELOLW\ MXGJPHQWV ¿QHV DQG DPRXQWV SDLG LQ VHWWOHPHQW DFWXDOO\ DQG UHDVRQDEO\ LQFXUUHG E\ VXFK SHUVRQ ZKR ZDV RU LV a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether FLYLO FULPLQDO DGPLQLVWUDWLYH RU LQYHVWLJDWLYH RWKHU WKDQ DQ DFWLRQ E\ RU LQ WKH ULJKW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ UHDVRQ RI such service if such person: L $FWHG LQ JRRG IDLWK LL 5HDVRQDEO\ EHOLHYHG LQ WKH FDVH RI FRQGXFW LQ DQ RIILFLDO FDSDFLW\ ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKDW WKH FRQGXFW ZDV LQ the best interests of U.S. Figure Skating and, in all other cases, that the conduct was at least not opposed to the best interests of U.S. Figure Skating; and LLL :LWK UHVSHFW WR DQ\ FULPLQDO SURFHHGLQJ KDG QR UHDVRQDEOH FDXVH WR EHOLHYH WKDW WKH FRQGXFW ZDV XQODZIXO Section 2 3URKLELWHG ,QGHPQL¿FDWLRQ. 1R SHUVRQ ZLOO EH HQWLWOHG WR LQGHPQL¿FDWLRQ XQGHU 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH HLWKHU A. In connection with a proceeding brought by or in the right of U.S. Figure Skating in which such person was adjudged liable to U.S. Figure Skating; or % ,Q FRQQHFWLRQ ZLWK DQ\ RWKHU SURFHHGLQJ FKDUJLQJ LPSURSHU SHUVRQDO EHQH¿W WR VXFK SHUVRQ ZKHWKHU RU QRW LQYROYLQJ DFWLRQ LQ WKDW SHUVRQ¶V RI¿FLDO FDSDFLW\ LQ ZKLFK VXFK SHUVRQ LV XOWLPDWHO\ DGMXGJHG OLDEOH RQ WKH EDVLV WKDW WKH SHUVRQ LPSURSHUO\ UHFHLYHG SHUVRQDO EHQH¿W Section 3 'HWHUPLQDWLRQ RI 5LJKW WR ,QGHPQL¿FDWLRQ. $ $Q\ LQGHPQL¿FDWLRQ XQGHU 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH ZLOO EH PDGH E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RQO\ DV DXWKRUL]HG LQ HDFK VSHFL¿F FDVH XSRQ D GHWHUPLQDWLRQ WKDW LQGHPQL¿FDWLRQ RI WKH SHUVRQ LV SHUPLVVLEOH XQGHU WKH FLUFXPVWDQFHV EHFDXVH VXFK SHUVRQ met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. B. Such determination will be made by the Board of Directors by a majority of a quorum of disinterested directors who, at the time of the vote, were not and are not threatened to be made parties to the proceeding or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained, in a manner otherwise prescribed by the act. & 1RWZLWKVWDQGLQJ WKH SURKLELWLRQV RQ LQGHPQL¿FDWLRQ VHW IRUWK LQ 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH LQGHPQL¿FDWLRQ PD\ EH PDGH E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WR WKH H[WHQW WKDW WKH FRXUW LQ ZKLFK WKH VXEMHFW DFWLRQ RU SURFHHGLQJ ZDV EURXJKW VKRXOG GHWHUPLQH upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability or guilt, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, a person UHIHUUHG WR LQ 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH LV HQWLWOHG WR LQGHPQLW\ IRU VXFK H[SHQVHV DQG RWKHU DPRXQWV ZKLFK WKH FRXUW PD\ deem proper. Section 4 Insurance. 7KH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV PD\ H[HUFLVH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ¶V SRZHU WR SXUFKDVH DQG PDLQWDLQ LQVXUDQFH LQFOXGLQJ ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ LQVXUDQFH IRU OHJDO H[SHQVHV DQG FRVWV LQFXUUHG LQ FRQQHFWLRQ ZLWK GHIHQGLQJ DQ\ FODLP SURFHHGLQJ RU ODZVXLW RQ EHKDOI RI DQ\ SHUVRQ UHIHUUHG WR LQ 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH DJDLQVW DQ\ OLDELOLW\ DVVHUWHG DJDLQVW RU LQFXUUHG E\ VXFK person in the capacity designated or arising out of the person’s status as such, whether or not U.S. Figure Skating would have the power to indemnify that person against such liability under the provisions of this article. Section 5 6XUYLYDO RI ,QGHPQL¿FDWLRQ. 7KH LQGHPQL¿FDWLRQ SURYLGHG XQGHU 6HFWLRQ RI WKLV DUWLFOH ZLOO FRQWLQXH DV WR SHUVRQV ZKR KDYH FHDVHG WR VHUYH LQ WKH FDSDFLW\ GHVLJQDWHG ZLWK UHVSHFW WR DFWLRQV LQ WKHLU RI¿FLDO FDSDFLW\ ZKLOH VHUYLQJ DV VXFK DQG ZLOO LQXUH WR WKH EHQH¿W RI WKHLU KHLUV H[HFXWRUV DQG DGPLQLVWUDWRUV ARTICLE XXVII Disposition of Assets $ VDOH OHDVH H[FKDQJH PRUWJDJH SOHGJH RU RWKHU GLVSRVLWLRQ RI SURSHUW\ RU DVVHWV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PD\ EH PDGH E\ WKH Board of Directors upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration, which may consist in whole or in part of money or property, real or personal, as may be authorized by them, provided, however, $ 7KDW D VDOH OHDVH H[FKDQJH RU RWKHU GLVSRVLWLRQ RI DOO RU VXEVWDQWLDOO\ DOO WKH SURSHUW\ DQG DVVHWV ZLOO EH DXWKRUL]HG RQO\ upon receiving the vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, and B. Further provided that such disposition is not inconsistent with the provisions of Article XXVIII of these bylaws or the articles of incorporation of U.S. Figure Skating, as amended from time to time.

19

ARTICLE XXVIII Dissolution In the event of the dissolution of U.S. Figure Skating for any reason, all of its assets and property will be distributed or sold, and the proceeds thereof distributed, to the organization which will be a successor to U.S. Figure Skating, provided that: $ 6XFK RUJDQL]DWLRQ ZLOO ¿UVW KDYH REWDLQHG D UXOLQJ H[HPSWLQJ LW IURP IHGHUDO LQFRPH WD[DWLRQ XQGHU 6HFWLRQ D RI WKH ,QWHUQDO 5HYHQXH &RGH RI DV DPHQGHG RU XQGHU WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ SURYLVLRQV RI DQ\ VXEVHTXHQW IHGHUDO WD[ ODZV WKH ³&RGH´ DV DQ RUJDQL]DWLRQ RI WKH W\SH GHVFULEHG LQ 6HFWLRQ F RI WKH &RGH RU B. If such successor organization has not obtained such ruling within a reasonable time following its establishment, or if there will be no successor to U.S. Figure Skating, then all of U.S. Figure Skating’s assets and property will be distributed or sold, and the proceeds thereof distributed, to or among such one or more organizations as may be selected by the Governing Council as organizations having objects and purposes similar or related to those of U.S. Figure Skating, provided that: L 1R GLVWULEXWLRQV ZLOO EH PDGH WR DQ RUJDQL]DWLRQ ZKLFK GRHV QRW KDYH D UXOLQJ H[HPSWLQJ VXFK RUJDQL]DWLRQ IURP IHGHUDO LQFRPH WD[DWLRQ DV GHVFULEHG LQ VXEVHFWLRQV $ DQG % RI WKLV DUWLFOH DQG LL ,Q QR HYHQW ZLOO DQ\ SDUW RI VXFK DVVHWV RU SURSHUW\ RU WKH SURFHHGV RI VDOH WKHUHRI EH GLVWULEXWHG WR RU LQXUH WR WKH benefit of any member or of any individual. & 7KH SURFHGXUH IRU GLVVROXWLRQ ZLOO EH DV SURYLGHG E\ DQG LQ WKH &RORUDGR 5HYLVHG 1RQSUR¿W &RUSRUDWLRQ $FW DV DPHQGHG from time to time, and the corresponding provisions of any subsequent law. ARTICLE XXIX Amendments to Bylaws Section 1 Procedure for Amendments. Amendments proposed to these bylaws may be acted upon at any annual or special PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO SURYLGHG WKDW WKH QRWLFH RI WKH PHHWLQJ VWDWHV WKH VSHFL¿F WH[W RI WKH SURSRVHG DPHQGPHQWV Section 2 Effective Date. Amendments to these bylaws become effective only upon publication in an edition of the rulebook RU XSRQ VXFK VSHFL¿F GDWH DV PD\ RWKHUZLVH EH VWDWHG LQ WKH PRWLRQ RI DGRSWLRQ WKHUHRI Section 3 Necessary Vote. 7KH DI¿UPDWLYH YRWH RI WZR WKLUGV RI WKH YRWHV FDVW RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO PHPEHUV SUHVHQW LQ SHUVRQ RU E\ SUR[\ DW WKH PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DW ZKLFK WKH SURSRVHG DPHQGPHQW LV DFWHG XSRQ LV QHFHVVDU\ IRU WKH adoption of any amendment to these bylaws.

20

General Rules GR 1.00 Policy GR 1.01 Code of Ethics $ ,W VKDOO EH WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ RI DOO RI¿FLDOV LQ VDQFWLRQHG ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ HYHQWV UHJLVWHUHG PHPEHUV RI PHPEHU FOXEV or collegiate clubs and individual members to be thoroughly familiar with the rules of U.S. Figure Skating, to comply ZLWK WKHP LQ IXOO DQG WR H[HPSOLI\ WKH KLJKHVW VWDQGDUGV RI IDLUQHVV HWKLFDO EHKDYLRU DQG JHQXLQH JRRG VSRUWVPDQVKLS in any of their relations with others. Those who serve U.S. Figure Skating must do so without personal gain, must avoid any institutional loss or embarrassment and must behave in a way that enhances U.S. Figure Skating’s trust and public FRQ¿GHQFH B. &RQÀLFWV RI ,QWHUHVW All persons associated with U.S. Figure Skating, including but not limited to its employees, directors, RI¿FHUV MXGJHV DQG FRPPLWWHH PHPEHUV DUH H[SHFWHG WR DELGH E\ KLJK HWKLFDO VWDQGDUGV LQ DOO GHDOLQJV UHODWLQJ WR WKH EXVLQHVV DQG DIIDLUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ $OO PHPEHUV DQG VWDII VKRXOG XQGHUVWDQG WKDW FRQÀLFWV RI LQWHUHVW GLPLQLVK the integrity and quality of decision-making required by U.S. Figure Skating and may jeopardize U.S. Figure Skating’s reputation and public support. In order to avoid harm to the goodwill and public image of U.S. Figure Skating and to EHWWHU HQVXUH WKH H[SHFWHG KLJK HWKLFDO VWDQGDUGV LQ DOO GHDOLQJV LI DQ\ SHUVRQ ZKR LV DQ RI¿FHU GLUHFWRU MXGJH PHPEHU RI D FRPPLWWHH HPSOR\HH SDLG FRQVXOWDQW WR RU UHSUHVHQWDWLYH RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ HDFK RI WKHVH SHUVRQV VKDOO EH UHIHUUHG WR DV D ³UHSUHVHQWDWLYH´ LV DZDUH WKDW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV DERXW WR HQWHU LQWR DQ\ EXVLQHVV WUDQVDFWLRQ GLUHFWO\ or indirectly with any representative, any member of a representative’s family or any entity in which a representative has DQ\ OHJDO HTXLWDEOH RU ¿GXFLDU\ LQWHUHVW RU SRVLWLRQ LQFOXGLQJ ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ DV D GLUHFWRU RI¿FHU VKDUHKROGHU SDUWQHU HPSOR\HH EHQH¿FLDU\ RU WUXVWHH RU LI D UHSUHVHQWDWLYH LV DZDUH WKDW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV DERXW WR HQWHU LQWR DQ\ EXVLQHVV WUDQVDFWLRQ RU WDNH RWKHU FRUSRUDWH DFWLRQ LQ ZKLFK D UHSUHVHQWDWLYH PD\ EH GLUHFWO\ RU LQGLUHFWO\ ¿QDQFLDOO\ LQWHUHVWHG RU RWKHUZLVH GHULYH D PDWHULDO SHUVRQDO EHQH¿W WKH UHSUHVHQWDWLYH VKDOO ,PPHGLDWHO\ LQIRUP LQ ZULWLQJ WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU DQG SUHVLGHQW RI VXFK UHSUHVHQWDWLYH¶V LQYROYHPHQW SRVLWLRQ LQWHUHVW RU EHQH¿W ZLWK UHVSHFW WKHUHWR 2. Aid the persons charged with making the decision by disclosing all material facts within such representative’s knowledge that bear on the advisability of such transaction or action from the standpoint of U.S. Figure Skating; 3. Make such other disclosures as are necessary to insure that U.S. Figure Skating has received full and fair information UHJDUGLQJ WKH WUDQVDFWLRQ RU DFWLRQ DQG VXFK UHSUHVHQWDWLYH¶V LQYROYHPHQW SRVLWLRQ LQWHUHVW RU EHQH¿W ZLWK UHVSHFW thereto; and $EVWDLQ IURP YRWLQJ RU LQÀXHQFLQJ WKH GHFLVLRQ WR HQWHU LQWR VXFK WUDQVDFWLRQ WR WKH H[WHQW WKH GLVFORVLQJ UHSUHVHQWDWLYH PD\ KDYH DQ DFWXDO RU DSSDUHQW FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW LQ WKLV PDWWHU $ FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW PD\ H[LVW LQ DQ\ LQVWDQFH ZKHUH D PHPEHU¶V DFWLRQV RQ EHKDOI RI RU DIIHFWLQJ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ a. involve obtaining an improper gain or advantage or E LQYROYH D FRQÀLFWLQJ RU SRWHQWLDOO\ DGYHUVH HIIHFW RQ WKH LQWHUHVW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RU c. involve an activity that is not in the best interests of U.S. Figure Skating, including instances where the member’s DFWLRQV DUH LQÀXHQFHG E\ DQRWKHU SHUVRQ RU RUJDQL]DWLRQ LQ D PDQQHU DGYHUVH WR WKH LQWHUHVWV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7KH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI GLVFORVXUH DQG DEVWHQWLRQ VKDOO DOVR DSSO\ WR D UHSUHVHQWDWLRQDO FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW DV UHIHUUHG WR LQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 6WDWHPHQW RI 3ULQFLSOHV RI (WKLFDO %HKDYLRU DQG &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW DV UHIHUUHG WR LQ SDUDJUDSK ( RI WKLV *5 WR LQFOXGH GLVFORVXUH RI ZKHWKHU WKH PHPEHU LV LQ D SRVLWLRQ E\ HPSOR\PHQW YROXQWHHU VHUYLFH ¿QDQFLDO VXSSRUW RU RWKHU DI¿OLDWLRQ WR FRQWURO GLUHFW RU LQÀXHQFH DQRWKHU SHUVRQ RU RUJDQL]DWLRQ WKH LQWHUHVWV RI ZKLFK DUH UHODWHG WR DIIHFWHG E\ LQYROYHG ZLWK RU PD\ FRQÀLFW ZLWK RU DGYHUVHO\ DIIHFW WKH LQWHUHVWV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ & 3ULRU WR DSSRLQWPHQW DV DQ RI¿FHU PHPEHU RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV FRPPLWWHH FKDLU VXEFRPPLWWHH FKDLU SDLG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VWDII RU WR DQ\ RXWVLGH RUJDQL]DWLRQ WKH PHPEHU PXVW H[HFXWH D &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW DQG (WKLFDO %HKDYLRU VWDWHPHQW ZLWKRXW DPHQGPHQW RU DOWHUDWLRQ 7KH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH FKDLU VKDOO RYHUVHH DQ DQQXDO UHYLHZ RI WKH &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW DQG (WKLFDO %HKDYLRU VWDWHPHQWV IRU FRQWLQXLQJ DSSRLQWPHQWV DQG SDLG VWDII D. 3ULYDWH ,QXUHPHQW In agreement with federal law, it is the policy of U.S. Figure Skating that none of its assets or income PD\ LQXUH WR WKH EHQH¿W RI DQ\ SHUVRQ RU RUJDQL]DWLRQ LQ VDWLVIDFWLRQ RI D SHUVRQDO RU SULYDWH LQWHUHVW ( 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KDV DGRSWHG DQG PD\ DPHQG IURP WLPH WR WLPH D 6WDWHPHQW RI 3ULQFLSOHV RI (WKLFDO %HKDYLRU DQG &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW LQFOXGLQJ D &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW 'LVFORVXUH )RUP $OO WKRVH ZKR FKRRVH WR VHUYH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VKDOO EH VXEMHFW WR DQG PXVW DELGH E\ WKH 6WDWHPHQW RI 3ULQFLSOHV RI (WKLFDO %HKDYLRU DQG &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW WKH SURYLVLRQV RI ZKLFK DUH LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR WKLV &RGH RI (WKLFV

21

GR 1.02 Code of Conduct The following code of conduct applies to all participants in activities hosted, supported, sponsored or engaged in by U.S. )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQFOXGLQJ EXW QRW OLPLWHG WR FRPSHWLWLRQV H[KLELWLRQV DQG WUDLQLQJ FDPSV I recognize that my participation in all activities hosted, supported, sponsored or engaged in by U.S. Figure Skating, LQFOXGLQJ EXW QRW OLPLWHG WR FRPSHWLWLRQV H[KLELWLRQV DQG WUDLQLQJ FDPSV LV DQ KRQRU DQG SULYLOHJH WKDW FDUULHV FHUWDLQ responsibilities. I agree to fully abide by the rules and guidelines set forth by U.S. Figure Skating or its properly designated agents. As a precondition to participation in activities hosted, supported, sponsored or engaged in by U.S. Figure Skating, I will adhere to the following tenets in good faith: $ , ZLOO H[KLELW WKH KLJKHVW VWDQGDUGV RI IDLUQHVV HWKLFDO EHKDYLRU DQG JHQXLQH JRRG VSRUWVPDQVKLS LQ DOO RI P\ UHODWLRQV ZLWK others. B. I will not discriminate against any member or participant on the basis of race, color, religion, age, gender, gender identity, VH[XDO RULHQWDWLRQ QDWLRQDO RULJLQ RU DQ\ RWKHU VWDWXV SURWHFWHG E\ IHGHUDO VWDWH RU ORFDO ODZ ZKHUH DSSOLFDEOH C , ZLOO QRW GDPDJH SXEOLF RU SULYDWH SURSHUW\ , XQGHUVWDQG WKDW , PD\ EH KHOG ¿QDQFLDOO\ UHVSRQVLEOH IRU GDPDJH GHHPHG WR EH ZDQWRQO\ RU ZLOOIXOO\ H[HFXWHG RQ P\ SDUW DQG WKDW , PD\ EH VXEMHFW WR GLVFLSOLQDU\ DFWLRQ E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ D. I will not use or possess illegal drugs, and I will not engage in criminal activity. I understand that, if I am found to use or possess illegal drugs, or if I am found to engage in any criminal activity during any activity hosted, supported, sponsored or engaged in by U.S. Figure Skating, I may be subject to criminal penalties as well as penalties imposed by U.S. Figure Skating. (. I will adhere to the rules of U.S. Figure Skating and the host organization at all activities hosted, supported, sponsored or engaged in by U.S. Figure Skating. F. I will comply with all applicable anti-doping rules including, but not limited to, ISU anti-doping rules. G , ZLOO FRQGXFW P\VHOI LQ D PDQQHU QRW GHWULPHQWDO WR WKH ZHOIDUH RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ , XQGHUVWDQG WKDW P\ DFWLRQV UHÀHFW RQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG WKH VSRUW RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ ERWK SRVLWLYHO\ DQG QHJDWLYHO\ , XQGHUVWDQG WKDW LI P\ DFWV VWDWHPHQWV RU FRQGXFW DUH FRQVLGHUHG GHWULPHQWDO WR WKH ZHOIDUH RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ E\ WKH DSSURSULDWH DXWKRULW\ , PD\ EH VXEMHFW WR SHQDOWLHV LPSRVHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SXUVXDQW WR *5 H. I understand that the penalties that may be imposed may include, but are not limited to, loss of future international VHOHFWLRQV ORVV RI ¿QDQFLDO VXSSRUW IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG LWV 0HPRULDO )XQG DQG ORVV RI SDUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ DFWLYLWLHV hosted, supported, sponsored or engaged in by U.S. Figure Skating. I. I understand that all disciplinary proceedings will be conducted pursuant to Article XXV, Section 3, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws, and that my rights and remedies are derived therefrom. GR 1.03 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO QRW WROHUDWH RU FRQGRQH DQ\ IRUP RI KDUDVVPHQW LQFOXGLQJ VH[XDO KDUDVVPHQW PLVFRQGXFW LQFOXGLQJ VH[XDO SK\VLFDO DQG HPRWLRQDO PLVFRQGXFW EXOO\LQJ RU KD]LQJ RI DQ\ RI LWV PHPEHUV LQFOXGLQJ FRDFKHV RI¿FLDOV directors, employees, parents, athletes and volunteers — or any other persons — while they are participating in or preparing IRU D ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ DFWLYLW\ RU HYHQW FRQGXFWHG XQGHU WKH DXVSLFHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7KH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 3ROLF\ 6WDWHPHQW RQ +DUDVVPHQW DQG $EXVH PD\ EH IRXQG LQ LWV HQWLUHW\ RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ +DUDVVPHQW RI VXFK QDWXUH EHWZHHQ RU DPRQJ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHUV VKDOO EH UHSRUWHG WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV RU *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH DV VRRQ DV LV SUDFWLFDEO\ SRVVLEOH SHU UXOHV (&5 DQG *&5 A. If any form of child abuse is observed or suspected, the observer should immediately contact either local law enforcement or a public child welfare agency and make a report. B. Any person who violates this rule, who fails to appropriately report or who makes a false report or otherwise violates U.S. Figure Skating’s Policy on Harassment and Abuse will be subject to disciplinary action in accordance with Article XXV, Section 3, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. GR 1.04 $Q\ SHUVRQ ZKRVH DFWV VWDWHPHQWV RU FRQGXFW YLRODWH WKH SURYLVLRQV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ *HQHUDO 5XOHV RU RWKHUZLVH violate the person’s applicable duties and responsibilities to U.S. Figure Skating or whose acts, statements or conduct are RWKHUZLVH FRQVLGHUHG GHWULPHQWDO WR WKH ZHOIDUH RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LV VXEMHFW WR WKH ORVV RI WKH SULYLOHJH RI UHJLVWUDWLRQ E\ U.S. Figure Skating in accordance with the procedure outlined in Article XXV, Section 3, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws UHODWLQJ WR ORVV RI PHPEHUVKLS SULYLOHJHV VXVSHQVLRQ DQG H[SXOVLRQ GR 1.05 Jurisdiction 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV D PHPEHU RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6NDWLQJ 8QLRQ ,68 DQ 2O\PSLF 3DQ $PHULFDQ PHPEHU RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 2O\PSLF &RPPLWWHH 862& DQG DQ DOOLHG PHPEHU RI WKH $PDWHXU $WKOHWLF 8QLRQ RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV $$8 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV UHFRJQL]HG E\ WKH ,68 862& DQG $$8 DV WKH JRYHUQLQJ ERG\ RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH LQ WKH 8QLWHG States. As such, U.S. Figure Skating observes the rules of the ISU, including but not limited to the ISU anti-doping rules, DQG DGPLQLVWHUV LWV RZQ UXOHV VR DV WR HQVXUH WKH HOLJLELOLW\ RI TXDOL¿HG 8QLWHG 6WDWHV VNDWHUV DQG RI¿FLDOV WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ LQWHUQDWLRQDO VNDWLQJ HYHQWV ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH SXUSRVH RI WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG LQ SDUWLFXODU WKRVH UXOHV relating to eligibility and sanctions, is to protect the eligibility of registered members so as to enable them to fully participate LQ WKH EHQH¿WV RI VXFK PHPEHUVKLS GR 1.06 Enforcement Failure by any U.S. Figure Skating member or representative to enforce any bylaw or rule of U.S. Figure Skating does not preclude the bylaw or rule from being enforced in the future.

22

GR 2.00 Administration GR 2.01 Expenses to Board of Directors Meetings 8QOHVV VXFK SD\PHQW LV GLVDSSURYHG E\ WKH SUHVLGHQW DQG WKH WUHDVXUHU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO UHLPEXUVH H[SHQVHV LQFXUUHG for transportation, room and meals by members of the Board of Directors, other than honorary members, for attendance at meetings of the Governing Council and the Board of Directors per the current and approved U.S. Figure Skating Travel and ([SHQVH 3ROLF\ DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ GR 2.02 Travel Expense Within the United States 5HLPEXUVHPHQW IRU SHUVRQDO WUDQVSRUWDWLRQ URRP DQG PHDO H[SHQVHV DFWXDOO\ LQFXUUHG LQ FRQQHFWLRQ ZLWK DQ ice show, H[KLELWLRQ FRPSHWLWLRQ PHHWLQJ RU WHVW ZLOO EH PDGH in accordance with the current, approved U.S. Figure Skating Travel and ([SHQVH 3ROLF\ DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ GR 2.03 Committee Reports The secretary shall send to the secretaries of all member clubs in good standing, copies of the notice for each meeting of the Governing Council, and copies of all published reports submitted to the Governing Council and Board of Directors by the RI¿FHUV DQG FRPPLWWHH FKDLUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ,Q DGGLWLRQ XSRQ SD\PHQW RI D UHDVRQDEOH GXSOLFDWLQJ DQG SRVWDJH IHH all club presidents may request Board of Directors meeting books and all reports of action. GR 2.04 U.S. Figure Skating headquarters 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV VKDOO EH D VHUYLFH RI¿FH WR DVVLVW WKH RI¿FHUV DQG FRPPLWWHH FKDLUV LQ WKH FDUU\LQJ RXW RI WKHLU respective duties. It shall also assist member clubs with respect to all matters of an administrative nature pertaining to their membership in U.S. Figure Skating. U.S. Figure Skating headquarters shall maintain the books and records of U.S. Figure 6NDWLQJ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK HVWDEOLVKHG SROLFLHV DQG SURFHGXUHV XQGHU WKH VXSHUYLVLRQ RI WKH UHVSRQVLEOH RI¿FHUV DQG RU FKDLUV concerned.

23

Notes

24

Committee Rules Adult Skating ASCR 1.00 Authority ASCR 1.01 The Adult Skating Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. ASCR 2.00 Organization ASCR 2.01 The Adult Skating Committee will consist of the chair, a vice chair for each section, other assigned vice chairs and such other members as are appointed in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. ASCR 2.02 The sectional vice chairs and other assigned vice chairs will be responsible for the duties and functions assigned to them by the chair. ASCR 3.00 Responsibility ASCR 3.01 The Adult Skating Committee will: $ (QFRXUDJH DQG VXSSRUW WKH JURZWK RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ IRU DGXOWV B. Create and encourage the creation of programs addressing the needs of the adult skating community including the FRPSRVLWLRQ DQG PDQQHU RI SHUIRUPDQFH RI DOO VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG LFH GDQFH WHVWV IRU DGXOW VNDWHUV QRW VSHFL¿FDOO\ GHOHJDWHG to the Singles, Pairs and Dance Committees; C. Work in conjunction with the Competitions Committee to continue the development of the U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships and other adult competitive opportunities.

Athlete Development ADCR 1.00 Authority ADCR 1.01 The Athlete Development Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. ADCR 2.00 Organization ADCR 2.01 The Athlete Development Committee is organized into four subcommittees: Dance Development, Pairs Development, Singles Development and Synchronized Development. ADCR 2.02 7KH FRPPLWWHH ZLOO FRQVLVW RI D FKDLU DQG IRXU QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV RQH IRU HDFK VXEFRPPLWWHH QDPHG LQ $'&5 2.01. In addition, each subcommittee will have the following members: A. The chairs of the following committees to serve as members of their discipline’s subcommittee: 1. The chair of the Dance Committee 2. The chair of the Pairs Committee 3. The chair of the Singles Committee 4. The chair of the Synchronized Skating Committee B. One judge & 2QH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO D. Three coaches, one from each section ( 7ZR DWKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV F. One member from either the International Committee or the Synchronized Management Subcommittee G. Two additional members as selected by the chair and the national subcommittee vice chair ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR WKH WZR DWKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV RQH RI WKH RWKHU PHPEHUV RI HDFK VXEFRPPLWWHH PXVW EH DQ DWKOHWH DV GH¿QHG LQ Article XXI, Section 2, of the bylaws. ADCR 3.00 Responsibility ADCR 3.01 To create objectives and programs to foster the growth, development and long-term success of ice dance, pairs, singles and synchronized skating athletes.

Athletes Advisory AACR 1.00 Authority AACR 1.01 The Athletes Advisory Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. AACR 1.10 Organization AACR 1.11 The members of the Athletes Advisory Committee will be elected annually each spring as follows: $ $WKOHWHV PHHWLQJ WKH GH¿QLWLRQ RI $UWLFOH ;;,, 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV ZLOO HOHFW WKRVH DWKOHWHV PHHWLQJ WKH GH¿QLWLRQ LQ $UWLFOH ;;,, 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV WR VHUYH DV PHPEHUV RI WKH FRPPLWWHH for a period of one year and will number no more than 50. 1. Those elected must be at least 18 years of age and must be equally divided among ladies, men, pairs, ice dance and synchronized skating.

25

2. Athletes elected must not have competed for another country within the prior two years. 3. Athletes elected to serve on the Athletes Advisory Committee will serve as delegates to the Governing Council held the year after the annual election. 4. The process and conduct of the annual elections of members of the Athletes Advisory Committee will be determined by U.S. Figure Skating headquarters in conjunction with the chair of the Athletes Advisory Committee. AACR 2.00 Responsibility AACR 2.01 The Athletes Advisory Committee will: A. Act as a collecting base for the viewpoints and ideas of individuals who are actively engaged in athletic competition in ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ RU ZKR KDYH UHSUHVHQWHG WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV LQ LQWHUQDWLRQDO DWKOHWLF FRPSHWLWLRQ LQ ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ ZLWKLQ WKH preceding 10 years, and conduct informational meetings from time to time in implementation thereof; B. Identify from among the elected members of the Athletes Advisory Committee those persons who will serve as the athlete members of the Board of Directors, as the chair of the Athletes Advisory Committee and the athlete members of the 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH & (OHFW 862& DWKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV ZKR ZLOO VHUYH XQWLO WKH QH[W TXDGUHQQLDO PHHWLQJ RU XQWLO WKHLU VXFFHVVRUV DUH HOHFWHG 7KH $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RPPLWWHH VKDOO ¿QDOL]H WKH 862& DWKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYH HOHFWLRQ SURFHVV E\ 'HF EHIRUH WKH QHZ Olympic Quadrennial starts; ' 0DNH UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU WKH QRPLQDWLRQ RI WKH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ PHPEHUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG ,68 DV ZHOO DV IRU the selection of staff personnel of teams to represent U.S. Figure Skating in international competition. ( (VWDEOLVK UXOHV SURFHGXUHV DQG JXLGHOLQHV IRU FDUU\LQJ RXW $WKOHWHV $GYLVRU\ &RPPLWWHH IXQFWLRQV F. Make recommendations to the president for appointment of athlete members to committees.

Audit ACR 1.00 ACR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority The Audit Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating

ACR 2.00 Organization ACR 2.01 7KH $XGLW &RPPLWWHH VKDOO FRQVLVW RI DW OHDVW WKUHH DQG QRW PRUH WKDQ ¿YH PHPEHUV D PDMRULW\ RI ZKRP VKDOO QRW be members of the Board of Directors. ACR 2.02 The president shall appoint the members, with the approval of the Board of Directors. ACR 2.03 (DFK PHPEHU RI WKH $XGLW &RPPLWWHH PXVW $ %H IUHH RI DQ\ PDWHULDO UHODWLRQVKLS WKDW ZRXOG LQWHUIHUH ZLWK WKH H[HUFLVH RI WKHLU LQGHSHQGHQW MXGJHPHQW % 0HHW DQ\ RWKHU UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU LQGHSHQGHQFH H[SHUWLVH RU TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV VHW IRUWK LQ SROLFLHV DQG SURFHGXUHV HVWDEOLVKHG by and for the Audit Committee. ACR 2.04 The members of the Audit Committee will designate the chair of the committee. ACR 3.00 Responsibility ACR 3.01 The Audit Committee shall provide assistance to the Board of Directors with respect to matters involving the ¿QDQFLDO UHSRUWLQJ LQWHUQDO FRQWURO DXGLWLQJ WD[ UHWXUQ DQG UHODWHG OHJDO FRPSOLDQFH IXQFWLRQV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ACR 3.02 The jurisdiction of the Audit Committee shall include activities pertaining to oversight of: $ 7KH LQWHJULW\ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ¿QDQFLDO VWDWHPHQWV DQG ¿QDQFLDO DQG WD[ UHSRUWLQJ LQFOXGLQJ UHYLHZ RI WKH ¿QDQFLDO reporting and accounting standards and principles of U.S. Figure Skating. % 7KH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV VHOHFWLRQ HQJDJHPHQW DQG LQGHSHQGHQFH RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQGHSHQGHQW DXGLWRUV C. The performance of U.S. Figure Skating independent and internal audit functions. ACR 3.03 In order to fully and properly discharge its responsibilities, the Audit Committee shall establish written policies DQG SURFHGXUHV WKDW DUH UHDVRQDEOH QHFHVVDU\ DQG FXVWRPDU\ IRU DQ DXGLW FRPPLWWHH RI D QDWLRQDO QRQSUR¿W RUJDQL]DWLRQ WR include, but not by way of limitation, which pertain to: $ 7KH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DQG H[SHUWLVH RI LWV PHPEHUV B. Frequency of meetings of the committee and procedures for the conduct of meetings. & 5HYLHZ RI PDWWHUV ZLWKLQ WKH MXULVGLFWLRQ RI WKH FRPPLWWHH DQG GLVFXVVLRQ WKHUHRI ZLWK PDQDJHPHQW VWDII DQG WKH independent auditor of U.S. Figure Skating. D. The manner and means of carrying out the responsibilities and duties of the committee in accordance with the bylaws of U.S. Figure Skating and applicable law. ( 5HSRUWLQJ WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DQG *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO ) 7KH SURSHU PHDQV RI SURWHFWLQJ FRQ¿GHQWLDO LQIRUPDWLRQ DQG DQ\ PDWWHU WKDW FRPHV WR WKH DWWHQWLRQ RI DQG RU LV GHDOW ZLWK by the committee in carrying out matters within its jurisdiction.

Coaches CCR 1.00 CCR 1.01 bylaws.

26

Authority The Coaches Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating

CCR 2.00 Responsibility CCR 2.01 It shall be the responsibility of the Coaches Committee to: $ 3URPRWH WKH HWKLFDO DQG SURIHVVLRQDO FRQGXFW RI DOO FRDFKHV DQG DGYDQFH LQVWUXFWLRQ DQG FRDFKLQJ RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ DW DOO levels from /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ to international competition. B. Work in cooperation with the Professional Skaters Association in order to communicate, in a timely manner, the vital information and rule changes of U.S. Figure Skating and the ISU to the coaching community and assist in their efforts as WKH FRDFKHV¶ RUJDQL]DWLRQ WR SURYLGH VHPLQDUV ZRUNVKRSV QDWLRQDO FRQIHUHQFHV YLGHR DLGV PDQXDOV DQG FHUWL¿FDWLRQ IRU all levels of coaching. C. Strengthen the membership base by providing a strong membership package to encourage coaches at all levels to join the program. D. Involve coaches in U.S. Figure Skating through committees, Board of Directors and other policy-making areas. ( 5HFRJQL]H FRDFKLQJ DFFRPSOLVKPHQWV LQ SDUWQHUVKLS ZLWK WKH 36$ WKURXJK DQQXDO DZDUGV DQG RWKHU PHWKRGV

Collegiate Program CPC 1.00 Authority CPC 1.01 The Collegiate Program Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. CPC 2.00 Responsibility CPC 2.01 It is the responsibility of the Collegiate Program Committee: $ 7R HQFRXUDJH DQG SURPRWH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LQ FROOHJHV DQG XQLYHUVLWLHV WKURXJK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SURJUDPV B. To assist colleges and universities and the skaters attending such institutions in the development of skating programs and competitions as a part of the school’s curricula.

Compensation CPCR 1.00 Authority CPCR 1.01 The Compensation Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. CPCR 2.00 Organization CPCR 2.01 7KH &RPSHQVDWLRQ &RPPLWWHH VKDOO FRQVLVW RI DW OHDVW WKUHH DQG QRW PRUH WKDQ ¿YH PHPEHUV DOO RI ZKRP VKDOO EH members of the Board of Directors. CPCR 2.02 The president shall appoint the members, with the approval of the Board of Directors. CPCR 2.03 (DFK PHPEHU RI WKH &RPSHQVDWLRQ &RPPLWWHH PXVW $ %H IUHH RI DQ\ PDWHULDO UHODWLRQVKLS WKDW ZRXOG LQWHUIHUH ZLWK WKH H[HUFLVH RI WKHLU LQGHSHQGHQW MXGJHPHQW % 0HHW DQ\ RWKHU TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV VHW IRUWK LQ SROLFLHV DQG SURFHGXUHV WR EH HVWDEOLVKHG E\ DQG IRU WKH &RPSHQVDWLRQ Committee. CPCR 2.04 The president shall appoint the chair of the Compensation Committee. CPCR 3.00 Responsibility CPCR 3.01 The Compensation Committee shall provide assistance to the Board of Directors with respect to matters involving: $ 7KH VHOHFWLRQ RI WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU % 7KH FRPSHQVDWLRQ VWUXFWXUH DQG HYDOXDWLRQ SURFHVV IRU WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG & 3ROLFLHV FRQFHUQLQJ FRPSHQVDWLRQ DQG EHQH¿W SURJUDPV RIIHUHG WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ HPSOR\HHV CPCR 3.02 In order to fully and properly discharge its responsibilities, the Compensation Committee shall establish written SROLFLHV DQG SURFHGXUHV WKDW DUH UHDVRQDEOH QHFHVVDU\ DQG FXVWRPDU\ IRU D FRPSHQVDWLRQ FRPPLWWHH RI D QDWLRQDO QRQSUR¿W organization to include, but not by way of limitation, which pertain to: $ 7KH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DQG H[SHUWLVH RI LWV PHPEHUV B. Frequency of meetings of the committee and procedures for the conduct of meetings. & 5HYLHZ RI PDWWHUV ZLWKLQ WKH MXULVGLFWLRQ RI WKH FRPPLWWHH DQG GLVFXVVLRQ WKHUHRI ZLWK WKH RI¿FHUV DQG %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQFOXGLQJ SHULRGLF UHYLHZ DQG DQDO\VLV RI WKH UHDVRQDEOHQHVV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ H[HFXWLYH FRPSHQVDWLRQ VWUXFWXUH DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FRPSHQVDWLRQ DQG EHQH¿WV SURJUDPV XVLQJ UHOHYDQW PDUNHW EHQFKPDUNV and survey data. D. The manner and means of carrying out the responsibilities and duties of the committee in accordance with the bylaws of U.S. Figure Skating and applicable law. ( 5HSRUWLQJ WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DQG *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO ) 7KH SURSHU PHDQV RI SURWHFWLQJ FRQ¿GHQWLDO LQIRUPDWLRQ DQG DQ\ PDWWHU WKDW FRPHV WR WKH DWWHQWLRQ RI DQG RU LV GHDOW ZLWK by the committee in carrying out matters within its jurisdiction.

27

Competitions CR 1.00 Authority CR 1.01 The Competitions Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. CR 2.00 Organization CR 2.01 The Competitions Committee shall consist of the following chairs and vice chairs that are appointed in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws: A. The chair: duties are detailed in Articles XVI and XVII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws; $ VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IURP HDFK VHFWLRQ GXWLHV VSHFL¿FDOO\ DVVLJQHG WR WKHP E\ WKHVH UXOHV DV ZHOO DV RWKHU GXWLHV delegated by the chair; 2. A regional vice chair from each region; % $ QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU WKH 5HIHUHH (GXFDWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH 7KH 5HIHUHH (GXFDWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH VKDOO DGPLQLVWHU WKH UHIHUHHV H[DPLQDWLRQ VFKHGXOH DQG SURYLGH FXUULFXOXP materials for referees schools and engage in other activities designed to encourage the development of referees; C. A national vice chair for accountants: oversees the activities of the three sectional vice chairs for accountants, as well as other duties delegated by the chair; 1. A sectional vice chair for accountants from each section: duties assigned to them by these rules, as well as other duties delegated by the chair; D. A national vice chair for the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee: 1. The Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee shall oversee the operation and conduct of synchronized skating competitions in the United States; $ VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV IURP HDFK VHFWLRQ SHUIRUPV WKRVH IXQFWLRQV VSHFL¿FDOO\ assigned to them by these rules, as well as other duties delegated by the chair; ( $ QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU WKH FROOHJLDWH FKDPSLRQVKLSV RYHUVHHV WKH RSHUDWLRQ DQG FRQGXFW RI WKH 8 6 &ROOHJLDWH )LJXUH Skating Championships; F. A national vice chair for adult championships: oversees the operation and conduct of adult competitions in the United States; * $ QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WHFKQLFDO DFFRXQWLQJ UHVSRQVLEOH IRU FHUWLI\LQJ DOO FRPSHWLWLRQ VRIWZDUH RYHUVHHV WKH FHUWL¿FDWLRQ removal and activities of the technical accountants, as well as other duties delegated by the chair; H. A national vice chair for the Music Subcommittee: 7KH 0XVLF 6XEFRPPLWWHH VKDOO RYHUVHH WKH RUJDQL]DWLRQ VWDI¿QJ DQG WUDLQLQJ QHFHVVDU\ IRU WKH SOD\LQJ RI PXVLF at U.S. Figure Skating Championships and other championships and competitions requested by the Competitions Committee. 2. A sectional vice chair for music from each section; , $ QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU DQQRXQFHUV RYHUVHHV WKH VWDI¿QJ WUDLQLQJ DQG UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU DQQRXQFHUV WR VHUYH DW U.S. Figure Skating Championships and at such other championships and competitions requested by the Competitions Committee. J. A national vice chair for theatrical skating competitions: oversees the operation and conduct of theatrical skating competitions in the United States. K. A national vice chair for ice technicians. / $ QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV RYHUVHHV WKH VWDQGDUG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ DQQRXQFHPHQW 0 7KH FKDLU RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH VKDOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU 1 7KH LPPHGLDWH SDVW FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH RU D PHPEHU RI VDLG FRPPLWWHH GHVLJQDWHG DV WKH SDVW FKDLU¶V UHSUHVHQWDWLYH VKDOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU RI WKH FRPPLWWHH CR 3.00 Jurisdiction CR 3.01 U.S. Figure Skating has jurisdiction over and sanctions all U.S. Figure Skating competitions held on ice in the United 6WDWHV DV VHW IRUWK LQ WKHVH UXOHV ZLWK WKH IROORZLQJ H[FHSWLRQV $ 7KRVH DFWLRQV VSHFL¿FDOO\ UHVHUYHG WR WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO B. Those actions reserved to the Board of Directors in accordance with U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. C. The manner of conduct of international competitions held in the United States, which are governed by the regulations of the International Skating Union. CR 3.02 The Competitions Committee: A. Grants sanctions in accordance with rule 1122. % 0D\ PDNH H[FHSWLRQV WR WKHVH JHQHUDO UXOHV IRU VDQFWLRQHG FRPSHWLWLRQV WR ¿W ORFDO FRQGLWLRQV RQO\ ZLWK WKH FRQVHQW RI WKH FKDLU RU DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO RU UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH DQG WKHVH H[FHSWLRQV PXVW EH VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH DQQRXQFHPHQW CR 3.03 The Competitions Committee is responsible for: $ 7KH VHOHFWLRQ RI RI¿FLDOV IRU DOO TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV H[FHSW WKRVH VHOHFWLRQV VSHFL¿FDOO\ GHOHJDWHG WR WKH 6HOHFWLRQV Committee; % 7KH DSSRLQWPHQW SURPRWLRQ GHPRWLRQ UHPRYDO HGXFDWLRQ FRQGXFW TXDOL¿FDWLRQ DQG SHUIRUPDQFH RI UHIHUHHV DFFRXQWDQWV LQFOXGLQJ WHFKQLFDO DFFRXQWDQWV PXVLF FRRUGLQDWRUV DQG DQQRXQFHUV 28

CR 3.04 The authority and jurisdiction over sectional, regional and nonqualifying competitions granted to the Competitions &RPPLWWHH E\ WKHVH UXOHV VKDOO EH H[HUFLVHG ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ E\ WKH VHFWLRQDO RU UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV RI WKH FRPPLWWHH subject to the general supervision of the chair. CR 4.00 Authority and Jurisdiction of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee CR 4.01 U.S. Figure skating has jurisdiction over and sanctions all U.S. Figure skating synchronized skating competitions held RQ LFH LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV DV VHW IRUWK LQ WKHVH UXOHV ZLWK WKH IROORZLQJ H[FHSWLRQV $ 7KRVH DFWLRQV VSHFL¿FDOO\ UHVHUYHG WR WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO B. Those actions reserved to the Board of Directors in accordance with the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. CR 4.02 7KH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH VSHFL¿FDOO\ GHOHJDWHV DXWKRULW\ WR WKH 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV 6XEFRPPLWWHH to: A. Place synchronized skating competitions in the United States; and % 6HOHFW RI¿FLDOV IRU WKRVH FRPSHWLWLRQV QRW RWKHUZLVH GHOHJDWHG WR WKH 6HOHFWLRQV &RPPLWWHH 6HH UXOH 6&5 CR 4.03 The manner of conducting international synchronized skating competitions when held in the United States is governed E\ WKH WKHQ SUHYDLOLQJ UHJXODWLRQV RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6NDWLQJ 8QLRQ ,68 CR 5.00 Organization – Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee CR 5.01 The Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee shall consist of: A. A national vice chair for synchronized skating competitions who shall oversee the operation and conduct of synchronized skating competitions in the United States; B. A sectional vice chair for synchronized skating competitions from each section who shall perform those functions VSHFL¿FDOO\ DVVLJQHG WR WKHP E\ WKHVH UXOHV DV ZHOO DV RWKHU GXWLHV DV PD\ EH GHOHJDWHG WR WKHP IURP WLPH WR WLPH E\ WKH chair. CR 6.00 Eligibility CR 6.01 2I¿FLDOV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PXVW EH FXUUHQW PHPEHUV WR VHUYH LQ DQ\ FDSDFLW\ DW D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQHG event. ,I RI¿FLDOV GR QRW UHQHZ WKHLU membership by March 1 of the following year, they will be deemed to have resigned their appointments, and their names will EH UHPRYHG IURP WKH OLVW RI RI¿FLDOV 6XFK RI¿FLDOV LQFOXGH UHIHUHHV DFFRXQWDQWV PXVLF coordinators, announcers and ice technicians. CR 7.00 Appointment Process CR 7.01 1DWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHHV QDWLRQDO GDQFH UHIHUHHV QDWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ UHIHUHHV QDWLRQDO VKRZFDVH referees, national Theatre On Ice referees, national accountants, national music coordinators and national announcers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any in-person meeting upon presentation of the candidate’s name, recommendation and record by the chair of the Competitions Committee. CR 7.02 5HFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU QDWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO UHJLRQDO DQG FHUWL¿HG VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHHV QDWLRQDO DQG VHFWLRQDO GDQFH referees; national and sectional synchronized skating referees; national showcase referees; national Theatre On Ice referees; DQG QDWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO UHJLRQDO DQG FHUWL¿HG DFFRXQWDQWV PD\ EH PDGH LQ ZULWLQJ E\ DQ\ RI WKH IROORZLQJ $ 7KH SUHVLGHQW RU D GXO\ DXWKRUL]HG RI¿FHU RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V KRPH FOXE B. The president of U.S. Figure Skating; C. The sectional vice presidents of U.S. Figure Skating; D. The chair and any vice chair of the Competitions Committee; ( 7KH FKDLU VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH LQ WKH FDVH RI QDWLRQDO DQG VHFWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV referees; F. The sectional vice chairs for dance judges of the Judges Committee in the case of national and sectional dance referees. G. The sectional vice chairs of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee in the case of national and sectional synchronized skating referees. H. The national vice chair of theatrical skating competitions in the case of national showcase and national Theatre On Ice referees. CR 7.03 5HFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU DSSRLQWPHQW IRU $ 1DWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO UHJLRQDO DQG FHUWL¿HG VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH VKRXOG LQFOXGH D VXPPDU\ RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V TXDOL¿FDWLRQV H J DFWXDO ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ H[SHULHQFH DQG NQRZOHGJH MXGJLQJ H[SHULHQFH DQG DELOLW\ DFWXDO UHIHUHHLQJ RI VDQFWLRQHG ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV SURSHU MXGLFLDO WHPSHUDPHQW DQG UHVXOWV RI UHIHUHH¶V H[DPLQDWLRQ &DQGLGDWHV IRU QDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH PXVW EH DW OHDVW D VHFWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJH WR EH DSSRLQWHG &DQGLGDWHV IRU VHFWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH PXVW EH DW OHDVW D UHJLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJH WR EH DSSRLQWHG &DQGLGDWHV IRU UHJLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH PXVW EH DW OHDVW D QRQTXDOLI\LQJ VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJH WR EH appointed. &DQGLGDWHV IRU FHUWL¿HG VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH PXVW EH DW OHDVW D VLOYHU VLQJOHV SDLUV WHVW MXGJH WR EH DSSRLQWHG % 1DWLRQDO DQG VHFWLRQDO GDQFH UHIHUHH VKRXOG LQFOXGH D VXPPDU\ RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V TXDOL¿FDWLRQV H J DFWXDO LFH GDQFH H[SHULHQFH DQG NQRZOHGJH MXGJLQJ H[SHULHQFH DQG DELOLW\ DFWXDO UHIHUHHLQJ RI VDQFWLRQHG LFH GDQFH FRPSHWLWLRQV SURSHU MXGLFLDO WHPSHUDPHQW DQG UHVXOWV RI UHIHUHH¶V H[DPLQDWLRQ 1. Candidates for national dance referee must be at least a sectional dance competition judge to be appointed. 2. Candidates for sectional dance referee must be at least a novice sectional dance competition judge to be appointed. & 1DWLRQDO DQG VHFWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ UHIHUHH VKRXOG LQFOXGH D VXPPDU\ RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V TXDOL¿FDWLRQV H J DFWXDO 29

¿JXUH VNDWLQJ H[SHULHQFH DQG NQRZOHGJH MXGJLQJ H[SHULHQFH DQG DELOLW\ DFWXDO UHIHUHHLQJ RI VDQFWLRQHG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV SURSHU MXGLFLDO WHPSHUDPHQW DQG UHVXOWV RI UHIHUHH¶V H[DPLQDWLRQ 1. Candidates for national synchronized skating referee must be at least a senior sectional synchronized skating competition judge to be appointed. 2. Candidates for sectional synchronized skating referee must be at least a junior sectional synchronized skating competition judge to be appointed. ' 1DWLRQDO VKRZFDVH DQG QDWLRQDO 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH UHIHUHHV VKRXOG LQFOXGH D VXPPDU\ RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V TXDOL¿FDWLRQV H J H[SHULHQFH WHPSHUDPHQW FRPSHWLWLRQV DWWHQGHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ QXPEHU HWF 1. A candidate for national showcase referee: D 0XVW EH DW OHDVW D UHJLRQDO VLQJOH SDLUV RU VHFWLRQDO GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ UHIHUHH DQG E 0XVW KDYH DFWHG DV DQ DVVLVWDQW UHIHUHH IRU DW OHDVW RQH 1DWLRQDO 6KRZFDVH FRPSHWLWLRQ 2. A candidate for national Theatre On Ice referee: D 0XVW EH DW OHDVW D UHJLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV RU VHFWLRQDO GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ UHIHUHH DQG E 0XVW KDYH DFWHG DV DQ DVVLVWDQW UHIHUHH IRU DW OHDVW RQH 1DWLRQDO 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH FRPSHWLWLRQ ( 1DWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO UHJLRQDO DQG FHUWL¿HG DFFRXQWDQW; national, sectional and regional music coordinator; and national, sectional, regional and nonqualifying DQQRXQFHU VKRXOG LQFOXGH D VXPPDU\ RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V TXDOL¿FDWLRQV H J H[SHULHQFH WHPSHUDPHQW FRPSHWLWLRQV DWWHQGHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ QXPEHU HWF 1. A candidate for national or sectional accountant must have attended at least one sanctioned accountant’s school or VHPLQDU RU PDLQWDLQHG WKH QXPEHU RI &RQWLQXLQJ (GXFDWLRQ 8QLWV &(8V UHTXLUHG E\ WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH during the preceding four-year period. $ FDQGLGDWH IRU UHJLRQDO RU FHUWL¿HG DFFRXQWDQW PXVW KDYH DWWHQGHG D VDQFWLRQHG DFFRXQWDQW¶V VFKRRO CR 7.04 The recommendations for national appointments should be sent: $ )RU QDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH RU QDWLRQDO GDQFH UHIHUHH WR WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV Committee; B. For national synchronized skating referee to the appropriate sectional vice chair of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee; C. For national showcase or national Theatre On Ice referee, to the national vice chair for theatrical skating competitions. D. For national accountant, national music coordinator and national announcer: to the appropriate sectional vice chair of the Competitions Committee; ( 7R EH UHFHLYHG DW OHDVW GD\V LQ DGYDQFH RI WKH LQ SHUVRQ PHHWLQJ RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DW ZKLFK WKH FDQGLGDWH LV WR be considered. CR 7.05 7KH VHFWLRQDO RU QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU ZLOO DGG D UHFRPPHQGDWLRQ IRU DSSRLQWPHQW DQG IRUZDUG WKH FRPSOHWH ¿OH IRU $ 1DWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH QDWLRQDO GDQFH UHIHUHH QDWLRQDO VKRZFDVH UHIHUHH DQG QDWLRQDO 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH UHIHUHH WR WKH chair of the Competitions Committee; % 1DWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ UHIHUHH 7R WKH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV 7KH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV ZLOO DGG D UHFRPPHQGDWLRQ DQG IRUZDUG WKH FRPSOHWH ¿OH WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH Competitions Committee; & 1DWLRQDO DFFRXQWDQW QDWLRQDO PXVLF FRRUGLQDWRU DQG QDWLRQDO DQQRXQFHU WR WKH DSSURSULDWH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU ZKR ZLOO DGG D UHFRPPHQGDWLRQ DQG IRUZDUG WKH FRPSOHWH ¿OH WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH D. To be received at least 20 days in advance of the in-person meeting of the Board of Directors at which the candidate is to be considered. ( 7KH FKDLU ZLOO SUHVHQW DOO FDQGLGDWHV¶ QDPHV UHFRUGV DQG ZKHWKHU UHFRPPHQGHG RU QRW WR WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DW LWV QH[W in-person meeting for consideration and appropriate action by that body. CR 7.06 The chair shall advise the appropriate sectional vice chair to notify the applicant’s club and the applicant, with a copy to the chair, of the decision of the Board of Directors relative to the appointment of national synchronized skating referees. CR 7.07 ,I WKH GHFLVLRQ FRQVWLWXWHV DSSRLQWPHQW WKH GDWH RI WKH QRWL¿FDWLRQ VKDOO EH WKH HIIHFWLYH GDWH RI WKH DSSRLQWPHQW DQG D FRS\ RI WKH QRWL¿FDWLRQ VKDOO EH VHQW WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV IRU UHFRUGLQJ RQ WKH DSSURSULDWH RI¿FLDOV OLVW CR 7.08 7KH UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU VHFWLRQDO UHJLRQDO DQG FHUWL¿HG DSSRLQWPHQWV VKRXOG EH VHQW $ )RU VHFWLRQDO UHJLRQDO RU FHUWL¿HG VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH RU VHFWLRQDO GDQFH UHIHUHH WR WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH chair of the Competitions Committee; B. For a sectional synchronized skating referee: to the appropriate sectional vice chair of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee. & )RU VHFWLRQDO UHJLRQDO RU FHUWL¿HG DFFRXQWDQW WR WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU DFFRXQWDQWV RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV Committee. CR 7.09 :LWKLQ GD\V RI WKH UHFHLSW RI WKH UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU VHFWLRQDO UHJLRQDO DQG FHUWL¿HG DSSRLQWPHQWV WKH sectional vice chair: $ :LOO REWDLQ UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV DQG WKHQ UHYLHZ WKH FRPSOHWH ¿OH % :LOO FRQVXOW ZLWK WKH DSSURSULDWH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU WRJHWKHU ZLWK WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH WR ¿QDOL]H WKH appointment decision. C. For appointment as a sectional synchronized skating referee: 1. The vice chair will obtain recommendations from appropriate members of the Competitions Committee and then UHYLHZ WKH FRPSOHWH ¿OH 30

2. The sectional vice chair will consult with the appropriate national vice chair, together with the chair of the Competitions &RPPLWWHH WR ÂżQDOL]H WKH DSSRLQWPHQW GHFLVLRQ 3. The sectional vice chair will notify the applicant of the committee’s decision with a copy to the national vice chair for WKH 5HIHUHH (GXFDWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV CR 7.10 ,I WKH GHFLVLRQ FRQVWLWXWHV DSSRLQWPHQW WKH GDWH RI WKH QRWLÂżFDWLRQ VKDOO EH WKH HIIHFWLYH GDWH RI WKH DSSRLQWPHQW DQG D FRS\ RI WKH QRWLÂżFDWLRQ VKDOO EH VHQW WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV IRU UHFRUGLQJ RQ WKH DSSURSULDWH RIÂżFLDOV OLVW CR 7.11 7R EH FHUWLÂżHG DV DQ LFH WHFKQLFLDQ IRU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RQH PXVW EH D &HUWLÂżHG ,FH 7HFKQLFLDQ &,7 WKURXJK WKH 8 6 ,FH 5LQN $VVRFLDWLRQ CR 7.12 Prospective Referees and Prospective Accountants Prospective referees must register as such with U.S. Figure Skating headquarters. Prospective accountants must register with the appropriate sectional vice chair for accountants. The sectional vice chair will, upon acceptance of the candidate, forward the registration to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters and send a copy to the national vice chair for accountants. CR 7.20 School, Activity, and Examination Requirements CR 7.21 /LVWV RI UHIHUHHV DQG DFFRXQWDQWV VKDOO EH UHYLHZHG HDFK \HDU E\ WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH RU D representative, and any recommendations for additions or deletions shall be submitted to the Board of Directors at its spring or fall meetings. CR 7.22 Schools: A. For current referees, credit will be given for service or attendance at qualifying and selected nonqualifying competitions in lieu of attendance at a school. % )RU SURPRWLRQ DQG QHZ DSSRLQWPHQW RI UHIHUHHV KDQGV RQ WUDLQLQJ DQG H[SHULHQFH DW TXDOLI\LQJ DQG VHOHFWHG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ competitions are favored over attendance at schools. & $FFRXQWDQWV PXVW DWWHQG DW OHDVW RQH VDQFWLRQHG DFFRXQWDQWVÂś VFKRRO RU PDLQWDLQ WKH QXPEHU RI &RQWLQXLQJ (GXFDWLRQ 8QLWV &(8V UHTXLUHG E\ WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH GXULQJ DQ\ IRXU FRQVHFXWLYH \HDUV )DLOXUH WR DWWHQG D VFKRRO RU PDLQWDLQ WKH QXPEHU RI &(8V UHTXLUHG E\ WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH PD\ FRQVWLWXWH DGHTXDWH UHDVRQ WR GHQ\ VHOHFWLRQ WR RIÂżFLDWH DW VDQFWLRQHG FRPSHWLWLRQV $ VHFRQG IDLOXUH PD\ FRQVWLWXWH DGHTXDWH UHDVRQ IRU UHPRYDO IURP WKH RIÂżFLDO OLVW RI DFFRXQWDQWV ' 7R PDLQWDLQ WKHLU FHUWLÂżFDWLRQ WHFKQLFDO DFFRXQWDQWV PXVW DWWHQG D VFKRRO RU KDYH KDQGV RQ H[SHULHQFH DFFRUGLQJ WR the guidelines maintained and posted on the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website at usfsaonline.org under the “Accounting Centralâ€? link. CR 7.23 Member clubs or interclub associations wishing to host sanctioned referees or accountants schools or seminars shall: $ ,Q WKH FDVH RI VFKRROV RU VHPLQDUV IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHHV RU GDQFH UHIHUHHV REWDLQ WKH ZULWWHQ SHUPLVVLRQ RI WKH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU WKH 5HIHUHH (GXFDWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH B. In the case of schools or seminars for synchronized skating referees, obtain the written permission of the national vice chair for synchronized skating competitions; C. In the case of schools or seminars for accountants, obtain the written permission of the national vice chair for accountants of the Competitions Committee. D. In the case of system schools or seminars for technical accountants, obtain the written permission of both the national vice chair for technical accounting and the national vice chair for accountants of the Competitions Committee. CR 7.24 The requests for permission shall be supported by written statements indicating the dates, proposed plans, personnel and fees, if any. CR 7.25 Member clubs or interclub associations which host sanctioned referees or accountants schools or seminars, or the referees or accountants in charge of the event shall, within four weeks after the closing date of the school or seminar, furnish the appropriate national vice chair a report of the school or seminar, including a list of all persons participating or in attendance, including the registration number of each referee, accountant, prospective referee or prospective accountant. Such a list shall also be sent to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters. CR 7.26 Activity requirements: A. All national referees, in order to be selected, must have participated either as chief referee or assistant referee in an international, national or sectional competition or as chief referee of a regional competition within the past four years. B. All sectional referees, in order to be selected, must have participated either as chief referee or assistant referee in a qualifying competition within the past four years. C. All regional referees, in order to be selected, must have participated, within the past four years, either as chief referee or assistant referee of a nonqualifying competition or as assistant referee of a qualifying competition. D. Any national or sectional synchronized skating referee who has served as a chief or assistant referee in any qualifying competition or chief referee of any selected nonqualifying competition shall be given credit for such service. ( ,I D UHIHUHH LV QRW VHOHFWHG GXULQJ DQ\ JLYHQ IRXU \HDU SHULRG WR UHIHUHH D FRPSHWLWLRQ WKDW LV QHHGHG WR PDLQWDLQ WKH DERYH activity requirements, the referee may notify the chair of the Competitions Committee who will take action to see that the UHIHUHH LV VHOHFWHG ,I VXFK D UHIHUHH LV VHOHFWHG DQG GHFOLQHV WR SDUWLFLSDWH WKH UHIHUHH VKDOO QRW EH VHOHFWHG DJDLQ H[FHSW DW the direction of the Competitions Committee chair. CR 7.27 ([DPLQDWLRQ $ 7KHUH ZLOO QRW EH DQ DQQXDO H[DPLQDWLRQ IRU FXUUHQW UHIHUHHV % )RU SURPRWLRQ DQG QHZ DSSRLQWPHQW RI UHIHUHHV D ZULWWHQ H[DP ZLOO EH DGPLQLVWHUHG DQG ZLOO EH JHDUHG VSHFLÂżFDOO\ WR WKH appointment or promotion requested. 31

& $FFRXQWDQWV ZLOO WDNH DQ DQQXDO H[DPLQDWLRQ RU PDLQWDLQ WKH QXPEHU RI &RQWLQXLQJ (GXFDWLRQ 8QLWV &(8V UHTXLUHG E\ the Competitions Committee. )DLOXUH WR VXEPLW D VDWLVIDFWRU\ H[DPLQDWLRQ E\ WKH GHDGOLQH RU PDLQWDLQ WKH QXPEHU RI &(8V UHTXLUHG E\ WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH PD\ FRQVWLWXWH DGHTXDWH UHDVRQ WR GHQ\ VHOHFWLRQ WR RI¿FLDWH DW VDQFWLRQHG FRPSHWLWLRQV $ VHFRQG IDLOXUH PD\ FRQVWLWXWH DGHTXDWH UHDVRQ IRU UHPRYDO IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI DFFRXQWDQWV ,Q HYHU\ FDVH WKH GH¿FLHQW DFFRXQWDQW ZLOO EH DGYLVHG RI WKH IDLOXUH DQG WKH SURSRVHG DFWLRQ DQG ZLOO EH JLYHQ DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ WR H[SODLQ LQ ZULWLQJ WKH UHDVRQV IRU WKH IDLOXUH 7KH ¿QDO GHFLVLRQ UHODWLQJ WR DSSURYDO RI WKH XVH RI WKH accountant will rest with the chair of the Competitions Committee pending action by the Board of Directors. )ROORZLQJ DFWLRQ XQGHU &5 & DQG &5 & WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH ZLOO QRWLI\ LQ writing, the three vice presidents and the vice chairs of the Competitions Committee of such action. &5 )RUPDO &RPSODLQWV $JDLQVW &RPSHWLWLRQ 2I¿FLDOV CR 8.01 Subcommittee to Hear Complaints: $ ,Q WKH FDVH RI FRPSODLQWV DJDLQVW DQ\ RI¿FLDO DW D FRPSHWLWLRQ RWKHU WKDQ D MXGJH RU WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO D VXEFRPPLWWHH will be appointed by the chair of the Competitions Committee and will consist of: 7KH YLFH SUHVLGHQW IURP WKH RI¿FLDO¶V VHFWLRQ 7KH QDWLRQDO DQG VHFWLRQDO IURP WKH RI¿FLDO¶V VHFWLRQ YLFH FKDLUV IURP WKH DSSURSULDWH FDWHJRU\ RQ WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV Committee; $WKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYH V ZKR DUH DWKOHWHV DV GH¿QHG LQ $UWLFOH ;;, 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV WR comprise at least 20 percent of the subcommittee, appointed jointly by the chairs of the Competitions and Athletes Advisory Committees; and 6XFK RWKHU PHPEHUV DV WKH FKDLU GHHPV DSSURSULDWH QRW WR H[FHHG PHPEHUV B. Complaints must EH PDGH LQ ZULWLQJ WR RQH RI WKH SHUVRQV LGHQWL¿HG LQ UXOH $ . & &RPSODLQWV DUH OLPLWHG WR UHSHDWHG VHULRXV HUURU E\ DQ RI¿FLDO UHSHDWHG LQFRQVLVWHQF\ LQ WHPSHUDPHQW D SDWWHUQ LQGLFDWLQJ D ODFN RI PHQWDO RU SK\VLFDO DELOLW\ WR SHUIRUP HIIHFWLYHO\ DQG UHOLDEO\ DV DQ RI¿FLDO DFWLRQV XQEHFRPLQJ DQ RI¿FLDO RU ineligibility under other U.S. Figure Skating rules. ' &RPSODLQWV PXVW EH ¿OHG ZLWKLQ GD\V RI WKH LQFLGHQW DQG GLVSRVHG RI QR ODWHU WKDQ GD\V DIWHU WKH PHHWLQJ RI WKH subcommittee following the complaint. ( 2I¿FLDOV PXVW EH JLYHQ D FRS\ RI WKH FRPSODLQW DQG DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ WR DQVZHU DQG WKH RSLQLRQ RI WKH RI¿FLDO¶V DSSURSULDWH sectional vice chair must be heard. CR 8.02 $IWHU UHYLHZ RI WKH FRPSODLQW WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO YRWH ZKHWKHU WR DEVROYH WKH RI¿FLDO RI WKH FRPSODLQW RU ZKHWKHU corrective action is necessary. If the majority vote is that corrective action is necessary, the subcommittee will consider ZKHWKHU RU QRW D SURJUDP RI FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ ZLOO VXI¿FLHQWO\ DGGUHVV WKH FRPSODLQW 7KH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO RQO\ YRWH WR UHSULPDQG GHPRWH VXVSHQG RU UHPRYH DQ RI¿FLDO — RU LQ WKH FDVH RI QDWLRQDO OHYHO RI¿FLDOV UHFRPPHQG WKDW WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV UHSULPDQG GHPRWH VXVSHQG RU UHPRYH DQ RI¿FLDO — where the subcommittee has deemed by majority YRWH WKDW D SURJUDP RI FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ LV QRW VXI¿FLHQW FRUUHFWLYH DFWLRQ RU ZKHUH FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ KDV EHHQ LGHQWL¿HG EXW WKH RI¿FLDO LQ TXHVWLRQ KDV IDLOHG WR FRPSOHWH WKH FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ SURJUDP LQ D WLPHO\ PDQQHU CR 8.03 ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR WKH H[WHQW WKH FRPSODLQW LQYROYHV DQ DOOHJHG HWKLFDO YLRODWLRQ WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO UHIHU WKH FRPSODLQW WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH IRU UHYLHZ DQG GHWHUPLQDWLRQ DV WR ZKHWKHU D GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ VKRXOG EH LQLWLDWHG SHU $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ % of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. CR 8.04 'LVSRVLWLRQV PXVW EH LQ ZULWLQJ DQG IXUQLVKHG WR WKH RI¿FLDO WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU WKH FKDLU DQG WKH DSSURSULDWH YLFH FKDLU V RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV CR 8.05 7KH RI¿FLDO PD\ DSSHDO WKH GLVSRVLWLRQ RI WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLWKLQ GD\V RI WKH GDWH RI WKH GHWHUPLQDWLRQ E\ ¿OLQJ D JULHYDQFH XVLQJ WKH SURFHGXUH VHW IRUWK LQ $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ $ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG UXOH *&5 7KH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV *&5 WKURXJK *&5 ZLOO DSSO\ WR DQ DSSHDO RI WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH¶V GLVSRVLWLRQ CR 8.06 &RQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ FRQFHUQLQJ WKH VXEMHFW PDWWHU RI D FRPSODLQW DQG WKH SDUWLHV LQYROYHG PXVW EH PDLQWDLQHG E\ DOO SDUWLHV DQG SDUWLFLSDQWV XQWLO WKH SURFHVV LV ¿QDOL]HG CR 8.07 $Q RI¿FLDO GHPRWHG VXVSHQGHG RU UHPRYHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK &5 PD\ DSSO\ IRU UHLQVWDWHPHQW WR WKHLU IRUPHU RU WR D ORZHU FODVVL¿FDWLRQ WKURXJK WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH RQO\ DIWHU WKH H[SLUDWLRQ RI RQH \HDU IURP WKH effective date of demotion, suspension or removal. Upon receipt of such application, the chair of the Competitions Committee will consult with the subcommittee to determine whether reinstatement is appropriate. Action on the application by the VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO EH E\ PDMRULW\ YRWH 8SRQ DFWLRQ E\ WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH WKH FKDLU ZLOO VR QRWLI\ WKH RI¿FLDO &RSLHV RI QRWLFHV ZLOO EH VHQW WR WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU WKH FKDLU DQG DSSURSULDWH YLFH FKDLU V RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV Committee, the members of the subcommittee and U.S. Figure Skating headquarters, and in the event of favorable action by the subcommittee, the date thereof will constitute the effective date of reinstatement. CR 9.00 Inactive Status CR 9.01 Inactive status for a one-year period may be granted by the appropriate national vice chair on the Competitions Committee upon written request by a referee, accountant, technical accountant, music coordinator, announcer or ice technician. 6XFK LQDFWLYH VWDWXV PD\ EH H[WHQGHG IRU RQH \HDU LI UHTXHVWHG EXW LQDFWLYH VWDWXV PD\ QRW H[FHHG WZR \HDUV CR 9.02 'XULQJ WKH SHULRG RI LQDFWLYH VWDWXV DQ RI¿FLDO LV QRW VXEMHFW WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI UXOH &5 EXW UHPDLQV RQ ¿OH DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV DV DQ LQDFWLYH RI¿FLDO DQG UHFHLYHV DOO FRPPXQLFDWLRQV GLUHFWHG WR RI¿FLDOV RI WKH VDPH W\SH H J UHIHUHH DFFRXQWDQW WHFKQLFDO DFFRXQWDQW PXVLF FRRUGLQDWRU DQQRXQFHU RU LFH WHFKQLFLDQ $Q RI¿FLDO LV QRW HOLJLEOH WR 32

RI¿FLDWH DW FRPSHWLWLRQV ZKLOH UHJLVWHUHG LQ LQDFWLYH VWDWXV CR 9.03 Upon written request of an inactive referee, accountant, technical accountant, music coordinator, announcer or ice technician for reinstatement to active status, the appropriate national vice chair will designate the activity needed for the candidate to regain full active status. CR 9.04 If an inactive referee, accountant, technical accountant, music coordinator, announcer or ice technician does not request UHLQVWDWHPHQW WR DFWLYH VWDWXV E\ WKH FRQFOXVLRQ RI WKH WZR \HDU SHULRG VDLG RI¿FLDO ZLOO EH GHHPHG WR KDYH UHVLJQHG WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQW V DQG ZLOO EH UHPRYHG IURP WKH OLVW RI RI¿FLDOV DFFRUGLQJO\ CR 10.00 Retirement or 5HVLJQDWLRQ RI 2I¿FLDOV CR 10.01 5HIHUHHV DFFRXQWDQWV WHFKQLFDO DFFRXQWDQWV PXVLF FRRUGLQDWRUV DQQRXQFHUV DQG LFH WHFKQLFLDQV LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ who have served a minimum of 10 years at any level and who wish to retire voluntarily from all of their appointments will EH DZDUGHG D FHUWL¿FDWH DV (PHULWXV 2I¿FLDO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7KH UHTXHVW IRU WKLV VWDWXV PXVW EH PDGH LQ ZULWLQJ WR WKH DSSURSULDWH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RQ WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH 7KLV LV KRQRUL¿F RQO\ DQG FDUULHV QR ULJKW WR RI¿FLDWH DQ\ competition. CR 10.02 /HYHO WHFKQLFDO DFFRXQWDQWV FHUWL¿HG LFH WHFKQLFLDQV ZKR KDYH VHUYHG DW D 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLSV DQG QDWLRQDO UHIHUHHV DFFRXQWDQWV PXVLF FRRUGLQDWRUV DQG DQQRXQFHUV GHVLULQJ WR UHVLJQ VRPH RU DOO RI WKHLU RI¿FLDOV¶ DSSRLQWPHQWV PXVW submit a written notice to the chair of the Competitions Committee to that effect. The chair will accept the resignation and UHSRUW VXFK DFWLRQ WR WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DW LWV QH[W HQVXLQJ LQ SHUVRQ PHHWLQJ ,I WKH RI¿FLDO KDV UHVLJQHG DOO DSSRLQWPHQWV WKH RI¿FLDO¶V QDPH ZLOO EH UHPRYHG IURP WKH OLVW RI RI¿FLDOV DW WKH PHHWLQJ XQOHVV RWKHU DFWLRQ LV GLUHFWHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI Directors. CR 10.03 All other referees, accountants, technical accountants, music coordinators, announcers and ice technicians desiring to resign their appointment must submit a written notice to that effect and the reason for resigning to the appropriate national vice chair on the Competitions Committee. The vice chair will accept the resignation and notify U.S. Figure Skating headquarters WR UHPRYH WKH RI¿FLDO¶V QDPH IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI UHIHUHHV DFFRXQWDQWV WHFKQLFDO DFFRXQWDQWV PXVLF FRRUGLQDWRUV DQQRXQFHUV DQG RU LFH WHFKQLFLDQV CR 11.00 Honorary Appointments CR 11.01 Honorary national referees, accountants, technical accountants, music coordinators, announcers and ice technicians are DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV IURP DPRQJVW WKRVH RI¿FLDOV ZKR UHVLJQ DV SHU UXOH &5 . A. 5HFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU such appointments are made by the chair of the Competitions Committee, supported by information from the appropriate national vice chair as may be deemed necessary by the chair. B. &HUWL¿FDWHV will be awarded to those appointed. C. 2I¿FLDOV LQ WKH KRQRUDU\ FODVVL¿FDWLRQ will EH HOLJLEOH WR EH UHLQVWDWHG WR DQ DSSURSULDWH DFWLYH FODVVL¿FDWLRQ SHU UXOH &5 VKRXOG WKH UHDVRQV IRU WKHLU LQDFWLYLW\ FHDVH WR H[LVW.

Dance DCR 1.00 DCR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority The Dance Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating

DCR 1.50 Responsibility DCR 1.51 The Dance Committee is responsible for: A. The composition, conduct and manner of performance of all ice dance tests; B. The passing marks and judging standards for ice dance tests; C. All matters relating to ice dance in competition not otherwise delegated to the Competitions Committee. DCR 2.00 Organization DCR 2.01 The Dance Committee shall consist of the chair, a vice chair for each section, a vice chair for music and such other committee members as are appointed in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. DCR 2.02 The members of the committee shall be divided according to the section in which each resides and shall report to the sectional vice chair for such section. In addition, as directed by the chair, a committee member shall report to any other vice chair as deemed necessary by the chair. DCR 2.03 In order to facilitate collaboration and cooperation between the Dance, Judges and Competition Committees in PDWWHUV RI PXWXDO LQWHUHVW WR WKHP WKH FKDLU RI HDFK FRPPLWWHH VKDOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU RI WKH RWKHU $ 7KH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI 'DQFH 'HYHORSPHQW RQ WKH $WKOHWH 'HYHORSPHQW &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU DCR 3.00 Functions of Committee Members DCR 3.01 The sectional vice chairs shall be responsible for the work of the committee within their respective sections, as ZHOO DV WKH SHUIRUPDQFH RI VXFK RWKHU GXWLHV RU IXQFWLRQV WKDW PD\ EH VSHFL¿FDOO\ DVVLJQHG WR WKHP E\ WKHVH UXOHV RU DV PD\ be delegated to them from time to time by the chair. DCR 3.02 The vice chair for music shall be responsible for the development of music suitable for ice dance, as well as for recommendations for sources and the timing, means of playing and reproductions of such music. DCR 3.03 In order to facilitate the work of the committee, it is the duty of each committee member to participate fully in the policy determinations of the committee as a whole, by discussion, contact with ice dancers, correspondence and voting. 33

Eligibility (5 -XULVGLFWLRQ 5HVSRQVLELOLWLHV DQG 'HÂżQLWLRQV ER 1.01 7KH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ $VVRFLDWLRQ LV UHFRJQL]HG E\ WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6NDWLQJ 8QLRQ ,68 DQG WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 2O\PSLF &RPPLWWHH 862& DV WKH QDWLRQDO JRYHUQLQJ ERG\ 1*% IRU ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH IRU HOLJLEOH SHUVRQV LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV D PHPEHU RI WKH ,68 DQG LV WKH 2O\PSLF 3DQ $PHULFDQ PHPEHU RI WKH 862& $ $V 1*% RI ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV DXWKRUL]HG XQGHU WKH 7HG 6WHYHQV 2O\PSLF DQG $PDWHXU 6SRUWV $FW 8 6 & † HW VHT WKH Âł6SRUWV $FW´ WR HVWDEOLVK SURFHGXUHV IRU GHWHUPLQLQJ HOLJLELOLW\ VWDQGDUGV IRU SDUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG WR FHUWLI\ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK DSSOLFDEOH LQWHUQDWLRQDO UXOHV WKH HOLJLELOLW\ of skaters to represent the United States in international competitions. B. U.S. Figure Skating, as a member of the ISU, is required to follow the ISU eligibility rules for ISU activities and competitions. & 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DGPLQLVWHUV LWV RZQ UXOHV E\ MXULVGLFWLRQ JUDQWHG XQGHU $UWLFOH ;9,, WR WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH WR HQVXUH WKH HOLJLELOLW\ RI TXDOLÂżHG 8QLWHG 6WDWHV VNDWHUV DQG RIÂżFLDOV WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ ,68 DFWLYLWLHV DQG competitions to include: 7KH GHÂżQLWLRQ RI HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ 2. The maintenance and administration of rules governing standards of participation in U.S. Figure Skating activities by eligible persons and others; 7KH FODVVLÂżFDWLRQ RI HOLJLEOH SHUVRQV 4. The reinstatement of persons whose eligibility has been lost, restricted or suspended; 5. The investigation and discipline for violations. D. U.S. Figure Skating is authorized under the rules of the ISU to handle matters concerning eligibility not otherwise foreseen in the rules of the ISU in a manner consistent with the spirit and intent of the ISU eligibility rules. ( 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV DXWKRUL]HG XQGHU WKH UXOHV RI WKH ,68 WR UHLQVWDWH LQHOLJLEOH SHUVRQV IRU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV and competitions, as U.S. Figure Skating may deem desirable. ) 5HLQVWDWHPHQW RI LQHOLJLEOH SHUVRQV E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ IRU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV GRHV QRW ensure that such persons will be eligible to participate in ISU activities and competitions. Therefore, the purpose of these eligibility rules is to establish the basis for eligibility of U.S. Figure Skating members under applicable U.S. Figure Skating and ISU rules. ER 1.02 An eligible person is an individual who is in compliance with the eligibility rules of U.S. Figure Skating and, as applicable, the ISU; and who is registered with U.S. Figure Skating as a member of a U.S. Figure Skating club or collegiate FOXE RU DV DQ LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 6HH (5 DQG 7KH IROORZLQJ PXVW EH HOLJLEOH SHUVRQV A. All individuals competing in U.S. Figure Skating competitions; % 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH SURYLGHG LQ (5 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RIÂżFLDOV DV IROORZV UHIHUHHV MXGJHV DFFRXQWDQWV PXVLF coordinators, announcers and ice technicians; & $OO RIÂżFHUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KRZHYHU VXFK RIÂżFHUV FDQQRW EH HOLJLEOH FRDFKHV DV GHÂżQHG LQ (5 RU SHUVRQV ZKRVH HOLJLELOLW\ LV UHVWULFWHG DV GHÂżQHG LQ (5 ER 1.03 An “eligible coachâ€? is an eligible person who is paid to coach or instruct skaters in skating and related activities, but ZKR KDV QRW RWKHUZLVH SDUWLFLSDWHG LQ DQ DFWLYLW\ WKDW FDXVHV WKDW SHUVRQ WR EHFRPH LQHOLJLEOH 6HH (5 $ (OLJLEOH FRDFKHV PD\ QRW VHUYH DV DFFRXQWDQWV MXGJHV UHIHUHHV RU WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHUV DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WHVWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV ZKLOH WKH\ FRQWLQXH WR FRDFK H[FHSW DV DOORZHG LQ -5 ' DQG ( % (OLJLEOH FRDFKHV ZKLOH HQWLWOHG WR WKH SULYLOHJHV RI HOLJLELOLW\ WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV UHPDLQ subject to ISU rules restricting their eligibility to serve as a referee, assistant referee or judge in ISU events or international competitions sanctioned by the ISU or a member of the ISU, or to hold certain positions in the ISU. C. A reinstated or readmitted person may become an eligible coach under the rules of U.S. Figure Skating, but his or her privileges of participation are limited in accordance with the applicable U.S. Figure Skating rules governing reinstated and readmitted persons, as well as with the rules of the ISU governing participation in ISU activities and competitions. ER 1.04 $ ÂłUHVWULFWHG SHUVRQ´ LV VRPHRQH ZKR ZKLOH UHPDLQLQJ DQ HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ LV QRW TXDOLÂżHG WR SDUWLFLSDWH IXOO\ LQ WKH activities of U.S. Figure Skating for a period of time. In addition, restricted persons may be subject to further limitations on WKHLU SULYLOHJH WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ FHUWDLQ DFWLYLWLHV XQGHU WKH UXOHV RI WKH ,68 6HH (5 (5 DQG 05 ER 1.05 $Q ÂłLQHOLJLEOH SHUVRQ´ LV D SHUVRQ ZKR KDV HQJDJHG LQ DFWLYLWLHV WKDW FRQVWLWXWH D YLRODWLRQ RI WKHVH (OLJLELOLW\ 5XOHV KDV EHHQ GHFODUHG LQHOLJLEOH DQG KDV QRW EHHQ UHLQVWDWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV DQ HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ 6HH (5 DQG (5 8.03. ER 1.06 A “reinstated personâ€? is a member of U.S. Figure Skating who was an ineligible person, but who has been reinstated E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV DQ HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ ZLWK FHUWDLQ OLPLWDWLRQV 6HH (5 ER 1.07 A “readmitted personâ€? is a member of U.S. Figure Skating who has been reinstated by U.S. Figure Skating as an HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ IRU WKH VHFRQG WLPH ZLWK FHUWDLQ OLPLWDWLRQV 6HH (5 ER 2.00 Registration ER 2.01 All persons who participate in the activities of U.S. Figure Skating must be registered members of U.S. Figure Skating in accordance with Article XXIII, Section 1, of the bylaws. ER 2.02 Individuals requesting registration as a member of U.S. Figure Skating must apply for the appropriate skating FODVVLÂżFDWLRQ DV GHÂżQHG LQ (5 WKURXJK (5 7KH FKDLU VKDOO KDYH DXWKRULW\ WR DXGLW WKH FODVVLÂżFDWLRQ DSSOLHG IRU DQG 34

WR UHYLVH LW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKHVH UXOHV 3HUVRQV DSSO\LQJ IRU PHPEHUVKLS LQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ IRU WKH ¿UVW WLPH VKDOO QRW EH VXEMHFW WR WKH SURYLVLRQV RI 65 IRU FRQGXFW RFFXUULQJ SULRU WR WKHLU DSSOLFDWLRQ IRU PHPEHUVKLS (5 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ $SSURYHG $FWLYLWLHV IRU )LQDQFLDO %HQH¿W ER 3.01 (OLJLEOH VNDWHUV PXVW UHTXHVW DQG UHFHLYH SHUPLVVLRQ IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 65 DQG 65 SULRU WR SDUWLFLSDWLQJ IRU SD\PHQW LQ DQ\ DSSHDUDQFH HQGRUVHPHQW RU H[KLELWLRQ SHUIRUPDQFH ER 3.02 2I¿FLDOV SUHSDULQJ IRU RU SDUWLFLSDWLQJ LQ ,68 HYHQWV RU DFWLYLWLHV PD\ UHFHLYH VWLSHQGV SHUPLWWHG XQGHU H[LVWLQJ ,68 regulations. ER 4.00 Restricted Eligibility Status ER 4.01 Persons not otherwise ineligible under other provisions of these rules may have their eligibility rights restricted if they: $ 5HFHLYH UHPXQHUDWLRQ IRU RZQHUVKLS RU PDQDJHPHQW RI DQ LFH VKRZ LFH DUHQD VNDWLQJ H[KLELWLRQ WRXU RU QRQ VDQFWLRQHG FRPSHWLWLRQ $ SHUVRQ VKDOO EH FRQVLGHUHG DQ RZQHU RU PDQDJHU LI WKURXJK LQYHVWPHQW RU SDLG HPSOR\PHQW WKDW SHUVRQ PDNHV GHFLVLRQV UHJDUGLQJ WKH RSHUDWLRQ RI DQ LFH VKRZ LFH DUHQD VNDWLQJ H[KLELWLRQ WRXU RU QRQ VDQFWLRQHG FRPSHWLWLRQ or B. Are paid full-time employees of U.S. Figure Skating. ER 4.02 ,QGLYLGXDOV PD\ DSSO\ IRU UHPRYDO RI WKHLU UHVWULFWLRQ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK (5 RU PD\ FRQWHVW WKH DOWHUDWLRQ RI WKHLU VWDWXV DV SURYLGHG XQGHU (5 ER 4.03 All persons under restricted status are restricted while they engage in the above activities and for 90 days thereafter. 'XULQJ WKH WLPH RI UHVWULFWLRQ VXFK SHUVRQV DUH HOLJLEOH IRU OLPLWHG SDUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV 6HH (5 DQG 05 7KHVH SHUVRQV DQG UHPXQHUDWHG FRDFKHV XQGHU WKH UXOHV RI WKH ,68 PD\ EH IXUWKHU UHVWULFWHG IURP SDUWLFLSDWLQJ DV DQ RI¿FLDO DW LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV LQFOXGLQJ WKH 2O\PSLF *DPHV DQG IURP KROGLQJ FHUWDLQ SRVLWLRQV ZLWKLQ WKH ,68 ER 5.00 Application to Lift Restricted Status ER 5.01 A person whose eligibility is temporarily restricted may apply for lifting their restriction. This will be approved provided no additional violations or infractions have taken place. $ 7R OLIW WKH UHVWULFWHG VWDWXV D SHUVRQ VKDOO DSSO\ LQ ZULWLQJ WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH ,I WKH DSSOLFDQW EHORQJV WR D PHPEHU FOXE D FOXE RI¿FHU DOVR VKDOO DSSURYH WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ % ,I WKHUH KDYH EHHQ QR IXUWKHU YLRODWLRQV RI WKH UXOHV WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH ZLOO DSSURYH WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ DQG QRWLI\ WKH SHUVRQ WKH PHPEHU FOXE RU WKH FROOHJLDWH FOXE WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV DQG DQ\ DIIHFWHG SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHHV $ ¿QDO UHSRUW VKDOO EH JLYHQ DW WKH QH[W UHJXODU meeting of the Board of Directors. C. All restricted persons in skating intending to compete in U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competitions must apply for the OLIWLQJ RI DQ\ UHVWULFWLRQ LQ ZULWLQJ WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH QR ODWHU WKDQ 30 days prior to the closing date for entries for the competition in which they intend to compete. ER 6.00 Ineligible Status ER 6.01 A person becomes ineligible to participate in U.S. Figure Skating activities and competitions, unless otherwise provided LQ (5 E\ $ 3DUWLFLSDWLQJ ZLWKRXW WKH SULRU H[SUHVV DXWKRUL]DWLRQ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ VDQFWLRQ ZULWWHQ SHUPLVVLRQ UXOH RU DJUHHPHQW LQ DQ\ FDSDFLW\ LQ D VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ H[KLELWLRQ RU WRXU % 3DUWLFLSDWLQJ LQ D FRPSHWLWLRQ FRQGXFWHG E\ RI¿FLDOV UHIHUHHV MXGJHV DQG DFFRXQWDQWV ZKR DUH QRW RI¿FLDOV RQ D OLVW DSSURYHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKH ,68 RU DQ ,68 PHPEHU H[FHSW DV RWKHUZLVH SHUPLWWHG XQGHU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ rules; C. Participating in an event not sanctioned by U.S. Figure Skating, the ISU or an ISU member without the permission of U.S. Figure Skating to do so; D. Participating in an international competition not conducted under ISU regulations; or ( )DLOLQJ WR FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH UHTXLUHPHQW WR REWDLQ WKH SULRU ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WR UHFHLYH SD\PHQW IRU DSSHDUDQFHV HQGRUVHPHQWV DQG H[KLELWLRQ SHUIRUPDQFHV RU WR FRPSO\ ZLWK DQ\ FRQGLWLRQV SODFHG XSRQ UHFHLSW RI VXFK SD\PHQW 6HH UXOH 65 F. Participation in the following activities shall be governed in accordance with U.S. Figure Skating rules and policies SHUWDLQLQJ WR WKRVH HYHQWV DQG (5 $±( VKDOO QRW DSSO\ FOXE FRPSHWLWLRQV FRQGXFWHG EHWZHHQ PHPEHUV RI RQH FOXE ,6, WHVWV FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG RWKHU ,6, VNDWLQJ HYHQWV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH -RLQW 6WDWHPHQW RI &RRSHUDWLRQ DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV FRQGXFWHG XQGHU WKH DXVSLFHV RI WKH 6WDWH *DPHV ER 6.02 The consequences to an individual who is found to have breached the eligibility rules shall be loss of eligibility. ER 6.03 ,QGLYLGXDOV PD\ DSSO\ IRU UHLQVWDWHPHQW IURP LQHOLJLEOH VWDWXV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK (5 RU PD\ FRQWHVW WKH DOWHUDWLRQ RI WKHLU VWDWXV DV SURYLGHG XQGHU (5 ER 6.04 ,I D SHUVRQ KDV QRW EUHDFKHG WKH HOLJLELOLW\ UXOHV EXW LQVWHDG LV GLVTXDOL¿HG RU VXVSHQGHG XQGHU DSSOLFDEOH 8 6 Figure Skating rules or bylaws, the eligibility status of that person is not affected. However, depending upon the terms of the GLVTXDOL¿FDWLRQ RU VDQFWLRQ WKDW SHUVRQ¶V ULJKW WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG DFWLYLWLHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RU WKH ,68 may be limited. ER 7.00 Reinstatement from Ineligible Status ER 7.01 7KH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH WRJHWKHU ZLWK WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU VKDOO KDYH the authority to reinstate an ineligible person to eligible status and an ineligible person to readmitted status for purposes of 35

SDUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV $ SHUVRQ VHHNLQJ UHLQVWDWHPHQW PXVW ¿OO RXW WKH $SSOLFDWLRQ IRU 5HLQVWDWHPHQW DQG VHQG LW WR WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU UHYLHZ DQG DSSURYDO ,I DSSURYHG WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU ZLOO IRUZDUG LW WR WKH FKDLU IRU ¿QDO DSSURYDO 7KH FKDLU VKDOO SURYLGH D VXPPDU\ UHSRUW RI UHLQVWDWHG DQG UHDGPLWWHG persons to the Board of Directors at its fall and spring meetings. A. All ineligible persons wishing to reinstate for the purpose of competing in U.S. Figure Skating qualifying and nonqualifying FRPSHWLWLRQV PXVW VXEPLW WKHLU $SSOLFDWLRQ IRU 5HLQVWDWHPHQW WR WKHLU VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU QR ODWHU WKDQ 30 days prior to the closing of entries for the competition in which they intend to compete. % $Q DSSOLFDWLRQ IRU UHLQVWDWHPHQW IRU HOLJLEOH RU UHDGPLWWHG VWDWXV SXUVXDQW WR (5 VKDOO EH PDGH RQ WKH VWDQGDUG $SSOLFDWLRQ IRU 5HLQVWDWHPHQW DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RU RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ C. The applicant must be a registered member of U.S. Figure Skating; ' $ FOXE RI¿FHU VKDOO DSSURYH WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ IRU UHLQVWDWHPHQW LI WKH LQGLYLGXDO LV D PHPEHU RI D FOXE ( 7KH DSSOLFDQW DJUHHV WR KRQRU DOO WKH UXOHV RI HOLJLEOH VWDWXV DIWHU ¿OLQJ WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ DQG LI UHLQVWDWHG WR DELGH E\ WKHVH rules; and ) $Q\ IDOVL¿FDWLRQ RI LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ ZLOO UHVXOW LQ FDQFHOODWLRQ RI WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ ER 7.02 ,I DQ $SSOLFDWLRQ IRU 5HLQVWDWHPHQW RI DQ LQHOLJLEOH SHUVRQ LV JUDQWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VXFK LQGLYLGXDO VKDOO EH FODVVL¿HG DV D UHLQVWDWHG SHUVRQ ZLWK DOO WKH SULYLOHJHV DFFRUGHG UHLQVWDWHG SHUVRQV OLVWHG LQ (5 ER 7.03 A former reinstated person seeking reinstatement for a second time under the rules of U.S. Figure Skating must apply IRU UHDGPLWWHG VWDWXV XQGHU WKH SURYLVLRQV RI (5 DQG LI JUDQWHG VKDOO EH FODVVL¿HG DV D UHDGPLWWHG SHUVRQ ZLWK DOO WKH SULYLOHJHV DFFRUGHG WR UHDGPLWWHG SHUVRQV OLVWHG LQ (5 ER 7.04 5HLQVWDWHPHQW RU UHDGPLVVLRQ WR HOLJLEOH VWDWXV E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DSSOLHV RQO\ WR WKH SULYLOHJH WR SDUWLFLSDWH in U.S. Figure Skating activities. A person reinstated or readmitted by U.S. Figure Skating is not eligible to participate in DFWLYLWLHV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV FRQGXFWHG XQGHU WKH DXVSLFHV RI WKH ,68 H[FHSW DV SURYLGHG XQGHU WKH UXOHV RI WKH ,68 2QO\ WKH ISU shall have the authority to reinstate an ineligible person to eligible status for purposes of participating in the activities and competitions of the ISU. Procedures for applying to the ISU for reinstatement are found in the ISU regulations. ER 8.00 Participation in U.S. Figure Skating Activities According to Eligibility Status ER 8.01 (OLJLEOH SHUVRQV DV GH¿QHG LQ (5 PD\ SDUWLFLSDWH LQ WKH IROORZLQJ H[FHSW DV RWKHUZLVH QRWHG $ $OO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV LQFOXGLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV VDQFWLRQHG DQG RU FRQGXFWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH Skating rules as provided in part two of this rulebook; % $V DQ HOHFWHG RI¿FHU ERDUG PHPEHU FRPPLWWHH FKDLU DQG FRPPLWWHH PHPEHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ & $V DQ HOHFWHG RI¿FHU RU ERDUG PHPEHU LQ PHPEHU FOXEV D. As a Governing Council delegate in accordance with U.S. Figure Skating rules and bylaws; ( $V D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK (5 ) $V DQ HOLJLEOH FRDFK DV WKDW WHUP LV GH¿QHG LQ (5 DQG LI GHVLUHG WULDO MXGJH ZKLOH GRLQJ VR $Q HOLJLEOH FRDFK KDV DOO WKH SULYLOHJHV RI DQ HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI WKH IROORZLQJ OLPLWDWLRQV 1RW HOLJLEOH WR VHUYH DV DQ DFFRXQWDQW MXGJH UHIHUHH RU WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH SURYLGHG SXUVXDQW WR (5 DQG -5 ' DQG ( IRU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WHVWV RU FRPSHWLWLRQV G. Serve in any capacity for Special Olympics; + ,6, HQGRUVHG WHVWV FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG H[KLELWLRQV ZLWK OLPLWDWLRQV DV SURYLGHG E\ WKH -RLQW 6WDWHPHQW RI &RRSHUDWLRQ I. Vote in Governing Council. ER 8.02 5HVWULFWHG SHUVRQV DV GH¿QHG LQ (5 PD\ SDUWLFLSDWH LQ WKH IROORZLQJ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV $ &OXE FRPSHWLWLRQV RU VDQFWLRQHG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DV D VNDWHU EXW QRW DV DQ RI¿FLDO % 7HVWV DV D VNDWHU EXW QRW DV DQ RI¿FLDO C. As a Governing Council delegate in accordance with U.S. Figure Skating rules and bylaws; ' $V DQ HOLJLEOH FRDFK DV SURYLGHG XQGHU (5 EXW ZLWKRXW WKH SULYLOHJH WR WULDO MXGJH RU VHUYH DV DQ RI¿FLDO XQOHVV DV RWKHUZLVH SURYLGHG LQ (5 IRU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WHVWV RU FRPSHWLWLRQV LQFOXGLQJ WKH 6WDWH *DPHV ZKLOH UHVWULFWHG ( -XGJLQJ Compete USA competitions; F. Partnering tests; * $V D GLUHFWRU RI D PHPEHU FOXE LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI 05 PD[LPXP RI RQH DQG LI SHUPLWWHG WR GR VR XQGHU WKH E\ODZV RI WKH PHPEHU FOXE EXW QRW DV DQ RI¿FHU RI D PHPEHU FOXE DQG H. As a member of the Board of Directors of U.S. Figure Skating and other U.S. Figure Skating committees, but not as an HOHFWHG RI¿FHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ , $V D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK (5 - 5HVWULFWHG DWKOHWHV PD\ YRWH LQ *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO ER 8.03 ,QHOLJLEOH SHUVRQV DV GH¿QHG LQ (5 PD\ SDUWLFLSDWH LQ WKH IROORZLQJ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV A. Tests, as a skater; B. As a Governing Council delegate in accordance with U.S. Figure Skating rules and bylaws; C. Judging Compete USA competitions and dramatic entertainment and light entertainment events at the U.S. Adult Championships and sectional adult competitions; D. Partnering tests; ( Ice shows DQG H[KLELWLRQV DV D VNDWHU ) $V D PHPEHU RI D PHPEHU FOXE LI HOLJLEOH XQGHU WKH PHPEHU FOXE¶V E\ODZV 36

Eligible Coach

Ineligible

Readmitted

Restricted

Eligible Accountants, Judges, Referees or Technical Controllers

Activity

Eligible/ Reinstated

* $V D GLUHFWRU RI D PHPEHU FOXE LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI 05 PD[LPXP RI RQH DQG LI SHUPLWWHG WR GR VR XQGHU WKH E\ODZV RI WKDW PHPEHU FOXE EXW QRW DV DQ RI¿FHU RI WKH PHPEHU FOXE H. As a member of the Board of Directors of U.S. Figure Skating and other U.S. Figure Skating committees, but not as an HOHFWHG RI¿FHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ I. Ineligible athletes may vote in Governing Council. ER 8.04 5HLQVWDWHG SHUVRQV DV GH¿QHG LQ (5 PD\ SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DOO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV LQ ZKLFK DQ HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ LV HQWLWOHG WR SDUWLFLSDWH VHH (5 +RZHYHU D UHLQVWDWHG SHUVRQ PD\ SXUVXDQW WR WKH UXOHV RI WKH ,68 KDYH FHUWDLQ limitations on their eligibility to participate in ISU activities and competitions. ER 8.05 5HDGPLWWHG SHUVRQV DV GH¿QHG LQ (5 PD\ SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DOO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV LQ ZKLFK DQ HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ LV HQWLWOHG WR SDUWLFLSDWH VHH (5 H[FHSW D UHDGPLWWHG SHUVRQ PD\ QRW SDUWLFLSDWH DV D VNDWHU LQ 8 6 )LJXUH Skating sanctioned qualifying competitions. In addition, a readmitted person may have certain restrictions on their eligibility to participate in ISU activities and competitions. (5 (OLJLELOLW\ &ODVVL¿FDWLRQ 7DEOH

Tests Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Compete in club competitions & sanctioned Yes Yes Yes Yes 1R Yes nonqualifying Compete in sanctioned qualifying Yes Yes 1R 1R 1R Yes &RPSHWH LQ RU RI¿FLDWH QRQ VDQFWLRQHG 1R 1R 1R 1R Yes 1R Commercial ventures Yes 1R Yes Yes Yes Yes Paid coaching Yes *X 1R Yes * Yes * Yes * Yes * 5LQN PDQDJHPHQW 1R 1R Yes 1R Yes Yes + Trial judge Yes Yes 1R Yes 1R Yes 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI¿FLDO (5 %

Yes Yes 1R Yes 1R 1R 7HFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Judge ISI Yes^ Yes^ Yes Yes Yes Yes^ Judge Compete USA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Partner tests Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Governing Council delegate Yes Yes Yes Yes X Yes Yes 2I¿FHU RI PHPEHU FOXE Yes Yes 1R Yes X 1R <HV ;

(OHFWHG RI¿FHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ Yes Yes 1R Yes 1R 1R Director of U.S. Figure Skating or member club Yes Yes Yes X Yes X Yes <HV ;

)RUIHLWV ULJKW WR VHUYH DV DQ DFFRXQWDQW MXGJH UHIHUHH RU WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU H[FHSW DV DOORZHG LQ -5 ' DQG (

; 6HH 0HPEHUVKLS 5XOHV 6HH 5HVWULFWHG $FWLYLWLHV (OLJLEOH FRDFKHV PD\ QRW FRQVWLWXWH D PDMRULW\ RI D FOXE¶V RI¿FHUV 6HH 05 ^ In accordance with the Joint Statement of Cooperation ER 9.00 Enforcement of Eligibility Rules ER 9.01 ,W LV WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ RI WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH WR LQYHVWLJDWH DOO PDWWHUV SHUWDLQLQJ WR HQIRUFHPHQW RI WKHVH UXOHV DQG WKH GLIIHUHQW PHPEHUVKLS FODVVL¿FDWLRQV UHJLVWHUHG ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7KH FKDLU VKDOO determine whether or not violations have been made. Any eligible person who admits to violating or is proven to have violated 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ 5XOHV VKDOO EH VXEMHFW WR DSSURSULDWH DFWLRQ ZKLFK PD\ LQFOXGH WKH FKDQJLQJ RI WKH PHPEHUVKLS VWDWXV RI WKH SHUVRQ 6HH UXOH 65 7KH FKDLU VKDOO QRWLI\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO WKH KRPH FOXE RU FROOHJLDWH FOXE LI VXFK LQGLYLGXDO LV D VWXGHQW WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV DQG DQ\ DIIHFWHG SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH DQG VKDOO UHSRUW DW WKH QH[W UHJXODU PHHWLQJ RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ER 9.02 It is the responsibility of an eligible person to notify the chair when such person has decided to relinquish their eligible status. ER 10.00 Right of Appeal ER 10.01 Any person whose eligibility rights and privileges have been altered by action of the chair of the Sanctions and (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH VKDOO KDYH WKH ULJKW RI DSSHDO E\ ¿OLQJ D JULHYDQFH DV SURYLGHG LQ $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 Figure Skating bylaws. ER 10.02 1R HOLJLEOH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DWKOHWH QRU DQ\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FRDFK RU RI¿FLDO PD\ EH GHFODUHG LQHOLJLEOH WR participate in any U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned competition, or other competitions in which their rights have been accorded 37

SURWHFWLRQ XQGHU WKH 6SRUWV $FW ZLWKRXW ¿UVW EHLQJ SURYLGHG IDLU QRWLFH DQG DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ IRU D KHDULQJ VKRXOG RQH EH UHTXHVWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH DQG (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV DQG 3URFHGXUHV

Ethics ECR 1.00 ECR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority 7KH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH LV D SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ;9, 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ

ECR 2.00 Jurisdiction and Responsibility ECR 2.01 Jurisdiction: Unless and until a grievance or disciplinary matter has been referred to the Grievance Committee SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ;;9 RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH VKDOO KDYH MXULVGLFWLRQ RYHU DOO PDWWHUV DULVLQJ XQGHU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ¶V &RGH RI (WKLFV RU &RGH RI &RQGXFW ECR 2.02 5HVSRQVLELOLW\ ,W VKDOO EH WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH WR LQWHUSUHW DGPLQLVWHU DQG DSSO\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ¶V &RGH RI (WKLFV DQG &RGH RI &RQGXFW LQFOXGLQJ WKH GHYHORSPHQW RI SULQFLSOHV RI HWKLFDO EHKDYLRU DQG FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW DSSOLFDEOH WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHUV DQG PHPEHU FOXEV DQG WKH DGPLQLVWUDWLRQ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ¶V FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW DQQXDO GLVFORVXUH SURFHVV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK *5 ECR 3.00 Disciplinary Proceedings ECR 3.01 7KH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH VKDOO UHYLHZ DOO PDWWHUV UHIHUUHG E\ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SUHVLGHQW RU D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ YLFH SUHVLGHQW LQYROYLQJ DQ DOOHJHG YLRODWLRQ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ¶V &RGH RI (WKLFV RU &RGH RI &RQGXFW ECR 3.02 $IWHU UHYLHZ RI DQ\ VXFK PDWWHU WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH PD\ LI LW LV GHWHUPLQHG WKDW IXUWKHU SURFHHGLQJV VKRXOG EH FRQGXFWHG LQLWLDWH D GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ % RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH Skating bylaws. ECR 3.03 7KH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH VKDOO GHOLYHU D FRS\ RI WKH *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW WR WKH 5HVSRQGHQW V WKH FKDLU of the Grievance Committee and the vice president of the section in which the grievance is alleged to have occurred. Such QRWLFH VKDOO EH E\ DQ\ H[SHGLWLRXV GHOLYHU\ V\VWHP WKDW SURYLGHV UHDVRQDEOH HYLGHQFH RI GHOLYHU\ WR WKH DGGUHVVHH ECR 3.04 7KH YLFH SUHVLGHQW LQYROYHG PD\ VXVSHQG WKH 5HVSRQGHQW SHQGLQJ WKH KHDULQJ FRQWHPSODWHG E\ $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ % RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV LI DSSOLFDEOH ODZ LQFOXGLQJ WKH Ted Stevens Olympic and Amateur Sports Act, does not otherwise prohibit such action. ,I D JULHYDQFH LV LQLWLDWHG DJDLQVW D 5HVSRQGHQW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHU ZKR LV DOVR D PHPEHU RI WKH 3URIHVVLRQDO 6NDWHUV $VVRFLDWLRQ 36$ WKH YLFH SUHVLGHQW VKDOO FRQIHU ZLWK WKH 36$ 3URIHVVLRQDO 6WDQGDUGV Committee chair prior to any suspension, but may impose the suspension regardless of the outcome of the conference.

Finance FCR 1.00 FCR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority The Finance Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating

FCR 1.50 Responsibility FCR 1.51 The Finance Committee will: A. Provide assistance to the treasurer; % 3URYLGH ¿QDQFLDO DQDO\VLV IRU WKH RI¿FHUV %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DQG *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DQG C. Performs special studies and other projects as requested to further the programs of U.S. Figure Skating. FCR 2.00 Organization FCR 2.01 7KH )LQDQFH &RPPLWWHH VKDOO FRQVLVW RI WKH WUHDVXUHU DV FKDLU WKH LPPHGLDWH SDVW WUHDVXUHU DQG VXFK RWKHU committee members as are appointed in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. FCR 3.00 Budget FCR 3.01 7KH EXGJHW LV WKH VROH DXWKRULW\ IRU PDWHULDO GLVEXUVHPHQWV 7KH DXWKRULW\ WHUPLQDWHV ZLWK WKH ¿VFDO \HDU DQG RQO\ the Governing Council can change a budget after adoption. A. The treasurer, assisted by the Finance Committee, will prepare the budget for approval by the Board of Directors. The EXGJHW ZLOO FOHDUO\ UHÀHFW WKH VRXUFHV RI LQFRPH DQG WKH SXUSRVHV RI H[SHQGLWXUHV 7KH RI¿FHUV FRPPLWWHH FKDLUV H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU DQG RWKHUV UHVSRQVLEOH IRU UHYHQXHV RU H[SHQGLWXUHV ZLOO EH LGHQWL¿HG LQ WKH EXGJHW DQG DUH UHVSRQVLEOH for contributing to its timely preparation. B. If amounts originally requested are not included in the budget prepared by the Finance Committee, such amounts will, on request of the originator, be submitted by the Finance Committee to the Board of Directors for separate, individual consideration. FCR 3.02 The treasurer, assisted by the Finance Committee, will report the results of monthly operations compared to the EXGJHW DQG ZLOO QRWLI\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ZKHQ WKH UHVXOWV GHYLDWH RU DUH H[SHFWHG WR GHYLDWH QHJDWLYHO\ DQG PDWHULDOO\ IURP WKH EXGJHW $FFRPSDQ\LQJ VXFK QRWLFH ZLOO EH D UHSRUW RI VWHSV WDNHQ DQG UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU UHVWRUDWLRQ RI ¿VFDO integrity. FCR 3.03 7KH WUHDVXUHU DVVLVWHG E\ WKH )LQDQFH &RPPLWWHH PD\ DXWKRUL]H H[SHQGLWXUHV LQ H[FHVV RI EXGJHW LQ DPRXQWV OHVV WKDQ WKH DPRXQW FRQVLGHUHG PDWHULDO E\ WKH FHUWL¿HG SXEOLF DFFRXQWDQWV LQ WKH PRVW UHFHQW DXGLW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ¿QDQFLDO VWDWHPHQWV 7KH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV PD\ DSSURYH PDWHULDO H[SHQGLWXUHV LQ H[FHVV RI EXGJHW LQFUHDVHV LQ HPHUJHQFLHV $ $Q HPHUJHQF\ LV DQ XQH[SHFWHG LPSHQGLQJ 38

1. Termination or substantial weakening of an approved program; 3UREDELOLW\ RI PDWHULDO ¿QDQFLDO JDLQ RU ORVV 3. Opportunity for accomplishment of an important, material U.S. Figure Skating goal. FCR 3.04 The treasurer, assisted by the Finance Committee, will receive proposals for substantial changes in program goals RU DFWLYLWLHV ZKLFK UHVXOW LQ D VLJQL¿FDQW EXGJHW GHYLDWLRQ DQG IRUZDUG WKHP ZLWK UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV WR WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV for approval or disapproval. FCR 3.05 6XEVWDQWLDO FKDQJHV LQ VLJQL¿FDQW DSSURYHG SURJUDP DFWLYLWLHV PXVW EH DSSURYHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV FCR 4.00 Financial Reporting FCR 4.01 7KH WUHDVXUHU DVVLVWHG E\ WKH )LQDQFH &RPPLWWHH ZLOO SURYLGH DXGLWHG DQQXDO ¿QDQFLDO VWDWHPHQWV WD[ UHWXUQV DQG VXFK RWKHU ¿QDQFLDO UHSRUWV DV PD\ EH UHTXLUHG FCR 4.02 Financial reports will be completed and published on the U.S. Figure Skating website no later than nine months IROORZLQJ WKH FORVH RI WKH SULRU ¿VFDO \HDU FCR 4.03 Financial reports provided with the annual Governing Council meeting book will include: $ &RQVROLGDWHG VWDWHPHQWV RI ¿QDQFLDO SRVLWLRQ B. Form 990s for U.S. Figure Skating and the U.S. Figure Skating Foundation; and & 7KH SULRU \HDU¶V EXGJHW VKRZLQJ WKH DSSURYHG EXGJHW DFWXDO DPRXQWV H[SHQGHG YDULDQFHV IURP WKH SURSRVHG EXGJHW IRU HDFK EXGJHW OLQH LWHP DQG SURMHFWLRQV IRU WKH HQG RI WKH FXUUHQW ¿VFDO \HDU E\ OLQH LWHP FCR 4.04 7KH ¿QDO EXGJHW IRU WKH \HDU MXVW HQGHG ZLOO EH SXEOLVKHG RQ WKH 0HPEHUV 2QO\ ZHEVLWH ZLWKLQ IRXU PRQWKV IROORZLQJ WKH HQG RI WKH ¿VFDO \HDU 7KH ¿QDO YHUVLRQ ZLOO VKRZ WKH DSSURYHG EXGJHW DFWXDO DPRXQWV H[SHQGHG DQG YDULDQFHV for each line item. FCR 5.00 Custodianship FCR 5.01 As custodian of the assets and income of U.S. Figure Skating, the treasurer, assisted by the Finance Committee, will provide reasonable procedures for the safeguarding of assets and the conservation of income. Safeguarding assets includes recording, care and replacement. The conservation of income includes reasonable procedures to maintain the integrity of UHFHLSWV DQG GLVEXUVHPHQWV DQG WR LGHQWLI\ DQG UHSRUW PDWHULDO ORVV ZDVWH LQHI¿FLHQF\ DQG WKH LQFXUULQJ RI H[FHVVLYH ¿QDQFLDO risk or liability. FCR 5.02 The treasurer, assisted by the Finance Committee, will supervise the investments of U.S. Figure Skating and will report thereon to the Board of Directors and the Governing Council at each regular meeting. FCR 6.00 Procedures FCR 6.01 The treasurer, assisted by the Finance Committee, will provide and maintain written procedures and guidelines for WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI WKH UHVSRQVLELOLWLHV FKDUJHG LQ WKHVH UXOHV FCR 6.02 $OO DFWLRQV RU PRWLRQV UHVXOWLQJ LQ LQFUHDVHG H[SHQGLWXUHV PXVW EH SUHVHQWHG WRJHWKHU ZLWK D ¿QDQFLDO DQDO\VLV

Grievance GCR 1.00 GCR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority The Grievance Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating

GCR 2.00 Responsibility and Jurisdiction GCR 2.01 The Grievance Committee is responsible for maintaining and administering the various grievance and hearing rules and processes provided under U.S. Figure Skating bylaws and rules and providing standard hearing and complaint procedures for resolving grievances in a prompt and equitable manner for its members. GCR 2.02 The Grievance Committee has jurisdiction over: $ $OO JULHYDQFHV ¿OHG XQGHU $UWLFOH ;;9 RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV B. All disciplinary proceedings brought under Article XXV of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. GCR 2.03 2QFH D JULHYDQFH KDV EHHQ ¿OHG RU D GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ LQLWLDWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK DSSOLFDEOH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV RU UXOHV WKH UHVSRQGHQW V PD\ QRW FDXVH WKHPVHOYHV WR EH UHPRYHG RU H[FXVHG IURP WKH JULHYDQFH RU GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ DV WKH FDVH PD\ EH E\ UHVLJQLQJ WKHLU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHUVKLS V GCR 3.00 Initiating Grievance Proceedings GCR 3.01 7KH JULHYDQFH SURFHVV LV VWDUWHG E\ ¿OLQJ D JULHYDQFH VWDWHPHQW ZLWK WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU $ JULHYDQFH VWDWHPHQW PD\ EH ¿OHG E\ HLWKHU D PHPEHU RU D PHPEHU FOXE 7KH JULHYDQFH VWDWHPHQW PXVW EH ZULWWHQ VLJQHG XQGHU RDWK notarized, and include: $ 7KH QDPH RI WKH SDUW\ ¿OLQJ WKH *ULHYDQFH WKH ³*ULHYDQW´ B. The Grievant’s address, telephone number and U.S. Figure Skating registration number; & 7KH QDPH RI WKH SDUW\ DJDLQVW ZKRP WKH *ULHYDQFH LV EURXJKW WKH 5HVSRQGHQW ' 7KH 5HVSRQGHQW¶V DGGUHVV WHOHSKRQH QXPEHU DQG LI NQRZQ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UHJLVWUDWLRQ QXPEHU ( 7KH QDPH DGGUHVV DQG WHOHSKRQH QXPEHUV RI DQ\ RWKHU SDUW\ LQYROYHG F. The U.S. Figure Skating bylaw or rule allegedly violated; * $ FOHDU DQG FRQFLVH VWDWHPHQW RI IDFWV H[SODLQLQJ WKH DOOHJHG YLRODWLRQ LQFOXGLQJ DOO UHOHYDQW GDWHV + $ VWDWHPHQW FHUWLI\LQJ WKDW WKH *ULHYDQW DWWHPSWHG WR UHVROYH WKH PDWWHU DQG D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VSHFL¿F DFWLRQV WKH Grievant took to resolve the matter; and 39

I. The action the Grievant wishes taken. J. The Grievant may attach supporting documentation to the Grievance Statement. . 7KH *ULHYDQW PXVW SD\ D ÂżOLQJ IHH WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZKHQ WKH *ULHYDQFH LV ÂżOHG ,I WKH *ULHYDQFH LV QRW DFFHSWHG WKH ÂżOLQJ IHH ZLOO EH UHIXQGHG GCR 3.02 Receipt of Grievance Statement by Grievance Committee chair: $ 7KH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU UHYLHZV WKH *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW DIWHU LW KDV EHHQ ÂżOHG WR GHWHUPLQH 1. Whether the allegations, if believed, establish a violation of U.S. Figure Skating bylaws or rules; 2. Whether the Grievance Statement complies with applicable U.S. Figure Skating bylaws; 3. Whether the Grievance Hearing Panel has the authority to grant the relief requested. % ,I WKH *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW DOOHJHV YLRODWLRQV RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &RGH RI (WKLFV RU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &RGH RI &RQGXFW WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PXVW SURPSWO\ IRUZDUG WKH *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW WR WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH FKDLU and the appropriate vice president for action in accordance with applicable U.S. Figure Skating bylaws and rules. C. If the Grievance Committee chair determines that the Grievance Statement complies with all applicable requirements, the Grievance Committee chair shall, within two weeks of receipt of the Grievance Statement: 1RWLI\ WKH *ULHYDQW WKH 5HVSRQGHQW WKH SUHVLGHQW VHFUHWDU\ DQG $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU of U.S. Figure Skating of acceptance of the Grievance; )RUZDUG D FRS\ RI WKH *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW DQG DQ\ DWWDFKPHQWV WR WKH 5HVSRQGHQW V DW WKH 5HVSRQGHQWÂśV ODVW NQRZQ DGGUHVV RU WKH DGGUHVV PDLQWDLQHG LQ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ GDWDEDVH RU WR WKH 5HVSRQGHQWÂśV UHSUHVHQWDWLYH LI VXFK representative is known to U.S. Figure Skating. This will constitute “noticeâ€?. The person responsible for sending the GRFXPHQWV WR WKH 5HVSRQGHQW PXVW XVH DQ\ H[SHGLWLRXV GHOLYHU\ V\VWHP WKDW SURYLGHV UHDVRQDEOH HYLGHQFH RI GHOLYHU\ WR WKH DGGUHVVHH ZKLFK ZLOO FRQVWLWXWH SURRI WKDW QRWLFH RI WKH *ULHYDQFH ZDV JLYHQ WR WKH 5HVSRQGHQW DQG 1DPH D +HDULQJ 3DQHO DQG IRUZDUG *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW WR HDFK SDQHO PHPEHU D. If the Grievance Committee chair determines that the Grievance Statement does not comply with all applicable UHTXLUHPHQWV WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PXVW QRWLI\ WKH *ULHYDQW 7KH QRWLFH PXVW EH LQ ZULWLQJ DQG H[SODLQ WKH EDVLV IRU WKH GHFLVLRQ 7KH QRWLFH PXVW EH VHQW E\ DQ\ H[SHGLWLRXV GHOLYHU\ V\VWHP WKDW SURYLGHV UHDVRQDEOH HYLGHQFH RI GHOLYHU\ to the addressee, within two weeks of receipt of the Grievance Statement. The Grievant shall have no more than two weeks from receipt of such notice to amend the Grievance Statement so that it complies with applicable bylaw requirements. The Grievance Committee chair shall forward a copy of the returned Grievance and decision statement to the vice presidents for their consideration under U.S. Figure Skating bylaws and rules. ( 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG 36$ &RPELQHG *ULHYDQFH ,I D *ULHYDQFH LV ÂżOHG DJDLQVW D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHU ZKR LV DOVR D PHPEHU RI WKH 3URIHVVLRQDO 6NDWHUV $VVRFLDWLRQ 36$ DQG WKH DOOHJHG YLRODWLRQ SHUWDLQV WR WKH 5HVSRQGHQWÂśV DFWLRQV in a coaching capacity, the Grievance Committee chair must notify the PSA Professional Standards Committee chair with a copy of the Grievance Statement. The Grievance Committee chair and the PSA Professional Standards Committee chair must decide whether to proceed with the matter as a Combined Grievance under Article XXV of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. If the Grievance Committee chair and the PSA Professional Standards Committee chair decide not to proceed with the matter as a Combined Grievance, the Grievance Committee chair must process the Grievance statement in accordance ZLWK WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG *ULHYDQFH DQG (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV :KHQ WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU and PSA Professional Standards Committee chair determine that the Grievance will proceed as a Combined Grievance, the Grievance Committee chair and the PSA Professional Standards Committee chair must process the Combined Grievance as follows: 1. If the Combined Grievance proceeds to a Hearing, the Grievance Committee chair selects a Hearing Panel in accordance ZLWK *&5 $W OHDVW RQH WKLUG RI WKH +HDULQJ 3DQHO PHPEHUV PXVW EH FXUUHQW 36$ DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ members. 2. The PSA Professional Standards Committee chair participates in the Combined Grievance process as an oversight RIÂżFLDO DQG DV UHSUHVHQWDWLYH RI WKH 36$ 7KH +HDULQJ PXVW IROORZ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH DQG (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV DQG Procedures. $ +HDULQJ 3DQHO GHFLVLRQ LV HIIHFWLYH XQGHU ERWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG *ULHYDQFH DQG (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV DQG 36$ UXOHV $Q\ DSSHDO WKHUHIURP PD\ EH WDNHQ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKRVH UXOHV $Q DSSHDO ZLWKLQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PD\ EH ÂżOHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ & DQG ' RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV GCR 3.03 Respondent’s Reply to Grievance Statement: $ 7KH 5HVSRQGHQW PD\ ÂżOH D UHVSRQVH WR WKH *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW ZLWK WKH *ULHYDQW DQG WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU ,I ÂżOHG WKH UHVSRQVH PXVW EH LQ ZULWLQJ VLJQHG XQGHU RDWK DQG QRWDUL]HG 7KH 5HVSRQGHQW PD\ DOVR LQFOXGH VXSSRUWLQJ GRFXPHQWDWLRQ ZLWK WKH UHVSRQVH 7KH UHVSRQVH PXVW EH ÂżOHG ZLWKLQ GD\V DIWHU GHOLYHU\ RI WKH *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW WR WKH DGGUHVV RI WKH 5HVSRQGHQW RQ ÂżOH DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV E\ DQ\ H[SHGLWLRXV GHOLYHU\ V\VWHP WKDW SURYLGHV reasonable evidence of delivery. % )DLOXUH WR ÂżOH D 5HVSRQVH FRQVWLWXWHV DQ DGPLVVLRQ RI WKH DOOHJDWLRQV PDGH E\ WKH *ULHYDQW DQG ZDLYHV WKH 5HVSRQGHQWÂśV right to a hearing or appeal. After such an admission, the Grievance Committee chair will recommend appropriate relief to WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DQG VHHN WKHLU DJUHHPHQW ,I WKH ERDUG FRQFXUV WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLUÂśV GHFLVLRQ LV ÂżQDO binding and may not be appealed under the bylaws and rules of U.S. Figure Skating. 40

GCR 3.04 Hearing Panel Composition: $ 5HIHUUDO WR +HDULQJ 3DQHO $IWHU UHFHLYLQJ D WLPHO\ 5HVSRQVH WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PXVW GHOLYHU WKH *ULHYDQFH 6WDWHPHQW DQG WKH 5HVSRQVH WR WKH +HDULQJ 3DQHO B. The Hearing Panel must consist of at least three and no more than nine persons. The Grievance Committee chair may VHOHFW PHPEHUV IURP WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH RU (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH $WKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV ZKR PHHW WKH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV in U.S. Figure Skating bylaws Article XXI, must constitute at least 20 percent of the Hearing Panel. & 7KH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PD\ DSSRLQW D SHUVRQ ZKR LV QRW D PHPEHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 1R PRUH WKDQ RQH third of the Hearing Panel may be nonmembers of U.S. Figure Skating. The Grievance Committee chair selects the Hearing Panel chair. ' 7KH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PXVW DGYLVH WKH *ULHYDQW 5HVSRQGHQW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SUHVLGHQW VHFUHWDU\ DQG $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU RI WKH QDPHV RI WKH +HDULQJ 3DQHO PHPEHUV SURPSWO\ XSRQ WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQW 6XFK QRWLFH PD\ EH YHUEDO EXW PXVW EH SURPSWO\ FRQ¿UPHG LQ ZULWLQJ ( (LWKHU WKH *ULHYDQW RU WKH 5HVSRQGHQW PD\ UHTXHVW WKH UHSODFHPHQW RI D +HDULQJ 3DQHO PHPEHU 6XFK D UHTXHVW PD\ EH PDGH VROHO\ RQ WKH EDVLV RI DQ DOOHJHG FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW 7KH UHTXHVW PXVW EH LQ ZULWLQJ DQG GHOLYHUHG WR WKH *ULHYDQFH Committee chair within 10 days of receipt of the names of the Hearing Panel members. The request must specify the basis IRU WKH UHTXHVW DQG SURYLGH DOO HYLGHQFH VXSSRUWLQJ WKH UHTXHVW 7KH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PXVW ZLWKLQ ¿YH GD\V RI receipt of a request for removal, determine whether to grant the request and must notify the parties, the U.S. Figure Skating VHFUHWDU\ DQG WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU RI WKH GHFLVLRQ LQ ZULWLQJ ,I WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU ¿QGV D FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PXVW DSSRLQW D UHSODFHPHQW 7KH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU¶V GHFLVLRQ LV ¿QDO ELQGLQJ DQG PD\ QRW EH DSSHDOHG XQGHU WKH E\ODZV DQG UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ GCR 3.05 Hearing Guidelines: A. The Grievance Committee chair, after consultation with the parties, shall determine if the hearing will be conducted by writing, telephone conference, hearing or any combination thereof. The hearing or completion of the investigation must occur within 90 days of the appointment of a Hearing Panel unless the Hearing Panel chair and the Grievance Committee chair concurrently decide that there are reasonable grounds for a delay, grant a reasonable delay, and notify the parties of the delay, and the reasons for it in writing. % 7KH *ULHYDQW DQG 5HVSRQGHQW PD\ UHSUHVHQW WKHPVHOYHV WKURXJKRXW WKH JULHYDQFH SURFHVV RU PD\ EH UHSUHVHQWHG E\ D person of their choice. & 7KH +HDULQJ 3DQHO FKDLU ZLOO SURYLGH WKH *ULHYDQW WKH 5HVSRQGHQW DQG WKH SDQHO PHPEHUV ZLWK ZULWWHQ SURFHGXUHV DQG guidelines to be followed. D. All communications with the Hearing Panel must be in writing and directed to the chair of the Hearing Panel. ( 7KH +HDULQJ 3DQHO FKDLU PXVW HQVXUH WKDW D UHFRUG RI WKH KHDULQJ LV PDGH F. The Grievant has the burden of supporting the Grievance by a preponderance of the evidence. * :LWKLQ GD\V RI WKH FRQFOXVLRQ RI D KHDULQJ WKH +HDULQJ 3DQHO PXVW LVVXH D ZULWWHQ GHFLVLRQ LQFOXGLQJ ¿QGLQJV RI IDFW the bylaws or rules upon which the decision is based and the reasoning behind the decision. The decision must be sent to WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU *ULHYDQW 5HVSRQGHQW DQG WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SUHVLGHQW VHFUHWDU\ DQG $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU E\ DQ\ H[SHGLWLRXV GHOLYHU\ V\VWHP WKDW SURYLGHV UHDVRQDEOH HYLGHQFH RI GHOLYHU\ H. The jurisdiction of the Hearing Panel ceases, and Hearing Panel members shall be discharged when the written decision is issued. GCR 3.06 Stipulated Resolution of a Grievance $ 7KH *ULHYDQW 5HVSRQGHQW DQG WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PD\ LQIRUPDOO\ GLVFXVV WKH *ULHYDQFH DQG UHDFK D UHVROXWLRQ to the Grievance prior to the hearing panel actually hearing the Grievance. If a resolution is voluntarily reached by the *ULHYDQW DQG 5HVSRQGHQW ZKLFK LV DSSURYHG E\ WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU WKH UHVROXWLRQ ZLOO EH VXEPLWWHG WR WKH Board of Directors for their concurrence. % ,I WKH *ULHYDQW LV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKHQ WKH VWLSXODWHG UHVROXWLRQ RI WKH *ULHYDQFH PXVW EH DJUHHG WR E\ WKH 5HVSRQGHQW WKH SUHVLGHQW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7KH VWLSXODWHG UHVROXWLRQ RI VXFK D grievance will be submitted to the Board of Directors for its concurrence. & ,I WKH *ULHYDQFH LV D &RPELQHG *ULHYDQFH SXUVXDQW WR *&5 ( WKHQ WKH VWLSXODWHG UHVROXWLRQ RI WKH *ULHYDQFH PXVW EH DJUHHG WR E\ WKH 5HVSRQGHQW WKH *ULHYDQW WKH SUHVLGHQW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU RI WKH 3URIHVVLRQDO 6NDWHUV $VVRFLDWLRQ DQG WKH 3URIHVVLRQDO 6NDWHUV $VVRFLDWLRQ¶V Professional Standards Committee chair. The stipulated resolution of such a grievance will be submitted to the Board of Directors for its concurrence. GCR 4.00 Selection of Persons to Serve on Hearing Panels GCR 4.01 The Grievance Committee chair shall select persons to serve on Hearing Panels in accordance with the provisions of Articles XXI and XXV of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. GCR 4.02 The Grievance Committee chair shall make every effort to ensure that all members of the Grievance Committee serve on a Hearing Panel in a given year before any member is assigned to serve on more than one Hearing Panel. GCR 5.00 Expedited Procedures GCR 5.01 Scope: The following rules apply to grievance and disciplinary proceedings when compliance with regular SURFHGXUHV FRQWDLQHG LQ $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV ZRXOG QRW EH OLNHO\ WR SURGXFH D VXI¿FLHQWO\ early decision to do justice to the affected parties. 41

GCR 5.02 Expedited Hearing Panels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¶V MXULVGLFWLRQ FHDVHV DQG ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO PHPEHUV DUH GLVFKDUJHG ZKHQ D ZULWWHQ GHFLVLRQ LV LVVXHG GCR 5.03 Appointment of Expedited Hearing Panel Members: $ ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHOV IRU TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV SURWHFWHG XQGHU WKH 862& &RQVWLWXWLRQ DQG WKH Ted Stevens Olympic and Amateur Sports Act: 7KH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU DQQXDOO\ VHOHFWV D FKDLU DQG WZR DGGLWLRQDO PHPEHUV RI VHSDUDWH ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ Panels to hear grievance or disciplinary matters regarding the participation of a competitor in a U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competition or other competitions protected by the USOC Constitution and the Ted Stevens Olympic and $PDWHXU 6SRUWV $FW LQFOXGLQJ HDFK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ QDWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO DQG UHJLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ ³GRPHVWLF FRPSHWLWLRQ´ DQG DOO :RUOG 2O\PSLF DQG LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV 7KH VHOHFWLRQ DQG QDPLQJ RI WKH ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO IRU WKH VSHFL¿HG FRPSHWLWLRQV VKDOO RFFXU DQQXDOO\ DQG WKH QDPHV RI WKH ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHOV¶ PHPEHUV PXVW EH DYDLODEOH RQ UHTXHVW IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV 1R 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ MXGJH PD\ VHUYH RQ DQ\ ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO FRQYHQHG XQGHU WKLV VHFWLRQ ,I WKH MXULVGLFWLRQ RI DQ ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO LV FKDOOHQJHG EHFDXVH D JULHYDQFH RU GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ LV LQLWLDWHG EHWZHHQ FRPSHWLWLRQV RU RWKHUZLVH WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU GHWHUPLQHV ZKLFK ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO ZLOO SUHVLGH 6XFK GHFLVLRQ LV ¿QDO ELQGLQJ DQG QRW DSSHDODEOH XQGHU WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG UXOHV % $OO RWKHU ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHOV 1. The Grievance Committee chair selects a chair and two additional members to hear grievance or disciplinary matters, RWKHU WKDQ WKRVH VSHFL¿HG XQGHU *&5 RQ D FDVH E\ FDVH EDVLV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK $UWLFOH ;;9 RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG WKRVH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV GCR 5.04 Expedited Hearing Procedures: $ )LOLQJ D UHTXHVW IRU DQ ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ IRU TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV SURWHFWHG XQGHU WKH 862& Constitution or the Ted Stevens Olympic and Amateur Sports Act: $Q\ DJJULHYHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHU PHPEHU FOXE RU WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH FKDLU WKH ³*ULHYDQW´ PD\ LQLWLDWH D JULHYDQFH RU GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ RQ DQ H[SHGLWHG EDVLV SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH Skating bylaws by notifying the Grievance Committee chair verbally as soon as the substance of the grievance or disciplinary matter becomes known, followed within 24 hours by a written Grievance Statement. The verbal notice must include: a. A statement of fact, including the alleged harm or potential harm to the Grievant; b. The bylaws or rules allegedly violated; F 7KH PHPEHU RU PHPEHU FOXE DOOHJHGO\ YLRODWLQJ WKH E\ODZV RU UXOHV ³5HVSRQGHQW´ G 7KH VSHFL¿F UHOLHI UHTXHVWHG The written Grievance Statement must include all of the above elements, and must be signed by the Grievant and notarized under penalty of perjury. 8SRQ YHUEDO QRWLFH WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PXVW SURPSWO\ QRWLI\ WKH 5HVSRQGHQW WKH DSSURSULDWH +HDULQJ Panel, the Competitions Committee chair and the chief referee of the subject competition, or, in the case of an international competition, the International Committee chair. 3. Upon receipt of the written Grievance Statement, the Grievance Committee chair must forward copies to the: D 5HVSRQGHQW b. Hearing Panel members; c. Competitions Committee chair and chief referee; or the International Committee chair; and G 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SUHVLGHQW VHFUHWDU\ DQG $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU 4. A Hearing Panel may not usurp the power of a referee as authorized in rules 1210 and 1500-1505. % )LOLQJ D UHTXHVW IRU DQ ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ IRU DOO RWKHU PDWWHUV 1. If the Grievance Committee chair determines that compliance with regular procedures would not likely produce a timely decision under the circumstances, any aggrieved U.S. Figure Skating member or member club or the chair of the (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH WKH ³*ULHYDQW´ PD\ LQLWLDWH D JULHYDQFH RU GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ RQ DQ H[SHGLWHG EDVLV SXUVXDQW to Article XXV, Section 3, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws by notifying the Grievance Committee chair in writing as soon as the substance of the grievance or disciplinary matter becomes known. Such notice must include: a. A concise statement of fact including the alleged harm to the Grievant; b. The bylaws or rules allegedly violated; F 7KH PHPEHU RU PHPEHU FOXE DOOHJHGO\ YLRODWLQJ VXFK E\ODZV RU UXOHV ³5HVSRQGHQW´ G 7KH VSHFL¿F UHOLHI UHTXHVWHG DQG e. The notarized signature of the Grievant under penalty of perjury. 8SRQ VXFK QRWLFH WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU PXVW SURPSWO\ DSSRLQW DQ ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO DQG PXVW SURPSWO\ QRWLI\ WKH 5HVSRQGHQW WKH FKDLU RI DQ\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FRPPLWWHH DIIHFWHG DQG WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SUHVLGHQW VHFUHWDU\ DQG $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU 42

& 7KH ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 7KH ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO ZLOO FRQGXFW WKH KHDULQJ RQ DQ H[SHGLWHG EDVLV LQ DQ\ PDQQHU WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH chair deems reasonable and necessary under the particular circumstances. 7KH ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO FKDLU PXVW DGYLVH DOO SDUWLHV RI WKH SURFHGXUHV WR EH IROORZHG 3. The decision of the Hearing Panel may be announced verbally as soon as a decision is reached. A written decision LQFOXGLQJ ¿QGLQJV RI IDFW WKH E\ODZV RU UXOHV XSRQ ZKLFK WKH GHFLVLRQ LV EDVHG DQG WKH UHDVRQ IRU WKH GHFLVLRQ PXVW be promptly issued no later than 10 days after the hearing. The verbal and written decision must be provided to WKH *ULHYDQW 5HVSRQGHQW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SUHVLGHQW VHFUHWDU\ $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU DQG WKH Grievance Committee chair. GCR 6.00 Appeal from Decisions of Expedited Hearing Panels GCR 6.01 $SSHDO IURP GHFLVLRQV RI ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHOV IRU TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV SURWHFWHG XQGHU WKH 862& &RQVWLWXWLRQ DQG WKH 7HG 6WHYHQV 2O\PSLF DQG $PDWHXU 6SRUWV $FW *&5 $

$ $SSHDOV IURP WKH GHFLVLRQ RI DQ ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO PD\ EH WDNHQ GLUHFWO\ WR WKH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO E\ YHUEDO QRWLFH followed within 24 hours by written notice, to the Grievance Committee chair, the U.S. Figure Skating secretary and WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU 7KH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO ZLOO FRQGXFW DQ ([SHGLWHG $SSHDO RQ VXFK D EDVLV DV it deems reasonable and necessary under the particular facts and circumstances in order to afford the affected parties an opportunity to be heard. % 7KH $SSHOODWH 3DQHO¶V GHFLVLRQ LV ¿QDO ELQGLQJ DQG QRW UHYLHZDEOH XQOHVV WKH GHFLVLRQ LQYROYHV WKH RSSRUWXQLW\ RI DQ\ HOLJLEOH DWKOHWH FRDFK WUDLQHU PDQDJHU DGPLQLVWUDWRU RU RI¿FLDO WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DWKOHWLF FRPSHWLWLRQ DV SURWHFWHG E\ the USOC Constitution, in which event, upon demand of the affected person, the decision of the Appellate Panel may be submitted to arbitration by any party in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Such arbitration VKDOO EH FRQGXFWHG DW WKH RI¿FH RI WKH $PHULFDQ $UELWUDWLRQ $VVRFLDWLRQ QHDUHVW WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV unless the parties otherwise agree. The party against whom the decision is rendered must bear the cost of the American $UELWUDWLRQ $VVRFLDWLRQ DQG DQ\ FKDUJHV RI WKH DUELWUDWRU H[FHSW DV RWKHUZLVH DJUHHG E\ WKH SDUWLHV GCR 6.02 $SSHDOV IURP GHFLVLRQ RI ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHOV IRU DOO RWKHU PDWWHUV $ 1R DSSHDOV PD\ EH WDNHQ ZLWKLQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ IURP DQ\ GHFLVLRQ RI DQ ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO DULVLQJ XQGHU *&5 % 7KH GHFLVLRQ RI VXFK +HDULQJ 3DQHOV LV ¿QDO ELQGLQJ DQG QRW DSSHDODEOH XQGHU WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV and rules. *&5 &RQÀLFWV GCR 7.01 1RWZLWKVWDQGLQJ DQ\ RWKHU UXOHV UHJDUGLQJ DFWLRQ RQ SURWHVWV FRPSODLQWV RU JULHYDQFHV DW D FRPSHWLWLRQ RU RWKHUZLVH RQ DQ H[SHGLWHG EDVLV LI FRQÀLFWV DUH GHHPHG WR H[LVW EHWZHHQ WKHVH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV DQG VXFK RWKHU UXOHV WKHVH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV FRQWURO GCR 8.00 Fees, Costs and Expenses GCR 8.01 Unless otherwise provided for by law or agreed to by the parties, each party shall bear their own fees, costs and H[SHQVHV RI DQ\ SURFHHGLQJ XQGHU WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV RU UXOHV 1R SDUW\ LV HQWLWOHG WR UHLPEXUVHPHQW IURP DQRWKHU LQFOXGLQJ IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ IRU IHHV FRVWV RU H[SHQVHV DVVRFLDWHG ZLWK DQ\ SURFHHGLQJV XQGHU WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV RU UXOHV 7KLV UXOH GRHV QRW SURKLELW D KHDULQJ SDQHO IURP DVVHVVLQJ IHHV FRVWV DQG H[SHQVHV LI WKH SDQHO GHWHUPLQHV that an assessment is an appropriate sanction against a party to a grievance or disciplinary proceeding. GCR 9.00 &RQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ Publication GCR 9.01 &RQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ FRQFHUQLQJ WKH VXEMHFW matter of a Grievance and of the Grievance proceeding must be maintained by all parties and participants until the grievance process is ¿QDO. GCR 9.02 7KH LGHQWLW\ RI DOO *ULHYDQFH +HDULQJ 3DQHOLVWV DQG QRQ SDUW\ ZLWQHVVHV PXVW DW DOO WLPHV UHPDLQ FRQ¿GHQWLDO DQG PXVW QRW EH GLYXOJHG E\ DQ\ SDUW\ RU ZLWQHVV XQOHVV D SDQHOLVW RU QRQ SDUW\ ZLWQHVV H[SUHVVO\ FRQVHQWV LQ ZULWLQJ WR SXEOLVK their name. GCR 9.03 A. 2QFH D ¿QDO GHFLVLRQ LV LVVXHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PXVW SXEOLVK WKH IROORZLQJ LQIRUPDWLRQ LQ 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH DQG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 7KH QDPH RI WKH *ULHYDQW DQG 5HVSRQGHQW 2. The nature of the Grievance and the U.S. Figure Skating bylaw or rule alleged to have been violated; 3. The outcome of the Grievance and discipline imposed, if any. B. :KHQ D JULHYDQFH LV UHVROYHG E\ 6WLSXODWHG 5HVROXWLRQ WKDW LQFOXGHV DV D SDUW RI WKH 6WLSXODWHG 5HVROXWLRQ GLVFLSOLQH RI WKH 5HVSRQGHQW LQYROYLQJ VXVSHQVLRQ RU WHUPLQDWLRQ RI 5HVSRQGHQW¶V 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHUVKLS 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PXVW SXEOLVK WKH IROORZLQJ LQIRUPDWLRQ LQ 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH DQG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 7KH QDPH RI WKH *ULHYDQW DQG 5HVSRQGHQW 2. The nature of the Grievance and the U.S. Figure Skating bylaw or rule alleged to have been violated; 3. The outcome of the Grievance and discipline imposed, if any. GCR 9.04 1RWZLWKVWDQGLQJ WKH IRUHJRLQJ UXOHV WKH *ULHYDQFH +HDULQJ 3DQHO PD\ LPSRVH FRQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ UHVWULFWLRQV RU RWKHU limitations on the ability of the parties, witnesses or other participants in the Grievance proceeding to divulge information relative to the Grievance proceeding, if the Hearing Panel determines that circumstances warrant such restriction.

43

GCR 9.05 7KH FRQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ UXOHV VHW IRUWK KHUHLQ DUH QRW LQWHQGHG WR SUHYHQW D SDUW\ WR D *ULHYDQFH SURFHHGLQJ IURP disclosing information relative to the Grievance proceeding if properly pursuing remedies legally available to such party in a forum in which the party in good faith believes there is proper jurisdiction. GCR 10.00 Reciprocity with Other Organizations A. Duly imposed disciplinary decisions of another organization against a member of U.S. Figure Skating will be honored E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ H[FHSW RQ D FDVH E\ FDVH EDVLV LI QHFHVVDU\ LQ RUGHU WR FRPSO\ ZLWK DQ\ DSSOLFDEOH ODZ UXOH RU requirement to which U.S. Figure Skating is subject, including the Ted Stevens Olympic and Amateur Sports Act or the %\ODZV RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 2O\PSLF &RPPLWWHH RU XQOHVV WKHUH DUH H[WHQXDWLQJ FLUFXPVWDQFHV RU FRPSHOOLQJ UHDVRQV IRU U.S. Figure Skating not to follow the disciplinary action of the other organization. % 7KH GLVFLSOLQDU\ GHFLVLRQ ZLOO EH UHYLHZHG E\ WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH FKDLU DQG WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH FKDLU WR GHWHUPLQH LI DQ\ RI WKH H[FHSWLRQV WR JUDQWLQJ UHFLSURFLW\ DSSO\ C. In the event the disciplinary decision is granted reciprocity, the person who is subject to the decision may appeal under the SURYLVLRQ RI $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ & RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV

International ICR 1.00 Authority ICR 1.01 The International Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. ICR 2.00 Organization ICR 2.01 7KH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO &RPPLWWHH ,& ZLOO EH RUJDQL]HG LQWR WKUHH GLVFLSOLQH JURXSV ± RQH HDFK IRU WKH GLVFLSOLQHV RI LFH GDQFH SDLUV DQG VLQJOHV 'LVFLSOLQH *URXSV 7KH ,& ZLOO KDYH D FKDLU DQG WKUHH GLVFLSOLQH VSHFL¿F YLFH FKDLUV RQH YLFH FKDLU IRU HDFK RI WKH 'LVFLSOLQH *URXSV ICR 2.02 (DFK 'LVFLSOLQH *URXS ZLOO KDYH WKH IROORZLQJ PHPEHUV A. The chair of the IC; B. The immediate past chair of the IC; & 2QH GLVFLSOLQH VSHFL¿F YLFH FKDLU ' 2QH GLVFLSOLQH VSHFL¿F FRDFK UHSUHVHQWDWLYH ( 7ZR GLVFLSOLQH VSHFL¿F DWKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV DW OHDVW RQH RI ZKRP KDV FRPSHWHG LQ DQ ,68 &KDPSLRQVKLS 1. Athlete representatives must not be competing in any qualifying or international competitions in the season in which they serve on the IC and must not have competed in any qualifying or international competitions in the season immediately prior to serving on the IC. ) 2QH GLVFLSOLQH VSHFL¿F ,68 RI¿FLDO * 7KUHH GLVFLSOLQH VSHFL¿F VHFWLRQDO UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV RQH IURP HDFK VHFWLRQ H. The Athlete Services Group Coordinator; I. The chair of the Athletes Advisory Committee; J. The ISU representative. ICR 2.03 7KH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO &RPPLWWHH ,& ZLOO KDYH D ¿YH PHPEHU 0DQDJHPHQW 6XEFRPPLWWHH ,&06 WKDW ZLOO FRQVLVW RI A. The chair of the IC; B. The immediate past chair of the IC; ,Q WKH HYHQW WKH ,& LPPHGLDWH SDVW FKDLU LV XQDYDLODEOH WR VHUYH RQ WKH ,&06 WKH ,&06 PD\ ¿OO WKDW YDFDQF\ ZLWK another member of the IC. C. The Athlete Services Group Coordinator; D. The chair of the Athletes Advisory Committee; ( 7KH ,68 5HSUHVHQWDWLYH ,&5 &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW 6KRXOG DQ\ PHPEHU VHUYLQJ RQ DQ\ OHYHO RI WKH ,& RU ,&06 KDYH D FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW WKH PHPEHU ZLOO UHFXVH KLP KHUVHOI IURP WKH GHFLVLRQ PDNLQJ SURFHVV LQ DOO PDWWHUV LQ ZKLFK WKH FRQÀLFW H[LVWV ICR 3.00 Responsibilities ICR 3.01 International Committee $ 7KH PLVVLRQ RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO &RPPLWWHH ,& LV WR VHOHFW WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7HDP WKDW ZLQV WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI LQWHUQDWLRQDO PHGDOV DQG EHUWKV SRVVLEOH E\ VWUDWHJLFDOO\ SURYLGLQJ H[SHULHQFH DQG H[SRVXUH WR TXDOL¿HG PHPEHUV RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7HDP DQG E\ LGHQWLI\LQJ DQG VXSSRUWLQJ WKH EHVW TXDOL¿HG IXWXUH SURVSHFWV WR GHYHORS DQG DFKLHYH WKH ultimate goal of Olympic and World podium results. % 7R DFFRPSOLVK WKLV PLVVLRQ WKH ,& H[HUFLVHV UHVSRQVLELOLWLHV GHVFULEHG EHORZ ZLWK RWKHU UHVSRQVLELOLWLHV GHOHJDWHG WR WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO &RPPLWWHH 0DQDJHPHQW 6XEFRPPLWWHH ,&06 DV GHVFULEHG LQ ,&5 C. The responsibilities of the IC are: 1. To approve criteria proposed and used to select international competitions in singles, pairs and ice dance. 2. To recommend international competitions, based on the approved criteria. 3. To approve criteria proposed and used to select and enter member athletes in all international competitions, ISU championships, and the Olympic Winter Games. 44

7R VHOHFW L DWKOHWHV WR FRPSHWH LQ DOO LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG ,68 FKDPSLRQVKLSV DQG LL DWKOHWHV IRU QRPLQDWLRQ WR WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 2O\PSLF &RPPLWWHH 862& IRU HQWU\ WR FRPSHWH LQ WKH 2O\PSLF :LQWHU *DPHV D ,Q SHUVRQ PHHWLQJV DQG RU FRQIHUHQFH FDOOV ZLOO EH FRQGXFWHG IRU HDFK 'LVFLSOLQH *URXS WR GHWHUPLQH WKH VHOHFWLRQV E 7KH ,& FKDLU DQG RU WKH DSSURSULDWH GLVFLSOLQH VSHFL¿F YLFH FKDLU ZLOO EH UHVSRQVLEOH IRU RXWOLQLQJ DQG SURYLGLQJ WR WKH UHVSHFWLYH 'LVFLSOLQH *URXSV DQ H[SODQDWLRQ RI WKH VODWH RI DWKOHWHV WHDPV VHOHFWHG IRU QRPLQDWLRQ IRU HDFK discipline and competition, if needed. 7R LVVXH VDQFWLRQV IRU PHPEHU DWKOHWHV WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ VNDWLQJ DFWLYLWLHV LQ IRUHLJQ FRXQWULHV H[FOXGLQJ &DQDGD $Q\ UHODWHG RU RWKHU UHVSRQVLELOLWLHV LGHQWL¿HG LQ ,&5 1RWH $FWLRQV RI WKH ,& DUH WDNHQ E\ DFWLRQ RI HDFK 'LVFLSOLQH *URXS $ WZR WKLUGV PDMRULW\ RI WKH PHPEHUV RI D 'LVFLSOLQH Group will constitute a quorum in order for a Discipline Group to take action. Action by a Discipline Group will be determined by a two-thirds majority approval of the members actually voting. ,Q FDVHV RI DQ HPHUJHQF\ GHFLVLRQV ZLWK OHVV WKDQ KRXU QRWLFH ZKHUH LPPHGLDWH DFWLRQ LV UHTXLUHG D VLPSOH PDMRULW\ RI D 'LVFLSOLQH *URXS ZLOO FRQVWLWXWH D TXRUXP WR WDNH DFWLRQ and action will be determined by a simple majority approval of the members actually voting. ICR 3.02 International Committee Management Subcommittee 7KH UHVSRQVLELOLWLHV RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO &RPPLWWHH 0DQDJHPHQW 6XEFRPPLWWHH ,&06 DUH $ 7R SURYLGH ¿QDO DSSURYDO RQ VHOHFWLRQ SURFHGXUHV FRPSHWLWLRQ UHDGLQHVV UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG ZKLFK LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV ZLOO EH DWWHQGHG E\ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7HDP VRPHWLPHV UHIHUUHG WR DV 7HDP 86$ % 7R DSSURYH WKH FULWHULD IRU UHFHLYLQJ (OLWH $WKOHWH +HDOWK ,QVXUDQFH ZLWK ¿QDO DSSURYDO JLYHQ E\ WKH DSSURSULDWH KHDGTXDUWHUV staff. & 7R JRYHUQ WKH DWKOHWHV VHOHFWHG DQG HQWHUHG SHU ,&5 & DQG WR ZLWKKROG RU ZLWKGUDZ VHOHFWLRQ RI DQ DWKOHWH IURP any assignment: 1. For failure to abide by the applicable rules, policies and procedures of U.S. Figure Skating and, if applicable, the USOC; )RU FRQGXFW LQ YLRODWLRQ RI *5 *5 RU *5 RU IRU DQ\ IDOVH VWDWHPHQWV RU PLVUHSUHVHQWDWLRQV RQ GRFXPHQWDWLRQ FRQWUDFWV DQG RU DJUHHPHQWV DQG RU 3. For acting in a manner not deemed appropriate for a member of the U.S. Figure Skating Team. ' 7R SURYLGH ¿QDO DSSURYDO IRU WKH GLVEXUVHPHQW RI WKH IXQGV IURP WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ $WKOHWH 6XSSRUW 3URJUDP $6833 ( $Q\ UHODWHG RU RWKHU UHVSRQVLELOLWLHV LGHQWL¿HG LQ ,&5 1RWH $ WZR WKLUGV PDMRULW\ RI WKH PHPEHUV RI WKH ,&06 ZLOO FRQVWLWXWH D TXRUXP LQ RUGHU IRU WKH ,&06 WR WDNH DFWLRQ $FWLRQ by the ICMS will be determined by a two-thirds majority approval of the members actually voting. ICR 3.03 Selection of Competitions The IC will select annually the international competitions for singles, pairs and ice dance in which U.S. Figure Skating will SDUWLFLSDWH 6XFK FRPSHWLWLRQV ZLOO EH DQQRXQFHG HLWKHU WKURXJK 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH RU RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ A. During the course of the skating season, the ICMS may add international competitions not previously selected, subject to WKH DYDLODELOLW\ RI ¿QDQFLQJ B. The ICMS may withdraw the U.S. Team from a previously selected international competition for reasonable cause at any time during the course of the skating season. ICR 3.04 United States Figure Skating Team The U.S. Figure Skating Team consists of the singles, pairs and ice dance athletes, team leaders, coaches, medical staff and judges selected by U.S. Figure Skating to participate in all international competitions, ISU championships and the Olympic Winter Games for the international competition season of July 1-June 30. ICR 3.05 Team Envelope and International Selection Pool $ 7KH 7HDP (QYHORSH ZKLFK LV D IXQGLQJ PRGHO FRQVLVWV RI DWKOHWHV IRU HDFK RI WKH VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG LFH GDQFH GLVFLSOLQHV ZKR DUH LGHQWL¿HG DV KDYLQJ FRPSHWLWLYH SRWHQWLDO WR ZLQ PHGDOV LQ LQWHUQDWLRQDO :RUOG DQG 2O\PSLF FRPSHWLWLRQ 7KH ,& will approve the criteria annually to name athletes to the team envelope. The criteria to be used will be published before each international competition season. The ICMS will name the athletes to the team envelope for the appropriate discipline based on the criteria approved by the IC. Athletes must be re-nominated to the team envelope annually. % 7KH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6HOHFWLRQ 3RRO ,63 FRQVLVWV RI DWKOHWHV IRU HDFK RI WKH VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG LFH GDQFH GLVFLSOLQHV ZKR DUH LGHQWL¿HG E\ HDFK 'LVFLSOLQH *URXS RI WKH ,& DV EHLQJ FRQVLGHUHG IRU LQWHUQDWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW ICR 3.06 Selection of Athletes For each competition season, the ICMS will present the selection procedures for the ISU Championships to the U.S. Figure Skating Board of Directors for approval. In addition, and at the appropriate time, the ICMS will also present the selection procedures for the Olympic Winter Games to the U.S. Figure Skating Board of Directors for approval. Selection procedures for the Olympic Winter Games will be prepared per the requirements of the USOC. The complete approved selection procedures ZLOO EH SRVWHG RQ XVIVDRQOLQH RUJ (DFK 'LVFLSOLQH *URXS RI WKH ,& ZLOO VHOHFW WKH DWKOHWHV IRU WKH DSSURSULDWH GLVFLSOLQH WR DOO international competitions and ISU championships, and will nominate the athletes to the Olympic Winter Games based on the approved selection procedures. A. To compete internationally on behalf of U.S. Figure Skating, a skater must be a member in good standing of U.S. Figure 6NDWLQJ DQG PXVW PHHW WKH FXUUHQW UHTXLUHPHQWV RI WKH ,68 DQG RU ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 2O\PSLF &RPPLWWHH IRU SDUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ international competitions. % 7KH QXPEHU RI DWKOHWHV VHOHFWHG ZLOO QRW H[FHHG WKH QXPEHU RI HQWULHV SHUPLWWHG E\ ,68 UHJXODWLRQV EXW PD\ EH IHZHU 45

C. Compliance Rules: Permission to compete in any competition selected per ICR 3.03 is a privilege predicated upon the athlete signing DSSURSULDWH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FRQWUDFWV RU DJUHHPHQWV DQG WKHUHE\ DJUHHLQJ WR DELGH E\ WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH Skating and the USOC, if appropriate, and any other such rules, regulations, obligations and codes of conduct contained in the contracts or agreements. 1. Selection to compete in all international competitions, ISU championships and the Olympic Winter Games will not be RI¿FLDO DQG DWKOHWHV PD\ QRW SDUWLFLSDWH XQWLO HDFK KDV H[HFXWHG WKH GRFXPHQWDWLRQ FRQWUDFWV DQG DJUHHPHQWV UHTXLUHG by U.S. Figure Skating and, if applicable, the USOC. ICR 3.07 Arrangements and Logistics All arrangements and logistics (travel, housing, team apparel, etc.) for each competition for the U.S. Figure Skating Team will be made by the Team USA coordinator in cooperation with the IC chair. ICR 4.00 RESERVED ICR 5.00 Organization of the Synchronized Management Subcommittee ICR 5.01 The Synchronized Management Subcommittee (SMS) derives its authority from the International Committee. ICR 5.02 The Synchronized Management Subcommittee consists of the International Committee chair, the International Committee immediate past chair, the Synchronized Skating Committee chair, one international synchronized skating coach, WKUHH V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ DWKOHWHV ZKR DUH QRW DFWLYHO\ FRPSHWLQJ DQG ¿YH DW ODUJH PHPEHUV ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH 6\QFKURQL]HG 0DQDJHPHQW 6XEFRPPLWWHH LPPHGLDWH SDVW FKDLU DQG WKH 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH LPPHGLDWH SDVW FKDLU DUH H[ RI¿FLR members of this subcommittee. The International Committee chair will appoint the SMS chair from among the members of this subcommittee. ,&5 &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW 6KRXOG DQ\ PHPEHU VHUYLQJ RQ WKH 606 KDYH D FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW WKH PHPEHU ZLOO UHFXVH KLP KHUVHOI IURP WKH GHFLVLRQ PDNLQJ SURFHVV LQ DOO PDWWHUV LQ ZKLFK WKH FRQÀLFW H[LVWV ICR 5.04 Responsibilities of the Synchronized Management Subcommittee A. The mission of the SMS is to select the U.S. Synchronized Skating Team that wins WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI LQWHUQDWLRQDO PHGDOV DQG EHUWKV SRVVLEOH E\ VWUDWHJLFDOO\ SURYLGLQJ H[SHULHQFH DQG H[SRVXUH WR TXDOL¿HG PHPEHUV RI WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ 7HDP DQG E\ LGHQWLI\LQJ DQG VXSSRUWLQJ WKH EHVW TXDOL¿HG IXWXUH SURVSHFWV to achieve the ultimate goal of World podium results. B. To accomplish this mission, the responsibilities of the SMS are: 1. To approve criteria proposed and used to select international competitions in synchronized skating. 2. To approve criteria proposed and used to select and enter member teams in all international synchronized skating competitions, the ISU World Synchronized Skating Championships and the ISU World Junior Synchronized Skating Championships. 3. To select synchronized teams to compete in all international synchronized skating competitions, the ISU World Synchronized Skating Championships and the ISU World Junior Synchronized Skating Championships. 4. $Q\ UHODWHG RU RWKHU UHVSRQVLELOLWLHV LGHQWL¿HG LQ UXOHV ,&5 . 1RWH $ WZR WKLUGV PDMRULW\ RI WKH PHPEHUV RI WKH YRWLQJ PHPEHUV RI WKH 606 ZLOO FRQVWLWXWH D TXRUXP WR WDNH DFWLRQ $FWLRQ E\ WKH 606 ZLOO EH GHWHUPLQHG E\ D WZR WKLUGV PDMRULW\ DSSURYDO RI WKH PHPEHUV DFWXDOO\ YRWLQJ ,Q FDVHV RI DQ HPHUJHQF\ GHFLVLRQV ZLWK OHVV WKDQ KRXU QRWLFH ZKHUH LPPHGLDWH DFWLRQ LV UHTXLUHG D VLPSOH PDMRULW\ RI WKH 606 ZLOO FRQVWLWXWH D TXRUXP WR WDNH DFWLRQ DQG DFWLRQ ZLOO EH GHWHUPLQHG E\ D VLPSOH PDMRULW\ DSSURYDO RI WKH PHPEHUV DFWXDOO\ YRWLQJ ICR 5.05 Selection of Synchronized Competitions The SMS will select annually the international competitions for synchronized skating in which U.S. Figure Skating will SDUWLFLSDWH 'XULQJ WKH FRXUVH RI WKH VHDVRQ WKH 606 PD\ DGG LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV QRW SUHYLRXVO\ VHOHFWHG VXEMHFW WR the availability of funding. ICR 5.06 United States Synchronized Skating Team The United States Synchronized Skating Team consists of the synchronized athletes, team leaders, coaches, medical staff DQG MXGJHV VHOHFWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DOO LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG ,68 FKDPSLRQVKLSV IRU WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ VHDVRQ RI -XO\ -XQH ICR 5.07 Synchronized Skating Team Envelope A Synchronized Skating Team (QYHORSH FRQVLVWV RI WHDPV LGHQWL¿HG E\ WKH 606 DV KDYLQJ demonstrated competitive potential to win medals in international and world competition during the prior season 7HDPV PXVW EH UH QRPLQDWHG WR WKH WHDP envelope annually. A. The SMS will approve the criteria to name teams to the team envelopes and must publish the criteria before the competitive season. B. The SMS will name the teams to the envelopes based on the approved criteria. ICR 5.08 International Selection Pool 7KH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6HOHFWLRQ 3RRO ,63 FRQVLVWV RI WHDPV LGHQWL¿HG E\ WKH 606 DV EHLQJ FRQVLGHUHG IRU LQWHUQDWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW Criteria for selection to the ISP will be developed annually by the SMS. ICR 5.09 Selection of Synchronized Teams For each competition season, the SMS will present the selection procedures for the ISU World Synchronized Skating 46

Championships and the ISU World Junior Synchronized Skating Championships to the U.S. Figure Skating Board of Directors for approval. The complete approved selection procedures will be posted on usfsaonline.org The SMS will select the synchronized teams to the ISU World Synchronized Skating Championships and the ISU World Junior Synchronized Skating Championships based on the approved selection procedures. A. The SMS will select the teams for all international competitions. B. 6HOHFWLRQ WR FRPSHWH LQ DOO LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG ,68 FKDPSLRQVKLSV ZLOO QRW EH RI¿FLDO DQG WHDPV PD\ QRW SDUWLFLSDWH XQWLO HDFK KDV H[HFXWHG WKH GRFXPHQWDWLRQ FRQWUDFWV DQG DJUHHPHQWV UHTXLUHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG LI applicable, the USOC. C. 7KH QXPEHU RI WHDPV VHOHFWHG PXVW QRW H[FHHG WKH QXPEHU RI HQWULHV SHUPLWWHG E\ ,68 UHJXODWLRQV EXW WKH HQWULHV PD\ EH fewer. D. The SMS may withdraw teams from previously selected international competitions for reasonable cause at any time during the course of the skating season. ICR 5.10 Arrangements and Logistics $OO DUUDQJHPHQWV DQG ORJLVWLFV WUDYHO KRXVLQJ WHDP DSSDUHO HWF IRU HDFK FRPSHWLWLRQ IRU WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ Team will be made by headquarters in cooperation with the SMS chair.

ISU Representative ISUR 1.00 The ISU representative is a member appointed by the president who is thereby regularly empowered to attend the PHHWLQJV RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6NDWLQJ 8QLRQ DQG WR H[HUFLVH WKH YRWLQJ ULJKWV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ

,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV IJOCR 1.00 Authority IJOCR 1.01 7KH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV &RPPLWWHH LV D SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ;9, 6HFWLRQ RI the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. IJOCR 2.00 Organization and Responsibility IJOCR 2.01 The committee shall consist of the chair, the chairs of Competitions, International, Judges and Technical Panel Committees, the ISU representative, the three U.S. Figure Skating vice presidents and such other members as the chair may appoint. IJOCR 2.02 7KH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV &RPPLWWHH ZLOO $ 5HYLHZ DQQXDOO\ WKH OLVWV RI UHIHUHHV DQG MXGJHV DQG RWKHU WHFKQLFDO RI¿FLDOV DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH ,68 B. Maintain records required to evaluate and recommend appointments, promotions, demotions and removals; & 5HYLHZ DQQXDOO\ DOO SURVSHFWLYH FDQGLGDWHV IRU DGGLWLRQ D. Present recommendations to the Board of Directors for nominations to the ISU; ( )DFLOLWDWH WUDLQLQJ UHTXLUHG E\ WKH ,68 IRU ,68 UHIHUHHV MXGJHV DQG RWKHU WHFKQLFDO RI¿FLDOV DQG ) )DFLOLWDWH WKH UHVROXWLRQ RI LVVXHV LGHQWL¿HG E\ WKH ,68 SHUWDLQLQJ WR WKH SHUIRUPDQFH RI ,68 MXGJHV UHIHUHHV DQG RWKHU WHFKQLFDO RI¿FLDOV IJOCR 3.00 ISU and International Nominations IJOCR 3.01 ISU and international judges may be nominated by the Board of Directors upon presentation of the candidate’s QDPH UHFRPPHQGDWLRQ DQG UHFRUG E\ WKH FKDLU RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV &RPPLWWHH ,I VXFK UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV for nomination are approved by the Board of Directors, they shall be forwarded by U.S. Figure Skating headquarters to the ISU on such forms and at such times as are required by ISU regulations for consideration and appropriate action by that body. IJOCR 3.02 5HFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU QRPLQDWLRQ DV ,68 RU LQWHUQDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV LFH GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJH must include the same data prescribed for national judges in the Judges Committee Guideline for Judge Appointments with the DGGHG LQFOXVLRQ RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V RI¿FLDO MXGJLQJ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV RU 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV DQG RI¿FLDO MXGJLQJ RU WULDO MXGJLQJ RI LQWHUQDWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG WHVWV LQ VLQJOHV SDLUV ice dance or synchronized skating. A. Judges for ISU championships in all disciplines and judges for international competitions in all disciplines are appointed by the ISU, and their eligibility to judge the Olympic Winter Games, ISU championships and international competitions is governed by the applicable regulations of the ISU. B. ISU test judges for singles, pairs and ice dance are appointed by the ISU, and their eligibility to judge ISU tests is governed by ISU regulations. IJOCR 3.03 The nominations of those judges appointed by the ISU shall be reviewed and approved annually by the Board of Directors. $ -XGJHV ZLWK ,68 DSSRLQWPHQWV PXVW PHHW WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV XQGHU UXOH VHFWLRQ -5 LQ RUGHU WR KDYH WKHLU QDPHV resubmitted to the ISU. IJOCR 3.04 5HIHUHHV DQG WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV IRU ,68 FKDPSLRQVKLSV DQG LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV LQ DOO GLVFLSOLQHV PD\ be nominated by the Board of Directors upon presentation of the candidate’s name, recommendation and record by the chair RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV &RPPLWWHH ,I WKH UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU QRPLQDWLRQ DUH DSSURYHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI Directors, they shall be forwarded by U.S. Figure Skating headquarters to the ISU on forms and at such times as are required by ISU regulations for consideration and appropriate action by that body. IJOCR 3.05 The recommendation for nomination for ISU or international referee, and ISU or international technical panel 47

RI¿FLDOV LQ DOO GLVFLSOLQHV PXVW LQFOXGH WKH VDPH GDWD SUHVFULEHG IRU QDWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO DQG UHJLRQDO UHIHUHHV LQ &5 $

% & RU WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV LQ 73&5 ± A. To be considered for nomination, a technical specialist must: 1. Have been a former competitor at a U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned regional, sectional or national championships, and 2. Be a United States citizen. ,-2&5 5HWLUHPHQW RU 5HVLJQDWLRQ RI ,68 DQG ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 2I¿FLDOV IJOCR 4.01 ,68 DQG LQWHUQDWLRQDO RI¿FLDOV GHVLULQJ WR UHVLJQ ,68 DSSRLQWPHQWV PXVW VXEPLW D ZULWWHQ QRWLFH RI UHVLJQDWLRQ WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV &RPPLWWHH 7KH FKDLU ZLOO UHSRUW WKHLU UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV WR WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV IRU DSSURYDO 7KH RI¿FLDO ZLOO EH QRWL¿HG RI WKH DFWLRQ WDNHQ DQG KHDGTXDUWHUV ZLOO QRWLI\ WKH ,68 LI WKH UHWLUHPHQW resignation is approved. ,-2&5 +RQRUDU\ ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 2I¿FLDOV IJOCR 5.01 +RQRUDU\ LQWHUQDWLRQDO RI¿FLDOV DUH DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV IURP DPRQJ WKRVH ,68 DQG LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJHV UHIHUHHV WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHUV WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV DQG GDWD DQG UHSOD\ RSHUDWRUV ZKR UHVLJQ DV SHU UXOH ,-2&5 RU ZKR UHDFK WKH PD[LPXP DJH DV GH¿QHG E\ WKH ,68 $ 5HFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU VXFK DSSRLQWPHQWV DUH PDGH E\ WKH FKDLU RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV &RPPLWWHH % &HUWL¿FDWHV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG WR SHUVRQV DSSRLQWHG & 7HFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV LQ WKH KRQRUDU\ FODVVL¿FDWLRQ DUH HOLJLEOH WR UHWXUQ WR DQ DSSURSULDWH DFWLYH FODVVL¿FDWLRQ SHU UXOHV ,-2&5 VKRXOG WKH UHDVRQV IRU WKHLU UHVLJQDWLRQ FHDVH WR H[LVW

Judges JR 1.00 Judges’ Creed Standard of Conduct JR 1.01 7KH IROORZLQJ -XGJHV¶ &UHHG 6WDQGDUG RI &RQGXFW LV HVWDEOLVKHG IRU WKH JXLGDQFH RI DOO MXGJHV RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LFH dance and synchronized skating: ‡ , FRQVLGHU LW DQ KRQRU DQG D SULYLOHJH WR EH D MXGJH RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LFH GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ • I shall make my judgment to the best of my ability with all humility and then shall keep my own counsel unless questioned RI¿FLDOO\ • I shall free my mind of all former impressions, be cooperative and punctual, and do my best always to improve my knowledge and to uphold the dignity of the sport. JR 1.02 Judges may not stand or sit together nor communicate with each other or with spectators or contestants while judging. They may not compare notes with one another and must judge independently. In addition, judges may not consult previously prepared marks during a competition. JR 1.03 Judges will not write down the announced scores of any skater or team during an event they are judging. JR 1.04 -XGJHV PXVW QRW EULQJ DQ\ IRUP RI HOHFWURQLF FRPPXQLFDWLYH V\VWHP WR WKH RI¿FLDOV¶ VWDQG GXULQJ DQ\ W\SH RI FRPSHWLWLRQ -XGJHV DUH SHUPLWWHG WR EULQJ WR WKH RI¿FLDOV¶ VWDQG DQ HOHFWURQLF FRPPXQLFDWLYH GHYLFH GXULQJ WHVW VHVVLRQV IRU WKH VROH SXUSRVH RI DFFHVVLQJ RI¿FLDO GRFXPHQWV VXFK DV WKH UXOHERRN 6HH DOVR UXOH JR 1.05 When judging ice dance, pair or free skate tests and competitions, judges shall stand or sit at locations from which they FDQ VHH WKH FRPSOHWH GDQFH SDWWHUQV RI LFH GDQFH RU WKH FRPSOHWH SURJUDP RI VLQJOHV SDLUV RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ DQG FDQ hear the music. JR 1.06 Judges shall refrain from publishing or emailing any statements, or making comments in online chat rooms or discussion boards concerning tests and competitions in which they have served as judges. JR 1.07 Violations of the foregoing rules may be deemed adequate grounds for appropriate action by the Judges Committee. 6HH DOVR *5 JR 2.00 Authority, Responsibility and Organization JR 2.01 The Judges Committee is responsible for and has general supervision over: $ 7KH UXOHV JRYHUQLQJ WKH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV RI DOO MXGJHV % 6XSHUYLVLRQ RI WKH HGXFDWLRQ DQG FRQGXFW RI DOO MXGJHV VHH *5 C. The keeping of records for the evaluation of the markings of all judges in tests; ' 7KH DSSRLQWPHQW SURPRWLRQ GHPRWLRQ VXVSHQVLRQ DQG UHPRYDO RI DOO OHYHOV RI MXGJHV ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI QDWLRQDO levels, which require the approval of the Board of Directors. ( 7KH SHUIRUPDQFH RI MXGJHV IRU DOO WHVWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV JR 2.02 The Judges Committee consists of: A. A chair; % 6HFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ DQG UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG IRU dance who will report to the appropriate sectional vice chair; C. A national vice chair for synchronized judges; D. A national vice chair for theatrical skating judges;

48

( $ QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU WKH -XGJHV (GXFDWLRQ DQG 7UDLQLQJ 6XEFRPPLWWHH 5HSRUWLQJ WR WKH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU DUH WKUHH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV DQG D YLFH FKDLU IRU HDFK GLVFLSOLQH VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 7KH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU WKH -XGJHV (GXFDWLRQ DQG 7UDLQLQJ 6XEFRPPLWWHH VKDOO EH UHVSRQVLEOH IRU WKH GHYHORSPHQW RI D FRQWLQXLQJ HGXFDWLRQ SURJUDP IRU WKH HVWDEOLVKPHQW RI FRPPRQ HYDOXDWLRQV RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LFH GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ DQG IRU FRPPRQ VWDQGDUGV IRU DSSUDLVLQJ YDULRXV IDFWRUV RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ F. A national vice chair of domestic judges; G. A national vice chair for strategic development; H. At least one but no more than four members from each region. , 7KH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH VKDOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU JR 2.03 The chair of the Judges Committee is responsible for maintaining records of the activity and accuracy of the judging of qualifying competitions by all judges. These records shall be made available to the Selections Committee, the International -XGJHV DQG 2I¿FLDOV &RPPLWWHH WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH DQG RWKHU RI¿FLDOV ZKR VHOHFW RU approve judges for competitions. -5 1RWL¿FDWLRQ JR 3.01 Headquarters will post new rules and rule changes on its website. JR 4.00 Eligibility JR 4.01 -XGJHV VKDOO LQ WKHLU GHVLJQDWHG FODVVL¿FDWLRQ EH HOLJLEOH WR DFW DV RI¿FLDO MXGJHV RI DQ\ WHVW RU FRPSHWLWLRQ LI WKH\ KDYH QRW EHFRPH DQ LQHOLJLEOH SHUVRQ RU KDYH QRW EHHQ UHPRYHG VXVSHQGHG RU GHPRWHG )RU H[FHSWLRQV VHH UXOHV -5 & and 2134. JR 4.02 7KH VHOHFWLRQ RI DQ XQRI¿FLDO MXGJH E\ D FOXE WHVW FKDLU PD\ UHVXOW LQ WKH WHVW EHLQJ LQYDOLGDWHG VXEMHFW WR D GHFLVLRQ of the chairs of the Judges and Tests Committees. The Judges Committee will initiate disciplinary action against any judge LGHQWL¿HG DV MXGJLQJ D WHVW RU FRPSHWLWLRQ HYHQW WKDW WKH\ DUH QRW DXWKRUL]HG WR MXGJH JR 4.03 Judges are authorized to judge skating tests and competitions sanctioned by U.S. Figure Skating, including sanctioned FRPSHWLWLRQV VSRQVRUHG E\ QRQSUR¿W RUJDQL]DWLRQV JR 4.04 Judges of U.S. Figure Skating must be current members to serve in any capacity at a U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned event. If judges do not renew their membership by March 1 of the following year, they will be deemed to have resigned their appointment as a judge, and their name will be removed from the judges’ lists. JR 4.05 Judges shall be considered to represent the section and region of their principal residence. JR 4.06 3ULYDWH RU VHPL SULYDWH WUDLQHUV RI D VNDWHU LQ EDOOHW J\PQDVWLFV EDOOURRP GDQFLQJ RU SK\VLFDO ¿WQHVV DUH SURKLELWHG from judging or trial judging skaters who are their pupils. JR 4.07 RESERVED JR 4.08 If a U.S. Figure Skating judge begins coaching outside the H[FHSWLRQV DOORZHG LQ UXOH -5 ' DQG ( WKH MXGJH must inform the chair of the Judges Committee in writing that this activity has commenced, and must cease judging. A U.S. )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ MXGJH LV SURKLELWHG IURP SDUWLFLSDWLQJ DV DQ RI¿FLDO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ MXGJH GXULQJ WKLV SHULRG ,I VXFK MXGJH concurrently acts as a judge of tests or at any U.S. Figure Skating competitions while serving as a paid coach in skating or its related activities, this conduct will be reviewed by the chair of the Judges Committee for disciplinary action. A. U.S. Figure Skating judge may trial judge during the coaching activity period; % 7KH MXGJH PD\ EHJLQ RU UHVXPH MXGJLQJ QLQHW\ GD\V DIWHU ZLWK GUDZLQJ IURP FRDFKLQJ DFWLYLW\ 7KH MXGJH LV SURKLELWHG from judging former students for one year following the student’s last lesson; & 6HH UXOHV -5 DQG -5 IRU WKH UHDSSRLQWPHQW SURFHVV D. U.S. Figure Skating appointed judges may instruct skaters who have not passed any U.S. Figure Skating pre-preliminary or higher tests. Such instruction must be as part of a learn-to-skate or /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ lesson program. Judges who instruct under these guidelines maintain their eligibility to judge. ( 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ MXGJHV ZKR DUH IXOO WLPH FROOHJH VWXGHQWV PD\ FRDFK DQG MXGJH FRQFXUUHQWO\ 7KHVH VNDWHUV PXVW DSSO\ WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH DQG SURYLGH GRFXPHQWDWLRQ WKDW FRQ¿UPV WKHLU VWDWXV DV D IXOO WLPH FROOHJH VWXGHQW JR 5.00 Select, Advanced and Accelerated Tracks JR 5.01 7KHVH WUDFNV DUH HVWDEOLVKHG WR HQFRXUDJH PRQLWRU DQG JXLGH IRUPHU DQG FXUUHQW KLJK OHYHO ¿JXUH VNDWHUV LFH GDQFHUV DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWHUV ZLWK WKHLU DGYDQFHPHQW DV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ MXGJHV &DQGLGDWHV IXO¿OOLQJ JXLGHOLQH UHTXLUHPHQWV PD\ EH DFFHSWHG LQWR D WUDFN XSRQ DSSOLFDWLRQ WR WKH UHJLRQDO RU VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 7KH JXLGHOLQHV DUH DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RU RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ

49

JR 6.00 Figure, Singles/Pairs Test and Competition Judges Authorized to Judge JR 6.01 The tests and competitions to which reference is made in the following rules are those over which U.S. Figure Skating KDV MXULVGLFWLRQ 6HH UXOH -5 -XGJHV DUH DXWKRUL]HG WR MXGJH WHVWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV DV IROORZV H[FHSW WKDW RQO\ MXGJHV FHUWL¿HG E\ WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH in the international judging system ,-6 PD\ RI¿FLDWH DW qualifying competition events employing the IJS.

Figure Test Level

JR 6.01 Figure Test Judges Authorized to Judge Preliminary Figure 1st Test 2nd Test 3rd Test 4th Test 5th Test 6th Test 7th Test 8th Test Adult Bronze Figure Adult Silver Figure Adult Gold Figure

Low Figure Test Judge (LOW) J* J* J*

J*

)LJXUH -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Intermediate High Figure Test Judge Figure Test Judge (INT) (HI) J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J*

J* J* J*

Gold Figure Test Judge (GLD) J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J*

- 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH DV D VLQJOH MXGJH SDQHO

Figure Competition Level

JR 6.01 Figure Test Judges Authorized to Judge

Low Figure Test Judge (LOW)

Preliminary Figure Pre-Juvenile Figure Juvenile Figure Intermediate Figure Novice Figure Junior Figure Senior Figure Adult Bronze Figure Adult Silver Figure Adult Gold Figure

- 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ

50

J J

)LJXUH -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Intermediate High Figure Test Judge Figure Test Judge (INT) (HI) 14 J J J J J J J J J

J J

J J J

Gold Figure Test Judge (GLD) J J J J J

J J J

The chart below is effective through September 1, 2017

Pair Tests

Free Skate Tests

Moves in the Field Tests

JR 6.01 Singles/Pairs Test Judges Authorized to Judge Pre-Preliminary Moves in the Field Preliminary Moves in the Field Pre-Juvenile Moves in the Field Juvenile Moves in the Field Intermediate Moves in the Field Novice Moves in the Field Junior Moves in the Field Senior Moves in the Field Adult Pre-Bronze Moves in the Field Adult Bronze Moves in the Field Adult Silver Moves in the Field Adult Gold Moves in the Field Pre-Preliminary Free Skate Preliminary Free Skate Pre-Juvenile Free Skate Juvenile Free Skate Intermediate Free Skate Novice Free Skate Junior Free Skate Senior Free Skate Adult Pre-Bronze Free Skate Adult Bronze Free Skate Adult Silver Free Skate Adult Gold Free Skate Pre-Juvenile Pair Juvenile Pair Intermediate Pair Novice Pair Junior Pair Senior Pair Adult Bronze Pair Adult Silver Pair Adult Gold Pair

6LQJOHV 3DLUV 7HVW -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Bronze Silver Gold S/P Test Judge S/P Test Judge S/P Test Judge (BRZ) (SLV) (GLD) M* M* M* M M* M* M M M M M M M M M M M M M* M* M* M M* M* M M M M M M J* J* J* J J* J* J J J J J J J J J J J J J* J* J* J J* J* J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J* J J J J J J

- 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH VWDQGDUG WHVWV ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ 0 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH VWDQGDUG WHVWV ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ LI FHUWL¿HG IRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG ,, 0,)

4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH DSSOLFDEOH WHVW DV D VLQJOH MXGJH SDQHO )RU 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV WHVWV VHH UXOHV 75 WR

51

The charts below are effective starting September 2, 2017

Free Skate Tests

Moves in the Field Tests

JR 6.01 Singles Test Judges and Singles/Pairs Competition Judges Authorized to Judge Pre-Preliminary Moves in the Field Preliminary Moves in the Field Pre-Juvenile Moves in the Field Juvenile Moves in the Field Intermediate Moves in the Field Novice Moves in the Field Junior Moves in the Field Senior Moves in the Field Adult Pre-Bronze Moves in the Field Adult Bronze Moves in the Field Adult Silver Moves in the Field Adult Gold Moves in the Field Pre-Preliminary Free Skate Preliminary Free Skate Pre-Juvenile Free Skate Juvenile Free Skate Intermediate Free Skate Novice Free Skate Junior Free Skate Senior Free Skate Adult Pre-Bronze Free Skate Adult Bronze Free Skate Adult Silver Free Skate Adult Gold Free Skate

Pair Tests

JR 6.01 Singles Test Judges and Singles/ Pairs Competition Judges Authorized to Judge Pre-Juvenile Pair Juvenile Pair Intermediate Pair Novice Pair Junior Pair Senior Pair Adult Bronze Pair Adult Silver Pair Adult Gold Pair

Singles 7HVW -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Bronze Silver Gold Singles Test Judge Singles Test Judge Singles Test Judge (BRZ) (SLV) (GLD) M* M* M* M M* M* M M M M M M M M M M M M M* M* M* M M* M* M M M M M M J* J* J* J J* J* J J J J J J J J J J J J J* J* J* J J* J* J J J J J J

Singles 7HVW -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Bronze Singles Test Judge (BRZ) P P

Silver Singles Test Judge (SLV) P P P P

P P P

P P P

Gold Singles Test Judge (GLD) P P P P P P P P P

Singles/Pairs Competition Judge &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Regional S/P Judge (REG)

Sectional S/P Judge (SEC)

National S/P Judge (NAT)

J J J J J J J J J

J J J J J J J* J J

J J J J J J J* J J

- 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH VWDQGDUG WHVWV ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ 0 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH VWDQGDUG WHVWV ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ LI FHUWL¿HG IRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG ,, 0,)

3 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLU WHVWV LI FHUWL¿HG IRU SDLUV 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH DSSOLFDEOH WHVW DV D VLQJOH MXGJH SDQHO )RU 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV WHVWV VHH UXOHV 75 WR 52

The chart below is effective through September 1, 2017

Qualifying Competitions

Nonqualifying Competitions – Events and Levels

JR 6.01 Singles/Pairs Test and Competition Judges Authorized to Judge No Test Singles Pre-Preliminary Singles Preliminary Singles Pre-Juvenile Singles Juvenile Singles Intermediate Singles Novice Singles Junior Singles Senior Singles Adult Pre-Bronze Singles Adult Bronze Singles Adult Silver Singles Adult Gold Singles Masters Jr-Sr Singles Masters Int-Nov Singles Pre-Juvenile Pair Juvenile Pair Intermediate Pair Novice Pair Junior Pair Senior Pair Centennial Pair Adult Bronze Pair Adult Silver Pair Adult Gold Pair Masters Pair Synchronized (all levels) Showcase (all levels) TOI FS Events (all levels) Regionals (all singles and pairs events) Sectionals (all singles and pairs events) U.S. Figure Skating Champs (all singles and pairs events) U.S. Collegiate Champs (all singles and pairs events) Adult Sectionals (all singles and pairs events) U.S. Adult Champs (all singles and pairs events)

Bronze S/P Test Judge (BRZ) J J J J J J J

J J J

J J J J

J J

J J

6LQJOHV 3DLUV -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Silver Gold Nonqual- Regional Sectional S/P Test S/P Test ifying S/P S/P S/P Judge Judge Judge Judge Judge (SLV) (GLD) (NQ) (REG) (SEC) J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J -

J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J -

J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J J J -

J J J J J J J

National S/P Judge (NAT) J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

J

J

J

J J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

- 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH HYHQWV DW FRPSHWLWLRQV ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ - 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH HYHQWV DW QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DV D RQH MXGJH PLQRULW\ RI WKH SDQHO TOI FS = Theatre On Ice free skate events 53

The chart below is effective starting September 2, 2017

Qualifying Competitions

Nonqualifying Competitions – Events and Levels

6LQJOHV 3DLUV -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV NonJR 6.01 Singles/Pairs Test and Bronze Silver Gold Regional Sectional qualifying Competition Judges Authorized to Singles Singles Singles S/P S/P Singles Judge Test Judge Test Judge Test Judge Judge Judge Judge (BRZ) (SLV) (GLD) (REG) (SEC) (NQ) No Test Singles J J J -

J J Pre-Preliminary Singles J J J -

J J Preliminary Singles J J J -

J J Pre-Juvenile Singles J J J -

J J Juvenile Singles J J J -

J J Intermediate Singles J J J -

J J Novice Singles J J J -

J J Junior Singles J -

J J Senior Singles J -

J J Adult Pre-Bronze Singles J J J -

J J Adult Bronze Singles J J J -

J J Adult Silver Singles J J J -

J J Adult Gold Singles J J -

J J Masters Jr-Sr Singles J J -

J J Masters Int-Nov Singles J J -

J J Pre-Juvenile Pair P P P J J Juvenile Pair P P P J J Intermediate Pair P P P J J Novice Pair P P P J J Junior Pair P J J Senior Pair P J J Centennial Pair P P J J Adult Bronze Pair P P P J J Adult Silver Pair P P P J J Adult Gold Pair P P J J Masters Pair P P J J Synchronized (all levels) J J Showcase (all levels) J J J -

J J TOI FS Events (all levels) J J J J J Regionals J J (all singles and pairs events) Sectionals J (all singles and pairs events) U.S. Figure Skating Champs (all singles and pairs events) U.S. Collegiate Champs J (all singles and pairs events) Adult Sectionals J J (all singles and pairs events) U.S. Adult Champs J (all singles and pairs events) - 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH HYHQWV DW FRPSHWLWLRQV ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ - 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH HYHQWV DW QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DV D RQH MXGJH PLQRULW\ RI WKH SDQHO 3 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH SDLU HYHQWV DW QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV LI FHUWL¿HG IRU SDLUV TOI FS = Theatre On Ice free skate events

54

National S/P Judge (NAT) J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

JR 7.00 Dance Test and Competition Judges Authorized to Judge JR 7.01 The tests and competitions to which reference is made in the following rules are those over which U.S. Figure Skating KDV MXULVGLFWLRQ 6HH UXOH -5 'DQFH MXGJHV DUH DXWKRUL]HG WR MXGJH WHVWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV DV IROORZV H[FHSW WKDW RQO\ MXGJHV FHUWL¿HG in the international judging system ,-6 E\ WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH PD\ RI¿FLDWH DW qualifying competition events employing the IJS. 'DQFH 7HVW -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV

All Free Dance Tests

Solo Pattern Dance Tests

Partnered PD Tests

Moves in the Field Tests

JR 7.01 Dance Test Judges Authorized to Judge

Pre-Preliminary Moves in the Field Preliminary Moves in the Field Pre-Juvenile Moves in the Field Juvenile Moves in the Field Intermediate Moves in the Field Novice Moves in the Field Junior Moves in the Field Senior Moves in the Field Adult Pre-Bronze Moves in the Field Adult Bronze Moves in the Field Adult Silver Moves in the Field Adult Gold Moves in the Field Preliminary Partnered Pattern Dances Pre-Bronze Partnered Pattern Dances Bronze Partnered Pattern Dances Pre-Silver Partnered Pattern Dances Silver Partnered Pattern Dances Pre-Gold Partnered Pattern Dances Gold Partnered Pattern Dances International Partnered Pattern Dances Preliminary Solo Pattern Dances Pre-Bronze Solo Pattern Dances Bronze Solo Pattern Dances Pre-Silver Solo Pattern Dances Silver Solo Pattern Dances Pre-Gold Solo Pattern Dances Gold Solo Pattern Dances International Solo Pattern Dances Juvenile Free Dance (Partnered/Solo) Intermediate Free Dance (Partnered/Solo) Novice Free Dance (Partnered/Solo) Junior Free Dance (Partnered/Solo) Senior Free Dance (Partnered/Solo) Adult/Masters Pre-Bronze Free Dance Adult Bronze Free Dance Adult Silver Free Dance Adult Gold Free Dance

Bronze Dance Test Judge (BRZ)

Silver Dance Test Judge (SLV)

Gold Dance Test Judge (GLD)

M* M M M

M* M* M M M M

M* M M

M* M* M M J* J* J* J J J

M* M* M M M M M M M* M* M M J* J* J* J J J J

J* J J J

J* J* J* J*

J* J* J* J* J* J*

J* J* J* J* J* J* J*

J J J

J* J* J J

J J J

J* J* J J

J* J* J J J J* J* J J

Gold Dance Test Judge with Intl Cert (G/I)+ M* M* M M M M M M M* M* M M J* J* J* J J J J J J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J* J J J J* J* J J

1RWH 3DWWHUQ GDQFHV 3' HQFRPSDVV DOO SDVVLQJ DYHUDJH FODVVL¿FDWLRQV ± VWDQGDUG DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV ± IRU HDFK OHYHO - 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH VWDQGDUG WHVWV ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ 0 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH VWDQGDUG WHVWV ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ LI FHUWL¿HG IRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG ,, 0,)

4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH DSSOLFDEOH WHVW DV D VLQJOH MXGJH SDQHO )RU 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV WHVWV VHH UXOHV 75 WR

55

6HFWLRQDO GDQFH MXGJHV DUH DXWRPDWLFDOO\ TXDOL¿HG WR MXGJH LQWHUQDWLRQDO GDQFH WHVWV

Nonqualifying Competitions – Events and Levels

JR 7.01 Dance Test and Competition Judges Authorized to Judge

Pre-Juvenile Dance Juvenile Dance Intermediate Dance Novice Dance Junior Dance Senior Dance Preliminary Solo Dance Pre-Bronze Solo Dance Bronze Solo Dance Pre-Silver Solo Dance Silver Solo Dance Pre-Gold Solo Dance International Solo Dance Gold Solo Dance Adult Pre-Bronze Dance Adult Bronze Dance Adult Pre-Silver Dance Adult Silver Dance Adult Pre-Gold Dance Adult Gold Dance Masters Open Dance Centennial Dance Adult Bronze Solo Dance Adult Pre-Silver Solo Dance Adult Silver Solo Dance Adult Pre-Gold Solo Dance Adult Gold Solo Dance Synchronized (all levels) Showcase (all levels) TOI FS Events (all levels)

Bronze Dance Test Judge (BRZ)

Silver Dance Test Judge (SLV)

J J J

J J J Solo Solo Solo J J J J J J J J J J J J

J J J

J J J J

J J J

J J J J J

J J

J J

'DQFH -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Gold Dance NonTest Novice qualiSectional National Judge Sectional fying Dance Dance with & Dance Dance Judge Judge w/o Intl Judge Judge (SEC) (NAT) Cert (NV/S) (NQ) (GLD) (G/I) J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J -

J J J J J J J -

J J J J J J J

- 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH HYHQWV DW ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ - 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH HYHQWV DW QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DV D RQH MXGJH PLQRULW\ RI WKH SDQHO 6ROR 2QO\ TXDOL¿HG WR MXGJH VROR GDQFH HYHQWV DW WKLV FRPSHWLWLRQ QRW SDUWQHUHG HYHQWV TOI FS = Theatre On Ice free skate events

56

JR 7.01 Dance Test and Competition Judges Authorized to Judge

Bronze Dance Test Judge (BRZ)

Silver Dance Test Judge (SLV)

'DQFH -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Gold Dance NonTest Novice qualiSectional National Judge Sectional fying Dance Dance with & Dance Dance Judge Judge w/o Intl Judge Judge (SEC) (NAT) Cert (NV/S) (NQ) (GLD) (GWI)

Qualifying Competitions

Regionals (all ice dance events) Sectionals (novice and lower ice dance events) Sectionals (junior and senior ice dance events) U.S. Figure Skating Championships (all ice dance events) U.S. Collegiate (all ice dance events) Adult Sectionals (all ice dance events)

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J J

J

U.S. Adult (all ice dance events)

J

J

J

J

J

J

- 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH HYHQWV DW ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ JR 8.00 Synchronized Skating Competition Judges Authorized to Judge JR 8.01 The competitions to which reference is made in the following rules are those over which U.S. Figure Skating has MXULVGLFWLRQ 6HH UXOH -5 -XGJHV DUH DXWKRUL]HG WR MXGJH V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ HYHQWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV DV IROORZV H[FHSW WKDW RQO\ WKH MXGJHV FHUWL¿HG E\ WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH LQ WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP ,-6 PD\ RI¿FLDWH DW TXDOLI\LQJ competition events employing the IJS:

Qualifying Competitions

Nonqualifying Competitions

JR 8.01 Synchronized Skating Competition Judges Authorized to Judge

Nonqualifying SyS Judge (NQ)

6\QFKURQL]HG -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Junior Sectional Senior Sectional SyS Judge SyS Judge (JR/S) (SR/S)

National SyS Judge (NAT)

Nonqualifying Synchronized Competitions (all levels)

-

J

J

J

Showcase (all levels)

-

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

TOI FS Event (all levels) Synchronized Sectionals (junior and lower events) Synchronized Sectionals (senior events) U.S. Synchronized (all events)

J

- 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH HYHQWV DW FRPSHWLWLRQV ZLWKRXW OLPLWDWLRQ - 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH HYHQWV DW QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DV D RQH MXGJH PLQRULW\ RI WKH SDQHO TOI FS = Theatre On Ice free skate events JR 8.02 3HUVRQV VHHNLQJ DSSRLQWPHQW DV D V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJH PXVW REWDLQ DW OHDVW D EURQ]H VLQJOHV SDLUV WHVW RU EURQ]H dance test appointment before being appointed as a synchronized skating judge.

57

JR 9.00 Showcase Judges Authorized to Judge JR 9.01 The competitions to which reference is made in the following rules are those over which U.S. Figure Skating has MXULVGLFWLRQ 6HH UXOH -5 -XGJHV DUH DXWKRUL]HG WR MXGJH VKRZFDVH HYHQWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV DV IROORZV: JR 9.01 Showcase Judges Authorized to Judge Showcase (all levels and all competitions)

6KRZFDVH -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV National Singles/Pairs Dance Synchronized Showcase Judges - All Judges - All Judges - All Judge &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV 4XDOL¿HG WR 4XDOL¿HG WR 4XDOL¿HG WR 4XDOL¿HG WR judge events judge events judge events judge events

1RQTXDOLI\LQJ VLQJOHV SDLUV MXGJHV QRQTXDOLI\LQJ GDQFH MXGJHV DQG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ V\QFKURQL]HG MXGJHV FDQ RQO\ MXGJH showcase events as a one-judge minority of the panel. JR 10.00 Theatre On Ice Judges Authorized to Judge JR 10.01 The competitions to which reference is made in the following rules are those over which U.S. Figure Skating has MXULVGLFWLRQ 6HH UXOH -5 -XGJHV DUH DXWKRUL]HG WR MXGJH 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH HYHQWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV DV IROORZV: JR 10.01 Theatre On Ice Judges Authorized to Judge Theatre On Ice Events at Sanctioned Nonqualifying &RPSHWLWLRQV DOO OHYHOV National Theatre On Ice (novice and lower events) National Theatre On Ice (junior and senior events)

7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH -XGJH &ODVVL¿FDWLRQV Nonqualifying National Novice National TOI Judge TOI Judge TOI Judge 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH events events events 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH events events 4XDOL¿HG WR MXGJH events

6HH UXOHV -5 -5 DQG -5 IRU FODVVL¿FDWLRQV RI VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG MXGJHV UHVSHFWLYHO\ WKDW DUH TXDOL¿HG WR MXGJH 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH IUHH VNDWH HYHQWV DW VDQFWLRQHG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV JR 11.00 Appointment of Judges JR 11.01 $SSRLQWPHQWV RU SURPRWLRQV WR DQ\ MXGJH¶V FODVVL¿FDWLRQ VKDOO EH IRU DQ LQLWLDO WHUP H[SLULQJ RQ WKH GDWH RI WKH SXEOLFDWLRQ RI WKLV UXOHERRN IROORZLQJ WKH GDWH RI WKH DSSRLQWPHQW $OO VXEVHTXHQW UHDSSRLQWPHQWV WR WKH VDPH FODVVL¿FDWLRQ VKDOO EH IRU D SHULRG RI RQH \HDU FRLQFLGLQJ ZLWK WKH SXEOLFDWLRQ RI WKLV UXOHERRN XQOHVV WKH FODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI WKH MXGJH LV changed by action of the Judges Committee. If the decision of the Judges Committee is not to reappoint, the judge must be QRWL¿HG DQG ZLOO KDYH GD\V WR UHVSRQG JR 11.02 -XGJHV PXVW EH HOLJLEOH UHLQVWDWHG RU UHDGPLWWHG SHUVRQV LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ DV GH¿QHG LQ (5 FXUUHQWO\ UHJLVWHUHG and 18 years of age or older. Persons 17 years of age may be appointed as judges provided they have been actively trial judging IRU D PLQLPXP RI VL[ PRQWKV DQG PHHW WKH JXLGHOLQHV IRU DSSRLQWPHQW JR 11.03 $SSOLFDWLRQ IRUPV DUH DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ DQG DUH UHTXLUHG IRU DOO DSSRLQWPHQWV RI MXGJHV Applications may be originated by the test chair of a member club for club members, by the applicant’s monitor, by chair of the Judges Committee or by the regional or sectional vice chairs of the Judges Committee. For candidates applying for any test DSSRLQWPHQW RU D QDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ DSSRLQWPHQW D ZULWWHQ H[DP, composed of a multiple choice portion and an essay portion, must be taken, and each section must be passed to qualify for promotion. When a WHVW DSSRLQWPHQW RU QDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ candidate submits an application for DSSRLQWPHQW WR WKH DSSURSULDWH UHJLRQDO RU VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH DQ H[DP ZLOO EH VHQW WR WKH FDQGLGDWH once all other requirements as set forth in the Judges Committee Guidelines have been met. TKH H[DP LV WR EH FRPSOHWHG DQG UHWXUQHG WR WKH YLFH FKDLU RI H[DPV RI WKH -XGJHV (GXFDWLRQ DQG 7UDLQLQJ 6XEFRPPLWWHH -(76 ZLWKLQ GD\V of being emailed by headquarters. JR 11.04 Completed applications shall be sent to the candidate’s regional or sectional vice chair for the region or section in which the candidate resides. Synchronized skating applications shall be sent to the candidate’s sectional vice chair for synchronized skating. JR 11.05 7KH FDQGLGDWH¶V UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLU PD\ DSSRLQW ORZ WKURXJK KLJK ¿JXUH WHVW EURQ]H DQG VLOYHU VLQJOHV SDLUV WHVW nonqualifying and regional competition, bronze and silver dance test, and nonqualifying and novice sectional dance competition judges, and within 60 days shall notify the candidate of the committee’s action. JR 11.06 A sectional synchronized skating vice chair may appoint nonqualifying, junior sectional and senior sectional competition judges and, within 60 days, shall notify the candidate of the committee’s action. JR 11.07 The national vice chair for theatrical skating judges may appoint nonqualifying and national novice Theatre On Ice judges and, within 60 days, will notify the candidate of the committee’s action. JR 11.08 $SSOLFDWLRQV IRU JROG RU KLJKHU WHVW MXGJH DQG VHFWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG VHFWLRQDO GDQFH FRPSHWLWLRQ judge shall be sent directly to the candidate’s sectional vice chair. After consultation with the chair, the sectional vice chair PD\ DSSRLQW JROG VLQJOHV SDLUV WHVW JROG GDQFH WHVW VHFWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG VHFWLRQDO GDQFH FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV :LWKLQ 58

days, the sectional vice chair shall notify the candidate of the committee’s action. JR 11.09 Applications for national appointment will be sent directly to the candidate’s sectional vice chair no later than 60 days prior to any in-person meeting of the Board of Directors. After compiling recommendations and committee evaluations, the FDQGLGDWH¶V ¿OH PXVW EH UHFHLYHG E\ WKH FKDLU QR ODWHU WKDQ GD\V EHIRUH WKH QH[W PHHWLQJ RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ,Q WKH FDVH RI DQ DSSOLFDWLRQ IRU QDWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG DSSRLQWPHQW WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU ZLOO IRUZDUG WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V ¿OH WR WKH national vice chair of synchronized skating judges. In the case of an application for national novice or national Theatre On ,FH MXGJH RU QDWLRQDO VKRZFDVH MXGJH WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V ¿OH ZLOO EH VHQW GLUHFWO\ WR WKH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKHDWULFDO VNDWLQJ judges. The chair will present all candidates to the board, whether recommended or not, and will direct the sectional or national vice chair to notify the candidate of the board’s action. JR 11.10 Copies of all appointments shall be forwarded to the chair, and in case of synchronized skating, the national vice chair RI V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJHV WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV 7KH GDWH RI QRWL¿FDWLRQ VKDOO be the effective date of the appointment. JR 11.11 Former U.S. Figure Skating judges may be reappointed by the chair, and former U.S. Figure Skating synchronized judges may be reappointed by the national vice chair of synchronized skating judges upon receipt of a written application, and, LQ WKH FDVH RI FRPSHWLWLRQ DSSRLQWPHQWV PXVW KDYH EHHQ FHUWL¿HG E\ WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH LQ WKH ,-6 Application forms are DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV DQG RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 7KH DSSOLFDWLRQ PXVW ¿UVW EH SURFHVVHG E\ the appropriate regional or sectional vice chair. Copies of appointments shall be forwarded to the sectional vice chair and U.S. )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV 1DWLRQDO OHYHO UHDSSRLQWPHQWV UHTXLUH WKH DSSURYDO RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV JR 11.12 7R EH UHLQVWDWHG DV D QDWLRQDO MXGJH DQ\ GLVFLSOLQH DIWHU FHDVLQJ WR FRDFK D ZULWWHQ DSSOLFDWLRQ PXVW EH VXEPLWWHG to the chair of the Judges Committee. The Judges Committee chair will require the individual to FRPSOHWH WKH 5XOHV 5HYLHZ Worksheet, attend a judges’ school, KDYH EHHQ FHUWL¿HG E\ WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH LQ WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP and trial judge satisfactorily at the national level one time. For all other levels of judges, the sectional vice chair will have the authority WR UHLQVWDWH WKH LQGLYLGXDO DW WKHLU SUH FRDFKLQJ OHYHO RU RQH OHYHO ORZHU GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH VLWXDWLRQ 6HH -5 JR 11.13 &DQGLGDWHV IRU QRQTXDOLI\LQJ VLQJOHV SDLUV QRQTXDOLI\LQJ GDQFH DQG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJH ZLOO EH UHFRPPHQGHG IRU WKH DSSRLQWPHQW E\ WKHLU KRPH FOXE DQG RU PRQLWRU 1RPLQDWLRQV ZLOO EH VHQW WR WKH DSSURSULDWH UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH RU WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ RQ WKH -XGJHV Committee. The appointment is valid for 24 months and is not renewable. JR 11.20 Applications for Appointment of Singles/Pairs, Dance, Synchronized Skating, Showcase and Theatre On Ice Judges JR 11.21 For more detailed information, see Judges Committee Guidelines for Judge Appointments, available from U.S. Figure 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RU RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ JR 11.22 $SSOLFDWLRQ IRU DSSRLQWPHQW WR DQ\ OHYHO RI VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ VKRZFDVH RU 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH MXGJH ZLOO LQFOXGH D VXPPDU\ RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V TXDOL¿FDWLRQV LQFOXGLQJ VNDWLQJ DQG MXGJLQJ H[SHULHQFH MXGJHV VFKRROV DWWHQGHG MXGJHV H[DPLQDWLRQ VFRUHV DFWLYLW\ DQG SHUIRUPDQFH DW WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V FXUUHQW OHYHO LI DSSOLFDEOH DQG D WULDO judging record for the level and discipline applied for. An evaluation of judicial knowledge, temperament and ability will be solicited from the committee and other sources and will accompany the application. JR 11.23 In evaluating applications for appointment as a competition judge in the discipline applied for, the candidate’s activity and performance as a judge and the candidate’s trial judging record at approved nonqualifying competitions shall be taken into consideration. JR 12.00 Formal Complaints Against Judges JR 12.01 Subcommittee to Hear Complaints A. In the case of complaints against a judge, a subcommittee will be appointed by the chair of the Judges Committee and will consist of: 7KH YLFH SUHVLGHQW IURP WKH RI¿FLDO¶V VHFWLRQ 7KH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH LQ WKH DSSURSULDWH GLVFLSOLQH IURP WKH RI¿FLDO¶V VHFWLRQ 7KH UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH LQ WKH DSSURSULDWH GLVFLSOLQH IURP WKH RI¿FLDO¶V UHJLRQ 7KH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH IURP WKH RI¿FLDO¶V VHFWLRQ $WKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYH V ZKR DUH DWKOHWHV DV GH¿QHG LQ $UWLFOH ;;, 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV WR comprise at least 20 percent of the subcommittee, appointed jointly by the chairs of the Judges and Athletes Advisory Committees; and 6XFK RWKHU PHPEHUV DV WKH FKDLU GHHPV DSSURSULDWH QRW WR H[FHHG PHPEHUV % &RPSODLQWV PXVW EH PDGH LQ ZULWLQJ WR RQH RI WKH SHUVRQV LGHQWL¿HG LQ UXOH $ C. Complaints are limited to markings indicating bias or serious error, repeated inconsistency in marking, a pattern of judging indicating a lack of judging temperament or mental or physical inability to perform effectively and reliably as a judge, actions unbecoming a judge or ineligibility under other U.S. Figure Skating rules. ' &RPSODLQWV PXVW EH ¿OHG ZLWKLQ GD\V RI WKH LQFLGHQW DQG GLVSRVHG RI QR ODWHU WKDQ GD\V DIWHU WKH PHHWLQJ RI WKH subcommittee following the complaint. ( -XGJHV PXVW EH JLYHQ D FRS\ RI WKH FRPSODLQW DQG DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ WR DQVZHU DQG WKH RSLQLRQ RI WKH MXGJH¶V UHJLRQDO YLFH chair must be heard. JR 12.02 After review of the complaint, the subcommittee will vote whether to absolve the judge of the complaint or whether corrective action is necessary. If the majority vote is that corrective action is necessary, the subcommittee will consider 59

ZKHWKHU D SURJUDP RI FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ ZLOO VXI¿FLHQWO\ DGGUHVV WKH FRPSODLQW 7KH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO RQO\ YRWH to reprimand, demote, suspend or remove a judge – or in the case of national-level judges, recommend that the Board of Directors reprimand, demote, suspend or remove a judge – where the subcommittee has deemed by majority vote that a SURJUDP RI FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ LV QRW VXI¿FLHQW FRUUHFWLYH DFWLRQ RU ZKHUH FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ KDV EHHQ LGHQWL¿HG but the judge in question has failed to complete the counseling and retraining program in a timely manner. JR 12.03 ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR WKH H[WHQW WKH FRPSODLQW LQYROYHV DQ DOOHJHG HWKLFDO YLRODWLRQ WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO UHIHU WKH FRPSODLQW WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH IRU UHYLHZ DQG GHWHUPLQDWLRQ DV WR ZKHWKHU D GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ VKRXOG EH LQLWLDWHG SHU $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ % RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV JR 12.04 'LVSRVLWLRQV PXVW EH LQ ZULWLQJ DQG IXUQLVKHG WR WKH MXGJH WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU WKH FKDLU DQG the appropriate regional vice chair of the Judges Committee and U.S. Figure Skating headquarters. JR 12.05 7KH RI¿FLDO PD\ DSSHDO WKH GLVSRVLWLRQ RI WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLWKLQ GD\V RI WKH GDWH RI WKH GHWHUPLQDWLRQ E\ ¿OLQJ D JULHYDQFH XVLQJ WKH SURFHGXUH VHW IRUWK LQ $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ $ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG UXOH *&5 7KH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV *&5 WKURXJK *&5 ZLOO DSSO\ WR DQ DSSHDO RI WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH¶V GLVSRVLWLRQ JR 12.06 &RQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ FRQFHUQLQJ WKH VXEMHFW PDWWHU RI D FRPSODLQW DQG WKH SDUWLHV LQYROYHG PXVW EH PDLQWDLQHG E\ DOO SDUWLHV DQG SDUWLFLSDQWV XQWLO WKH SURFHVV LV ¿QDOL]HG JR 12.07 -XGJHV GHPRWHG VXVSHQGHG RU UHPRYHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK UXOH VHFWLRQ -5 PD\ DSSO\ IRU UHLQVWDWHPHQW WR WKHLU IRUPHU RU WR D ORZHU FODVVL¿FDWLRQ WKURXJK WKH FKDLU RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH RQO\ DIWHU WKH H[SLUDWLRQ RI RQH \HDU IURP the effective date of demotion, suspension or removal. Upon receipt of such application, the chair of the Judges Committee will consult with the subcommittee to determine whether reinstatement is appropriate. Action on the application by the subcommittee will be by majority vote. Upon action by the subcommittee, the chair will so notify the judge. Copies of QRWLFHV ZLOO EH VHQW WR WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU WKH FKDLU RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH WKH PHPEHUV RI WKH subcommittee and U.S. Figure Skating headquarters, and upon favorable action of the subcommittee, the date thereof will constitute the effective date of reinstatement. JR 12.08 7KH IDFW WKDW D MXGJH KDV YROXQWDULO\ IDLOHG WR FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV VHW IRUWK LQ UXOH -5 GXULQJ WKH VSHFL¿HG WHUP ZLOO EH GHHPHG UHDVRQ IRU WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU WR UHPRYH VXFK MXGJH IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVWV RI MXGJHV VXEMHFW WR UHYLHZ ZLWK WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH LQ WKH FDVH RI FRPSHWLWLRQ MXGJHV JR 13.00 Foreign Judge Appointments JR 13.01 A judge of a member association of the ISU who is residing either temporarily or permanently in the United States may be appointed as a judge upon application to the chair of the Judges Committee on the following basis: $ 6XFK MXGJHV PXVW EH HOLJLEOH SHUVRQV DQG GXO\ UHFRJQL]HG DV TXDOL¿HG MXGJHV E\ WKH DVVRFLDWLRQ RI ZKLFK WKH\ DUH D member; % $ IRUHLJQ MXGJH RI WKH HTXLYDOHQW OHYHO RI JROG VLQJOHV SDLUV WHVW VHFWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV FRPSHWLWLRQ JROG GDQFH WHVW sectional dance competition, senior sectional synchronized competition or lower may be appointed by the Judges &RPPLWWHH DV D MXGJH RI D FRPSDUDEOH JUDGH RU RQH JUDGH ORZHU LQ HDFK RI WKH WHVW DQG FRPSHWLWLRQ OHYHOV DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH ,Q WKH FDVH RI D WHVW MXGJH WKH MXGJH PD\ MXGJH VLQJOHV SDLUV SDWWHUQ GDQFH DQG IUHH GDQFH WHVWV DW WKH DSSRLQWHG OHYHO EXW LQ RUGHU WR MXGJH DQ\ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV PXVW ¿UVW EH HGXFDWHG LQ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DQG UHFHLYH WKH FHUWL¿FDWLRQ WR MXGJH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG IURP WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH & $ IRUHLJQ MXGJH RI WKH HTXLYDOHQW OHYHO RI QDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV QDWLRQDO GDQFH RU QDWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJH RU higher may be considered by the Judges Committee for recommendation to the Board of Directors for appointment as a QDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV QDWLRQDO GDQFH RU QDWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJH RU ORZHU OHYHO MXGJH -5 5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU 2I¿FLDO -XGJHV JR 14.01 7KH HOLJLELOLW\ RI D MXGJH IRU UHDSSRLQWPHQW SXUVXDQW WR UXOH -5 ZLOO EH EDVHG XSRQ PDLQWDLQLQJ D GHVLJQDWHG QXPEHU RI &RQWLQXLQJ (GXFDWLRQ 8QLWV &(8V RYHU D IRXU \HDU SHULRG -XGJHV ZKR KROG DSSRLQWPHQWV LQ PRUH WKDQ RQH GLVFLSOLQH L H VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ ZLOO QHHG WR PDLQWDLQ D VSHFL¿HG QXPEHU RI &(8V LQ HDFK GLVFLSOLQH WR EH GHWHUPLQHG E\ WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH &(8V PD\ EH HDUQHG WKURXJK DQ\ FRPELQDWLRQ RI WKH IROORZLQJ activities: $ 7HVWV &(8V PD\ EH HDUQHG RQ WHVWV MXGJHG DQG RU WULDO MXGJHG RYHU D IRXU \HDU SHULRG -XGJHV QRW DVNHG WR MXGJH D WHVW GXULQJ DQ\ VNDWLQJ \HDU -XO\ WR -XQH PD\ UHTXHVW DQG ZLOO EH JLYHQ DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ to judge at least one test session held by their home club or, if an individual member, one test session held by a club located near their place of residence. % &RPSHWLWLRQV -XGJHV PD\ HDUQ &(8V E\ EHLQJ D MXGJH WULDO MXGJH -(7 RU UHIHUHH DW TXDOLI\LQJ QRQTXDOLI\LQJ DQG RU Compete USA competitions over a four-year period. & 6FKRROV DQG 6HPLQDUV &(8V PD\ EH HDUQHG E\ DWWHQGLQJ 36$ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RU ,68 UHFRJQL]HG VFKRROV RU VHPLQDUV over a four-year period. ' 5XOHV 5HYLHZ :RUNVKHHW JR 14.02 -XGJHV XQDEOH WR DFFRPSOLVK WKH DFWLYLW\ UHTXLUHG E\ UXOH -5 DQG ZKR FDQ HVWDEOLVK UHDVRQDEOH FDXVH PD\ apply to the sectional vice chair of the Judges Committee for permission to complete the requirements by practice judging DV GHVFULEHG LQ UXOH VHFWLRQ -5 -XGJHV ZLWK ORZ DFWLYLW\ DQG OLPLWHG RSSRUWXQLW\ DUH HQFRXUDJHG WR VXSSOHPHQW WKHLU DFWLYLW\ ZLWK SUDFWLFH MXGJLQJ DV GHVFULEHG LQ UXOH VHFWLRQ -5 JR 14.03 -XGJHV XQDEOH WR PHHW WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI UXOH -5 PD\ DSSO\ IRU D ZDLYHU RI FRPSOLDQFH IRU JRRG DQG VXI¿FLHQW reasons from the chair or appropriate sectional vice chair. 60

JR 14.04 5HQHZDO RI DSSRLQWPHQWV LV QRW DXWRPDWLF -XGJHV ZKRVH DSSRLQWPHQWV DUH QRW UHQHZHG E\ GHFLVLRQ RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH PXVW EH QRWL¿HG RI WKH GHFLVLRQ RI WKH -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH DQG ZLOO KDYH GD\V WR UHVSRQG JR 15.00 Inactive Status JR 15.01 Inactive status for a one-year period may be granted by the appropriate sectional vice chair for judges upon written UHTXHVW E\ D MXGJH 6XFK LQDFWLYH VWDWXV PD\ EH H[WHQGHG IRU RQH \HDU LI UHTXHVWHG EXW LQDFWLYH VWDWXV PD\ QRW H[FHHG WZR years. JR 15.02 'XULQJ WKH SHULRG RI LQDFWLYH VWDWXV D MXGJH LV QRW VXEMHFW WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI UXOH -5 EXW UHPDLQV RQ ¿OH DW U.S. Figure Skating headquarters as an inactive judge and receives all communications directed to judges. A judge is not HOLJLEOH IRU RI¿FLDO MXGJLQJ RI WHVWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV ZKLOH UHJLVWHUHG LQ LQDFWLYH VWDWXV JR 15.03 Upon written request of an inactive judge for reinstatement to active status, the sectional vice chair will designate the activity needed for the candidate to regain full active status as a judge. JR 15.04 If an inactive judge does not request reinstatement to active status by the conclusion of the two-year period, said judge ZLOO EH GHHPHG WR KDYH UHVLJQHG WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQW V DV D MXGJH DQG ZLOO EH UHPRYHG IURP WKH OLVW RI RI¿FLDOV DFFRUGLQJO\ JR 16.00 Retirement or Resignation of Judges JR 16.01 Judges in good standing who have served a minimum of 10 years at any level of judging and who wish to retire YROXQWDULO\ IURP DOO RI WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQWV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D FHUWL¿FDWH DV (PHULWXV -XGJH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7KH UHTXHVW IRU this status must EH PDGH LQ ZULWLQJ WR WKH MXGJH¶V VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU V 7KLV LV KRQRUL¿F RQO\ DQG FDUULHV QR ULJKW WR MXGJH any test or competition. JR 16.02 1DWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG QDWLRQDO GDQFH MXGJHV GHVLULQJ WR UHVLJQ VRPH RU DOO RI WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQWV must submit a written notice to the chair of the Judges Committee WR WKDW HIIHFW 1DWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJHV must submit a written notice to the national vice chair of synchronized skating judges. Such judges may resign all of their appointments, or only their QDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ DSSRLQWPHQWV DQG UHWDLQ WKHLU ORZHVW TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG RU WHVW DSSRLQWPHQWV HYHQ ZKLOH LQ WKH honorary category. The chair will DFFHSW WKH UHVLJQDWLRQ DQG UHSRUW VXFK DFWLRQ WR WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DW LWV QH[W HQVXLQJ in-person PHHWLQJ ,I WKH MXGJH KDV UHVLJQHG DOO DSSRLQWPHQWV WKH MXGJH¶V QDPH ZLOO EH UHPRYHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI MXGJHV at the meeting unless other action is directed by the Board of Directors. JR 16.03 All other judges desiring to resign their appointments must submit a written notice to that effect and the reasons for resigning to the appropriate sectional vice chair who will accept the resignation and notify U.S. Figure Skating headquarters WR UHPRYH WKH MXGJH¶V QDPH IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI MXGJHV JR 17.00 Honorary National Judges JR 17.01 +RQRUDU\ QDWLRQDO MXGJHV DUH DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV IURP DPRQJ WKRVH QDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV QDWLRQDO GDQFH DQG QDWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJHV ZKR UHVLJQ DV SHU UXOH -5 $ 5HFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU VXFK DSSRLQWPHQWV DUH PDGH E\ WKH FKDLU of the Judges Committee and, in the case of national synchronized skating judges, by the national vice chair of synchronized skating judges, and supported by such information from the appropriate sectional vice chair as may be deemed necessary by the chair or national vice chair of synchronized skating judges. % &HUWL¿FDWHV will be awarded to persons appointed. & -XGJHV LQ WKH KRQRUDU\ FODVVL¿FDWLRQ are HOLJLEOH WR UHWXUQ WR DQ DSSURSULDWH DFWLYH FODVVL¿FDWLRQ SHU UXOH -5 should WKH UHDVRQV IRU WKHLU LQDFWLYLW\ FHDVH WR H[LVW JR 18.00 Trial and Practice Judging JR 18.01 An ineligible person may begin trial judging upon submitting an application for reinstatement as a reinstated or readmitted person. JR 18.02 $OO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ MXGJHV PD\ SUDFWLFH MXGJH (OLJLEOH UHLQVWDWHG DQG UHDGPLWWHG PHPEHUV LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ PD\ trial judge. Trial judges will normally be assigned monitors of their choice provided these are selected from higher ranking judges who have agreed to serve. If a monitor is unavailable or not requested, trial judging records will be held and processed by the trial judge’s home club test chair. Trial judges: A. Must be at least 16 years of age; % 0XVW VHQG DQ DSSOLFDWLRQ WR WKHLU UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLU LQ WKHLU GLVFLSOLQH V 7KH UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV ZLOO DVVLJQ PRQLWRUV DQG UHTXHVW WKDW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV ÀDJ WKH SHUVRQ¶V UHFRUG DV D SURVSHFWLYH MXGJH JR 18.03 Trial sheets must be turned in by the trial judge to the judge-in-charge immediately following the completion of each test group. Any sheets withheld until later will not be accepted. JR 18.04 7KH WHVWV DQG FRPSHWLWLRQV DW ZKLFK D FDQGLGDWH IRU DSSRLQWPHQW RU SURPRWLRQ PD\ WULDO MXGJH DUH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH Guidelines for the Standard, Select or Accelerated Judging Program available from U.S. Figure Skating headquarters or online DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 6HH UXOHV IRU UXOHV UHJDUGLQJ WULDO MXGJH IHHV DW FRPSHWLWLRQV

JR 18.10 Trial and Practice Judging Applications JR 18.11 Applications to trial or practice judge will be submitted in writing by the applicant not later than Sept. 1 for qualifying FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG 6NDWH $PHULFD 2FW IRU TXDOLI\LQJ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV $SULO IRU 1DWLRQDO 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH DQG QRW ODWHU WKDQ GD\V SULRU WR WKH VWDUW RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ IRU RWKHU DSSURYHG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV /DWH UHTXHVWV PD\ EH FRQVLGHUHG DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH DSSURSULDWH YLFH FKDLU 5HTXHVWV WR WULDO RU SUDFWLFH MXGJH PXVW EH OLPLWHG WR HYHQWV required for promotion, appointment or to supplement judging activity. 61

JR 18.12 For regional championships and approved nonqualifying competitions, requests to trial judge singles, pairs, dance or V\QFKURQL]HG HYHQWV VKDOO EH VXEPLWWHG LQ ZULWLQJ E\ WKH WULDO MXGJH WR WKH UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH MXGJHV of the region in which the trial judge resides and has judging activity, or the sectional vice chair for synchronized skating judges as appropriate. JR 18.13 For sectional championships, requests to trial judge singles, pairs, dance or synchronized skating events shall be VXEPLWWHG LQ ZULWLQJ E\ WKH WULDO MXGJH WR WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJHV RI WKH section in which the trial judge resides and has judging activity. JR 18.14 These applications shall be reviewed by the appropriate vice chair and an approved list of trial judges shall be sent by the vice chair as soon as possible prior to the start of the competition to the host club and the chief referee. An individual QRWL¿FDWLRQ VKDOO EH VHQW WR HDFK WULDO MXGJH ZKRVH DSSOLFDWLRQ WR WULDO MXGJH KDV EHHQ JUDQWHG :KHQ SHUPLVVLRQ WR WULDO MXGJH has been denied, the trial judge must be so informed by the appropriate vice chair. JR 18.15 Applications to trial or practice judge competitions higher than sectional championships should be submitted in writing WR WKH VLQJOHV SDLUV RU GDQFH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU ZKR ZLOO IRUZDUG D OLVW RI UHFRPPHQGHG DVVLJQPHQWV DQG SULRULWLHV WR WKH chair of the Judges Committee as soon as possible. In the case of synchronized skating judges, the sectional vice chair will IRUZDUG WKH OLVW WR WKH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJHV )RU 1DWLRQDO 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH DSSOLFDWLRQV VKRXOG be submitted in writing to the national vice chair of theatrical skating judges, who will forward the list to the chair. The chair and, in the case of synchronized skating, the national vice chair of synchronized skating will, as soon as possible, send a list of approved assignments to the host club and the chief referee and will individually notify each trial judge whose request for permission to trial judge has been granted. At the same time, when permission has been denied, the trial judge must be so informed by the sectional vice chair. JR 18.20 Trial and Practice Judging Assignments JR 18.21 The appropriate regional vice chair in the case of regionals, the appropriate sectional vice chair in the case of sectionals and synchronized skating sectionals, the chair in the case of U.S. Figure Skating Championships, Skate America, the U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships and the national vice chair of synchronized skating judges in the case of U.S. 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV VKDOO DVVLJQ DOO WULDO DQG SUDFWLFH MXGJHV WR VSHFL¿F HYHQWV RI WKH DSSURSULDWH FRPSHWLWLRQ JR 18.30 Trial and Practice Judging Records JR 18.31 Trial judging records of events not required in support of applications for appointment or promotion will not be considered by the Judges Committee. JR 18.32 Trial judging records include practice judging records. JR 18.33 $ WULDO MXGJLQJ UHFRUG IRU WHVWV LV D FRPSOHWH UHFRUG RI WKH WULDO MXGJH¶V DQG RI¿FLDO MXGJHV¶ PDUNV IRU DOO SKDVHV RI WKH test; JR 18.34 A trial judging record for competition is a complete record of the marks RI WKH WULDO MXGJH DQG RI¿FLDO MXGJHV IRU HDFK component of a competition event. JR 18.35 A trial judge’s name, U.S. Figure Skating number and total score for each test trialed shall be recorded on the test report VXEPLWWHG WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV 6HH 75 $ WULDO MXGJH¶V WHVW SDSHUV VKDOO EH IRUZDUGHG ZLWKLQ GD\V E\ the club hosting the tests to the trial judge’s monitor, who shall retain them until such time as an application for appointment or promotion is submitted. The monitor is responsible for retaining a copy of all papers submitted. If the application for appointment or promotion is approved, the monitor may destroy the copies. A trial judge is entitled to copies of all of their trial papers. JR 18.36 After the conclusion of a national, sectional or regional championship, the U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships, a national or sectional synchronized skating championship or an approved nonqualifying competition, the trial judge chair RU WKHLU UHSUHVHQWDWLYH IRU WKH KRVW RUJDQL]DWLRQ ZLOO GLVWULEXWH WKH WULDO MXGJH SDSHUV DV GH¿QHG LQ DQG DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH ODWHVW version of the U.S. Figure Skating Trial Judge Management Kit, as available from U.S. Figure Skating headquarters or online DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ JR 19.00 Judges Education JR 19.01 0HPEHU FOXEV ZLVKLQJ WR KRVW VDQFWLRQHG MXGJH¶V VFKRROV RU VHPLQDUV VKDOO ¿UVW REWDLQ WKH ZULWWHQ SHUPLVVLRQ RI WKH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU WKH -XGJHV (GXFDWLRQ DQG 7UDLQLQJ 6XEFRPPLWWHH 7KH UHTXHVW IRU SHUPLVVLRQ VKDOO EH VXSSRUWHG E\ written statements indicating the dates, proposed plans, personnel and fees, if any. JR 19.02 Member clubs which host sanctioned judges schools or seminars shall, within four weeks after the closing date of the VFKRRO RU VHPLQDU IXUQLVK WR WKH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH -XGJHV (GXFDWLRQ DQG 7UDLQLQJ 6XEFRPPLWWHH DQG WR WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ MXGJHV DV DSSURSULDWH D UHSRUW RI WKH VFKRRO RU VHPLQDU LQFOXGLQJ a list of all persons participating or in attendance, and including the registration number of each judge or prospective judge. This list shall also be sent to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters and to the appropriate club test chairs. JR 19.03 5HJLVWUDWLRQ IHHV ZKLFK help defray ice costs, H[SHQVHV to bring in speakers and demonstrators and costs associated with food and printed material, may EH FKDUJHG WR RI¿FLDOV DWWHQGLQJ VDQFWLRQHG MXGJHV VFKRROV RU VHPLQDUV

62

Membership MR 1.00 Authority MR 1.01 The Membership Committee is a permanent committee under Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. MR 2.00 General MR 2.01 Responsibility: The Membership Committee is responsible for: A. The maintenance and administration of rules governing applications for membership; % 7KH LQYHVWLJDWLRQ DSSURYDO RU GLVDSSURYDO RI PHPEHUVKLS DSSOLFDWLRQV IRU FROOHJLDWH FOXEV VFKRRO DIÂżOLDWHG FOXEV VXSSRUWLYH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH WHDP PHPEHUVKLSV C. The recommendation to the Governing Council of applicants for full club membership; D. The placing of clubs in inactive status; ( 7KH DSSURYDO RI FOXE QDPH FKDQJHV RU FKDQJH RI SULQFLSDO VNDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV F. The development of programs for membership growth; G. Assisting clubs in maintaining good relations with ice facilities. MR 2.02 Principles: A. The basic principles governing admission to membership are set forth in Article V of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. % 7KH PHPEHUVKLS UXOHV KHUHLQDIWHU VSHFLÂżHG KDYH EHHQ DGRSWHG E\ WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH DQG DSSURYHG E\ WKH JRYHUQLQJ ERGLHV DV LQWHUSUHWDWLRQV VSHFLÂżFDWLRQV DQG H[WHQVLRQV RI WKH EDVLF SULQFLSOHV DQG DUH GHHPHG WR EH FRQVLVWHQW with them. MR 2.03 Organization: 7KH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH VKDOO FRQVLVW RI WKH FKDLU D YLFH FKDLU IRU HDFK VHFWLRQ (DVWHUQ 0LGZHVWHUQ DQG 3DFLÂżF &RDVW chair of the /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ 6XEFRPPLWWHH FKDLU RI WKH 0HPEHU 5HFRJQLWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH DQG VXFK RWKHU FRPPLWWHH members as are appointed in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. The sectional vice chairs shall be responsible for administering the investigation and recommendation of all applicants from their respective sections for club membership. 05 'HÂżQLWLRQV A. The “principal skating headquartersâ€? of a club is the address of the rink in which the club conducts the majority of its skating activities. This address will be recorded in the U.S. Figure Skating database under the club’s name. A club may name only one principal skating headquarters. Clubs in violation of this rule may be subject to disciplinary action by the 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH 7KLV OLVWLQJ LV LQ SODFH WR SURWHFW WKH LFH RI RQH FOXE IURP EHLQJ XVXUSHG E\ DQRWKHU VHH UXOH 05 B. To maintain a club’s principal skating headquarters, a Facility Usage Form must be completed each year by the club SUHVLGHQW FHUWLI\LQJ WKH IDFLOLW\ LV WKH SULQFLSDO VNDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RI VDLG FOXE DQG VDLG FOXE VHFXUHV LFH DQG RU UXQV VDQFWLRQHG DFWLYLWLHV DW WKH IDFLOLW\ FHUWLÂżHG DV WKH SULQFLSDO VNDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV LQ FRPSOLDQFH ZLWK UXOH 05 $ Clubs in violation of this rule may be subject to disciplinary action by the Membership Committee, including omission of said principal skating headquarters from the U.S. Figure Skating directory. C. Other rink locations, listed as “additional rink addressesâ€? in the U.S. Figure Skating directory and database, may be listed E\ WKH FOXE 7KHVH ORFDWLRQV DUH GHÂżQHG DV DQ\ RWKHU VXUIDFH ZKHUH WKH FOXE VHFXUHV LFH 7KHVH OLVWLQJV DUH LQ SODFH WR SURWHFW WKH DFWLYLWLHV RI RQH FOXE IURP EHLQJ XVXUSHG E\ DQRWKHU VHH UXOH 05 DQG IRU DGGLWLRQDO LQVXUDQFH FRYHUDJH D. An “inactive member clubâ€? is a club that has been granted inactive status by the chair of the Membership Committee in DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK UXOH 05 DV D UHVXOW RI WKH FOXEÂśV LQDELOLW\ WR PDLQWDLQ PHPEHUVKLS RU D FOXE ZKLFK KDV EHHQ SODFHG LQ VXFK VWDWXV E\ DFWLRQ RI WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK UXOH 05 ( $ ÂłVXVSHQGHG PHPEHU FOXE´ LV D FOXE WKDW KDV IRUIHLWHG DOO RI LWV ULJKWV DQG SULYLOHJHV DV D FOXE GXH WR GLVFLSOLQDU\ DFWLRQ WDNHQ DJDLQVW LW E\ WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH DQG RU WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV IRU YLRODWLRQV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG RU RIÂżFLDO UXOHV ) 7KH ÂłRIÂżFHUV´ RI D FOXE VKDOO EH SUHVLGHQW YLFH SUHVLGHQW VHFUHWDU\ DQG WUHDVXUHU MR 3.00 Applications MR 3.01 $Q\ FOXE LQGLYLGXDO VFKRRO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH WHDP FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\ PHHWLQJ WKH TXDOLÂżFDWLRQV IRU PHPEHUVKLS DQG GHVLULQJ DGPLVVLRQ WKHUHWR ZLOO ÂżOH DQ DSSOLFDWLRQ RQ WKH DSSURSULDWH IRUPV ZKLFK DUH DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 Figure Skating headquarters or online. MR 3.02 $SSOLFDWLRQV E\ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH WHDPV RU E\ VFKRROV FROOHJHV DQG XQLYHUVLWLHV IRU VFKRRO DIÂżOLDWHG RU FROOHJLDWH FOXE PHPEHUVKLS PD\ EH IRUZDUGHG WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV DW DQ\ WLPH RI WKH \HDU MR 3.03 Applications by clubs may be forwarded to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters at any time of the year. MR 3.04 The sectional vice chair will thoroughly investigate all membership applications from clubs. Said investigation will include any club using the same principal skating headquarters. The sectional vice chair will report a recommendation to the chair of the Membership Committee for appropriate action. A. An applicant club may be granted interim membership by the chair of the Membership Committee if so recommended by the sectional vice chair of the committee. B. Provisional and full club membership will only be granted by the Governing Council at or in connection with its annual meeting. 63

MR 3.05 The chair of the Membership Committee will report and make recommendations of such interim and provisional member clubs to the U.S. Figure Skating secretary in care of U.S. Figure Skating headquarters by March 1. Such report and recommendations will be included in the notice for the annual meeting of the Governing Council. The Governing Council will either accept or reject the interim clubs as provisional clubs and the provisional clubs as full member clubs. MR 3.06 $SSURYDO RI IXOO FOXE PHPEHUVKLS LV DOVR FRQWLQJHQW XSRQ IXO¿OOLQJ DGGLWLRQDO UHTXLUHPHQWV DV VSHFL¿HG E\ WKH Membership Committee. MR 3.10 Inactive Status MR 3.11 Inactive status for one year may be granted by the chair of the Membership Committee to a club that has submitted the proper paperwork, including the minutes of the board meeting or general membership meeting where inactive status was voted upon. Said paperwork must be submitted by the current board as recognized by U.S. Figure Skating. Such status may EH FRQWLQXHG IRU DQ DGGLWLRQDO WLPH E\ DFWLRQ RI WKH FKDLU EDVHG RQ WKH EHVW LQWHUHVWV RI ¿JXUH VNDWHUV LQ WKDW DUHD $ &OXEV KROGLQJ LQDFWLYH VWDWXV PXVW PDLQWDLQ D ERDUG RI GLUHFWRUV RU DW WKH PLQLPXP FOXE RI¿FHUV ,QDFWLYH FOXEV PXVW ¿OH ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV D FXUUHQW OLVW RI RI¿FHUV HDFK \HDU % 7KH FXUUHQW ERDUG RI¿FHUV RI D FOXE KROGLQJ LQDFWLYH VWDWXV ZKR ZLVK WR UHWXUQ WKH FOXE WR IXOO PHPEHUVKLS VWDWXV PD\ apply to the Membership Committee with the proper paperwork, including the minutes of the board meeting or general membership meeting where permanent status was voted upon. Upon approval of the chair of the Membership Committee, WKH FOXE PD\ EH UHWXUQHG WR IXOO PHPEHUVKLS VWDWXV 1R LQYHVWLJDWLRQ RI VXFK FOXEV VKDOO EH UHTXLUHG VLQFH WKH\ DUH QRW QHZ member clubs of U.S. Figure Skating. Such clubs are to be reported as having been restored to permanent membership at WKH QH[W *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO PHHWLQJ C. Clubs which have been suspended and who wish to be considered for return to active membership in U.S. Figure Skating ZLOO EH UHTXLUHG WR GHPRQVWUDWH WKDW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZ DQG RU UXOH YLRODWLRQV ZKLFK FDXVHG WKHP WR EH VXVSHQGHG KDYH EHHQ UHFWL¿HG 5HWXUQ WR DFWLYH VWDWXV ZLOO EH E\ YRWH RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO ZLWK SULRU DSSURYDO RI WKH %RDUG RI Directors. 05 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV IRU ,QWHULP &OXE 0HPEHUVKLS MR 4.01 The applicant club must submit, with its application, payment of the fee listed on the application form. Upon approval, such club will receive a copy of the current rulebook as well as general information and assistance helpful to new clubs. MR 4.02 ,Q RUGHU WR DSSO\ IRU LQWHULP PHPEHUVKLS WKH DSSOLFDQW FOXE VKDOO KDYH EHHQ RSHUDWLQJ DV DQ RUJDQL]HG FOXE IRU VL[ PRQWKV SULRU WR WKH GDWH RI DSSOLFDWLRQ $ FOXE LV GHHPHG WR EH RUJDQL]HG ZKHQ DQ HOHFWLRQ RI RI¿FHUV DQG GLUHFWRUV KDV WDNHQ SODFH DQG D FRQVWLWXWLRQ DQG RU E\ODZV KDV EHHQ DSSURYHG E\ WKH JHQHUDO PHPEHUVKLS RI WKH FOXE MR 4.03 The constitution and bylaws of a club should be in a form similar to the constitution and bylaws approved by U.S. )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ IRU PHPEHU FOXEV LQFOXGLQJ D FRQÀLFW UHVROXWLRQ SURFHVV RU LQ VXFK IRUP DV LV DFFHSWDEOH WR WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH DQG ZKLFK FDOOV IRU WKH HOHFWLRQ RI RI¿FHUV DQG GLUHFWRUV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK JHQHUDOO\ DFFHSWHG SDUOLDPHQWDU\ SURFHGXUHV 6HH DOVR 05 MR 4.04 7KH DSSOLFDQW FOXE VKDOO KDYH PDGH DUUDQJHPHQWV IRU H[FOXVLYH LFH WLPH HLWKHU DW D ULQN RU VRPH RWKHU SODFH ZKHUH LFH LV DYDLODEOH IRU XVH H[FOXVLYHO\ E\ WKH FOXE 7KH FOXE RU ULQN PD\ UXQ WKH VHVVLRQ DV ORQJ DV LW LV H[FOXVLYH WR WKH FOXE. This requirement begins no later than the date of approval for interim membership. MR 4.05 The applicant club shall have adopted a program for the use of its ice time, which, as a general practice, provides for separate periods on a regular basis for one or more of the following: free skating, ice dance, synchronized skating or other ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ SURJUDPV MR 4.06 7KH RI¿FHUV GLUHFWRUV DQG DOO ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ PHPEHUV RI DQ DSSOLFDQW FOXE VKDOO EH UHJLVWHUHG RU VKDOO UHJLVWHU ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLWKLQ GD\V DIWHU UHFHLSW RI QRWL¿FDWLRQ RI VXFK FOXE RI LWV DFFHSWDQFH WR LQWHULP PHPEHUVKLS 7KH RI¿FHUV DQG GLUHFWRUV RI WKH FOXE PXVW EH KRPH FOXE PHPEHUV RI VDLG FOXE VHH DOVR 05 RWKHUZLVH VXFK LQWHULP PHPEHUVKLS VKDOO EH VXEMHFW WR FDQFHOODWLRQ E\ DSSURSULDWH DFWLRQ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH DQG RU %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV ,Q QR HYHQW PD\ DQ RI¿FHU RI D FOXE¶V ERDUG RI GLUHFWRUV EH DQ LQHOLJLEOH SHUVRQ DV GH¿QHG LQ (5 RU D UHVWULFWHG SHUVRQ DV GH¿QHG LQ (5 KRZHYHU RQH UHVWULFWHG SHUVRQ RQH LQHOLJLEOH SHUVRQ DQG HOLJLEOH FRDFKHV PD\ serve as directors of a member club as long as they do not collectively constitute a majority of a club’s board of directors. ,Q DGGLWLRQ HOLJLEOH FRDFKHV PD\ VHUYH DV RI¿FHUV RI D PHPEHU FOXE¶V ERDUG RI GLUHFWRUV VR ORQJ DV FROOHFWLYHO\ WKH\ GR QRW FRQVWLWXWH D PDMRULW\ RI WKH WRWDO RI¿FHU SRVLWLRQV RQ WKDW ERDUG MR 4.07 The applicant club shall have not less than 25 home club members, 10 of whom are adult members over the age of 18 years. A. Clubs unable to meet this requirement that wish to remain active may be approved at the discretion of both the appropriate sectional vice chair of the Membership Committee and the chair of the Membership Committee. MR 4.08 Interim membership shall not be granted by the Membership Committee if the applicant club will use the principal VNDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RI DQ H[LVWLQJ IXOO PHPEHU FOXE DQG VXFK FOXE REMHFWV WR WKH JUDQWLQJ RI PHPEHUVKLS LQ 8 6 )LJXUH Skating. If such member club does object, valid reasons must be given in support of that objection. The objection will be fully investigated by the Membership Committee. MR 4.09 An applicant club failing to meet any of the requirements for provisional member club status may be kept on interim status for one additional year.

64

05 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV 'XHV DQG )HHV MR 5.01 'XHV RI )XOO 0HPEHU &OXEV The annual dues of full member clubs, both active and inactive, will be for the current ¿VFDO \HDU RI -XO\ WKURXJK -XQH DQG EDVHG XSRQ WKH WRWDO QXPEHU RI SHUVRQV UHJLVWHUHG E\ VXFK FOXEV GXULQJ WKH SUHFHGLQJ ¿VFDO \HDU 0HPEHU &OXE GXHV DUH GXH DQG SD\DEOH E\ $XJ DQG DUH DV IROORZV Total Registrations Annual Dues Fewer than 50 $50 50 or more but fewer than 100 $100 100 or more but fewer than 200 $200 200 or more but fewer than 300 $300 300 or more but fewer than 400 $400 400 or more $500 MR 5.02 'XHV RI 0HPEHUV DQG &ROOHJLDWH 0HPEHUV RI 0HPEHU &OXEV DQG &ROOHJLDWH &OXEV (DFK ZLOO SD\ DQ DQQXDO IHH as outlined below. Such registrants may register only as members of their designated home club provided, however, that such registration does not preclude such registrant from changing their designated home club in the course of a membership year in accordance with any rules governing such change. A. First family member dues are $60. 7KH ¿UVW IDPLO\ PHPEHU ZLOO UHFHLYH D UHJLVWUDWLRQ FDUG DQG D VXEVFULSWLRQ WR 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH % (DFK VXEVHTXHQW PHPEHU RI WKH VDPH IDPLO\ UHODWHG SHUVRQV SHUPDQHQWO\ UHVLGLQJ DW WKH VDPH DGGUHVV GXHV DUH 7R TXDOLI\ DV D VXEVHTXHQW PHPEHU DW OHDVW RQH IDPLO\ PHPEHU PXVW KDYH SDLG WKH ¿UVW IDPLO\ PHPEHU GXHV WKH IXOO LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU GXHV RU WKH ¿UVW IDPLO\ LQWURGXFWRU\ PHPEHU GXHV 2. Subsequent family members will receive a registration card only. C. The dues of collegiate members of member clubs will be $70 and will be for a four-year period ending June 30 of the fourth year. &ROOHJLDWH PHPEHUV ZLOO UHFHLYH D UHJLVWUDWLRQ FDUG DQG D VXEVFULSWLRQ WR 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH MR 5.03 'XHV RI ,QGLYLGXDO 0HPEHUV DQG ,QGLYLGXDO &ROOHJLDWH 0HPEHUV A. To qualify for individual membership the applicant must: 1. File application on the forms supplied by U.S. Figure Skating headquarters or online at XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ; 6XEPLW ZLWK WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ SD\PHQW RI WKH DQQXDO GXHV VSHFL¿HG IRU LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV 3. Be in good standing within the meaning of these rules. B. The annual dues of individual members are $144. 1. Individual members paying $144 GXHV ZLOO UHFHLYH D UHJLVWUDWLRQ FDUG DQG D VXEVFULSWLRQ WR 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH & $QQXDO GXHV IRU HDFK VXEVHTXHQW LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU RI WKH VDPH IDPLO\ DOO UHODWHG SHUVRQV SHUPDQHQWO\ UHVLGLQJ DW WKH VDPH DGGUHVV DUH 7R TXDOLI\ DV D VXEVHTXHQW PHPEHU DW OHDVW RQH IDPLO\ PHPEHU PXVW KDYH SDLG WKH ¿UVW IDPLO\ PHPEHU GXHV WKH IXOO LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU GXHV RU WKH ¿UVW IDPLO\ LQWURGXFWRU\ PHPEHU GXHV 2. Individual members paying $65 in dues will receive a registration card only. D. The dues of individual collegiate members will be $170 and will be for a four-year period ending June 30 of the fourth year. ,QGLYLGXDO FROOHJLDWH PHPEHUV ZLOO UHFHLYH D UHJLVWUDWLRQ FDUG DQG D VXEVFULSWLRQ WR 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH MR 5.04 'XHV RI /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ 0HPEHUV The dues of /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ members will be determined by the Board of Directors and published annually on the program’s Web page at learntoskateusa.com. Upon payment of dues, /HDUQ WR 6NDWH USA members will receive a membership card and other information as applicable. MR 5.05 ,QWURGXFWRU\ 0HPEHUV Introductory members will pay a fee as outlined below. Such members may join only as members of a member club; however, members can change their home club in the course of a membership year in accordance with any rules governing such change. A. First family introductory member dues are $30 per person. 7KH ¿UVW IDPLO\ PHPEHU ZLOO UHFHLYH D PHPEHUVKLS FDUG DQG D VXEVFULSWLRQ WR 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH % (DFK VXEVHTXHQW LQWURGXFWRU\ PHPEHU RI WKH VDPH IDPLO\ UHODWHG SHUVRQV SHUPDQHQWO\ UHVLGLQJ DW WKH VDPH DGGUHVV GXHV are $24. 7R TXDOLI\ DV D VXEVHTXHQW PHPEHU DW OHDVW RQH IDPLO\ PHPEHU PXVW KDYH SDLG WKH ¿UVW IDPLO\ PHPEHU GXHV WKH IXOO LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU GXHV RU WKH ¿UVW IDPLO\ LQWURGXFWRU\ PHPEHU GXHV 2. Subsequent family members will receive a membership card only. MR 5.06 'XHV RI &ROOHJLDWH &OXEV DQG 6FKRRO $I¿OLDWHG RUJDQL]DWLRQV Such dues are $30 annually, due and payable by Oct. 1. $ )RU FROOHJLDWH DQG VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG PHPEHUVKLS WKH DSSOLFDQW PXVW %H DQ LQGLYLGXDO VFKRRO FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\ DV GH¿QHG LQ $UWLFOH 9 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG agree to abide by these rules; 2. File application on the forms supplied by U.S. Figure Skating headquarters or online at XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ; 6XEPLW ZLWK WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ SD\PHQW RI WKH DQQXDO GXHV VSHFL¿HG IRU FROOHJLDWH DQG VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG RUJDQL]DWLRQV MR 5.07 'XHV RI 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH 7HDPV For Theatre On Ice Team membership the applicants must: $ %H D 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH WHDP DV GH¿QHG E\ $UWLFOH 9 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG DJUHH WR DELGH E\ WKHVH rules; 65

% 5HJLVWHU RQOLQH WKURXJK WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 0HPEHUV 2QO\ ZHEVLWH DQG C. Pay annual dues as follows: LI DI¿OLDWHG ZLWK D FOXE RU LI QRW DI¿OLDWHG ZLWK D FOXE MR 5.08 'XHV RI 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ 7HDPV For synchronized skating team membership the applicant must: $ %H D V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ WHDP DV GH¿QHG E\ $UWLFOH 9 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG DJUHH WR DELGH by these rules; % 5HJLVWHU RQOLQH WKURXJK WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 0HPEHUV 2QO\ ZHEVLWH DQG C. Pay annual dues as follows: LI DI¿OLDWHG ZLWK D FOXE RU LI QRW DI¿OLDWHG ZLWK D FOXE MR 5.09 6XSSRUWLYH 0HPEHUV 'XHV DQG EHQH¿WV RI VXSSRUWLYH PHPEHUV ZLOO EH GHWHUPLQHG E\ the Board of Directors. MR 5.10 +RQRUDU\ PHPEHUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DUH H[HPSW IURP WKH SD\PHQW RI DOO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHUVKLS GXHV MR 5.11 (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK -XQH &RDFK DQG ,QVWUXFWRU &RPSOLDQFH In order to be granted access to work within U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned activities, each coach must complete the following requirements on an annual basis by July 1: A. Coach Compliance: 1. Must be a current full member of U.S. Figure Skating — either through a member club or as an individual member. 2. If 18 years of age or older, must submit the proper payment of $30 through the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website, and submit information for and successfully pass an annual background screen. 0XVW FRPSOHWH WKH DSSURSULDWH &(5 FRXUVHV $ % & RU ' GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH KLJKHVW OHYHO RI VWXGHQWV EHLQJ FRDFKHG DV RI -XO\ 6HH UXOH 05 0XVW VXEPLW SURRI RI FXUUHQW JHQHUDO OLDELOLW\ LQVXUDQFH ZLWK OLPLWV RI PLOOLRQ SHU RFFXUUHQFH PLOOLRQ DJJUHJDWH 0XVW EH D FXUUHQW IXOO 36$ PHPEHU LI FRDFKLQJ VNDWHUV WHDPV LQ TXDOLI\LQJ HYHQWV DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ competitions. See rule 1022. B. Professional Group Instructor Compliance: 1. Must be registered as a /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ instructor member. 2. If 18 years of age or older, must have successfully passed the annual background screen. )RU GHDGOLQH DQG SHQDOWLHV VHH UXOHV 05 DQG 05 MR 5.11 (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ -XO\ QHZ FRXUVH DYDLODEOH VWDUWLQJ -DQXDU\ &RDFK DQG ,QVWUXFWRU &RPSOLDQFH All coaches must complete the following requirements on an annual basis by July 1: A. Coach Compliance: 1. Must be a current full member of U.S. Figure Skating — either through a member club or as an individual member. 2. If 18 years of age or older, must submit the proper payment of $30 through the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website, and submit information for and successfully pass an annual background screen. 0XVW FRPSOHWH WKH &(5 SafeSport training course and any additional courses as required in UXOH 05 0XVW VXEPLW SURRI RI FXUUHQW JHQHUDO OLDELOLW\ LQVXUDQFH ZLWK OLPLWV RI PLOOLRQ SHU RFFXUUHQFH PLOOLRQ DJJUHJDWH 0XVW EH D FXUUHQW IXOO 36$ PHPEHU LI FRDFKLQJ VNDWHUV WHDPV LQ TXDOLI\LQJ HYHQWV DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ competitions. See rule 1022. B. Professional Group Instructor Compliance: 1. Must be registered as a /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ instructor member DQG FRPSOHWH WKH DQQXDO RQOLQH FHUWL¿FDWLRQ FRXUVH. 2. If 18 years of age or older, must have successfully passed the annual background screen. )RU GHDGOLQH DQG SHQDOWLHV VHH UXOHV 05 DQG 05 MR 5.12 (IIHFWLYH WKURXJK -XQH &RDFKHV &RQWLQXLQJ (GXFDWLRQ 5HTXLUHPHQWV $OO FRDFKHV PXVW PHHW DQQXDO FRQWLQXLQJ HGXFDWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV &(5 EDVHG RQ WKH IROORZLQJ FDWHJRULHV A. &DWHJRU\ $ 3URIHVVLRQDO &RDFK RU &KRUHRJUDSKHU RI TXDOLI\LQJ OHYHOV RI FRPSHWLWLYH VNDWHUV Those coaches who coach one or more skaters or teams who are participating in qualifying levels of qualifying competitions or championships. This includes, but is not limited to, primary coaches, choreographers, assistant coaches and element specialists. Championships DUH DV GH¿QHG LQ UXOH DV ZHOO DV DOO UHJLRQDO VHFWLRQDO DGXOW VHFWLRQDO DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FKDPSLRQVKLSV B. &DWHJRU\ % 3URIHVVLRQDO &RDFK RU &KRUHRJUDSKHU RI VNDWHUV SDUWLFLSDWLQJ LQ WKH IROORZLQJ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQHG HYHQWV H[FOXGLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ HYHQWV FRYHUHG LQ &DWHJRU\ $ Those coaches who coach one or more skaters or teams who are participating in nonqualifying levels of sanctioned competitions or championships. This includes, but is not limited to, primary coaches, choreographers, assistant coaches and element specialists. 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WHVWV SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ DQG KLJKHU

1RQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV RU WHVW WUDFN OHYHOV SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ RU KLJKHU

1RQTXDOLI\LQJ HYHQWV DW D TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ C. &DWHJRU\ & 3URIHVVLRQDO *URXS ,QVWUXFWRU Those coaches who teach group lessons only. D. &DWHJRU\ ' 3URIHVVLRQDO 6SRUW 6FLHQFH 6XSSRUW 6HUYLFHV Includes, but is not limited to: sports psychologists, physical therapists and athletic trainers. An individual who performs sport science support services and also performs duties as a professional coach or choreographer must meet Category A or B requirements. The required courses and number of credits are established by the Coaches Committee or their appointed task force and must EH DSSURYHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV 7KH UHJXODWLRQV ZLOO EH SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 66

MR 5.12 (Effective starting July 1, 2018; new structure available starting January 1, 2018) Coaches Continuing Education Requirements All coaches must complete annual continuing education requirements (CER) based on the following categories: A. Professional Coach (or Choreographer). Those coaches who train or instruct one or more skaters or teams who are participating in any U.S. Figure Skating or member club activities other than group lessons as part of a Learn to Skate USA program. This includes, but is not limited to, primary coaches, choreographers, assistant coaches and element specialists. B. Professional Group Instructor. Those coaches who teach group lessons only, as part of a Learn to Skate USA program. C. Professional Sport Science Support Services. Includes, but is not limited to: sports psychologists, physical therapists and athletic trainers who are working with skaters or teams at any U.S. Figure Skating or member club activities. An individual who performs sport science support services and also performs duties as a professional coach or choreographer must meet “Professional Coach (or Choreographer)â€? requirements. Any additional required courses beyond the CER SafeSport training course required of all coaches are established by the Coaches Committee or their appointed task force and must be approved by the Board of Directors. The requirements will be SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ MR 5.13 (Effective through June 30, 2018) Coaches not in compliance with the stated membership, registration and education requirements will be considered “non-compliantâ€? members of U.S. Figure Skating and PSA, and will not be allowed to coach athletes, nor have contact, either directly or indirectly, at a venue for practice and/or at U.S. Figure Skating events. MR 5.13 (Effective starting July 1, 2018) Coaches ZKR GR QRW IXOÂżOO WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI FRDFK FRPSOLDQFH LQ UXOHV 05 DQG 05 will be considered “non-compliantâ€? members of U.S. Figure Skating and PSA, and will not be allowed to coach athletes, nor have contact, either directly or indirectly, at any U.S. Figure Skating or member club activities. MR 5.14 $Q\ UHQHZLQJ FRDFK ZKR GRHV QRW IXOÂżOO WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI FRDFK FRPSOLDQFH LQ UXOHV 05 DQG 05 E\ -XO\ ZLOO EH DVVHVVHG D ODWH IHH $ 6SHFLDO H[FHSWLRQV WR WKH ODWH IHH PD\ EH JUDQWHG E\ WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH MR 6.00 Obligations of Full, Interim and Provisional Member Clubs MR 6.01 ,I RWKHUZLVH TXDOLÂżHG SURYLVLRQDO PHPEHU FOXEV DUH HQWLWOHG WR DOO WKH SULYLOHJHV RI D IXOO PHPEHU FOXE H[FHSW WKH ULJKW WR YRWH DW *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DQG WR KRVW DQ\ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ VHH UXOH %

MR 6.02 A member club, whether full, interim or provisional, shall: $ 3URPRWH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH IRU WKH JRRG RI WKH VSRUW B. Conduct its affairs in full accord with its constitution and bylaws and also U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. MR 6.03 0DLQWDLQ D GXO\ DGRSWHG FRQVWLWXWLRQ DQG RU E\ODZV ZKLFK FRQWDLQ VXLWDEOH SURYLVLRQV IRU WKH HOHFWLRQ RI RI¿FHUV DQG GLUHFWRUV D FRQÀLFW UHVROXWLRQ SURFHVV DQG WKH FRQGXFW RI LWV DIIDLUV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK JHQHUDOO\ DFFHSWDEOH SDUOLDPHQWDU\ procedures (e.g. Robert’s Rules of Order, Newly Revised), including the calling of a general membership meeting upon the SHWLWLRQ RI QR IHZHU WKDQ SHUFHQW RI LWV PHPEHUV KDYLQJ WKH ULJKW WR YRWH RU LQ WKH FDVH RI D FOXE ZLWK OHVV WKDQ PHPEHUV RI QR IHZHU WKDQ ¿YH RI LWV PHPEHUV KDYLQJ WKH ULJKW WR YRWH MR 6.04 +ROG DQ DQQXDO PHHWLQJ DW ZKLFK LWV PHPEHUV ZKR KDYH WKH ULJKW WR YRWH VKDOO HOHFW RI¿FHUV DQG RU GLUHFWRUV LQ accordance with its duly adopted constitution and/or bylaws. MR 6.05 5HSRUW WKH UHVXOWV RI DQ\ HOHFWLRQ RI RI¿FHUV DQG RU GLUHFWRUV DV VSHFL¿HG LQ 05 LQ ZULWLQJ WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV ZLWKLQ GD\V DIWHU VXFK HOHFWLRQ MR 6.06 5HPDLQ FXUUHQWO\ SDLG XS ZLWK UHVSHFW WR DOO RI LWV ¿QDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQV XQGHU WKH E\ODZV DQG WKHVH UXOHV MR 6.07 0DLQWDLQ DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV D FXUUHQW FRS\ RI LWV GXO\ DGRSWHG FRQVWLWXWLRQ DQG RU E\ODZV DQG QRWLI\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RI DQ\ FKDQJHV WKHUHLQ ZLWKLQ GD\V DIWHU VXFK FKDQJHV KDYH EHHQ DGRSWHG &OXE E\ODZV RQ ¿OH ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV VKDOO EH WKRVH UHIHUHQFHG ZKHQ D JULHYDQFH LV ¿OHG MR 6.08 &RPSO\ ZLWK FOXE HWKLFV SURYLVLRQV VHH 05 MR 6.09 0DLQWDLQ FXUUHQW DUUDQJHPHQWV GXULQJ LWV QRUPDO VNDWLQJ VHDVRQ IRU WKH REWDLQLQJ RI LFH WLPH DW D ULQN RU RWKHU ORFDWLRQ where ice is available, for the exclusive use of the club. Either the club or rink may run the session as long as it is exclusive to the club. The club shall maintain a program for the use of its ice time which, as a general practice, provides for separate SHULRGV RQ D UHJXODU EDVLV IRU RQH RU PRUH RI WKH IROORZLQJ IUHH VNDWLQJ LFH GDQFH V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ RU RWKHU ¿JXUH skating programs. MR 6.10 0DLQWDLQ D WRWDO PHPEHUVKLS RI QRW OHVV WKDQ KRPH FOXE PHPEHUV DW OHDVW RI ZKRP DUH DGXOW PHPEHUV RYHU WKH DJH RI \HDUV A. Clubs unable to meet this requirement that wish to remain active may be approved at the discretion of both the appropriate VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH DQG WKH FKDLU RI WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH MR 6.11 5HTXLUH DOO RI LWV RI¿FHUV GLUHFWRUV DQG GHOHJDWHV WR WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO WR EH UHJLVWHUHG KRPH FOXE PHPEHUV RI VDLG FOXE 6HH DOVR 05 $ *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO GHOHJDWHV ZKR DUH VHOHFWHG PD\ EH RI DQ\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ HOLJLELOLW\ FODVVL¿FDWLRQ H J HOLJLEOH ineligible or restricted). Honorary members of U.S. Figure Skating who are selected as club delegates do not have to pay DQ\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHUVKLS GXHV SHU UXOH 05 EXW PXVW EH UHJLVWHUHG ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ WKH FOXE as a home club member. B. One restricted person, one ineligible person and eligible coaches may serve as directors of a member club as long as they GR QRW FROOHFWLYHO\ FRQVWLWXWH D PDMRULW\ RI D FOXEœV ERDUG RI GLUHFWRUV ,Q DGGLWLRQ HOLJLEOH FRDFKHV PD\ VHUYH DV RI¿FHUV RI D PHPEHU FOXEœV ERDUG RI GLUHFWRUV VR ORQJ DV FROOHFWLYHO\ WKH\ GR QRW FRQVWLWXWH D PDMRULW\ RI WKH WRWDO RI¿FHU SRVLWLRQV on that board. 67

MR 6.12 Failure of a member club to comply with any of the membership rules may constitute the basis for appropriate action E\ WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH WR SODFH VXFK FOXE RQ LQDFWLYH RU VXVSHQGHG VWDWXV DV GHÂżQHG LQ 05 ' RU ( MR 7.00 Club Ethics MR 7.01 $ PHPEHU FOXE PD\ ÂżOH D ZULWWHQ FRPSODLQW ZLWK WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH FKDLU LI WKH FOXE KDV UHDVRQ WR EHOLHYH that unfair practices, prejudicial to the club, are being employed by another club. $ ,W LV DQ XQIDLU SUDFWLFH IRU D PHPEHU FOXE RU D FOXE DSSO\LQJ IRU LQWHULP DQG RU SURYLVLRQDO PHPEHUVKLS WR ELG IRU RU DWWHPSW to usurp ice time currently being used by or negotiated for by a full member club or another club that has applied for provisional membership at its principal skating headquarters and other locations listed in U.S. Figure Skating database. % ,W LV DQ XQIDLU SUDFWLFH IRU D PHPEHU FOXE IXOO LQWHULP RU SURYLVLRQDO WR FRQGXFW WHVWV RU VDQFWLRQHG HYHQWV VXFK DV ice shows H[KLELWLRQV /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ programs, or competitions at the principal skating headquarters of another PHPEHU FOXE IXOO LQWHULP RU SURYLVLRQDO ZLWKRXW ÂżUVW KDYLQJ REWDLQHG WKH SHUPLVVLRQ RI WKH RWKHU PHPEHU FOXE 6XFK SHUPLVVLRQ ZLOO QRW EH XQUHDVRQDEO\ ZLWKKHOG ,I D IDFLOLW\ XVDJH IRUP LV QRW RQ ÂżOH ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV for the current season, permission is not required. Please consult the facility usage guidelines on the Club Management section of the U.S. Figure Skating website. All disputes will be referred to and resolved by the Membership Committee chair and the appropriate sectional vice chair of the Membership Committee. MR 7.02 Unfair practices and decisions of the Membership Committee or Board of Directors thereon may be grieved by the DIIHFWHG PHPEHU FOXE RU WKH FOXE DSSO\LQJ IRU SURYLVLRQDO PHPEHUVKLS E\ ÂżOLQJ D JULHYDQFH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK $UWLFOH ;;9 Section 3, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. From the date of receipt of its application by the Membership Committee, when VXFK DSSOLFDWLRQ LV DFFRPSDQLHG E\ WKH GXHV UHTXLUHG LQ 05 DQ DSSOLFDQW FOXE VKDOO KDYH WKH ULJKW WR JULHYH VXFK DQ XQIDLU SUDFWLFH DV SURYLGHG IRU KHUHLQ SURYLGHG KRZHYHU WKDW WKLV UXOH VKDOO LQ QR ZD\ RSHUDWH WR H[WHQG WKH WLPH IRU ÂżOLQJ D grievance as set forth in Article XXV of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. MR 8.00 Membership Privileges MR 8.01 Membership privileges shall include: Hosting test sessions, obtaining performance sanctions, obtaining competition VDQFWLRQV QRQTXDOLI\LQJ RQO\ IRU SURYLVLRQDO FOXEV DQG YRWLQJ ULJKWV DW *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO MR 8.02 Inactive member clubs shall lose all privileges of active member clubs, but their registered members shall have the same privileges of registered members of active member clubs. MR 8.03 RESERVED MR 8.04 Any member club desiring to change its registered principal skating headquarters shall submit a new facility usage form to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters. Permission from any member club already using the proposed location as its principal skating headquarters must be obtained. Such permission may not be unreasonably withheld. The chair shall report DOO VXFK FKDQJHV RI SULQFLSDO VNDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV WR WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DW LWV QH[W UHJXODU PHHWLQJ MR 8.05 When persons are members of more than one member club, they must designate one to be their “home club.â€? This club shall be the one that issues such person a registration card and shall be the club such person represents as a competitor, test FDQGLGDWH H[KLELWRU FOXE RIÂżFHU RIÂżFLDO LQ ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ RU GHOHJDWH WR WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO ,Q WKH FDVH RI D FRPSHWLWRU LQ qualifying competitions, the U.S. Figure Skating member club shown on the skater’s entry form shall remain the skater’s club RI UHSUHVHQWDWLRQ WKURXJKRXW WKDW FRPSHWLWLYH VHDVRQ 6HH UXOH & MR 8.06 Persons desiring to change the designation of their home club to another member club or to individual member status GXULQJ WKH FXUUHQW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHUVKLS \HDU PXVW ÂżUVW VHFXUH D VLJQDWXUH IURP RQH RI WKH FOXE RIÂżFHUV SUHVLGHQW YLFH SUHVLGHQW VHFUHWDU\ WUHDVXUHU RI WKHLU SUHYLRXV FOXE LQGLFDWLQJ WKDW WKH GHSDUWLQJ PHPEHU KDV VDWLVÂżHG DOO ÂżQDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQV WR WKDW FOXE ,W LV WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ RI WKH GHSDUWLQJ PHPEHU DQG WKH KRPH FOXE WR VHWWOH DQ\ VXFK ÂżQDQFLDO obligations. For a change of club status to occur, the signature must be included on the Change of Home Club form submitted to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters. The member club so designated must remain the home club for such person for the EDODQFH RI WKH FXUUHQW VNDWLQJ \HDU RU ZLOO FKDQJH UHODWLYH WR 05 DQG UXOH & A. If said signature is not included or is invalid, written notice will be sent from U.S. Figure Skating headquarters to the previous club. The previous club must respond within 30 days or be subject to disciplinary action, including suspension. % $ VLJQDWXUH FDQ RQO\ EH ZLWKKHOG IRU RXWVWDQGLQJ ÂżQDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQV MR 8.07 Member clubs must submit to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters any time during the current registration year, a list of WKRVH PHPEHUV QRW LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ ZLWK VDLG FOXE 6XFK PHPEHUV ZLOO EH Ă€DJJHG LQ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ GDWDEDVH XQWLO VXFK ÂżQDQFLDO PDWWHU KDV EHHQ UHVROYHG 2XWVWDQGLQJ ÂżQDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQ LV WKH RQO\ YDOLG UHDVRQ IRU VXEPLWWLQJ D PHPEHU RQ this list. $ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VKDOO DOVR KDYH WKH RSWLRQ WR Ă€DJ D PHPEHU DV QRW LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ IRU RXWVWDQGLQJ ÂżQDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQ i.e. qualifying competition entry fees. MR 8.08 Persons may not be individual members and home club members simultaneously. U.S. Figure Skating headquarters VKDOO EH QRWLÂżHG LPPHGLDWHO\ RI D FKDQJH IURP LQGLYLGXDO WR FOXE PHPEHUVKLS E\ FRPSOHWLQJ D 1RWLFH RI &KDQJH LQ +RPH Club form. U.S. Figure Skating headquarters will then issue a new registration card with the same registration number but shall not collect an additional fee if the card is issued for the same skating year. A. Persons changing from club membership to individual membership must submit, along with their application and dues, a OHWWHU IURP WKHLU FXUUHQW FOXE LQGLFDWLQJ WKDW WKH\ KDYH IXOÂżOOHG WKHLU ÂżQDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQ WR VDLG FOXE MR 8.09 Individual, /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ FROOHJLDWH VFKRRO DIÂżOLDWHG VXSSRUWLYH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH WHDP PHPEHUV DUH HQWLWOHG WR WKH SULYLOHJHV VSHFLÂżHG LQ $UWLFOH 9 RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG DV VHW IRUWK LQ WKHVH rules. 68

MR 9.00 Learn to Skate USA Subcommittee MR 9.01 The /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ 6XEFRPPLWWHH LV D VXEFRPPLWWHH RI WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH SXUVXDQW WR 05 MR 9.10 General MR 9.11 U.S. Figure Skating Policy on Learn to Skate USA A. /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$’s role is the development of basic skills skating in the United States, and whose members are U.S. Figure Skating members pursuant to Article V, Section 6, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. B. U.S. Figure Skating agrees that the participation of U.S. Figure Skating members in /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$-endorsed skating DFWLYLWLHV VXFK DV UHFLWDOV VKRZV DQG H[KLELWLRQV DQG WHVWV LV KHUHE\ SHUPLWWHG ZLWKRXW YLRODWLQJ WKH UXOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SURYLGHG WKDW VXFK DFWLYLWLHV DUH FRQGXFWHG E\ /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ registered rinks, clubs or skating schools LQ WKHLU QRUPDO FRXUVH RI EXVLQHVV DUH QRW FRQGXFWHG E\ RU IRU WKH EHQH¿W RI D WKLUG SDUW\ WKDW H[FHHGV WKH VSLULW RI WKLV VSHFLDO SHUPLVVLRQ GR QRW LQFOXGH WKH SDUWLFLSDWLRQ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHU VNDWHUV ZKR DUH RU KDYH EHHQ active U.S. Championships competitors at or above the novice level within the past two years unless participation has been SHUPLWWHG DV GHVFULEHG EHORZ DQG DUH QRW LQWHQGHG IRU WHOHYLVLRQ RU ,QWHUQHW EURDGFDVW RU UHEURDGFDVW 7KLV SDUDJUDSK represents a grant of special permission from U.S. Figure Skating, in the spirit of cooperation with /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$, to allow its members to participate in /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$-endorsed skating activities without the need for a separate U.S. Figure Skating sanction. However, /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ DFWLYLWLHV H[FHHGLQJ WKH VFRSH RI WKLV SDUDJUDSK DUH QRW FRYHUHG in this grant of special permission; therefore, U.S. Figure Skating members participating in such activities shall be in YLRODWLRQ RI WKH UXOHV DQG SROLFLHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ XQOHVV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DSSURYDO E\ ZD\ RI VDQFWLRQ (OLJLEOH 6NDWHU¶V &RPSHQVDWLRQ $JUHHPHQW (6&$ RU VSHFLDO SHUPLVVLRQ LV REWDLQHG C. Compete USA FRPSHWLWLRQV DUH JRYHUQHG VHSDUDWHO\ E\ WKH VSHFL¿F UXOHV IRU Compete USA competitions. MR 9.12 /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ LV HQWLUHO\ LQGHSHQGHQW IURP DQG QRW D SUHUHTXLVLWH WR WKH RI¿FLDO ¿JXUH IUHH VNDWH SDLU RU GDQFH tests of U.S. Figure Skating. MR 9.20 Procedure MR 9.21 The /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ ,QVWUXFWRU 0DQXDO DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV LV WKH RI¿FLDO JXLGH IRU organizing and conducting /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ tests. MR 9.22 /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ tests may be judged by one person not related to the candidate. MR 10.00 Member Recognition Subcommittee MR 10.10 Authority MR 10.11 7KH 0HPEHU 5HFRJQLWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH LV D VXEFRPPLWWHH RI WKH 0HPEHUVKLS &RPPLWWHH SXUVXDQW WR 05 MR 10.20 Responsibility MR 10.21 ,W VKDOO EH WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ RI WKH 0HPEHU 5HFRJQLWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH WR A. Develop and implement ongoing recognition programs for various categories and levels within the membership. % 5HFRPPHQG FRRUGLQDWH DQG LPSOHPHQW RQJRLQJ SURJUDPV WR HQVXUH UHFRUGV RI RI¿FLDOV DQG PHPEHUV ZKR DUH FDQGLGDWHV IRU SURJUDPV DUH FXUUHQW DQG YHUL¿HG C. Submit designs and suggested recognition programs to the Board of Directors for approval and implementation.

Memorial Fund MFCR 1.00 Authority MFCR 1.01 The Memorial Fund Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. MFCR 2.00 Purposes MFCR 2.01 The Memorial Fund was created shortly after the airplane accident in Belgium that took the lives of all of the PHPEHUV RI WKH 8 6 :RUOG )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7HDP DFFRPSDQ\LQJ RI¿FLDOV FRDFKHV DQG IULHQGV ZKLOH HQ URXWH WR WKH World Championships. MFCR 2.02 The underlying thought in the establishment of the fund was to create a living and continuing memorial to the 1961 World Team that would be of assistance to future aspiring skaters. MFCR 2.03 7KH PLVVLRQ RI WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG LV WR SURYLGH TXDOL¿HG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VNDWHUV LQ QHHG RI ¿QDQFLDO DLG ZLWK monetary assistance to pursue their goals both inside and outside the competitive arena. The fund is committed to awarding VNDWLQJ DQG DFDGHPLF VFKRODUVKLSV WR WKRVH DWKOHWHV ZKR KDYH GHPRQVWUDWHG H[FHOOHQW FRPSHWLWLYH UHVXOWV DQG RU DFDGHPLF DFKLHYHPHQWV DQG ZKR KDYH IXWXUH SRWHQWLDO LQ QDWLRQDO DQG LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ ,Q RUGHU WR IXO¿OO WKLV PLVVLRQ WKH Memorial Fund seeks support from skaters, corporations, foundations and the general public. MFCR 2.04 7KH 0HPRULDO )XQG DOVR DFFHSWV UHVWULFWHG FRQWULEXWLRQV IRU WKH XVH DQG EHQH¿W FRQVLVWHQW ZLWK LWV WD[ H[HPSW purposes as set forth in the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws, of worthy skaters who are selected by the governing authority of a member club which is designated by the donor. Ten percent of restricted contributions is applied to the general funds of the Memorial Fund to assist in meeting administrative costs and to promote the general purposes of the fund. MFCR 2.05 7KH 0HPRULDO )XQG UHWDLQV FRPSOHWH FRQWURO RYHU DOO GRQDWHG IXQGV LQFOXGLQJ UHVWULFWHG FRQWULEXWLRQV LQ RUGHU WR LQVXUH WKDW DOO FRQWULEXWLRQV ZLOO EH XVHG WR FDUU\ RXW WKH WD[ H[HPSW SXUSRVHV RI WKH IXQG

69

MFCR 3.00 Organization MFCR 3.01 As originally organized, in March 1961, the Memorial Fund was a free standing Massachusetts Trust with its RZQ WD[ GHGXFWLEOH VWDWXV 7KH WUXVWHHV RI WKH IXQG ZHUH WKH RI¿FHUV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ,Q WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG ZDV merged with U.S. Figure Skating but its assets and investments remain separate for administrative and accounting purposes as provided in Article XIX, Sections 1 and 7, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. MFCR 4.00 Administration MFCR 4.01 The Memorial Fund Committee has members and representatives in many of the member clubs, who serve as a source for the raising of money for the fund. Such efforts are accomplished by encouraging gifts in memory of skaters, friends and families and in commemoration of special occasions, by urging clubs to donate part or all of the net proceeds from ice shows DQG H[KLELWLRQV ZKLFK WKH\ VSRQVRU DV ZHOO DV DQ\ RWKHU PHDQV RI UDLVLQJ PRQH\ IRU WKH IXQG MFCR 4.02 The chair of the Memorial Fund will annually send application forms for Memorial Fund scholarships to all eligible VNDWHUV DQG WR DOO PHPEHU FOXEV 5HWXUQ DSSOLFDWLRQV ZLOO EH HYDOXDWHG LQLWLDOO\ E\ WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG OLDLVRQ DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV DFFRUGLQJ WR VSHFL¿F FULWHULD GHYHORSHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7KH VHOHFWLRQ RI FDQGLGDWHV IRU VNDWLQJ DQG DFDGHPLF VFKRODUVKLSV LV PDGH RQ WKH EDVLV RI ¿QDQFLDO QHHG FRPSHWLWLYH VNDWLQJ DFKLHYHPHQWV DQG JHQHUDO LPSUHVVLRQ The candidate’s grade point average is also a factor for academic scholarships. The chair of the Memorial Fund, along with sectional representatives and an athlete representative from each section, designates the amount of the scholarships and oversees that they are used in accordance with the purpose of the Memorial Fund as set forth in the bylaws of U.S. Figure Skating. MFCR 4.03 The Memorial Fund Operating Committee develops operating budgets and policies and is responsible for their implementation and interpretation in accordance with Article XIX, Section 4, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. MFCR 5.00 Tax Deductible Status MFCR 5.01 &RQWULEXWLRQV DQG EHTXHVWV WR WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG DUH IXOO\ GHGXFWLEOH IRU IHGHUDO LQFRPH JLIW DQG HVWDWH WD[ SXUSRVHV DV FKDULWDEOH FRQWULEXWLRQV E\ UHDVRQ RI D UXOLQJ E\ WKH ,QWHUQDO 5HYHQXH 6HUYLFH 2FW 5HI $86 (2 WR WKH HIIHFW WKDW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI ZKLFK WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG LV D SDUW TXDOL¿HV IRU VXFK VWDWXV XQGHU 6HFWLRQ F RI WKH ,QWHUQDO 5HYHQXH &RGH RI DV DPHQGHG 7KH ,QWHUQDO 5HYHQXH 6HUYLFH DOVR KDV UXOHG $SULO 5HI (2 %:6 '$/ (2 WKDW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG WKHUHIRUH WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG TXDOL¿HV XQGHU 6HFWLRQ D RI WKH FRGH DQG KHQFH LV QRW D SULYDWH IRXQGDWLRQ ZLWKLQ WKH PHDQLQJ RI WKDW WHUP DV GH¿QHG WKHUHLQ

Nominating NCR 1.00 NCR 1.01 bylaws

Authority $ 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH LV HVWDEOLVKHG HDFK \HDU SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ;9 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ

NCR 2.00 Responsibility NCR 2.01 7KH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH LV FKDUJHG ZLWK WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ IRU UHFRPPHQGLQJ VXLWDEO\ TXDOL¿HG FDQGLGDWHV IRU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI¿FHV FKDUJHG WR LW XQGHU $UWLFOH ;9 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURFHGXUHV RXWOLQHG LQ 1&5 LQFOXGLQJ WKH SURFHVVLQJ RI DQ\ DGGLWLRQDO QRPLQDWLRQV DV GHVFULEHG WKHUHLQ NCR 3.00 Elections NCR 3.01 7R EH HOLJLEOH IRU HOHFWLRQ WR WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH DV RQH RI WKH QLQH PHPEHUV UHIHUUHG WR LQ $UWLFOH ;9 6HFWLRQ $ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV D PHPEHU PXVW VXEPLW WKHLU QDPH WR WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VHFUHWDU\ RQ the election form provided by U.S. Figure Skating Headquarters no later than April 1 along with the following: A. A biography; % $ VWDWHPHQW RI TXDOL¿FDWLRQ WR VHUYH LQFOXGLQJ UHVLGHQFH DQG KRPH FOXE PHPEHUVKLS ,Q WKH FDVH RI DQ LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU evidence of residency may be required. $V VRRQ DV SRVVLEOH IROORZLQJ WKH $SULO GHDGOLQH WKH QDPHV DORQJ ZLWK UHVXPHV DQG VWDWHPHQWV RI TXDOL¿FDWLRQ RI FDQGLGDWHV IRU HOHFWLRQ WR WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EH SXEOLVKHG RQ WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH SDJH RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ website. NCR 3.02 7KH HOHFWLRQ IRU 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH PHPEHUV UHIHUUHG WR LQ $UWLFOH ;9 6HFWLRQ $ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH Skating bylaws will be held by secret, written ballot at each respective sectional caucus convened per Article IX, Section C, RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV 7KH FDQGLGDWH IRU HDFK 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH SRVLWLRQ WR EH HOHFWHG ZLOO EH HOHFWHG E\ majority of the votes cast by the delegates voting in the candidates’ respective sectional caucus. The vote for each region’s committee member will be taken separately and announced after all elections are complete. A. If no candidate receives a majority of the votes cast by the delegates voting in the sectional caucus, then a runoff election will be held between the two candidates receiving the highest number of votes cast. The candidate receiving the highest number of votes cast in the runoff election is elected. B. For the purpose of counting votes, blank ballots or ballots cast for a person who is not a candidate for election will not be included in the total ballots cast to determine a majority.

70

NCR 4.00 Procedures NCR 4.01 7KH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ZLOO RUJDQL]H VRRQ DIWHU WKH FRQFOXVLRQ RI WKH DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH Skating Governing Council and will elect its chair no later than July 1. The most recent eligible past chair not currently VLWWLQJ RQ WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ZLOO FRQYHQH WKH FRPPLWWHH for the purpose of voting to elect the incoming chair. If a tie should occur when electing the new chair of the committee, then the most recent eligible past chair not currently sitting on WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EUHDN WKH WLH NCR 4.02 $W OHDVW WZR PHHWLQJV ZLOO EH KHOG SULRU WR WKH QH[W DQQXDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO $GGLWLRQDO PHHWLQJV will be held as necessary as determined by the committee. When practical, in-person meetings are preferable to telephone FRQIHUHQFHV $ PHHWLQJ PD\ EH FDOOHG E\ WKH FKDLU RU E\ DQ\ ¿YH PHPEHUV ZLWK VXLWDEOH QRWLFH $OO FRPPLWWHH GHOLEHUDWLRQV PXVW EH NHSW VWULFWO\ FRQ¿GHQWLDO DQG HDFK 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH PHPEHU PXVW VLJQ DQQXDOO\ D FRQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ DJUHHPHQW NCR 4.03 The presence of eight members, including the chair or their designated representative, is necessary for the conduct of business. A member present by telephone at a duly called meeting may be considered present for determination of a quorum. Such member may vote upon issues if present for the entire discussion of such issues. NCR 4.04 7KH FKDLU VKDOO EH UHVSRQVLEOH IRU WKH PLQXWHV UHFRUGV DQG FRQWLQXLQJ LQYHQWRULHV RI TXDOL¿HG FDQGLGDWHV DQG position requirements. NCR 4.05 Annually, the committee will: $ 3XEOLVK RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ D OLVW RI WKH SRVLWLRQV WKDW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG E\ WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH DV PD\ EH NQRZQ DW WKH WLPH DQG VHQG WKH OLVW WR PHPEHU FOXEV $ MRE GHVFULSWLRQ DQG TXDOL¿FDWLRQV IRU DOO SRVLWLRQV ZLOO EH LQFOXGHG with this posting on the website. The committee will also develop annual written guidelines for its operation and publish these guidelines on the website. % 6ROLFLW IURP WKH SUHVLGHQW WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DQG RWKHUV VXJJHVWLRQV IRU SRVLWLRQV WR EH ¿OOHG IRU WKH IROORZLQJ \HDU and a list of appropriate candidates. C. Solicit from the president and the Board of Directors the business plan objectives of U.S. Figure Skating, including, but not limited to, a list of the most important issues facing U.S. Figure Skating and the programs most in need of attention the following year. ' 2EWDLQ D VWDWHPHQW RI TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DQG &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW 'LVFORVXUH 6WDWHPHQW RQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DSSURYHG IRUP IURP DOO FDQGLGDWHV EHLQJ FRQVLGHUHG IRU QRPLQDWLRQ E\ WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH DQG RWKHUZLVH QRPLQDWHG LQ accordance with the provisions stated below. ( 1RWLI\ WKRVH LQFXPEHQWV ZKRVH SRVLWLRQV WKH FRPPLWWHH KDV GHFLGHG WR ¿OO ZLWK D QHZ FDQGLGDWH SULRU WR WKH QH[W DQQXDO meeting of the Governing Council. ) %\ 0DUFK SXEOLVK RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ WKH VODWH RI QRPLQHHV UHFRPPHQGHG IRU HOHFWLRQ DV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI¿FHUV DQG GLUHFWRUV DQG IRU DSSRLQWPHQW DV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FRPPLWWHH FKDLUV 1. This slate of nominees will also be published in the Governing Council meeting book. 2. These publications will include a resume and statement of purpose from each of the candidates. * $FFHSW QRPLQDWLRQV IRU FDQGLGDWHV RWKHU WKDQ WKRVH UHFRPPHQGHG E\ WKH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH SURYLGHG VXFK nominations are submitted in writing to the U.S. Figure Skating secretary in care of U.S. Figure Skating headquarters no later than April 1 1R QRPLQDWLRQV VXEPLWWHG DIWHU $SULO 1 LQFOXGLQJ QRPLQDWLRQV IURP WKH ÀRRU RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO will be permitted. 'XO\ TXDOL¿HG GHOHJDWHV WR WKH FXUUHQW *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO PD\ QRPLQDWH DOWHUQDWLYH FDQGLGDWHV E\ VXEPLWWLQJ D UHVXPH DQG VWDWHPHQW RI SXUSRVH IURP WKH QRPLQDWHG FDQGLGDWH DFFRPSDQLHG E\ WKH VLJQDWXUHV RI RI¿FHUV RI WKUHH 8 6 )LJXUH Skating member clubs. 2. Individual members of U.S. Figure Skating may nominate alternative candidates by submitting a resume and statement RI SXUSRVH IURP WKH QRPLQDWHG FDQGLGDWH DFFRPSDQLHG E\ WKH VLJQDWXUHV RI GXO\ TXDOL¿HG GHOHJDWHV WR WKH FXUUHQW *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO $ UHFRUG RI DOO TXDOL¿HG GHOHJDWHV WR WKH FXUUHQW *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 Figure Skating headquarters. 7KH 1RPLQDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ZLOO REWDLQ D VWDWHPHQW RI TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DQG &RQÀLFW RI ,QWHUHVW 'LVFORVXUH 6WDWHPHQW RQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DSSURYHG IRUP IURP DOO FDQGLGDWHV VR QRPLQDWHG DV UHIHUUHG WR LQ SDUDJUDSK ' DERYH + (QVXUH WKH QDPHV RI DOO RWKHU SURSHUO\ QRPLQDWHG FDQGLGDWHV IRU HOHFWLRQ DORQJ ZLWK WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V VWDWHPHQW RI TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DQG VWDWHPHQW RI SXUSRVH DUH SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ I. If there are one or more contested positions, hold a candidates’ forum prior to the election so that the delegates to the Governing Council can meet all the nominated candidates who choose to appear at the forum.

Pairs PCR 1.00 PCR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority The Pairs Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating

PCR 1.50 Responsibility PCR 1.51 The Pairs Committee is responsible for: A. The composition, conduct and manner of performance of all pairs tests; B. The passing marks and judging standards for pairs tests; C. All matters relating to pairs in competitions not otherwise delegated to the Competitions Committee. 71

PCR 2.00 Organization PCR 2.01 The Pairs Committee shall consist of the chair and such other members as are appointed in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. PCR 2.02 In order to facilitate collaboration and cooperation among the Pairs, Singles, Judges and Competitions Committees, WKH FKDLU RI HDFK FRPPLWWHH ZLOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU RI WKH RWKHU $ 7KH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU 3DLUV 'HYHORSPHQW RQ WKH $WKOHWH 'HYHORSPHQW &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU

Parents PACR 1.00 PACR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority The Parents Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating

PACR 1.50 Responsibility PACR 1.51 The Parents Committee will: A. Collect viewpoints and ideas from parents of current and former athletes; B. Share those viewpoints through educational media and meetings; C. Select persons to present those viewpoints; ' 3URPRWH WKH &RGH RI (WKLFV DQG JRRG VSRUWVPDQVKLS ( 3URYLGH JXLGDQFH WR SDUHQWV LQ WKHLU VXSSRUWLYH UROH LQ WKH OLYHV RI FRPSHWLWLYH DWKOHWHV PACR 2.00 Organization PACR 2.01 The Parents Committee shall consist of: A. The chair and three vice chairs, each of whom are the parents of skaters who have competed at the senior national level or KLJKHU 7KH\ ZLOO UHSUHVHQW WKH SDUHQWV RI VNDWHUV LQ WKH IRXU PDMRU GLVFLSOLQHV VLQJOHV SDLUV LFH GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ DQG B. Such other members as are appointed by the chair. PACR 2.02 The Parents Committee shall consist of two parent representatives from each region who are appointed by the chair. These members shall be responsible for the duties and functions assigned to them by the chair. PACR 2.03 The Parents Committee will have state representatives who are chosen by the committee members in consultation ZLWK WKH FKDLU IURP WKH FOXE SDUHQW OLDLVRQV DI¿OLDWHG ZLWK WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 3DUHQWV 1HWZRUN 7KHVH UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV shall be responsible for parent outreach in their state and report to their regional Parents Committee representative. PACR 2.04 The Parents Committee will periodically prepare and publish articles for information and assistance to parents.

Program Development PDCR 1.00 Authority PDCR 1.01 The Program Development Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. PDCR 2.00 Responsibility PDCR 2.01 It shall be the responsibility of the Program Development Committee to: A. Create new programs that address particular needs of U.S. Figure Skating; % ([SHULPHQW ZLWK LGHDV DQG FRQFHSWV DQG GHYHORS LPSOHPHQWDWLRQ SODQV IRU QHZ SURJUDPV C. Create a plan for continuance of successful programs.

Rules RCR 1.00 RCR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority 7KH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH LV D SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ;9, 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ

RCR 2.00 Organization RCR 2.01 7KH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH VKDOO FRQVLVW RI WKH FKDLU D YLFH FKDLU IRU VNDWLQJ VWDQGDUGV ZKLFK SHUWDLQ WR ,68 UXOHV DQG such other members as are appointed in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. RCR 3.00 Responsibility RCR 3.01 ,W VKDOO EH WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ RI WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH WR UHYLHZ DQG UHFRPPHQG WKH VSHFL¿F ODQJXDJH RI DOO SURSRVDOV for changes in the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws and these rules. RCR 4.00 Procedure RCR 4.01 3URSRVDOV IRU FKDQJHV LQ WKH E\ODZV RU LQ WKHVH RI¿FLDO UXOHV PD\ EH LQLWLDWHG E\ WKH FKDLU RI D FRPPLWWHH VSHFL¿HG in Article XV, Section 1, or Article XVI, Sections 1 and 4, of U.S. Figure Skating bylaws, by three members of the Board of Directors or by a permanent member club in good standing. A proposal from a member club must be signed by three of the FOXE¶V RI¿FHUV A. Proposals must EH LQ ZULWLQJ DQG GLUHFWHG DV IROORZV IRU DQ DPHQGPHQW WR WKH E\ODZV WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH IRU D FKDQJH LQ WKHVH RI¿FLDO UXOHV WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH FRPPLWWHH XQGHU ZKRVH MXULVGLFWLRQ WKH UXOH LV DSSOLHG B. Final action will EH WDNHQ E\ WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO DW LWV DQQXDO PHHWLQJ SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ,; DQG RU $UWLFOH ;;,; RI U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. 72

RCR 4.02 7KH SURFHGXUH WR EH IROORZHG IRU WKH VXEPLVVLRQ WR WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH IRU DFWLRQ RQ WKH VSHFL¿F ODQJXDJH RI FKDQJHV WR WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG RI¿FLDO UXOHV LV VHW IRUWK LQ 5&5 WKURXJK RCR 4.03 :LWK UHVSHFW WR WKH E\ODZV WKH SURSRVHG FKDQJHV VKDOO EH LQ WKH KDQGV RI WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH QR ODWHU WKDQ A. Feb. 15 for the annual meeting of the Governing Council; % )RUW\ ¿YH GD\V SULRU WR DQ\ VSHFLDO PHHWLQJ RI WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO RCR 4.04 :LWK UHVSHFW WR WKHVH UXOHV WKH SURSRVHG FKDQJHV VKDOO EH LQ WKH KDQGV RI WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH QR ODWHU WKDQ A. March 1 for the spring meeting of the Board of Directors; % )LIW\ GD\V SULRU WR WKH DQQXDO IDOO PHHWLQJ RI WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV C. Thirty days prior to any special meeting of the Board of Directors. RCR 4.05 7KH VHUYLFHV RI WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH VKDOO EH DYDLODEOH WR PHPEHU FOXEV DQG FRPPLWWHHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ IRU WKH SXUSRVH RI SUHSDULQJ WKH VSHFL¿F ODQJXDJH RI SURSRVDOV IRU FKDQJHV LQ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG RI¿FLDO UXOHV WR be submitted for a vote to the Governing Council, Board of Directors or a committee of U.S. Figure Skating. If such proposals are for the purpose of obtaining committee approval of proposed changes to the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws and these rules, WKH\ PXVW EH LQ WKH KDQGV RI WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH IRU DFWLRQ QRW OHVV WKDQ GD\V LQ DGYDQFH RI WKH GHDGOLQHV VHW IRUWK LQ 5&5 4.03 and 4.04. RCR 4.06 7KH IRUHJRLQJ UXOHV VKDOO QRW SUHYHQW WKH UHFHLSW IRU DFWLRQ E\ WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH RI SURSRVHG FKDQJHV WR WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG WKHVH UXOHV DW DQ\ WLPH EXW VXFK FKDQJHV DUH UHFHLYHG ZLWKRXW DQ\ DVVXUDQFH E\ WKH 5XOHV Committee to the submitting member club or committee of action in time for any particular meeting of the Governing Council RU %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV XQOHVV WKH GHDGOLQHV VHW IRUWK LQ 5&5 DQG DUH REVHUYHG E\ WKH VXEPLWWLQJ PHPEHU FOXE RU committee. RCR 4.07 Changes in the wording of the rules of the association, which in no way affect the intent of such rules, may be made E\ WKH 5XOHV &RPPLWWHH IRU WKH SXUSRVH RI FODUL¿FDWLRQ ZKHQ SUHSDULQJ WKH UXOHV IRU SULQWLQJ

SafeSport SFR 1.00 Authority SFR 1.01 The SafeSport Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. SFR 2.00 Organization SFR 2.01 The SafeSport Committee will consist of at least nine but no more than 12 members, including the chair, with representation from each section SFR 3.00 Responsibility SFR 3.01 It will be the responsibility of the SafeSport Committee to support U.S. Figure Skating in its commitment to provide D VDIH DQG SRVLWLYH HQYLURQPHQW IRU LWV PHPEHUV¶ SK\VLFDO HPRWLRQDO DQG VRFLDO GHYHORSPHQW DQG WR VHW WKH FOHDU H[SHFWDWLRQ for an environment free from abuse and misconduct by: A. Promoting the SafeSport Program for U.S. Figure Skating to all members and member clubs, and providing appropriate DQG RQJRLQJ HGXFDWLRQ DQG WUDLQLQJ IRU 6DIH6SRUW RI¿FHUV PHPEHUV DQG PHPEHU FOXEV % (QVXULQJ WKDW DOO PHPEHUV DQG PHPEHU FOXEV DUH DZDUH RI WKH REOLJDWLRQ WR WLPHO\ DQG SURSHUO\ UHSRUW YLRODWLRQV RI WKH *HQHUDO 5XOHV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQFOXGLQJ UXOHV *5 *5 DQG *5 DV VWDWHG WKHUHLQ DQG DV VHW IRUWK LQ the SafeSport Handbook for U.S. Figure Skating and Article XXV, Section 4, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. & (QVXULQJ WKDW DOO UHTXLUHG VFUHHQLQJ RI GHVLJQDWHG LQGLYLGXDOV LV GRQH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 6FUHHQLQJ and Background Check Program and Policy. D. Creating and publishing appropriate policies, guidelines and codes of conduct in support of the SafeSport Program. ( 5HIHUULQJ DSSURSULDWH PDWWHUV WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH DQG RU WKH FKDLU RI WKH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH LQ WKH HYHQW RI DQ DOOHJHG YLRODWLRQ RI UXOHV *5 *5 DQG RU *5

Sanctions SR 1.00 Responsibility and Organization SR 1.01 The sanctioning responsibility of the 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH LV A. The maintenance and administration of the rules governing ice shows DQG H[KLELWLRQV RQ LFH LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV B. 7KH SDUWLFLSDWLRQ E\ UHJLVWHUHG VNDWHUV LQ H[KLELWLRQV LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV DQG &DQDGD C. The participation LQ LFH VKRZV DQG H[KLELWLRQV by Canadian or other foreign eligible skaters in the United States; D. The granting or refusal of sanctions for A, B and C above; ( To set and collect fees and assessments for sanctions; F. 7R VHW H[SHQVH OLPLWV DQG WKH W\SH DQG YDOXH RI JLIWV SHUPLWWHG WR EH DZDUGHG WR UHJLVWHUHG VNDWHUV DSSHDULQJ LQ ice shows DQG H[KLELWLRQV SR 1.02 All ice shows H[KLELWLRQV DSSHDUDQFHV DQG HQWHUWDLQPHQW RI DQ\ NLQG E\ HOLJLEOH VNDWHUV PXVW EH VDQFWLRQHG RU RWKHUZLVH DSSURYHG LQ ZULWLQJ E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ )RU H[FHSWLRQV VHH UXOH 65 SR 1.03 Authority to Protect Athlete Eligibility and to Revoke a Sanction $ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PD\ WDNH DFWLRQ LQFOXGLQJ DV VSHFL¿HG EHORZ WKDW LV LQWHQGHG WR SURWHFW WKH HOLJLELOLW\ RI 8 6 )LJXUH Skating skaters unless doing so would be a violation of the Ted Stevens Olympic and Amateur Sports Act, 36 U.S.C. § HW VHT WKH ³6SRUWV $FW´ RU $UWLFOH ,; RI WKH 862& &RQVWLWXWLRQ 73

B. In the event U.S. Figure Skating determines that an event is to be conducted with eligible U.S. Figure Skating skaters ZLWKRXW ¿UVW REWDLQLQJ WKH UHTXLUHG VDQFWLRQ RU DSSURYDO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VKDOO KDYH WKH DXWKRULW\ WR XVH LWV EHVW HIIRUWV to protect the eligibility of U.S. Figure Skating skaters, including, but not limited to, advising U.S. Figure Skating skaters of the risk to their eligibility should they elect to participate in the event and counseling them to refrain from participating in the event. C. In the event U.S. Figure Skating determines that a properly sanctioned or approved event in which eligible U.S. Figure Skating skaters are scheduled to participate will be conducted outside the scope of the sanction or permission, therefore jeopardizing the eligibility of U.S. Figure Skating skaters, U.S. Figure Skating shall have the authority to revoke the sanction or permission; furthermore, U.S. Figure Skating shall have the authority to use its best efforts to protect the eligibility of U.S. Figure Skating skaters, including, but not limited to, advising U.S. Figure Skating skaters of the risk to their eligibility if they elect to participate in the event and counseling them to refrain from participating in the event. SR 1.04 1R VDQFWLRQ VKDOO EH JUDQWHG IRU DQ\ HYHQW LQ ZKLFK WKH ZRUG ³2O\PSLF ´ RU DQ\ GHULYDWLYH WKHUHRI LV XVHG LQ DQ\ DGYHUWLVHPHQW DQQRXQFHPHQW RU SXEOLFLW\ RU LQ DQ\ RWKHU PDQQHU ZLWKRXW KDYLQJ ¿UVW REWDLQHG WKH DSSURYDO RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU ZKR VKDOO ¿UVW REWDLQ FRQVHQW RI WKH 862& SR 1.05 7KH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH VKDOO FRQVLVW RI WKH FKDLU D VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IURP HDFK VHFWLRQ DQG RWKHU committee members in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. The vice chairs shall perform IXQFWLRQV DVVLJQHG WR WKHP E\ WKH FKDLU $OO UHTXHVWV IRU LQWHUSUHWDWLRQV RI WKH UXOHV QRW VSHFL¿FDOO\ FRYHUHG VKDOO EH FRQVLGHUHG by the appropriate sectional vice chair or the chair for further action. Changes in the rules shall be handled by the full committee. $ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHUV VHOHFWHG IURP PHPEHUV RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH will be assigned WR VSHFL¿F DUHDV E\ WKH FKDLU 0HPEHU FOXEV will EH QRWL¿HG RI WKHLU DSSURSULDWH VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHUV DV VRRQ DV WKH\ DUH named each year. 65 'H¿QLWLRQV SR 2.01 When used in these rules the following titles will mean: A. President is the president of U.S. Figure Skating. B. Vice president is a vice president of U.S. Figure Skating. C. Chair LV WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH D. Vice chair LV D YLFH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH ( 6DQFWLRQV RI¿FHU LV D PHPEHU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH DVVLJQHG WR WKH VSHFL¿F DUHD. A sectional vice FKDLU RU WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH D YLFH SUHVLGHQW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RU WKH SUHVLGHQW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PD\ DSSURYH D SHUIRUPDQFH VDQFWLRQ LQ WKH DEVHQFH RI WKH DVVLJQHG VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU 65 $GGLWLRQDO 'H¿QLWLRQV A. Admission charges DUH PRQHWDU\ FKDUJHV RU PRQHWDU\ GRQDWLRQV WKDW DUH FROOHFWHG IRU SHUIRUPDQFHV E\ HOLJLEOH VNDWHU V in ice shows H[KLELWLRQV SHUVRQDO DSSHDUDQFHV WRXUV DQG RWKHU HYHQWV LQ ZKLFK ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ SHUIRUPDQFHV DUH XWLOL]HG 5HJXODU FKDUJHV IRU FOXE SDUWLHV DUH QRW FRQVLGHUHG DGPLVVLRQ ZLWKLQ WKH PHDQLQJ RI WKHVH UXOHV B. Auspices and control LV WKH DFWLYH SDUWLFLSDWLRQ E\ D PHPEHU FOXE LQ WKH FRQGXFW PDQDJHPHQW DQG ¿QDQFLDO DIIDLUV RI WKH events including control of any net gain from the event. C. %HQH¿FLDU\ LV D PHPEHU FOXE FKDULW\ RU QRW IRU SUR¿W RUJDQL]DWLRQ ZKR WDNHV SDUW LQ DQ\ PDQQHU LQ DQ ice show H[KLELWLRQ RU VHULHV RI H[KLELWLRQV DQG VKDUHV LQ WKH QHW JDLQ D. Charity LV D UHOLJLRXV HGXFDWLRQDO RU SKLODQWKURSLF RUJDQL]DWLRQ WKDW UHFHLYHV EHQH¿WV IURP DQ ice show RU H[KLELWLRQ (. Exhibition LV D VNDWLQJ SHUIRUPDQFH E\ DQ HOLJLEOH VNDWHU V E\ LWVHOI RU DV SDUW RI VRPH RWKHU HQWHUWDLQPHQW F. Gross receipts are the funds derived from the admission charges of ice shows H[KLELWLRQV RU SHUVRQDO DSSHDUDQFHV EHIRUH GHGXFWLQJ WD[HV DQG RWKHU H[SHQVHV RI WKH HYHQW ,I ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LV D SRUWLRQ RI WKH HYHQW WKH JURVV UHFHLSWV DUH GH¿QHG DV WKDW SRUWLRQ RI WKH DGPLVVLRQ FKDUJH WKDW UHODWHV WR WKH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ SRUWLRQ RI WKDW HYHQW G. Ice shows DUH JDOD SHUIRUPDQFHV ZKHUH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ IXUQLVKHV WKH SULQFLSDO HQWHUWDLQPHQW IRU VSHFWDWRUV H. Member club is a club holding either full, interim or provisional membership in U.S. Figure Skating under whose auspices an ice show RU H[KLELWLRQ LV KHOG I. 1HW SUR¿WV DUH WKH IXQGV UHPDLQLQJ DIWHU GHGXFWLQJ WD[HV DQG RWKHU H[SHQVHV RI WKH HYHQW IURP WKH JURVV UHFHLSWV J. Promoter is an individual or entity who organizes an ice show H[KLELWLRQ WRXU RU RWKHU HYHQW LQ ZKLFK ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ SHUIRUPDQFHV DUH XWLOL]HG IRU ¿VFDO EHQH¿W K. Series of Exhibitions LV D VNDWLQJ SHUIRUPDQFH E\ DQ HOLJLEOH VNDWHU V E\ LWVHOI RU DV SDUW RI VRPH RWKHU HQWHUWDLQPHQW UHODWLQJ WR D VLQJOH RUJDQL]HG HYHQW ZKLFK KDV UHSHDW SHUIRUPDQFHV ZLWK WKH VDPH FDVW RU ZKHUH WKH VDPH H[KLELWLRQ WDNHV SODFH ZLWKLQ D GD\ SHULRG RU ZKHUH WKH VDPH H[KLELWLRQ LV SHUIRUPHG GXULQJ D FRQWLQXRXV VHDVRQ 6HH UXOH 65 %

/ Vicinity LV WKH JHRJUDSKLFDO DUHD RUGLQDULO\ LQÀXHQFHG E\ WKH FRPPXQLWLHV LQ ZKLFK WKH UHVSHFWLYH FOXEV DUH ORFDWHG ,Q large cities with more than one club, the neighborhoods and suburbs ordinarily accepted as separate communities would be the criterion. SR 2.03 Learn to Skate USA Registered Programs A /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ program is a program that has been registered with U.S. Figure Skating and remains in good standing. 6HH UXOH 05 DQG UXOH IRU PRUH LQIRUPDWLRQ UHJDUGLQJ Compete USA competition sanctions.

74

SR 3.00 Performance Sanctions SR 3.01 8SRQ UHYLHZ DQG DSSURYDO E\ D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU SHUIRUPDQFH VDQFWLRQV DUH LVVXHG WR 8 6 Figure Skating member clubs, U.S. Figure Skating individual members, U.S. Figure Skating independent synchronized teams or U.S. Figure Skating independent Theatre On Ice teams by U.S. Figure Skating headquarters. The chair, a sectional vice FKDLU RU WKH SUHVLGHQW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PD\ DOVR DSSURYH D VDQFWLRQ )RU H[FHSWLRQV VHH UXOH 65 A. U.S. Figure Skating independent synchronized skating or Theatre On Ice teams may apply for performance sanctions. The team manager of record shall be authorized to apply for this sanction. B. The issuance of performance sanctions to U.S. Figure Skating independent synchronized skating teams, Theatre On Ice WHDPV DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV VKDOO EH OLPLWHG WR WKHLU RZQ H[KLELWLRQ SHUIRUPDQFH DQG RU LQGLYLGXDO DSSHDUDQFH DQG LI ZDUUDQWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 65 & VKDOO QRW EH XQUHDVRQDEO\ ZLWKKHOG SR 3.02 Performance sanctions may be issued by U.S. Figure Skating to member clubs for ice shows H[KLELWLRQV DSSHDUDQFHV or entertainment by eligible skaters with the following requirements: A. Ice shows DQG H[KLELWLRQV VKDOO EH KHOG XQGHU WKH DXVSLFHV DQG FRQWURO RI D PHPEHU FOXE ORFDWHG LQ WKH VDPH YLFLQLW\ % $ SHUIRUPDQFH VDQFWLRQ LVVXHG WR D FOXE ZLOO FRYHU DOO SDUWLFLSDWLQJ HOLJLEOH VNDWHUV UHJDUGOHVV RI WKHLU KRPH FOXE DI¿OLDWLRQ 6HH UXOH 65 & & $ PHPEHU FOXE DQG WKH HQWLWLHV DV GHVFULEHG LQ 65 % ZKLFK XVHV WKH SULQFLSDO VNDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RI DQRWKHU member club for an ice show RU H[KLELWLRQ VKDOO UHFHLYH SHUPLVVLRQ LQ ZULWLQJ E\ DQ DXWKRUL]HG UHSUHVHQWDWLYH RI WKH home club before a sanction is issued. Such permission shall not be unreasonably withheld. A copy of the letter shall be attached to the performance sanction application; ' ,I D VFKHGXOLQJ FRQÀLFW DULVHV IURP WZR RU PRUH PHPEHU FOXEV ZKR ZLVK WR KRVW DQ ice show RU H[KLELWLRQ RQ RU QHDU WKH same date and in the same geographical area, the dispute will be arbitrated by WKH VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU V JUDQWLQJ WKH GLVSXWHG VDQFWLRQV LQ FRQVXOWDWLRQ ZLWK WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU V RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH DQG WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH. ( $ PHPEHU FOXE¶V VKDUH RI WKH QHW SUR¿WV GHULYHG IURP VDQFWLRQHG HYHQWV PXVW EH XVHG IRU WKH SURPRWLRQ RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ DQ DSSURYHG FKDULW\ RU WKH JHQHUDO ZHOIDUH RI WKH PHPEHU FOXE :KHQ WKH PHPEHU FOXE LV QRW WKH VROH EHQH¿FLDU\ LW will UHFHLYH LWV IDLU VKDUH RI WKH SUR¿WV LQ UHWXUQ IRU LWV ZRUN DQG VXSHUYLVLRQ This amount will be negotiated with the promoter or sponsor in advance and provided in writing to the sanctioning member club. ) 7KH QDPHV RI DOO HOLJLEOH VNDWHUV UHFHLYLQJ SD\PHQW LQFOXGLQJ UHFHLSW RI D PRQHWDU\ HTXLYDOHQW LQ JRRGV DQG VHUYLFHV IRU performing in or otherwise appearing or endorsing the event must be listed in the sanction application, along with the terms RI WKH ¿QDQFLDO DUUDQJHPHQWV ZLWK VXFK VNDWHUV ,I WKLV LQIRUPDWLRQ LV QRW NQRZQ DW WKH WLPH RI WKH VDQFWLRQ DSSOLFDWLRQ WKH VDQFWLRQ DSSOLFDQW PXVW SURYLGH VXFK LQIRUPDWLRQ SURPSWO\ WR WKH VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU RU WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV VRRQ DV LW LV NQRZQ 6HH UXOH 65

SR 3.03 Performance sanction applications for ice shows H[KLELWLRQV DSSHDUDQFHV RU HQWHUWDLQPHQW ZLWKLQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV are required when any of the following conditions are present: A. Admission is charged or admission is contingent upon a monetary donation or its equivalent; % 0HPEHU FOXE RU SURPRWHU LV UHFLSLHQW RI VRPH SHFXQLDU\ EHQH¿W C. Skaters who are not members of the sponsoring club have been invited to participate and have obtained permission from their home club; D 7KH SHUIRUPDQFH LV KHOG DW D ORFDWLRQ RWKHU WKDQ WKH SULQFLSDO VNDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RI WKH VSRQVRULQJ FOXE DV GH¿QHG LQ 05 $ (. The event is advertised or the public is invited to attend; F 6NDWHUV RU V\QFKURQL]HG WHDPV H[KLELW DW SURIHVVLRQDO KRFNH\ JDPHV G 7KH HYHQW LV SDUW RI D UDGLR RU WHOHYLVLRQ EURDGFDVW 6HH UXOH 65 $FWLYLWLHV LQ WHOHYLVLRQ EURDGFDVWV will include SHUIRUPDQFH LQ WHOHYLVLRQ FRPPHUFLDOV 6HH UXOH 65 DQG 65

SR 3.04 Performance sanction applications submitted by a member club, U.S. Figure Skating individual member, U.S. Figure Skating independent synchronized team or U.S. Figure Skating Theatre On Ice team must be made by an authorized representative of a member club, U.S. Figure Skating individual member or team manager, respectively. A. An Application for Performance Sanction must EH VHQW WR D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU RQ DQ RI¿FLDO IRUP DW least 14 days before the date of the event. Application is made online only via the Members Only website at usfsaonline. org 1R VDQFWLRQ IHHV DUH UHTXLUHG XQOHVV D VDQFWLRQ DSSOLFDWLRQ LV PDGH IHZHU WKDQ 14 days before the date of the event, in which case a $25 late processing fee is required. B. Only one sanction is required: 1. For events having repeat performances with the same cast; 2. For same event within 45-day period; )RU DQ HYHQW WKDW LV KHOG GXULQJ D FRQWLQXRXV VHDVRQ L H D KRFNH\ VHDVRQ RU VXPPHU VHVVLRQ SR 3.05 Ice shows H[KLELWLRQV DSSHDUDQFHV RU HQWHUWDLQPHQW E\ HOLJLEOH VNDWHUV WKDW GR QRW UHTXLUH D VDQFWLRQ LQFOXGH WKH following situations: $ ([KLELWLRQV E\ VNDWHUV RI RQH PHPEHU FOXE ZLWK WKH RSSRUWXQLW\ WR SHUIRUP IRU WKHLU IDPLO\ DQG IULHQGV 1R DGPLVVLRQ LV charged, and the event is not advertised to the general public. Skaters must be current members of the host club. B ([KLELWLRQV E\ VWXGHQWV DW DQ HGXFDWLRQDO LQVWLWXWLRQ WKDW KDV D FROOHJLDWH FOXE VFKRRO DI¿OLDWHG FOXE RU KRFNH\ FOXE RU WKH H[KLELWLRQ LV LQ WKH KRPH ULQN RI WKH VFKRRO RU WKH HYHQW LV VSRQVRUHG E\ DQ RUJDQL]DWLRQ RU JURXS WKDW LV UHJXODUO\ DVVRFLDWHG ZLWK WKH VFKRRO RU LI HOLJLEOH VNDWHUV KDYH SHUPLVVLRQ RI WKHLU KRPH FOXE WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ VXFK VFKRRO H[KLELWLRQV 75

C. Promotion or advertisement in the media of a properly sanctioned event or competition, including news reporting on radio, television, motion pictures or in person; D ([KLELWLRQ LQ WKH IRUP RI VNDWLQJ VFKRRO UHFLWDOV WKDW DUH KHOG IRU WKH VROH SXUSRVH RI SURYLGLQJ SXSLOV RU LQVWUXFWRUV RI skating schools the opportunity to perform for their family DQG IULHQGV 6NDWHUV PXVW EH ERQD ¿GH SXSLOV RI WKH VFKRRO (. Demonstration of skills by eligible skaters at U.S. Figure Skating, ISU, ISI and PSA schools, workshops, seminars and conferences. F. Ice shows H[KLELWLRQV DSSHDUDQFHV RU VNDWLQJ HQWHUWDLQPHQW HQGRUVHG E\ WKH ,6, LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH -RLQW 6WDWHPHQW of Cooperation. SR 3.06 5HJLVWHUHG 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV VNDWHUV PD\ SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DQ\ HYHQW IRU 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV DWKOHWHV ZLWKRXW MHRSDUGL]LQJ WKHLU HOLJLEOH VWDWXV 6HH (5 SR 3.07 The names of all foreign eligible persons shall be listed on the Application for Performance Sanction. Foreign eligible skaters must receive permission from their skating federation, and that permission must accompany the performance sanction. 6HH UXOH 65 SR 3.08 &RQWUDFW V EHWZHHQ WKH PHPEHU FOXE DQG WKH SURPRWHUV RU FR VSRQVRUV VKDOO EH DWWDFKHG WR WKH $SSOLFDWLRQ IRU 3HUIRUPDQFH 6DQFWLRQ DQG DSSURYHG E\ WKH VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU SR 3.09 All forms of advertising, notices or programs shall state that the event is hosted by the member club and sanctioned by U.S. Figure Skating. SR 3.10 ,I SD\PHQW LQFOXGLQJ WKH UHFHLSW RI D PRQHWDU\ HTXLYDOHQW LQ JRRGV RU VHUYLFHV LV EHLQJ RIIHUHG WR DQ HOLJLEOH VNDWHU in conjunction with the event for which a performance sanction is sought, the application for a performance sanction must include the names of the eligible skaters receiving payment and the terms of the payment arrangements with such skaters. See UXOH 65 1RWH 3D\PHQW GRHV QRW LQFOXGH WKH UHLPEXUVHPHQW RI H[SHQVHV DV RXWOLQHG LQ UXOH 65 % SR 3.20 Special Performance Sanctions SR 3.21 7KH SUHVLGHQW RU FKDLU PD\ LVVXH VSHFLDO SHUIRUPDQFH VDQFWLRQV IRU H[KLELWLRQV DW SURIHVVLRQDO VSRUWV HYHQWV WKDW SURYLGH D VXEVWDQWLDO EHQH¿W RU PRUH WR WKH XQUHVWULFWHG IXQGV RI WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG $ VSHFLDO VDQFWLRQ PD\ DOVR EH issued for events of unusual or national prominence, not necessarily sponsored by member clubs, in which charities or other ZRUWKZKLOH FDXVHV DUH SURPRWHG L H WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG DQG 2O\PSLF *DPHV 6HH UXOH 65 SR 3.22 When requests are received by U.S. Figure Skating to sanction an event that is not or cannot be sanctioned by a member club, such as ice shows H[KLELWLRQV RU RWKHU VNDWLQJ HYHQWV WKDW DUH GHYHORSHG RU SURGXFHG LQ ZKROH RU LQ SDUW E\ D SURPRWHU RU E\ RU IRU D IRU SUR¿W RUJDQL]DWLRQ WKH SUHVLGHQW DQG WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU VKDOO HYDOXDWH WKH PHULWV RI WKH UHTXHVW to determine whether to submit such request to the Board of Directors for approval. If submitted to and approved by the Board of Directors, a special performance sanction will be granted for the event upon the negotiation of an appropriate fee. SR 3.23 Member clubs may apply for a special sanction on behalf of arenas or nonmember clubs; A. The event must be held under the general supervision of the member club to ensure compliance with the terms of these sanction rules. B. The event must take place in the same geographical area as the member club. & $OO UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU DVVHVVPHQW IHHV DQG ¿QDQFLDO UHSRUWV VKDOO DSSO\ VHH UXOH 65 SR 3.24 Televised Events A. Applications by Member Clubs. Applications for sanctions for televised ice shows H[KLELWLRQV DSSHDUDQFHV RU RWKHU VNDWLQJ entertainment for which a member club is the host of the event shall be submitted to the U.S. Figure Skating sanctions RI¿FHU ZKR VKDOO WKHQ VXEPLW LW WR WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU IRU DSSURYDO 7KH PHPEHU FOXE VKDOO VXEPLW DOO ¿QDQFLDO DUUDQJHPHQWV EHWZHHQ WKH WHOHYLVLRQ VWDWLRQV RU QHWZRUNV DQG WKH PHPEHU FOXE ZLWK LWV DSSOLFDWLRQ &RSLHV RI DQ\ FRQWUDFWV DQG WHOHFDVW WLPHV DQG GDWHV PXVW DOVR EH VXEPLWWHG ,I WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU DSSURYHV WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ WKH VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU VKDOO LVVXH WKH VSHFLDO SHUIRUPDQFH VDQFWLRQ B. All other applications. Applications for special performance sanctions for all other televised events held in the United 6WDWHV VKDOO EH VXEPLWWHG IRU DSSURYDO LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURFHGXUHV RI 65 SR 3.30 Foreign Performance Sanctions Sanctions for international amateur athletic SDUWLFLSDWLRQ LQ LFH VKRZV RU H[KLELWLRQV: SR 3.31 Canadian Sanctions A. U.S. Figure Skating eligible skaters may appear in a skating LFH VKRZ RU H[KLELWLRQ sanctioned by Skate Canada without the need for such skating LFH VKRZ RU H[KLELWLRQ to have been separately sanctioned by U.S. Figure Skating. Prior to participating in the LFH VKRZ RU H[KLELWLRQ, however, the skater must receive written evidence from the sponsoring organization that Skate Canada has sanctioned the entire event in which they will be participating. B. If, in conjunction with the LFH VKRZ RU H[KLELWLRQ sanctioned by Skate Canada, the U.S. Figure Skating skater has been RIIHUHG SD\PHQW IRU DQ DSSHDUDQFH HQGRUVHPHQW RU H[KLELWLRQ SHUIRUPDQFH WKDW LQYROYHV WKH XVH RI WKH SHUVRQ¶V VNDWLQJ VNLOOV LGHQWLW\ RU UHSXWDWLRQ DV D VNDWHU WKH VNDWHU PXVW FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI 65 EHIRUH WKH\ DUH DXWKRUL]HG to participate in the activity or receive payment. C. U.S. Figure Skating clubs desiring to hold events in Canada are subject to Skate Canada rules. D. Canadian skaters may appear in U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned LFH VKRZ RU H[KLELWLRQ; however they must present written permission to do so from Skate Canada to the host organization, and that permission must accompany the host organization’s request for the performance sanction. ( &DQDGLDQ FOXEV VHHNLQJ VDQFWLRQV IRU ice shows DQG H[KLELWLRQV LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV PXVW SURFXUH D VDQFWLRQ IURP 8 6 76

)LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU ZKR KDV MXULVGLFWLRQ RYHU WKH DUHD LQ ZKLFK WKH HYHQW LV WR EH KHOG SR 3.32 Other Foreign Sanctions: $ 7KH FKDLU RI WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO &RPPLWWHH PXVW VDQFWLRQ DOO H[KLELWLRQV RU RWKHU DSSHDUDQFHV E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VNDWHUV LQ D IRUHLJQ FRXQWU\ RWKHU WKDQ &DQDGD ,I LQ FRQMXQFWLRQ ZLWK WKH IRUHLJQ H[KLELWLRQ RU DSSHDUDQFH WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VNDWHU KDV EHHQ RIIHUHG SD\PHQW IRU DQ DSSHDUDQFH HQGRUVHPHQW RU H[KLELWLRQ SHUIRUPDQFH WKDW LQYROYHV WKH XVH RI WKH SHUVRQ¶V VNDWLQJ VNLOOV LGHQWLW\ RU UHSXWDWLRQ DV D VNDWHU WKH VNDWHU PXVW FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI 65 before being authorized to participate in the activity or receive payment. % 1RQ 8 6 FLWL]HQV IURP FRXQWULHV RWKHU WKDQ &DQDGD DQG 8 6 FLWL]HQV ZKR KDYH EHHQ UHOHDVHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WR represent a foreign federation other than Canada must have documentation that they are in good standing with and have SHUPLVVLRQ IURP WKHLU IHGHUDWLRQ WR DSSHDU LQ DQ H[KLELWLRQ SR 4.00 Competition Sanctions See rule sections 1100 and 3000 for information regarding competition sanctions. SR 5.00 Approval to Receive Payment for Appearances, Endorsements or Exhibitions SR 5.01 :ULWWHQ DSSURYDO IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LV UHTXLUHG IRU HOLJLEOH VNDWHUV WR UHFHLYH SD\PHQW LQFOXGLQJ WKH UHFHLSW RI D PRQHWDU\ HTXLYDOHQW LQ JRRGV RU VHUYLFHV WR SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DQ DSSHDUDQFH HQGRUVHPHQW RU H[KLELWLRQ SHUIRUPDQFH WKDW involves the use of the person’s skating skills, identity or reputation as a skater. Written approval shall take the form of the following: A. When payment is to be made pursuant to a U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned activity, and the terms of payment and the skater‘s name to whom payment is to be made are disclosed on the sanction application form, the grant of sanction FRQVWLWXWHV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DSSURYDO DQG QR DGGLWLRQDO ZULWWHQ DSSURYDO LV UHTXLUHG 7KH VNDWHU PXVW FRQ¿UP WKDW WKH sanction contains the necessary representations required under this provision. % )RU DOO RWKHU VLWXDWLRQV LQ ZKLFK D SHUVRQ KDV EHHQ RIIHUHG SD\PHQW IRU DQ DSSHDUDQFH HQGRUVHPHQW RU H[KLELWLRQ WKH VNDWHU PXVW REWDLQ ZULWWHQ DSSURYDO RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQ WKH IRUP RI DQ (OLJLEOH 6NDWHU¶V &RPSHQVDWLRQ $JUHHPHQW (6&$ SR 5.02 Eligible Skater’s Compensation Agreement (ESCA) $ 6NDWHUV VHHNLQJ SHUPLVVLRQ IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WR DFFHSW SD\PHQW IRU DQ DSSHDUDQFH HQGRUVHPHQW RU H[KLELWLRQ DV set forth above, must: 6XEPLW D UHTXHVW IRU WKH DSSURYDO RI DQ (6&$ WR WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DW OHDVW WZR ZHHNV SULRU WR WKH DFWLYLW\ IRU ZKLFK WKH VNDWHU ZLOO EH SDLG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VKDOO UHVHUYH GLVFUHWLRQ WR DFFHSW D UHTXHVW IRU DQ (6&$ WKDW GRHV QRW FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH WLPH GHDGOLQH LI WKH VNDWHU FDQ VKRZ FDXVH ZK\ WKH\ FRXOG QRW VXEPLW WKH UHTXHVW LQ D WLPHO\ PDQQHU 7KH UHTXHVW VKDOO WDNH WKH IRUP RI D GUDIW (6&$ DJUHHPHQW VLJQHG E\ WKH VNDWHU WKH VNDWHU¶V SDUHQW RU JXDUGLDQ LI WKH VNDWHU LV D PLQRU DQG WKH FRQWUDFWRU WKH LQGLYLGXDO RU HQWLW\ ZKR KDV RIIHUHG WKH VNDWHU SD\PHQW )RUPV IRU WKH (6&$ DUH DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV RU RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 6XEPLW D SURFHVVLQJ IHH ZLWK WKH GUDIW (6&$ DJUHHPHQW % 8SRQ UHFHLSW RI WKH UHTXHVW IRU DQ (6&$ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VKDOO UHYLHZ WKH GUDIW (6&$ DQG PDNH D GHWHUPLQDWLRQ ZKHWKHU WR DSSURYH WKH UHTXHVW 7KH UHTXHVW IRU DQ (6&$ VKDOO QRW EH DSSURYHG LI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ GHWHUPLQHV WKDW 7KH DFWLYLW\ IRU ZKLFK WKH (6&$ UHTXHVW KDV EHHQ VXEPLWWHG GRHV QRW LQ WKH MXGJPHQW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH ODZV UXOHV UHJXODWLRQV SROLFLHV DQG E\ODZV WKDW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV 1*% RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH DQG member of the ISU, is obligated to follow; or 7KH DFWLYLW\ IRU ZKLFK WKH (6&$ UHTXHVW KDV EHHQ VXEPLWWHG SUHVHQWV D FRQÀLFW ZLWK DQ\ RXWVWDQGLQJ 8 6 )LJXUH Skating contractual obligations, the approval of which may place U.S. Figure Skating in breach of its contractual obligations. & 2QFH FRXQWHUVLJQHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKH GUDIW (6&$ VXEPLWWHG IRU DSSURYDO EHFRPHV DQ DSSURYHG FRQWUDFW DQG WKH VNDWHU PD\ SURFHHG XQGHU WKH WHUPV RI WKH (6&$ ' (OLJLEOH VNDWHUV HQWHULQJ LQWR DQ (6&$ PXVW OLPLW WKH DFWLYLWLHV WKDW DUH WKH VXEMHFW RI WKH (6&$ GXULQJ WKH IROORZLQJ WLPH periods: 7ZR ZHHNV EHIRUH WKH ¿UVW RI¿FLDO SUDFWLFH RI WKH IROORZLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DW ZKLFK WKH VNDWHU ZLOO FRPSHWH DOO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV VHH UXOH DQG LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV VDQFWLRQHG E\ WKH ,68 DQG 2. The period of time between U.S. Figure Skating Championships and the World Championships, which may include the 2O\PSLF :LQWHU *DPHV LI WKH VNDWHU KDV TXDOL¿HG 65 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 6DQFWLRQV 2I¿FHUV SR 6.01 Duties: $ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHUV DVVLJQHG WR WKHLU UHVSHFWLYH DUHDV VKDOO UHFHLYH $SSOLFDWLRQV IRU 3HUIRUPDQFH 6DQFWLRQV E\ PHPEHU FOXEV RU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV 6KRXOG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHUV be unavailable, sectional vice chairs, vice presidents, the chair or the president shall also be considered alternates, in that order. % 7KH SUHVLGHQW DQG FKDLU PD\ DV DOWHUQDWHV DSSURYH VDQFWLRQV IRU H[KLELWLRQV DQG DSSHDUDQFHV LQ DQ\ DUHD LQ WKH 8QLWHG States or in Canada. The sectional vice chairs for sanctions and vice presidents may do the same for their respective areas DQG &DQDGD DV DOWHUQDWHV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHUV ZLOO EH QRWL¿HG RI DQ\ DFWLRQ WDNHQ & 8SRQ UHFHLYLQJ WKH $SSOLFDWLRQ IRU 3HUIRUPDQFH 6DQFWLRQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHUV RU RWKHU SHUVRQV DV DXWKRUL]HG XQGHU 65 $ DQG % VKDOO UHYLHZ WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ DQG LI LW VDWLV¿HV WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV 77

5XOHV WKH\ ZLOO DSSURYH WKH DSSOLFDWLRQ DQG IRUZDUG LW WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV VKDOO LVVXH the sanction and distribute copies of the appropriate forms according to procedures; ' ,I WKH $SSOLFDWLRQ IRU 3HUIRUPDQFH 6DQFWLRQ LV UHMHFWHG WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU VKDOO VWDWH WKH UHDVRQ for rejection in a letter attached to the application and send the letter and application to the chair. The U.S. Figure Skating VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHU VKDOO DOVR VHQG D FRS\ RI WKH OHWWHU DQG DSSOLFDWLRQ WR WKH PHPEHU FOXE RU LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU ZKR DSSOLHG for the sanction. ( 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHUV VKDOO KDYH WKH ULJKW WR UHYRNH RU FDQFHO D VDQFWLRQ SUHYLRXVO\ DSSURYHG E\ WKHP EXW only for due cause after consultation with the sectional vice chair and after the member club has been granted a hearing. ) 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQV RI¿FHUV VKDOO KDYH WKH ULJKW WR DWWHQG ZLWKRXW FKDUJH DQ\ VNDWLQJ HYHQW WKH\ PD\ KDYH sanctioned. SR 7.00 Gifts and Expenses SR 7.01 0RQHWDU\ RU QRQ PRQHWDU\ JLIWV PD\ EH SUHVHQWHG WR HOLJLEOH VNDWHUV IRU DSSHDUDQFHV LQ VDQFWLRQHG H[KLELWLRQV DQG ice shows: $ (OLJLEOH VNDWHUV PD\ UHFHLYH D PRQHWDU\ JLIW ZLWKRXW DQ\ UHVWULFWLRQ WR WKH DPRXQW IRU SHUIRUPLQJ LQ D VDQFWLRQHG HYHQW ZLWKRXW VLJQLQJ DQ (OLJLEOH 6NDWHUV &RPSHQVDWLRQ $JUHHPHQW DV ORQJ DV VXFK VNDWHU¶V QDPH DQG WKH WHUPV RI SD\PHQW DUH listed on the Application for Performance Sanction. % $Q\ VNDWHU OHDYLQJ KRPH IRU WKH SXUSRVH RI JLYLQJ DQ H[KLELWLRQ RU SDUWLFLSDWLQJ LQ D VDQFWLRQHG ice show will be entitled to UHLPEXUVHPHQW RI UHDVRQDEOH H[SHQVHV ,Q DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH FXUUHQW DSSURYHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7UDYHO DQG ([SHQVH 3ROLF\ DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ VNDWHUV DUH UHTXLUHG WR UHQGHU DQ DFFRXQWLQJ RI WKHLU H[SHQVHV LQFXUUHG WR the member club, sponsor or promoter. & (OLJLEOH VNDWHUV ZKR KDYH QRW UHDFKHG WKH DJH RI \HDUV PD\ DSSO\ IRU SD\PHQW RI H[SHQVHV DV GH¿QHG LQ 65 % IRU RQH RWKHU SHUVRQ EHVLGHV WKHPVHOYHV SURYLGHG VXFK SHUVRQ LV \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU DQG LV D SURSHUO\ TXDOL¿HG FKDSHURQH or companion. ' 7KH HOLJLEOH VNDWHU PD\ FRPPLVVLRQ WKH KRPH FOXE WR PDNH DOO DUUDQJHPHQWV IRU WKH SD\PHQW RI H[SHQVHV ( 7KH PHPEHU FOXE RU VSRQVRU KRVWLQJ WKH HYHQW PD\ PDNH UHLPEXUVHPHQW RI H[SHQVHV GLUHFWO\ WR WKH H[KLELWLQJ VNDWHU or GHVLJQDWHG FKDSHURQH RU FRPSDQLRQ SHU UXOH 65 &

LI UHTXHVWHG. ) 7KH H[SHQVH UXOHV RI WKH IRUHLJQ DVVRFLDWLRQV RU WKRVH RI WKH ,68 VKDOO EH REVHUYHG LQ DOO FDVHV RI IRUHLJQ H[KLELWLRQV H[FHSW IRU &DQDGD SR 7.02 (OLJLEOH VNDWHUV RI PHPEHU FOXEV YLRODWLQJ RU IDLOLQJ WR FRQIRUP WR DQ\ RI WKH IRUHJRLQJ H[SHQVH UXOHV RU FRQFHDOLQJ VXFK YLRODWLRQV VKDOO EH VXEMHFW WR GLVFLSOLQDU\ DFWLRQ ZKLFK PD\ LQFOXGH GLVTXDOL¿FDWLRQ RI WKH HOLJLEOH VNDWHU DQG H[SXOVLRQ of the club from membership, pursuant to Article XXV, Section 3, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. SR 8.00 Discipline SR 8.01 (OLJLEOH VNDWHUV ZKR NQRZLQJO\ SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DQ DFWLYLW\ WKDW UHTXLUHV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQ RU DSSURYDO EXW which activity does not, in fact, have such sanction or approval, shall be subject to disciplinary action under Article XXV, Section 3, of the bylaws by U.S. Figure Skating for such participation. Such discipline may include the loss of eligibility, after fair notice and opportunity for a hearing, should one be requested pursuant to U.S. Figure Skating Grievance Committee and (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV DQG 3URFHGXUHV 7KH GHFLVLRQ WR GLVFLSOLQH DQ HOLJLEOH VNDWHU PD\ EH PLWLJDWHG LI WKH HOLJLEOH VNDWHU establishes, by a preponderance of the evidence, facts which demonstrate that, at the time of participation, the skater was under a good faith understanding from the sponsoring organization or individual that such activity had been properly sanctioned or approved. SR 8.02 Any member club that violates a sanction or eligibility rule shall be subject to disciplinary action under Article XXV, Section 3, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws, which may include the loss of member club status. In addition to any other disciplinary action that may be brought against it, any member club failing to secure a sanction for any event or activity requiring U.S. Figure Skating sanction or approval shall be restricted from hosting events or activities requiring a U.S. Figure 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQ RU DSSURYDO IRU D SHULRG RI WLPH QRW WR H[FHHG RQH \HDU SR 8.03 $Q\ HOLJLEOH VNDWHU ZKR DFFHSWV D JLIW LQ YLRODWLRQ RI WKH SURYLVLRQV RI 65 VKDOO EH UHVWULFWHG IURP SDUWLFLSDWLQJ LQ HYHQWV RU DFWLYLWLHV UHTXLULQJ D VDQFWLRQ RU FRQWUDFW IRU D SHULRG RI WLPH QRW WR H[FHHG RQH \HDU SR 8.04 Any eligible person who violates a U.S. Figure Skating sanction or eligibility rule is subject to the loss of eligibility or other disciplinary action. However, unless such person voluntarily relinquishes their eligibility, such person may not be GHFODUHG LQHOLJLEOH RU KDYH WKHLU HOLJLELOLW\ VXVSHQGHG ZLWKRXW ¿UVW EHLQJ DFFRUGHG IDLU QRWLFH DQG DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ IRU D KHDULQJ VKRXOG RQH EH UHTXHVWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH DQG (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV DQG 3URFHGXUHV 1R GLVFLSOLQH RU RWKHU DFWLRQ DIIHFWLQJ HOLJLELOLW\ VKDOO EH WDNHQ XQGHU WKLV SURYLVLRQ LI WR GR VR ZRXOG EH D violation of the Sports Act or Article IX of the USOC Bylaws. SR 8.05 1R HOLJLEOH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DWKOHWH QRU DQ\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FRDFK RU RI¿FLDO PD\ EH GHFODUHG LQHOLJLEOH WR participate in any U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned competition, or other competitions in which his or her rights have been DFFRUGHG SURWHFWLRQ XQGHU WKH 6SRUWV $FW ZLWKRXW ¿UVW EHLQJ SURYLGHG IDLU QRWLFH DQG DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ IRU D KHDULQJ VKRXOG RQH EH UHTXHVWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH DQG (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV DQG 3URFHGXUHV SR 8.06 6XEMHFW WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI WKH 6SRUWV $FW WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ &RPPLWWHH RU WKH SUHVLGHQW shall have the right to order the issuance of further sanctions or the approval of contracts be refused to any eligible skater who KDV EHHQ FKDUJHG ZLWK YLRODWLRQ RI WKH 6DQFWLRQV DQG (OLJLELOLW\ 5XOHV DQG WKH RUGHU RI UHIXVDO VKDOO UHPDLQ LQ HIIHFW XQWLO WKH TXHVWLRQDEOH DFWLRQ KDV EHHQ VDWLVIDFWRULO\ H[SODLQHG RU DFWHG XSRQ E\ WKH DSSURSULDWH DXWKRULW\ 78

SR 9.00 Assessment Fees and Financial Reports SR 9.01 Assessment fees are required for sanctioned ice shows DQG H[KLELWLRQV ZKHQ WKH HYHQW V LV EHLQJ VSRQVRUHG RU FRVSRQVRUHG E\ D SURPRWHU IRU D SUR¿W RU QRQSUR¿W RUJDQL]DWLRQ D QRQPHPEHU FOXE RU D FKDULW\ DQG ZKHQ WKH HYHQW LV RQH of unusual or national prominence. The sponsor must pay the assessment fee. A. The assessment fee is: 1. Two and one-half percent if gross receipts or donation to member club is $500–$5,000; 2. Five percent if gross receipts or donation to member club is more than $5000 but not more than $100,000; 6HYHQ DQG RQH KDOI SHUFHQW LI JURVV UHFHLSWV RU GRQDWLRQ WR PHPEHU FOXE H[FHHGV % 7KH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO KDYH WKH ULJKW WR QHJRWLDWH DGGLWLRQDO IHHV WR SURPRWHUV WKDW ZLOO EHQH¿W either the Memorial Fund or U.S. Figure Skating. C. Assessment fees are required for ice shows DQG H[KLELWLRQV ZKHQ LW LV IRU WKH EHQH¿W RI WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG 6HYHQW\ SHUFHQW RI WKH QHW SUR¿WV ZLOO EH GRQDWHG WR WKH JHQHUDO IXQG RI WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG ' )RU DQ\ VDQFWLRQHG HYHQW WKDW UHTXLUHV DQ DVVHVVPHQW IHH WKH )LQDQFLDO 5HSRUW RI 6DQFWLRQHG 3HUIRUPDQFH PXVW EH ¿OHG with U.S. Figure Skating headquarters E\ WKH PHPEHU FOXE LQGLYLGXDO RU WHDP LVVXHG WKH VDQFWLRQ VHH UXOH 65

within 60 days following the event. The assessment fee is to be remitted by check or money order payable to U.S. Figure 6NDWLQJ WRJHWKHU ZLWK WKH ¿QDQFLDO UHSRUW ( )DLOXUH WR ¿OH WKH UHSRUW RU SD\ WKH DVVHVVPHQW IHH ZLWKLQ GD\V VKDOO UHVXOW LQ D SHQDOW\ IHH RI DQG WKH ZLWKKROGLQJ of further sanctions from the delinquent member club during the period of its continuing default. Should such delinquency persist beyond 120 days from the date of the event, disciplinary action may be taken against the delinquent club, pursuant WR 65 DQG $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV SR 9.02 Assessment fees are not required for: A. Sanctioned ice shows H[KLELWLRQV DSSHDUDQFHV DQG HQWHUWDLQPHQW KRVWHG E\ D PHPEHU FOXE SURYLGHG WKDW WKH QHW SUR¿WV LQ IXOO DUH XVHG LQ WKH SURPRWLRQ RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ IRU LWV FOXE PHPEHUV DQG RU IRU WKH EHQH¿W RI D FKDULW\ % ([KLELWLRQV WKDW DUH D PLQRU SDUW RI WKH HQWHUWDLQPHQW HYHQW HYHQ WKRXJK DGPLVVLRQ LV FKDUJHG H J LQWHUPLVVLRQ DW KRFNH\ JDPHV & ([KLELWLRQV DQG DSSHDUDQFHV RI HOLJLEOH VNDWHUV KHOG LQ &DQDGD

Selections SCR 1.00 SCR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority The Selections Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating

SCR 2.00 Organization and Responsibility SCR 2.01 The committee will consist of the chair, the chairs of Competitions, International and Judges Committees, the three vice presidents, the ISU representative and other members as the chair may appoint. In no event will the number of athletes RQ WKH FRPPLWWHH EH IHZHU WKDQ SHUFHQW RI WKH FRPPLWWHH¶V WRWDO PHPEHUVKLS H[FHSW QR DWKOHWH FRPSHWLQJ LQ WKH FXUUHQW season or who competed during the immediate prior season will be eligible to serve on the committee during the current season. SCR 2.02 The Selections Committee is responsible for: $ 6HOHFWLQJ RI¿FLDOV MXGJHV DQG VXSSRUW VWDII WR VHUYH DW DOO GHVLJQDWHG LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG ,68 &KDPSLRQVKLSV % 6HOHFWLQJ RI¿FLDOV MXGJHV DQG VXSSRUW SHUVRQQHO DFFRXQWDQWV DQQRXQFHUV LFH WHFKQLFLDQV DQG PXVLF FRRUGLQDWRUV WR VHUYH DW DOO 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLSV DV GH¿QHG LQ UXOH $ ' SCR 3.00 Responsibility – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance SCR 3.01 The Selections Committee will, if possible, meet in person annually at the time and place of the meeting of the *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO WR VHOHFW RU UHFRPPHQG DV UHTXLUHG WKH RI¿FLDOV WR VHUYH DW WKH FRPSHWLWLRQV WR EH KHOG GXULQJ WKH IROORZLQJ VHDVRQ DV VSHFL¿HG LQ UXOHV 6&5 WKURXJK SCR 3.02 Selections may be made as necessary by a majority vote of the committee by use of email balloting. SCR 3.03 Olympic Winter Games: $ 7KH FRPPLWWHH ZLOO VHOHFW MXGJHV IURP WKRVH FXUUHQWO\ OLVWHG E\ WKH ,68 LQ FKDPSLRQVKLS ,68 FODVVL¿FDWLRQ 7KH FRPPLWWHH ZLOO DOVR UHFRPPHQG WKH WHDP PDQDJHUV DQG RWKHU RI¿FLDOV ZKR DUH FRQVLGHUHG SDUW RI WKH WHDP 1DPHV ZLOO EH submitted as required by the ISU and the USOC. SCR 3.04 ,QWHUQDWLRQDO &RPSHWLWLRQV DQG ,68 &KDPSLRQVKLSV VLQJOHV SDLUV LFH GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ $ 7KH FRPPLWWHH ZLOO VHOHFW MXGJHV WHDP OHDGHUV DQG RWKHU RI¿FLDOV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH UHJXODWLRQV RI WKH ,68 1DPHV will be submitted as required by the ISU and the ISU member hosting the competition or championship. SCR 3.05 U.S. Figure Skating Championships, the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships, the U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships and the U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships: $ 7KH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH FKDLU LQ FRQMXQFWLRQ ZLWK WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH ZLOO VHW WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI RI¿FLDOV WKDW FDQ EH VHOHFWHG ZLWKLQ WKDW PD[LPXP QXPEHU WKH 6HOHFWLRQV &RPPLWWHH ZLOO VHOHFW MXGJHV RI¿FLDOV WR RI¿FLDWH at these championships after giving due consideration to the needs of the competition, the desirability of geographical UHSUHVHQWDWLRQ WKH ¿QDQFLDO OLPLWDWLRQV RI WKH HYHQW DQG RWKHU UHOHYDQW FULWHULD % 7KH FKLHI UHIHUHH ZLOO EH VHOHFWHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI QDWLRQDO UHIHUHHV & 'DQFH UHIHUHHV LI QHFHVVDU\ ZLOO EH VHOHFWHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI QDWLRQDO GDQFH UHIHUHHV RU EH DQ ,68 FKDPSLRQVKLS 79

dance judge who is an ISU championship dance referee, an international dance referee or a candidate for international dance referee. ' $VVLVWDQW UHIHUHHV ZLOO EH VHOHFWHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI QDWLRQDO UHIHUHHV RU EH DQ ,68 FKDPSLRQVKLS MXGJH ZKR LV DQ ISU championship referee, an international referee or a candidate for international referee. An assistant referee may act as the referee of an event under the supervision of the chief referee. ( 7KH FKLHI DFFRXQWDQW ZLOO EH VHOHFWHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI QDWLRQDO DFFRXQWDQWV ) $OO RI¿FLDOV PXVW PHHW WKH DSSOLFDEOH UHTXLUHPHQWV VSHFL¿HG LQ UXOHV

Singles SICR 1.00 SICR 1.01 bylaws.

Authority The Singles Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating

SICR 1.50 Responsibility SICR 1.51 The Singles Committee is responsible for: A. The composition, conduct and manner of performance of all singles tests; B. The passing marks and judging standards for singles tests; C. All matters relating to singles in competitions not otherwise delegated to the Competitions Committee. SICR 2.00 Organization SICR 2.01 The Singles Committee shall consist of the chair and such other members as are appointed in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. SICR 2.02 In order to facilitate collaboration and cooperation among the Pairs, Singles, Judges and Competition Committees, WKH FKDLU RI HDFK FRPPLWWHH VKDOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU RI WKH RWKHU $ 7KH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU 6LQJOHV 'HYHORSPHQW RQ WKH $WKOHWH 'HYHORSPHQW &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU

Special Olympics / Therapeutic Skating SOCR 1.00 Authority SOCR 1.01 7KH 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH LV D SHUPDQHQW FRPPLWWHH SXUVXDQW WR $UWLFOH ;9, 6HFWLRQ 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. SOCR 2.00 Responsibility SOCR 2.01 ,W ZLOO EH WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ RI WKH 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV 7KHUDSHXWLF 6NDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH WR A. Develop rules and regulations and suitable programs in accordance with Special Olympics rules; % :RUN LQ FRQMXQFWLRQ ZLWK 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV ,QF WR HQFRXUDJH DQG SURPRWH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ ZLWKLQ WKH 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV concept. C. Develop therapeutic skating programs and educational materials, and disseminate information on therapeutic skating.

Sports Sciences and Medicine SMCR 1.00 Authority SMCR 1.01 The Sports Sciences and Medicine Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. SMCR 2.00 Organization SMCR 2.01 7KH FRPPLWWHH LV RUJDQL]HG LQWR D 0HGLFDO 6HUYLFHV 6XEFRPPLWWHH D 5HVHDUFK DQG (GXFDWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH DQG a High Performance Subcommittee. A. The Medical Services Subcommittee is responsible for team coverage recommendations, outreach and education at PXOWLSOH OHYHOV HQVXULQJ DSSOLFDELOLW\ RI UHVHDUFK DV LW UHODWHV WR ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ GRSLQJ FRQWURO DQG PHGLFDO RYHUVLJKW IRU championships and other competitions. % 7KH 5HVHDUFK DQG (GXFDWLRQ 6XEFRPPLWWHH LV UHVSRQVLEOH IRU VHWWLQJ UHVHDUFK DJHQGDV VROLFLWLQJ UHVHDUFK SURSRVDOV DVVLVWLQJ ZLWK SURSRVDO GHYHORSPHQW DQG IXQGLQJ HQVXULQJ GH¿QDEOH DQG SUDFWLFDEOH RXWFRPHV RI UHVHDUFK DQG disseminating resulting information. C. The High Performance Subcommittee is responsible for athlete performance improvement through training in strength and conditioning, psychology, physiology, nutrition and biomechanics. SMCR 3.00 Mission and Responsibility SMCR 3.01 7R FROOHFW GHYHORS DQG DGDSW VFLHQWL¿F FOLQLFDO DQG DWKOHWH WUDLQLQJ LQIRUPDWLRQ IRU WKH EHQH¿W RI ¿JXUH VNDWHUV DQG WKH VSRUW RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ DQG WR SURYLGH FOLQLFDO DQG HGXFDWLRQDO VXSSRUW WR DWKOHWH GHYHORSPHQW SMCR 3.02 To provide or ensure adequate clinical support for U.S. Figure Skating championships and other U.S. Figure Skating sponsored skating events. SMCR 3.03 To carry out obligations and manage responsibilities with respect to USOC and ISU medical requirements. SMCR 3.04 7R GLVVHPLQDWH VSRUWV VFLHQFH LQIRUPDWLRQ WKURXJKRXW WKH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ FRPPXQLW\ SMCR 3.05 7R IDFLOLWDWH DFFHVV IRU VNDWHUV FRDFKHV ULQN PDQDJHUV DQG RWKHUV WR ZHOO TXDOL¿HG SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFHV LQ VSRUWV VFLHQFH VSRUWV PHGLFLQH DQG UHODWHG FOLQLFDO DQG HGXFDWLRQDO ¿HOGV SMCR 3.06 To guide national programs with special clinical content. 80

State Games SGCR 1.00 Authority SGCR 1.01 The State Games Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. SGCR 2.00 Responsibility SGCR 2.01 The State Games Committee shall: $ (QFRXUDJH DQG SURPRWH WKH SDUWLFLSDWLRQ RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LQ WKH LQGLYLGXDO 6WDWH *DPHV 3URJUDPV DQG LQ WKRVH 6WDWH Games supported and recognized by the United States Olympic Committee; B. Assist in the selection of judges for the State Games with the chairs of the various State Games Committees making recommendations to the appropriate regional vice chairs of the Competitions Committee; & (QFRXUDJH DQG SURPRWH UHFRJQLWLRQ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV WKH VDQFWLRQLQJ ERG\ IRU ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV ZLWK 6WDWH *DPHV RUJDQL]HUV WKH 1DWLRQDO &RQJUHVV RI 6WDWH *DPHV DQG RWKHU ERGLHV ' 3URYLGH GLUHFWLRQ DQG VXSSRUW UHJDUGLQJ VSHFL¿F FULWHULD UHODWLQJ WR ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ WR 6WDWH *DPHV RUJDQL]HUV WR DVVLVW LQ their recognition of sanctioning and other related rules, including eligibility requirements; ( 0RQLWRU DQG VXSHUYLVH WKRVH DFWLYLWLHV GHWDLOHG LQ 6*&5 ' WKURXJK LQGLYLGXDO VWDWH OLDLVRQV DSSRLQWHG IURP WKH committee by the chair; ) 'HYHORS DQG LPSOHPHQW SODQV DQG SURFHGXUHV WR UH¿QH SDUWLFLSDWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU 6WDWH *DPHV WR HQFRXUDJH IXUWKHU LQYROYHPHQW RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ G. Work in conjunction with the United States Olympic Committee staff liaison for State Games in support of the USOC policies. SGCR 3.00 General SGCR 3.01 (OLJLEOH 6WDWH *DPHV DUH GH¿QHG DV WKRVH JDPHV UHFRJQL]HG DV 6WDWH *DPHV E\ WKH 8 6 2O\PSLF &RPPLWWHH DQG ZKRVH KRVW VWDWH 6WDWH *DPHV 2UJDQL]DWLRQ LV D PHPEHU LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ ZLWK WKH 1DWLRQDO &RQJUHVV RI 6WDWH *DPHV SGCR 3.02 6WDWH *DPHV ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV QRW DELGLQJ E\ WKH 6WDWH *DPHV &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV ZLOO QRW EH VDQFWLRQHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV D OHJLWLPDWH 6WDWH *DPHV FRPSHWLWLRQ EXW LI TXDOL¿HG PD\ EH VDQFWLRQHG DV D QRQTXDOLI\LQJ competition. SGCR 3.03 $OO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ UXOHV DSSO\ WR 6WDWH *DPHV FRPSHWLWLRQV H[FHSW DV VSHFL¿FDOO\ DQG RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH 6WDWH *DPHV UXOHV 6*&5 WKURXJK RU DV PD\ EH VSHFL¿FDOO\ H[HPSWHG RU H[FOXGHG LQ 8 6 )LJXUH Skating competition rules. SGCR 4.00 Sanctions SGCR 4.01 $OO UHFRJQL]HG 6WDWH *DPHV UHTXLUH D VDQFWLRQ DSSOLFDWLRQ WR EH ¿OHG E\ D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WR WKH GHVLJQDWHG State Games sectional vice chair at least 60 days prior to the competition accompanied by the corresponding announcement IRU WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ ,I WKH 6WDWH *DPHV UHTXHVWLQJ WKH VDQFWLRQ LV UHFHLYLQJ ¿QDQFLDO DLG IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SXUVXDQW WR UXOH 6*&5 WKH VDQFWLRQ DSSOLFDWLRQ PXVW DOVR LQFOXGH DQ DJUHHPHQW HQWHUHG LQWR EHWZHHQ D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KRVW FOXE DQG WKH UHVSHFWLYH 6WDWH *DPHV RUJDQL]DWLRQ DV ZHOO DV D OLVW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI¿FLDOV SDUWLFLSDWLQJ 7KH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU PD\ UHMHFW DQ\ DSSOLFDWLRQ IRU DQ\ JRRG DQG VXI¿FLHQW UHDVRQ SGCR 4.02 6WDWH *DPHV FRPSHWLWLRQV RFFXUULQJ LQ VWDWHV QRW UHFRJQL]HG E\ WKH 1DWLRQDO &RQJUHVV RI 6WDWH *DPHV ZLOO QRW be recognized by U.S. Figure Skating as a State Games competition. Such non-recognized State Games competitions must request a sanction as a standard nonqualifying competition, club competition or special competition as described in rules RU $ FXUUHQW OLVW RI 6WDWH *DPHV UHFRJQL]HG E\ WKH 1DWLRQDO &RQJUHVV RI 6WDWH *DPHV VKDOO EH PDLQWDLQHG DQG DYDLODEOH IURP WKH QDWLRQDO FKDLU WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RU VDQFWLRQ RI¿FHU RI WKH 6WDWH *DPHV &RPPLWWHH 7KH OLVW ZLOO EH XSGDWHG IROORZLQJ WKH DQQXDO IDOO PHHWLQJ RI WKH 1DWLRQDO &RQJUHVV RI 6WDWH *DPHV 6*&5 2I¿FLDOV SGCR 5.01 2I¿FLDOV IRU DOO HYHQWV RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ PXVW EH TXDOL¿HG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI¿FLDOV FKRVHQ IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI¿FLDO OLVWV H[FHSW WKDW Compete USA HYHQWV PD\ EH MXGJHG E\ DQ\ TXDOL¿HG HOLJLEOH RU LQHOLJLEOH SHUVRQ ZKR LV D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHU DQG RU /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ member and is 16 years of age or older. SGCR 6.00 Eligibility to Compete SGCR 6.01 State Games competitions are open to any skater who is a resident of the state hosting the games; a resident of a QHLJKERULQJ VWDWH LI WKH QHLJKERULQJ VWDWH LV D PHPEHU RI WKH 1DWLRQDO &RQJUHVV RI 6WDWH *DPHV DQG WKHUH LV DQ DJUHHPHQW EHWZHHQ ERWK VWDWHV WKDW DOORZV LW RU D UHVLGHQW RI D QHLJKERULQJ VWDWH WKDW LV QRW D PHPEHU RI WKH 1DWLRQDO &RQJUHVV RI 6WDWH *DPHV LI WKH KRVW VWDWH DOORZV LW 7KH VNDWHU PD\ EH DI¿OLDWHG RU XQDI¿OLDWHG ZLWK DQ RUJDQL]DWLRQ VXFK DV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RU ,6, KRZHYHU VNDWHUV DI¿OLDWHG ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PXVW EH HOLJLEOH WR FRPSHWH DFFRUGLQJ WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ eligibility rules. SGCR 6.02 If a skater’s residency changes during the calendar year, the skater may participate in the State Games competition of the new state of residency, if eligible in all other respects, provided they have not participated in a State Games of another VWDWH GXULQJ WKH VDPH FDOHQGDU \HDU 6\QFKURQL]HG WHDPV DUH DQ H[FHSWLRQ 6HH 6*&5 (DFK VWDWH PD\ KDYH WKH RSWLRQ RI H[SDQGLQJ LWV HOLJLELOLW\ UHTXLUHPHQWV SGCR 6.03 Skaters may participate as a member of a synchronized team in a state other than their resident state if 50 percent or more of the team is comprised of residents of the state hosting the competition. Skaters participating on such a team must limit their State Games synchronized team participation to a single State Games competition in any given calendar year and may 81

QRW SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DQ\ QRQ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ HYHQWV H J VROR HYHQWV DW WKH 6WDWH *DPHV LQ ZKLFK WKH\ DUH QRQ UHVLGHQW The skater may, however, compete as a member of a synchronized team in the non-resident state and also in solo events in the skater’s resident state in the same calendar year. SGCR 6.04 $Q HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ LQ VNDWLQJ ZKR LV QRW D PHPEHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PD\ HQWHU WKH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ HYHQWV of State Games, which are recognized by the USOC and sanctioned by U.S. Figure Skating, if otherwise eligible to do so. (QWUDQWV LQ ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ HYHQWV RI 6WDWH *DPHV DUH QRW VXEMHFW WR UXOH ,I RQO\ RQH FRPSHWLWRU LV HQWHUHG LQ DQ HYHQW WKH event may be held. SGCR 7.00 Conduct of Competitions SGCR 7.01 6SHFL¿F UXOHV IRU LQGLYLGXDO 6WDWH *DPHV ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV ZLOO EH GHVLJQHG FRRSHUDWLYHO\ E\ WKH 6WDWH Games Committee chair and respective sectional vice chair, the club hosting the competition and the State Games organization in the respective state. SGCR 7.02 The proposed competition announcement must be reviewed by the sectional vice chair of State Games and the chief referee of the competition prior to publication. The announcement must be consistent with rule 3020. SGCR 8.00 Expenses and Reports SGCR 8.01 7KH H[SHQVHV RI DQ\ 6WDWH *DPHV FRPSHWLWLRQ VXFK DV DGYHUWLVLQJ SURJUDP SUL]HV H[SHQVHV RI MXGJHV UHIHUHHV DQG DFFRXQWDQWV DQG DOO RWKHU H[SHQVHV VKDOO EH PHW E\ WKH VWDWH KRVWLQJ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH DJUHHPHQW entered into between the host club and the respective State Games organization. SGCR 8.02 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ¿QDQFLDO DVVLVWDQFH PD\ EH SURYLGHG WR 6WDWH *DPHV FRPSHWLWLRQV WR KHOS GHIUD\ RI¿FLDO¶V H[SHQVHV RQ D FDVH E\ FDVH EDVLV $VVLVWDQFH ZLOO EH DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ QDWLRQDO FKDLU RI 6WDWH *DPHV 1R ¿QDQFLDO DVVLVWDQFH ZLOO EH SURYLGHG SULRU WR WKH WLPHO\ VXEPLVVLRQ RI D FRPSOHWH ¿QDQFLDO VWDWHPHQW GHWDLOLQJ WKH LQFRPH DQG H[SHQVHV IRU WKH HYHQW SGCR 8.03 Within 50 days of the last day of competition, a summary report of the competition and, if U.S. Figure Skating ¿QDQFLDO DVVLVWDQFH ZDV SURYLGHG D ¿QDQFLDO VWDWHPHQW PXVW EH ¿OHG ZLWK WKH QDWLRQDO FKDLU RI 6WDWH *DPHV WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI 6WDWH *DPHV DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV )DLOXUH WR VXEPLW ¿QDO UHSRUWV DQG ¿QDQFLDO statements may result in the denial of a sanction the following year and any agreed upon assistance from the U.S. Figure Skating State Games budget.

Strategic Planning SPCR 1.00 Authority SPCR 1.01 The Strategic Planning Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. SPCR 2.00 Responsibility SPCR 2.01 The Strategic Planning Committee shall develop a workable plan to ensure the future and stability of U.S. Figure Skating in all areas of its involvement. SPCR 2.02 The Strategic Planning Committee shall gather information and assimilate ideas and concepts regarding the future RI WKH DVVRFLDWLRQ WR GHYHORS DQG PDLQWDLQ D SODQ WR DVVXUH WKDW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO FRQWLQXH WR H[HFXWH LWV FKDUWHU HIIHFWLYHO\ DQG HI¿FLHQWO\ LQ WKH IXWXUH SPCR 2.03 7KH SODQ DQG RU DQ\ DPHQGPHQWV ZLOO EH VXEPLWWHG DQQXDOO\ IRU DGRSWLRQ E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV SPCR 2.04 7KH VXEPLVVLRQ ZLOO LQFOXGH WKH SURFHGXUHV DQG ¿QDQFLDO FRQFHSWV QHFHVVDU\ IRU FRQVLGHUDWLRQ DGRSWLRQ DQG implementation into operation.

Synchronized Skating SYSCR 1.00 Authority SYSCR 1.01 The Synchronized Skating Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. SYSCR 1.50 Responsibility SYSCR 1.51 The Synchronized Skating Committee is responsible for: A. The composition, conduct and manner of performance of all synchronized skating events; B. The marks and judging standards for synchronized skating; C. All matters relating to synchronized skating in competitions not otherwise delegated to the Competitions Committee. SYSCR 2.00 Organization SYSCR 2.01 The Synchronized Skating Committee shall consist of the chair, a vice chair for each section and such other committee members as are appointed in accordance with Article XVIII of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. SYSCR 2.02 The members of the committee shall be divided according to the section in which each resides and shall report to the chair or sectional vice chair as directed by the chair. SYSCR 2.03 In order to facilitate collaboration and cooperation between the Synchronized Skating, Competitions and Judges &RPPLWWHHV LQ PDWWHUV RI PXWXDO LQWHUHVW WR WKHP WKH FKDLUV RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV DQG -XGJHV &RPPLWWHHV VKDOO EH H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHUV RI WKH 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH ,Q WXUQ WKH FKDLU RI WKH 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &RPPLWWHH VKDOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV DQG -XGJHV &RPPLWWHHV $ 7KH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU IRU 6\QFKURQL]HG 'HYHORSPHQW RQ WKH $WKOHWH 'HYHORSPHQW &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR member. 82

SYSCR 3.00 Functions of Committee Members SYSCR 3.01 The sectional vice chairs shall be responsible for the work of the committee within their respective sections, as ZHOO DV WKH SHUIRUPDQFH RI VXFK RWKHU GXWLHV RU IXQFWLRQV WKDW PD\ EH VSHFL¿FDOO\ DVVLJQHG WR WKHP E\ WKHVH UXOHV RU DV PD\ be delegated to them from time to time by the chair. SYSCR 3.02 In order to facilitate the work of the committee, it is the duty of each committee member to participate fully in the policy determinations of the committee as a whole, by discussion, contact with synchronized skaters, correspondence and voting.

Technical Panel TPCR 1.00 Authority TPCR 1.01 The Technical Panel Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. TPCR 2.00 Organization TPCR 2.01 The Technical Panel Committee will consist of a chair and vice chairs as outlined below, plus additional members as necessary to conduct the business of the committee: A. A sectional vice chair from each section; B. A vice chair to oversee synchronized skating; & $ QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 5XOHV 5HSRUWLQJ WR WKH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU DUH YLFH FKDLUV IRU HDFK GLVFLSOLQH VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ ' $ QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO (GXFDWLRQ 7KH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO (GXFDWLRQ ZLOO EH UHVSRQVLEOH IRU WKH GHYHORSPHQW RI HGXFDWLRQDO VWDQGDUGV DQG SURPRWLRQDO H[DP VWDQGDUGV IRU 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 6HPLQDUV 5HSRUWLQJ WR WKH QDWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU DUH ¿YH RU VL[ YLFH FKDLUV RQH IRU HDFK GLVFLSOLQH VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ DQG RQH RU WZR IRU GDWD RSHUDWRUV IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ TPCR 3.00 Responsibility TPCR 3.01 It shall be the responsibility of the Technical Panel Committee to: $ (VWDEOLVK PLQLPXP VWDQGDUGV DQG TXDOL¿FDWLRQV WR VHUYH DV D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV DVVLVWDQW WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHUV GDWD RSHUDWRUV YLGHR UHSOD\ RSHUDWRUV IRU VDQFWLRQHG FRPSHWLWLRQV LQ DOO VNDWLQJ GLVFLSOLQHV FRQGXFWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ XQGHU WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP ,-6 % (VWDEOLVK DQG DGPLQLVWHU FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW UHJXODWLRQV JRYHUQLQJ VHUYLFH RI WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV LQ VDQFWLRQHG competition events conducted by U.S. Figure Skating under the IJS. & 'HYHORS WUDLQLQJ DQG FHUWL¿FDWLRQ SURFHGXUHV WR SUHSDUH DQG WHVW SURVSHFWLYH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV DQG WR SURPRWH FHUWL¿HG WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV ' &RQGXFW WUDLQLQJ VHPLQDUV ZLWK WRS IDFXOW\ IURP WKH KLJKHVW OHYHOV RI FHUWL¿FDWLRQ LQ WKH GLVFLSOLQHV EHLQJ WUDLQHG ( 'LVWULEXWH LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ DSSOLFDEOH ,68 DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UXOH FKDQJHV DQG FODUL¿FDWLRQV WR FHUWL¿HG WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV ) 6XEPLW WR WKH 6HOHFWLRQV &RPPLWWHH IRU DSSURYDO WKH SURSRVHG OLVW RI WHFKQLFDO RI¿FLDOV IRU WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV 6XEPLW WR WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH WKH QDPHV RI WKH WHFKQLFDO RI¿FLDOV UHFRPPHQGHG IRU DVVLJQPHQW to the regional and sectional championships. G. In accordance with the schedule of events prepared by the chief referee of each competition, prepare the recommended technical panel assignments for all events at the qualifying competitions and submit the recommended assignments to the chief referees of these competitions. Work together with the chief referee to address any concerns the chief referee may have with respect to the assignments. TPCR 3.02 ,QGLYLGXDOV QRPLQDWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK ,-2&5 DQG FHUWL¿HG E\ WKH ,68 DV WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV PD\ EH FHUWL¿HG DV QDWLRQDO WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 73&5 (OLJLELOLW\ DQG 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV 7HFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PXVW EH FXUUHQW PHPEHUV WR VHUYH LQ DQ\ FDSDFLW\ DW D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VDQFWLRQHG HYHQW ,I WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV GR QRW UHQHZ WKHLU PHPEHUVKLS E\ 0DUFK RI WKH IROORZLQJ \HDU WKH\ ZLOO EH GHHPHG WR KDYH UHVLJQHG WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQW DV D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO DQG WKHLU QDPH ZLOO EH UHPRYHG WKH OLVW RI RI¿FLDOV TPCR 4.01 7HFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU TXDOL¿FDWLRQV $ 1DWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU PXVW EH D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ MXGJH RU UHIHUHH RI WKH UDQN RI QDWLRQDO RU DERYH ,68 RU LQWHUQDWLRQDO LQ WKH GLVFLSOLQH LQ ZKLFK WKH\ VHUYH DV D WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU B. Sectional singles, pairs, dance and synchronized skating technical controller: must be a U.S. Figure Skating judge or referee of the rank of sectional or above in the discipline in which they serve as a technical controller. & 5HJLRQDO VLQJOHV WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU PXVW EH D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ MXGJH RI WKH UDQN RI UHJLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ RU DERYH LQ the discipline in which they serve as a technical controller. ' 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU PXVW EH D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ MXGJH RI the rank of regional competition level or above in the discipline in which the judge serves as technical controller. ( 0XVW EH DW OHDVW \HDUV RI DJH F. Must have the highest technical knowledge of the skating discipline in which they serve as technical controller. 83

* 0XVW EH WUDLQHG DQG FHUWL¿HG WR DFW DV D WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU E\ WKH ,68 RU E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH RI 8 6 )LJXUH Skating. H. Must be able to take directions and work well in a team environment. , 0XVW EH IUHH IURP FRQÀLFWV RI LQWHUHVW RU WKH DSSHDUDQFH RI D FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW LQ WKH HYHQW LQ ZKLFK WKH\ IXQFWLRQ DV D technical controller. - 0XVW DGKHUH WR WKH HWKLFV DQG FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW SROLFLHV HVWDEOLVKHG E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH LQ RUGHU WR VHUYH in any event. TPCR 4.02 7HFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVW DQG DVVLVWDQW WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV $ 1DWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVW PXVW EH DQ LQGLYLGXDO LGHQWL¿HG DV SRVVHVVLQJ WKH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV OLVWHG LQ 73&5 % SURPRWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURFHGXUHV HVWDEOLVKHG E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO Committee. B. Sectional singles, pairs, dance and synchronized skating technical specialist must be either: 1. A former senior or junior competitor in the discipline in which they serve as a technical specialist at one of the following competitions: D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH E 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ c. An equivalent championship conducted by an ISU member. 2. 7KH FRDFK FRDFKHV UHVSRQVLEOH IRU SHUFHQW RU PRUH RI WKUHH VXFK FRPSHWLWRUV¶ WUDLQLQJ GHVFULEHG LQ 73&5 % 3. A national-level competition judge in the discipline in which they serve; $Q LQGLYLGXDO LGHQWL¿HG DV SRVVHVVLQJ WKH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV OLVWHG LQ 73&5 & SURPRWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH procedures established by the Technical Panel Committee. & 5HJLRQDO VLQJOHV WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVW PXVW EH HLWKHU 1. A former senior or junior competitor at a sectional championship in the discipline in which they serve; 2. 7KH FRDFK FRDFKHV UHVSRQVLEOH IRU SHUFHQW RU PRUH RI WKUHH VXFK FRPSHWLWRUV¶ WUDLQLQJ GHVFULEHG LQ 73&5 & 3. A sectional-level competition judge in the discipline in which they serve; $Q LQGLYLGXDO LGHQWL¿HG DV SRVVHVVLQJ WKH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV OLVWHG LQ 73&5 ' SURPRWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH procedures established by the Technical Panel Committee. ' 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVW PXVW EH HLWKHU 1. A former senior or junior competitor at a sectional championship in the discipline in which they serve or, for singles only, a former senior competitor at a regional championship in a singles event; 2. 7KH FRDFK FRDFKHV UHVSRQVLEOH IRU SHUFHQW RU PRUH RI WKUHH VXFK FRPSHWLWRUV¶ WUDLQLQJ GHVFULEHG LQ 73&5 ' 3. A sectional-level competition judge in the discipline in which they serve. ( 0XVW EH DW OHDVW \HDUV RI DJH F. If serving in a qualifying competition: 1. Must be retired as an active competitor for at least one year if serving in a singles event; 0XVW EH UHWLUHG DV DQ DFWLYH FRPSHWLWRU IRU DW OHDVW RQH \HDU LI VHUYLQJ LQ D SDLUV RU LFH GDQFH HYHQW H[FHSW LQ H[WUDRUGLQDU\ circumstances and subject to the approval of the Technical Panel Committee chair, the Competitions Committee chair and the Technical Group coordinator; 3. Must be retired as an active competitor for at least one year from the level in which the specialist is serving, if serving in a synchronized skating event. G. Must have the highest technical knowledge of the skating discipline in which they serve as a technical specialist. + 0XVW EH WUDLQHG DQG FHUWL¿HG WR DFW DV D WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVW E\ WKH ,68 RU E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH RI 8 6 )LJXUH Skating. I. Must be able to take directions and work well in a team environment. - 0XVW EH IUHH IURP FRQÀLFWV RI LQWHUHVW RU WKH DSSHDUDQFH RI D FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW LQ WKH HYHQW LQ ZKLFK WKH\ IXQFWLRQ DV D technical specialist. . 0XVW DGKHUH WR WKH HWKLFV DQG FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW SROLFLHV HVWDEOLVKHG E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH LQ RUGHU WR VHUYH in any event. TPCR 4.03 'DWD RSHUDWRU TXDOL¿FDWLRQV A. Must have the highest technical knowledge of the skating discipline in which they serve as a data operator. B. Must be at least 21 years of age. C. Must be retired as an active competitor if serving in a qualifying event. D. Must have good computer skills and be familiar with the data entries corresponding to the called elements. ( 0XVW EH WUDLQHG DQG FHUWL¿HG WR DFW DV D GDWD RSHUDWRU E\ WKH ,68 RU E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH RI 8 6 )LJXUH Skating. F. Must be able to take directions and work well in a team environment. * 0XVW EH IUHH IURP FRQÀLFWV RI LQWHUHVW RU WKH DSSHDUDQFH RI D FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW LQ WKH HYHQW LQ ZKLFK WKH\ IXQFWLRQ DV D data operator. + 0XVW DGKHUH WR WKH HWKLFV DQG FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW SROLFLHV HVWDEOLVKHG E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH LQ RUGHU WR VHUYH in any event. TPCR 4.04 9LGHR UHSOD\ RSHUDWRU IRU HYHQWV XVLQJ YLGHR UHSOD\ TXDOL¿FDWLRQV A. Must have a high degree of technical knowledge of the skating discipline in which serving as video replay operator. 84

% 0XVW EH DW OHDVW \HDUV RI DJH LI VHUYLQJ LQ D TXDOLI\LQJ HYHQW DW OHDVW \HDUV RI DJH IRU DOO RWKHU HYHQWV C. Must be retired as an active competitor if serving in a qualifying event. D. Must have good computer skills and be very familiar with the skating elements of the skating discipline in which they serve as a video replay operator. ( 0XVW EH WUDLQHG DQG FHUWL¿HG WR DFW DV D WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVW GDWD RSHUDWRU RU YLGHR UHSOD\ RSHUDWRU E\ the ISU or by the Technical Panel Committee of U.S. Figure Skating if serving in a qualifying event. F. Must be able to take directions and work well in a team environment. * 0XVW EH IUHH IURP FRQÀLFWV RI LQWHUHVW RU WKH DSSHDUDQFH RI D FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW LQ WKH HYHQW LQ ZKLFK WKH\ IXQFWLRQ DV D video replay operator. + 0XVW DGKHUH WR WKH HWKLFV DQG FRQÀLFW RI LQWHUHVW SROLFLHV HVWDEOLVKHG E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH LQ RUGHU WR VHUYH in any event. I. In the event the chief referee determines that there is a need for additional video operators at a nonqualifying competition, a VKRUW WUDLQLQJ VHVVLRQ ZLOO EH FRQGXFWHG RQ VLWH 7KH WUDLQLQJ ZLOO EH DVVLJQHG WR D FHUWL¿HG YLGHR RSHUDWRU 8SRQ VXFFHVVIXO FRPSOHWLRQ WKH FDQGLGDWH ZLOO EH DSSURYHG WR DFW DV D YLGHR RSHUDWRU RQO\ DW WKH VSHFL¿HG FRPSHWLWLRQ 7KH FDQGLGDWH PD\ DSSO\ WR WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH IRU RI¿FLDO FHUWL¿FDWLRQ DV D YLGHR RSHUDWRU IROORZLQJ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ TPCR 5.00 Appointment Process TPCR 5.01 1DWLRQDO WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV QDWLRQDO WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHUV DQG QDWLRQDO GDWD RSHUDWRUV PD\ EH DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH Board of Directors at any in-person meeting upon presentation of the candidate’s name, recommendation and record by the chair of the Technical Panel Committee. TPCR 5.02 5HFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU SURPRWLRQ WR QDWLRQDO WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV QDWLRQDO GDWD RSHUDWRUV DQG QDWLRQDO WHFKQLFDO controllers should include: $ $ VXPPDU\ RI WKH FDQGLGDWH¶V TXDOL¿FDWLRQV L H H[SHULHQFH WHPSHUDPHQW FRPSHWLWLRQV DWWHQGHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ QXPEHU HWF % 'RFXPHQWDWLRQ RI VXFFHVVIXO FRPSOHWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FHUWL¿FDWLRQ SURFHVV TPCR 5.03 Applications to test for appointment as a technical specialist, technical controller or data operator should be sent to the person designated under the guidelines for promotion established by the Technical Panel Committee. TPCR 5.04 The chair will notify the applicant of the decision of the Technical Panel Committee, and that of the Board of Directors relative to national appointments. TPCR 5.05 ,I WKH GHFLVLRQ FRQVWLWXWHV DSSRLQWPHQW WKH GDWH RI WKH QRWL¿FDWLRQ ZLOO EH WKH HIIHFWLYH GDWH RI WKH DSSRLQWPHQW DQG QRWL¿FDWLRQ ZLOO EH VHQW WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV IRU UHFRUGLQJ TPCR 6.00 Inactive Status TPCR 6.01 $ WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO ZKR KDV QRW PHW WKH PLQLPXP DFWLYLW\ UHTXLUHPHQWV HVWDEOLVKHG E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH ZLOO EH GHHPHG WR KDYH UHVLJQHG WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQW V DV D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO DQG ZLOO EH UHPRYHG IURP WKH OLVW RI WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV DFFRUGLQJO\ TPCR 6.02 Inactive status for a one-year period may be granted by the appropriate sectional vice chair for the Technical Panel &RPPLWWHH XSRQ ZULWWHQ UHTXHVW E\ D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO 6XFK LQDFWLYH VWDWXV PD\ EH H[WHQGHG IRU RQH \HDU LI UHTXHVWHG EXW LQDFWLYH VWDWXV PD\ QRW H[FHHG WZR \HDUV TPCR 6.03 'XULQJ WKH SHULRG RI LQDFWLYH VWDWXV D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO ZLOO UHPDLQ RQ ¿OH DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV DV DQ LQDFWLYH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO DQG ZLOO UHFHLYH DOO FRPPXQLFDWLRQV GLUHFWHG WR WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV $ WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO LV QRW HOLJLEOH WR VHUYH DV D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO DW FRPSHWLWLRQV ZKLOH UHJLVWHUHG ZLWK LQDFWLYH VWDWXV TPCR 6.04 8SRQ ZULWWHQ UHTXHVW RI DQ LQDFWLYH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO IRU UHLQVWDWHPHQW WR DFWLYH VWDWXV DQ RI¿FLDO PXVW DWWHQG DQG SDVV D WHVW DW D 1DWLRQDO 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 6HPLQDU RU D FRQWLQXLQJ HGXFDWLRQ VFKRRO DSSURYHG E\ WKH FKDLU IRU UHLQVWDWHPHQW purposes. TPCR 6.05 ,I DQ LQDFWLYH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO GRHV QRW UHTXHVW UHLQVWDWHPHQW WR DFWLYH VWDWXV by the conclusion of the twoyear period VDLG RI¿FLDO ZLOO EH GHHPHG WR KDYH UHVLJQHG WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQW V DV D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO DQG ZLOO EH UHPRYHG IURP WKH OLVW RI WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV DFFRUGLQJO\ 73&5 5HWLUHPHQW RU 5HVLJQDWLRQ RI 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV TPCR 6.11 7HFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ ZKR KDYH VHUYHG D PLQLPXP RI \HDUV DW DQ\ OHYHO DQG ZKR ZLVK WR UHWLUH YROXQWDULO\ IURP DOO RI WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQWV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D FHUWL¿FDWH DV (PHULWXV 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDO 8 6 )LJXUH Skating. The request for this status must be made in writing to the appropriate sectional vice chair on the Technical Panel &RPPLWWHH 7KLV LV KRQRUL¿F RQO\ DQG FDUULHV QR ULJKW WR RI¿FLDWH DQ\ FRPSHWLWLRQ TPCR 6.12 1DWLRQDO WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV GHVLULQJ WR UHVLJQ VRPH RU DOO RI WKHLU WHFKQLFDO SDQHO DSSRLQWPHQWV PXVW VXEPLW a written notice to the chair of the Technical Panel Committee to that effect. The chair will accept the resignation and report VXFK DFWLRQ WR WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV DW LWV QH[W HQVXLQJ in-person PHHWLQJ ,I WKH RI¿FLDO KDV UHVLJQHG DOO DSSRLQWPHQWV WKH RI¿FLDO¶V QDPH ZLOO EH UHPRYHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI WHFKQLFDO SDQHOLVWV DW WKH PHHWLQJ XQOHVV RWKHU DFWLRQ LV GLUHFWHG E\ WKH Board of Directors. TPCR 6.13 $OO RWKHU WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV GHVLULQJ WR UHVLJQ WKHLU DSSRLQWPHQWV PXVW VXEPLW D ZULWWHQ QRWLFH WR WKDW HIIHFW and the reasons for resigning to the appropriate sectional vice chair on the Technical Panel Committee. The vice chair will DFFHSW WKH UHVLJQDWLRQ DQG QRWLI\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV WR UHPRYH WKH RI¿FLDO¶V QDPH IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW RI WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV 85

73&5 +RQRUDU\ 1DWLRQDO 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV TPCR 6.21 +RQRUDU\ QDWLRQDO WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV DUH DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV IURP DPRQJ WKRVH QDWLRQDO singles, national pairs, national dance and national synchronized skating technical specialists and technical controllers; and QDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH DQG QDWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ GDWD RSHUDWRUV ZKR UHVLJQ DV SHU UXOH 73&5 $ 5HFRPPHQGDWLRQV IRU VXFK DSSRLQWPHQWV DUH PDGH E\ WKH FKDLU RI WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH DQG VXSSRUWHG E\ VXFK information from the appropriate sectional vice chair or national vice chair of synchronized skating as may be deemed necessary by the chair. % &HUWL¿FDWHV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG WR SHUVRQV DSSRLQWHG & 7HFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV LQ WKH KRQRUDU\ FODVVL¿FDWLRQ DUH HOLJLEOH WR UHWXUQ WR DQ DSSURSULDWH DFWLYH FODVVL¿FDWLRQ SHU UXOH 73&5 VKRXOG WKH UHDVRQV IRU WKHLU LQDFWLYLW\ FHDVH WR H[LVW 73&5 )RUPDO &RPSODLQWV $JDLQVW 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV TPCR 7.01 Subcommittee to Hear Complaints: $ ,Q WKH FDVH RI FRPSODLQWV DJDLQVW D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO D VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO EH DSSRLQWHG E\ WKH FKDLU RI WKH 7HFKQLFDO Panel Committee and will consist of: 7KH YLFH SUHVLGHQW IURP WKH RI¿FLDO¶V VHFWLRQ 7KH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH IURP WKH RI¿FLDO¶V VHFWLRQ 3. The vice chair of the Technical Panel Committee in the appropriate discipline; 7KH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH IURP WKH RI¿FLDO¶V VHFWLRQ $WKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYH V ZKR DUH DWKOHWHV DV GH¿QHG LQ $UWLFOH ;;, 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV WR comprise at least 20 percent of the subcommittee, appointed jointly by the chairs of the Technical Panel and Athletes Advisory Committees; and 6XFK RWKHU PHPEHUV DV WKH FKDLU GHHPV DSSURSULDWH QRW WR H[FHHG PHPEHUV % &RPSODLQWV PXVW EH PDGH LQ ZULWLQJ WR RQH RI WKH SHUVRQV LGHQWL¿HG LQ UXOH $ & &RPSODLQWV DUH OLPLWHG WR UHSHDWHG VHULRXV HUURU E\ D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO UHSHDWHG LQFRQVLVWHQF\ LQ WHPSHUDPHQW D SDWWHUQ LQGLFDWLQJ D ODFN RI PHQWDO RU SK\VLFDO DELOLW\ WR SHUIRUP HIIHFWLYHO\ DQG UHOLDEO\ DV D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO DFWLRQV XQEHFRPLQJ D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO RU LQHOLJLELOLW\ XQGHU RWKHU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UXOHV ' &RPSODLQWV PXVW EH ¿OHG ZLWKLQ GD\V RI WKH LQFLGHQW DQG GLVSRVHG RI QR ODWHU WKDQ GD\V DIWHU WKH PHHWLQJ RI WKH subcommittee following the complaint. ( 7HFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV PXVW EH JLYHQ D FRS\ RI WKH FRPSODLQW DQG DQ RSSRUWXQLW\ WR DQVZHU DQG WKH RSLQLRQ RI WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO¶V VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU PXVW EH KHDUG TPCR 7.02 $IWHU UHYLHZ RI WKH FRPSODLQW WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO YRWH ZKHWKHU WR DEVROYH WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO RI WKH complaint or whether corrective action is necessary. If the majority vote is that corrective action is necessary, the subcommittee ZLOO FRQVLGHU ZKHWKHU D SURJUDP RI FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ ZLOO VXI¿FLHQWO\ DGGUHVV WKH FRPSODLQW 7KH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO RQO\ YRWH WR UHSULPDQG GHPRWH VXVSHQG RU UHPRYH D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO — RU LQ WKH FDVH RI QDWLRQDO OHYHO RI¿FLDOV UHFRPPHQG WKDW WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV UHSULPDQG GHPRWH VXVSHQG RU UHPRYH DQ RI¿FLDO — where the subcommittee has GHHPHG E\ PDMRULW\ YRWH WKDW D SURJUDP RI FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ LV QRW VXI¿FLHQW FRUUHFWLYH DFWLRQ RU ZKHUH FRXQVHOLQJ DQG UHWUDLQLQJ KDV EHHQ LGHQWL¿HG EXW WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO LQ TXHVWLRQ KDV IDLOHG WR FRPSOHWH WKH FRXQVHOLQJ DQG retraining program in a timely manner. TPCR 7.03 ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR WKH H[WHQW WKH FRPSODLQW LQYROYHV DQ DOOHJHG HWKLFDO YLRODWLRQ WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO UHIHU WKH FRPSODLQW WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH (WKLFV &RPPLWWHH IRU UHYLHZ DQG GHWHUPLQDWLRQ DV WR ZKHWKHU D GLVFLSOLQDU\ SURFHHGLQJ VKRXOG EH LQLWLDWHG SHU $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ % RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV TPCR 7.04 'LVSRVLWLRQV PXVW EH LQ ZULWLQJ DQG IXUQLVKHG WR WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU WKH FKDLU DQG DSSURSULDWH YLFH FKDLU V RI WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV TPCR 7.05 7KH RI¿FLDO PD\ DSSHDO WKH GLVSRVLWLRQ RI WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLWKLQ GD\V RI WKH GDWH RI WKH GHWHUPLQDWLRQ E\ ¿OLQJ D JULHYDQFH XVLQJ WKH SURFHGXUH VHW IRUWK LQ $UWLFOH ;;9 6HFWLRQ $ RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ E\ODZV DQG UXOH *&5 7KH *ULHYDQFH &RPPLWWHH 5XOHV *&5 WKURXJK *&5 ZLOO DSSO\ WR DQ DSSHDO RI WKH VXEFRPPLWWHH¶V disposition. TPCR 7.06 &RQ¿GHQWLDOLW\ FRQFHUQLQJ WKH VXEMHFW PDWWHU RI D FRPSODLQW DQG WKH SDUWLHV LQYROYHG PXVW EH PDLQWDLQHG E\ DOO SDUWLHV DQG SDUWLFLSDQWV XQWLO WKH SURFHVV LV ¿QDOL]HG TPCR 7.07 $ WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO GHPRWHG VXVSHQGHG RU UHPRYHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 73&5 PD\ DSSO\ IRU UHLQVWDWHPHQW WR WKHLU IRUPHU RU WR D ORZHU FODVVL¿FDWLRQ WKURXJK WKH FKDLU RI WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH RQO\ DIWHU WKH H[SLUDWLRQ RI RQH \HDU IURP WKH HIIHFWLYH GDWH RI GHPRWLRQ VXVSHQVLRQ RU UHPRYDO 8SRQ UHFHLSW RI VXFK DSSOLFDWLRQ WKH FKDLU of the Technical Panel Committee will consult with the subcommittee to determine whether reinstatement is appropriate. Action on the application by the subcommittee will be by majority vote. Upon action by the subcommittee, the chair will so QRWLI\ WKH RI¿FLDO &RSLHV RI QRWLFHV ZLOO EH VHQW WR WKH $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU WKH FKDLU DQG DSSURSULDWH YLFH chair of the Technical Panel Committee, the members of the subcommittee and U.S. Figure Skating headquarters, and, in the event of favorable action by the subcommittee, the date thereof will constitute the effective date of reinstatement. TPCR 7.08 7KH IDFW WKDW D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO KDV YROXQWDULO\ IDLOHG WR FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV VHW IRUWK LQ 73&5 GXULQJ WKH VSHFL¿HG WHUP ZLOO EH GHHPHG UHDVRQ IRU WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU WR UHPRYH VXFK WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVWV RI WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV

86

Tests TR 1.00 Authority, Organization and Responsibility TR 1.01 The Tests Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. TR 1.02 The Tests Committee shall consist of the chair and such other vice chairs and members as necessary to carry out the work of the committee. $ 7KH FKDLU RI WKH 7HVWV &RPPLWWHH VKDOO EH DQ H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU RI WKH 'DQFH -XGJHV 3DLUV 6LQJOHV DQG 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &RPPLWWHHV DQG WKH FKDLUV RI WKHVH FRPPLWWHHV VKDOO EH H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHUV RI WKH 7HVWV &RPPLWWHH TR 1.03 0HPEHUV RI WKH 7HVWV &RPPLWWHH VKDOO SUHSDUH WLPHO\ DQVZHUV WR DOO EDOORWV ZRUN ZLWK WKH FKDLU RQ VSHFL¿F WDVNV DQG projects and report to the chair any issues of concern. In addition, vice chairs shall be responsible for the duties and functions assigned to them by the chair. TR 1.04 The Tests Committee is responsible for: A. The administration of the test rules; B. The testing procedures and the conduct of all tests; C. The determination of U.S. Figure Skating test fees to be charged; ' $OO RWKHU PDWWHUV FRPPRQ WR WHVWV QRW VSHFL¿FDOO\ GHOHJDWHG WR WKH 'DQFH 3DLUV 6LQJOHV DQG -XGJHV &RPPLWWHHV ( 7KH PDLQWHQDQFH RI WHVW UHFRUGV E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV DQG WKH DZDUGLQJ RI WHVW FHUWL¿FDWHV DQG HPEOHPV F. The review of issues of rule violations that occur as a result of testing and the determination of appropriate action.

Theatrical Skating TSCR 1.00 Authority TSCR 1.01 The Theatrical Skating Committee is a permanent committee pursuant to Article XVI, Section 1, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws. TSCR 2.00 Organization TSCR 2.01 The Theatrical Skating Committee consists of a chair and the following members: $ 1DWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH % 1DWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI VKRZFDVH DUWLVWLF VNDWLQJ & 7KUHH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV RQH IURP HDFK VHFWLRQ

D. Two judge members ( 7KUHH DWKOHWH UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV F. Two coach representatives G. Up to four additional members + 3URJUDP 'HYHORSPHQW &RPPLWWHH FKDLU H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU

, &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH FKDLU H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU

- -XGJHV &RPPLWWHH FKDLU H[ RI¿FLR PHPEHU

TSCR 3.00 Responsibility TSCR 3.01 The Theatrical Skating Committee is responsible for: A. Creating objectives and program options to foster the growth, development and long-term success of artistic skating, 7KHDWUH 2Q ,FH DQG VKRZFDVH DUWLVWLF DWKOHWHV B. The composition, conduct and manner of performance of all theatrical skating events; C. The marks and judging standards for theatrical skating; and D. All matters related to theatrical skating in competition not otherwise delegated to the Competitions Committee.

Trophies and Medals TMR 1.00 New Trophies TMR 1.01 1DWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO DQG UHJLRQDO WURSKLHV Applications for presentation of new trophies shall be made to the chair of the Competitions Committee before the trophy is purchased, and that committee shall make a report and recommendation to the Board of Directors, which shall act on the application. TMR 1.02 The deed of gift governing national, sectional and regional trophies shall be the standard deed of gift approved by the association. A lump sum payment of $500 shall be made at the time of donation to cover future engraving and repairs and maintenance of donated trophies. TMR 1.03 $OO QDWLRQDO WURSKLHV VKDOO EH RI YDOXH DQG VL]H DSSURSULDWH WR WKH HYHQW 1DWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO DQG UHJLRQDO WURSKLHV may be of silver-plated copper or silver-plated nickel silver. TMR 1.04 Trophies may be accepted by U.S. Figure Skating which are presented with the stipulation that they be established in honor of living persons. TMR 1.05 Trophies accepted by U.S. Figure Skating for singles, pairs, synchronized teams or ice dance couples may only be DZDUGHG EDVHG RQ WKH UHVXOWV RI DFWXDO MXGJLQJ XQGHU WKH RI¿FLDO UXOHV JRYHUQLQJ WKH HYHQW H[FHSW DV SURYLGHG LQ UXOH VHFWLRQ 705 . TMR 1.06 All trophies accepted by U.S. Figure Skating must have either a base or stand with adequate surface or surfaces for the attachment of plates or the donation of an additional plaque with plates. These plates will be engraved with the names and dates of winners, and the trophy shall be engraved with the name of the competition, the purpose of the trophy and the donor’s or donors’ names. 87

TMR 1.07 Only one trophy is to be presented in the case of all new trophies presented to U.S. Figure Skating for pairs, dance and synchronized skating competitions. TMR 1.08 $Q [ LQFK SKRWRJUDSK RI WKH WURSK\ PXVW EH IXUQLVKHG E\ WKH GRQRU ZLWK HDFK QHZ WURSK\ DFFHSWHG E\ 8 6 Figure Skating. TMR 1.09 Upon approval of the application and acceptance of a new trophy by the Board of Directors, the donor shall comply with all the conditions stipulated in these rules and shall send the new trophy to U.S. Figure Skating. TMR 2.00 Acceptance of Trophies TMR 2.01 1DWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO DQG UHJLRQDO WURSKLHV DUH XQGHU WKH MXULVGLFWLRQ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG XQGHU WKH VXSHUYLVLRQ of the Competitions Committee chair. TMR 2.02 At any time after the date of acceptance by deed of gift of a new trophy, U.S. Figure Skating may, at its option, withdraw the trophy. The trophy shall be retained as the property of U.S. Figure Skating. TMR 3.00 National, Sectional, Regional Trophies and Special Pins TMR 3.01 All national, sectional and regional trophies shall remain in the possession of U.S. Figure Skating. TMR 3.02 A U.S. Figure Skating trophy shall be awarded to all national, sectional and regional winners listed in rule 2052 and to the members of the winning teams of national and sectional synchronized skating championships for permanent possession. :KHUH D SHUPDQHQW WURSK\ FXUUHQWO\ H[LVWV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WURSK\ VKDOO EH UHSUHVHQWDWLYH RI WKDW WURSK\ H[FHSW WKDW LQ WKH case of the winners of the junior dance event at the U.S. Figure Skating Championships, the U.S. Figure Skating trophy shall EH WKH +DUWVKRUQH 6NDWH 3LQV DV GLFWDWHG LQ 705 TMR 3.03 5DGL[ 6NDWH 3LQV 0U +DUU\ ( 5DGL[ RI &KLFDJR ZDV D SDVW SUHVLGHQW RI WKH &KLFDJR )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE DQG D ORQJ WLPH PHPEHU RI WKH ([HFXWLYH &RPPLWWHH $W WKH WLPH RI KLV GHDWK LQ KH ZDV DQ KRQRUDU\ PHPEHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ,Q UHFRJQL]LQJ DFKLHYHPHQW LQ VSRUW LW ZDV WKH EHOLHI RI 0U 5DGL[ WKDW D ZLQQHU VKRXOG UHFHLYH UHFRJQLWLRQ LQ WKH form of a memento for permanent retention. As a result, he created and presented during his lifetime gold skate pins to the SODFH ZLQQHUV RI WKH PDMRU FKDPSLRQVKLSV LQ ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ %HIRUH KLV GHDWK KH HVWDEOLVKHG D WUXVW IXQG LQ KLV ZLOO IRU WKH XVH DQG EHQH¿W RI WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG WKH LQFRPH RI ZKLFK LV XVHG WR FRQWLQXH WKH DZDUG RI WKH 5DGL[ 6NDWH 3LQV LQ SHUSHWXLW\ (DFK RI WKH IROORZLQJ ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D 5DGL[ 6NDWH 3LQ PDGH DYDLODEOH IRU GLVWULEXWLRQ E\ WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG &RPPLWWHH A. The winners of the gold, silver and bronze medals in all events of the World Championships; % 7KH ZLQQHUV RI WKH JROG VLOYHU DQG EURQ]H PHGDOV LQ WKH ODGLHV PHQ¶V SDLUV DQG LFH GDQFH ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ HYHQWV RI WKH Olympic Winter Games; C. The winners of the gold, silver, bronze and pewter medals in the novice, junior and senior divisions at the U.S. Figure Skating Championships; and D. The winners of the Midwestern junior dance championship. TMR 3.04 +DUWVKRUQH 6NDWH 3LQV (DFK RI WKH ZLQQHUV RI WKH JROG PHGDO LQ WKH MXQLRU GDQFH FKDPSLRQVKLS RI WKH 8QLWHG States is awarded a Hartshorne Skate Pin. TMR 4.00 Medals TMR 4.01 U.S. Figure Skating shall provide medals for all events that are required to be held at the sectional and regional championships. TMR 4.02 1R ODWHU WKDQ GD\V EHIRUH D TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV VKDOO VKLS WR WKH WURSK\ DQG PHGDO FKDLU RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ RU RWKHU DSSURSULDWH SHUVRQ DQ LQYHQWRU\ RI PHGDOV VXI¿FLHQW IRU WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ Any unused medals shall be returned to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters in original condition for credit promptly after the FRPSHWLWLRQ RU WKH FOXE VKDOO EH VXEMHFW WR D PRQHWDU\ ¿QH TMR 4.03 ,Q DOO TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV PHGDOV VKDOO EH DZDUGHG WR FRPSHWLWRUV SODFLQJ ¿UVW VHFRQG WKLUG DQG IRXUWK LQ WKH ¿QDO URXQG RI UHTXLUHG HYHQWV 7KH PHWKRG RI SUHVHQWDWLRQ RI WURSKLHV DQG PHGDOV DW DOO TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV IRU UHTXLUHG HYHQWV LV GH¿QHG LQ WKH DZDUGV SURWRFRO DQG PXVW EH REVHUYHG E\ WKH /2& $ 0HGDOV VKDOO EH DZDUGHG WR ¿UVW VHFRQG WKLUG DQG IRXUWK SODFH VNDWHUV WHDPV RQO\ IRU ¿QDO SODFHPHQWV RI UHTXLUHG HYHQWV % 0HGDOV VPDOOHU WKDQ WKRVH DZDUGHG IRU WKH ¿QDO URXQGV VKDOO EH SURYLGHG IRU WKRVH SODFLQJ ¿UVW VHFRQG WKLUG DQG IRXUWK in the qualifying rounds for required events. C. Medals for events which are not required by rule shall be the responsibility of the host club. D. In the case of ties, duplicate medals for the place for which the competitors are tied shall be awarded, and the permanent trophy, if any, shall carry the names of all tied competitors. TMR 4.04 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV ² IRU DOO FKDPSLRQVKLS RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV HYHQWV DQG DOO MXQLRU HYHQWV ¿UVW 10K gold; second, silver; third, bronze; fourth, an appropriate medal. TMR 4.05 The medals for all national junior events and all national novice events shall be of smaller size than those awarded for the singles, pairs and ice dance championships of the United States. TMR 4.06 1DWLRQDO QRYLFH LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG MXYHQLOH HYHQWV ¿UVW JROG ¿OOHG VHFRQG VLOYHU WKLUG EURQ]H IRXUWK DQ appropriate medal. TMR 4.07 1DWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO DQG UHJLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FKDPSLRQVKLSV $ )RU DOO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FKDPSLRQVKLS HYHQWV PHGDOV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG ¿UVW JROG OLNH PHGDOV VHFRQG VLOYHU OLNH medals; third, bronze-like medals; fourth, pewter-like medals. B. All skaters listed on the team roster shall receive a medal. Coaches will not receive medals. TMR 4.08 8 6 $GXOW )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV DQG TXDOLI\LQJ HYHQWV DW VHFWLRQDO DGXOW FKDPSLRQVKLSV ¿UVW JROG OLNH medals; second, silver-like medals; third, bronze-like medals; fourth, an appropriate medal. 88

TMR 4.09

0HGDOV DUH DZDUGHG IRU SODFHPHQW LQ DFWXDO FRPSHWLWLRQ RQO\ 0HGDOV DUH QRW DZDUGHG IRU H[KLELWLRQV RU FULWLTXHV

705 &HUWL¿FDWHV RI 3DUWLFLSDWLRQ TMR 5.01 $OO FRPSHWLWRUV PD\ REWDLQ D FHUWL¿FDWH DWWHVWLQJ WR WKH IDFW WKDW WKH\ KDYH FRPSHWHG LQ D QDWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO RU UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV DQG ZLOO EH QRWL¿HG RI WKH DYDLODELOLW\ DQG ORFDWLRQ RI WKH FHUWL¿FDWHV TMR 6.00 Special Awards and Trophies TMR 6.01 &OXE 7HDP $ZDUG ± $GXOW The club represented by the most competitors and medalists at the U.S. Adult Championships will receive the Club Team Award for the U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships. The scoring process XVHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH ZLQQHU V ZLOO EH GHWDLOHG HDFK \HDU LQ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ DQQRXQFHPHQW TMR 6.02 7KH <YRQQH 0 'RZOHQ 7URSK\ Awarded annually to the oldest registered competitor who completes an event at the U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships. A competitor is permitted to receive this award once every three years. If a FRPSHWLWRU KDV ZRQ WKH SUHYLRXV WZR \HDUV WKHQ WKH QH[W ROGHVW HOLJLEOH FRPSHWLWRU ZLOO EH WKDW \HDU¶V UHFLSLHQW

89

Notes

90

Trophy Listing U.S. FIGURE SKATING CHAMPIONSHIPS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Championship Men’s Champion: George H. Browne Memorial Bowl, donated by The Skating Club of Boston. &KDPSLRQVKLS /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 2ZHQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ ) 5LWWHU 6KXPZD\ DQG 7KH 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI %RVWRQ LQ PHPRU\ RI 0UV 0DULEHO 9 2ZHQ 0DULEHO < DQG /DXUHQFH 5 2ZHQ Championship Pairs Champions: Henry Wainwright Howe Memorial Trophy, donated by members of the Association. &KDPSLRQVKLS ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 5DGL[ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ +DUU\ ( 5DGL[ -XQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ ,UYLQJ %URNDZ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0UV /HRQDUG - &XVKLQJ 0UV 5LFKDUG ' 7XFNHU DQG Mrs. James D.P. Bishop. -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7RZHU 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ -DPHV $ 7RZHU -XQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV :LOO 6HDUV 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 7KH 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI 1HZ <RUN Junior Ice Dance Champions: Hartshorne Trophies and skate pins donated by Harold Hartshorne. 1RYLFH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ -HDQ 3LHUUH %UXQHW 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 2VFDU $ 0RUJDQ 1RYLFH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ +HDWRQ 5 5REHUWVRQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ PHPEHUV RI WKH $VVRFLDWLRQ 1RYLFH 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV %UXQR 0 -HUU\ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ KLV IDPLO\ WKH %DOWLPRUH )6& DQG WKH 6NDWHU¶V (GXFDWLRQ DQG Training Fund. 1RYLFH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 9LQFHQW DQG (OHDQRU *XPEV 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 7KH &DQWLDJXH )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE and the Metropolitan Figure Skating Club. ,QWHUPHGLDWH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7KH ,QDXJXUDO &KDLU¶V 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ $VVRFLDWLRQ Intermediate Men’s Champion: The Inaugural Chair’s Trophy, donated by anonymous. Intermediate Pairs Champions: Yvonne Sherman Tutt and William Thayer Tutt Trophy, donated by the Broadmoor Skating Club. ,QWHUPHGLDWH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 0DULO\Q *ROGVWHLQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ /DLQLH 'H0RUH DQG +DUU\ *OHHVRQ Juvenile Boys Champion: Annette Cramer Memorial Trophy, donated by the Broadmoor Skating Club. -XYHQLOH *LUOV &KDPSLRQ 7KH :LOOLDP - %UHQQDQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 1HZ <RUN 5HJLRQDO &RXQFLO RI )LJXUH Skating Clubs. U.S. SYNCHRONIZED SKATING CHAMPIONSHIPS

• • •

6HQLRU 7HDP &KDPSLRQV 'U 5LFKDUG ( 3RUWHU 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH $QQ $UERU )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE DQG WKH SDWURQV RI WKH Hockettes Synchronized Skating Team. -XQLRU 7HDP &KDPSLRQV /HH $QQ 0LHOH 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 1HZ (QJODQG ,QWHUFOXE &RXQFLO $GXOW 7HDP &KDPSLRQV &KDUOHV : 3KLOLS -U 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH )DEXORXV )RUWLHV RI WKH /RV $QJHOHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ Club. U.S. ADULT FIGURE SKATING CHAMPIONSHIPS

• • • • • • • • • • • •

&KDPSLRQVKLS $GXOW *ROG /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH (DVWHUQ $GXOWV &OXE DQG WKH %XIIDOR 6& Championship Adult Gold Men’s Champion: Trophy donated by Dr. Antonio Conte. Championship Adult Ice Dance Champions: Dr. Samuel Weinstock Trophy, donated by Wendy Mlinar. &KDPSLRQVKLS $GXOW 6LOYHU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ /RUL )XVVHOO &KDPSLRQVKLS 0DVWHUV -XQLRU 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 5KHD 6FKZDUW] &KDPSLRQVKLS 0DVWHUV -XQLRU 6HQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ -RKQ 5LFKDUGVRQ &KDPSLRQVKLS 0DVWHUV ,QWHUPHGLDWH 1RYLFH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7KH 3DXOD 6PDUW 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH )ULHQGV of Paula Smart Adult Gold Ice Dance Champions: Skating Club of Westchester Founders Trophy, donated by the Skating Club of Westchester Adult Silver Ice Dance Champions: Frank Frey Memorial Trophy, donated by the Centennial Skating Club $GXOW %URQ]H ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 5LFKDUG ' 6WXW]NH 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH )ULHQGV RI 'LFN 6WXW]NH Centennial Ice Dance Champions: Stanley and Sally Urban Trophy, donated by Stanley and Sally Urban Oldest Competitor: The Yvonne M. Dowlen Trophy, donated by the Friends of Yvonne Dowlen SECTIONAL FIGURE SKATING CHAMPIONSHIPS

EASTERN SECTION • • • •

6HQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ 5RJHU ) 7XUQHU 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI /DNH 3ODFLG 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7KH /DNH 3ODFLG 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI /DNH 3ODFLG 6HQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 5XWK 3DUNLQVRQ 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH :DVKLQJWRQ )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 6HQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV & / 3DUNHU 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH :DVKLQJWRQ )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 91

• • • • • • • • • •

Junior Men’s Champion: Buddy White Memorial Trophy, donated by the Hershey Figure Skating Club in memory of Charles White, Jr. -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 'DYLG 7 /D\PDQ -U 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 7KH -XQLRU 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI 1HZ <RUN Junior Pairs Champions: Howard D. Herbert Memorial Trophies, donated by the Buffalo Skating Club. -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV (DVWHUQ -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ ) 5LWWHU 6KXPZD\ 1RYLFH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ :LOOLH )ULFN 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0UV 6DOO\ +XOO -RQHV 1RYLFH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH %URRNO\Q )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV (DVWHUQ 1RYLFH ,FH 'DQFH 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ ) 5LWWHU 6KXPZD\ ,QWHUPHGLDWH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ -RVHSK ( %\HU 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0U DQG 0UV 5REHUW 7 0HHN ,QWHUPHGLDWH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ -DPHV / .DUULFN -U 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH :DVKLQJWRQ )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE ,QWHUPHGLDWH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV -HURPH 5RVV 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 5\H )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE

MIDWESTERN SECTION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

6HQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ 'RXJODV 5DPVD\ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 'HWURLW 6NDWLQJ &OXE 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ $OH[DQGHU - .UXS\ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH &KLFDJR )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 6HQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV :DOWHU 6 3RZHOO 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ 0UV +HOHQ /DPE 3RZHOO 6HQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 'DQQ\ 5\DQ 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6NDWLQJ &OXEV RI WKH ,QGLDQDSROLV &ROLVHXP Junior Men’s Champion: Fred W. Premer Memorial Trophy, donated by Mrs. Benjamin T. Wright. -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 5D\PRQG &XS GRQDWHG E\ 'RQDOG 5D\PRQG Junior Pairs Champions: Metternich Trophy, donated by B.H. Metternich. -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV +DUU\ ( 5DGL[ 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV DQG VNDWH SLQV GRQDWHG E\ WKH &KLFDJR )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ &DUO : &KDPEHUOLQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH %URDGPRRU 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH )DUJR 0RRUKHDG :LQWHU &OXE 1RYLFH 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 1DQF\ *OHQQ 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH :DJRQ :KHHO )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 5RFKHVWHU )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE ,QWHUPHGLDWH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ 5H\QROG & %HUJOXQG -U 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH &KLFDJR )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE ,QWHUPHGLDWH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ -DFN .XSSLJ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH &KLFDJR )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE ,QWHUPHGLDWH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 5REHUW 1DUGR]]D 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH /RQH 6WDU )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE Juvenile Ice Dance Champions: Garrett Swasey Trophy, donated by the Broadmoor Skating Club.

PACIFIC COAST SECTION • • • • • • • • • • • • •

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unior Men’s Champion: Howell Janes Memorial Trophy, donated by the St. Moritz Ice Skating Club. -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 'DYLG *XQWHUW 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6RXWKHUQ &DOLIRUQLD ,QWHU &OXE $VVRFLDWLRQ -XQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6HDWWOH 6NDWLQJ &OXE DQG 0U DQG 0UV / 9 +LFNR[ LQ PHPRU\ RI 5D\ +DGOH\ -U ,OD 5D\ +DGOH\ :LOOLDP +LFNR[ DQG /DXULH +LFNR[ Junior Ice Dance Champions: Kenneth Bonnickson Memorial Trophies, donated by the St. Moritz Ice Skating Club. 1RYLFH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ .HQQHWK / %URZQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6W 0RULW] ,FH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 'LDQH 6KHUEORRP 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6RXWKHUQ &DOLIRUQLD ,QWHU &OXE $VVRFLDWLRQ Intermediate Men’s Champion: South Bay Figure Skating Club Trophy, donated by the South Bay Figure Skating Club. ,QWHUPHGLDWH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 6RXWK %D\ )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6RXWK %D\ )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE Intermediate Ice Dance Champions: Frank H. Davenport Memorial Trophy, donated by the University Figure Skating Club of Berkeley. REGIONAL FIGURE SKATING CHAMPIONSHIPS

NEW ENGLAND REGION • • • • • • 92

6HQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ .HOOH\ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 'U DQG 0UV 9LQFHQW - .HOOH\ LQ PHPRU\ RI *UHJRU\ ( DQG 1DWKDOLH ) .HOOH\ 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 2ZHQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 5RQQD 0DH *ROGEODWW LQ PHPRU\ RI 0UV 0DULEHO 9 2ZHQ 0DULEHO < DQG /DXUHQFH 5 2ZHQ -XQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ %UDGOH\ 5 /RUG 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0U DQG 0UV 5R\ ) /RUG -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 1DQF\ &RQZD\ %DJORH 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ KHU IULHQGV 1RYLFH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ 0RQWJRPHU\ :LOVRQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0UV 6DOO\ + -RQHV 1RYLFH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ *HUWUXGH & 9LQVRQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0U DQG 0UV /RXLV *ROGEODWW

NORTH ATLANTIC REGION • • • • • • •

6HQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ -RKQ / .LUVFK 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0UV -RKQ / .LUVFK IDPLO\ DQG IULHQGV 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 'U 6WHSKHQ $UQROG 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ IULHQGV RI 'U 6WHSKHQ $UQROG Junior Men’s Champion: Donald J. Munz Memorial Trophy, donated by the Clinton Figure Skating Club. -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7DPLH 2HVWUHLFKHU 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH /RQJ ,VODQG )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ %HUQLFH +LOW]LN 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH /RQJ ,VODQG )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ /DZUHQFH & 6KLUH -U 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 'U DQG 0UV (OOLRWW 6 &RKHQ ,QWHUPHGLDWH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ *ZHQ ,OHV 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH &OLQWRQ )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE

SOUTH ATLANTIC REGION • • •

6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ $EERW 3DLJH 0LOOV 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0UV $EERW 3 0LOOV DQG IDPLO\ -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ -RKQ $ 6]LPNXQDV 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0UV -RKQ $ 6]LPNXQDV DQG WKH 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI Wilmington. ,QWHUPHGLDWH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ /DXUD &DVVDOLD 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH PHPEHUV RI WKH 2OG <RUN 5RDG 6NDWLQJ Club.

EASTERN GREAT LAKES REGION • • •

-XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ .DWKU\Q ( 7HQQH\ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 7UR\ 6NDWLQJ &OXE Intermediate Men’s Champion: Sonya Helmer Memorial Trophy, donated by the Flint Skating Club. ,QWHUPHGLDWH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ -DQH 'XERV 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6NDWLQJ &OXE DW %ORRP¿HOG +LOOV

SOUTHWESTERN REGION • • • • • • •

Senior Men’s Champion: James Holmquist Memorial Trophy, donated by the Figure Skating Club of Omaha. 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ /XFLOOH 0LOOHU 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH &KDSDUUDO )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE Junior Men’s Champion: Harold J. Hyden Memorial Trophy donated by the junior members of the Denver Figure Skating Club. -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ (GL 6FKROGDQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH %URDGPRRU 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ *HQ )UDQN ) %HOO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 'DOODV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 5LFKDUG ) 0HOOHQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 'DOODV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE Juvenile Girls’ Champion: Sharon and Stephanie Westerfeld Memorial Trophy, donated by the Broadmoor Skating Club.

UPPER GREAT LAKES REGION • • • •

6HQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ $UWKXU ) 3UHXVFK 6U 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH %UDHPDU &LW\ RI /DNHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ Club. 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ &KDUOHV $ 0F&DUWK\ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH &KLFDJR )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE -XQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ +DUU\ 1 .HLJKOH\ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH :DJRQ :KHHO )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE ,QWHUPHGLDWH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6RXWK 6LGH ,FH &OXE RI &KLFDJR

CENTRAL PACIFIC REGION • • • • • •

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

NORTHWEST PACIFIC REGION • • • • • • •

Senior Men’s Champion: Jack Boyle Award, donated by Jack Boyle. 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 2YHUODNH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH MXQLRU PHPEHUV RI WKH 2YHUODNH 6NDWLQJ &OXE Junior Men’s Champion: Beverly J. Schroeder Memorial Trophy, donated by the Portland Ice Skating Club. -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ /RX 2OVRQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6HDWWOH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6HDWWOH 6NDWLQJ &OXE -XYHQLOH %R\V &KDPSLRQ 3HWHU $ 5DGPLORYLFK 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0UV 3HWHU $ 5DGPLORYLFK IDPLO\ DQG IULHQGV Juvenile Girls Champion: Deann Olson Trophy, donated by the friends of Deann Olson.

SOUTHWEST PACIFIC REGION • • • • • •

6HQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ (UQHVW %HUU\ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH /RV $QJHOHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 2WWR 'DOOPD\U 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH /RV $QJHOHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE -XQLRU 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ 'RQDOG 0 %HHGRQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 7KH 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI 9DQ 1X\V -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 1RUWK +ROO\ZRRG )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 1RUZDON )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH *ODFLHU )DOOV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 93

• • • •

,QWHUPHGLDWH 0HQÂśV &KDPSLRQ 0DUYLQ (PHUVRQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH *ODFLHU )DOOV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE ,QWHUPHGLDWH /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH $UFWLF %ODGHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE Juvenile Boys Champion: Vsevold Von Sonn Memorial Trophy, donated by the Glacier Falls Figure Skating Club. Juvenile Girls Champion: Marge Tressman Memorial Trophy, donated by the San Diego Figure Skating Club. SECTIONAL SYNCHRONIZED SKATING CHAMPIONSHIPS

EASTERN SECTION • • •

-XQLRU 7HDP &KDPSLRQV 3K\OOLV +LUVKPDQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH /RQJ ,VODQG )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RYLFH 7HDP &KDPSLRQV 9 / :LGOHU 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH %XIIDOR 6NDWLQJ &OXE $GXOW 7HDP &KDPSLRQV -RDQ 6 %XUURZV 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH (VVH[ 6NDWLQJ &OXE INACTIVE and RETIRED

The U.S. Figure Skating Museum is the custodian for a large number of lovely and valuable trophies, many of which have EHHQ UHWLUHG RU EHFRPH LQDFWLYH IRU YDULRXV UHDVRQV 6RPH RI WKRVH UHDVRQV EHLQJ WKH HOLPLQDWLRQ RI ÂżJXUH HYHQWV HOLPLQDWLRQ RI VSHFLÂżF HYHQW V IURP WKH GHVLJQDWHG FRPSHWLWLRQ D UXOH UHTXLULQJ WKDW WURSKLHV EH DZDUGHG RQO\ IRU WKH UHVXOWV RI WKH DFWXDO judging of an event; and the elimination of “permanentâ€? trophies. Permanent trophies were given into the physical possession of the winners to keep. The majority of the trophies in the collection are perpetual trophies and the winners’ name is engraved onto the trophy but the trophy remains in the possession of U.S. Figure Skating. At one time, these perpetual trophies traveled - that is, they were in the possession of the winner for the year of their win. As a result of this practice, many of these beautiful trophies were damaged or lost and in the 1970s the practice was halted. ,W ZDV IHOW WKDW LW ZRXOG EH D ÂżWWLQJ WULEXWH WR WKH GRQRUV FOXEV DQG ZLQQHUV RI WKHVH WURSKLHV WR RQFH DJDLQ OLVW WKHP LQ WKLV publication. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 94

8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLS /DGLHV )LJXUHV &KDPSLRQ 7KH 2ZHQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ ) 5LWWHU 6KXPZD\ DQG 7KH 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI %RVWRQ LQ PHPRU\ RI 0UV 0DULEHO 9 2ZHQ 0DULEHO < DQG /DXUHQFH 5 2ZHQ 3UHVHQWHG LQ 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLS /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ *HUWUXGH &KHHYHU 3RUWHU 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 0UV 3RUWHU 3UHVHQWHG LQ DQG replaced in 1971 by the Owen Memorial Trophy. 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLS 6HQLRU 0HQÂśV &KDPSLRQ RU -XQLRU 0HQÂśV &KDPSLRQ 2VFDU / 5LFKDUG 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 2VFDU / 5LFKDUG WR EH JLYHQ IRU WKH RXWVWDQGLQJ DUWLVWLF SHUIRUPDQFH E\ D VHQLRU RU MXQLRU PDQ 3UHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLS 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ RU -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 2VFDU / 5LFKDUG 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ 2VFDU / 5LFKDUG WR EH JLYHQ IRU WKH RXWVWDQGLQJ DUWLVWLF SHUIRUPDQFH E\ D VHQLRU RU MXQLRU ODG\ 3UHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ U.S. Championship Fours Champions: Henry Wainright Howe Fours Trophy donated by Clara Hartman, Grace Munstock, 3DXO $UPLWDJH DQG -RHO /LEHUPDQ IRXU WLPH ZLQQHUV RI WKH WURSK\ 3UHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ 5HDFWLYDWHG LQ 1992 and again retired in 2001. 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLS -XQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV -RHO % /LEHUPDQ 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ -RHO % /LEHUPDQ 3UHVHQWHG LQ DQG retired in 1960. 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLS -XQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI 1HZ <RUN 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI 1HZ <RUN Two trophies were presented in 1960. In 1976 one of the trophies was lost in shipment and could not be replaced. The Skating &OXE RI 1HZ <RUN GRQDWHG WZR QHZ WURSKLHV ZKLFK DUH VWLOO LQ XVH U.S. Championship: the Harned Trophy given to the club whose skaters earned the most points in all events at the U.S. Championships. Presented in 1938 and retired in 1976. (DVWHUQ 7KH *RRGZLQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ 7KLV ZDV D ÂłSRLQWV´ WURSK\ SUHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ (DVWHUQ 1RYLFH 0HQÂśV &KDPSLRQ 7KH =LUNHOEDFK 7URSK\ SUHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ (DVWHUQ $GXOW ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV +DUWVKRUQH 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ +DUROG +DUWVKRUQH Midwestern: The Cleveland Skating Club Memorial Trophy. This was a “pointsâ€? trophy presented originally in 1954 and retired in 1974. 0LGZHVWHUQ 6HQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV $ 5DGL[ DZDUG SUHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ 0LGZHVWHUQ -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 7KH 5RFKHVWHU )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 7URSK\ SUHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ 0LGZHVWHUQ ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 5DGL[ ,FH 'DQFH 7URSK\ SUHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ Midwestern Juvenile Boys: The Hoyt Trophy presented in 1961 and retired in 1966. 3DFLÂżF &RDVW 7KH *HRUJH 6WLOHV 7URSK\ 7KLV ZDV D ÂłSRLQWV´ WURSK\ UHWLUHG LQ 3DFLÂżF &RDVW 7KH 'HDQH ( 0F0LQQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ 7KLV ZDV D ÂłSRLQWV´ WURSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6RXWKHUQ &DOLIRUQLD Interclub Association. 3DFLÂżF &RDVW 6HQLRU /DGLHV )LJXUHV &KDPSLRQ 5KRGH /HH 0LFKHOVRQ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6RXWKHUQ &DOLIRUQLD Inter-Club Association. 3DFLÂżF &RDVW *ROG ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV $ 5DGL[ DZDUG SUHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ 3DFLÂżF &RDVW 1RYLFH /DGLHV )LJXUHV &KDPSLRQ 'RURWK\ %DOODQWLQH 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6W 0RULW] ,FH 6NDWLQJ &OXE

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

3DFL¿F &RDVW 9HWHUDQV ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 7KH *DYHUV 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6RXWKHUQ &DOLIRUQLD ,QWHU &OXE Association. Presented in 1955 and retired in 1957. 1HZ (QJODQG 6HQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 'XGOH\ 6 5LFKDUGV 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ 0U DQG 0UV %\URQ 8 5LFKDUGV 1HZ (QJODQG 7KH 5RWFK 7URSK\ 7KLV ZDV D ³SRLQWV´ WURSK\ SUHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ 1HZ (QJODQG $GXOW ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV )UDQN + 7LHXOH 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 1HZ (QJODQG ,QWHU &OXE Council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ohen. 1RUWK $WODQWLF -XQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 1RUPDQ 0F&XOODJK =DQOXQJKL DQG 9LFN\ $QQ =DQOXQJKL 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG by the Bear Mountain Figure Skating Club. 1RUWK $WODQWLF -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 5REHUW DQG 3DWULFLD 'LQHHQ 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG DQG ) 5LWWHU 6KXPZD\ 1RUWK $WODQWLF 1RYLFH 0HQ¶V &KDPSLRQ GRQDWHG E\ WKH &OLQWRQ )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RUWK $WODQWLF 1RYLFH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 5XWK 7URZEULGJH 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH (VVH[ 6NDWLQJ &OXE RI 1HZ -HUVH\ 1RUWK $WODQWLF $GXOW ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV +DUROG DQG /RXLVH +DUWVKRUQH 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 0HPRULDO )XQG DQG ) 5LWWHU 6KXPZD\ South Atlantic Junior Pairs Champions: Herman C. Heiser Memorial Trophy, donated by Mrs. Herman C. Heiser and Dr. and Mrs. John W. Gruber. 6RXWK $WODQWLF -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 'HQQLV 5 %\HU 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ 0U DQG 0UV -RVHSK ( %\HU and Mr. Charles W. Dillie, Jr. 6RXWK $WODQWLF 1RYLFH /DGLHV )LJXUHV &KDPSLRQ +HQU\ 5 +HHEQHU 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 3KLODGHOSKLD 6NDWLQJ Club and Humane Society. (DVWHUQ *UHDW /DNHV 6HQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 3OD]D )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 7KHVH ZHUH ³SHUPDQHQW´ trophies and were not awarded after 1979. (DVWHUQ *UHDW /DNHV -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 'U *RUGRQ & %URZQ 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ 0UV *RUGRQ & Brown, Mrs. Susannah Brown Fry and Gordon Kingsley Brown. (DVWHUQ *UHDW /DNHV 1RYLFH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV -XG\ 5H\QROGV *UD\ 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ KHU IDPLO\ DQG WKH /DQVLQJ 6NDWLQJ &OXE (DVWHUQ *UHDW /DNHV -XYHQLOH *LUO¶V &KDPSLRQ 7KH :DUUHQ 7URSK\ 3UHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ 8SSHU *UHDW /DNHV -XQLRU /DGLHV )LJXUHV &KDPSLRQ 1DQF\ .XFKHQPHLVWHU 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH :DJRQ :KHHO Figure Skating Club. 8SSHU *UHDW /DNHV 1RYLFH 0HQ )LJXUHV &KDPSLRQ 0DUMRULH / (QJHONLQJ 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH %UDHPDU &LW\ RI /DNHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE DQG WKH (QJHONLQJ IDPLO\ Southwestern: The Albuquerque Figure Skating Club Trophy. This was a “points” trophy presented in 1970 and retired in 1975. Southwestern Senior Ice Dance Champions: Palmer D. Sparkman Memorial Trophy donated by the Houston Figure Skating Club. 6RXWKZHVWHUQ -XQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 'DYLG $VVD¿ 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 'HQYHU )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 6RXWKZHVWHUQ -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 'U )UHGHULFN + /DKHH 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 'DOODV )LJXUH Skating Club. 6RXWKZHVWHUQ 1RYLFH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 3DXOD &ODUN 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH $UDSDKRH ,FH 6NDWLQJ &OXE &HQWUDO 3DFL¿F -XQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 7KH -DPHV +XOLFN 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6W 0RULW] ,FH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 1RUWKZHVW 3DFL¿F 6HQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ RU -XQLRU /DGLHV &KDPSLRQ 7KH %DEELW $ZDUG GRQDWHG E\ 0UV $OH[DQGHU %DEELW to be given for the outstanding artistic performance by a senior or junior lady. 1RUWKZHVW 3DFL¿F -XQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV ,OD 5D\ +DGOH\ DQG 5D\ +DGOH\ -U 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6HDWWOH Skating Club. 1RUWKZHVW 3DFL¿F -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 0DUFHOOH &UDEE 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH <DNLPD ,FH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F $ ³SRLQWV´ WURSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH $UFWLF %ODGHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE SUHVHQWHG LQ DQG UHWLUHG LQ 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F 6HQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 0DUMRULH 'LDPRQG 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH $UFWLF %ODGHV )LJXUH Skating Club. 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F 6HQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 'RQD /HH &DUULHU 5RJHU &DPSEHOO 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH /RV Angeles Figure Skating Club. 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F -XQLRU 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH $OO <HDU )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 95

• • • • • •

96

6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV +RZLH +DUUROG 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH *ODFLHU )DOOV )LJXUH Skating Club. 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F 1RYLFH 3DLUV &KDPSLRQV 2UULQ $ %UDQGHO 0HPRULDO 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH /RV $QJHOHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ Club and Mr. and Mrs. Bud Brandel. 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F 1RYLFH ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 7URSKLHV GRQDWHG E\ WKH *ODFLHU )DOOV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F $GXOW 6HQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 5REHUW 7 0F/HRG 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6RXWKHUQ California Inter-Club Association. 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F $GXOW 6HQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV $QG\ %HFKW 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH $OO <HDU )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &OXE 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F $GXOW -XQLRU ,FH 'DQFH &KDPSLRQV 5REHUW 7 0F/HRG 0HPRULDO 7URSK\ GRQDWHG E\ WKH 6RXWKHUQ California Inter-Club Association.

Part Two Rules of Sport Rules That Apply to All Competitions 1000 Competition Season The competition season begins on July 1 of each year. A. Technical requirements for all levels take effect on that date. % &RPSHWLWLRQV KHOG DIWHU WKH 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLSV DQG WKURXJK -XQH PD\ VSHFLI\ HLWKHU WKH MXVW FRQFOXGLQJ RU WKH QHZ XSFRPLQJ FRPPHQFLQJ -XO\ UHTXLUHPHQWV & &KDQJHV WR UHTXLUHPHQWV RFFXUULQJ DIWHU WKH *RYHUQLQJ &RXQFLO ZLOO EH SRVWHG RQ WKH ZHEVLWH LQ 7HFKQLFDO 1RWL¿FDWLRQV

1010 Geographic Divisions 1011 7KH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV LV GLYLGHG LQWR WKUHH VHFWLRQV ZKLFK VKDOO EH NQRZQ DV WKH (DVWHUQ 0LGZHVWHUQ DQG 3DFL¿F &RDVW DV GH¿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he Midwestern Section is divided into three regional areas listed below for the purpose of these championships known as (DVWHUQ *UHDW /DNHV 6RXWKZHVWHUQ DQG 8SSHU *UHDW /DNHV 7KHVH FKDPSLRQVKLSV VKDOO EH TXDOLI\LQJ IRU WKH 0LGZHVWHUQ Championships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¿F &RDVW 6HFWLRQ LV GLYLGHG LQWR WKUHH UHJLRQDO DUHDV OLVWHG EHORZ IRU WKH SXUSRVH RI WKHVH FKDPSLRQVKLSV NQRZQ DV &HQWUDO 3DFL¿F 1RUWKZHVW 3DFL¿F DQG 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F 7KHVH FKDPSLRQVKLSV VKDOO EH TXDOLI\LQJ IRU WKH 3DFL¿F &RDVW Championships. $ &HQWUDO 3DFL¿F 5HJLRQ &DOLIRUQLD IURP DQG LQFOXGLQJ 9LVDOLD DQG DOO FLWLHV QRUWK WKHUHRI +DZDLL 1HYDGD 8WDK DQG for synchronized skating only, Colorado teams; % 1RUWKZHVW 3DFL¿F 5HJLRQ $ODVND ,GDKR 0RQWDQD 2UHJRQ :DVKLQJWRQ DQG :\RPLQJ & 6RXWKZHVW 3DFL¿F 5HJLRQ $UL]RQD DQG &DOLIRUQLD LQFOXGLQJ DOO FLWLHV VRXWK RI 9LVDOLD

&ODVVL¿FDWLRQ RI &RPSHWLWLRQV 1021 )LJXUH VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DUH FODVVL¿HG DV IROORZV A. Those set forth in the regulations of the ISU; % 7KRVH VDQFWLRQHG DQG RU FRQGXFWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UXOHV 4XDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DV GH¿QHG LQ UXOH 2. Sanctioned nonqualifying competitions; &OXE FRPSHWLWLRQV ZKLFK GR QRW UHTXLUH D VDQFWLRQ 4. Certain Compete USA competitions; 5. State Games; 6. Intercollegiate competitions; 7. Special competitions. 1022 7KH IROORZLQJ HYHQWV IRU ZKLFK HQWULHV DUH FRQWUROOHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DUH GH¿QHG DV TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV A. U.S. Figure Skating Championships B. U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships C. U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships D. U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships ( 5HJLRQDO )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV F. Sectional Figure Skating Championships G. Synchronized Sectional Skating Championships H. Adult Sectional Figure Skating Championships

97

1030 Competition Records at U.S. Figure Skating headquarters 1031 U.S. Figure Skating headquarters shall: A. Maintain a log including the following items: 1DPH ORFDWLRQ DQG GDWHV RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ 2UJDQL]HUV KRVWV DQG QDPH RI SULQFLSDO FRQWDFW 3. Sanction issue date; 5HIHUHH¶V UHSRUW UHFHLSW GDWH B. Issue the current log monthly to: 1. The president of U.S. Figure Skating; 2. Chair of the Competitions Committee; 3. Vice chairs of the Competitions Committee. & 0DLQWDLQ D KDUG FRS\ ¿OH RI UHIHUHH¶V UHSRUWV LQFOXGLQJ DQ DQQRXQFHPHQW UHVXOWV DQG MXGJHV¶ DVVLJQPHQW VFKHGXOH IRU one year. 1032 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV VKDOO NHHS SHUPDQHQW ¿OHV RI WKH RI¿FLDOV¶ VFRUHV IRU DOO TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV

1040 Authorized Systems of Judging $ 7KH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJLQJ 6\VWHP ,-6

B. The 6.0 majority system 1041 7KH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO -XGJLQJ 6\VWHP ,-6 DQG PDMRULW\ V\VWHP ZLOO EH XVHG DV IROORZV A. The IJS will be used: 1. At all regional and sectional championships, the U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships and the U.S. Figure Skating Championships for all levels and disciplines; 2. At all adult sectional championships for all championship singles events and the masters and adult gold levels of nonqualifying singles events; a. The mini system is not required. 3. At the U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships for all championship events and the following nonqualifying events: the masters and adult gold levels of singles and pairs, and the masters, adult gold and adult pre-gold levels of partnered ice GDQFH LQFOXGLQJ PDVWHUV RSHQ GDQFH 4. At all synchronized sectional championships and the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships for the senior, junior, novice, intermediate, juvenile, collegiate and adult events. B. The 6.0 system will be used: 1. At all adult sectional championships for the adult silver and below nonqualifying singles events and for all pairs, LFH GDQFH GUDPDWLF HQWHUWDLQPHQW DQG OLJKW HQWHUWDLQPHQW HYHQWV VHH UXOH $

2. At the U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships for the adult silver and below nonqualifying singles, pairs and partnered ice dance events, for all solo dance events and for all dramatic entertainment and light entertainment HYHQWV VHH UXOH $

3. At synchronized sectional championships and the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships for preliminary, prejuvenile, open juvenile, masters, open masters, open adult and open collegiate events. & 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV PD\ XVH WKH ,-6 WKH V\VWHP RU D FRPELQDWLRQ RI ERWK 1. (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ -DQXDU\ The IJS must be used for all singles short program and well-balanced free skate HYHQWV IRU MXYHQLOH DQG DERYH H[FHSW DV IROORZV a. The 6.0 system may be used for all levels of high school, intercollegiate and State Games competitions. b. The 6.0 system may be used for all adult well-balanced free skate events. c. The 6.0 system may be used for all open well-balanced free skate events. 2. The 6.0 system may be used for all pre-juvenile and lower free skate events, test track, showcase, Compete USA, Theatre On Ice, Special Olympics, therapeutic skating, solo dance, partnered dance, pairs, synchronized skating DQG VSHFLDOW\ HYHQWV VSLQV FRPSXOVRU\ PRYHV MXPSV HWF 3 ,I XVLQJ WKH V\VWHP WKH FORVHG V\VWHP VKRXOG EH XVHG H[FHSW IRU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ HYHQWV ZKLFK KDYH the option of using the closed 6.0 system or the open 6.0 system of judging.

1050 Calculation of Results – 6.0 and IJS 1060 Calculation of Results – 6.0 System 1061 The chief accountant is responsible for the accuracy of the computations including the placement of the competitors, VXEMHFW WR YHUL¿FDWLRQ E\ WKH UHIHUHH &RPSXWHU SODFHPHQWV XWLOL]LQJ D FXUUHQWO\ DSSURYHG VRIWZDUH SURJUDP UXOH DUH UHJDUGHG DQG XVHG DV WKH RI¿FLDO UHVXOW 1062 The following results will be calculated during the course of an event, as appropriate: A. All individual segments of the event; B. Intermediate results after the second and each succeeding segment of a multi-segment event; C. Final results of the event determined from the sum of the factored places of each segment of the event. 1. The above calculation will be performed in accordance with rules 1063 through 1066 as appropriate.

98

1063 Determination of Total Marks (TM) in Each Segment of a Competition – 6.0 System $ )UHH VNDWH HYHQWV VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ 1. The short program marks for technical elements and program components are added. The sum is the total marks 70 IRU WKH VKRUW SURJUDP 7KH IUHH VNDWH PDUNV IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV DUH DGGHG 7KH VXP LV WKH WRWDO PDUNV 70 for the free skate. B. Ice dance events: ,Q WKH LQLWLDO URXQG RU ¿QDO URXQG PDUNV IRU WHFKQLFDO VFRUH DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV DUH DZDUGHG WR HDFK SDWWHUQ GDQFH 7KH VXP RI WKH WZR PDUNV LV WKH WRWDO PDUN 70 IRU WKDW SDWWHUQ GDQFH 2. The short dance marks for technical score DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV DUH DGGHG 7KH VXP LV WKH WRWDO PDUNV 70 IRU the short dance. 7KH IUHH GDQFH PDUNV IRU WHFKQLFDO VFRUH DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV DUH DGGHG 7KH VXP LV WKH WRWDO PDUNV 70 IRU the free dance. 1064 Determination of Ordinal Numbers in Each Segment of a Competition – 6.0 System In all segments of an event, ordinal numbers for each judge for each competitor, couple or synchronized team will be GHWHUPLQHG EDVHG RQ WKH WRWDO PDUNV WKH FRPSHWLWRU V UHFHLYLQJ WKH KLJKHVW WRWDO PDUNV UHFHLYHV RUGLQDO WKH QH[W highest ordinal 2, etc. If a judge has given two or more competitors equal total marks, the tie is broken as follows: A. Pattern dances: The couple with the highest mark for technical score receives the lowest ordinal number. If the marks for technical score are also equal, the couples are tied. B. Short program: The competitor with the highest mark for technical elements receives the lowest ordinal number. If the marks for technical elements are the same, they are tied. C. Short dance: The couple with the highest mark for technical score receives the lowest ordinal number. If the marks for technical score are the same, they are tied. ' )UHH VNDWH VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ RU IUHH GDQFH 7KH FRPSHWLWRU ZLWK WKH KLJKHVW PDUN IRU SURJUDP components receives the lowest ordinal number. If the marks for program components are the same, they are tied. ( ,I WZR RU PRUH FRPSHWLWRUV DUH WLHG E\ RQH MXGJH LQ D VHJPHQW RI an event, each competitor receives the ordinal QXPEHU IRU WKH WLHG SODFH 7KH QH[W KLJKHU RUGLQDO RU RUGLQDOV DUH QRW DVVLJQHG EDVHG RQ WKH QXPEHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV WLHG IRU WKH VDPH RUGLQDO QXPEHU )RU H[DPSOH LI WZR FRPSHWLWRUV DUH WLHG IRU RUGLQDO WKHQ RUGLQDO LV QRW DVVLJQHG if three competitors are tied for ordinal 1, then ordinals 2 and 3 are not assigned, etc. 1065 Determination of Results in Each Segment of a Competition – 6.0 System The ordinal numbers determined for each judge are considered placements for the competitor. $ 0 0DMRULW\ 7KH FRPSHWLWRU V SODFHG ¿UVW E\ WKH DEVROXWH PDMRULW\ 0 RI MXGJHV LV ¿UVW WKH FRPSHWLWRU V SODFHG second or better by an absolute majority of judges is second and so on. In determining a majority for second place, ordinal numbers 1 and 2 are considered as 2; in determining a majority for third place, ordinal numbers 1, 2, and 3 are considered as 3; and similarly for the remaining places. B. If two or more competitors are tied for the same place, the ties will be broken by the application of the following rules in the following order: *0 *UHDWHU PDMRULW\ ,I WZR RU PRUH FRPSHWLWRUV KDYH REWDLQHG D PDMRULW\ RI MXGJHV IRU WKH VDPH SODFH WKH SODFH LQ TXHVWLRQ ZLOO EH DZDUGHG WR WKH FRPSHWLWRU ZLWK WKH JUHDWHU PDMRULW\ *0 RI MXGJHV PDNLQJ WKH SODFHPHQW 720 7RWDO RUGLQDOV RI PDMRULW\ ,I WZR RU PRUH FRPSHWLWRUV KDYH UHFHLYHG PDMRULWLHV IRU WKH VDPH SODFH IURP WKH same number of judges, the place in question will be awarded to the competitor with the lowest total ordinals from those judges forming the majority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competitors. ' /0 /RZHVW PDMRULW\ ,Q DZDUGLQJ WKH VXEVHTXHQW SODFHV WKHUHDIWHU WKH FRPSHWLWRU ZLWK D PDMRULW\ IRU WKH ORZHVW QXPEHUHG SODFH ZLOO EH JLYHQ ¿UVW FRQVLGHUDWLRQ ( 60 6XEVHTXHQW PDMRULW\ ,I WKHUH LV QR DEVROXWH PDMRULW\ IRU DQ\ JLYHQ SODFH WKH SODFH LQ TXHVWLRQ ZLOO EH DZDUGHG to the competitor with the majority for the nearest following place. If the sums are equal, then rule 1065 % PXVW DJDLQ be applied. 1066 Determination of the Intermediate and Final Results for Multi-Segment Events – 6.0 System A. Intermediate placements, when computed, are the placements for the segments of the event that have been completed thus far. For intermediate results, the results determined in accordance with rules 1063-1065 for the segments included in the intermediate results will be multiplied by the appropriate factors and added together to give the intermediate factored placements. % )RU WKH ¿QDO UHVXOWV WKH UHVXOWV GHWHUPLQHG IRU HDFK VHJPHQW RI WKH HYHQW LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK UXOH ZLOO EH multiplied by appropriate factors and added together to give the total ¿QDO IDFWRUHG SODFHPHQWV IRU WKH HYHQW 99

& 7KH EHVW SODFHPHQW LV DVVLJQHG WR WKH FRPSHWLWRU KDYLQJ WKH ORZHVW IDFWRUHG SODFHPHQW GHWHUPLQHG DERYH DQG WKH QH[W SODFH WR WKH FRPSHWLWRU ZLWK WKH QH[W ORZHVW IDFWRUHG SODFHPHQW HWF D. The factors and the conditions for breaking ties in the total factored placements are available on the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website at usfsaonline.org under the “Accounting Centralâ€? link. ( :KHQ WZR FRPSHWLWRUV DUH WLHG WKH QH[W SODFH LV QRW DZDUGHG ZKHQ WKUHH FRPSHWLWRUV DUH WLHG WKH QH[W WZR SODFHV DUH not awarded. ) 1R ÂżQDO SODFHPHQWV ZLOO EH UHFRUGHG IRU FRPSHWLWRUV RU WHDPV ZKR GR QRW FRPSOHWH DQ HYHQW DQG WKH RQO\ SODFHPHQW recorded for such competitors will be that earned for the last segment of the event in which they competed and for which placements were determined. * 5HVXOWV IURP TXDOLI\LQJ URXQGV ZLOO QRW EH IDFWRUHG DQG ZLOO QRW EH XVHG WR GHWHUPLQH ÂżQDO SODFHPHQWV 1070 Calculation of Results – IJS 1071 IJS Basic Principles of Calculation – All Skating Disciplines $ 7RWDO WHFKQLFDO VFRUH IRU HDFK VHJPHQW SDWWHUQ GDQFH VKRUW SURJUDP VKRUW GDQFH IUHH VNDWH IUHH GDQFH

1. 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV (YHU\ VHFWLRQ RI D SDWWHUQ GDQFH DQG HYHU\ HOHPHQW L H UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW RI D VKRUW SURJUDP VKRUW GDQFH IUHH VNDWH DQG IUHH GDQFH KDV D FHUWDLQ EDVH YDOXH LQGLFDWHG LQ WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV a. For single skating, pair skating, ice dance and synchronized skating competitions conducted by U.S. Figure Skating using the IJS, U.S. Figure Skating will use the current ISU Scale of Values for the event discipline. b. U.S. Figure Skating may supplement the ISU Scale of Values to include elements that are currently not included in them or may develop a separate Scale of Values for lower-level events and beginning skaters. c. The current ISU Scale of Values for each discipline, and any additional Scale of Values created by U.S. Figure Skating will EH SRVWHG DW XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN d. 1RQ OLVWHG (OHPHQWV (OHPHQWV QRW LQ WKH ISU Scale of Values and not required by U.S. Figure Skating rules are considered to be non-listed elements IRU DOO HYHQWV MXGJHG XVLQJ WKH ,-6 SHU UXOH $ and do not have point YDOXHV LI SHUIRUPHG 1RQ OLVWHG HOHPHQWV WKDW DUH QRW RWKHUZLVH LOOHJDO PXVW EH HYDOXDWHG DV WUDQVLWLRQV OLQNLQJ movements by the judges. (DFK MXGJH LGHQWLÂżHV IRU HDFK VHFWLRQ RI D SDWWHUQ GDQFH RU HOHPHQW RQH RI WKH JUDGHV RI H[HFXWLRQ (DFK JUDGH KDV its own positive or negative numerical value, also indicated in the Scale of Values. 7KH SDQHOÂśV JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ LV GHWHUPLQHG E\ FDOFXODWLQJ WKH WULPPHG PHDQ RI WKH QXPHULFDO YDOXHV RI WKH JUDGHV RI WKH H[HFXWLRQ DZDUGHG E\ HDFK RI WKH MXGJHV :KHQ WKHUH DUH ÂżYH RU PRUH MXGJHV WKH WULPPHG PHDQ LV FDOFXODWHG E\ GURSSLQJ WKH KLJKHVW DQG ORZHVW PDUNV IURP the panel and calculating the average of the remaining marks. When there are four or fewer judges, a simple mean ZLOO EH XVHG DV SURYLGHG IRU LQ UXOH & 7KLV DYHUDJH ZLOO EHFRPH WKH ÂżQDO JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ RI DQ LQGLYLGXDO VHFWLRQ HOHPHQW 7KH SDQHOÂśV JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ LV URXQGHG WR WZR GHFLPDO SODFHV 7KH SDQHOÂśV VFRUH IRU HDFK VHFWLRQ HOHPHQW LV GHWHUPLQHG E\ DGGLQJ WKH WULPPHG PHDQ RU VLPSOH PHDQ JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ RI HDFK VHFWLRQ HOHPHQW WR LWV EDVH YDOXH 7KH SDQHOÂśV VFRUHV IRU DOO VHFWLRQV HOHPHQWV DUH DGGHG WRJHWKHU WR GHWHUPLQH WKH VNDWHUÂśV WHDPÂśV WRWDO WHFKQLFDO VFRUH IRU WKH VHJPHQW 7(6 8. In singles and pairs: a. -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV are evaluated as one unit by adding the base values of the jumps included and applying the JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ ZLWK WKH QXPHULFDO YDOXH RI WKH PRVW GLIÂżFXOW MXPS b. -XPS VHTXHQFHV are evaluated as one unit by adding the base values of the two highest value jumps, multiplying WKH UHVXOW E\ DQG DIWHU WKDW DSSO\LQJ WKH JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ ZLWK WKH QXPHULFDO YDOXH RI WKH PRVW GLIÂżFXOW jump. c. $Q\ DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW V H[FHHGLQJ WKH SUHVFULEHG QXPEHUV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG LQ WKH UHVXOW RI D SDUWLFLSDQW 2QO\ WKH ÂżUVW DWWHPSW RU DOORZHG QXPEHU RI DWWHPSWV RI DQ HOHPHQW ZLOO EH WDNHQ LQWR DFFRXQW d. 6SHFLDO )DFWRU i. In the junior and senior ladies and men’s short program and all levels of singles free skate, the base values EXW QRW WKH JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ RI DOO MXPS HOHPHQWV VWDUWHG LQ WKH VHFRQG KDOI RI WKH SURJUDP ZLOO EH PXOWLSOLHG E\ D VSHFLDO IDFWRU RI LQ RUGHU WR JLYH FUHGLW IRU HYHQ GLVWULEXWLRQ RI GLIÂżFXOWLHV LQ WKH SURJUDP LL (DFK IDFWRUHG EDVH YDOXH ZLOO EH URXQGHG WR WZR GHFLPDO SODFHV iii. The second half begins in the middle of the required time without taking into account the plus or minus 10 VHFRQGV DOORZDQFH +RZHYHU LQ WKH FDVHV RI DQ LQWHUUXSWLRQ XS WR WKUHH PLQXWHV UXOH WKH IDFWRU will be used only for jump elements which were started in the second half of the program but prior to the interruption. 9. In ice dance: &RPELQDWLRQ OLIWV DUH HYDOXDWHG DV RQH XQLW E\ DGGLQJ WKH EDVH YDOXHV RI WKH ÂżUVW WZR H[HFXWHG W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV DQG WKHQ DSSO\LQJ WKH *2( 7KH *2( RI WKH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW LV HTXDO WR WKH VXP RI WKH QXPHULFDO YDOXHV RI WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ *2( RI WKHVH ÂżUVW WZR H[HFXWHG W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV &RPELQDWLRQ VWHS VHTXHQFHV are evaluated as one unit by adding the base values of the one foot step sequence and the step sequence and then DSSO\LQJ WKH *2( 7KH *2( RI WKH FRPELQDWLRQ VWHS VHTXHQFH LV HTXDO WR WKH VXP RI WKH QXPHULFDO YDOXHV RI WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ *2( RI WKHVH WZR JURXSV RI VWHS VHTXHQFHV 100

10. In synchronized skating: D ,I WKH YDOXH RI DQ HOHPHQW DIWHU WDNLQJ DQ\ PLVVLQJ UHTXLUHPHQW GHGXFWLRQV DQG UHGXFWLRQV LV OHVV WKDQ ]HUR the element will be awarded a value of 0.00. E ,Q WKH VKRUW SURJUDP DQG IUHH VNDWH HDFK HOHPHQW EORFN FLUFOH LQWHUVHFWLRQ ZKHHO HWF ZLOO EH HYDOXDWHG DQG JLYHQ D JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ VHSDUDWHO\ c. $Q\ DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW V H[FHHGLQJ WKH SUHVFULEHG QXPEHUV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG LQ WKH UHVXOW RI D WHDP 2QO\ WKH ÂżUVW DWWHPSW RU DOORZHG QXPEHU RI DWWHPSWV RI DQ HOHPHQW ZLOO EH WDNHQ LQWR DFFRXQW B. Total program component score for each segment 7KHUH DUH D PD[LPXP RI ÂżYH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV IRXU LQ WKH PDUNLQJ RI D SDWWHUQ GDQFH (DFK SURJUDP FRPSRQHQW UHFHLYHV D PDUN IURP WKH MXGJH RQ D VFDOH RI WR LQ LQFUHPHQWV RI 3. The panel’s points for each program component are obtained by calculating the trimmed or simple mean of the MXGJHVÂś VFRUHV IRU WKDW SURJUDP FRPSRQHQW :KHQ WKHUH DUH ÂżYH RU PRUH MXGJHV WKH WULPPHG PHDQ LV FDOFXODWHG E\ dropping the highest and lowest marks from the panel and calculating the average of the remaining marks. When there are four or fewer judges, a VLPSOH PHDQ ZLOO EH XVHG DV SURYLGHG IRU LQ UXOH & 7KH SDQHOÂśV WULPPHG PHDQ RU VLPSOH PHDQ VFRUH IRU HDFK SURJUDP FRPSRQHQW LV WKHQ PXOWLSOLHG E\ WKH JHQHUDO FRPSRQHQW IDFWRU 7KH IDFWRUHG UHVXOWV DUH URXQGHG WR WZR GHFLPDO SODFHV DQG DGGHG 7KH VXP LV WKH VNDWHUÂśV WHDPÂśV WRWDO SURJUDP FRPSRQHQW VFRUH IRU WKH VHJPHQW 3&6 a. The current program component factors are included in the IJS Factor Tables posted on the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website at usfsaonline.org, under the “Accounting Centralâ€? link. C. Deductions are applied for each violation. 1. In singles and pairs, deductions are applied for each violation as follows: a. Program time violations: L IRU HYHU\ ÂżYH VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV IRU no test, pre-preliminary, preliminary, pre-juvenile, juvenile, intermediate and adult singles and pairs events. LL IRU HYHU\ ÂżYH VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV IRU QRYLFH MXQLRU DQG VHQLRU VLQJOHV DQG SDLUV HYHQWV b. Illegal element violation: -2.0 per violation c. Costume and prop violation: -l.0 per program G 3DUW RI WKH FRVWXPH GHFRUDWLRQ IDOOV RQ WKH LFH SHU SURJUDP I )DOOV LQ SDLUV VHH UXOH IRU WKH GHÂżQLWLRQ RI D IDOO i. -0.5 for every fall by one partner, and -1.0 for every fall by both partners in juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult pairs events. ii. -1.0 for every fall by one partner, and -2.0 for every fall by both partners in junior and senior pairs events. J )DOOV LQ VLQJOHV VHH UXOH IRU WKH GHÂżQLWLRQ RI D IDOO i. -0.25 for every fall in no test and pre-preliminary singles events ii. -0.5 for every fall in preliminary, pre-juvenile, juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult singles events. iii. -1.0 for every fall in junior singles events. iv ,Q VHQLRU VLQJOHV HYHQWV HDFK IRU WKH ÂżUVW DQG VHFRQG IDOOV HDFK IRU WKH WKLUG DQG IRXUWK IDOOV HDFK IRU WKH ÂżIWK DQG DQ\ IXUWKHU IDOOV h. For every interruption in performing the program: i. For 11-20 seconds interruption: -1.0 for junior and senior, -0.5 for juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult; -0.25 for no test through pre-juvenile; ii. For 21-30 seconds interruption: -2.0 for junior and senior, -1.0 for juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult; -0.5 for no test through pre-juvenile; iii. For 31-40 seconds interruption: -3.0 for junior and senior, -1.5 for juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult; -0.75 for no test through pre-juvenile; iv. After 40 seconds LI WKH VNDWHU FRXSOH KDV QRW UHSRUWHG WR WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH WKH FRPSHWLWRU V LV DUH considered withdrawn. v. Interruption of the program with allowance of up to three minutes to resume from the point of interruption: -3.0 for junior and senior, -1.5 for juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult; -0.75 for no test through prejuvenile. 2. In ice dance, deductions are applied for each violation as follows: a. Program time violations: L IRU HYHU\ ÂżYH VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV IRU MXYHQLOH LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG DGXOW LFH GDQFH HYHQWV LL IRU HYHU\ ÂżYH VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV IRU QRYLFH MXQLRU DQG VHQLRU LFH GDQFH HYHQWV E ([WUD HOHPHQWV SHU YLRODWLRQ F ,OOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW YLRODWLRQ SHU YLRODWLRQ d. Violation of music requirements: i. -1.0 per program for juvenile, intermediate and adult ice dance events. ii. -2.0 per program for novice, junior, and senior ice dance events. e. Costume and prop violation: -l.0 per program I 3DUW RI WKH FRVWXPH GHFRUDWLRQ IDOOV RQ WKH LFH SHU SURJUDP J /LIWV H[FHHGLQJ WKH SHUPLWWHG GXUDWLRQ SHU OLIW 101

K )DOOV VHH UXOH IRU WKH GHÂżQLWLRQ RI D IDOO i. -0.5 for every fall by one partner, and -1.0 for every fall by both partners in juvenile, intermediate and adult ice dance events. ii. -1.0 for every fall by one partner, and -2.0 for every fall by both partners in novice, junior and senior ice dance events. L 9LRODWLRQ RI WHPSR VSHFLÂżFDWLRQV SHU SURJUDP j. For every interruption in performing the program: i. For 11-20 seconds interruption: -1.0 for junior and senior, -0.5 for juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult; ii. For 21-30 seconds interruption: -2.0 for junior and senior, -1.0 for juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult; iii. For 31-40 seconds interruption: -3.0 for junior and senior, -1.5 for juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult; iv. After 40 seconds LI WKH VNDWHU FRXSOH KDV QRW UHSRUWHG WR WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH WKH FRPSHWLWRU V LV DUH considered withdrawn. v. Interruption of the program with allowance of up to three minutes to resume from the point of interruption: -3.0 for junior and senior, -1.5 for juvenile, intermediate, novice and adult. k. Violation of choreography restrictions: -1.0 per program 3. For deductions and reductions in synchronized skating, see rule 7923. D. Singles and Pairs Bonus 1RYLFH Singles Short Program and Free Skate: ERQXV IRU HDFK WULSOH MXPS DFKLHYHG XQGHU URWDWHG RU IXOO YDOXH , regardless of whether it is achieved as a solo jump, or in combination or sequence. 2. Intermediate Singles Short Program and Free Skate: a. ERQXV IRU RQH GRXEOH $[HO DFKLHYHG XQGHU URWDWHG RU IXOO YDOXH UHJDUGOHVV RI ZKHWKHU LW LV DFKLHYHG DV D solo jump, or in combination or sequence; b. ERQXV IRU HDFK WULSOH MXPS DFKLHYHG XQGHU URWDWHG RU IXOO YDOXH , regardless of whether it is achieved as a solo jump, or in combination or sequence. 4. Juvenile Singles )UHH 6NDWH ERQXV IRU HDFK GRXEOH $[HO DFKLHYHG XQGHU URWDWHG RU IXOO YDOXH , regardless of whether it is achieved as a solo jump, or in combination or sequence. 1RYLFH 3DLUV 6KRUW 3URJUDP DQG )UHH 6NDWH ERQXV IRU HDFK GRXEOH $[HO DQG HDFK WULSOH MXPS DFKLHYHG XQGHU URWDWHG RU IXOO YDOXH E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV ,QWHUPHGLDWH 3DLUV 6KRUW 3URJUDP DQG )UHH 6NDWH DQG -XYHQLOH 3DLUV )UHH 6NDWH ERQXV IRU HDFK GRXEOH $[HO DFKLHYHG XQGHU URWDWHG RU IXOO YDOXH E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV 1072 Determination of Results in Each Segment of a Competition – IJS $ 7KH WRWDO VHJPHQW VFRUH IRU HDFK VNDWHU WHDP LQ HDFK VHJPHQW RI D FRPSHWLWLRQ SDWWHUQ GDQFH VKRUW SURJUDP VKRUW GDQFH IUHH VNDWH DQG IUHH GDQFH LV FDOFXODWHG E\ DGGLQJ WKH WRWDO WHFKQLFDO VFRUH DQG WKH WRWDO SURJUDP FRPSRQHQW score, and subtracting any deductions for violations in accordance with the rules of the particular discipline. The result is the total segment score. B. In ice dance, for events with two pattern dances, the total score for each pattern dance will be multiplied by a factor documented on the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website at usfsaonline.org, under the “Accounting Centralâ€? link & 7KH VNDWHU WHDP ZLWK WKH KLJKHVW WRWDO VHJPHQW VFRUH LV SODFHG ÂżUVW WKH VNDWHU WHDP ZLWK WKH QH[W KLJKHVW WRWDO VHJPHQW score is placed second, and so on. ' ,I WZR RU PRUH VNDWHUV WHDPV KDYH WKH VDPH WRWDO VHJPHQW VFRUH 7KH WRWDO WHFKQLFDO VFRUH ZLOO EUHDN WKH WLH LQ WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH V VKRUW SURJUDP DQG VKRUW GDQFH ,I WKH WRWDO WHFKQLFDO VFRUHV DUH DOVR HTXDO WKH VNDWHUV WHDPV FRQFHUQHG ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG WLHG 2. The total program component score will break the tie in the free skate and free dance. If the program component VFRUHV DUH DOVR HTXDO WKH VNDWHUV WHDPV FRQFHUQHG ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG WLHG ( )RU DQ\ VHJPHQW ZKHUH D VHJPHQW IDFWRU LV DSSOLHG WKH IDFWRUHG VHJPHQW VFRUHV DUH URXQGHG WR WZR GHFLPDO SODFHV 1073 Determination of the Final Results A. The total segment score for each segment is multiplied by the current segment factor and then added. The result FRQVWLWXWHV WKH ÂżQDO VFRUH RI D VNDWHU WHDP LQ DQ HYHQW 1. 7KH FXUUHQW VHJPHQW IDFWRUV XVHG WR GHWHUPLQH FRPELQHG DQG ÂżQDO UHVXOWV DUH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH ,-6 )DFWRU 7DEOHV posted on the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website at usfsaonline.org, under the “Accounting Centralâ€? link. % 7KH VNDWHU WHDP ZLWK WKH KLJKHVW ÂżQDO VFRUH LV ÂżUVW HWF & ,Q FDVH RI D WLH LQ WRWDO VHJPHQW VFRUH IRU DQ\ FRPELQHG UHVXOW RU ÂżQDO UHVXOW WKH VNDWHU WHDP ZLWK WKH KLJKHVW SODFH IRU the last segment skated will prevail. ' ,I WKHUH LV D WLH IRU WKH ODVW VNDWHG VHJPHQW WKH SODFHPHQW RI WKH QH[W SUHYLRXVO\ VNDWHG VHJPHQW ZLOO GHWHUPLQH WKH EHWWHU SODFH HWF ,I WKHUH LV QR SUHYLRXV VHJPHQW WKH VNDWHUV WHDPV DUH WLHG ( ,Q LFH GDQFH LI WZR SDWWHUQ GDQFHV DUH WR EH VNDWHG ERWK GDQFHV DUH HYHQ LQ YDOXH 7KHUH DUH QR WLH EUHDNLQJ FULWHULD IRU the combined result after the second pattern dance. ) 1R ÂżQDO SODFHPHQWV VKDOO EH UHFRUGHG IRU FRPSHWLWRUV RU WHDPV ZKR GR QRW FRPSOHWH DQ HYHQW 7KH RQO\ SODFHPHQW recorded for such competitors will be the placement earned for the part of the event they completed and for which placements were determined 102

1100 Competition Sanctions – Generally 1110 ISU Competitions 1111 :LWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI WKH 2O\PSLF :LQWHU *DPHV WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV VKDOO VDQFWLRQ FRPSHWLWLRQV VHW IRUWK LQ WKH regulations of the ISU when such competitions are held in the United States. 1120 Competition Sanctions 1121 The Board of Directors must sanction the following competitions: A. U.S. Figure Skating Championships B. U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships C. U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships D. U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships ( 6NDWH $PHULFD ) 1RUWK $PHULFDQ ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &RPSHWLWLRQ G. Special national competitions Applications for these competitions will be made as directed by the chair of the Competitions Committee. Applications will be provisionally accepted by the committee, and sanctions issued. 1122 ([FHSW DV QRWHG DERYH WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH RU WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO RU UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLU PXVW VDQFWLRQ DOO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV KHOG LQ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV A. Applications may be obtained from any vice chair of the Competitions Committee or U.S. Figure Skating headquarters and must be returned at least 90 days in advance of the competition. 1. Collegiate clubs shall download the current standard announcement and sanction request form from the collegiate section of the U.S. Figure Skating website, complete the necessary parts, add any additional information they deem necessary and send these documents to the appropriate regional vice chair for approval and sanctioning. % 7KH FKDLU RU YLFH FKDLU PD\ UHMHFW DQ\ DSSOLFDWLRQ IRU DQ\ JRRG DQG VXIÂżFLHQW UHDVRQ C. A member club that uses the principal skating headquarters of another member club for a competition must receive permission in writing from the home club before a sanction may be issued. Such permission may not be unreasonably withheld. A copy of the letter of permission must be attached to the competition sanction application. D. See, also, rules 2000, 3000, 3110, 3131, 3200, 3301, 3400 and 3500. ( ,QWHULP DQG SURYLVLRQDO PHPEHU FOXEV ZLOO RQO\ EH LVVXHG VDQFWLRQV IRU QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV F. Sanctions for intercollegiate competitions may be issued to collegiate clubs in good standing. 1123 5HTXHVWV E\ DQ DPDWHXU VSRUWV RUJDQL]DWLRQ RU SHUVRQ PDGH WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV 1*% RI ÂżJXUH VNDWLQJ RQ LFH IRU D sanction to hold an international amateur athletic competition in the United States or to allow United States eligible skaters to compete in an international amateur athletic competition outside the United States must EH GLUHFWHG WR WKH H[HFXWLYH director of U.S. Figure Skating for review and determination pursuant to the provisions of Section 220525 of the Sports $FW $Q ÂłDPDWHXU VSRUWV RUJDQL]DWLRQ´ PHDQV D QRW IRU SURÂżW FRUSRUDWLRQ DVVRFLDWLRQ RU RWKHU JURXS RUJDQL]HG LQ WKH United States that sponsors or arranges an amateur athletic competition.

1130 First Aid 1131 )LUVW DLG IDFLOLWLHV PXVW EH DYDLODEOH DW DOO FRPSHWLWLRQV 7KH SUHVHQFH RI D TXDOLÂżHG SK\VLFLDQ LV DOVR UHFRPPHQGHG

'XWLHV RI (YHQW 2IÂżFLDOV 1210 Duties of the Chief Referee 1211 7KH FKLHI UHIHUHHÂśV LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH UXOHV DQG GHFLVLRQV RQ DOO TXHVWLRQV QRW FRYHUHG E\ WKHVH UXOHV LV ÂżQDO 1212 The chief referee will: A. Act as chair of the judges; B. Assign judges, substitute judges and referees to the events; C. Draw the numerical order of the judges; ' 7RJHWKHU ZLWK WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO FDSWDLQ DVVLJQ WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RIÂżFLDOV WR HYHQWV IRU TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV VHH 73&5 *

( $VVLJQ WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RIÂżFLDOV WR HYHQWV IRU QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV F. Be responsible for the scheduling of events in consultation with the host club; G. Together with the chief accountant, be responsible for seeding skaters; H. Direct the dance referee, if designated, to: 1. Be responsible for selecting the music for pattern dances that are not designated as “skaters’ choiceâ€? dances; &KHFN WKH PXVLFÂśV PHWURQRPH WHPSR ERWK EHIRUH WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG GXULQJ WKH ZDUP XSV , 'HFLGH DOO SURWHVWV LQFOXGLQJ SURWHVWV IURP WKH GHFLVLRQV RI DVVLVWDQW UHIHUHHV H[FHSW ZKHQ DQ H[SHGLWHG KHDULQJ LV requested in accord with Article XXV, Section 3, of the U.S. Figure Skating bylaws; J. Decide upon any breaches that may occur, even without protest; K. Generally supervise the accounting; / 9HULI\ WKH DZDUG RI SODFHV XQGHU WKH V\VWHP DV VXEPLWWHG E\ WKH DFFRXQWDQW VHH UXOH M. Decide whether the condition of the ice will permit conducting the competition; 1 7RJHWKHU ZLWK WKH DFFRXQWDQW V FRQGXFW WKH LQLWLDO VNDWLQJ GUDZ 103

2 :RUN ZLWK WKH ORFDO RUJDQL]LQJ FRPPLWWHH /2& WR HQVXUH WKDW DOO FRDFKHV DUH LQ FRPSOLDQFH DQG WDNH DSSURSULDWH action, if necessary. 1213 )RU DOO TXDOLI\LQJ DQG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH ZLOO GHVLJQDWH D VSHFL¿F DUHD IRU coaches to stand during the warm-up period of their teams. Coaching will not be permitted from other areas. 1214 Within 30 days after a qualifying competition, the chief referee will complete a report: A. Including the following: 1. Any deviations from or comments regarding: D 5XOHV JRYHUQLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV E 7KH RI¿FLDO VFKHGXOH F 3URSHU FRQGXFW RI DOO RI¿FLDOV 2. Any adverse comments or particularly favorable comments regarding: D 5LQN FRQGLWLRQV b. Housing c. Transportation d. Music H 5LQNVLGH ,-6 FRPSXWHU HTXLSPHQW ,95 V\VWHP

3. Any protests, accidents or unusual happenings 4. Any accidents that also must be reported to the Sports Sciences and Medicine Committee $ UHFRUG RI WKH LQLWLDO DQG ¿QDO SODFHPHQWV LQ HDFK HYHQW $ MXGJHV UHIHUHHV DQG WHFKQLFDO SDQHO DVVLJQPHQW VKHHW )RUP

B. Which will be sent as follows: TO:

President Technical Group Coordinator Chair, Competitions Committee Chair, Judges Committee Chair, Technical Panel Committee Appropriate Sectional Vice Chair, Competitions Committee Appropriate Sectional Vice Chair, Judges Committee for 6LQJOHV 3DLUV 'DQFH DQG RU 6\QFKURQL]HG Appropriate Sectional Vice Chair, Technical Panel Committee U.S. Figure Skating headquarters

Items 1-4 5HIHUHH¶V 5HSRUW X X X X X ; &

Item 5 &RPSRQHQW Cumulative 5HVXOWV ; $

X ; %

X X ; &

Item 6 2I¿FLDOV¶ Assignment Sheet )RUP

X X X ; &

; &

; &

; &

; &

X

; &

; &

X

X

Sent by Accountants

X

)RRWQRWH $ 6HQG IRU 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLSV RQO\ % 6HQG IRU VHFWLRQDO DQG 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLSV RQO\ & 6HQG IRU UHJLRQDO DQG VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV RQO\ Note: 7KH HQWLUH UHIHUHH UHSRUW LQFOXGLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV OLVWHG LQ LWHPV DQG LQ WKH FKDUW PD\ EH IXO¿OOHG YLD HPDLO DW WKH HQG RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ LQ D IRUPDW VSHFL¿HG E\ WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH 1215 Within 30 days after a nonqualifying competition, the chief referee will: $ 6HQG D UHSRUW DV RXWOLQHG LQ UXOH $ 1. Computer summaries of placements including segment and cumulative, if sent electronically, must be sent in a currently approved format. % ,QFOXGH D &(8 DFWLYLW\ UHSRUW RI RI¿FLDOV MXGJHV UHIHUHHV DQG WHFKQLFDO SDQHO LQ D IRUPDW DSSURYHG E\ WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV Committee. & 6HQG WKH HQWLUH UHSRUW YLD HPDLO ID[ RU UHJXODU PDLO WR 1. U.S. Figure Skating headquarters; and 2. The appropriate regional vice chair on the Competitions Committee for the region in which the competition was held, or the appropriate synchronized sectional vice chair on the Competitions Committee for the section in which WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ ZDV KHOG IRU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV 1216 The regional vice chair, or the sectional vice chair of synchronized skating for synchronized skating competitions, shall review the referee’s report and, if the report contains any special notations or deviations, distribute the written report to the SHUVRQV OLVWHG XQGHU UXOH % 1217 The referee may: $ 5HTXLUH PHGLFDO H[DPLQDWLRQ IRU SK\VLFDO ¿WQHVV ZKHUH FRQVLGHUHG DGYLVDEOH % ([FOXGH RU GLVTXDOLI\ DQ\ HQWUDQW IURP D FRPSHWLWLRQ 104

& &KDQJH RI¿FLDOV DQG DOWHU WKH SURJUDP GXULQJ D FRPSHWLWLRQ ZKHQ WKHUH LV XUJHQW UHDVRQ IRU VR GRLQJ D. Appoint a substitute to replace a judge who has commenced judging an event but who is unable to continue. Whenever D VXEVWLWXWH MXGJH UHSODFHV DQ RI¿FLDO MXGJH WKH PDUNV RI WKH RI¿FLDO MXGJH VKDOO EH XVHG XS WR WKH SRLQW RI VXEVWLWXWLRQ 1220 Duties of the Event Referee $ 7KH GXWLHV RI WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH DUH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ UXOH B. The event referee: 1. Is in charge of the event. 2. Manages the panel of judges to ensure compliance with the rules, with the authority to remove judges from the panel if there are important and valid reasons to do so. a. A judge’s marks may not be changed in either system of judging after posting due to a mistake made by the judge. 3. Acts as spokesperson for the panel. 4. Conducts pre-event meeting with the panel of judges before each segment of the event. 5. Decides whether the condition of the ice permits the holding of the event. 6. Decides all protests with respect to the event. 7. Interprets the rulebook and enforces provisions therein as they pertain to the event. The event referee may bring WR WKH RI¿FLDOV¶ VWDQG DQ HOHFWURQLF FRPPXQLFDWLYH GHYLFH IRU WKH VROH SXUSRVH RI EHLQJ DEOH WR SHUIRUP WKHLU MRE function during an event such as, but not limited to, accessing an electronic version of the rulebook or event related emergencies. 0RQLWRUV DEXVH RI XVLQJ HOHFWURQLF FRPPXQLFDWLYH GHYLFHV RQ WKH RI¿FLDOV¶ VWDQG IRU DOO RI¿FLDOV DQG UHSRUWV DQ\ VXFK DEXVH WR WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH IRU LQFOXVLRQ LQ WKH UHIHUHH¶V UHSRUW VHH UXOH $ F

9. Times the duration of the program as skated and records the half-way point in the junior and senior singles short program and all singles free skates when the event is running in a manual environment using the IJS. 10. For IJS events, decides upon the following deductions according to rule 1071: time violations and interruptions of the program, as well as: D ,Q LFH GDQFH OLIWV LQ H[FHVV RI WKH SHUPLWWHG WLPH DQG SDUW RI WKH FRVWXPH GHFRUDWLRQ IDOOLQJ RQ WKH LFH E ,Q VLQJOHV DQG SDLUV SDUW RI WKH FRVWXPH GHFRUDWLRQ IDOOLQJ RQ WKH LFH c. ,Q V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ PXVLF YLRODWLRQV KROG GHGXFWLRQV DQG SDUW RI WKH FRVWXPH GHFRUDWLRQ IDOOLQJ RQ WKH LFH 11. For IJS events, together with the judges panel, decides on the following deductions according to rule 1071: D ,Q VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG LFH GDQFH FRVWXPH SURS FKRUHRJUDSK\ SDLUV DQG LFH GDQFH RQO\ DQG PXVLF LFH GDQFH RQO\ YLRODWLRQV E ,Q V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRVWXPH LQFOXGLQJ IHDWKHUV KHDGSLHFHV DQG SURS violations. The corresponding deductions in rules 1071 and 7923 are taken when the majority of the referee plus judges have applied them. ,Q LFH GDQFH ZLWK WKH DVVLVWDQFH RI D WLPHNHHSHU LI QHFHVVDU\ WDNHV WKH WLPH RI DOO OLIWV LQ WKH VKRUW GDQFH DQG WKH IUHH GDQFH LQ RUGHU WR YHULI\ LI D FRXSOH KDV SHUIRUPHG DQ H[WHQGHG OLIW ,Q LFH GDQFH ZLWK WKH DVVLVWDQFH RI D WLPHNHHSHU LI QHFHVVDU\ FKHFNV WKH WHPSR RI HDFK SLHFH RI PXVLF XVHG IRU D ³VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH´ SDWWHUQ GDQFH HYHQW DQG VSHFL¿HG SDUWV RI VKRUW GDQFH ZKHQ DSSOLFDEOH DQG D ,Q WKH ,-6 WDNHV WKH DSSURSULDWH GHGXFWLRQ VHH UXOH &

LI WKH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH DUH RXWVLGH RI WKH allowable range. E ,Q WKH V\VWHP QRWL¿HV WKH MXGJHV LI WKH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH DUH RXWVLGH RI WKH DOORZDEOH UDQJH VR HDFK MXGJH FDQ take the appropriate deduction. ,Q LFH GDQFH DQQRXQFHV LQ DGYDQFH RI WKH ¿UVW SUDFWLFH WKH VLGH RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH RQ ZKLFK HDFK SDWWHUQ GDQFH ZLOO VWDUW $OVR VHH UXOH + 15. Times the duration used by competitors to take their starting positions and applies or instructs the judges to apply DQ\ UHTXLUHG SHQDOWLHV VHH UXOH $OORZV FRPSHWLWRUV WR UHVWDUW DFFRUGLQJ WR UXOHV 1404 and 6076. 5HTXLUHV PHGLFDO H[DPLQDWLRQ IRU SK\VLFDO ¿WQHVV ZKHUH FRQVLGHUHG DGYLVDEOH :KHUH PHGLFDO H[DPLQDWLRQ LV QRW SRVVLEOH GHFLGHV WKH SK\VLFDO ¿WQHVV RI DWKOHWHV WR FRPSHWH VDIHO\ ZLWK QR IXUWKHU ULVN WR WKHPVHOYHV RU WKHLU SDUWQHUV WHDPPDWHV 18. For a qualifying event held at a nonqualifying competition, the event referee is responsible for all decisions pertaining to the qualifying event. 1221 Duties of the Assistant Referee – Ice In synchronized skating, there will be an assistant referee – ice whose duties will be to: A. Monitor the condition of the ice to ensure the safety of the skaters. % 0RQLWRU WKH LFH IRU IRUHLJQ REMHFWV GLUHFW DQ DOWHUQDWH WR HQWHU WKH LFH IRU WKH H[SUHVV SXUSRVH RI SLFNLQJ XS WKH REMHFW C. Perform other duties as required by rule 1404. 1230 Duties of the Chief Accountant 1231 The chief accountant at each competition has the following responsibilities: A. At all competitions, for the supervision of assistant accountants and technical accountants. % $W DOO TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG RI¿FLDO WULDO MXGJH HYHQWV DW QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV IRU VXSSO\LQJ WKH WULDO MXGJH FKDLU ZLWK D FRPSOHWH UHFRUG RI WKH SODFHPHQWV RI RI¿FLDO MXGJHV IRU HDFK VHJPHQW RI HDFK HYHQW &RSLHV RI VLJQHG VHJPHQW DQG FXPXODWLYH UHVXOWV LI DSSOLFDEOH IRU HDFK HYHQW ZLOO EH XVHG 105

C. At the conclusion of all qualifying competitions, for sending the following: 1. To the IJS technology specialist, no later than one day after the competition: D )RU ,-6 FDWHJRULHV ± WKH ¿QDO DQG FRPSOHWH ,VX&DOF)6 FRPSHWLWLRQ GDWDEDVH IROGHU FRQWDLQLQJ DOO ¿OHV VDYHG WR a zipped folder and sent via email. E )RU HYHQWV ± WKH ¿QDO DQG FRPSOHWHG +$/ FRPSHWLWLRQ GDWDEDVH IROGHU FRQWDLQLQJ DOO ¿OHV VDYHG WR D zipped folder and sent via email. 2. To the archivist at U.S. Figure Skating headquarters by mail: a. A clean program b. Individual judges sheets for each 6.0 segment F 2ULJLQDO VLJQHG FRSLHV RI DOO UHVXOWV IRU HDFK VHJPHQW DQG FXPXODWLYH UHVXOWV ZKHUH DSSOLFDEOH

D. At all qualifying competitions, for working with the technical accountants to post starting orders and results to LFHQHWZRUN FRP XVLQJ WKH ,-6 /LYH SURJUDP 1232 7KH RI¿FLDO FDOFXODWLRQ VRIWZDUH DQG RI¿FLDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP KDUGZDUH IRU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ LQFOXGHV $ ,-6 &DOFXODWLRQ ± 7KH ,68&DOF)6 SURJUDP SURYLGHG E\ WKH ,68 DQG PRGL¿HG ZLWK 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ FXVWRPL]DWLRQV for use in the U.S. % &DOFXODWLRQ ± 7KH +$/ SURJUDP XSGDWHG DQG PDLQWDLQHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ & -XGJLQJ 6\VWHP ³,95´ +DUGZDUH ± &RPSOHWH V\VWHPV KDUGZDUH FRPSRQHQWV DQG ³,95´ VRIWZDUH supported by an approved judging system vendor of U.S. Figure Skating. ' $Q\ RWKHU FDOFXODWLRQ DQG RU MXGJLQJ V\VWHP VRIWZDUH RU KDUGZDUH LV QRW DSSURYHG QRU VXSSRUWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLWK WKH IROORZLQJ H[FHSWLRQV $Q\ WKLUG SDUW\ MXGJLQJ V\VWHP ZKLFK H[LVWHG DQG ZDV DFWLYHO\ XVHG SULRU WR -XO\ PD\ FRQWLQXH WR EH XVHG at nonqualifying competitions only, but will not receive support from U.S. Figure Skating. These systems are to be used at the competition’s own risk. 2. Any third party judging system developed after July 1, 2013, if approved by the Competitions Committee, may be used at nonqualifying competitions only, but will not receive support from U.S. Figure Skating. 1233 7HFKQLFDO DFFRXQWDQWV DUH VSHFLDOO\ WUDLQHG DQG FHUWL¿HG DFFRXQWDQWV ZKR DUH UHVSRQVLEOH IRU WKH ULQN VLGH VHWXS RSHUDWLRQ and tear down of the complete IJS scoring system, both mini and large. Technical accountants provide computer and technical support, coordinate with and report to the chief accountant, who retains overall responsibility for all accounting functions. 1234 The chief accountant at all competitions shall supply the chief referee with all items required for the completion of the reports listed in rule 1214. 1235 Duties of the Accountants – IJS 7KH GXWLHV RI DFFRXQWDQWV JHQHUDOO\ DUH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ UXOHV ± ,Q DGGLWLRQ IRU HYHQWV XVLQJ WKH ,-6 WKH DFFRXQWDQWV must comply with the following: $ 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV %H WUDLQHG FXUUHQW DQG SUR¿FLHQW LQ WKH RSHUDWLRQ RI WKH VRIWZDUH XVHG WR FDOFXODWH UHVXOWV %H NQRZOHGJHDEOH LQ WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FRGLQJ IRU DOO HOHPHQWV LQ WKH VNDWLQJ GLVFLSOLQH V IRU ZKLFK UHVXOWV ZLOO be calculated. B. Prepare the sheets for the technical panel, event referee and judging panel prior to the event. & &DOFXODWH WKH UHVXOWV XVLQJ WKH FRPSXWHU SURJUDP VHOHFWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV WKH RI¿FLDO FDOFXODWLRQ VRIWZDUH 1. The marks of all judges assigned to a panel in a U.S. Figure Skating event using the IJS must be included in the calculation of results. There will be no blind draw of the judging panel to discard the marks of any judge. When there are four or fewer judges on the judging panel, a simple mean must be used to calculate results. 2. The names of the judges on the panel will be published along with their respective scores at the conclusion of the event. There will be no anonymous judging. D. Produce a protocol after every qualifying competition containing: 1. All marks for all skaters and the names of the judges who gave those marks. $OO SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQWV VHFWLRQV DV FDOOHG DQG WKH EDVH YDOXHV IRU HDFK HOHPHQW VHFWLRQ 3. The results of each segment of the event, including total scores and placements for all skaters in each segment of the event. 7KH ¿QDO UHVXOW LQFOXGLQJ WKH ¿QDO VFRUHV DQG ¿QDO SODFHPHQWV RI DOO VNDWHUV LQ WKH HYHQW ( 7KH FRPSOHWH SURWRFRO PD\ EH GLVVHPLQDWHG WR WKH FRPSHWLWRUV DQG MXGJHV E\ KDUG FRS\ RU E\ SRVWLQJ RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ DQG RU RQ WKH ZHEVLWH IRU WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ RU ORFDO RUJDQL]LQJ FRPPLWWHH ) 7KH WHFKQLFDO DFFRXQWDQWV PD\ EULQJ WR WKH RI¿FLDOV¶ VWDQG DQ HOHFWURQLF FRPPXQLFDWLYH GHYLFH IRU WKH VROH SXUSRVH RI DFFHVVLQJ RI¿FLDO GRFXPHQWV UHODWHG WR WKH HYHQW REWDLQLQJ DVVLVWDQFH LQ WKH FDVH RI HTXLSPHQW QHWZRUN IDLOXUH or to perform their job duties. 1240 Duties of a Judge A. In the 6.0 system: (YDOXDWHV DQG HQWHUV PDUNV IRU WKH WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQW VFRUH DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQW VFRUH EDVHG RQ WKH DSSURSULDWH criteria; (QWHUV GHGXFWLRQV SHU UXOH VHFWLRQV DQG DQG RWKHU UXOHV DV DSSURSULDWH 106

B. In the IJS: (YDOXDWHV DQG VFRUHV WKH TXDOLW\ RI HDFK HOHPHQW DQG WKH VNDWHU V¶ DFKLHYHPHQWV LQ HDFK RI WKH VSHFL¿HG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV EDVHG XSRQ VSHFL¿F ZULWWHQ FULWHULD (QWHUV DSSURSULDWH GHGXFWLRQV IRU FRVWXPH SURS FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG PXVLF YLRODWLRQV DORQJ ZLWK WKH UHIHUHH 6HH UXOH % 7KH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ GHGXFWLRQV LQ UXOHV DQG DUH WDNHQ ZKHQ WKH PDMRULW\ RI WKH UHIHUHH plus judges have applied them. 0XVW EH ZLOOLQJ WR XVH WKH ZKROH UDQJH RI JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ YDOXHV WR ± DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQW PDUNV WR DV WKH VNDWLQJ GLFWDWHV C. Must be fully informed of all rules concerning the judging of an event and able to implement those rules. D. Must mark independently and must not communicate with other judges or discuss marks or scores during the event with any person other than the event referee. ( 0D\ QRW VHUYH DV D WHOHYLVLRQ FRPPHQWDWRU QRU HQJDJH LQ FRPPXQLFDWLRQV ZLWK WKH PHGLD RU RWKHUV ZLWK UHVSHFW WR WKH HYHQW WKH\ DUH MXGJLQJ H[FHSW WKURXJK WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH F. Must not use previously prepared marks or bring papers to the judges’ stand containing information on previous performances. G. Must not bring any form of electronic communication system to the judges stand for competitions. H. Must comport themselves at all times with discretion, be completely impartial and neutral in their evaluation of the SHUIRUPDQFH DQG QRW VKRZ ELDV IRU RU DJDLQVW DQ\ VNDWHU V 1250 Duties of the Technical Controller – IJS $ 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV DUH VSHFL¿HG LQ 73&5 % $FWV DV FKDLU DQG VXSHUYLVRU RI WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO DQG HQVXUHV DQ RUGHUO\ FOHDU GLJQL¿HG DQG HI¿FLHQW FRPPXQLFDWLRQ among technical panel members. C. Convenes a meeting of the technical panel prior to each event segment. ' 6XSHUYLVHV WKH FDOOV RI WKH WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV DQG WKH LQSXW RI WKH QDPHV DQG FRUUHFW OHYHOV RI GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH performed elements. ( &RUUHFWV LI QHFHVVDU\ WKH FDOOV RI WKH WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVW ,I ERWK WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV GLVDJUHH ZLWK WKH SURSRVHG correction, the initial decision of the technical specialists shall stand. If the two technical specialists do not agree, the decision of the technical controller shall prevail. F. Authorizes or corrects the deletion of elements. * $XWKRUL]HV RU FRUUHFWV WKH LGHQWL¿FDWLRQ RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV LOOHJDO PRYHPHQWV LQ LFH GDQFH DQG LOOHJDO KROGV LQ SDLU skating. + $XWKRUL]HV RU FRUUHFWV WKH LGHQWL¿FDWLRQ RI D IDOO , &RQ¿UPV WKH GHOHWLRQ RI DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQWV - 9HUL¿HV WKDW WKH SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQWV DQG OHYHOV RI GLI¿FXOW\ LGHQWL¿HG DUH FRUUHFWO\ UHFRUGHG HLWKHU LQ WKH FRPSXWHU V\VWHP RU PDQXDOO\ DQG DXWKRUL]HV WKHP WR JR WR WKH FDOFXODWLRQ SURJUDP 1260 Duties of the Technical Specialist and Assistant Technical Specialist – IJS $ 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV DUH VSHFL¿HG LQ 73&5 % ,GHQWL¿HV DQG FDOOV WKH SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQWV & ,GHQWL¿HV DQG FDOOV FRUUHFW OHYHOV RI GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQWV ' ,GHQWL¿HV LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV LOOHJDO PRYHPHQWV LQ LFH GDQFH ( ,GHQWL¿HV D IDOO ) ,GHQWL¿HV DQG GHOHWHV H[WUD RU DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQWV G. If serving as the assistant technical specialist, takes part in the decision-making process in accordance with technical panel protocol. H. Attends the meeting of the technical panel prior to each event segment. I. Attends practice sessions, if possible, and is familiar with the competitors’ programs in advance of the event. 1270 Duties of the Data Operator – IJS $ 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV DUH VSHFL¿HG LQ 73&5 B. Inputs the called elements into the computer or manually records the called elements in the code recognized in the Scale of Values if the data input computer is not in use. & ,QSXWV WKH OHYHOV RI GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH HOHPHQWV DV FDOOHG LQ WKH VDPH PDQQHU GHVFULEHG DERYH ' &RUUHFWV HOHPHQWV RU OHYHOV RI GLI¿FXOW\ DV LQVWUXFWHG E\ WKH WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU ( ,QGLFDWHV DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQWV LGHQWL¿HG E\ WKH FRPSXWHU WR WKH WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV DQG WKH WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU F. Supports the technical specialists and technical controller. G. Operates the replay as instructed by the technical controller. H. Attends the meeting of the technical panel prior to each event. 1280 Duties of the Video Replay Operator – IJS For events using video replay: $ 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV DUH VSHFL¿HG LQ 73&5 B. Operates the video programs on a computer and captures video clips of all elements in a program for use by the judges, 107

technical specialists and technical controller to review elements. C. May attend practice sessions to become familiar with the competitors’ programs in advance of the event. 'XWLHV RI $OO 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV ± ,-6 0HPEHUV RI WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO PD\ EULQJ WR WKH RI¿FLDOV¶ VWDQG DQ HOHFWURQLF FRPPXQLFDWLYH GHYLFH IRU WKH VROH SXUSRVH RI DFFHVVLQJ RI¿FLDO GRFXPHQWV UHODWHG WR WKH HYHQW VXFK DV WKH UXOHERRN ,68 &RPPXQLFDWLRQV ,68 KDQGERRNV DQG 7HFKQLFDO 1RWL¿FDWLRQV 7KLV GHYLFH PXVW EH XVHG LQ ³DLUSODQH PRGH´ RQO\ $Q\RQH EULQJLQJ DQ HOHFWURQLF GHYLFH WR WKH RI¿FLDOV¶ VWDQG PXVW QRWLI\ WKH WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHU ZKR ZLOO QRWLI\ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH LI WKHUH LV DQ\ DEXVH ZKLFK ZLOO WKHQ be reported in the referee report.

1300 Requirements of Skaters and Coaches – All Disciplines 1310 Coaching Requirements – All Disciplines 1311 Any coach being credentialed for a U.S. Figure Skating competition, either qualifying or nonqualifying must: A. Be a current full member of U.S. Figure Skating; % 6XFFHVVIXOO\ FRPSOHWH WKH FRDFK DQG LQVWUXFWRU FRPSOLDQFH UHTXLUHG XQGHU 05 & &RPSOHWH WKH FRQWLQXLQJ HGXFDWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV VSHFL¿HG LQ 05 D. For qualifying events at qualifying competitions only, be a current full member of the Professional Skaters Association 36$ A person providing professional sports science services, including but not limited to sports psychologists, physical therapists and athletic trainers, who would like to be credentialed at a competition must meet the coaching requirements listed above. 1312 Skaters and synchronized skating teams may receive coaching from the sidelines while on the ice during warm-up periods and may also leave the ice surface for that purpose, provided such coaching does not interfere with the judging of another skater. However, coaching is not permitted during the actual performance of the skater or team before the judges, nor may the coach be on the ice with the skater or team in the warm-up area. For the purpose of this rule, coaching shall be considered any communication between the skater or team and a coach, parent or any other person. The referee may bar from the rink anyone who disregards this rule and may disqualify any skater or team who receives coaching in violation thereof. A. For all qualifying and nonqualifying synchronized skating competitions, coaching is only permitted from the area designated by the referee. 1320 Behavior of Competitors During Competitions – All Disciplines 1321 &RPSHWLWRUV DUH ERXQG WR REH\ LPSOLFLWO\ WKH LQVWUXFWLRQV RI WKH RI¿FLDO LQ FKDUJH RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG DW DOO WLPHV WR REVHUYH DQG FRPSO\ ZLWK WKH &RGH RI (WKLFV VHW IRUWK LQ *5 &RPSHWLWRUV ZKR GLUHFWO\ RU LQGLUHFWO\ RU LQ ZULWLQJ H[SUHVV WKHPVHOYHV LQ DQ\ LPSURSHU PDQQHU UHJDUGLQJ WKH RI¿FLDOV RU WKHLU GHFLVLRQV RU WKH PDUNLQJ RI WKH MXGJHV PD\ EH VXVSHQGHG RU H[FOXGHG IURP IXUWKHU FRPSHWLWLRQ 1322 Call to Start: %HIRUH HDFK SHUIRUPDQFH WKH QDPH RI WKH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP ZLOO EH FDOOHG A. For IJS events: (YHU\ VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG LFH GDQFH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP PXVW WDNH WKH VWDUWLQJ SRVLWLRQ RI HDFK VHJPHQW RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ SDWWHUQ GDQFH VKRUW SURJUDP VKRUW GDQFH IUHH VNDWH RU IUHH GDQFH QR ODWHU WKDQ VHFRQGV DIWHU WKH FRPSHWLWRU¶V WHDP¶V QDPH KDV EHHQ DQQRXQFHG ,I WKH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP KDV QRW WDNHQ WKHLU VWDUWLQJ SRVLWLRQ ZLWKLQ VHFRQGV DIWHU WKHLU QDPH LV DQQRXQFHG WKH UHIHUHH ZLOO GHGXFW ,I WKH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP KDV QRW WDNHQ WKHLU VWDUWLQJ SRVLWLRQ ZLWKLQ VHFRQGV DIWHU WKHLU QDPH LV DQQRXQFHG WKH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG ZLWKGUDZQ (YHU\ V\QFKURQL]HG WHDP PXVW WDNH WKH VWDUWLQJ SRVLWLRQ DQG PDNH D VLJQDO WR WKH UHIHUHH RI HDFK VHJPHQW RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ VKRUW SURJUDP DQG IUHH VNDWH QR ODWHU WKDQ 30 seconds after the team’s name has been announced, failing which, the music will be played. % )RU HYHQWV (YHU\ VLQJOHV SDLUV LFH GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWRU WHDP PXVW WDNH WKH VWDUWLQJ SRVLWLRQ RI HDFK VHJPHQW RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ SDWWHUQ GDQFH VKRUW SURJUDP VKRUW GDQFH IUHH VNDWH RU IUHH GDQFH QR ODWHU WKDQ RQH PLQXWH DIWHU WKH FRPSHWLWRU¶V WHDP¶V QDPH KDV EHHQ DQQRXQFHG )DLOLQJ WR GR VR WKH UHIHUHH PXVW LQVWUXFW WKH MXGJHV WR WDNH WKH DSSURSULDWH GHGXFWLRQ SHU WKH FXUUHQW 'HGXFWLRQ 7DEOH IRU (YHQWV -XGJHG 8VLQJ WKH 6\VWHP SRVWHG LQ WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ VHFWLRQ RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 7KH UHIHUHH PD\ IRU JRRG FDXVH PRGLI\ WKH VWULFW interpretation of this rule. C. ,I D FRPSHWLWRU WHDP KDV QRW UHJLVWHUHG WXUQHG LQ PXVLF RU VKRZQ XS IRU WKH ZDUP XS VXFK FRPSHWLWRU WHDP ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG RI¿FLDOO\ ZLWKGUDZQ DQG WKH FRPSHWLWRU¶V WHDP¶V QDPH ZLOO QRW EH DQQRXQFHG 1323 Competitors must WDNH WKHLU DFFRODGHV DW FHQWHU LFH DQG H[LW ZLWKRXW XQGXH GHOD\ A synchronized team must not take more WKDQ VHFRQGV IRU H[LWLQJ WKH LFH VXUIDFH IRU ERWK WKH VKRUW SURJUDP DQG IUHH VNDWH 1324 ,W VKDOO EH WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ RI DOO FRPSHWLWRUV WR EH IDPLOLDU ZLWK WKHVH UXOHV WR FRPSO\ ZLWK WKHP LQ IXOO DQG WR H[HPSOLI\ the highest standards of fairness, ethical behavior and genuine good sportsmanship in any of their relations with others. $Q\ SHUVRQ ZKRVH DFWV VWDWHPHQWV RU FRQGXFW LV FRQVLGHUHG GHWULPHQWDO WR WKH ZHOIDUH RI ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ LV VXEMHFW WR WKH loss of privilege of registration by U.S. Figure Skating in accordance with the procedure outlined in Article XXV, Section RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ %\ODZV UHODWLQJ WR ORVV RI PHPEHUVKLS SULYLOHJHV VXVSHQVLRQ DQG H[SXOVLRQ 108

1400 Falls and Interruptions – All Disciplines $ IDOO LV GH¿QHG DV WKH ORVV RI FRQWURO E\ D VNDWHU ZLWK WKH UHVXOW WKDW WKH PDMRULW\ RI KLV KHU RZQ ERG\ ZHLJKW LV RQ WKH LFH EHLQJ VXSSRUWHG E\ DQ\ SDUW RI WKH ERG\ RWKHU WKDQ WKH EODGHV H J KDQG V NQHH V EDFN EXWWRFN V RU DQ\ SDUW RI WKH DUP A fall in itself is no bar to winning an event. 1401 Falls – Not the Fault of the Skater A. If a skater is interfered with through no fault of the skater or falls because of the condition of the ice, the referee shall direct the skater to begin again after such period of rest as the referee may deem advisable, and the judges shall mark RQO\ WKH UHVNDWHG SURJUDP RU SDWWHUQ GDQFH ,Q ¿QDO URXQG SDWWHUQ GDQFHV WKH HQWLUH ÀLJKW VKDOO EH UHVWDUWHG B. If two or more dance couples collide or interfere with each other, each judge must decide who is at fault and make such adjustments in marks as may be considered appropriate. 1402 Falls – The Fault of the Skater $ $ VNDWHU ZKR IDOOV LQ DQ HYHQW RWKHU WKDQ SDWWHUQ GDQFH VKDOO FRQWLQXH VNDWLQJ ZLWKRXW DQ H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH SUHVFULEHG duration of time. A movement marred by a fall must not be marked. If a fall is the fault of the competitor, it must be UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH PDUN IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV ,I WKH IDOO LQWHUUXSWV WKH KDUPRQLRXV FRPSRVLWLRQ LW PXVW EH UHÀHFWHG LQ ERWK PDUNV $Q LQYROXQWDU\ WRXFKGRZQ PXVW EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH PDUNLQJ DFFRUGLQJ WR LWV VHULRXVQHVV % $Q LQWHUUXSWHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH VKDOO EH UHVXPHG DW WKH QHDUHVW WHFKQLFDOO\ SUDFWLFDEOH SRLQW LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFHV ZKLFK PD\ EH DIWHU WKH SRLQW RI LQWHUUXSWLRQ DQG QRW QHFHVVDULO\ DW WKH H[DFW SRLQW RI LQWHUUXSWLRQ 7KH FRXSOH PD\ QRW UHSHDW the steps missed by the interruption, or the judges must deduct accordingly. The judges must determine the degree and amount of penalty to be assessed, according to the guidelines for deductions related to stumbles, interruptions and falls. & 1R DOORZDQFH PD\ EH PDGH E\ WKH MXGJHV IRU SHUVRQDO DFFLGHQWV GXH WR WKH IDXOW RI WKH VNDWHU 1403 Allowance of a Delayed Start or Restart – Singles/Pairs/Dance A. ,I WKH WHPSR RU TXDOLW\ RI WKH PXVLF LV GH¿FLHQW WKH FRPSHWLWRU V PXVW VWRS VNDWLQJ DQG QRWLI\ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH 1R UHVWDUW PD\ EH PDGH LI WKH FRPSHWLWRU IDLOV WR LQIRUP WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLWKLQ VHFRQGV DIWHU WKH VWDUW ,I WKH interruption happens after the 30 second mark, the performance will continue from the point of interruption. Back-up PXVLF PXVW EH UHDGLO\ DYDLODEOH DW ULQNVLGH 1R GHGXFWLRQ ZLOO EH PDGH E\ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH RU MXGJHV % ,I DQ LQWHUUXSWLRQ RU VWRS LQ WKH PXVLF RU DQ\ RWKHU DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQ XQUHODWHG WR WKH FRPSHWLWRU V RU WKH FRPSHWLWRU¶V HTXLSPHQW VXFK DV OLJKWLQJ LFH FRQGLWLRQ HWF RFFXUV WKH FRPSHWLWRU V PXVW VWRS VNDWLQJ DW WKH DFRXVWLF VLJQDO RI WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH DQG UHSRUW WR WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH ,PPHGLDWHO\ DIWHU WKH SUREOHP KDV EHHQ UHVROYHG WKH FRPSHWLWRU V ZLOO continue from the point of interruption. If, however, the interruption lasts longer than 10 minutes, there will be a second warm-up period according to rule 2712. & ,I D FRPSHWLWRU LV LQMXUHG GXULQJ WKH SHUIRUPDQFH RU DQRWKHU DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQ UHODWHG WR WKH FRPSHWLWRU VXFK DV KHDOWK SUREOHPV RU XQH[SHFWHG GDPDJH WR WKH FRPSHWLWRU¶V FORWKLQJ RU HTXLSPHQW LPSHGHV WKH FRPSHWLWRU¶V VNDWLQJ WKH competitor must stop skating, or they will be directed to do so by an acoustic signal of the event referee. ,I WKH DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQV FDQ EH UHPHGLHG ZLWKRXW GHOD\ DQG WKH FRPSHWLWRU V UHVXPHV WKH SURJUDP ZLWKRXW reporting to the event referee, the event referee will apply a deduction for the interruption for IJS events as per UXOH & GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH GXUDWLRQ RI WKH LQWHUUXSWLRQ 7KLV WLPH SHULRG FRPPHQFHV LPPHGLDWHO\ DIWHU WKH competitor stops performing the program or is directed to do so by the event referee, whichever occurs earlier. During this time period, the competitor’s music will continue playing. If the competitor does not resume the program within 40 seconds, the competitor will be considered withdrawn; ,I WKH DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQV FDQQRW EH UHPHGLHG ZLWKRXW GHOD\ DQG WKH FRPSHWLWRU V UHSRUWV WR WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLWKLQ 40 seconds, the event referee will allow an additional period of up to three minutes for the competitor to resume skating. Then the event referee directs the music to be stopped. The additional time period commences at the moment the competitor reports to the event referee. The event referee will apply a deduction in IJS events as per UXOH & IRU WKH ZKROH LQWHUUXSWLRQ ,I WKH FRPSHWLWRU GRHV QRW UHSRUW WR WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLWKLQ VHFRQGV or does not resume the program within the additional period of three minutes, the competitor will be considered withdrawn. a. In IJS events, the event referee will decide and indicate to the technical controller where the point of interruption is. If the technical panel decides that the interruption occurred at the entrance to or during an element, the technical panel will call the element according to the usual principles of calling, and the technical controller will inform the event referee of those decisions. The point from where the competitor has to continue the program will be decided and communicated to the competitor, the judges and the technical panel by the event referee: it is either the point of interruption or, if the technical panel has decided that the interruption occurred at the entrance to or during an element, the point immediately following this element. D. If, in the opinion of the event referee, medical attention is required, the event referee must stop the performance. The HYHQW UHIHUHH DIWHU FRQVXOWLQJ ZLWK PHGLFDO SHUVRQQHO LI DYDLODEOH ZLOO GHFLGH LI WKH FRPSHWLWRU V LV ¿W WR FRQWLQXH WKHLU SURJUDP ZLWK QR IXUWKHU ULVN WR WKHPVHOYHV RU WKHLU SDUWQHU WHDPPDWHV LI DSSOLFDEOH 7KHUH ZLOO EH D PD[LPXP RI a three-minute allowance for evaluation before the event referee will be required to make their decision. If the event UHIHUHH GHWHUPLQHV WKH FRPSHWLWRU LV QRW ¿W WR FRQWLQXH WKH FRPSHWLWRU ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG ZLWKGUDZQ

109

( ,I D FRPSHWLWRU ZLWK WKH ¿UVW VWDUWLQJ QXPEHU LQ WKH JURXS LV LQMXUHG RU DQ\ RWKHU DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQ UHODWHG WR WKH competitor or the competitor’s equipment impeding the competitor’s skating occurs during the warm-up period, and WLPH EHIRUH WKH VWDUW RI WKH SURJUDP LV QRW VXI¿FLHQW WR UHPHG\ WKH DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLOO DOORZ WKH FRPSHWLWRU XS WR WKUHH DGGLWLRQDO PLQXWHV EHIRUH WKH FRPSHWLWRU LV FDOOHG WR WKH VWDUW 1R GHGXFWLRQ DV SHU UXOH & applies. F. If any competitor between entering the ice and being called to the start is injured, or any other adverse condition related to the competitor or the competitor’s equipment impeding the competitor’s skating occurs, and time before the start of WKH SURJUDP LV QRW VXI¿FLHQW WR UHPHG\ WKH DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLOO DOORZ WKH FRPSHWLWRU XS WR WKUHH additional minutes before the competitor is called to the start. The event referee will apply a deduction as per rule 1403 & G. If any competitor between being called to the start and taking the starting position is injured or any other adverse condition related to the competitor or the competitor’s equipment impeding the competitor’s skating occurs, rule DSSOLHV ,I VL[W\ VHFRQGV DUH QRW HQRXJK WR UHPHG\ WKH DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLOO DOORZ WKH FRPSHWLWRU XS WR WKUHH DGGLWLRQDO PLQXWHV DSSO\LQJ D GHGXFWLRQ IRU WKH ZKROH LQWHUUXSWLRQ DV SHU UXOH & H. 1R UHVWDUWV RI WKH ZKROH SURJUDP DUH DOORZHG H[FHSW IRU GH¿FLHQW PXVLF VHH UXOH A I. If a competitor is unable to complete the program, no marks are to be awarded, and the competitor will be considered as withdrawn. The same applies to the situation when a competitor has been given the opportunity to continue the program from the point of interruption and once more is unable to complete the program. 1404 Allowance of a Delayed Start or Restart – Synchronized Skating A. ,I WKH WHPSR RU TXDOLW\ RI WKH PXVLF LV GH¿FLHQW WKH WHDP FDSWDLQ PXVW VWRS VNDWLQJ DQG QRWLI\ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH 1R UHVWDUW PD\ EH PDGH LI WKH WHDP FDSWDLQ IDLOV WR LQIRUP WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLWKLQ VHFRQGV DIWHU WKH VWDUW ,I WKH interruption happens after the 30 second mark, the performance will continue from the point of interruption. Back-up PXVLF PXVW EH UHDGLO\ DYDLODEOH DW ULQNVLGH 1R GHGXFWLRQ ZLOO EH PDGH E\ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH RU MXGJHV B. If an interruption or stop in the music or any other adverse condition unrelated to the team or their equipment, such as lighting, ice condition, etc., occurs, the team must stop skating at the acoustic signal of the event referee. If the event referee does not stop the skating with an acoustic signal, the team captain should inform the event referee about any PXVLF GH¿FLHQFLHV HYHQ LI KDSSHQLQJ DIWHU VHFRQGV 7KH UHVW RI WKH WHDP PXVW FRQWLQXH WR VNDWH XQWLO WKH\ DUH RUGHUHG WR VWRS E\ DQ DFRXVWLF VLJQDO RI WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH 1R SHQDOW\ ZLOO EH DSSOLHG IRU WKH WHDP FDSWDLQ OHDYLQJ WKH team to consult the event referee or the event referee then stopping the program. Immediately after the problem has been resolved, the team will continue from the point of interruption. If, however, the interruption lasts longer than 10 minutes, there will be a second warm-up period according to rule 2911 or 2912, as applicable. & ,I D VNDWHU LV LQMXUHG GXULQJ WKH SHUIRUPDQFH RU DQRWKHU DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQ UHODWHG WR WKH VNDWHU VXFK DV KHDOWK SUREOHPV RU XQH[SHFWHG GDPDJH WR WKH VNDWHU¶V FORWKLQJ RU HTXLSPHQW LPSHGHV WKH VNDWHU¶V WHDP¶V VNDWLQJ WKH VNDWHU PXVW VWRS VNDWLQJ DQG HLWKHU WKLV VNDWHU LI SRVVLEOH RU WKH WHDP FDSWDLQ PXVW UHSRUW WR WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH 7KH UHVW RI WKH WHDP PXVW continue to skate until they are ordered to stop by an acoustic signal of the event referee. 1. If the adverse conditions can be remedied without delay, and the rest of the team has continued to skate their SURJUDP DQG WKH DIIHFWHG VNDWHU V UHVXPHV VNDWLQJ WKHLU SURJUDP ZLWKRXW UHSRUWLQJ WR WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH WKH HYHQW referee will apply a deduction for the interruption for IJS events as per rule 7923 depending on the duration of the interruption. This time period commences immediately after the skater stops performing the program or the team is directed to do so by the event referee, whichever occurs earlier. ,I WKH DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQV FDQQRW EH UHPHGLHG ZLWKRXW GHOD\ DQG WKH WHDP FDSWDLQ RU DIIHFWHG VNDWHU UHSRUWV WR the event referee within 40 seconds, the event referee will order the rest of the team to stop skating by an acoustic VLJQDO DQG DOORZ DQ DGGLWLRQDO SHULRG RI XS WR WKUHH PLQXWHV DQG RU ZLOO SHUPLW WKH WHDP WR VROYH WKH SUREOHP LQ order for the team to resume skating. The team will resume skating as close as possible to the time that the team captain reported to the event referee. This additional time period commences at the moment the team captain reports to the event referee. The event referee will apply a deduction in IJS events as per rule 7923 for the whole interruption. a. If either the whole team stops skating without being directed to do so by the event referee or the event referee directed the team to stop skating and the team captain does not report to the event referee within 40 seconds, or if the team does not resume skating their program within the additional period of three minutes, the team will be considered withdrawn. b. The judges and the technical panel will continue to evaluate the team’s performance until the event referee directs the team to stop skating with an acoustic signal. The point from which the team must continue the program will be decided per paragraph c below, and communicated to the team by the event referee. c. In IJS events, the event referee in consultation with the technical controller will determine whether the interruption occurred before or during an element. If the interruption occurred during any part of an element, the team will begin on the transition following that element. If the interruption occurred during a transition, then WKH WHDP ZLOO EHJLQ DIWHU WKDW SRLQW DQG FRQWLQXH LQWR WKH QH[W HOHPHQW 7KH HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLOO LQIRUP WKH MXGJHV and technical panel where to continue the evaluation of the program.

110

D. If, in the opinion of the event referee or assistant referee – ice, medical attention is required, the referee must stop the SHUIRUPDQFH 7KH HYHQW UHIHUHH DIWHU FRQVXOWLQJ ZLWK PHGLFDO SHUVRQQHO LI DYDLODEOH ZLOO GHFLGH LI WKH VNDWHU LV ¿W WR FRQWLQXH WKH SURJUDP ZLWK QR IXUWKHU ULVN WR WKHPVHOYHV RU WKHLU WHDPPDWHV 7KHUH ZLOO EH D PD[LPXP RI D WKUHH minute allowance for evaluation before the event referee will be required to make their decision. If the event referee GHWHUPLQHV WKH FRPSHWLWRU LV QRW ¿W WR FRQWLQXH DQRWKHU FRPSHWLWRU PD\ EH VXEVWLWXWHG SHU UXOH ) ,I WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH GHWHUPLQHV WKH FRPSHWLWRU LV ¿W WR FRQWLQXH UXOH C ZLOO DSSO\ 1. In case of a skater’s injury, which requires the skater’s evacuation by the medical personnel from the ice surface DQG RU QHZ LFH UHVXUIDFLQJ LV QHHGHG DIWHU WKH DFFLGHQW WKLV WKUHH PLQXWHV SHULRG LV QRW LQ SODFH ( ,I DQ\ WHDP EHWZHHQ HQWHULQJ WKH LFH DQG EHLQJ FDOOHG WR WKH VWDUW LV LQMXUHG RU DQ\ RWKHU DGYHUVH FRQGLWLRQ UHODWHG WR WKH WHDP RU WKHLU HTXLSPHQW LPSHGLQJ WKHLU VNDWLQJ RFFXUV DQG WLPH EHIRUH WKH VWDUW RI WKH SURJUDP LV QRW VXI¿FLHQW WR remedy the adverse condition, the event referee will allow the team up to three additional minutes before the team is FDOOHG WR WKH VWDUW 7KH HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLOO DSSO\ D GHGXFWLRQ DV SHU UXOH & ) 2QFH D VKRUW SURJUDP RU IUHH VNDWH KDV VWDUWHG QR VXEVWLWXWLRQ RI D VNDWHU ZLOO EH SHUPLWWHG LI WKHUH LV QR YLVLEOH UHDVRQ L H LQMXU\ HTXLSPHQW IDLOXUH HWF +RZHYHU UHJLVWHUHG WHDP DOWHUQDWHV PD\ EH VXEVWLWXWHG LI WKH WHDP¶V SURJUDP LV stopped by the event referee or assistant referee – ice due to injury or equipment problems. If a team substitutes a skater ZLWKRXW WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH RU DVVLVWDQW UHIHUHH ± LFH ¿UVW VWRSSLQJ WKH SURJUDP WKH WHDP ZLOO EH GLVTXDOL¿HG G. With respect to adverse conditions related to a skater or skater’s equipment, only one restart per program is allowed. In case of a second stop of the performance due to an adverse condition related to the skater or skater’s equipment, the team concerned will be considered withdrawn. H. If a team does not complete their program, no marks are to be awarded, and the team is considered withdrawn.

1500 Complaints, Protests, Appeals – All Disciplines 1501 $OO SURWHVWV WR WKH FKLHI DQG RU HYHQW UHIHUHH PXVW EH LQ ZULWLQJ 7KH SURWHVW PXVW LGHQWLI\ WKH VSHFL¿F EDVLV IRU WKH SURWHVW LQFOXGLQJ WKH QDPH RI WKH RI¿FLDO UXOH QXPEHU RU E\ODZ DUWLFOH DW LVVXH RU RWKHU EDVLV IRU WKH SURWHVW 1502 $ SURWHVW FRQFHUQLQJ WKH SDUWLFLSDWLRQ RI D FRPSHWLWRU PXVW EH ¿OHG ZLWK WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH EHIRUH WKH VWDUW RI WKH ¿UVW HYHQW of the entire competition. If an immediate decision cannot be reached, the competitor will be permitted to start, but in the event the protested competitor wins a prize, the announcement of the result and the distribution of prizes will be deferred XQWLO D ¿QDO GHFLVLRQ KDV EHHQ PDGH 1503 3URWHVWV RWKHU WKDQ FRQFHUQLQJ WKH SDUWLFLSDWLRQ RU HOLJLELOLW\ RI D FRPSHWLWRU PXVW EH ¿OHG ZLWK WKH FKLHI DQG RU HYHQW UHIHUHH QR ODWHU WKDQ PLQXWHV DIWHU WKH SRVWLQJ RI WKH RI¿FLDO UHVXOWV RI WKDW HYHQW 1504 'HFLVLRQV RI WKH FKLHI DQG RU HYHQW UHIHUHH DIIHFWLQJ WKH HOLJLEOH VWDWXV RI D FRPSHWLWRU WKH H[FOXVLRQ GLVTXDOL¿FDWLRQ RU TXDOL¿FDWLRQ RI DQ HQWUDQW RU RI¿FLDO RU WKH GHWHUPLQDWLRQ RI D UHVXOW PD\ EH DSSHDOHG WR DQ ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO VHH *&5 $SSHDOV PXVW EH PDGH LQ ZULWLQJ DQG VHQW WR WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG WKH secretary and $GPLQLVWUDWLYH /HJDO *URXS FRRUGLQDWRU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLWKLQ ¿YH GD\V DIWHU WKH FKLHI DQG RU HYHQW UHIHUHH¶V GHFLVLRQ 1R RWKHU DSSHDOV IURP WKH GHFLVLRQV RI FKLHI DQG RU HYHQW UHIHUHH ZLOO EH SHUPLWWHG 1505 3URWHVWV WR WKH FKLHI DQG RU HYHQW UHIHUHH DQG DSSHDOV WR WKH ([SHGLWHG +HDULQJ 3DQHO FDQ EH ¿OHG E\ WKH FRPSHWLWRU RU E\ either the club or coach on behalf of the competitor. 1506 )RUPDO &RPSODLQWV $JDLQVW 2I¿FLDOV DW D &RPSHWLWLRQ $ &RPSODLQWV FRQFHUQLQJ DQ\ RI¿FLDO PXVW EH PDGH LQ ZULWLQJ WR RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ 1. Chief referee of the competition; (YHQW UHIHUHH DW WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ 7HFKQLFDO SDQHO FDSWDLQ DW WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ LQ WKH FDVH RI D FRPSODLQW DJDLQVW D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO 4. Chair of the Competitions Committee in the case of complaints against a referee, accountant, music coordinator, announcer or ice technician; 5. Chair of the Judges Committee in the case of a complaint against a judge; or &KDLU RI WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH LQ WKH FDVH RI D FRPSODLQW DJDLQVW D WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO % $ VXEFRPPLWWHH ZLOO EH IRUPHG WR KHDU DQG DFW RQ IRUPDO FRPSODLQWV DJDLQVW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI¿FLDOV 'HWDLOV RI the complaint process are located in the committee rules for the Competitions, Judges or Technical Panel Committees as applicable.

1600 Release of Liability U.S. Figure Skating and the clubs or organizers of competitions undertake no responsibility for damages or injuries VXIIHUHG E\ WKH VNDWHUV RU RI¿FLDOV $V D FRQGLWLRQ RI DQG LQ FRQVLGHUDWLRQ RI WKH DFFHSWDQFH RI WKHLU HQWULHV RU SDUWLFLSDWLRQ WKHUHLQ DOO HQWUDQWV WKHLU SDUHQWV DQG JXDUGLDQV DQG RI¿FLDOV VKDOO EH GHHPHG WR DJUHH WR DVVXPH DOO ULVNV RI LQMXU\ WR WKHLU person and property resulting from, caused by or connected with, the conduct and management of the competition, and to ZDLYH DQG UHOHDVH DQ\ DQG DOO FODLPV ZKLFK WKH\ PD\ KDYH DJDLQVW DQ\ RI¿FLDOV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WKH FOXE KRVWLQJ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG LWV RI¿FHUV DQG WKHLU HQWULHV VKDOO EH DFFHSWHG RQO\ RQ VXFK FRQGLWLRQ

111

Notes

112

Rules for Qualifying Competitions 2000 Qualifying Competitions – Sanctions

2010 2011

2012 2013

2020 2021

A. Sectional and regional championships require a sanction from the appropriate sectional vice chair of the Competitions Committee. B. Sanctions for any qualifying competition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, will be issued only WR IXOO PHPEHU FOXEV LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ RU WR LQWHUFOXE DVVRFLDWLRQV OLVWHG LQ WKH FXUUHQW GLUHFWRU\ (QWULHV DUH OLPLWHG WR current members of U.S. Figure Skating who otherwise meet the requirements as outlined in the rules. C. See rules 1100–1130 for additional sanction information. Qualifying Competitions – Location If a sectional or regional championship cannot be held within that section or region: A. The chair of the Competitions Committee has the authority to assign that sectional championship to another section; B. The appropriate sectional vice chair of the Competitions Committee has the authority to assign that regional championship to another region within the same section. Synchronized skating sectional championships may be hosted at a common time and location with the approval of the FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH (DFK VHFWLRQ ZLOO KDYH VHSDUDWH FRPSHWLWLRQV In the event that either a sectional or regional championship cannot be held or relocated, a committee comprised of the chair of the Competitions Committee, along with the appropriate sectional and regional vice chairs, the appropriate vice president, at least 20 percent athlete representation and any other members deemed appropriate by the president will select WKH VNDWHUV RU WHDPV WR DGYDQFH WR WKH QH[W OHYHO RI TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ Qualifying Competitions – Ice Surfaces )RU DOO TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DV GH¿QHG LQ UXOH LFH VXUIDFHV PHDVXULQJ QRW OHVV WKDQ IHHW E\ IHHW ZLOO EH XVHG whenever possible: A. For U.S. Figure Skating Championships, smaller ice surfaces may be used only with the approval of the Board of Directors and the chair of the Competitions Committee. B. For the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships, smaller ice surfaces may be used only with the approval of the Board of Directors and the chair of the Competitions Committee, after consultation with the national vice chair of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee. C. For other competitions, smaller ice surfaces may be used only with the approval of the chair of the Competitions Committee after consultation with the appropriate sectional vice chair of the Competitions Committee. D. It is preferred that sites for sectional and regional championships have, whenever possible, two ice surfaces available for competition.

2030 Standard Contracts for National Competitions 2031 )RU WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV WKH WHUPV RI WKH FRQWUDFW EHWZHHQ WKH ORFDO RUJDQL]LQJ FRPPLWWHH /2& IRU U.S. Figure Skating Championships and U.S. Figure Skating are standardized as follows: A. U.S. Figure Skating will assume the management of U.S. Figure Skating Championships. % 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VKDOO SD\ DOO H[SHQVHV LQYROYHG ZLWK RUJDQL]LQJ DQG FRQGXFWLQJ WKH FKDPSLRQVKLSV LQFOXGLQJ EXW QRW OLPLWHG WR WKH H[SHQVHV RI UHIHUHHV DFFRXQWDQWV MXGJHV DQG RWKHU DVVLJQHG RIÂżFLDOV PHGDOV WURSKLHV FRPSHWLWLRQ forms, computer costs and electronic scoreboards. & 7KH /2& LQ JRRG IDLWK ZLOO QHJRWLDWH D VWDQGDUG DJUHHPHQW FRYHULQJ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV ZLWK 8 6 Figure Skating. ' 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO SD\ D IHH WR WKH /2& IRU VXSSO\LQJ WKH ORFDO YROXQWHHUV WR FDUU\ RXW WKH YDULRXV UHVSRQVLELOLWLHV DVVLJQHG WR WKHP 7KH /2& ZLOO NHHS DQ\ PRQLHV UHFHLYHG IURP DQ\ DSSURYHG ORFDO FDVK VSRQVRU 7KH /2& ZLOO DOVR keep any leftover items procured from approved local “value in kindâ€? sponsors. 2032 7KH WHUPV RI WKH FRQWUDFW EHWZHHQ WKH ORFDO RUJDQL]LQJ FRPPLWWHH /2& IRU DOO RWKHU QDWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 8 6 Adult Figure Skating Championships, U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships, U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating &KDPSLRQVKLSV DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DUH VWDQGDUGL]HG DV IROORZV $ 7KH /2& VKDOO DJUHH WR SD\ DOO H[SHQVHV LQYROYHG ZLWK RUJDQL]LQJ DQG FRQGXFWLQJ WKH FKDPSLRQVKLSV LQFOXGLQJ EXW QRW OLPLWHG WR WKH H[SHQVHV RI UHIHUHHV MXGJHV PXVLF HTXLSPHQW DQG FRRUGLQDWRUV WHFKQLFDO UHSUHVHQWDWLYHV accountants, medals, trophies, sanction fees if any, necessary competition forms, computer costs, electronic score ERDUGV MXGJLQJ ER[HV HWF SULRU WR WKH SODFHPHQW RI WKH HYHQW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ZLOO SURYLGH WKLV HTXLSPHQW LQ JRRG ZRUNLQJ FRQGLWLRQ IURP LWV FXUUHQW VWRUDJH ORFDWLRQ

% 7KH /2& VKDOO DJUHH WR QHJRWLDWH LQ JRRG IDLWK D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ VWDQGDUG DJUHHPHQW FRYHULQJ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH Skating Championships. & 7KH /2& VKDOO SD\ D ELG IHH WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG DOO RWKHU H[SHQVHV RI WKH FKDPSLRQVKLSV 7KHVH H[SHQVHV PD\ LQFOXGH WKH RIÂżFLDOVÂś GLQQHU EXW PD\ QRW LQFOXGH DQ\ RWKHU SDUW\ RU EDQTXHW H[SHQVH 7KH /2& VKDOO UHWDLQ DOO QHW SURÂżWV WKHUHDIWHU 1R SD\PHQW VKDOO EH PDGH WR DQ\ VHUYLFH RUJDQL]DWLRQ SULRU WR WKH FDOFXODWLRQ RI QHW SURÂżW ' $ ÂżQDQFLDO VWDWHPHQW RI WKH JURVV UHFHLSWV H[SHQGLWXUHV DQG QHW SURÂżW DFFUXLQJ IURP WKH FKDPSLRQVKLSV VKDOO EH ÂżOHG ZLWK WKH WUHDVXUHU DQG WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH QRW ODWHU WKDQ GD\V DIWHU WKH ODVW GD\ RI WKH FKDPSLRQVKLSV 3D\PHQW RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJÂśV VKDUH RI WKH QHW SURÂżW VKDOO DFFRPSDQ\ WKH FRS\ RI VDLG VWDWHPHQW forwarded to the U.S. Figure Skating treasurer. 113

2040 Qualifying Competitions – Expenses and Reports 2041 7KH KRVW FOXE VKDOO PHHW WKH H[SHQVHV RI DQ\ VDQFWLRQHG FRPSHWLWLRQ VXFK DV DGYHUWLVLQJ SURJUDPV SUL]HV H[SHQVHV RI RI¿FLDOV DQG DOO RWKHU H[SHQVHV DV VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH VWDQGDUG FRQWUDFW 7KH H[SHQVH RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RI¿FLDOV technicians or others whose attendance at regional or sectional championships is individually appointed by U.S. Figure Skating shall be assumed by U.S. Figure Skating. 2042 &OXEV FRQGXFWLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV VKDOO ¿OH D ¿QDQFLDO VWDWHPHQW RQ IRUPV DYDLODEOH IURP 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ headquarters as follows: $ )RU VHFWLRQDO DQG UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV D ¿QDQFLDO VWDWHPHQW VKDOO EH ¿OHG ZLWKLQ GD\V DIWHU WKH ODVW GD\ RI WKH competition with the chair of the Competitions Committee, U.S. Figure Skating headquarters and with the appropriate sectional and regional vice chairs of the Competitions Committee. B. For all national competitions other than the U.S. Figure Skating Championships, see rule 2032. & )RU VHFWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FKDPSLRQVKLSV D ¿QDQFLDO VWDWHPHQW VKDOO EH ¿OHG ZLWK WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV Committee, U.S. Figure Skating headquarters and the appropriate sectional vice chairs of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee within 90 days after the last day of the competition. 2043 &OXEV ZKLFK IDLO WR ¿OH ¿QDQFLDO VWDWHPHQWV IRU DQ\ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ RU LQ WKH FDVH RI WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV RU WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV IDLO WR SD\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ¶V VKDUH RI WKH QHW SUR¿WV ZLOO QRW EH LVVXHG D VDQFWLRQ IRU DQ\ IXWXUH FRPSHWLWLRQ XQWLO WKH WHUPV RI WKH VWDQGDUG FRQWUDFW DQG UXOH DUH IXO¿OOHG 2044 (QWU\ IHHV SDLG WR WKH ORFDO RUJDQL]LQJ FRPPLWWHH /2& IRU DSSURSULDWH TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DUH EDVHG RQ HQWULHV QHW RI E\HV IRXU RU IHZHU SURFHVVLQJ IHHV HWF DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV (QWU\ IHHV SDLG WR WKH /2& ZLOO EH GHWHUPLQHG DV RXWOLQHG LQ UXOH %

2050 Qualifying Competitions – Events

Regional Championships

Sectional Championships

U.S. Figure Skating Championships

2051 The national, sectional and regional championships shall be held in accordance with the general rules and regulations for DOO FRPSHWLWLRQV WRJHWKHU ZLWK WKH UXOHV VSHFL¿F WR WKRVH FRPSHWLWLRQV 2052 Qualifying competitions shall consist of the following events:

Qualifying Events Ladies ¥ ¥ ¥ Men ¥ ¥ ¥ Senior (Championship) Pairs ¥ ¥ Dance ¥ ¥ Ladies ¥ ¥ ¥ Men ¥ ¥ ¥ Junior Pairs ¥ ¥ Dance ¥ ¥ Ladies ¥ ¥ ¥ Men ¥ ¥ ¥ Novice Pairs ¥ ¥ Dance ¥ ¥ Ladies ¥ ¥ ¥ Men ¥ ¥ ¥ Intermediate Pairs ¥ ¥ Dance ¥ ¥ Girls ¥ ¥ ¥ Boys ¥ ¥ ¥ Juvenile Pairs ¥ ¥ Dance ¥ ¥ 2053 The Board of Directors may divide the events of U.S. Figure Skating Championships, and the chair of the Competitions Committee, with the sectional vice president concerned, may divide the events of the sectional and regional championships DPRQJ GLIIHUHQW FOXEV DV WKH\ VHH ¿W

114

2054 U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships – Events The U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships will consist of the following events: A. The U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships of the United States for men’s singles, ladies singles, pairs and ice dance. B. The U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships for junior men’s singles, junior ladies singles, junior pairs and junior dance. C. Ice dance will consist of a short dance and a free dance. D. Certain changes are permitted in the singles short program technical elements and the free skate that are different than those adopted by U.S. Figure Skating and the ISU Congress each year. These changes will be published annually in the announcement of the U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships. 2055 U.S. Adult Figure Skating and Adult Sectional Championships – Events The U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships and the adult sectional championships will consist of the following events: $ (YHQWV ZKLFK UHTXLUH TXDOL¿FDWLRQ IURP VHFWLRQDOV FKDPSLRQVKLS PDVWHUV MXQLRU VHQLRU IUHH VNDWH FKDPSLRQVKLS masters intermediate-novice free skate; championship adult gold free skate, championship adult silver free skate, championship masters pairs, championship adult dance; % (YHQWV ZKLFK GR QRW UHTXLUH TXDOL¿FDWLRQ IURP VHFWLRQDOV PDVWHUV MXQLRU VHQLRU IUHH VNDWH PDVWHUV LQWHUPHGLDWH novice free skate, adult gold free skate, adult silver free skate, adult bronze free skate, masters pairs, adult gold pairs, adult silver pairs, adult bronze pairs, centennial pairs, masters open dance, adult gold dance, adult pre-gold dance, adult silver dance, adult pre-silver dance, adult bronze dance, adult pre-bronze dance, centennial dance, adult gold solo pattern dance, adult pre-gold solo pattern dance, adult silver solo pattern dance, adult pre-silver solo pattern dance, adult bronze solo pattern dance, adult gold solo free dance, adult silver solo free dance, adult bronze solo free dance, masters dramatic entertainment, masters light entertainment, adult gold dramatic entertainment, adult gold light entertainment, adult silver dramatic entertainment, adult silver light entertainment, adult bronze dramatic entertainment and adult bronze light entertainment. 2056 U.S. Synchronized and Synchronized Sectional Championships – Events A. The national and sectional synchronized skating championships will consist of the following levels: senior, junior, novice, intermediate, juvenile, collegiate, adult and masters. % 7KH V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV ZLOO FRQVLVW RI WKH OHYHOV VHW IRUWK LQ $ DQG WKH IROORZLQJ OHYHOV preliminary, pre-juvenile, open juvenile, open collegiate, open adult and open masters.

2060 Qualifying Competitions – Announcements 2061 The rules for qualifying competitions shall be those in this rulebook unless stated otherwise in the announcement. The announcement and entry form for: A. The U.S. Figure Skating Championships must be approved by the chair of the Competitions Committee; B. The U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships must be approved by the national vice chair for synchronized skating competitions; C. The sectional and regional championships must be approved by the appropriate sectional vice chairs of the Competitions Committee; D. Synchronized skating sectional championships must be approved by both the appropriate sectional vice chair and the national vice chair for synchronized skating competitions. 2062 The announcements must be made available as follows: Competition U.S. Collegiate Championships 5HJLRQDO &KDPSLRQVKLSV Sectional Championships U.S. Championships Synchronized Skating Sectional Championships U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships Adult Sectional Championships U.S. Adult Championships

Announcement Made Available By May 15 July 15 July 15 By the conclusion of sectional championships Aug. 15 By the conclusion of synchronized skating sectional championships Dec. 15 Dec. 15

2063 The announcement of the regional championship shall also contain the date, time and location of qualifying rounds to be held if required. Qualifying rounds may be held no earlier than one week prior to the regional championships at the same rink or rinks at other locations, or as part of the regional championships. 2064 $ ÂżQDO FRS\ RI DOO DQQRXQFHPHQWV VKDOO EH VHQW WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH DQG WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ headquarters.

115

4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 2I¿FLDOV 2110 Assignment Restrictions 2111 A relative of a competitor shall not be permitted to referee, judge, serve on the technical panel or act as an accountant in any competitive event in which the competitor is entered. Persons married or closely related to a competitor or paid coach LQ ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ VKDOO QRW EH SHUPLWWHG WR VHUYH DV D UHIHUHH MXGJH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO PHPEHU RU DQ DFFRXQWDQW LQ DQ\ HYHQW in which the competitor or pupil of the paid coach is entered. Persons shall be considered a pupil for 12 months after the last day of receiving coaching. 2112 The chief accountant, assistant accountants and technical accountants will not accept appointment for more than one role at a qualifying competition. This rule does not apply to temporary service in the role of either data entry or video replay, if requested by the chief referee in coordination with the chief accountant. 2113 A judge or technical panel member who, during the preceding 12 months, has skated as a partner of a competitor shall not VHUYH DV DQ RI¿FLDO LQ DQ\ FRPSHWLWLYH HYHQW LQ ZKLFK WKH SDUWQHU LV HQWHUHG 2114 $ MXGJH UHIHUHH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO RU DFFRXQWDQW DVVLJQHG WR D QDWLRQDO RU VHFWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FKDPSLRQVKLS may not compete in any event of said championship. 2115 Synchronized team managers are prohibited from serving as a judge, referee or accountant on an event in which their team is competing and may not serve as a judge, referee or accountant on such an event for one year following the termination of their role as team manager. A. For the purposes of this rule, a synchronized team manager is a spokesperson for and provides management oversight for a synchronized skating team or teams. Management oversight includes the administrative aspects of conducting EXVLQHVV IRU D WHDP VSHFL¿FDOO\ RYHUVHHLQJ DQG GLUHFWLQJ WKH RUJDQL]DWLRQ DQG DGPLQLVWUDWLRQ RI WHDP H[SHQVHV travel, accommodations, competition entry forms and rosters, competition and non-competition clothing and all team communications. 2116 A judge, referee or accountant assigned to a national, sectional, or regional championship may not skate as a competitor in DQ\ HYHQW RI VDLG FKDPSLRQVKLS H[FHSW WKH QRQTXDOLI\LQJ DGXOW HYHQWV 2117 )RU TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV PHPEHUV RI WKH VDPH IDPLO\ RU FORVH UHODWLYHV PD\ VHUYH DV RI¿FLDOV LQ WKH VDPH HYHQW H J LQWHUPHGLDWH ODGLHV *URXS $ SURYLGHG WKH\ DUH QRW RQ WKH VDPH SDQHO H J ERWK RQ WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RU ERWK RQ WKH MXGJLQJ SDQHO UHIHUHHV DUH FRQVLGHUHG PHPEHUV RI WKH MXGJLQJ SDQHO

RU VHUYLQJ DV WKH VDPH W\SH RI RI¿FLDO H J ERWK DFFRXQWDQWV 4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± ,-6 2I¿FLDOV ± $OO 6NDWLQJ 'LVFLSOLQHV 7KH IROORZLQJ RI¿FLDOV FHUWL¿HG WR IXQFWLRQ LQ WKH ,-6 VKDOO EH UHFRPPHQGHG WR RI¿FLDWH DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ competitions: $ 5HIHUHH B. Judges (LWKHU DQ RGG RU HYHQ QXPEHU RI MXGJHV PD\ EH XVHG LQ HYHQWV FRQGXFWHG XQGHU WKH ,-6 EXW LQ DQ\ HYHQW QR IHZHU WKDQ ¿YH MXGJHV VKRXOG FRPSULVH WKH SDQHO D 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLSV 0D[LPXP RI QLQH MXGJHV FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH DW WKH QDWLRQDO OHYHO E 6HFWLRQDO &KDPSLRQVKLSV 0D[LPXP RI VHYHQ MXGJHV FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH DW WKH VHFWLRQDO OHYHO RU DERYH F 5HJLRQDO &KDPSLRQVKLSV 0D[LPXP RI VHYHQ MXGJHV FHUWL¿HG WR MXGJH DW WKH UHJLRQDO OHYHO RU DERYH C. Technical panel 1. Technical controller 2. Technical specialist 3. Assistant technical specialist 4. Data operator 5. Video replay operator ' $FFRXQWDQW WR FDOFXODWH WKH UHVXOWV XVLQJ FDOFXODWLRQ FRPSXWHU SURJUDP VHOHFWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DV WKH RI¿FLDO calculation software.

116

4XDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 6HOHFWLRQ RI 2I¿FLDOV 2131 Levels of Referees and Accountants for Qualifying Competitions Competition

Referee

Sectional Championships

1DWLRQDO Sectional

Assistant Referees 1DWLRQDO ISU championship VLQJOHV SDLUV judge* 1DWLRQDO Sectional

5HJLRQDO Championships

1DWLRQDO Sectional 5HJLRQDO 1DWLRQDO

1DWLRQDO Sectional 5HJLRQDO 1DWLRQDO

U.S. Figure Skating 1DWLRQDO Championships

Dance Referees 1DWLRQDO ISU championship dance judge**

Accountant

1DWLRQDO Sectional

1DWLRQDO Sectional

1 $

1DWLRQDO Sectional

1DWLRQDO

Assistant Accountants 1DWLRQDO

1DWLRQDO Sectional 5HJLRQDO 1DWLRQDO Sectional 5HJLRQDO 1DWLRQDO

U.S. Collegiate 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO Figure Skating Championships U.S. Adult 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO Figure Skating Sectional Sectional Sectional Sectional Sectional Championships Adult Sectional 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO Championships Sectional Sectional Sectional Sectional Sectional TXDOLI\LQJ DQG 5HJLRQDO 5HJLRQDO 5HJLRQDO 5HJLRQDO nonqualifying HYHQWV

U.S. Synchronized 1DWLRQDO 6<6 1DWLRQDO 6<6 1 $ 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO Skating ISU championship Championships SYS judge*** Synchronized 1DWLRQDO 6<6 1DWLRQDO 6<6 1 $ 1DWLRQDO 1DWLRQDO Skating Sectional Sectional SYS Sectional SYS Sectional Sectional Championships 5HJLRQDO 0XVW DOVR EH DQ ,68 FKDPSLRQVKLS VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH DQ LQWHUQDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH RU D FDQGLGDWH IRU LQWHUQDWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH VHH UXOH 6&5

**Must also be an ISU championship dance referee, an international dance referee or a candidate for international dance referee VHH UXOH 6&5

***Must also be an ISU championship synchronized skating referee, an international synchronized skating referee or a candidate IRU LQWHUQDWLRQDO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ UHIHUHH VHH UXOH 6&5

In all qualifying synchronized competitions, in addition to the referee, there will be an assistant ice-level referee for each event. The assistant ice-level referee will be rinkside during the skating events to monitor the ice conditions for the safety of the skaters.

117

2132 Levels and Numbers of Judges for Qualifying Competitions Competition

Judge – Singles/Pairs (S/P) Events

Judge – Dance Events

Judge – Synchronized (SYS) Events

U.S. Figure Skating Championships Sectional championships

1DWLRQDO 6 3

1DWLRQDO 'DQFH

1 $

Number of judges on a panel in the 6.0 system (not applicable to IJS) 1 $

1DWLRQDO 6 3 6HFWLRQDO 6 3

1DWLRQDO 'DQFH Sectional Dance 1RYLFH 6HFWLRQDO Dance* 1RYLFH DQG ORZHU events only 1 $

1 $

1 $

1 $

1 $

1 $

1 $

1 $

At least 7

1 $

At least 5 5HFRPPHQG

5HJLRQDO championships

1DWLRQDO 6 3 6HFWLRQDO 6 3 5HJLRQDO 6 3 U.S. Collegiate Figure 1DWLRQDO 6 3 Skating Championships 6HFWLRQDO 6 3 U.S. Adult Figure 1DWLRQDO 6 3 Skating Championships 6HFWLRQDO 6 3 Adult Sectional 1DWLRQDO 6 3 Championships 6HFWLRQDO 6 3 TXDOLI\LQJ HYHQWV**

5HJLRQDO 6 3 U.S. Synchronized 1 $ Skating Championships

1DWLRQDO 'DQFH Sectional Dance 1DWLRQDO 'DQFH Sectional Dance 1DWLRQDO 'DQFH Sectional Dance 1RYLFH 6HFWLRQDO 'DQFH 1 $

$ PD[LPXP RI (DFK SDQHO PXVW EH balanced, with no section comprising a majority of the panel. Two judges on a panel representing the same club will be permitted Synchronized 1 $ 1 $ 1DWLRQDO 6<6 At least 7; Skating Sectional Senior Sectional SYS (DFK SDQHO PXVW EH Championships Junior Sectional SYS* balanced, with no *Junior and lower region comprising a events only majority of the panel. -XGJHV IRU QRQTXDOLI\LQJ HYHQWV DW DGXOW VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV PD\ EH DQ\ MXGJH TXDOL¿HG WR MXGJH DQ\ QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG ZLOO EH VHOHFWHG E\ WKH /2& DQG DSSURYHG E\ WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV Committee Note: For all synchronized skating competitions, the judges should be positioned near the center of the ice surface and VXI¿FLHQWO\ DERYH WKH LFH VXUIDFH DV WR DIIRUG WKH EHVW SRVVLEOH SRVLWLRQ WR REVHUYH WKH SHUIRUPDQFH

118

1DWLRQDO 6<6

/HYHOV RI 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV IRU &RPSHWLWLRQV Competition

TC/TS – Singles (S) Events

TC/TS – Pairs (P) Events

TC/TS – Dance (D) Events

U.S. Figure Skating Championships Sectional Championships

1DWLRQDO 6

1DWLRQDO 3

1DWLRQDO '

1DWLRQDO 6

6HFWLRQDO 6

1DWLRQDO 3

6HFWLRQDO 3

5HJLRQDO Championships

1DWLRQDO 6

6HFWLRQDO 6

5HJLRQDO 6

1DWLRQDO 6

6HFWLRQDO 6

1DWLRQDO 6

6HFWLRQDO 6

U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships Adult Sectional Championships TXDOLI\LQJ DQG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ HYHQWV

U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships Synchronized Skating Sectional Championships 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ Competitions

TC/TS – Synchronized (SYS) Events 1 $

Data Operators

1DWLRQDO '

6HFWLRQDO '

1 $

1DWLRQDO 6 3 '

6HFWLRQDO 6 3 '

1 $

1 $

1 $

1DWLRQDO 3

6HFWLRQDO 3

1DWLRQDO 3

6HFWLRQDO 3

1RQTXDOLI\LQJ 3

1 $

1DWLRQDO '

6HFWLRQDO '

1DWLRQDO '

6HFWLRQDO '

1RQTXDOLI\LQJ '

1 $

1 $

1DWLRQDO 6 3 '

6HFWLRQDO 6 3 '

5HJLRQDO 6 3 '

1DWLRQDO 6 3 '

6HFWLRQDO 6 3 '

1DWLRQDO 6 3 '

6HFWLRQDO 6 3 '

1 $

1DWLRQDO 6 3 '

6HFWLRQDO 6 3 '

5HJLRQDO 6 3 '

1 $

1 $

1 $

1DWLRQDO 6<6

1DWLRQDO 6<6

1 $

1 $

1 $

Any level DSSRLQWPHQW 6

Any level DSSRLQWPHQW 3

Any level DSSRLQWPHQW '

1DWLRQDO 6<6

6HFWLRQDO 6<6

Any level appointment 6<6

1DWLRQDO 6<6

6HFWLRQDO 6<6

Any level of appointed Data 2SHUDWRU 6 3 ' for singles, pairs and dance events

1DWLRQDO 6

6HFWLRQDO 6

5HJLRQDO 6

1 $

1DWLRQDO 6 3 '

1RQTXDOLI\LQJ OHYHO DQG DERYH WHFKQLFDO FRQWUROOHUV PD\ VHUYH DV DVVLVWDQW WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV DW DOO QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV LQ WKH GLVFLSOLQH V LQ Any level of appointed Data ZKLFK WKH\ DUH FHUWL¿HG 2SHUDWRU 6<6 for SYS events )RUHLJQ *XHVW 2I¿FLDOV $ JXHVW MXGJH UHIHUHH RU D JXHVW WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO VKDOO EH HOLJLEOH WR VHUYH RQ RQH RU PRUH HYHQWV RI D QDWLRQDO VHFWLRQDO RU UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS XSRQ VDWLVI\LQJ WKH IROORZLQJ TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DQG FRQVHQW SURFHGXUHV $ $ JXHVW MXGJH UHIHUHH PXVW EH DQ HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ DQG UHFRJQL]HG DV D TXDOL¿HG MXGJH UHIHUHH RI WKHLU ,68 PHPEHU DVVRFLDWLRQ 7KH MXGJH UHIHUHH QHHG QRW EH D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHU QRU D FLWL]HQ RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV DQG 7KH JXHVW MXGJH UHIHUHH PD\ EH VHOHFWHG XSRQ PHHWLQJ WKH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV VHW IRUWK DQG ZLWK WKH XQDQLPRXV consent of the president, the Competitions Committee chair and the Judges Committee chair. % $ JXHVW WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO PXVW EH HLWKHU RQ WKH FXUUHQW ,68 OLVW RI WHFKQLFDO RI¿FLDOV ,68 FHUWL¿HG RU FHUWL¿HG DV D WHFKQLFDO RI¿FLDO E\ D PHPEHU IHGHUDWLRQ RI WKH ,68 7KH JXHVW WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO QHHG QRW EH D 8 6 )LJXUH Skating member nor a citizen of the United States; and 7KH JXHVW WHFKQLFDO SDQHO PHPEHU PD\ EH VHOHFWHG XSRQ PHHWLQJ WKH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV VHW IRUWK DQG ZLWK WKH unanimous consent of the Competitions Committee chair and the Technical Panel Committee chair. ,QIRUPDWLRQ WR EH 3URYLGHG WR 2I¿FLDOV 7KH ORFDO RUJDQL]LQJ FRPPLWWHH VKDOO VHQG WR DOO RI WKH RI¿FLDOV ZKR ZLOO EH SDUWLFLSDWLQJ DW WKHLU FRPSHWLWLRQ WKH QDPH DQG WHOHSKRQH QXPEHU RI WKH KRWHO ZKHUH WKH RI¿FLDOV ZLOO EH VWD\LQJ DQG WKH QDPH DQG WHOHSKRQH QXPEHU RI WKH IDFLOLW\ where the competition will be held.

119

5HLPEXUVHPHQW RI 2I¿FLDOV $OO DXWKRUL]HG RI¿FLDOV VKDOO VXEPLW WKHLU H[SHQVH DFFRXQWV WR WKH ORFDO RUJDQL]LQJ FRPPLWWHH RQ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ ([SHQVH 5HSRUW )RUPV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH FXUUHQW DSSURYHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7UDYHO DQG ([SHQVH 3ROLF\ DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ ([SHQVHV PD\ QRW H[FHHG WKH OLPLWDWLRQV LPSRVHG E\ the current, approved U.S. Figure 6NDWLQJ 7UDYHO DQG ([SHQVH 3ROLF\ 5HLPEXUVHPHQW WR DXWKRUL]HG RI¿FLDOV PXVW EH PDGH DV VRRQ DV SRVVLEOH EXW QR ODWHU WKDQ GD\V GD\V IRU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV IROORZLQJ WKH VXEPLVVLRQ RI WKHLU H[SHQVH IRUP WR WKH hosting organization. 2160 Trial Judges 2161 7ULDO MXGJHV ZKR KDYH EHHQ DSSURYHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK UXOH VHFWLRQ -5 DQG ZKR KDYH QRW EHHQ DVVLJQHG DV DQ RI¿FLDO RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ PD\ EH FKDUJHG UHDVRQDEOH IHHV E\ WKH KRVW RUJDQL]DWLRQ WR FRYHU DGPLQLVWUDWLYH FRVWV $ 6XFK DGPLQLVWUDWLYH IHHV PD\ QRW H[FHHG WRWDO IRU D VHFWLRQDO UHJLRQDO RU QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ DSSURYHG IRU trial judging. % 1R DGPLQLVWUDWLYH IHHV PD\ EH FKDUJHG IRU WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG &KDPSLRQVKLSV or U.S. Collegiate Championships. 2162 Such trial judges may also be charged reasonable fees by the host organization to cover the cost of meals if meals are provided. $ 6XFK IHHV PD\ QRW H[FHHG WKH OHVVHU RI WKH DFWXDO FRVW RI WKH PHDOV SURYLGHG RU WKH GDLO\ SHU GLHP DPRXQW VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH FXUUHQW DSSURYHG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7UDYHO DQG ([SHQVH 3ROLF\ DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ % (DFK WULDO MXGJH PXVW EH JLYHQ WKH RSWLRQ WR GHFOLQH WKH PHDOV QRW SD\ WKH IHH DQG HDW HOVHZKHUH GXULQJ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ 2163 ,I D WULDO MXGJH LV DOVR DQ RI¿FLDO MXGJH DW WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ QR IHHV PD\ EH FKDUJHG

2200 Qualifying Competitions – Eligibility and Membership 2210 Eligibility and Membership Requirements – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance 2211 The U.S., sectional and regional championships are only open to eligible persons who are citizens of the United States, or non-U.S. citizens who have complied with the provisions of rule section 2240. Such persons must also be: A. Members of collegiate clubs; B. Individual members; or C. Members of U.S. Figure Skating member clubs. 1. The home club designated by competitors when they register for a qualifying competition remains their home club IRU WKH GXUDWLRQ RI WKH FXUUHQW FRPSHWLWLYH VHDVRQ 7KH GHVLJQDWHG KRPH FOXE VKDOO EH WKDW VHW IRUWK LQ 05 2212 Additional Eligibility – U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships )RU WKH 8 6 $GXOW )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV HYHQWV DUH RSHQ WR HOLJLEOH RU UHLQVWDWHG SHUVRQV 1RQ FKDPSLRQVKLS RSHQ QRQTXDOLI\LQJ HYHQWV DUH RSHQ WR DOO OHJDO UHVLGHQWV RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV ZKR PHHW DOO RWKHU TXDOL¿FDWLRQV WHVW DJH PHPEHUVKLS 2213 Additional Eligibility – U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships (OLJLELOLW\ WR FRPSHWH LQ WKH 8 6 &ROOHJLDWH )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV ZLOO EH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK UXOH VXEMHFW to the following college attendance requirements: $ 6LQJOHV HYHQWV &RPSHWLWRUV ZLOO EH TXDOL¿HG WR FRPSHWH E\ SURYLGLQJ ZULWWHQ SURRI RI KDYLQJ D KLJK VFKRRO GLSORPD RU DQ HTXLYDOHQF\ FHUWL¿FDWH LQ DGGLWLRQ WR RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ :ULWWHQ SURRI RI EHLQJ HQUROOHG IXOO WLPH LQ D FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\ GHJUHH SURJUDP IRU WKH XSFRPLQJ VHPHVWHU quarter; 2. Written proof of graduating from a college or university between March 1 and July 31 of the current calendar year; or 3. Written proof of being currently admitted to a full-time college or university degree program for the upcoming VHPHVWHU TXDUWHU % ,FH GDQFH DQG SDLU HYHQWV &RPSHWLWRUV ZLOO EH TXDOL¿HG WR FRPSHWH E\ SURYLGLQJ ZULWWHQ SURRI RI ERWK SDUWQHUV KDYLQJ D KLJK VFKRRO GLSORPD RU DQ HTXLYDOHQF\ FHUWL¿FDWH LQ DGGLWLRQ WR RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ 1. Written proof of being enrolled a minimum of half-time in a college or university degree program; 2. Written proof of having been enrolled in such a program the previous academic year; or 3. Written proof of being admitted to a minimum of a half-time college or university degree program for the coming academic year. ,I RQO\ RQH SDUWQHU LV VR HQUROOHG D UHTXHVW IRU DQ H[FHSWLRQ WR VXESDUDJUDSKV DQG PXVW EH IRUZDUGHG ZLWK WKH entry form, to the national vice chair for collegiate championships, no later than the closing date for entries, for a determination of eligibility. 2220 Eligibility and Membership Requirements – Synchronized Skating 2221 1R V\QFKURQL]HG WHDP LV HOLJLEOH WR HQWHU DQ\ TXDOLI\LQJ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ ZLWKRXW D UHJLVWUDWLRQ IRU WKH FXUUHQW VNDWLQJ \HDU VHH UXOH 05 7KH UHJLVWUDWLRQ QXPEHU ZLOO EH UHTXLUHG RQ DOO FRPSHWLWLRQ HQWU\ IRUPV 2222 $OO SDUWLFLSDQWV PXVW EH HOLJLEOH SHUVRQV RU UHLQVWDWHG SHUVRQV DQG UHJLVWHUHG VNDWHUV 6HH (OLJLELOLW\ 5XOHV ,I D WHDP represents a club, all team members must be members of the club the team represents, but it is not necessary for it to be their home club.

120

2223 Collegiate team level eligibility requirements: Any team that meets the requirements in rule 7280 may compete in the collegiate level provided that the following additional requirements have been met: A. Be sponsored by a college or university that is a collegiate club, or by a full member club, or be a registered independent WHDP RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ SHU UXOH 05 & % ,I DI¿OLDWHG ZLWK D VLQJOH FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\ LQFRUSRUDWH WKH VSRQVRULQJ FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\¶V QDPH LQWR WKH WHDP QDPH VR WKDW LW LV FOHDU ZKLFK DFDGHPLF LQVWLWXWLRQ XQLYHUVLW\ VNDWLQJ FOXE WKH WHDP UHSUHVHQWV & ,I DI¿OLDWHG ZLWK PXOWLSOH FROOHJHV RU XQLYHUVLWLHV RU D UHJLVWHUHG LQGHSHQGHQW WHDP VHOHFW D WHDP QDPH WKDW UHÀHFWV WKH collegiate nature of the team. 2230 Eligibility of U.S. Citizen Returning From Competing for Another ISU Member 2231 In order to compete at a U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competition after having represented a foreign federation at any OHYHO RI VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ DQ DSSOLFDQW PXVW FRPSOHWH WKH ³5HWXUQLQJ 8 6 &LWL]HQ $SSOLFDWLRQ WR &RPSHWH´ DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ VXEPLW LW WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH DW OHDVW VHYHQ FDOHQGDU GD\V EHIRUH WKH closing date for entries as provided in rule 2401 and include: A. Written proof that applicant has resided in the United States for one year or has a valid U.S. passport; B. A copy of the applicant’s domestic and international competitive record in its entirety; and C. Proof that applicant is a current member of U.S. Figure Skating. 2232 A skater may not compete in U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competitions and the qualifying competitions of another federation or represent another federation in an ISU event in the same competition season. If a skater enters a qualifying competition or ISU event for another federation while registered for a U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competition, the skater will be considered withdrawn from the U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competition. If the skater has already completed the qualifying season for U.S. Figure Skating, the skater’s results will be forfeited. 2240 Eligibility of Non-U.S. Citizens to Compete in U.S. Figure Skating Qualifying Competitions 2241 1RQ 8 6 FLWL]HQV ZKR DUH PHPEHUV LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG KDYH QHYHU UHSUHVHQWHG D IRUHLJQ IHGHUDWLRQ DW DQ\ OHYHO RI VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ PD\ HQWHU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV LI TXDOL¿HG E\ WHVW OHYHO ,W LV QRW QHFHVVDU\ WR FRPSOHWH WKH ³1RQ 8 6 &LWL]HQ $SSOLFDWLRQ WR &RPSHWH´ 2242 1RQ 8 6 FLWL]HQV who are members in good standing of U.S. Figure Skating and have represented a foreign federation at DQ\ OHYHO RI VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ ZLOO DSSO\ WR WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH E\ VXEPLWWLQJ D ³1RQ 8 6 &LWL]HQ $SSOLFDWLRQ WR &RPSHWH´ 7KLV IRUP LV DYDLODEOH RQOLQH DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ A. Singles skaters must have resided in the United States and cannot have competed for a foreign federation for one year SUHFHGLQJ WKH GDWH RI WKH ¿UVW FRPSHWLWLRQ WKH VNDWHU ZLVKHV WR HQWHU B. In the case of pair or ice dance couples, one partner of the couple must be a citizen of the United States. 6LEOLQJV ZKR DUH VNDWLQJ WRJHWKHU DV D FRXSOH ERWK RI ZKRP DUH XQGHU DJH DUH H[FOXGHG IURP WKH UHTXLUHPHQW that one partner be a U.S. citizen as long as all other requirements of rules 2240 through 2247 are met. C. A non-U.S. citizen may compete for a U.S. synchronized skating team provided that: 7KH VNDWHU KDV QRW UHSUHVHQWHG D IRUHLJQ IHGHUDWLRQ LQ WKH FRXUVH RI WKH VDPH PHPEHUVKLS \HDU -XO\ WKURXJK -XQH 2. At least 75 percent of the team members are citizens of the United States. 2243 The application and supporting documentation, including competitive history and a copy of the applicant’s valid passport IURP WKH FRXQWU\ RI FLWL]HQVKLS PXVW EH VXEPLWWHG LQ (QJOLVK QR ODWHU WKDQ VHYHQ GD\V EHIRUH WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV for the competition the skater is seeking to enter. $ 1RQ 8 6 FLWL]HQV ZLVKLQJ WR FRPSHWH LQ DQ\ TXDOLI\LQJ FKDPSLRQVKLS HYHQWV DW DQ DGXOW VHFWLRQDO RU WKH 8 6 $GXOW Figure Skating Championships who have competed internationally for another national skating federation must apply to the chair of the Competitions Committee as stated above. Such skaters do not need a release from the previous federation. 2244 In order to qualify for the level of competition, the applicant must have passed the necessary skating tests before the closing date for entries established in rule 2401. The chair of the Competitions Committee will determine what tests are to be taken, and may elect to waive all or part of this requirement. 2245 Any misrepresentation or omission of a material fact on the application, the entry form or on any documents provided will VXEMHFW WKH DSSOLFDQW WR GLVFLSOLQH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UXOHERRN )RU SXUSRVHV RI WKLV UXOH D PDWHULDO fact is a fact which, if it were properly disclosed, would result in an application being denied and an entry rejected. 2246 All non-U.S. citizens who have at any time skated in a U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competition and subsequently represented a foreign federation at any level of skating competition will not be eligible to compete in a U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competition unless they reapply for permission to compete as provided for under the provisions of this rule section 2240. A. A skater may not compete in U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competitions and the qualifying competitions of another federation or represent another federation in an ISU event in the same competition season. If a skater enters a qualifying competition or ISU event for another federation while registered for a U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competition, the skater will be considered withdrawn from the U.S. Figure Skating qualifying competition. If the skater has already completed the qualifying season for U.S. Figure Skating, the skater’s results will be forfeited. 121

2247 For singles, pairs and ice dance events, non-U.S. citizens who have competed internationally for another country must compete in the U.S. at the same level, unless they apply for and receive permission to begin competing one level lower than the level at which they competed for the other country. Applications should be sent as follows: A. For singles events: Apply jointly to the chairs of the Competitions and Singles Committees. B. For pairs events: Apply jointly to the chairs of the Competitions and Pairs Committees. C. For ice dance events: Apply jointly to the chairs of the Competitions and Dance Committees.

2300 Qualifying Competitions – Exhibitions &RPSHWLWRUV HQWHUHG LQ D VDQFWLRQHG FRPSHWLWLRQ PD\ VNDWH H[KLELWLRQV GXULQJ WKDW FRPSHWLWLRQ LI DVNHG WR GR VR E\ WKH host club.

2400 Qualifying Competitions – Entries 2401 (QWU\ IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV LFH GDQFH DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ IRU TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV PXVW EH VXEPLWWHG WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV E\ WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV XVLQJ WKH RQOLQH UHJLVWUDWLRQ PHWKRG 1R SDSHU HQWULHV DUH DFFHSWHG 12 /$7( (175,(6 :,// %( $&&(37(' Deadline Discipline/Competition (closing date for entries) Sept. 1 4XDOLI\LQJ UHJLRQDO VHFWLRQDO VLQJOHV SDLUV GDQFH Oct. 1 Qualifying sectional synchronized skating Feb. 1 Adult sectional qualifying events Feb. 1 U.S. Adult Championships June 15 U.S. Collegiate Championships Note: Deadline for meeting test requirements is at the “closing date for entriesâ€?. $ 7KH RQOLQH UHJLVWUDWLRQ LV DFFHVVHG XVLQJ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 0HPEHUV 2QO\ ZHEVLWH XVIVDRQOLQH RUJ 1R 6XQGD\ or legal holiday “following business dayâ€? practice will be applied. % $OO VNDWHUV WHDPV HQWULHV PXVW LQFOXGH WKH DSSURSULDWH HQWU\ IHH DQG DQ DGPLQLVWUDWLRQ IHH 2QFH HQWULHV KDYH FORVHG entry fees are only refundable if the competition is not held. Administration fees are not refundable. 1. The entry fees for all regional, sectional, synchronized sectional and adult sectional championships, the U.S. Collegiate Championships and the U.S. Adult Championships are determined by the chair of the Competitions &RPPLWWHH LQ FRQVXOWDWLRQ ZLWK WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLUV DQG DSSURYHG E\ WKH %RDUG RI 'LUHFWRUV 1R HQWU\ IHH will be charged for the U.S. Figure Skating Championships. (QWULHV LQ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV will not be accepted from entrants who have obligations that are unpaid from prior qualifying competitions. ,I DQ DGXOW FRPSHWLWRU HQWHUV D QRQTXDOLI\LQJ HYHQW DW WKH 8 6 $GXOW &KDPSLRQVKLSV DQG TXDOLÂżHV WKURXJK WKH DGXOW sectional championships to skate in the corresponding championship event, they will have the option to withdraw IURP WKH QRQTXDOLI\LQJ HYHQW DQG UHFHLYH D UHIXQG 6XFK ZLWKGUDZDO PXVW RFFXU ZLWKLQ VHYHQ GD\V RI TXDOLÂżFDWLRQ DW WKH DGXOW VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS RU ZLWKLQ VHYHQ GD\V RI EHLQJ QRWLÂżHG RI TXDOLÂżFDWLRQ GXH WR DOWHUQDWH VWDWXV DQG ZLWKGUDZDO RI D SUHYLRXVO\ TXDOLÂżHG VNDWHU & ,I FRPSHWLQJ LQ DQ ,-6 HYHQW HDFK VNDWHU SDLU FRXSOH RU WHDP ZLOO VXEPLW D SODQQHG SURJUDP FRQWHQW VKHHW 33&6 for each segment of their competitive event indicating the elements planned for the program, listed in the order to be skated. ' 2QFH HQWHUHG DOO ZLWKGUDZDOV DUH FRQVLGHUHG ÂżQDO DQG D VNDWHU WHDP PD\ QRW UHHQWHU WKH TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ system for the season even if it is before the closing date for entries. However, if a new pair or ice dance team is formed by either member of a withdrawn team before the closing date for entries, then this new team may enter. ( :KHQ QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DUH KHOG LQ FRQMXQFWLRQ ZLWK TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV HQWULHV IRU WKH QRQTXDOLI\LQJ portion of the competition are due to the appropriate local organizing committee on or before the mandated closing date for entries for the qualifying competition. 2402 3RVWSRQHPHQW RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ ZLOO H[WHQG WKH WLPH RI FORVLQJ HQWULHV WR D GDWH WR EH Âż[HG E\ WKH ORFDO RUJDQL]LQJ FRPPLWWHH DQG QRWLFH WKHUHRI VKDOO EH JLYHQ WR DOO HQWUDQWV (QWULHV DOUHDG\ PDGH PD\ EH ZLWKGUDZQ EHIRUH WKH SRVWSRQHG date of closing entries. 2403 (QWULHV RI FRPSHWLWRUV ZKR DUH PHPEHUV RI FOXEV PXVW EH DSSURYHG E\ WKH DSSURSULDWH FOXE RIÂżFLDOV ZLWK D FHUWLÂżFDWH RI WKHLU HOLJLELOLW\ VFKRODVWLF HOLJLELOLW\ DQG HOLJLELOLW\ XQGHU WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HYHQWV HQWHUHG VLJQHG E\ WKH HQWUDQW (QWULHV must show the entrant’s U.S. Figure Skating registration number. headquarters will send to each member club a list of their registered competitors. It is the responsibility of each member club to verify the eligibility of each entrant and to inform headquarters if any competitor does not qualify. 2404 (QWULHV RI FRPSHWLWRUV ZKR DUH LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHUV PXVW EH PDGH E\ WKH LQGLYLGXDOV WKHPVHOYHV 7KH\ PXVW FHUWLI\ WKDW WKH\ DUH HOLJLEOH SHUVRQV TXDOLÂżHG IRU VDLG HYHQWV DQG PXVW VKRZ WKHLU 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UHJLVWUDWLRQ QXPEHU

122

2405 Competitors: $ 0D\ HQWHU GLIIHUHQW NLQGV RI HYHQWV L H VLQJOHV SDLUV RU LFH GDQFH LQ GLIIHUHQW OHYHOV L H VHQLRU MXQLRU EXW PD\ QRW HQWHU WKH VDPH NLQG RI HYHQW LQ GLIIHUHQW OHYHOV LQ WKH VDPH FRPSHWLWLRQ )RU H[DPSOH D VNDWHU PD\ HQWHU MXQLRU SDLUV and senior free skate, but they may not enter both junior and senior pairs. B. May enter, if an adult competitor: 1. Only one championship event per discipline regardless of eligibility by test requirements; and $ PD[LPXP RI IRXU HYHQWV DW WKH 8 6 $GXOW &KDPSLRQVKLSV D ,I HQWHULQJ PRUH WKDQ RQH HYHQW HDFK HYHQW HQWHUHG PXVW EH LQ D GLIIHUHQW FDWHJRU\ L H IUHH VNDWH SDUWQHUHG GDQFH VROR GDQFH OLJKW HQWHUWDLQPHQW GUDPDWLF HQWHUWDLQPHQW HWF ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ WKDW D FRPSHWLWRU ZKR TXDOL¿HV IRU D FKDPSLRQVKLS HYHQW WKURXJK WKH DGXOW VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV PD\ DOVR HQWHU WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ nonqualifying event in the same category. However, if qualifying for a championship event puts the competitor over the four-event limit, the competitor will have to withdraw from one event of the competitor’s choosing. The subsequent event entry fee for that one event, and only that one event, will be refunded. Administrative fees are not refundable. & 0D\ QRW HQWHU DQ DGXOW OHYHO DW D TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ DGXOW VHFWLRQDOV 8 6 $GXOW &KDPSLRQVKLSV DQG D VWDQGDUG OHYHO DW D TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ UHJLRQDOV VHFWLRQDOV 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLSV LQ WKH VDPH NLQG RI HYHQW L H IUHH VNDWH LFH GDQFH LQ WKH VDPH FRPSHWLWLRQ VHDVRQ )RU H[DPSOH D VNDWHU PD\ QRW HQWHU QRYLFH PHQ¶V IUHH VNDWH RQ WKH VWDQGDUG track and masters free skate on the adult track in the same season but may enter novice men’s free skate on the standard track and masters pairs on the adult track. ' 0XVW VWDWH ZKHWKHU RU QRW WKH\ ZLOO VNDWH LQ WKHLU HYHQW V LI WKHUH DUH IRXU RU IHZHU HQWULHV LQ WKHLU UHJLRQ RU RU IHZHU entries in their section for singles events; four or fewer entries in their section or 12 or fewer entries in the nation for pairs, ice dance or adult events; or two or fewer entries in their section for synchronized skating events. The statement is binding. 2410 Determining a skater’s/team’s competitive region A. Singles skaters not also entering a partnered event must compete at the regional championship held in the region in which their home club is located. B. All pair and ice dance couples bypass the regional championships and go directly to the sectional championships. Teams with different home clubs may choose to compete in the sectional championships of either partner’s home club. 1. Skaters entering a singles event in addition to a partnered event must enter a regional championship of either their home club region or the home club region of their partner within the section they have chosen for the partnered event. C. Individual members, if residing in the United States, must enter the championship of the section or region in which their legal residence is located. If residing outside the United States, they must enter the championship held in the section or region whose boundary is nearest to the city of their legal residence. 2411 Legal Residence 8QGHU &RORUDGR ODZ OHJDO UHVLGHQFH LV GH¿QHG DV WKH SULQFLSDO RU SULPDU\ KRPH RU SODFH RI DERGH RI D SHUVRQ $ SULQFLSDO RU SULPDU\ KRPH RU SODFH RI DERGH LV WKDW KRPH RU SODFH LQ ZKLFK D SHUVRQ¶V KDELWDWLRQ LV ¿[HG DQG WR ZKLFK WKDW SHUVRQ whenever absent, has the present intention of returning after a departure or absence, regardless of the duration of the absence. A residence is a permanent building or part of a building and may include a house, condo, apartment, room in a house or mobile home. The legal residence of a minor under Colorado law is the principal or primary home or place of abode of the parent or legal guardian of the minor. The following circumstances may be taken into consideration in determining the principal or primary place of abode of a person: A. Current driver’s license % (PSOR\PHQW DQG EXVLQHVV SXUVXLWV & 5HVLGHQFH IRU LQFRPH RU RWKHU WD[ SXUSRVHV D. Motor vehicle registration ( 2ZQHUVKLS RI SHUVRQDO DQG UHDO SURSHUW\ F. Other public records evidencing place of abode 7HVW 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV ± 5HJLRQDOV 6HFWLRQDOV 1DWLRQDOV 2421 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH GDWH IRU WKH FORVLQJ RI HQWULHV IRU UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV VKDOO GHWHUPLQH HOLJLELOLW\ IRU DOO VXFFHHGLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV VHFWLRQDO QDWLRQDO GXULQJ WKH VDPH VNDWLQJ \HDU 2422 Provisional entries based on an entrant passing a test after a closing date will not be accepted. 2423 Competitors who pass a free skate test, a pair test, or a dance test after the closing date for entries, at a level higher than the WHVWV VSHFL¿HG IRU HQWU\ LQ WKDW OHYHO¶V WHVW UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO EH GLVTXDOL¿HG IURP WKDW VHDVRQ¶V TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV A. However, competitors entered in the U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships who pass a test after the closing GDWH IRU HQWULHV IRU WKDW FRPSHWLWLRQ DW D OHYHO KLJKHU WKDQ WKH WHVWV VSHFL¿HG IRU HQWU\ LQ WKDW OHYHO¶V WHVW UHTXLUHPHQWV will still be allowed to compete in the level at which they entered. 2430 Previous Winners – Regionals/Sectionals/Nationals/Adults 2431 :LQQHUV RI LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG MXYHQLOH VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG GDQFH HYHQWV DW WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV DUH not eligible to compete again at the same level. Winners of junior and novice singles events at the U.S. Figure Skating 123

Championships may compete at the same level the following season; however, if they choose to do so, they must bypass regionals and begin competing at their sectional championship. Winners of junior and novice pairs and dance events at the U.S. Figure Skating Championships may compete at the same level the following season, beginning at their sectional FKDPSLRQVKLS 3ULRU \HDU VLQJOHV ZLQQHUV PRYLQJ XS RQH RU PRUH OHYHOV PXVW VWDUW DW D UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS $ (LWKHU SDUWQHU RI D SDLU RU GDQFH WHDP PD\ UH HQWHU WKH VDPH OHYHO ZLWK D GLIIHUHQW SDUWQHU LI RWKHUZLVH HOLJLEOH 2432 Previous winners of juvenile, intermediate, novice, junior or senior events at regional championships, or juvenile, intermediate, novice or junior events at sectional championships must compete at a regional championship again to qualify IRU WKH VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH TXDOL¿HG XQGHU UXOH 2433 Winners of senior singles events at a sectional championship may bypass the regional championships the following season and begin competing at their sectional championships; however, if they choose to compete at a regional championship, they must place in the top four in order to advance to sectionals. 2434 'DQFH WHDPV ZKR KDYH SUHYLRXVO\ ZRQ D JROG PHGDO LQ WKH DGXOW SUH EURQ]H GDQFH HYHQW UXOH DW WKH 8 6 $GXOW Figure Skating Championships may not enter the adult pre-bronze dance event again; however, either partner may re-enter the event with a different partner, if otherwise eligible. 2440 Qualifying Competitions – Number of Competitors 2441 A competition shall be held if at least two eligible competitors appear at the start. 2442 For regional and sectional championships, the number of competitors entered in an event is determined at the closing GDWH IRU HQWULHV DV GH¿QHG LQ UXOH VHFWLRQ ,I WKHUH DUH PRUH WKDQ IRXU FRPSHWLWRUV LQ DQ HYHQW WKH HYHQW ZLOO EH KHOG regardless of any subsequent withdrawals, as long as at least two competitors remain. 2443 For regional, sectional and adult sectional championships, if any two or more competitors wish to compete in an event with four or fewer competitors, the event will be held. This will not affect the eligibility of the competitors to advance to WKH QH[W KLJKHU FRPSHWLWLRQ 5HIHU WR UXOH '

2450 Reports from U.S. Figure Skating headquarters 2451 As soon as possible after the closing date for entries, U.S. Figure Skating headquarters staff must notify the sectional vice chair of the Competitions Committee, the chief referee, the chief accountant and the local organizing committee of the HYHQWV DW D UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS WKDW H[FHHG HQWUDQWV 2452 As soon as possible thereafter, U.S. Figure Skating headquarters staff will send each of the above people the names of the competitors in all events held at the championship, together with complete information on each competitor, which includes complete address, telephone number, coaches’ names, partner’s name, etc. 2453 In any competition in which competitors qualify for a higher competition, U.S. Figure Skating headquarters shall forward, ZLWKLQ KRXUV D FRS\ RI WKH ¿QDO SODFHPHQWV WR WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH IRU WKH VHFWLRQ in which the higher competition is to be held. 2454 For the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships, U.S. Figure Skating headquarters will also send, immediately after the FRQFOXVLRQ RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ D FRS\ RI WKH ¿QDO SODFHPHQWV LQFOXGLQJ WKH DGGUHVV WHOHSKRQH QXPEHU DQG KRPH FOXE RI WKH WHDP PDQDJHUV IRU WKH WHDPV TXDOLI\LQJ IRU WKH KLJKHU FRPSHWLWLRQ LQFOXGLQJ ¿UVW DQG VHFRQG DOWHUQDWHV WR A. The national vice chair of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee and the synchronized skating sectional vice chair on the Competitions Committee of the section in which the competition was held; B. The sectional vice chair of the Competitions Committee for the section in which the higher competition is to be held. 2455 7KH FRPSOHWH ¿QDO UHVXOWV RI DOO TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG ,68 FRPSHWLWLRQV LQYROYLQJ WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 7HDP ZLOO EH SURPSWO\ SRVWHG RQ LFHQHWZRUN FRP DQG SXEOLVKHG LQ 6.$7,1* PDJD]LQH

2460 Qualifying Rounds and Seeding – Regional Championships 2461 (YHQW 3DUDPHWHUV A. When there are 24 or fewer entries in any event at a regional championship, qualifying rounds will not be held. Competitors proceed directly to the championship round. B. When there are more than 24 entries in any event at a regional championship, qualifying rounds will be held. Competitors will be divided into groups in accordance with rule 2466. 1. The chief referee, with the approval of the chair of the Competitions Committee, has the authority to adjust group VL]HV WR PHHW WKH ORJLVWLFDO QHHGV RI DQ\ HYHQW V DW D UHJLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ $Q\ PRGL¿FDWLRQV ZLOO EH EDODQFHG LQ VXFK D ZD\ DV WR HQVXUH IDLUQHVV WR DOO VNDWHUV LQ WKH HYHQW 1RWL¿FDWLRQ SURFHGXUHV DV RXWOLQHG LQ UXOH ZLOO EH followed. & 1RW PRUH WKDQ HQWULHV LQ DQ\ HYHQW VKDOO EH SHUPLWWHG WR HQWHU WKH ¿QDO URXQG RI D UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS H[FHSW DV SURYLGHG LQ UXOH % RU LQ WKH FDVH RI WLHV 2462 As soon as possible after the closing date for entries, the chief referee will establish the qualifying groups for those events with more than 24 competitors and a tentative schedule of competition and practice ice times.

124

2463 &RPSHWLWRUV LQ TXDOLI\LQJ URXQGV ZLOO EH VHHGHG IURP WKH SUHYLRXV \HDUÂśV TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ ÂżQDO SODFHPHQWV IRU WKH FRPSDUDEOH HYHQW 4XDOLI\LQJ URXQG UHVXOWV ZLOO QRW EH XVHG =LJ]DJ VHHGLQJ ZLOO EH XVHG DV IROORZV $ %\ ÂżQDO SODFHPHQW LQ WKH HYHQW RI WKH VDPH OHYHO ÂżUVW DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV WKHQ VHFWLRQDOV WKHQ UHJLRQDOV TXDOLI\LQJ URXQG SODFHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH XVHG % )RU LQWHUPHGLDWH QRYLFH MXQLRU DQG VHQLRU E\ ÂżQDO SODFHPHQW LQ WKH HYHQW RI WKH QH[W ORZHU OHYHO ÂżUVW DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV WKHQ VHFWLRQDOV WKHQ UHJLRQDOV TXDOLI\LQJ URXQG SODFHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH XVHG C. By random assignment or draw among those having no previous placement in the event of the same level; ' %\ UDQGRP DVVLJQPHQW RU GUDZ DPRQJ WKRVH KDYLQJ QR SUHYLRXV SODFHPHQW LQ WKH HYHQW RI WKH QH[W ORZHU OHYHO DQG IRU WKRVH PRYLQJ XS PRUH WKDQ RQH FRPSHWLWLRQ OHYHO UHJDUGOHVV RI SUHYLRXV SODFHPHQW L H DOO UHPDLQLQJ FRPSHWLWRUV 2464 Seeding is the joint responsibility of the chief referee and the chief accountant of the competition. 2465 1RWLÂżFDWLRQ: A. Promptly after the chief referee establishes the qualifying groups and a tentative schedule of competition and practice LFH WLPHV DOO FRPSHWLWRUV VKDOO EH QRWLÂżHG RI WKH WLPH V RI WKHLU SUDFWLFH V WKH TXDOLI\LQJ JURXS WR ZKLFK WKH\ KDYH EHHQ DVVLJQHG LI DSSOLFDEOH DQG WKHLU WHQWDWLYH FRPSHWLWLRQ WLPH V 7KH FRPSOHWH URVWHU IRU HDFK HYHQW DQG RU qualifying round will be posted on the local organizing committee website. % $Q\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH DGGHG WR DQ HYHQW GXH WR XQIRUHVHHQ FLUFXPVWDQFHV ZLOO EH DGGHG WR RQH RI WKH JURXSV ZKLFK JURXS ZLOO EH DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH XS WR KRXUV EHIRUH WKH VWDUW RI WKH ÂżUVW TXDOLI\LQJ JURXS LQ WKDW HYHQW 1R UHVHHGLQJ RU UHDVVLJQPHQWV EHWZHHQ JURXSV ZLOO EH PDGH DIWHU WKH FRPSHWLWRUV DUH QRWLÂżHG RI WKHLU TXDOLI\LQJ groups. C. Posting of the starting order must be at the arena or on the local organizing committee website. ' 7KH RIÂżFLDO VFKHGXOH RI HYHQWV ZLOO EH SRVWHG DW WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ 2466 When there are more than 24 entries in any event, the number of qualifying round groups as well as the total number of skaters advancing to the championship round are shown in the following chart: Note: 7KH DFWXDO QXPEHU RI VNDWHUV LQ WKH FKDPSLRQVKLS URXQG &5 PD\ LQFUHDVH LI WKHUH DUH WLHV Qualifying Round Championship (QR) Round (CR) 1XPEHU RI 1XPEHU $GGLWLRQDO 1XPEHU 7RWDO 1XPEHU (QWULHV Groups $GYDQFLQJ *URXS Advancing by Score Advancing 25-36 2 4 QH[W KLJKHVW VFRUHV 12 37-54 3 4 QH[W KLJKHVW VFRUHV 16 55-72 4 4 QH[W KLJKHVW VFRUHV 20 73-90 5 4 QH[W KLJKHVW VFRUHV 24 91-144 6 4 QH[W KLJKHVW VFRUHV 28 145-196 7 4 QH[W KLJKHVW VFRUHV 32 2467 Qualifying and championship rounds will consist of the following programs: A. For 25–196 entrants, there will be a qualifying round that will consist of: 1. Singles and pairs: free skate only. 2. Juvenile, intermediate, novice, junior and senior dance: free dance only. B. For 25–196 entrants, there will be a championship round consisting of: 1. Juvenile singles and pairs and intermediate pairs: free skate only. 2. Intermediate singles and novice, junior and senior singles and pairs: short program and free skate. 3. Juvenile, intermediate and novice dance: pattern dances and free dance. 4. Junior and senior dance: short dance and free dance. 2468 )DFWRULQJ 5XOHV $ 6FRUHV IURP TXDOLI\LQJ URXQGV ZLOO QRW EH IDFWRUHG DQG ZLOO QRW EH XVHG WR GHWHUPLQH ÂżQDO SODFHPHQWV B. For multi-segment championship rounds: The scores from each segment will be combined to determine the overall results. Note: The factors to be used are posted on the U.S. Figure Skating Members Only website at usfsaonline.org, under the “Accounting Centralâ€? link.

2470 Qualifying for Sectional Championships – Singles/Pairs/Dance 2471 Singles competitors qualify for sectional championships by: A. Placing in the top four at a regional championship; B. For junior and senior events, any Team USA skater who has been assigned to an international competition, regardless RI ZKHWKHU LW FRQÀLFWV ZLWK WKHLU UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS 6DLG VNDWHU ZRXOG KDYH WKH FKRLFH WR FRPSHWH DW WKHLU UHJLRQDO championship but would not lose their bye to the sectional championship regardless of placement, nor displace a skater who might place in the top four at regionals if said skater was not entered; C. Having four or fewer entries in their event at a regional championship or having 12 or fewer entries in their event in all regional championships within their section; D. Having won the U.S. Championships at the novice level the previous season, if competing at the novice level this season; 125

( +DYLQJ ZRQ WKH 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLSV DW WKH MXQLRU OHYHO WKH SUHYLRXV VHDVRQ LI FRPSHWLQJ DW WKH MXQLRU OHYHO WKLV season; F. Having won a sectional championship at the senior level the previous season. 2472 Four/12 or Fewer Rule: Singles competitors at a regional championship may progress directly to their sectional championship if, at the closing date for entries, there are four or fewer competitors in their event within their region or 12 or fewer competitors in their event within all regions in their section combined. The Competitions Committee chair may DOVR LQYRNH WKLV UXOH DIWHU WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV LI LQWHUQDWLRQDO E\HV DQG RU ZLWKGUDZDOV UHGXFH DQ HYHQW WR IRXU RU fewer competitors. A. Fill-Up Rule: Additional competitors from the same event in other regions of the same section will be permitted to HQWHU LQ RUGHU WR EULQJ WKH QXPEHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV XS WR D PD[LPXP RI RU PRUH LI WLHV PDNH LW QHFHVVDU\ 7KHVH additional competitors will be selected in the order of their placement. Should this result in two or more competitors qualifying for one additional place, all will be included, even if this causes the total number of competitors in the event WR H[FHHG 2473 $ FRPSHWLWRU ZLOO DXWRPDWLFDOO\ UHFHLYH D E\H WR KLV KHU VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS IURP WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV Committee if all of the criteria from A and B below are met: $ 7KH FRPSHWLWRU LV D PHPEHU RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7HDP DV GH¿QHG LQ ,&5 % 7KH FRPSHWLWRU LV DVVLJQHG WR DQG FRPSHWHV LQ D VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG RU LFH GDQFH HYHQW LQ DQ LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ C. A competitor who has received a bye according to item B from above may elect to compete at their respective regional FKDPSLRQVKLS 5HJDUGOHVV RI WKHLU ¿QDO SODFHPHQW DW VXFK UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS WKH FRPSHWLWRU¶V E\H WR WKHLU respective sectional championship remains unaffected. At such regional championship, the top four places plus the competitor who receives the bye will qualify for the respective sectional championship.

2480 Alternates – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance 2481 6NDWHUV SODFLQJ ¿IWK DQG VL[WK LQ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV LQ HDFK RI WKH VHQLRU MXQLRU QRYLFH LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG MXYHQLOH HYHQWV ZLOO EH GHVLJQDWHG DV ¿UVW DQG VHFRQG DOWHUQDWHV IRU WKHLU UHJLRQ VHFWLRQ $OO DOWHUQDWHV ZLOO EH SURYLGHG ZLWK DQ DSSOLFDWLRQ WR ¿OH ZLWK WKH QH[W FRPSHWLWLRQ QDWLRQDO RU VHFWLRQDO 7KH VNDWHUV VKRXOG FRQWLQXH WR WUDLQ DQG EH SUHSDUHG should they become eligible to compete. 2482 $OWHUQDWHV PD\ EH VHOHFWHG XS WR KRXUV EHIRUH WKH VWDUW RI WKH DIIHFWHG VNDWHU¶V ¿UVW FRPSHWLWLYH HYHQW 2483 1RWLFH WR DOWHUQDWHV RU LI WKH\ FDQQRW EH UHDFKHG WR WKHLU FRDFK RU FOXE SUHVLGHQW PXVW EH E\ HPDLO RU SKRQH FDOO IROORZHG E\ DQ HPDLO UHVSRQVH 5HVSRQVH LV UHTXLUHG ZLWKLQ KRXUV RI UHFHLSW RI WKH QRWLFH RU WKH QH[W DOWHUQDWH ZLOO EH FRQWDFWHG

2500 Qualifying for the U.S. Figure Skating Championships 2510 The four best-placed competitors in senior, junior, novice, intermediate and juvenile events in each section will be permitted to enter the comparable national event; 2511 Four/12 or Fewer Rule: Competitors in any event at a sectional championship may progress directly to the U.S. Figure Skating Championships if, at the closing date for entries, there are four or fewer competitors in their event within their section or 12 or fewer competitors in their event in all sections combined. $ )LOO 8S 5XOH )RU SDLU DQG LFH GDQFH HYHQWV RQO\ LI WKHUH DUH IRXU RU IHZHU WHDPV IURP RQH RU PRUH VHFWLRQV DGGLWLRQDO competitors from the same event in other sections will be permitted to enter in order to bring the number of competitors XS WR D PD[LPXP RI RU PRUH LI WLHV PDNH LW QHFHVVDU\ 7KHVH DGGLWLRQDO FRPSHWLWRUV ZLOO EH VHOHFWHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI their placement. Should this result in two or more competitors qualifying for one additional place, all will be included, HYHQ LI WKLV FDXVHV WKH WRWDO QXPEHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV LQ WKH HYHQW WR H[FHHG ,I D SDLU RU LFH GDQFH HYHQW DOUHDG\ KDV RU PRUH FRPSHWLWRUV GXH WR LQWHUQDWLRQDO E\HV DQG RU DXWRPDWLF LQYLWDWLRQV UXOHV WKHUH ZLOO EH QR ¿OO XSV WR WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV IRU WKDW HYHQW % )LOO 8S 5XOH 7KHUH DUH QR ¿OO XSV WR WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV IRU VLQJOHV HYHQWV 2512 1R PHGLFDO E\HV ZLOO EH JUDQWHG IRU DQ\ HYHQW 1R E\HV RI DQ\ NLQG ZLOO EH JUDQWHG IRU LQWHUPHGLDWH RU MXYHQLOH HYHQWV 2513 5HVHUYHG 2514 A competitor will automatically receive a bye to the U.S. Figure Skating Championships from the chair of the Competitions Committee if all of the criteria below are met: $ 7KH FRPSHWLWRU LV D PHPEHU RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 7HDP DV GH¿QHG LQ ,&5 % 7KH FRPSHWLWRU LV DVVLJQHG WR DQG FRPSHWHV LQ D VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG RU LFH GDQFH HYHQW LQ DQ LQWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQ and & 7KH FRPSHWLWLRQ PHQWLRQHG LQ % FRQÀLFWV ZLWK WKH FRPSHWLWRU¶V VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV D. Furthermore, to receive a bye in a singles event: 7KH FRPSHWLWRU PXVW SODFH LQ WKH WRS IRXU DW KLV KHU UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS a. Such byed competitors would not displace competitors who would have otherwise placed in the top four at their regional championship. In this situation, more than four competitors would qualify for the appropriate sectional championships. $QG LI FRPSHWLQJ LQWHUQDWLRQDOO\ LQ D SDLU DQG RU LFH GDQFH HYHQW WKH FRPSHWLWRU PXVW DOVR KDYH FRPSHWHG DW WKH previous year’s U.S. Figure Skating Championships in a singles event.

126

2515 )RU DOO FKDPSLRQVKLS VHQLRU HYHQWV WKH IROORZLQJ FRPSHWLWRUV ZLOO UHFHLYH DQ DXWRPDWLF LQYLWDWLRQ WR WKH VDPH HYHQW however, any such competitor or couple must enter to compete through the online registration process as described in UXOH DQG E\ WKH GHDGOLQH RI 6HSW )DLOXUH WR GR VR ZLOO UHVXOW LQ WKH FRPSHWLWRU V QRW EHLQJ HQWHUHG QRU DOORZHG WR compete at the U.S. Figure Skating Championships for the current season. $ $ FRPSHWLWRU RU FRXSOH SODFLQJ LQ WKH WRS ¿YH DW ODVW \HDUœV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV B. A competitor or couple who won a medal at the most recent Olympic Winter Games; C. A competitor or couple who won a medal at the most recent World Championships. 2516 (QWULHV JUDQWHG XQGHU UXOHV DQG DUH LQ DGGLWLRQ WR HQWULHV TXDOL¿HG WKURXJK WKH QRUPDO FRPSHWLWLRQ SURFHVV There will not be any replacements should any of the competitors invited per rule 2515 decline their invitation. 2517 ,I D VHQLRU FRPSHWLWRU ZKR GLG QRW SODFH LQ WKH WRS ¿YH DW WKH SUHYLRXV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV HDUQV D EHUWK LQ WKH ,68 *UDQG 3UL[ RI )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ )LQDO RU WKH ,68 -XQLRU *UDQG 3UL[ RI )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ )LQDO WKH FRPSHWLWRU ZLOO receive a bye to the current U.S. Figure Skating Championships only in the discipline in which they have earned the berth. A. In the case of a senior event, the number of competitors qualifying to the U.S. Figure Skating Championships would EH IRXU IURP HDFK VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV SOXV WKH FRPSHWLWRUV ZKR SODFHG LQ WKH WRS ¿YH DW WKH SUHYLRXV 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV SOXV WKH DGGLWLRQDO FRPSHWLWRU V ZKR HDUQHG D EHUWK LQ WKH *UDQG 3UL[ )LQDO DQG WKH -XQLRU *UDQG 3UL[ )LQDO SOXV WKH FRPSHWLWRUV ZKR PHHW WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI % RU & 2518 $ MXQLRU FRPSHWLWRU ZKR HDUQV D EHUWK LQ HLWKHU WKH *UDQG 3UL[ )LQDO RU WKH -XQLRU *UDQG 3UL[ )LQDO ZLOO UHFHLYH D E\H WR the current U.S. Figure Skating Championships only in the discipline in which they have earned the berth. A. In the case of a junior event, the number of competitors qualifying to the U.S. Figure Skating Championships would EH IRXU IURP HDFK VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV SOXV WKH FRPSHWLWRU V ZKR HDUQHG D EHUWK LQ WKH *UDQG 3UL[ )LQDO DQG WKH -XQLRU *UDQG 3UL[ )LQDO 2519 A senior or junior competitor who has received a bye according to rules 2515, 2517 or 2518 may elect to compete at WKHLU UHVSHFWLYH UHJLRQDO DQG RU VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS 5HJDUGOHVV RI WKHLU ¿QDO SODFHPHQW DW VXFK UHJLRQDO RU VHFWLRQDO championship, the competitor’s bye to the U.S. Figure Skating Championships remains unaffected. At such regional or VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS WKH WRS IRXU SODFHV SOXV WKH E\HG FRPSHWLWRU ZLOO DGYDQFH WR WKH QH[W KLJKHU TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ UHJLRQDO WR VHFWLRQDO RU VHFWLRQDO WR 8 6 &KDPSLRQVKLSV 2520 Alternates shall be selected in accordance with the procedures in rule section 2480.

2530 Titles 2531 Titles – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance The winners of the championships of the United States shall be known as: A. “Men’s champion of the United Statesâ€? % Âł/DGLHV FKDPSLRQ RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV´ C. “Pairs champions of the United Statesâ€? D. “Dance champions of the United Statesâ€? 2532 Vacant Titles – All Disciplines A. If no competition is held for any U.S. Championship for any reason, the most recently declared champions shall retain their titles. B. If the most recently declared sectional or regional senior champions enter and no other competitors enter or appear, they shall retain their titles. If they do not enter, and no competition is held because of lack of entries, the title for that year shall be declared vacant. If no sectional or regional championship is held, for any other reason, the most recently declared champions shall retain their titles.

2540 U.S. Adult Championships and Adult Sectional Championships 2541 See rule section 2400 for information on entering adult qualifying competitions. 2542 )RU WKH 8 6 $GXOW )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV HDFK FRPSHWLWRU ZLOO KDYH DFKLHYHG WKH DSSURSULDWH WHVW TXDOLÂżFDWLRQV and must be at least 21 years of age, or must meet the age requirement of the event that they are entering, by the closing date for entries. 2543 Adult competitors who pass a free skate test, a pair test or a dance test after the closing date for entries, at a level higher than the tests allowed for the event entered by the competitor, will forfeit their eligibility to enter. 2544 Four/12 or Fewer: Competitors in a qualifying event at an adult sectional championship may progress directly to the U.S. Adult Championships if, at the closing date for entries, there are four or fewer competitors in their event within their section or 12 or fewer competitors in their event in all sections combined. A. Fill-Up Rule: If, at the closing date for entries, there are four or fewer competitors registered for a qualifying event at an adult sectional championship, additional competitors from the same qualifying event in other sections will be permitted to enter the U.S. Adult Figure Skating Championships in order to bring the number of competitors up to a PD[LPXP RI RU PRUH LI WLHV PDNH LW QHFHVVDU\ 7KHVH DGGLWLRQDO FRPSHWLWRUV ZLOO EH VHOHFWHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI WKHLU placement. Should this result in two or more competitors qualifying for one additional place, all will be included even LI WKLV FDXVHV WKH WRWDO QXPEHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV LQ WKH HYHQW WR H[FHHG 2545 Alternates shall be selected in accordance with the procedures in rule 2480.

127

2550 Qualifying Rounds – Adult Championships 2551 Qualifying rounds may be held at adult competitions ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI DGXOW VROR GDQFH DQG DUWLVWLF VKRZFDVH W\SH events, which will have no qualifying rounds. If there are more than 24 entries in any event, skaters will be divided into groups in accordance with rule 2466. A. The chief referee, with the approval of the chair of the Competitions Committee, has the authority to adjust group sizes WR PHHW WKH ORJLVWLFDO QHHGV RI DQ\ HYHQW V DW DQ DGXOW VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS $Q\ PRGL¿FDWLRQV ZLOO EH EDODQFHG LQ such a way as to ensure fairness to skaters in the event. 2552 7KHUH ZLOO EH DJH FODVVHV IRU DOO QRQTXDOLI\LQJ IUHH VNDWH GUDPDWLF HQWHUWDLQPHQW DQG OLJKW HQWHUWDLQPHQW HYHQWV GRHV QRW LQFOXGH SDLU HYHQWV FKDPSLRQVKLS HYHQWV RU SDUWQHUHG RU VROR GDQFH HYHQWV Class I: 21 years through 35 years Class II: 36 years through 45 years Class III: 46 years through 55 years Class IV: 56 years through 65 years Class V: 66 years and over A. Proof of age is required. % $W WKH FKLHI UHIHUHHœV GLVFUHWLRQ DJH FODVV HYHQWV ZLWK IHZHU WKDQ VL[ HQWULHV PD\ EH FRPELQHG DIWHU FRQVXOWDWLRQ ZLWK the national vice chair for adult championships and the chair of the Competitions Committee.

2660 U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships 2661 See rule section 2400 for information on entering the U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships. 2670 Qualifying Rounds – U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships 2671 Qualifying rounds will not be held at the U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships.

2700 Warm-Ups, Draws and Starting Orders 2701 7KH IROORZLQJ GHÂżQLWLRQV SHUWDLQ WR DOO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV IRU VLQJOHV SDLUV LFH GDQFH $ (YHQW VHJPHQW HDFK SDUW RI WKH HYHQW Âą H J VKRUW SURJUDP IUHH VNDWH SDWWHUQ GDQFH VKRUW GDQFH IUHH GDQFH % 3UDFWLFH JURXS 7KHVH JURXSV DUH SUH GHÂżQHG E\ WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH DQG GHWHUPLQH WKH RIÂżFLDO SUDFWLFH VHVVLRQV WR ZKLFK each skater is assigned. The practice groups do not change based on the draw. & :DUP XS JURXS 7KHVH DUH GHÂżQHG E\ WKH GUDZ WKH VWDUW RUGHU IRU HDFK HYHQW VHJPHQW 7KLV ZLOO FKDQJH IRU HDFK HYHQW VHJPHQW H J VKRUW SURJUDP YV IUHH VNDWH ' 2IÂżFLDO SUDFWLFH LFH 7KHVH VHVVLRQV DUH RIIHUHG DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH /2& DQG FKLHI UHIHUHH DQG LI RIIHUHG are at least one day before the event segment. Competition music will be played in its entirety for each skater. ( 2IÂżFLDO event day warm-up ice: These are sessions provided DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH /2& DQG FKLHI UHIHUHH on the day of an event segment. These sessions are typically 15 to 20 minutes in length, and no competition music will be played. 7KLV LV 127 WKH PLQXWH competition ZDUP XS WLPH WKDW LV GLUHFWO\ EHIRUH HDFK HYHQW VHJPHQW VHH UXOH ) 8QRIÂżFLDO SUDFWLFH LFH WKLV LV QRW VFKHGXOHG E\ WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH QRU LV LW WKH UHVSRQVLELOLW\ RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ $ VNDWHU ZKR ZRXOG OLNH DGGLWLRQDO SUDFWLFH VHVVLRQV EH\RQG RIÂżFLDO SUDFWLFH LFH PD\ FRQWDFW ORFDO ULQNV IRU WLPHV DQG SULFHV $ VNDWHU WHDP PD\ VNDWH RQ XQRIÂżFLDO SUDFWLFH LFH DW DQ\ ULQN DW DQ\ WLPH (;&(37 EHWZHHQ WKH WLPH ZKHQ WKH VNDWHUÂśV WHDPÂśV HYHQW VHJPHQW KDV EHJXQ ² DV VLJQLÂżHG E\ WKH ÂżUVW ZDUP XS JURXS WDNLQJ WKH LFH ² DQG WKH WLPH ZKHQ WKH ODVW VNDWHU WHDP LQ WKH HYHQW FRPSOHWHV WKHLU SURJUDP 2710 Warm-Up Times and Group Sizes – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance 2711 Before the start of any part of any event, the referee shall allow a period of warm-up in groups when required as follows VHH UXOH Group Minutes Event Maximum Singles short program 6 6 Singles free skate 6 6 Pairs short program 4 6 Pairs free skate 4 6 Pattern dances 5 4 Short dance 5 5 Free dance 5 5 A. For pattern dances that are not designated as skaters’ choice dances, the warm-up will be one minute without music IROORZHG E\ WKUHH PLQXWHV ZLWK PXVLF 7KH UHIHUHH PD\ FKRRVH DQ\ QXPEHU RI PXVLFDO VHOHFWLRQV H[FHSW WKDW DW least WZR VHOHFWLRQV PXVW EH FKRVHQ ZKHQ WKHUH DUH PRUH WKDQ ÂżYH FRXSOHV :KHQ PRUH WKDQ RQH PXVLFDO VHOHFWLRQ LV WR EH played for a pattern GDQFH DOO VHOHFWLRQV ZLOO EH SOD\HG LQ QXPHULFDO RUGHU VWDUWLQJ ZLWK VHOHFWLRQ 1R 7KH PXVLF selected for the warm-up may not be used for competition. 7KH )LQQVWHS ZDUP XS LV DQ H[FHSWLRQ WR WKLV UXOH DQG LV WR EH FRQGXFWHG DV IROORZV RQH PLQXWH ZLWKRXW PXVLF IROORZHG E\ WKUHH PLQXWHV RI DOO WKUHH WXQHV RI WKH )LQQVWHS RQH PLQXWH RI HDFK WXQH ZLOO EH SOD\HG B. For pattern dances that are designated as “skaters’ choiceâ€? dances, the warm-up will be four minutes without music. C. For short dance and free dance events, soft background music is permitted. 2712 A warm-up period must immediately precede a competitive skating group. In case of interruption in the competition of 128

more than 10 minutes, due to unforeseen circumstances, the skaters concerned will be permitted a second warm-up period RI VL[ PLQXWHV LQ WKH FDVH RI VLQJOHV RU SDLUV IRXU PLQXWHV LQ WKH FDVH RI SDWWHUQ GDQFH RU ¿YH PLQXWHV LQ WKH FDVH RI short dance or free dance. $ )RU VLQJOHV SDLUV DQG LFH GDQFH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH DXWKRUL]HG E\ WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH DIWHU DQ HYHQW VHJPHQW VKRUW SURJUDP free skate, pattern dance, short GDQFH IUHH GDQFH KDV EHJXQ DV ZLWQHVVHG E\ WKH ¿UVW ZDUP XS JURXS KDYLQJ WDNHQ WKH ice, no competitor in that event segment, regardless of their warm-up group, may practice for any length of time on the RI¿FLDO LFH VXUIDFH RU DQ\ RWKHU LFH VXUIDFH XQWLO WKH HYHQW VHJPHQW KDV FRQFOXGHG 7KLV UXOH GRHV QRW DIIHFW WKH VNDWHU¶V RI¿FLDO ZDUP XS JURXS RU WKH WLPH LPPHGLDWHO\ SUHFHGLQJ WKH FDOO RI WKHLU QDPH E\ WKH DQQRXQFHU $ VNDWHU WHDP ZKR YLRODWHV WKLV UXOH ZLOO EH GLVTXDOL¿HG IURP WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ 2713 At qualifying competitions, the chart in rule 2714 will be used for determining the size of the warm-up groups. A. 7KLV FKDUW GRHV QRW DSSO\ WR RI¿FLDO SUDFWLFH LFH B. 7KH FKLHI UHIHUHH PD\ H[WHQG WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RQ WKH ZDUP XS E\ RQH VNDWHU FRXSOH LI QHHGHG C. ,Q WKH HYHQW RI D ZLWKGUDZDO DIWHU WKH VNDWLQJ RUGHU KDV EHHQ SRVWHG ZDUP XS JURXSV ZLOO QRW EH DGMXVWHG WR ¿OO WKH open position. 2714 Size of Warm-Up Groups – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance Number of SINGLES PAIRS DANCE Competitors Short Program Short Program Pattern Dance Free Skate Free Skate Short Dance Free Dance Maximum of 6 Maximum of 4 Maximum of 5 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 2+3 5 6 6 3+3 3+3 7 3+4 3+4 3+4 8 4+4 4+4 4+4 9 4+5 3+3+3 4+5 10 5+5 3+3+4 5+5 11 5+6 3+4+4 3+4+4 12 6+6 4+4+4 4+4+4 13 4+4+5 3+3+3+4 4+4+5 14 4+5+5 3+3+4+4 4+5+5 15 5+5+5 3+4+4+4 5+5+5 16 5+5+6 4+4+4+4 4+4+4+4 17 5+6+6 3+3+3+4+4 4+4+4+5 18 6+6+6 3+3+4+4+4 4+4+5+5 19 4+5+5+5 3+4+4+4+4 4+5+5+5 20 5+5+5+5 4+4+4+4+4 5+5+5+5 21 5+5+5+6 3+3+3+4+4+4 4+4+4+4+5 22 5+5+6+6 3+3+4+4+4+4 4+4+4+5+5 23 5+6+6+6 3+4+4+4+4+4 4+4+5+5+5 24 6+6+6+6 4+4+4+4+4+4 4+5+5+5+5 Note: 6HH UXOH % IRU VSHFLDO SURYLVLRQV SHUWDLQLQJ WR 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV 2720 Draws for Initial Starting Orders – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance 2721 $W WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV RQO\ WKH FKDPSLRQVKLS VHQLRU ODGLHV PHQ¶V DQG SDLUV VKRUW SURJUDP DQG FKDPSLRQVKLS VHQLRU VKRUW GDQFH HYHQWV ZLOO EH GUDZQ LQ WZR VXEJURXSV $ 7KH VNDWHUV ZKR UHFHLYH DXWRPDWLF LQYLWDWLRQV VHH UXOH ZLOO GUDZ UDQGRPO\ IURP WKH ¿UVW VXEJURXS WR VNDWH within the last two warm-up groups; B. The remaining competitors will draw randomly from the second subgroup to skate in the remaining spots, including any spots remaining in the last two warm-up groups. 2722 )RU DOO TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ HYHQWV H[FHSW WKH FKDPSLRQVKLS VHQLRU ODGLHV PHQ¶V SDLU DQG LFH GDQFH HYHQWV DW WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV VHH UXOH WKHUH ZLOO EH D UDQGRP GUDZ IRU VWDUWLQJ RUGHU LQ WKH ¿UVW VHJPHQW RI HDFK event. 2723 Initial closed draws for short program for singles and pairs, free skate events that do not have a short program, pattern dances or short dance in the initial rounds of ice dance events: $ 0D\ EH GUDZQ E\ WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH RU FKDLU RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ LQ WKH SUHVHQFH RI DW OHDVW WZR MXGJHV RU RWKHU RI¿FLDOV at any convenient time after the closing of entries; or % 0D\ EH GUDZQ E\ WKH FKLHI DFFRXQWDQW LQ WKH SUHVHQFH RI DW OHDVW WZR RWKHU RI¿FLDOV E\ XVLQJ WKH UDQGRP GUDZ IHDWXUH of an approved U.S. Figure Skating program. The drawn starting orders for each event must be posted no less than 12 hours before the start of the respective event of the competition. 129

2725 Draw for the Starting Order of Final Round after a Qualifying Round – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance 2726 $V VRRQ DV SRVVLEOH DIWHU WKH GHWHUPLQDWLRQ DQG FHUWL¿FDWLRQ RI UHVXOWV IURP WKH TXDOLI\LQJ URXQGV WKH RI¿FLDOV VHOHFWHG E\ WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH ZLOO FRPSOHWH WKH GUDZ IRU WKH ¿QDO URXQG 7KH VWDUWLQJ RUGHU IRU WKH ¿QDO URXQG ZLOO EH GUDZQ LQ WZR subgroups: $ 7KH VW DQG QG SODFH ¿QLVKHUV LQ HDFK JURXS LQ WKH LQLWLDO URXQG ZLOO EH WKH ODVW WR VNDWH LQ WKH ¿QDO URXQG DQG ZLOO GUDZ IURP WKH ¿UVW VXEJURXS ,I WKHVH VNDWHUV HQFRPSDVV D SRUWLRQ RI D ZDUP XS JURXS WKH\ ZLOO VNDWH LQ WKH ODWWHU SRUWLRQ of said warm-up group. % 7KH UHPDLQLQJ TXDOL¿HUV IURP WKH LQLWLDO URXQG ZLOO EH WKH ¿UVW WR VNDWH LQ WKH ¿QDO URXQG DQG ZLOO GUDZ IURP WKH VHFRQG subgroup. 2730 Draws for Subsequent Starting Orders and Warm-Up Groups – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance 2731 $V VRRQ DV SRVVLEOH DIWHU WKH GHWHUPLQDWLRQ DQG FHUWL¿FDWLRQ RI WKH UHVXOWV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ VHJPHQW WKH RI¿FLDOV VHOHFWHG E\ WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH VKDOO FRPSOHWH WKH GUDZ ,Q PRVW VLWXDWLRQV DFWXDO GUDZ JURXSV DUH GHWHUPLQHG E\ WKH PD[LPXP number of competitors permitted in a warm-up group. Of course, there are situations where this is not possible: A. When competitors are tied but are in two separate draw groups, the draw groups are readjusted. % :KHQ DQ HYHQW KDV RQO\ WKH PD[LPXP RU IHZHU FRPSHWLWRUV WKDQ DOORZHG LQ D ZDUP XS JURXS C. For the championship singles and pairs free skate and free dance events at the U.S. Figure Skating Championships ZKHUH WKHUH DUH VSHFL¿F UXOHV WKDW FRYHU WKH GUDZ IRU WKH VWDUWLQJ RUGHU (DFK RI WKHVH FLUFXPVWDQFHV LV FRYHUHG LQ GHWDLO within rule section 2730. Note: Draws are tied to the starting order group when the number of competitors in the event does not surpass the PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG IRU ZDUP XS JURXS VL]H :KHQ WKH QXPEHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV LQ WKH HYHQW UHTXLUHV PRUH WKDQ RQH ZDUP up group, draws are tied to the warm-up group. 2732 Subsequent starting orders will be drawn: A. When there are no qualifying-round groups; $V D GUDZ EDVHG RQ WKH UHVXOWV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ VHJPHQW V RI WKH HYHQW 6HH UXOH B. When there have been qualifying rounds: 1. As a random draw in a single segment championship round; $V D UDQGRP GUDZ LQ WKH ¿UVW VHJPHQW RI WKH FKDPSLRQVKLS URXQG 3. As a draw based on the results of the previous segment of a multi-segment championship round. 2733 RESERVED 2734 7KH GUDZ IRU WKH VWDUWLQJ RUGHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV LV GHWHUPLQHG IURP WKH UHVXOWV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ VHJPHQW V RI WKH HYHQW concerned: A. Singles and pairs free skate are drawn from the result of the short program; B. Senior and junior free dance are drawn from the result of the short dance; C. 1RYLFH LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG MXYHQLOH IUHH GDQFH DUH GUDZQ IURP WKH UHVXOW RI WKH SDWWHUQ dances; D. Championship adult, adult gold and adult pre-gold and masters open free dance are drawn from the result of the pattern dances; ( $GXOW VLOYHU DGXOW EURQ]H DQG DGXOW SUH EURQ]H GDQFH DUH GUDZQ IURP WKH UHVXOW RI WKH LQLWLDO URXQG 7KH VWDUWLQJ RUGHU GUDZQ IRU WKH ¿UVW ¿QDO URXQG GDQFH VKDOO UHPDLQ WKH VDPH IRU HDFK VXEVHTXHQW GDQFH RI WKH ¿QDO round. 2735 How to establish draw groups to determine a starting order: $ :KHQ WKH QXPEHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV GRHV QRW H[FHHG WKH PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG LQ D ZDUP XS JURXS 1. The competitors shall be divided into two equal draw groups. ,I WKH QXPEHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV LV QRW HTXDOO\ GLYLVLEOH WKH ODVW GUDZ JURXS WKH EHVW SODFHG FRPSHWLWRUV PXVW FRQWDLQ RQH PRUH FRPSHWLWRU WKDQ WKH ¿UVW GUDZ JURXS 3 Tied competitors must be placed in the same draw group. 4. When competitors are tied, there will be a separate draw before the main draw to determine the draw order for the tied competitors. 5. Start the draw with the best-placed competitor in the event. The starting order in each group will be drawn in order of placement. 7KH ZDUP XS JURXS LV LQGHSHQGHQW RI WKHVH GUDZV UXOH $

7. Size of Draw Groups with Only One Warm-Up Group: Number of Singles Pairs Ice Dance Competitors Free Skate Free Skate Free Dance 2 1+1 1+1 1+1 3 1+2 1+2 1+2 4 2+2 2+2 2+2 5 2+3 — 2+3 6 3+3 — —

130

B. TV Rule $W WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV RQO\ WKH FKDPSLRQVKLS VHQLRU ODGLHV PHQ¶V DQG SDLUV IUHH VNDWH DQG FKDPSLRQVKLS VHQLRU IUHH GDQFH HYHQWV ZLOO EH GUDZQ DV IROORZV /DGLHV DQG PHQ The last two warm-up groups will consist of not fewer than 10 and not more than 12 competitors, ZLWK WKH H[DFW QXPEHU WR EH GHFLGHG E\ WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH LQ FRQVXOWDWLRQ ZLWK WKH H[HFXWLYH GLUHFWRU SULRU WR WKH draw of the short program. D 6WDUWLQJ RUGHU IRU WKH ¿QDO WZR JURXSV ZLOO EH GUDZQ LQ IRXU VXEJURXSV L 7KH WRS WKUHH ¿QLVKHUV LQ WKH VKRUW SURJUDP ZLOO EH WKH ODVW WR VNDWH LQ WKH ¿QDO JURXS DQG ZLOO GUDZ IURP WKH ¿UVW VXEJURXS LL 7KH IRXUWK ¿IWK DQG VL[WK SODFH RU IRXUWK DQG ¿IWK SODFH LI ¿YH LQ JURXS ¿QLVKHUV LQ WKH VKRUW SURJUDP ZLOO EH WKH ¿UVW WR VNDWH LQ WKH ¿QDO JURXS DQG ZLOO GUDZ IURP WKH VHFRQG VXEJURXS LLL 7KH VHYHQWK HLJKWK DQG QLQWK SODFH RU VL[WK VHYHQWK DQG HLJKWK SODFH LI ¿YH LQ JURXS ¿QLVKHUV LQ WKH short program will be the last to skate in the second-to-last group and will draw from the third subgroup. LY 7KH WK WK DQG WK SODFH RU QLQWK DQG WK SODFH LI ¿YH LQ JURXS ¿QLVKHUV LQ WKH VKRUW SURJUDP ZLOO EH WKH ¿UVW WR VNDWH LQ WKH VHFRQG WR ODVW JURXS DQG ZLOO GUDZ IURP WKH IRXUWK VXEJURXS 3DLUV The last warm-up group will consist of four couples. D 6WDUWLQJ RUGHU IRU WKH ¿QDO JURXS ZLOO EH GUDZQ LQ WZR VXEJURXSV L 7KH WRS WZR ¿QLVKHUV LQ WKH VKRUW SURJUDP ZLOO EH WKH ODVW WR VNDWH LQ WKH ¿QDO JURXS DQG ZLOO GUDZ IURP WKH ¿UVW VXEJURXS LL 7KH WKLUG DQG IRXUWK SODFH ¿QLVKHUV LQ WKH VKRUW SURJUDP ZLOO EH WKH ¿UVW WR VNDWH LQ WKH ¿QDO JURXS DQG ZLOO draw from the second subgroup. ,FH GDQFH 7KH ODVW ZDUP XS JURXS ZLOO FRQVLVW RI ¿YH FRXSOHV D 6WDUWLQJ RUGHU IRU WKH ¿QDO JURXS ZLOO EH GUDZQ LQ WZR VXEJURXSV L 7KH WRS WKUHH ¿QLVKHUV LQ WKH VKRUW GDQFH ZLOO EH WKH ODVW WR VNDWH LQ WKH ¿QDO JURXS DQG ZLOO GUDZ IURP WKH ¿UVW VXEJURXS LL 7KH IRXUWK DQG ¿IWK SODFH ¿QLVKHUV LQ WKH VKRUW GDQFH ZLOO EH WKH ¿UVW WR VNDWH LQ WKH ¿QDO JURXS DQG ZLOO draw from the second subgroup. 2. The policy of U.S. Figure Skating is to keep some format of random draw and not go to a reverse placement skating order in the future. 3. The remaining competitors will be drawn as follows: D ,I WKH UHPDLQLQJ FRPSHWLWRUV DUH PRUH WKDQ WKH PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG LQ D ZDUP XS JURXS WKH\ ZLOO EH GLYLGHG LQWR WKH VPDOOHVW SRVVLEOH QXPEHU RI HTXDO JURXSV RI QRW PRUH WKDQ WKH PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG E ,I WKH QXPEHU RI UHPDLQLQJ FRPSHWLWRUV LV QRW HTXDOO\ GLYLVLEOH WKH ODVW JURXS WKH ODVW SODFHG FRPSHWLWRUV PXVW FRQWDLQ RQH OHVV FRPSHWLWRU WKDQ WKH QH[W JURXS V 4. Tied competitors must be in the same draw group: a. Starting with the lowest-placed competitor, tied competitors in different draw groups will be placed together in WKH VDPH GUDZ JURXS 7KH GUDZ JURXS IURP ZKLFK WKH FRPSHWLWRU V ZDV ZHUH UHPRYHG LV UHGXFHG DFFRUGLQJO\ E :KHQ RQH RU PRUH WLHG FRPSHWLWRUV DUH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH VDPH GUDZ JURXS WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU SHUPLWWHG WR ZDUP XS DW WKH VDPH WLPH PD\ EH H[FHHGHG E\ RQH FRPSHWLWRU F ,I WKHVH WLHG FRPSHWLWRUV LQFUHDVH WKH PD[LPXP JURXS VL]H DOORZHG E\ WZR RU PRUH WKH GUDZ JURXS LQ TXHVWLRQ will be divided into two subgroups. One subgroup will consist of these tied competitors. The other subgroup will consist of the remaining competitors from the group. d. The movement of tied competitors in the event does not affect the other competitors. Their assigned draw group does not change. e. When competitors are tied, there will be a separate draw before the main draw to determine the draw order for the tied competitors. 5. Start the draw with the best-placed competitor. The starting order in each group will be drawn in order of placement. C. For all other events: )RU WKH SXUSRVH RI HVWDEOLVKLQJ GUDZ JURXSV VWDUW ZLWK WKH ODVW SODFH FRPSHWLWRU DQG ZRUN XS WR WKH ¿UVW SODFH FRPSHWLWRU WR HVWDEOLVK WKH PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG LQ D ZDUP XS JURXS 6HH WKH WDEOH DW UXOH ,I WKHUH DUH PRUH FRPSHWLWRUV WKDQ WKH PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG WKH\ VKDOO EH GLYLGHG LQWR WKH VPDOOHVW SRVVLEOH QXPEHU RI HTXDO JURXSV RI QRW PRUH WKDQ WKH PD[LPXP ,I WKH QXPEHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV LV QRW HTXDOO\ GLYLVLEOH WKH ODVW JURXS WR VNDWH WKH EHVW SODFHG FRPSHWLWRUV DQG DV PDQ\ SUHFHGLQJ JURXSV DV QHFHVVDU\ PXVW FRQWDLQ RQH PRUH FRPSHWLWRU WKDQ WKH ¿UVW JURXS WR VNDWH WKH ORZHVW SODFHG FRPSHWLWRUV 4. Tied competitors must be in the same draw group: a. Starting with the lowest placed competitor, tied competitors in different draw groups shall be placed together in WKH VDPH GUDZ JURXS 7KH GUDZ JURXS IURP ZKLFK WKH FRPSHWLWRU V ZDV ZHUH UHPRYHG LV UHGXFHG DFFRUGLQJO\ E :KHQ RQH RU PRUH WLHG FRPSHWLWRUV DUH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH VDPH GUDZ JURXS WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU SHUPLWWHG WR ZDUP XS DW WKH VDPH WLPH PD\ EH H[FHHGHG E\ RQH FRPSHWLWRU

131

F ,I WKHVH WLHG FRPSHWLWRUV LQFUHDVH WKH PD[LPXP JURXS VL]H SHUPLWWHG E\ WZR RU PRUH WKH GUDZ JURXS LQ TXHVWLRQ shall be divided into two subgroups. One subgroup shall consist of these tied competitors. The other subgroup shall consist of the remaining competitors from the group. d. The movement of tied competitors in the event does not affect the other competitors. Their assigned draw group does not change. e. When competitors are tied, there will be a separate draw before the main draw to determine the draw order for the tied competitors. 5. Start the draw with the best-placed competitor in the event. The starting order in each group will be drawn in order of placement. 2736 Warm-up groups: $ ,I WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI FRPSHWLWRUV DOORZHG LQ D ZDUP XS JURXS LV QRW H[FHHGHG WKH FRPSHWLWRUV ZLOO VNDWH LQ WKH same warm-up group. B. Junior and senior short dance: starting with the competitor who drew last to skate, use the table in rule 2714 to establish WKH PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG LQ D ZDUP XS JURXS & )RU DOO RWKHU HYHQWV LQFOXGLQJ FKDPSLRQVKLS ¿QDO VHJPHQW HYHQWV DW 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV WKH GUDZ groups as established are the warm-up groups. 2737 Promptly following these draws, the starting orders shall be posted.

2800 U.S. Synchronized and Synchronized Sectional Championships 2810 Synchronized Skating Qualifying Competitions – Entries 2811 $OO HQWULHV PXVW EH PDGH WR WKH SHUVRQ SODFH GHVLJQDWHG LQ WKH DQQRXQFHPHQW RQ RU EHIRUH WKH GDWH VSHFL¿HG IRU WKH FORVLQJ of the entries. The provisions of rule 2401 shall apply. 2812 &ORVLQJ GDWH RI HQWULHV IRU WKH ¿UVW V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ VKDOO EH QR ODWHU WKDQ 2FW 7HDPV QRW entering by the closing date for entries will not be permitted to compete. The provisions of rule 2401 shall apply. A. Teams entered in sectional competitions are not required to state whether or not they will participate in the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships until after the sectional competition is completed. 2813 If a synchronized team is entered as an individual member, it shall enter the section in which the greatest number of team members’ legal residences are located. In the case of a regional collegiate team, it shall enter the section in which the majority of the colleges represented are located. 2814 Clubs are permitted to enter more than one team in the same level. 2815 Qualifying Competitions – Number of Competitors 2816 A competition event will be held if at least two teams appear at the start, or in the event only one team is registered for an event and wishes to skate. 2817 For sectional championships, the number of teams entered in an event is determined at the closing date for entries as GH¿QHG LQ UXOH VHFWLRQ 2818 For sectional championships, if one team wishes to skate in an event with two or fewer competitors, the event will be held. 7KLV ZLOO QRW DIIHFW WKH HOLJLELOLW\ RI WKH WHDP V WR DGYDQFH WR WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG &KDPSLRQVKLSV 2820 Rosters, Substitutes, Alternates and Crossover Skaters 2821 7KH HQWU\ IRUP RI WKH ¿UVW TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ RI WKH \HDU IRU DOO V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ HYHQWV EHFRPHV WKH RI¿FLDO WHDP URVWHU IRU WKH UHPDLQGHU RI WKH \HDU 7KH URVWHU PXVW OLVW DOO WHDP PHPEHUV LQFOXGLQJ DOWHUQDWHV 1R DGGLWLRQV ZLOO EH permitted from sectionals to the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships. A. The roster is to be submitted to U.S. Figure Skating headquarters with the entry form by Oct. 1; % 5HTXHVWV IRU VXEVWLWXWLRQV WR WKH URVWHU PXVW EH VXEPLWWHG RQ WKH RI¿FLDO IRUP WR WKH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU RI WKH Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee. Substitutions to the roster may be permissible up to two weeks SULRU WR WKH VWDUW RI WKH QH[W TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ 7KH UHTXHVW PXVW EH LQ ZULWLQJ DQG LQFOXGH WKH UHDVRQ IRU WKH substitution together with proof of age, if applicable under rule 2824. The sectional vice chair for synchronized skating competitions will notify the national vice chair for synchronized skating competitions, the team manager, the chief referee and U.S. Figure Skating headquarters of the decision at least one week prior to the start of the competition in question. C. Collegiate and Open Collegiate teams will be permitted to withdraw their qualifying competition entry without penalty XQWLO 'HF (QWU\ IHHV ZLOO EH UHIXQGHG $OO RWKHU SURYLVLRQV RI UXOH DSSO\ ' 5RVWHU DGGLWLRQV ZLOO EH SHUPLWWHG XQWLO 'HF $OO RWKHU SURYLVLRQV RI UXOH DSSO\ 2822 :ULWWHQ QRWLFH LV UHTXLUHG IURP WKH SHUVRQ ¿QDQFLDOO\ UHVSRQVLEOH IRU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ VWDWLQJ WKDW D VNDWHU LV D PHPEHU LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ UHJDUGLQJ DOO ¿QDQFLDO PDWWHUV UHODWLQJ WR WKH ROG WHDP SULRU WR ¿QDO DFFHSWDQFH WR WKH QHZ WHDP ,I VXFK QRWLFH LV ZLWKKHOG IRU DQ\ UHDVRQ RWKHU WKDQ RXWVWDQGLQJ ¿QDQFLDO REOLJDWLRQ RU RWKHUZLVH GHOD\HG PRUH WKDQ GD\V IROORZLQJ QRWLFH RI D UHTXHVWHG FKDQJH WKHQ VXFK SHUVRQ ¿QDQFLDOO\ UHVSRQVLEOH IRU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ PD\ EH VXEMHFW to disciplinary action including suspension. 2823 ,Q HDFK TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ D WHDP PD\ VNDWH WKH QXPEHU RI PHPEHUV SHUPLWWHG IRU LWV OHYHO DV VSHFL¿HG LQ UXOHV 7200 through 7530. A team is permitted to skate a different number of skaters at each qualifying competition subject to adherence to rules 2821 and 2828. 132

2824 Documents required for qualifying competitions: $ 3URRI RI DJH L H FRS\ RI ELUWK FHUWL¿FDWH SDVVSRUW GULYHUœV OLFHQVH QRWDUL]HG DI¿GDYLW HWF IRU PHPEHUV RI VHQLRU junior, novice, intermediate and juvenile synchronized skating teams must be submitted to U.S. Figure Skating by 2FW SULRU WR WKH PHPEHU HQWHULQJ WKHLU ¿UVW TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ 6XFK SURRI QHHGV WR EH VXEPLWWHG RQO\ RQFH SHU PHPEHU 8SRQ UHFHLYLQJ YDOLG SURRI RI DJH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ KHDGTXDUWHUV ZLOO ÀDJ WKH PHPEHU UHFRUG DQG LPPHGLDWHO\ GHVWUR\ DQ\ GRFXPHQWDWLRQ 7KH URVWHU LV WR EH YHUL¿HG E\ KHDGTXDUWHUV RQ D \HDUO\ EDVLV $GXOW PDVWHUV RSHQ DGXOW DQG RSHQ PDVWHUV V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ WHDPV PXVW SURYLGH SURRI RI DJH LI VR UHTXHVWHG E\ WKH UHIHUHH DQG or local organizing committee of the competition for which the team is entered. % &ROOHJLDWH DQG RSHQ FROOHJLDWH WHDPV PXVW SURYLGH FHUWL¿FDWLRQ IURP WKHLU FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\ WKDW HDFK WHDP PHPEHU is a full-time student. 2825 Alternates on a synchronized skating team: $ 4XDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV (DFK V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ WHDP PD\ KDYH DOWHUQDWHV OLVWHG RQ WKH WHDP URVWHU 7KH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI DOWHUQDWHV LV IRXU 7HDPV PD\ KDYH D WRWDO RI IRXU DWKOHWHV RQ WKHLU URVWHU LQ DGGLWLRQ WR WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU permitted on the ice for their respective level. % ,QWHUQDWLRQDO FRPSHWLWLRQV (DFK V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ WHDP PD\ KDYH DOWHUQDWHV OLVWHG RQ WKH ,QWHUQDWLRQDO 7HDP (QWU\ )RUP 7KH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI DOWHUQDWHV LV IRXU 2826 An individual skater may skate on more than one, but not more than two, synchronized skating teams, as long as the respective teams are in different levels. All the stipulations of rules 2056, 2827 and 7200–7530 must be adhered to. The IROORZLQJ PDWUL[ GH¿QHV DOORZHG FURVVRYHUV

X X X

X X X X

X X

X X

X X

Masters

X X X

Adult

X X

Collegiate

Senior

X X

Novice

Intermediate

Preliminary

Open Masters

Open Adult

Open Collegiate

Juvenile

X

Junior

Pre-Juvenile Open Juvenile Open Collegiate Open Adult Open Masters Preliminary Juvenile Intermediate Novice Junior Senior Collegiate Adult Masters

Open Juvenile

Level in which athlete is skating

Pre-Juvenile

Level to which athlete is allowed to cross over

X X

X

X X

The shaded areas indicate no crossovers are allowed. An “Xâ€? indicates crossovers are allowed between the two levels, SURYLGLQJ DOO UHTXLUHPHQWV DUH PHW DV GHÂżQHG LQ UXOHV DQG 2827 1R WHDP PD\ EH FRPSULVHG RI PRUH WKDQ SHUFHQW RI DWKOHWHV ZKR DUH DOVR RQ DQ\ RWKHU WHDP 7KLV DSSOLHV WR ERWK WKH entire roster and the athletes who are skating on the ice at any given competition. 2828 In divisions which specify that a majority of skaters must meet an age requirement, the majority requirement applies to both the full roster of skaters submitted for the competition, including alternates, and the total number of skaters competing.

2830 Qualifying for U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships 2831 The four best-placed WHDPV LQ HDFK HYHQW MXYHQLOH LQWHUPHGLDWH QRYLFH MXQLRU VHQLRU FROOHJLDWH DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV IURP each section will be permitted to enter the comparable event at the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships. 2832 Two or Fewer Rule: 7HDPV HQWHUHG LQ DQ\ HYHQW MXYHQLOH LQWHUPHGLDWH QRYLFH MXQLRU VHQLRU FROOHJLDWH DGXOW DQG PDVWHUV DW D V\QFKURQL]HG VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS PD\ SURJUHVV GLUHFWO\ WR WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV if, at the closing date for entries, there are two or fewer teams in their event within their section.

133

2833 Fill-Up Rule: When fewer than four teams qualify for a U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships event from any VHFWLRQ D VXI¿FLHQW QXPEHU RI DGGLWLRQDO WHDPV IURP RWKHU VHFWLRQV will be permitted to enter the comparable event for that \HDU LQ RUGHU WR EULQJ WKH QXPEHU RI HQWULHV LQ WKH HYHQW XS WR WKH PD[LPXP RI RU WR HQDEOH WKH VHFWLRQV LQ TXHVWLRQ WR TXDOLI\ DQ HTXDO QXPEHU RI WHDPV A. The national vice chair for synchronized skating competitions will select the additional teams advancing from the VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV WR WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV SHU UXOH 2833 EDVHG RQ WKH QXPEHU RI WHDPV HQWHUHG RQ WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 2FW $GGLWLRQDO WHDPV IURP RWKHU VHFWLRQV ZLOO QRW EH DGGHG LI D qualifying team withdraws following the sectional championships. B. Teams invited under rule 2833 PXVW UHVSRQG ZLWKLQ KRXUV IROORZLQJ QRWL¿FDWLRQ 2840 Byes – Synchronized Skating 2841 If a synchronized team, because of some unusual circumstance is unable to compete in a sectional championship, such team may apply to the chair of the Competitions Committee for a bye to bypass the competition and advance to the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships. A. The team must apply for a bye no fewer than 14 days before the closing date for entries for the competition the team has applied to bypass; ,Q H[WUDRUGLQDU\ FLUFXPVWDQFHV WKH FKDLU RI WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH PD\ LQ WKH FKDLU¶V VROH GLVFUHWLRQ ZDLYH the 14-day deadline; 2. A decision on the bye will be delivered to the team within 15 days of due receipt of a complete application for such bye; ,Q WKH FDVH RI D GHQLDO D GHWDLOHG ZULWWHQ H[SODQDWLRQ RI WKH JURXQGV IRU GHQ\LQJ VXFK E\H ZLOO EH SURYLGHG WR WKH WHDP DQG ZLOO FLWH VSHFL¿F 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UXOHV DV EDVLV IRU GHQ\LQJ WKH E\H B. The application for a bye will be made on the current Competition Bye Application adopted by the Competitions Committee. The team will state: 1. The reasons why the team cannot compete in the competition; and :K\ WKH WHDP ZRXOG KDYH D UHDVRQDEOH FKDQFH RI ¿QLVKLQJ LQ ¿UVW VHFRQG WKLUG RU IRXUWK SODFH DW WKH 8 6 Synchronized Skating Championships. C. In the case where only one team is entered in an event a sectional championship, the event will not be held unless the team chooses to compete. The team, if applicable, will advance directly to the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships. See rules 2816 and 2832. D. A bye will be granted to bypass a sectional championship with the approval of the chair of the Competitions Committee in consultation with the national vice chair of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee. 2842 A synchronized skating team will automatically receive a bye to the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships from the chair of the Competitions Committee in consultation with the national vice chair of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee if all of the criteria from A and B below are met: $ 7KH WHDP LV D PHPEHU RI WKH 8QLWHG 6WDWHV 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ 7HDP DV GH¿QHG LQ UXOH ,&5 DQG B. The team has competed in or is assigned to and competes in a synchronized event in an international competition. C. A team which has received a bye according to paragraph B above may elect to compete at their respective sectional FKDPSLRQVKLS 5HJDUGOHVV RI WKHLU ¿QDO SODFHPHQW DW VXFK VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLS WKH WHDP¶V E\H WR WKH 8 6 Synchronized Skating Championships remains unaffected. At such sectional championship, the top four places, H[FOXGLQJ WKH WHDP ZKLFK UHFHLYHV WKH E\H ZLOO TXDOLI\ IRU WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV

2850 Qualifying Rounds and Seeding – Synchronized Skating 2851 Synchronized qualifying rounds: A. Sectional qualifying and championship rounds: 1. Seeded qualifying rounds will be held if more than 24 teams are entered in the senior, junior, collegiate, novice, intermediate, juvenile and adult levels or if more than 18 teams are entered in the open collegiate and masters levels. Unseeded qualifying rounds will be held if more than 12 teams are entered in all other event levels. See rule 2852. 2. Advancement to the championship round will be per rule 2852; ,Q HYHQWV ZLWK D VKRUW SURJUDP MXQLRU DQG VHQLRU RQO\ WKH IUHH VNDWH ZLOO EH VNDWHG LQ WKH TXDOLI\LQJ URXQG %RWK WKH VKRUW SURJUDP DQG WKH IUHH VNDWH ZLOO EH VNDWHG LQ WKH FKDPSLRQVKLS RU ¿QDO URXQG DQG WKH UHVXOWV ZLOO EH combined. B. If the number of entries is not evenly divisible by the number of groups required, the groups will be balanced as evenly as possible. C. After the groups are determined, the skating order is in accordance with the order as drawn.

134

2852 Qualifying Round Chart - Sectional Synchronized Skating Championships Number of Teams

Qualifying Round Number of Places (QR) Groups Advancing

Championship Round (CR) Groups

(YHQW OHYHO open collegiate and masters 1-18 18 19-36 2 9 18 37-54 3 6 18 (YHQW OHYHO VHQLRU MXQLRU FROOHJLDWH QRYLFH LQWHUPHGLDWH juvenile and adult 1-24 24 25-31 2 9 18 32-38 2 12 24 39-45 3 8 24 All other event levels 1-12 12 13-15 2 4 8 16-18 2 5 10 19-24 2 6 12 25-31 3 4 12 32-45 4 3 12 46-59 5 2 10 2853 Seeding will be carried out in the following manner whenever qualifying rounds are held: $ 7HDPV LQ TXDOLI\LQJ URXQGV RI VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV ZLOO EH VHHGHG LQ D ]LJ]DJ IDVKLRQ IURP WKHLU ¿QDO URXQG placement in the same levels in the most recent U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships, sectional championship or, for those having no previous placement, by draw.

2900 Warm-Ups, Draws for Starting Orders, Resurface Groups and Practice Ice – Synchronized Skating 2910 Warm-Up Time – Synchronized Skating 2911 For juvenile, intermediate, novice, junior, senior, collegiate and adult events, each team will be allowed a warm up of at OHDVW RQH PLQXWH LQ GXUDWLRQ ZLWKRXW PXVLF RQ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ LFH VXUIDFH GXULQJ WKH MXGJLQJ RI WKH SUHYLRXV WHDP EHIRUH WKH WHDP LV FDOOHG WR VWDUW 7KH ¿UVW WHDP RI HDFK VWDUWLQJ JURXS LV JUDQWHG D RQH PLQXWH ZDUP XS SHULRG EHIRUH WKHLU FDOO WR VWDUW 6HH UXOH

$ :KHQ WKH DVVLVWDQW UHIHUHH ± LFH VLJQDOV WKH QH[W WHDP WR VNDWH PXVW HQWHU WKH LFH VXUIDFH IRU WKHLU ZDUP XS B. Following the warm-up period of at least one minute, the team is announced. 2912 For open juvenile, pre-juvenile, preliminary, open collegiate, masters, open adult and open masters events, each team will EH DOORZHG D PD[LPXP RI RQH PLQXWH RI ZDUP XS ZLWKRXW PXVLF RQ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ LFH VXUIDFH after their call to start. 6HH UXOH . A. When the assistant referee – ice VLJQDOV WKH QH[W WHDP WR VNDWH PXVW HQWHU WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG VWDQG TXLHWO\ QHDU WKH barrier. B. The team is then announced, and the one minute warm-up time is reckoned from this point. 2920 Draws for Starting Orders and Resurface Groups – Synchronized Skating Competitions 2921 At the synchronized sectional championships, all draws for starting order will be closed. See rule 2723. 2922 At the U.S. Synchronized Skating Championships: $ $OO GUDZV IRU VWDUWLQJ RUGHU LQ WKH ¿UVW VHJPHQW RI HDFK HYHQW ZLOO EH GUDZQ LQ D FORVHG GUDZ E\ WKH UHIHUHH RU DFFRXQWDQW LQ WKH SUHVHQFH RI DW OHDVW WZR RWKHU RI¿FLDOV DW DQ\ FRQYHQLHQW WLPH DIWHU WKH FORVLQJ RI HQWULHV 7KH GUDZQ VWDUWLQJ RUGHUV IRU HDFK HYHQW PXVW EH SRVWHG QR OHVV WKDQ KRXUV EHIRUH WKH VWDUW RI WKH ¿UVW HYHQW RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ B. Draws following the short program for the senior and junior levels will be an open draw announced in advance. The team captain of each team should attend this draw. The referee will designate someone to draw for teams not attending. C. Promptly following these draws, the starting order for the free skate will be posted.

135

2923 Size of resurface groups: Number of Teams 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Short Program and Free Skate (If Ties) Maximum of 6 2 3 4 5 6 3+4 4+4 4+5 5+5 5+6

Free Skate Maximum of 5 2 3 4 5 3+3 3+4 4+4 4+5 5+5 3+4+4

Number of Teams 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Short Program and Free Skate (If Ties) Maximum of 6 6+6 4+4+5 4+5+5 5+5+5 5+5+6 5+6+6 6+6+6 4+5+5+5 5+5+5+5 5+5+5+6

Free Skate Maximum of 5 4+4+4 4+4+5 4+5+5 5+5+5 4+4+4+4 4+4+4+5 4+4+5+5 4+5+5+5 5+5+5+5 4+4+4+4+5

2924 ,Q VHQLRU DQG MXQLRU HYHQWV RQO\ WKH LFH VKRXOG EH UHVXUIDFHG DIWHU VL[ WHDPV SHUIRUP WKH VKRUW SURJUDP DQG DIWHU ¿YH WHDPV VL[ LQ WKH FDVH RI WLHV SHUIRUP WKH IUHH VNDWH 2925 In novice and lower events, the number of teams performing between ice resurfaces is at the discretion of the referee. 2930 Draws for Subsequent Starting Orders and Resurface Groups – Synchronized Skating 2931 $V VRRQ DV SRVVLEOH DIWHU WKH GHWHUPLQDWLRQ DQG FHUWL¿FDWLRQ RI WKH UHVXOWV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ VHJPHQW WKH RI¿FLDOV VHOHFWHG E\ WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH VKDOO FRPSOHWH WKH GUDZ ,Q PRVW VLWXDWLRQV DFWXDO GUDZ JURXSV DUH GHWHUPLQHG E\ WKH PD[LPXP number of teams permitted in a resurface group. Of course, there are situations where this is not possible: A. When teams are tied but are in two separate draw groups, draw groups are readjusted. % :KHQ DQ HYHQW KDV WKH PD[LPXP RU IHZHU WHDPV WKDQ DOORZHG LQ D UHVXUIDFH JURXS (DFK RI WKHVH FLUFXPVWDQFHV LV FRYHUHG LQ GHWDLO ZLWKLQ WKLV VHFWLRQ Note: 'UDZV DUH WLHG WR WKH VWDUWLQJ RUGHU JURXS ZKHQ WKH QXPEHU RI WHDPV LQ WKH HYHQW GRHV QRW VXUSDVV WKH PD[LPXP allowed for resurface group size. When the number of teams in the event requires more than one resurface group, draws are tied to the resurface group. C. The draw for the starting order of teams in the free skate is determined from the results of the short program. ,Q WKH HYHQW RI D ZLWKGUDZDO DIWHU WKH VNDWHU RUGHU KDV EHHQ SRVWHG UHVXUIDFH JURXSV PD\ EH DGMXVWHG WR ¿OO WKH RSHQ position. The chief referee has the discretion to determine whether the original resurface group should remain, or if the resurface group may be adjusted without repeating the draw. D. How to establish draw groups to determine a starting order: :KHQ WKH QXPEHU RI WHDPV GRHV QRW H[FHHG WKH PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG LQ D UHVXUIDFH JURXS a. The teams shall be divided into two equal draw groups. E ,I WKH QXPEHU RI WHDPV LV QRW HTXDOO\ GLYLVLEOH WKH ODVW GUDZ JURXS WKH EHVW SODFHG WHDPV PXVW FRQWDLQ RQH PRUH WHDP WKDQ WKH ¿UVW GUDZ JURXS c. Tied teams must be placed in the same draw group. d. When teams are tied, there will be a separate draw before the main draw to determine the draw order for the tied teams. e. The starting order in each draw group will be drawn in order of placement, starting with the best-placed team. I 7KH UHVXUIDFH JURXS LV LQGHSHQGHQW RI WKHVH GUDZV VHH UXOH J 6L]H RI 'UDZ *URXSV ZLWK 2QO\ 2QH 5HVXUIDFH *URXS Number of Teams 2 3 4 5

Free Skate 1+1 1+2 2+2 2+3

:KHQ WKHUH DUH PRUH WHDPV WKDQ WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU SHUPLWWHG LQ D UHVXUIDFH JURXS D )RU WKH SXUSRVH RI HVWDEOLVKLQJ GUDZ JURXSV VWDUW ZLWK WKH ODVW SODFH WHDP DQG ZRUN XS WR WKH ¿UVW SODFH WHDP to establish the groups permitted in a resurface group. See the table in rule 2923. E ,I WKHUH DUH PRUH WHDPV WKDQ WKH PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG WKH\ VKDOO EH GLYLGHG LQWR WKH VPDOOHVW SRVVLEOH QXPEHU RI HTXDO JURXSV RI QRW PRUH WKDQ WKH PD[LPXP SHUPLWWHG

136

F ,I WKH QXPEHU RI WHDPV LV QRW HTXDOO\ GLYLVLEOH WKH ODVW JURXS WR VNDWH WKH EHVW SODFHG WHDPV DQG DV PDQ\ SUHFHGLQJ JURXSV DV QHFHVVDU\ PXVW FRQWDLQ RQH PRUH WHDP WKDQ WKH ¿UVW JURXS WR VNDWH WKH ORZHVW SODFHG WHDPV d. Tied teams must be in the same draw group: i. Starting with the lowest-placed team, tied teams in different draw groups shall be placed together in the VDPH GUDZ JURXS 7KH GUDZ JURXS IURP ZKLFK WKH WHDP V ZDV ZHUH UHPRYHG LV UHGXFHG DFFRUGLQJO\ LL :KHQ RQH RU PRUH WLHG WHDPV DUH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH VDPH GUDZ JURXS WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI WHDPV SHUPLWWHG LQ D UHVXUIDFH JURXS PD\ EH H[FHHGHG E\ RQH LLL ,I WKHVH WLHG WHDPV LQFUHDVH WKH PD[LPXP JURXS VL]H DOORZHG E\ WZR RU PRUH WKH GUDZ JURXS LQ TXHVWLRQ shall be divided into two subgroups. One subgroup shall consist of these tied teams. The other subgroup shall consist of the remaining teams from the group. iv. The movement of tied teams in the event does not affect the other teams. Their assigned draw group does not change. v. When teams are tied, there will be a separate draw before the main draw to determine the draw order for the tied teams. e. Start the draw with the best-placed team. The starting order in each group will be drawn in order of placement. 2932 5HVXUIDFH JURXSV $ ,I WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI WHDPV DOORZHG LQ D UHVXUIDFH JURXS LV QRW H[FHHGHG WKH WHDPV ZLOO VNDWH LQ WKH VDPH resurface group. % ,I WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI WHDPV DOORZHG LV H[FHHGHG WKH GUDZ JURXSV DV HVWDEOLVKHG DUH WKH UHVXUIDFH JURXSV 2933 Promptly following these draws, the starting order shall be posted. 2940 Practice Ice – Synchronized Skating 2941 2I¿FLDO SUDFWLFH LFH DW WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV DQG V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ VHFWLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV is to be conducted in 12, 10 or 8 minute segments. 2942 7HDPV HQWHUHG LQ WKH IROORZLQJ HYHQWV DUH SURYLGHG DQ PLQXWH RI¿FLDO SUDFWLFH LFH VHJPHQW RSHQ MXYHQLOH IUHH VNDWH pre-juvenile free skate, preliminary free skate, open adult free skate and open masters free skate. 2943 7HDPV HQWHUHG LQ WKH IROORZLQJ HYHQWV DUH SURYLGHG D PLQXWH RI¿FLDO SUDFWLFH LFH VHJPHQW VHQLRU VKRUW SURJUDP MXQLRU short program, novice free skate, intermediate free skate, juvenile free skate, adult free skate, masters free skate and open collegiate free skate. 2944 7HDPV HQWHUHG LQ WKH IROORZLQJ HYHQWV DUH SURYLGHG D PLQXWH RI¿FLDO SUDFWLFH LFH VHJPHQW VHQLRU IUHH VNDWH MXQLRU free skate and collegiate free skate. The skating order for the senior and junior free skate practice ice segments will be determined by the draw for the respective free skates. 2945 For the practice ice segment for sectional and the U.S. Synchronized Championships, each team will be allowed a short ZDUP XS SHULRG SULRU WR WKH VWDUW RI WKH PXVLF (DFK WHDP ZLOO EH DOORZHG WR KDYH WKHLU PXVLF SOD\HG WZR WLPHV 1R stopping or restarting of the music will be allowed once the music has been started. 2946 )RU WKH IUHH VNDWH PLQXWH VHJPHQWV WKH PXVLF ZLOO EH SOD\HG IRU WKH ¿UVW WLPH QR ODWHU WKDQ ò minutes into the session. The music will be played for the second time no later than the 5 minute mark of the session. A 30 second warning announcement will be given prior to the start of the music for both playings. Any time left in the session will be announced at the completion of the playing of the music for the second time. 2947 )RU WKH VKRUW SURJUDP DQG IUHH VNDWH PLQXWH VHJPHQWV WKH PXVLF ZLOO EH SOD\HG IRU WKH ¿UVW WLPH QR ODWHU WKDQ ò minutes into the session. The music will be played for the second time no later than the 6 minute mark of the session. A 30 second warning announcement will be given prior to the start of the music for both playings. Any time left in the session will be announced at the completion of the playing of the music for the second time. 2948 )RU WKH IUHH VNDWH PLQXWH VHJPHQWV WKH PXVLF ZLOO EH SOD\HG IRU WKH ¿UVW WLPH QR ODWHU WKDQ ò minutes into the session. The music will be played for the second time no later than 7 minutes into the session. A 30 second warning announcement will be given prior to the start of the music for both playings. Any time left in the session will be announced at the completion of the playing of the music for the second time. 2949 2I¿FLDO SUDFWLFH LFH IRU WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV will be organized and skated by starting order as GH¿QHG E\ WKH LQLWLDO GUDZ H[FHSW DV VWDWHG LQ UXOH 2950 )RU WHDPV FRPSHWLQJ XQGHU WKH ,-6 DW RQH RI WKH RI¿FLDO SUDFWLFHV WKH WHDP LV REOLJHG WR VNDWH WKH ZKROH HQWLUH FRPSHWLWLRQ SURJUDP VKRUW SURJUDP DQG IUHH VNDWH UHVSHFWLYHO\ HLWKHU LQ RQH HQWLUH UXQ WKURXJK RU WZR KDOYHV WKH ZKROH KDOI RI WKH SURJUDP DW RQFH IROORZHG E\ WKH RWKHU KDOI RI WKH SURJUDP DW RQFH 2951 )RU WKH 8 6 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV DIWHU WKH ¿UVW RI¿FLDO SUDFWLFH IRU DQ HYHQW KDV EHJXQ QR WHDP LQ WKDW event may practice for any length of time on any ice surface outside of the practice ice provided by the organizers.

137

Notes

138

Rules for Nonqualifying Competitions Including: Intercollegiate, Compete USA, Special, Club, Special Olympics, National Showcase and National Theatre On Ice 3000 Nonqualifying Competitions – Sanctions 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DQG QRQ QDWLRQDO VSHFLDO FRPSHWLWLRQV UHTXLUH D VDQFWLRQ IURP HLWKHU WKH DSSURSULDWH UHJLRQDO vice chair of the Competitions Committee, or in the case of synchronized competitions, the appropriate sectional vice chair of the Synchronized Skating Competitions Subcommittee. $ 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV PD\ EH GLYLGHG LQWR GLIIHUHQW FODVVHV RI HYHQWV ZLWK VXFK UXOHV IRU HOLJLELOLW\ LQ WKH GLIIHUHQW classes as the local organizing committee may determine. B. Competitions open to skaters of both the United States and Canada require sanctions from both the Competitions Committee and Skate Canada. & $ GHWDLOHG DQQRXQFHPHQW VHWWLQJ IRUWK WKH VSHFL¿F UXOHV IRU WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG IRU WKH HYHQWV RIIHUHG DV ZHOO DV SURFHGXUHV WKDW DUH GLIIHUHQW IURP WKRVH OLVWHG LQ WKHVH UXOHV PXVW EH VXEPLWWHG ZLWK WKH RI¿FLDO VDQFWLRQ DSSOLFDWLRQ to the regional vice chair for approval and sanctioning. ' 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV PXVW QRW EH SXEOLFL]HG QRU KHOG XQWLO WKH DQQRXQFHPHQW KDV EHHQ DSSURYHG DQG WKH sanction awarded. ( 'LVSXWHV RYHU GDWHV IRU KRVWLQJ QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV ZLOO EH DUELWUDWHG E\ WKH &RPSHWLWLRQV &RPPLWWHH UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLU V JUDQWLQJ WKH GLVSXWHG VDQFWLRQV 6KRXOG DJUHHPHQW EHWZHHQ WKH DIIHFWHG FOXEV QRW EH DFKLHYHG WKH UHJLRQDO YLFH FKDLU V ZLOO KDYH WKH DXWKRULW\ WR PDQGDWH D VROXWLRQ DIWHU FRQVXOWDWLRQ ZLWK WKH DSSURSULDWH VHFWLRQDO YLFH FKDLU Should the decision involve more than one regional vice chair and the regional vice chairs are not able to reach an agreement, the chair of the Competitions Committee will mandate the solution. The same procedure will be followed for synchronized events but at the sectional vice chair level.

3010 Nonqualifying Competitions – Events 3011 The local organizing committee of a nonqualifying competition may, with the approval of the appropriate regional vice FKDLU PRGLI\ HYHQWV VXFK DV VHQLRU MXQLRU QRYLFH LQWHUPHGLDWH DGXOW HWF FRYHUHG LQ WKH UXOHERRN DQG FUHDWH HYHQWV QRW FRYHUHG 7KH UXOHV IRU DOO VXFK HYHQWV PXVW EH VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ DQQRXQFHPHQW 3012 Moves in the Field: $ /DGLHV DQG PHQ PD\ FRPSHWH DJDLQVW HDFK RWKHU DW DOO OHYHOV 3013 Singles and Pairs: $ 7KH IUHH VNDWH LV SHUIRUPHG E\ HDFK FRPSHWLWRU WHDP LQGLYLGXDOO\ B. The event may consist of a short program only, a short program and free skate combined or free skate only. C. In singles, girls and boys may compete against each other at the pre-juvenile level and lower. 3014 Ice Dance: $ ,FH GDQFH PD\ EH GLYLGHG LQWR HYHQWV FRQVLVWLQJ RI DQ\ RU DOO RI WKH IROORZLQJ SDWWHUQ GDQFH V VKRUW GDQFH IUHH GDQFH or solo dance. % :KHQ WKH LQLWLDO DQG ¿QDO URXQGV LQ QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV FRQVLVW RI SDWWHUQ GDQFHV 1. All couples may skate individually; $OO FRXSOHV PD\ VNDWH LQ JURXSV QRW WR H[FHHG IRXU FRXSOHV LQ HDFK JURXS 7KH QXPEHU RI FRXSOHV PD\ EH UHGXFHG WR IRXU FRXSOHV ZKR PD\ VNDWH LQGLYLGXDOO\ RU DV D JURXS DOO FRXSOHV DW RQFH & /DGLHV DQG PHQ PD\ FRPSHWH DJDLQVW HDFK RWKHU LQ VROR GDQFH FRPSHWLWLRQV 6HH *HQHUDO 'DQFH 5HJXODWLRQV LQ UXOH section 6000. 3015 4XDOLI\LQJ URXQGV DQG ¿QDO URXQGV DUH RSWLRQDO LQ QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV EXW LI KHOG QRWLFH PXVW DSSHDU LQ WKH announcement of the competition.

3020 Nonqualifying Competitions – Announcements Announcements for nonqualifying competitions shall contain the following information: A. Place B. Dates C. Projected days of conducting the different events D. Date of closing of entries ( $PRXQW RI HQWU\ IHH F. Where entry is to be sent G. Form and size of the rink H. Character, nature and requirements of the different events , 6\VWHP RI MXGJLQJ ,-6 RU WR EH XVHG DQG LI ERWK ZLOO EH XVHG ZKLFK HYHQWV ZLOO EH MXGJHG XQGHU HDFK V\VWHP J. Supplementary conditions of any kind, including the following information: 5XOHV IRU HOLJLELOLW\ IRU WKH GLIIHUHQW FODVVHV 2. Duration of short program and free skates;

139

'HWDLOV RI VSHFLDO HYHQWV VKRZFDVH GUDPDWLF HQWHUWDLQPHQW OLJKW HQWHUWDLQPHQW FRPSXOVRU\ PRYHV WHDP PRYHV HWF LQFOXGLQJ WHVW UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG GXUDWLRQ RI SURJUDPV LI DSSOLFDEOH 4. Information on events where female and male competitors will be combined; 5. Information on events where the competitors will be grouped by age; 6. Ice dance events; 7. Pattern dances or a system of drawing pattern dances that have been selected by the local organizing committee, H J PL[HG GDQFH FRPSHWLWLRQV RU RQH GDQFH FRPSHWLWLRQV 1XPEHU RI VHTXHQFHV IRU HDFK SDWWHUQ GDQFH WKDW PD\ YDU\ IURP WKRVH VHW IRUWK LQ UXOH )RU LFH GDQFH HYHQWV KDYLQJ ERWK DQ LQLWLDO DQG ¿QDO URXQG GHWDLOV RI WKH ¿QDO URXQG 3URFHGXUH IRU PDUNLQJ WKH ¿QDO URXQG DQG DZDUGLQJ D SODFHPHQW ,I QR ¿QDO URXQG ZLOO EH KHOG WKH DQQRXQFHPHQW VKDOO VWDWH WKDW QR ¿QDO URXQG ZLOO EH KHOG DQG WKDW PHGDOV DQG RU WURSKLHV ZLOO EH DZDUGHG WR WKRVH VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH DQQRXQFHPHQW VHH UXOH 12. Computation procedures that differ from rule 1060 for the 6.0 system.

1RQTXDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 2I¿FLDOV 3031 $OO UHIHUHHV DVVLVWDQW UHIHUHHV MXGJHV WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV DFFRXQWDQWV DQG DVVLVWDQW DFFRXQWDQWV H[FHSW DV RWKHUZLVH SUHVFULEHG LQ WKHVH UXOHV PXVW EH VHOHFWHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVWV VHW IRUWK LQ WKH FXUUHQW GLUHFWRU\ EH FXUUHQWO\ UHJLVWHUHG with U.S. Figure Skating and be otherwise in good standing under U.S. Figure Skating rules. $ ,I KROGLQJ ,-6 HYHQWV WKH RI¿FLDOV PXVW EH WUDLQHG WR IXQFWLRQ LQ WKH ,-6 B. Technical specialists and technical controllers at all U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned competitions must be either: &HUWL¿HG E\ WKH 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO &RPPLWWHH 2Q WKH FXUUHQW OLVW RI ,68 FHUWL¿HG WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDOV RU &HUWL¿HG DV D WHFKQLFDO RI¿FLDO E\ D PHPEHU IHGHUDWLRQ RI WKH ,68 $ JXHVW WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RI¿FLDO QHHG QRW EH D PHPEHU RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ QRU D 8 6 FLWL]HQ & )RUHLJQ MXGJHV UHIHUHHV UHFRJQL]HG E\ WKHLU RZQ DVVRFLDWLRQV PD\ MXGJH DQG RU UHIHUHH QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV 3032 )RU DOO VDQFWLRQHG QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV WKH ORFDO RUJDQL]LQJ FRPPLWWHH PXVW VHOHFW WKH IROORZLQJ RI¿FLDOV A. A chief referee. Additional referees may be selected at the discretion of the host club. (LWKHU WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH RU WKH FKLHI DFFRXQWDQW VHH ' EHORZ PXVW EH D UHJLRQDO VHFWLRQDO RU QDWLRQDO RI¿FLDO LQ WKH DUHD RI VHUYLFH VHOHFWHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVWV At nonqualifying competitions containing only 6.0 events, the chief UHIHUHH PD\ EH D FHUWL¿HG VLQJOHV SDLUV UHIHUHH VHOHFWHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW DQG WKH FKLHI DFFRXQWDQW PD\ EH D FHUWL¿HG DFFRXQWDQW VHOHFWHG IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVW 7KH FKLHI UHIHUHH LI QRW D FHUWL¿HG UHJLRQDO VHFWLRQDO RU QDWLRQDO UHIHUHH PXVW EH DQ RI¿FLDO MXGJH B. Judges: 1R IHZHU WKDQ WKUHH EXW QR PRUH WKDQ QLQH MXGJHV ZLOO EH DVVLJQHG WR HDFK HYHQW RI DQ\ VDQFWLRQHG FRPSHWLWLRQ A ¿YH MXGJH SDQHO LV UHFRPPHQGHG a. An odd number of judges must be used with 6.0 scoring; E (LWKHU DQ RGG RU HYHQ QXPEHU RI MXGJHV PD\ EH XVHG LQ HYHQWV FRQGXFWHG XQGHU WKH ,-6 6HH UXOHV -5 ±-5 IRU MXGJH W\SHV DQG OHYHOV & 7HFKQLFDO 3DQHO 2I¿FLDOV IRU ,-6 HYHQWV RQO\ VHH UXOH WR LQFOXGH DW D PLQLPXP 1. Technical controller 2. Technical specialist 3. Assistant technical specialist In an emergency situation, when a shortage of technical panel personnel arises, the chief referee may assign one technical controller and one technical specialist to the technical panel. D. A chief accountant to calculate results using the calculation computer program selected by U.S. Figure Skating as the RI¿FLDO FDOFXODWLRQ VRIWZDUH $GGLWLRQDO DFFRXQWDQWV PD\ EH VHOHFWHG DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH KRVW FOXE )RU FRPSHWLWLRQV KROGLQJ ,-6 HYHQWV DQG XVLQJ WKH ,95 MXGJLQJ HTXLSPHQW D WHFKQLFDO DFFRXQWDQW to operate the equipment at rinkside. ( 2WKHU RI¿FLDOV DV PD\ EH QHFHVVDU\ 3033 )RU QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV PHPEHUV RI WKH VDPH IDPLO\ RU FORVH UHODWLYHV PD\ VHUYH DV RI¿FLDOV LQ WKH VDPH HYHQW H J LQWHUPHGLDWH ODGLHV JURXS $ SURYLGHG WKH\ DUH QRW RQ WKH VDPH SDUW RI WKH SDQHO H J ERWK RQ WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RU ERWK RQ WKH MXGJLQJ SDQHO UHIHUHHV DUH QRW FRQVLGHUHG PHPEHUV RI WKH MXGJLQJ SDQHO

3034 A relative of a competitor shall not be permitted to referee, judge, serve on the technical panel or act as an accountant in any competitive event in which the competitor is entered. Persons married or closely related to a competitor or paid coach LQ ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ VKDOO QRW EH SHUPLWWHG WR VHUYH DV D UHIHUHH MXGJH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO PHPEHU RU DQ DFFRXQWDQW LQ DQ\ HYHQW in which the competitor or pupil of the paid coach is entered. Persons shall be considered a pupil for 12 months after the last day of receiving coaching. 3035 A judge or technical panel member who, during the preceding 12 months, has skated as a partner of a competitor shall not VHUYH DV DQ RI¿FLDO LQ DQ\ FRPSHWLWLYH HYHQW LQ ZKLFK WKH SDUWQHU LV HQWHUHG

140

3036 Synchronized team managers are prohibited from serving as a judge, referee or accountant on an event in which their team is competing and may not serve as a judge, referee or accountant on such an event for one year following the termination of their role as team manager. A. For the purposes of this rule, a synchronized team manager is a spokesperson for and provides management oversight for a synchronized skating team or teams. Management oversight includes the administrative aspects of conducting EXVLQHVV IRU D WHDP VSHFL¿FDOO\ RYHUVHHLQJ DQG GLUHFWLQJ WKH RUJDQL]DWLRQ DQG DGPLQLVWUDWLRQ RI WHDP H[SHQVHV travel, accommodations, competition entry forms and rosters, competition and non-competition clothing and all team communications. 3037 $ OLVW RI WHFKQLFDO RI¿FLDOV FHUWL¿HG WR RI¿FLDWH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ HYHQWV FRQGXFWHG XQGHU WKH ,-6 ZLOO EH SXEOLVKHG LQ the directory and will be available on usfsaonline.org. 3038 )RU LQIRUPDWLRQ UHJDUGLQJ UHLPEXUVHPHQW RI RI¿FLDOV VHH UXOH 3039 For information regarding trial judges, see rules 2160-2163.

3040 Nonqualifying Competitions – Entries 3041 (QWULHV IRU QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV PD\ EH DFFHSWHG DIWHU WKH GDWH IRU FORVLQJ RI WKH HQWULHV DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH FRPPLWWHH LQ FKDUJH RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ H[FHSW WKDW QR HQWU\ QHHG EH DFFHSWHG LI UHFHLYHG ZLWKLQ KRXUV RI WKH WLPH IRU VWDUWLQJ WKH ¿UVW HYHQW RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ 6HH UXOH IRU UHTXLUHG QXPEHUV RI HQWULHV 3042 (QWULHV RI FRPSHWLWRUV ZKR DUH PHPEHUV RI FOXEV PXVW EH DSSURYHG E\ WKH DSSURSULDWH FOXE RI¿FLDOV (QWULHV PXVW LQFOXGH the entrants’ registration numbers. 3043 Clubs are permitted to enter more than one synchronized skating team in the same level. 3044 ,I FRPSHWLQJ LQ DQ ,-6 HYHQW HDFK VNDWHU SDLU FRXSOH RU WHDP ZLOO VXEPLW D SODQQHG SURJUDP FRQWHQW VKHHW 33&6 IRU each segment of their competitive event indicating the elements planned for the program listed in the order to be skated. 3045 $W QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV LI RQO\ RQH HOLJLEOH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP HQWHUV DQ HYHQW WKH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP ZLOO EH RIIHUHG WKH RSWLRQ WR VNDWH DQ H[KLELWLRQ RU IRU SUH MXYHQLOH DQG ORZHU VLQJOHV HYHQWV FRPSHWH LQ DQ HTXLYDOHQW HYHQW DJDLQVW skaters of the opposite gender. $ ,I VDLG FRPSHWLWRU FKRRVHV WR VNDWH DQ H[KLELWLRQ MXGJHV ZLOO DZDUG WKHLU PDUNV DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UXOHV DQG WKH DSSOLFDEOH VFRULQJ V\VWHP XVHG DQG WKH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP ZLOO UHFHLYH ¿UVW SODFH B. If said competitor chooses to compete in an equivalent event against skaters of the opposite gender, the skater will be entered accordingly. & ,I VDLG FRPSHWLWRU WHDP FKRRVHV QRW WR VNDWH the entry fee will be refunded, and the event will be cancelled. 3046 ,I PRUH WKDQ RQH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP HQWHUV EXW GXH WR ZLWKGUDZDOV RQO\ RQH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP DSSHDUV DW D VLQJOHV SDLUV LFH GDQFH RU V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ HYHQW WKH UHIHUHH ZLOO RIIHU WKH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP WKH RSWLRQ WR VNDWH ,I WKH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP chooses to skate, judges will award their marks according to the rules and the applicable scoring system used, and the FRPSHWLWRU WHDP ZLOO UHFHLYH ¿UVW SODFH ,I WKH FRPSHWLWRU WHDP FKRRVHV QRW WR VNDWH WKH HQWU\ IHH ZLOO EH UHIXQGHG 3047 3RVWSRQHPHQW RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ ZLOO H[WHQG WKH WLPH RI FORVLQJ HQWULHV WR D GDWH WR EH ¿[HG E\ WKH FRPPLWWHH LQ FKDUJH DQG QRWLFH VKDOO EH JLYHQ WR DOO HQWUDQWV (QWULHV DOUHDG\ PDGH PD\ EH ZLWKGUDZQ EHIRUH WKH SRVWSRQHG GDWH RI FORVLQJ entries. 3048 Once entries have closed, entry fees are only refundable if the competition is not held.

3050 Nonqualifying Competitions – Eligibility to Compete 3060 Eligibility to Compete – Singles, Pairs and Ice Dance $ ,Q RUGHU WR HQWHU QRQTXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV D SHUVRQ PXVW EH DQ HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ UHVWULFWHG SHUVRQ UHLQVWDWHG HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ RU UHDGPLWWHG SHUVRQ DV GH¿QHG LQ WKH (OLJLELOLW\ 5XOHV D PHPEHU RI D PHPEHU FOXE D FROOHJLDWH FOXE RU DQ LQGLYLGXDO PHPEHU FXUUHQWO\ UHJLVWHUHG DQG RWKHUZLVH HOLJLEOH XQGHU WKHVH UXOHV H[FHSW DV VWDWHG below. 1RQ 8 6 FLWL]HQV IURP &DQDGD DQG 8 6 FLWL]HQV ZKR KDYH EHHQ UHOHDVHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ WR UHSUHVHQW Canada may be permitted to enter nonqualifying competitions if the competition is also sanctioned by Skate Canada. 1RQ 8 6 FLWL]HQV IURP FRXQWULHV RWKHU WKDQ &DQDGD ZKR KDYH GRFXPHQWDWLRQ WKDW WKH\ DUH LQ JRRG VWDQGLQJ with their own national federation and have permission from said federation to compete in U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned competitions or have requested release from said federation may be permitted to enter nonqualifying competitions. 3. U.S. citizens who have been released by U.S. Figure Skating to represent a foreign federation must represent said federation at nonqualifying competitions. Those released to represent a foreign federation other than Canada must have documentation that they are in good standing with and have permission to compete in U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned nonqualifying competitions from said federation. B. Any member of U.S. Figure Skating who also represents a foreign federation must represent that foreign federation in any U.S. Figure Skating sanctioned nonqualifying competitions in which the member participates. All other members RI 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PXVW UHSUHVHQW WKHLU GHVLJQDWHG KRPH FOXE LQ DQ\ FRPSHWLWLRQ DV VHW IRUWK LQ UXOH 05

141

3070 Eligibility to Compete – Synchronized Skating $ 1R V\QFKURQL]HG WHDP LV HOLJLEOH WR HQWHU DQ\ QRQTXDOLI\LQJ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQ ZLWKRXW D UHJLVWUDWLRQ IRU WKH FXUUHQW VNDWLQJ \HDU VHH UXOH 05 7KH UHJLVWUDWLRQ QXPEHU ZLOO EH UHTXLUHG RQ DOO FRPSHWLWLRQ HQWU\ forms. B. For collegiate team level eligibility requirements, see rule 2223. C. All members of synchronized skating teams must be eligible persons or reinstated persons and registered skaters. See (OLJLELOLW\ 5XOHV ,I D WHDP UHSUHVHQWV D FOXE DOO WHDP PHPEHUV PXVW EH PHPEHUV RI WKH FOXE WKH WHDP UHSUHVHQWV EXW it is not necessary for it to be their home club. D. Documents required for nonqualifying competitions: $OO OHYHOV H[FHSW FROOHJLDWH PXVW SURYLGH SURRI RI DJH L H FRS\ RI ELUWK FHUWL¿FDWH SDVVSRUW GULYHUœV OLFHQVH QRWDUL]HG DI¿GDYLW HWF LI VR UHTXHVWHG E\ WKH UHIHUHH RI WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ LQ ZKLFK WKH WHDP LV HQWHUHG 3URRI RI DJH must be provided: a. At accreditation if requested prior to the start of the competition, or b. Within 24 hours of being requested by the referee. )DLOXUH WR IXUQLVK WKH UHTXHVWHG SURRI ZLOO UHVXOW LQ UHWURDFWLYH GLVTXDOL¿FDWLRQ RI WKH PHPEHUœV WHDP &ROOHJLDWH DQG RSHQ FROOHJLDWH WHDPV PXVW SURYLGH FHUWL¿FDWLRQ IURP WKHLU FROOHJH RU XQLYHUVLW\ WKDW HDFK WHDP member is a full-time student; 3080 Eligibility to Compete – Intercollegiate Competitions In addition to meeting the usual eligibility requirements, all skaters in intercollegiate competitions must represent their FROOHJH XQLYHUVLW\ DQG EH IXOO WLPH VWXGHQWV DW WKH FROOHJH XQLYHUVLW\ WKH\ UHSUHVHQW

3100 Rules for Compete USA Competitions 3110 Compete USA Competitions – Approvals 3111 Compete USA competitions may include events for skaters who have passed no higher than the preliminary free skate, pre-bronze pattern dance or adult bronze free skate tests without applying for a U.S. Figure Skating sanction. However, an approval number is required and may be obtained from the appointed /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ representatives. See also rule 3112. 3112 When a Compete USA competition is held in conjunction with a sanctioned nonqualifying competition, an approval number as required by rule 3111 above must still be obtained. 3120 Compete USA &RPSHWLWLRQV Âą 2IÂżFLDOV 3121 For Compete USA competitions, three judges not related to the competitors are required for each event. Judges may be DQ\ RIÂżFLDO 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ RU 6NDWH &DQDGD MXGJH RU DQ\ RWKHU TXDOLÂżHG HOLJLEOH RU LQHOLJLEOH SHUVRQ LQ VNDWLQJ ZKR LV D 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ PHPEHU DQG RU D /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ member. 3122 For Compete USA competitions, the member club or other organization sponsoring and conducting the competition shall DSSURYH DOO MXGJHV DQG RIÂżFLDOV $OO SHUVRQV VHUYLQJ DV MXGJHV DQG RIÂżFLDOV VKDOO EH DW OHDVW \HDUV RI DJH 3130 Compete USA Competitions – Announcements 3131 For all Compete USA competitions, a copy of the announcement and an approval request shall be sent to the appointed /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ representative for approval and issuance of a Compete USA approval number 30 days prior to the release of the competition announcement to the public. The approval is to be publicly displayed during the competition. 3132 Compete USA competitions will follow the event structure as outlined in the Compete USA Manual. Any registered /HDUQ to Skate USA program may conduct a Compete USA competition. 3133 When Compete USA competitions are held on the home ice of a U.S. Figure Skating member club, the member club shall be designated as the sponsoring club. 3134 Compete USA competitions may be: A. “In houseâ€? — the competition is available only to those skaters who are members of the club or program conducting the competition, or B. “Openâ€? — the competition is available to any registered U.S. Figure Skating /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ member or full U.S. Figure Skating member.

3200 Rules for Special Competitions Special competitions require a sanction from the appropriate regional vice chair. $ $ VSHFLDO FRPSHWLWLRQ LV RQH WKDW IRU QRYHOW\ RU RWKHU VXIÂżFLHQW UHDVRQ LV FRQVLGHUHG GHVLUDEOH EXW FDQQRW EH FRQGXFWHG under other competition rules. % 5XOHV SHUWDLQLQJ WR WKH FRQGXFW RI TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV DUH RSWLRQDO IRU VSHFLDO FRPSHWLWLRQV 6XFK UXOHV LQFOXGH 1. Selection and posting of pattern dances and short dance rhythms; 2. Seeding; 3. Initial starting order and warm-up groups; 4. Subsequent starting order and warm-up groups; 5. Authorized systems of judging; 6. Computations for placements; 2IÂżFLDOV IURP WKH RIÂżFLDO OLVWV DUH QRW UHTXLUHG VR ORQJ DV WKH FKLHI UHIHUHH RU WKH FKLHI DFFRXQWDQW LV VR TXDOLÂżHG 142

C. For application of other rules, a special competition is to be considered a sanctioned nonqualifying competition. All entrants must be at least a U.S. Figure Skating registered /HDUQ WR 6NDWH 86$ member.

3300 Rules for Club Competitions and Special Olympics 3301 Other types of nonqualifying competitions that can be held without a U.S. Figure Skating sanction: A. Club competitions: &OXE RI¿FHUV RU RWKHU DXWKRULWLHV PD\ PDNH VSHFLDO UXOHV IRU FORVHG FOXE FRPSHWLWLRQV ZLWKRXW REWDLQLQJ WKH FRQVHQW of the chair or appropriate sectional or regional vice chair of the Competitions Committee, provided that such rules do not violate U.S. Figure Skating rules on eligibility. 2. Ineligible persons are not permitted to compete in club competitions. 3. Competitors must be U.S. Figure Skating members and members of the club, and entries must not be contingent on nor include special memberships. B. Special Olympics: 5HJLVWHUHG 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV VNDWHUV PD\ SDUWLFLSDWH LQ DQ\ HYHQW RQO\ IRU 6SHFLDO 2O\PSLFV DWKOHWHV ZLWKRXW MHRSDUGL]LQJ WKHLU HOLJLEOH VNDWHU VWDWXV 6HH (5 * &OXE &RPSHWLWLRQV ± 2I¿FLDOV )RU FOXE FRPSHWLWLRQV UHIHUHHV MXGJHV DQG DFFRXQWDQWV PD\ EH VHOHFWHG DW WKH GLVFUHWLRQ RI WKH RI¿FHUV RI WKH FOXE FRQGXFWLQJ WKH FRPSHWLWLRQ DOWKRXJK LW LV UHFRPPHQGHG WKDW SHUVRQV IURP WKH RI¿FLDO OLVWV EH VHOHFWHG ZKHQHYHU SRVVLEOH $Q\ TXDOL¿HG HOLJLEOH SHUVRQ RU UHLQVWDWHG SHUVRQ PD\ DFW DV D UHIHUHH MXGJH RU DFFRXQWDQW LQ FOXE FRPSHWLWLRQV EXW restricted and ineligible persons may not.

3400 Rules for Showcase Competitions )RU WKH UHFRPPHQGHG FRQGXFW RI VKRZFDVH FRPSHWLWLRQV UHIHU WR WKH 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ DQG 1DWLRQDO 6KRZFDVH &RPSHWLWLRQ *XLGHOLQHV DQG 3URFHGXUHV SRVWHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ

3500 Rules for Theatre On Ice Competitions For the recommended conduct of Theatre On Ice competitions, refer to the Theatre On Ice Guidelines and Procedures SRVWHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ

3600 Rules for ISI Competitions 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ HOLJLEOH VNDWHUV PD\ SDUWLFLSDWH LQ ¿JXUH VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV HQGRUVHG E\ WKH ,6, ZLWKRXW WKH need for a separate U.S. Figure Skating sanction, provided the competition is within the scope of the Joint Statement of &RRSHUDWLRQ RI WKH ,FH 6NDWLQJ ,QVWLWXWH ,6, 3URIHVVLRQDO 6NDWHUV $VVRFLDWLRQ 36$ DQG 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DQG WKH VNDWHU¶V TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DUH ZLWKLQ WKH VSHFLDO JUDQW RI SHUPLVVLRQ DV UHFRJQL]HG LQ WKH -RLQW 6WDWHPHQW RI &RRSHUDWLRQ ,I WKH VNDWHU TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DUH RXWVLGH WKH VFRSH RI WKH VSHFLDO JUDQW RI SHUPLVVLRQ WKH VNDWHU¶V SDUWLFLSDWLRQ PXVW EH DSSURYHG by U.S. Figure Skating under a separate sanctioning procedure.

143

Notes

144

Technical Requirements – Singles 4000 Singles Rules U.S. Figure Skating reserves the right to incorporate revisions made by the ISU for junior and senior events. The revisions RU FODUL¿FDWLRQV PDGH WR WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP E\ WKH ,68 PD\ EH DGRSWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DW LWV GLVFUHWLRQ DW DQ\ WLPH DIWHU WKH UHYLVLRQ RU FODUL¿FDWLRQ LV LVVXHG )RU QRYLFH HYHQWV UHYLVLRQV RU FODUL¿FDWLRQV ZLOO EH SRVWHG DV 7HFKQLFDO 1RWL¿FDWLRQV RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ DQG ZKHQ DSSOLFDEOH SXEOLVKHG LQ WKH QH[W 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ rulebook. 4001 Use of IJS &RPSHWLWLRQV DQG FDWHJRULHV WKDW DUH UHTXLUHG WR XVH WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP ,-6 DUH OLVWHG LQ UXOH

4010 Conduct of Singles Events 4020 Singles Event Names 4021 The title “menâ€? or “ladiesâ€? will apply to all singles events at or above the intermediate level, all adult singles events, all intercollegiate singles events and all open singles events. All other singles events will use the title “boysâ€? or “girls.â€? If boys DQG JLUOV DUH FRPSHWLQJ DJDLQVW HDFK RWKHU DW WKH SUH MXYHQLOH OHYHO RU ORZHU WKH WLWOH ÂłVLQJOHV´ ZLOO DSSO\ L H SUH MXYHQLOH VLQJOHV IUHH VNDWH

4030 Clothing and Equipment – Singles 4031 7KH FORWKLQJ RI WKH FRPSHWLWRUV PXVW EH PRGHVW GLJQL¿HG DQG DSSURSULDWH IRU DWKOHWLF FRPSHWLWLRQ QRW JDULVK RU WKHDWULFDO LQ GHVLJQ &ORWKLQJ PD\ KRZHYHU UHÀHFW WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF FKRVHQ A. The skating clothing worn in actual competition may not bear any form of advertising. However, warm-up suits may EHDU WKH QDPH RI D VSRQVRU ZKHQ D VNDWHU LV RQ WKH LFH 7KH VSRQVRUœV QDPH PXVW QRW H[FHHG VTXDUH LQFKHV VTXDUH FHQWLPHWHUV 4032 &ORWKLQJ PXVW QRW JLYH WKH HIIHFW RI H[FHVVLYH QXGLW\ LQDSSURSULDWH IRU WKH GLVFLSOLQH $FFHVVRULHV DQG SURSV DUH QRW permitted. 4033 0HQ PXVW ZHDU WURXVHUV QR WLJKWV IRU PHQ DUH SHUPLWWHG /DGLHV PD\ ZHDU VNLUWV WURXVHUV DQG WLJKWV LQFOXGLQJ XQLWDUGV 4034 $Q\ RUQDPHQWDWLRQ DWWDFKHG WR WKH FORWKLQJ PXVW EH ¿UPO\ IDVWHQHG VR DV QRW WR IDOO RII ZKLOH VNDWLQJ XQGHU QRUPDO competitive conditions. 4035 6NDWH EODGHV Figure skating blades used during competitions and tests RU KRFNH\ VNDWH EODGHV XVHG GXULQJ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG HYHQWV DW FRPSHWLWLRQV PXVW EH VKDUSHQHG WR SURGXFH D ÀDW WR FRQFDYH FURVV VHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW change to the width of the blade as measured between the two edges. However, a slight tapering or narrowing of the cross section of the blade is permitted.

4040 Music – Singles For singles events, music is chosen by the competitor; for short program and free skate, vocal music with lyrics is permitted.

4050 Duration of Skating – Singles Timing starts from the moment the skater begins to move or skate. Timing stops when the skater comes to a complete stop at the end of the program. 4051 Permissible Time Allowance – Intermediate and Novice Short Programs, Pre-Preliminary and No Test Free Skates and All Adult Events 7KH GXUDWLRQ RI LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG QRYLFH VKRUW SURJUDPV DQG SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ QR WHVW DQG DGXOW IUHH VNDWH PXVW QRW H[FHHG WKH PD[LPXP WLPH DOORZHG EXW PD\ EH OHVV SURYLGHG WKDW DOO WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DUH LQFOXGHG A. Any element started after the permissible time will be considered in the marking as omitted. % 1R H[WUD PDUNV DUH REWDLQHG E\ H[WHQGLQJ WKH SURJUDP WR WKH PD[LPXP WLPH SHUPLWWHG LI LW LV XQQHFHVVDU\ WR GR VR 6HH UXOHV DQG & IRU GHGXFWLRQV IRU SURJUDPV WKDW H[FHHG WKH WLPH OLPLW XVLQJ WKH V\VWHP DQG WKH ,-6 respectively. 4052 Permissible Time Allowance – Junior and Senior Short Programs and All Free Skates (Except Pre-Preliminary, No Test and Adult) 6NDWHUV DUH DOORZHG WR ¿QLVK MXQLRU DQG VHQLRU VKRUW SURJUDPV DQG DOO IUHH VNDWHV H[FHSW IRU SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ QR WHVW DQG DGXOW HYHQWV ZLWKLQ VHFRQGV SOXV RU PLQXV WKH UHTXLUHG WLPH A. Any element started after the permissible time must not be marked and will have no value. B. Should the program be 30 or more seconds short of the prescribed range, no marks will be awarded. 6HH UXOHV DQG & IRU GHGXFWLRQV XVLQJ WKH V\VWHP DQG WKH ,-6 UHVSHFWLYHO\ IRU SURJUDPV WKDW GR QRW ¿QLVK ZLWKLQ the range of time allowed.

4060 Composition of Singles Events 4061 Senior, junior, novice and intermediate free skate events shall consist of a short program and a free skate. If a qualifying round is necessary at regional competitions, only the free skate shall be skated in the qualifying round. The championship URXQG VKDOO FRQVLVW RI D VKRUW SURJUDP DQG D IUHH VNDWH 7KH VKRUW SURJUDP PXVW SUHFHGH WKH IUHH VNDWH H[FHSW LQ TXDOLI\LQJ rounds. 4062 Juvenile singles events shall consist of free skate only. 145

4063 For the adult championships, all singles events shall consist of free skate only.

4070 Segment Descriptions 4080 Short Program Description 7KH VKRUW SURJUDP IRU VLQJOHV LV D SURJUDP RI VSHFL¿HG IUHH VNDWH HOHPHQWV SHUIRUPHG IRU D VSHFL¿HG SHULRG RI WLPH WR music of the skater’s choice. The sequence of the elements is optional. It is judged on two aspects — the merit of the technical elements and the program components of the program. A. The short program for senior and junior singles shall consist of seven technical elements with connecting steps. % 7KH VKRUW SURJUDP IRU QRYLFH DQG LQWHUPHGLDWH VLQJOHV VKDOO FRQVLVW RI VL[ WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV ZLWK FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV 4090 Free Skate Description 4091 The free skate consists of a well-balanced program of free skate elements such as jumps, spins, steps and other linking PRYHPHQWV H[HFXWHG ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI WZR IRRWHG VNDWLQJ LQ KDUPRQ\ ZLWK PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHU¶V FKRLFH 4092 Within the applicable well-balanced program requirements of the skater’s level, the skater has complete freedom to select the free skate elements, the sum of which will comprise the program. All elements are to be linked together by connecting steps of a different nature and by other comparable free skating movements while fully utilizing the entire ice VXUIDFH IRUZDUG DQG EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV DUH QRW FRQVLGHUHG WR EH FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV 6SHFLDO DWWHQWLRQ PXVW EH JLYHQ WR FKRUHRJUDSK\ H[SUHVVLRQ LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH PXVLF LQWULFDWH IRRWZRUN DQG WUDQVLWLRQV EHWZHHQ HOHPHQWV

6LQJOHV 'H¿QLWLRQV *HQHUDO &ULWHULD DQG %DVLF 5HTXLUHPHQWV 4101 Jump element: $Q LQGLYLGXDO MXPS D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU D MXPS VHTXHQFH ([DPSOH $Q LQGLYLGXDO MXPS LV FRXQWHG DV RQH MXPS HOHPHQW D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ LV FRXQWHG DV RQH MXPS HOHPHQW D MXPS VHTXHQFH LV FRXQWHG DV RQH MXPS HOHPHQW

A. Individual jump $ MXPS SHUIRUPHG E\ LWVHOI H J QRW DV D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH ,QGLYLGXDO MXPSV DUH DOVR referred to as solo jumps. B. Jump combination: ,Q D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ WKH ODQGLQJ IRRW RI D MXPS LV WKH WDNH RII IRRW RI WKH QH[W MXPS 2QH IXOO UHYROXWLRQ RQ WKH LFH EHWZHHQ WKH MXPSV IUHH IRRW FDQ WRXFK WKH LFH EXW QR ZHLJKW WUDQVIHU NHHSV WKH HOHPHQW LQ WKH IUDPH RI WKH GH¿QLWLRQ RI D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ EXW ZLWK DQ HUURU $ MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ PD\ FRQVLVW RI WKH VDPH RU different jumps. 1. If the jumps are connected with a non-listed jump, the element is called a jump sequence, regardless of how many listed jumps are done consecutively. $ KDOI ORRS LV FRQVLGHUHG DV D OLVWHG MXPS ZLWK WKH YDOXH RI D VLQJOH ORRS ZKHQ XVHG LQ FRPELQDWLRQV VHTXHQFHV IRU all levels. ,I WKH ¿UVW MXPS RI D WZR MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ IDLOV WR VXFFHHG DQG WXUQV LQWR D QRQ OLVWHG MXPS WKH XQLW ZLOO VWLOO EH considered as a jump combination. C. Jump sequence: A jump sequence may consist of any number of jumps of any number of revolutions that may be OLQNHG E\ QRQ OLVWHG MXPSV DQG RU KRSV LPPHGLDWHO\ IROORZLQJ HDFK RWKHU ZKLOH PDLQWDLQLQJ WKH MXPS UK\WKP NQHH There can be no turns, steps, crossovers or stroking during the sequence. Turns are three-turns, twizzles, brackets, loops, counters and rockers. Steps are toe steps, chassés, mohawks, choctaws, curves with change of edge and crossrolls. 1. A jump sequence consisting of only one listed jump together with other non-listed jumps is not considered a jump sequence, but will count as an individual jump. 2. In events judged using IJS, only the two highest value jumps will be given credit. D. Jump repetitions: (DFK IUHH VNDWH KDV GLIIHUHQW OLPLWDWLRQV RQ ZKLFK MXPSV FDQ EH UHSHDWHG KRZHYHU WKH IROORZLQJ rules are consistently applied at each level: -XPSV ZLWK WKH VDPH QDPH EXW GLIIHUHQW QXPEHUV RI UHYROXWLRQV DUH FRQVLGHUHG DV GLIIHUHQW MXPSV )RU H[DPSOH D double loop is considered a different jump than a triple loop. 2. If a jump that is only allowed to be repeated as part of a jump combination or jump sequence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ecause the triple toe loop and the triple toe Walley jumps are very similar in nature and equal in value, the skater PD\ H[HFXWH RQO\ RQH RU WKH RWKHU RI WKHP EXW QRW ERWK ( Non-listed jump: 6HH UXOH $ G 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFH A sequence of movements such as turns, spirals, arabesques, spread eagles, Ina Bauers and ÀRZLQJ PRYHV ZLWK VWURQJ HGJHV FRQQHFWHG ZLWK OLQNLQJ VWHSV DQG IRRWZRUN 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV ZLOO EH MXGJHG as transitions rather than as separate elements.

146

4103 Spins: A spin must have the minimum number of revolutions; however, a spin with less than three revolutions is considered a skating movement and not a spin. For any spin with a change of foot, the change must be preceded and followed by a spin position with at least three revolutions. The minimum number of required revolutions must be counted from the entry RI WKH VSLQ XQWLO LWV H[LW H[FHSW WKH ÂżQDO ZLQG XS LQ VSLQV LQ RQH SRVLWLRQ DQG Ă€\LQJ VSLQV . A. There are three basic spin positions: 1. Camel: Free leg backwards with the knee higher than the hip level; however, layback, Biellmann and similar variations are still considered as upright spins 2. Sit: The upper part of the skating leg at least parallel to the ice 3. Upright: $Q\ SRVLWLRQ ZLWK WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ H[WHQGHG RU VOLJKWO\ EHQW ZKLFK LV QRW D FDPHO SRVLWLRQ a. Layback spin: An upright spin in which head and shoulders are leaning backward with the back arched. The position of the free leg is optional. b. Sideways leaning spin: An upright spin in which head and shoulders are leaning sideways and the upper body is arched. The position of the free leg is optional. $OO VSLQ SRVLWLRQV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH DERYH GHÂżQLWLRQV DUH FRQVLGHUHG QRQ EDVLF SRVLWLRQV B. In an event judged using IJS, a spin that has no basic position with at least two continuous revolutions will have no YDOXH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH QRWHG LQ D 7HFKQLFDO 1RWLÂżFDWLRQ C. If a skater falls when entering a spin, a spin or spinning movement is allowed immediately after this fall for the purpose RI ÂżOOLQJ WLPH 7KLV DGGLWLRQDO VSLQ VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV DQ HOHPHQW D. Types of spins: 1. Spin combination: Must have a minimum of two different basic positions with two revolutions in each of these positions anywhere within the spin. 0XVW FRQVLVW RI FKDQJHV RI IRRW DQG RU SRVLWLRQ DV VSHFLÂżHG $ FKDQJH RI foot and a change of position may be made either at the same time or separately. To receive full value, a spin combination must include all three basic positions. a. If the spinning centers before and after a change of foot are too far apart, and the criteria for two spins are IXOÂżOOHG RQO\ WKH SDUW EHIRUH WKH FKDQJH RI IRRW ZLOO EH FRXQWHG DQG FRQVLGHUHG IRU OHYHO IHDWXUHV LQ ,-6 b. The number of revolutions in positions that are non-basic is counted in the total number of revolutions, but changing to a non-basic positions is not considered as a change of position, which can only be from one basic SRVLWLRQ WR DQRWKHU EDVLF SRVLWLRQ LQ ,-6 2. Spin in one position: 0D\ FKDQJH IHHW LI DOORZHG EXW PD\ QRW FKDQJH SRVLWLRQ 1RQ EDVLF SRVLWLRQV DUH DOORZHG and counted in the total number of revolutions but, in IJS events, are not eligible for features to increase the level. D 7KH FRQFOXGLQJ XSULJKW SRVLWLRQ DW WKH HQG RI WKH VSLQ ÂżQDO ZLQG XS LV QRW FRQVLGHUHG WR EH DQRWKHU SRVLWLRQ UHJDUGOHVV RI WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV DV ORQJ DV QR DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH FKDQJH RI HGJH YDULDWLRQ RI SRVLWLRQ HWF LV DWWHPSWHG LQ WKH ÂżQDO ZLQG XS 3. Flying spin: $ VSLQ ZLWK D Ă€\LQJ HQWUDQFH QR FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG QR FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ 1RQ EDVLF SRVLWLRQV DUH allowed and counted in the total number of revolutions but, in IJS events, are not eligible for features to increase the level. D 7KH FRQFOXGLQJ XSULJKW SRVLWLRQ DW WKH HQG RI WKH VSLQ ÂżQDO ZLQG XS LV QRW FRQVLGHUHG WR EH DQRWKHU SRVLWLRQ UHJDUGOHVV RI WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV DV ORQJ DV QR DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH FKDQJH RI HGJH YDULDWLRQ RI SRVLWLRQ HWF LV DWWHPSWHG LQ WKH ÂżQDO ZLQG XS E $ VSLQ WKDW EHJLQV ZLWK D MXPS DQG DOVR FKDQJHV IHHW DQG RU SRVLWLRQ LV FRQVLGHUHG D VSLQ ZLWK D Ă€\LQJ HQWU\ QRW D Ă€\LQJ VSLQ c. When a spin is commenced with a jump, no rotation is permitted on the ice before the take-off. ( Character ,Q D ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH HDFK VSLQ SHUIRUPHG PXVW KDYH D GLIIHUHQW FKDUDFWHU DEEUHYLDWLRQ Abbreviations can be found in the ISU Scale of Values for Singles. Character is also referred to as “natureâ€?. 1. A spin that begins with a backward entry and a spin that begins with a forward entry are considered to have the VDPH FKDUDFWHU LI WKH\ DUH RWKHUZLVH WKH VDPH W\SH RI VSLQ )RU H[DPSOH D VLW VSLQ ZLWK D IRUZDUG HQWU\ KDV WKH VDPH character as a sit spin with a backward entry, and a spin combination with a change of foot and a forward entry has the same character as a spin combination with a change of foot and a backward entry. $ VSLQ ZLWK D Ă€\LQJ HQWU\ KDV D GLIIHUHQW FKDUDFWHU WKDQ D VSLQ ZLWKRXW D Ă€\LQJ HQWU\ 3. A spin with a change of foot has a different character than a spin without a change of foot. $OO VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQV ZLWKRXW D FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG QR Ă€\LQJ HQWU\ DUH FRQVLGHUHG WR KDYH WKH VDPH FKDUDFWHU UHJDUGOHVV RI WKH QXPEHU RU W\SHV RI SRVLWLRQV 7KH VDPH LV WUXH IRU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQV ZLWK D Ă€\LQJ HQWU\ Âą VHH SDUDJUDSK RI WKLV UXOH (

$OO VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQV ZLWK D FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG QR À\LQJ HQWU\ DUH FRQVLGHUHG WR KDYH WKH VDPH FKDUDFWHU UHJDUGOHVV RI WKH QXPEHU RU W\SHV RI SRVLWLRQV DQG WKH QXPEHU RI FKDQJHV RI IRRW 7KH VDPH LV WUXH IRU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQV ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ ¹ VHH SDUDJUDSK RI WKLV UXOH (

4104 Spiral: $ SRVLWLRQ ZLWK RQH EODGH RQ WKH LFH DQG IUHH OHJ LQFOXGLQJ NQHH DQG IRRW KLJKHU WKDQ WKH KLS OHYHO 6SLUDO SRVLWLRQV DUH FODVVLÂżHG DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ ULJKW OHIW HGJH RXWVLGH LQVLGH GLUHFWLRQ RI VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG EDFNZDUG RU SRVLWLRQ RI WKH IUHH OHJ EDFNZDUG IRUZDUG VLGHZD\V A. Spiral sequence: Consists primarily of spirals. There must be at least two spiral positions held not less than three VHFRQGV HDFK RU DW OHDVW RQH VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ KHOG QRW OHVV WKDQ VL[ VHFRQGV 147

4105 Step sequences: $ VHULHV RI XQSUHVFULEHG VWHSV WXUQV DQG RU PRYHPHQWV $OO VWHS VHTXHQFHV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF 6KRUW VWRSV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH PXVLF DUH SHUPLWWHG 1RQ OLVWHG MXPSV DQG UHWURJUHVVLRQ are also permitted. Turns and steps must be balanced in their distribution throughout the sequence. Turns are three-turns, twizzles, brackets, loops, counters and rockers. Steps are toe steps, chassés, mohawks, choctaws, changes of edge, cross rolls and running steps. Pattern PXVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG E\ XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH H J VWUDLJKW OLQH VHUSHQWLQH FLUFOH RYDO RU VLPLODU VKDSH A. Choreographic step sequence: 0XVW ¿W WKH GH¿QLWLRQ RI D VWHS VHTXHQFH DQG EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG LW VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG E\ XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH H J VWUDLJKW OLQH VHUSHQWLQH FLUFOH RU RYDO ,Q ,-6 HYHQWV LI LW PHHWV WKHVH UHTXLUHPHQWV LW ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG ZLOO RQO\ EH HYDOXDWHG E\ MXGJHV LQ *2( B. Choreographic sequence: Consists of any kind of movements like steps, turns, spirals, arabesques, spread eagles, ,QD %DXHUV K\GUREODGLQJ DQ\ MXPSV ZLWK D PD[LPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV VSLQV HWF /LVWHG HOHPHQWV LQFOXGHG LQ WKH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH ZLOO QRW EH FDOOHG DQG ZLOO QRW RFFXS\ D ER[ 7KH SDWWHUQ LV QRW UHVWULFWHG EXW WKH VHTXHQFH PXVW EH FOHDUO\ YLVLEOH 7KH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH FRPPHQFHV ZLWK WKH ¿UVW VNDWLQJ PRYHPHQW DQG LV FRQFOXGHG ZLWK WKH SUHSDUDWLRQ WR WKH QH[W HOHPHQW LI WKH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH LV QRW WKH ODVW HOHPHQW RI WKH SURJUDP ,W FDQ EH SHUIRUPHG EHIRUH RU DIWHU WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH ,I WKLV UHTXLUHPHQW LV QRW IXO¿OOHG WKH VHTXHQFH ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH ,Q ,-6 HYHQWV LI WKH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH PHHWV WKHVH UHTXLUHPHQWV LW ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG ZLOO EH HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2(

4106 Illegal elements/movements 6RPHUVDXOW W\SH MXPSV O\LQJ RQ WKH LFH DQG SURORQJHG DQG RU VWDWLRQDU\ NQHHOLQJ RQ ERWK NQHHV RQ WKH LFH DW DQ\ PRPHQW are illegal.

148

4200 Senior Singles $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 6HQLRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW DQG WKH senior free skate test % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RQH SENIOR MEN SHORT PROGRAM 2:40 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order AXEL-TYPE JUMP 2QH GRXEOH RU WULSOH $[HO SOLO JUMP One triple or one quadruple jump immediately SUHFHGHG E\ FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU comparable free skating movements • A single spread eagle, spiral or free skating movement cannot be considered as meeting the UHTXLUHPHQWV RI FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU comparable free skating movements JUMP One jump combination consisting of a double COMBINATION MXPS DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU WZR triple jumps, a quadruple jump and a double jump LQ HLWKHU RUGHU RU D TXDGUXSOH MXPS DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU

• The two jumps performed in the combination may be the same or different; however, the jumps included must be different than the solo MXPS DQG WKH $[HO W\SH MXPS FLYING SPIN 2QH À\LQJ VSLQ • $Q\ W\SH RI À\LQJ VSLQ LV SHUPLWWHG EXW WKH landing position must be different than the spin in one position • Minimum of eight revolutions in landing position, which may be different from the À\LQJ SRVLWLRQ 7KH UHTXLUHG UHYROXWLRQV FDQ EH H[HFXWHG LQ DQ\ YDULDWLRQ RI WKH ODQGLQJ position. SPIN IN ONE One camel spin or sit spin POSITION • With only one change of foot, which may be H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI D VWHS RYHU RU D MXPS • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW • Cannot be commenced with a jump

SPIN COMBINATION

STEP SEQUENCE REMARKS

SENIOR LADIES SHORT PROGRAM 2:40 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order 2QH GRXEOH RU WULSOH $[HO One triple jump immediately preceded by FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU FRPSDUDEOH IUHH skating movements • A single spread eagle, spiral or free skating movement cannot be considered as meeting the UHTXLUHPHQWV RI FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU comparable free skating movements One jump combination consisting of a double MXPS DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU RU WZR triple jumps • The two jumps performed in the combination may be the same or different; however, the jumps included must be different than the solo MXPS DQG WKH $[HO W\SH MXPS

2QH À\LQJ VSLQ • $Q\ W\SH RI À\LQJ VSLQ LV SHUPLWWHG EXW WKH landing position must be different than the spin in one position • Minimum of eight revolutions in landing position, which may be different from the À\LQJ SRVLWLRQ 7KH UHTXLUHG UHYROXWLRQV FDQ EH H[HFXWHG LQ DQ\ YDULDWLRQ RI WKH ODQGLQJ position. 2QH OD\EDFN VLGHZD\V OHDQLQJ VSLQ VLW VSLQ RU camel spin without change of foot • Minimum of eight revolutions in position • ,I SHUIRUPLQJ D OD\EDFN VLGHZD\V OHDQLQJ spin, any position is permitted as long as the basic layback or sideways leaning position is maintained for at least eight revolutions without rising to an upright position. After the UHTXLUHG UHYROXWLRQV LW LV SRVVLEOH WR H[HFXWH the Biellmann position. • Cannot be commenced with a jump One spin combination One spin combination • With only one change of foot • With only one change of foot • Minimum of two different basic positions • Minimum of two different basic positions with at least two revolutions in each of these with at least two revolutions in each of these positions positions • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW • Cannot be commenced with a jump, but the • Cannot be commenced with a jump, but the FKDQJH RI IRRW PD\ EH H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI D FKDQJH RI IRRW PD\ EH H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI D step over or a jump step over or a jump One step sequence One step sequence • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH performed using almost the full ice surface performed using almost the full ice surface • See rule 2054 for U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships requirements. • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • Jumps that do not satisfy the requirements will have no value. • ,I WKH VDPH MXPS LV H[HFXWHG DV D VROR MXPS DQG DV D SDUW RI WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ WKH UHSHDWHG MXPS ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG LI WKLV UHSHWLWLRQ LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH DERYH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ 149

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

CHOREOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE REMARKS

150

SENIOR MEN WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 4:30 +/- 10 seconds Competition: Must contain the following elements in (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU any order. Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI HLJKW MXPS HOHPHQWV (LJKW MXPS HOHPHQWV, which must • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS include: • Jumps can contain any number of revolutions. • 2QH VLQJOH GRXEOH RU WULSOH $[HO* • 1R GRXEOH MXPS LQFOXGLQJ GRXEOH $[HO FDQ EH • Four different double, triple or quad LQFOXGHG PRUH WKDQ WZLFH DV D VROR MXPS RU DV SDUW jumps, one of which must be a double RI D FRPELQDWLRQ VHTXHQFH /XW] WULSOH MXPS RU TXDG MXPS* • Of all the triple and quadruple jumps, only two can • Two two-jump or three-jump EH H[HFXWHG WZLFH ,I DW OHDVW RQH RI WKHVH H[HFXWLRQV combinations, each including two is in a jump combination or a jump sequence, both jumps with at least two rotations H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV VDPH WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH solo jumps, or as part of the permitted second of these solo jumps will receive 70 percent of jump combinations and sequences its original base value. • Up to three jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences. • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW that one jump combination may contain three jumps. • The number of jumps in a jump sequence is not limited. 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH VSLQV Three spins: • One must be a spin combination with a minimum of Same as competition program 10 revolutions requirements • 2QH PXVW EH D À\LQJ VSLQ RU D VSLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV • One must be a spin with only one position with a PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV • All spins must be of a different character • In all spins, the change of foot is optional • $OO VSLQV PD\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • (DFK EDVLF SRVLWLRQ PXVW EH KHOG IRU D PLQLPXP RI two revolutions to be counted • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins WKH\ LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV UHTXLUHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH VWHS VHTXHQFH Same as competition program • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH requirements performed using almost the full ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequences • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH Same as competition program • Must be clearly visible requirements • Can be performed before or after the step sequence • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the • Unless otherwise stated, all elements general criteria and basic requirements in order to be must meet the general criteria and FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ basic requirements in order to be • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW will have no value. The jumps are considered in the penalty. RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

CHOREOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE REMARKS

SENIOR LADIES WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 4:00 +/- 10 seconds Competition: Must contain the following elements in (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU any order. Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI VHYHQ MXPS HOHPHQWV Seven jump elements, which must • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS include: • 2QH VLQJOH GRXEOH RU WULSOH $[HO* • Jumps can contain any number of revolutions. • Four different double, triple or quad • 1R GRXEOH MXPS LQFOXGLQJ GRXEOH $[HO FDQ EH LQFOXGHG PRUH WKDQ WZLFH DV D VROR MXPS RU DV SDUW RI jumps, one of which must be a double /XW] WULSOH MXPS RU TXDG MXPS* D FRPELQDWLRQ VHTXHQFH • Two two-jump or three-jump • Of all the triple and quadruple jumps, only two can combinations, each including two EH H[HFXWHG WZLFH ,I DW OHDVW RQH RI WKHVH H[HFXWLRQV jumps with at least two rotations is in a jump combination or a jump sequence, both H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV VDPH WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH solo jumps, or as part of the permitted second of these solo jumps will receive 70 percent of jump combinations and sequences its original base value. • Up to three jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences. • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW that one jump combination may contain three jumps. • The number of jumps in a jump sequence is not limited. 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH VSLQV Three spins: • One must be a spin combination with a minimum of 10 Same as competition program revolutions requirements • 2QH PXVW EH D À\LQJ VSLQ RU D VSLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV • One must be a spin with only one position with a PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV • All spins must be of a different character • In all spins, the change of foot is optional • $OO VSLQV PD\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • (DFK EDVLF SRVLWLRQ PXVW EH KHOG IRU D PLQLPXP RI WZR revolutions to be counted • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins WKH\ LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV UHTXLUHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH VWHS VHTXHQFH Same as competition program • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH requirements performed using almost the full ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH Same as competition program • Must be clearly visible requirements • Can be performed before or after the step sequence • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the • Unless otherwise stated, all elements general criteria and basic requirements in order to be must meet the general criteria and FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ basic requirements in order to be • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW have no value. The jumps are considered in the order of penalty. H[HFXWLRQ • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

151

4210 Junior Singles $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV -XQLRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU and the junior free skate test but no higher. % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RQH 2017-18 SEASON

JUNIOR MEN SHORT PROGRAM 2:40 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order AXEL-TYPE JUMP 2QH GRXEOH RU WULSOH $[HO SOLO JUMP One double or triple /XW] jump immediately SUHFHGHG E\ FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU comparable free skating movements • A single spread eagle, spiral or free skating movement cannot be considered as meeting the UHTXLUHPHQWV RI FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU comparable free skating movements JUMP One jump combination consisting of a double COMBINATION MXPS DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU RU WZR triple jumps • The two jumps performed in the combination may be the same or different; however, the jumps included must be different than the solo MXPS DQG WKH $[HO W\SH MXPS FLYING SPIN 2QH À\LQJ sit spin • 2QO\ WKH SUHVFULEHG W\SH RI À\LQJ VSLQ LV permitted • Minimum of eight revolutions in landing position, which may be different from the À\LQJ SRVLWLRQ 7KH UHTXLUHG UHYROXWLRQV FDQ EH H[HFXWHG LQ DQ\ YDULDWLRQ RI WKH ODQGLQJ position. SPIN IN ONE One camel spin POSITION • With only one change of foot, which may be H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI D VWHS RYHU RU D MXPS • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW • Cannot be commenced with a jump

JUNIOR LADIES SHORT PROGRAM 2:40 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order 2QH GRXEOH $[HO One double or triple /XW] jump immediately SUHFHGHG E\ FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU comparable free skating movements • A single spread eagle, spiral or free skating movement cannot be considered as meeting the UHTXLUHPHQWV RI FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU comparable free skating movements One jump combination consisting of two double MXPSV D GRXEOH MXPS DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU RU WZR WULSOH MXPSV • The two jumps performed in the combination may be the same or different; however, the jumps included must be different than the solo MXPS DQG WKH $[HO W\SH MXPS 2QH À\LQJ sit spin • 2QO\ WKH SUHVFULEHG W\SH RI À\LQJ VSLQ LV permitted • Minimum of eight revolutions in landing position, which may be different from the À\LQJ SRVLWLRQ 7KH UHTXLUHG UHYROXWLRQV FDQ EH H[HFXWHG LQ DQ\ YDULDWLRQ RI WKH ODQGLQJ position. 2QH OD\EDFN VLGHZD\V OHDQLQJ VSLQ RU camel spin without change of foot • Minimum of eight revolutions in position • ,I SHUIRUPLQJ D OD\EDFN VLGHZD\V OHDQLQJ spin, any position is permitted as long as the basic layback or sideways leaning position is maintained for at least eight revolutions without rising to an upright position. After the UHTXLUHG UHYROXWLRQV LW LV SRVVLEOH WR H[HFXWH the Biellmann position. • Cannot be commenced with a jump SPIN One spin combination One spin combination COMBINATION • With only one change of foot • With only one change of foot • Minimum of two different basic positions • Minimum of two different basic positions with at least two revolutions in each of these with at least two revolutions in each of these positions positions • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW • Cannot be commenced with a jump, but the • Cannot be commenced with a jump, but the FKDQJH RI IRRW PD\ EH H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI D FKDQJH RI IRRW PD\ EH H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI D step over or a jump step over or a jump STEP SEQUENCE One step sequence One step sequence • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH performed using almost the full ice surface performed using almost the full ice surface REMARKS • See rule 2054 for U.S. Collegiate Figure Skating Championships requirements. • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • Jumps that do not satisfy requirements will have no value. • ,I WKH VDPH MXPS LV H[HFXWHG DV D VROR MXPS DQG DV D SDUW RI WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ WKH UHSHDWHG MXPS ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG LI WKLV UHSHWLWLRQ LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH DERYH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ 5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU IXWXUH VHDVRQV FDQ EH IRXQG DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 152

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

JUNIOR MEN WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 4:00 +/- 10 seconds Competition: Must contain the following elements in any (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU order. Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI HLJKW MXPS HOHPHQWV (LJKW MXPS HOHPHQWV, which must • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS include: • Jumps can contain any number of revolutions. • 2QH VLQJOH GRXEOH RU WULSOH $[HO* • 1R GRXEOH MXPS LQFOXGLQJ GRXEOH $[HO FDQ EH • Four different double, triple or quad LQFOXGHG PRUH WKDQ WZLFH DV D VROR MXPS RU DV SDUW RI D jumps, one of which must be a double FRPELQDWLRQ VHTXHQFH ÀLS GRXEOH /XW] WULSOH MXPS RU TXDG • Of all the triple and quadruple jumps, only two can be jump* H[HFXWHG WZLFH ,I DW OHDVW RQH RI WKHVH H[HFXWLRQV LV LQ D • One two-jump or three-jump MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU D MXPS VHTXHQFH ERWK H[HFXWLRQV combination including two jumps with RI WKH VDPH WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ at least two rotations D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH VHFRQG RI WKHVH VROR 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV jumps will receive 70 percent of its original base value. solo jumps, or as part of the permitted • Up to three jump elements may be jump combinations or jump combinations and sequences jump sequences. • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW one jump combination may contain three jumps. • The number of jumps in a jump sequence is not limited. 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH VSLQV Three spins: • One must be a spin combination with a minimum of 10 Same as competition program revolutions requirements • 2QH PXVW EH D À\LQJ VSLQ RU D VSLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV • One must be a spin with only one position with a minimum RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV • All spins must be of a different character • In all spins, the change of foot is optional • $OO VSLQV PD\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • (DFK EDVLF SRVLWLRQ PXVW EH KHOG IRU D PLQLPXP RI WZR revolutions to be counted • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins they LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV UHTXLUHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH VWHS VHTXHQFH Same as competition program • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG requirements using almost the full ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general • Unless otherwise stated, all elements FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH must meet the general criteria and UXOH VHFWLRQ basic requirements in order to be • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ which is not according to the requirements will have no • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ penalty. • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

153

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

154

JUNIOR LADIES WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:30 +/- 10 seconds Competition: Must contain the following elements in any (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU order. Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI VHYHQ MXPS HOHPHQWV Seven jump elements, which must • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS include: • Jumps can contain any number of revolutions. • 2QH VLQJOH GRXEOH RU WULSOH $[HO* • 1R GRXEOH MXPS LQFOXGLQJ GRXEOH $[HO FDQ EH • Four different double, triple or quad LQFOXGHG PRUH WKDQ WZLFH DV D VROR MXPS RU DV SDUW RI D jumps, one of which must be a double FRPELQDWLRQ VHTXHQFH ÀLS GRXEOH /XW] WULSOH MXPS RU TXDG • Of all the triple and quadruple jumps, only two can be jump* H[HFXWHG WZLFH ,I DW OHDVW RQH RI WKHVH H[HFXWLRQV LV LQ D • One two-jump or three-jump MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU D MXPS VHTXHQFH ERWK H[HFXWLRQV combination including two jumps with RI WKH VDPH WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ at least two rotations D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH VHFRQG RI WKHVH 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV solo jumps will receive 70 percent of its original base solo jumps, or as part of the permitted value. jump combinations and sequences • Up to three jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences. • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW one jump combination may contain three jumps. • The number of jumps in a jump sequence is not limited. 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH VSLQV Three spins: • One must be a spin combination with a minimum of 10 Same as competition program revolutions requirements • 2QH PXVW EH D À\LQJ VSLQ RU D VSLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV • One must be a spin with only one position with a minimum RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV • All spins must be of a different character • In all spins, the change of foot is optional • $OO VSLQV PD\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • (DFK EDVLF SRVLWLRQ PXVW EH KHOG IRU D PLQLPXP RI WZR revolutions to be counted • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins they LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV UHTXLUHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH VWHS VHTXHQFH Same as competition program • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG requirements using almost the full ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater. • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general • Unless otherwise stated, all elements FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH must meet the general criteria and UXOH VHFWLRQ basic requirements in order to be • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ which is not according to the requirements will have no • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ penalty. • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

4220 Novice Singles $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RYLFH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU higher and the novice free skate test but no higher. % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RQH

AXEL-TYPE JUMP SOLO JUMP

JUMP COMBINATION

SPIN IN ONE POSITION

SPIN COMBINATION

STEP SEQUENCE REMARKS

NOVICE MEN SHORT PROGRAM 2:30 maximum time Must contain the following six elements in any order 2QH VLQJOH $[HO RU GRXEOH $[HO One double or triple jump immediately preceded E\ FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU FRPSDUDEOH IUHH skating movements • A single spread eagle, spiral or free skating movement cannot be considered as meeting the UHTXLUHPHQWV RI FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU comparable free skating movements One jump combination consisting of two double MXPSV D GRXEOH MXPS DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU RU WZR WULSOH MXPSV • The two jumps performed in the combination may be the same or different; however, the jumps included must be different than the solo MXPS DQG WKH $[HO W\SH MXPS One camel spin or sit spin • With only one change of foot, which may be H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI D VWHS RYHU RU D MXPS • 0LQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW • Cannot be commenced with a jump

NOVICE LADIES SHORT PROGRAM 2:30 maximum time Must contain the following six elements in any order 2QH VLQJOH $[HO RU GRXEOH $[HO One double or triple jump immediately preceded E\ FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU FRPSDUDEOH IUHH skating movements • A single spread eagle, spiral or free skating movement cannot be considered as meeting the UHTXLUHPHQWV RI FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU comparable free skating movements One jump combination consisting of two double MXPSV D GRXEOH MXPS DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU RU WZR WULSOH MXPSV • The two jumps performed in the combination may be the same or different; however, the jumps included must be different than the solo MXPS DQG WKH $[HO W\SH MXPS 2QH OD\EDFN VLGHZD\V OHDQLQJ VSLQ VLW VSLQ RU camel spin without change of foot • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ • ,I SHUIRUPLQJ D OD\EDFN VLGHZD\V OHDQLQJ spin, any position is permitted as long as the basic layback or sideways leaning position is PDLQWDLQHG IRU DW OHDVW VL[ UHYROXWLRQV ZLWKRXW rising to an upright position. After the required UHYROXWLRQV LW LV SRVVLEOH WR H[HFXWH WKH Biellmann position. • Cannot be commenced with a jump One spin combination One spin combination • With only one change of foot • With only one change of foot • Minimum of two different basic positions • Minimum of two different basic positions with at least two revolutions in each of these with at least two revolutions in each of these positions positions • 0LQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW DQG • 0LQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW DQG two revolutions in each position two revolutions in each position • Cannot be commenced with a jump, but the • Cannot be commenced with a jump, but the FKDQJH RI IRRW PD\ EH H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI FKDQJH RI IRRW PD\ EH H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI a step over or a jump a step over or a jump One step sequence One step sequence • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH performed using almost the full ice surface performed using almost the full ice surface • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I WKH VDPH MXPS LV H[HFXWHG DV D VROR MXPS DQG DV D SDUW RI WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ WKH UHSHDWHG MXPS ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG LI WKLV UHSHWLWLRQ LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH DERYH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

155

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

156

NOVICE MEN WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:30 +/- 10 seconds Competition: Must contain the following elements in any order. (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI VHYHQ MXPS HOHPHQWV Seven jump elements, which must • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS include: • All single, double and triple jumps are permitted. Quadruple • 2QH VLQJOH GRXEOH RU WULSOH $[HO* jumps are not permitted. • Three different double or triple jumps* • 1R PRUH WKDQ RQH GRXEOH $[HO DQG WZR GLIIHUHQW WULSOH MXPSV • One two-jump or three-jump can be repeated, and if repeated, at least one attempt must be combination including two jumps with as part of a jump combination or a jump sequence. If at least at least two rotations RQH RI WKHVH H[HFXWLRQV LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU D MXPS VHTXHQFH ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH GRXEOH $[HO RU VDPH WULSOH 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV MXPS DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI solo jumps, or as part of the permitted WKH GRXEOH $[HO RU VDPH WULSOH MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH jump combinations and sequences second of these solo jumps will receive 70 percent of its original base value. • There is no limit to the number of different double jumps that may be repeated, but no double or triple jump may be included more than twice. • Up to three jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences. • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW RQH jump combination may contain three jumps. • The number of jumps in a jump sequence is not limited. 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH VSLQV Three spins: • One must be a spin combination with a minimum of 10 Same as competition program revolutions requirements • 2QH PXVW EH D À\LQJ VSLQ ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV and no change of position or change of foot • All spins must be of a different character • In the spin combination, the change of foot is optional • $OO VSLQV PD\ KDYH D À\LQJ HQWU\ • (DFK EDVLF SRVLWLRQ PXVW EH KHOG IRU D PLQLPXP RI WZR revolutions to be counted • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins they LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV UHTXLUHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH VWHS VHTXHQFH Same as competition program • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ requirements almost the full ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater • 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV DQG VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DUH permitted but will not be counted as elements; instead they will be counted as transitions and marked as such • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general • Unless otherwise stated, all elements FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH must meet the general criteria and VHFWLRQ basic requirements in order to be • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ which is not according to the requirements will have no value. • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ penalty. • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

NOVICE LADIES WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:00 +/- 10 seconds Competition: Must contain the following elements in any order. (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI VL[ MXPS HOHPHQWV 6L[ MXPS HOHPHQWV, which must include: • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS • 2QH VLQJOH GRXEOH RU WULSOH $[HO* • All single, double and triple jumps are permitted. Quadruple • Three different double or triple jumps are not permitted. jumps* • 1R PRUH WKDQ RQH GRXEOH $[HO DQG WZR GLIIHUHQW WULSOH MXPSV • One two-jump or three-jump can be repeated, and if repeated, at least one attempt must be combination including two jumps with as part of a jump combination or a jump sequence. If at least at least two rotations RQH RI WKHVH H[HFXWLRQV LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU D MXPS VHTXHQFH ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH GRXEOH $[HO RU WULSOH 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV MXPS DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI solo jumps, or as part of the permitted WKH GRXEOH $[HO RU VDPH WULSOH MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH jump combinations and sequences second of these solo jumps will receive 70 percent of its original base value. • There is no limit to the number of different double jumps that may be repeated, but no double or triple jump may be included more than twice. • Up to three jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences. • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW RQH jump combination may contain three jumps. • The number of jumps in a jump sequence is not limited. 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH VSLQV Three spins: • One must be a spin combination with a minimum of 10 Same as competition program revolutions requirements • 2QH PXVW EH D À\LQJ VSLQ ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV and no change of position or change of foot • All spins must be of a different character • In the spin combination, the change of foot is optional • $OO VSLQV PD\ KDYH D À\LQJ HQWU\ • (DFK EDVLF SRVLWLRQ PXVW EH KHOG IRU D PLQLPXP RI WZR revolutions to be counted • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins they LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV UHTXLUHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH VWHS VHTXHQFH Same as competition program • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ requirements almost the full ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater • 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV DQG VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DUH permitted but will not be counted as elements; instead they will be counted as transitions and marked as such • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general • Unless otherwise stated, all elements FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH must meet the general criteria and VHFWLRQ basic requirements in order to be • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ which is not according to the requirements will have no value. • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ penalty. • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

157

4230 Intermediate Singles $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV ,QWHUPHGLDWH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW or higher and the intermediate free skate test but no higher. B. Age requirements as of Sept. 1 prior to regional championships: Under age 18.

AXEL-TYPE JUMP SOLO JUMP

JUMP COMBINATION

SPIN IN ONE POSITION SPIN COMBINATION

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

158

INTERMEDIATE SHORT PROGRAM 2:10 maximum time Must contain the following six elements in any order 2QH VLQJOH $[HO RU GRXEOH $[HO 2QH GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPS LPPHGLDWHO\ SUHFHGHG E\ FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU FRPSDUDEOH IUHH skating movements • A single spread eagle, spiral or free skating movement cannot be considered as meeting the UHTXLUHPHQWV RI FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV DQG RU RWKHU FRPSDUDEOH IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYHPHQWV 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI D VLQJOH MXPS DQG D GRXEOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU WZR GRXEOH MXPSV D VLQJOH MXPS DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU D GRXEOH MXPS DQG D WULSOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU RUGHU or two triple jumps • The two jumps performed in the combination may be the same or different; however, the jumps LQFOXGHG PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW WKDQ WKH VROR MXPS DQG WKH $[HO W\SH MXPS One spin with only one position • 1R FKDQJH RI IRRW • 0LQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ • May commence with a jump One spin combination • With only one change of foot • Minimum of two different basic positions with at least two revolutions in each of these positions • 0LQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW DQG WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ • &DQQRW EH FRPPHQFHG ZLWK D MXPS EXW WKH FKDQJH RI IRRW PD\ EH H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI D VWHS over or a jump 0D[LPXP RI RQH VWHS VHTXHQFH • 2QO\ VLPSOH YDULHW\ VHYHQ WXUQV DQG URWDWLRQ LQ HDFK GLUHFWLRQ FRYHULQJ DW OHDVW RI WKH SDWWHUQ LQ WRWDO IRU HDFK URWDWLRQDO GLUHFWLRQ ZLOO EH HYDOXDWHG IRU D PD[LPXP RI /HYHO • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I WKH VDPH MXPS LV H[HFXWHG DV D VROR MXPS DQG DV D SDUW RI WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ WKH UHSHDWHG MXPS ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG LI WKLV UHSHWLWLRQ LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH DERYH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

INTERMEDIATE WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:40 +/- 10 seconds Competition: Must contain the following elements in any (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU order. Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI VL[ MXPS HOHPHQWV 6L[ MXPS HOHPHQWV, which must include: • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS • 2QH VLQJOH $[HO RU GRXEOH $[HO* • All single, double and triple jumps are permitted. • One double or triple jump* Quadruple jumps are not permitted. • One two-jump or three-jump combination including at least one double jump or one • 1R PRUH WKDQ WZR GLIIHUHQW MXPSV ZLWK ò RU WKUHH triple jump revolutions may be repeated. • ,I DQ\ GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPSV LQFOXGLQJ GRXEOH $[HO 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV VROR are repeated, at least one attempt must be part of a jumps, or as part of the permitted jump jump combination or sequence. If at least one of these H[HFXWLRQV LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU D MXPS VHTXHQFH combinations and sequences ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPS DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH second of these solo jumps will receive 70 percent of its original base value. • 1R GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPS FDQ EH LQFOXGHG PRUH WKDQ twice. • Up to three jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences. • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW one jump combination may contain three jumps. • The number of jumps in a jump sequence is not limited. 0D[LPXP RI WZR VSLQV Two spins: • One must be a spin combination with at least one change Same as competition program requirements of position and a minimum of eight revolutions • 2QH PXVW EH D VSLQ LQ RQH SRVLWLRQ ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI ¿YH revolutions and no change of foot • All spins must be of a different character • In the spin combination, the change of foot is optional • %RWK VSLQV PD\ KDYH D À\LQJ HQWU\ • (DFK EDVLF SRVLWLRQ PXVW EH KHOG IRU D PLQLPXP RI WZR revolutions to be counted • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins they LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV UHTXLUHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH VWHS VHTXHQFH One step sequence, fully utilizing the ice • 2QO\ VLPSOH YDULHW\ VHYHQ WXUQV DQG URWDWLRQ LQ HDFK surface. Pattern is not restricted. GLUHFWLRQ FRYHULQJ DW OHDVW RI WKH SDWWHUQ LQ WRWDO IRU HDFK URWDWLRQDO GLUHFWLRQ ZLOO EH HYDOXDWHG IRU D PD[LPXP RI /HYHO • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG using almost the full ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater • 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV DQG VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DUH permitted but will not be counted as elements; instead they will be counted as transitions and marked as such • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the • Unless otherwise stated, all elements general criteria and basic requirements in order to be must meet the general criteria and basic FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V UXOH VHFWLRQ • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW which is not according to the requirements will have no penalty. YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

159

4240 Juvenile Singles and Open Juvenile Singles Note: Open juvenile singles events are considered nonqualifying events and are held at a regional championship only at the discretion of the local organizing committee. A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV -XYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU higher, and juvenile free skate test but no higher. % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV * 2SHQ -XYHQLOH \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU -XYHQLOH 8QGHU \HDUV RI DJH Beginning February 1, 2018, the following changes will take effect: Age requirements as of Sept. 1 prior to the regional FKDPSLRQVKLSV 2SHQ -XYHQLOH 13 \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU -XYHQLOH 8QGHU 13 years of age

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

160

JUVENILE/OPEN JUVENILE WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:20 +/- 10 seconds Competition Must contain the following elements in any order. Effective starting November 1, 2017. Test Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI ¿YH MXPS HOHPHQWV Five jump elements, which must • One must be an Axel-type jump. LQFOXGH • All single and double jumps, including the double Axel, are permitted. • One single Axel or double • No triple or quadruple jumps are permitted. Axel* • No more than three different double jumps may be repeated, and if • Three different single or repeated, at least one attempt must be in a jump combination or a jump double jumps* sequence. If at least one of these executions is in a jump combination or a • One two-jump or three-jump jump sequence, both executions (of the same double jump) are evaluated combination including two in a regular way. If both executions (of the same double jump) are as single jumps, one single jump solo jumps, the second of these solo jumps will receive 70 percent of its and one double jump (in original base value. either order) or two double • No double jump can be included more than twice. jumps • 8S WR WZR MXPS HOHPHQWV PD\ EH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV RU MXPS VHTXHQFHV • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW VNDWHUV PD\ *Required jumps may be perform one three-jump combination with a maximum of two double performed as solo jumps, or jumps. as part of the permitted jump • The number of jumps in a jump sequence is not limited. combinations and sequences Maximum of two spins 7ZR VSLQV • One must be a spin combination with at least one change of position and a Same as competition program minimum of eight revolutions requirements • 2QH PXVW EH D VSLQ LQ RQH SRVLWLRQ ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV DQG no change of foot • All spins must be of a different character • In the spin combination, the change of foot is optional • %RWK VSLQV PD\ KDYH D À\LQJ HQWU\ • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins they intend to execute within the spin types required Maximum of one choreographic step sequence Same as competition program • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH requirements full ice surface • A step sequence that meets the minimum requirements above will be DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • A step sequence that does not meet the minimum requirements above will receive no value • -XPSV PD\ EH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater • 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV DQG VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DUH SHUPLWWHG EXW ZLOO not be counted as elements; instead they will be counted as transitions and marked as such • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW WKH JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ elements must meet the general • If an extra jump(s) is executed, only the individual jump(s) which is criteria and basic requirements not according to the requirements will have no value. The jumps are in order to be counted (see rule considered in the order of execution. VHFWLRQ • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG without penalty. • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

4250 Pre-Juvenile Singles

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

PRE-JUVENILE WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:00 +/- 10 seconds Competition: Must contain the following elements in any (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU order. Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI ¿YH MXPS HOHPHQWV Five jump elements, which must include: • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS • One waltz jump or VLQJOH $[HO* • $OO VLQJOH DQG GRXEOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG H[FHSW GRXEOH • Three different jumps selected from single $[HO loop, single ÀLS single /XW] VLQJOH $[HO • 1R GRXEOH $[HOV WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG or any GRXEOH MXPS H[FHSW GRXEOH $[HO* • $Q $[HO SOXV XS WR WKUHH GLIIHUHQW GRXEOH MXPSV PD\ EH • One two-jump or three-jump combination UHSHDWHG RQFH EXW QRW PRUH DV VROR MXPSV RU SDUW RI D including two single jumps, one single jump sequence or jump combination MXPS DQG RQH GRXEOH MXPS LQ HLWKHU • The number of single jumps is not limited provided RUGHU RU WZR GRXEOH MXPSV GRXEOH $[HO WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPS HOHPHQWV DOORZHG LV QRW LV QRW SHUPLWWHG

H[FHHGHG • Up to two jump elements may be jump combinations or 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV VROR jump sequences jumps, or as part of the permitted jump • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW combinations and sequences skaters may perform one three-jump combination with a PD[LPXP RI WZR GRXEOH MXPSV • -XPS VHTXHQFHV DUH OLPLWHG WR D PD[LPXP RI WKUHH VLQJOH or double jumps 0D[LPXP RI WZR VSLQV Two spins: • One must be a spin combination with at least one change Same as competition program requirements RI SRVLWLRQ DQG D PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV • One must be a spin in one position with a minimum of four revolutions and no change of foot • All spins must be of a different character • In the spin combination, the change of foot is optional • %RWK VSLQV PD\ KDYH D À\LQJ HQWU\ • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins they LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV UHTXLUHG One step sequence Same as competition program requirements • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG using almost the full ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater • 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV DQG VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DUH permitted but will not be counted as elements • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the • Unless otherwise stated, all elements general criteria and basic requirements in order to be must meet the general criteria and basic FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW penalty. • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

161

4260 Preliminary Singles

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

162

PRELIMINARY WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 1:30 +/- 10 seconds Competition: Must contain the following elements in any (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU order. Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 0D[LPXP RI ¿YH MXPS HOHPHQWV Five jump elements, which must include: • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS RU D ZDOW] MXPS • One waltz jump RU VLQJOH $[HO • $OO VLQJOH MXPSV LQFOXGLQJ WKH VLQJOH $[HO DUH SHUPLWWHG • Three different single or allowable double Only two different double jumps, chosen from double jumps* Salchow, double toe loop and double loop, may be • One two-jump or three-jump combination attempted. including two single jumps, one single • 'RXEOH ÀLS GRXEOH /XW] GRXEOH $[HO WULSOH DQG MXPS DQG RQH DOORZDEOH GRXEOH MXPS LQ quadruple jumps are not permitted. HLWKHU RUGHU RU WZR DOORZDEOH GRXEOH • $Q $[HO SOXV XS WR WZR GLIIHUHQW DOORZDEOH GRXEOH MXPSV jumps PD\ EH UHSHDWHG RQFH EXW QRW PRUH DV VROR MXPSV RU part of a jump sequence or jump combination. 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV VROR • The number of single jumps is not limited provided jumps, or as part of the permitted jump WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPS HOHPHQWV DOORZHG LV QRW combinations and sequences H[FHHGHG • Up to two jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW skaters may perform one three-jump combination with a PD[LPXP RI WZR GRXEOH MXPSV • -XPS VHTXHQFHV DUH OLPLWHG WR D PD[LPXP RI WKUHH VLQJOH or double jumps 0D[LPXP RI WZR VSLQV Two spins: • All spins must be of a different character Same as competition program requirements • (DFK VSLQ PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV • 6SLQV PD\ FKDQJH IHHW DQG RU SRVLWLRQV • 6SLQV PD\ VWDUW ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins they LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV DOORZHG One step sequence Same as competition program requirements • Must utilize one-half the ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater • 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV DQG VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DUH permitted but will not be counted as elements • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the • Unless otherwise stated, all elements general criteria and basic requirements in order to be must meet the general criteria and basic FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW penalty. • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

4270 Pre-Preliminary Singles

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

PRE-PRELIMINARY WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 1:40 maximum Competition: Must contain the following elements in any (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU order. Test: Must follow competition requirements, in addition to the minimum requirements below. 1RWH The skater may choose to complete the elements in a program, or as isolated elements. 0D[LPXP RI ¿YH MXPS HOHPHQWV Five jump elements, which must include: • $OO VLQJOH MXPSV LQFOXGLQJ VLQJOH $[HO DUH SHUPLWWHG EXW • One waltz jump RU VLQJOH $[HO double, triple and quadruple jumps are not permitted • At least two different single jumps • 7KH $[HO PD\ EH UHSHDWHG RQFH EXW QRW PRUH DV D VROR • 5HPDLQLQJ jumps may be half jumps jump, or in a jump sequence or jump combination KDOI /XW] DQG KDOI ÀLS DQG RU VLQJOH • The number of single jumps is not limited provided jumps. WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPS HOHPHQWV DOORZHG LV QRW H[FHHGHG 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG DV VROR • Up to two jump elements may be jump combinations or jumps, or as part of the permitted jump jump sequences combinations and sequences • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW skaters may perform one three-jump combination • -XPSV VHTXHQFHV DUH OLPLWHG WR D PD[LPXP RI WKUHH single jumps 0D[LPXP RI WZR VSLQV Two spins: • All spins must be of a different character Same as competition program requirements • (DFK VSLQ PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV • 6SLQV PD\ FKDQJH IHHW DQG RU SRVLWLRQV • 6SLQV PD\ VWDUW ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • The skaters have freedom to select the kinds of spins they LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV DOORZHG One step sequence Same as competition program requirements • Must utilize one-half the ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater • 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV DQG VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DUH permitted but will not be counted as elements • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the • Unless otherwise stated, all elements general criteria and basic requirements in order to be must meet the general criteria and basic FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I SHUIRUPHG DV D SURJUDP H[WUD elements may be added without penalty. • Two different elements may be retried, if necessary

163

4280 No Test Singles

JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

164

NO TEST WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 1:40 maximum Competition: Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI ¿YH MXPS HOHPHQWV • $OO VLQJOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG H[FHSW IRU WKH VLQJOH $[HO • 1R VLQJOH $[HOV GRXEOH WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG • 7KH QXPEHU RI VLQJOH MXPSV H[FHSW VLQJOH $[HOV LV QRW OLPLWHG SURYLGHG WKH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPS HOHPHQWV DOORZHG LV QRW H[FHHGHG • Up to two jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences • -XPS FRPELQDWLRQV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV H[FHSW WKDW VNDWHUV PD\ SHUIRUP RQH WKUHH MXPS combination • -XPSV VHTXHQFHV DUH OLPLWHG WR D PD[LPXP RI WKUHH VLQJOH MXPSV 0D[LPXP RI WZR VSLQV • All spins must be of a different character • (DFK VSLQ PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV • 6SLQV PD\ FKDQJH IHHW DQG RU SRVLWLRQV • 6SLQV PD\ VWDUW ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • 7KH VNDWHUV KDYH IUHHGRP WR VHOHFW WKH NLQGV RI VSLQV WKH\ LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV allowed One step sequence • Must utilize one-half the ice surface • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Step sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements of a step sequence, but additional step sequences connecting the various elements may be included at the discretion of the skater. • 0RYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV DQG VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DUH SHUPLWWHG EXW ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV HOHPHQWV • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order to EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ

4500 Adult Singles All adult singles events are open only to competitors who are 21 years of age or older at the closing date for entries. See rule 2552 for age categories.

4510 Championship Masters Junior-Senior Singles and Masters Junior-Senior Singles 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV VNDWHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ A. The standard novice free skate test; % 3ULRU WR 2FW WKH WK ¿JXUH WHVW & 2Q RU DIWHU 2FW DQG SULRU WR 2FW WKH WK ¿JXUH WHVW CHAMPIONSHIP MASTERS JUNIOR-SENIOR AND MASTERS JUNIOR-SENIOR WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:40 maximum time Competition: Must contain the following elements in any order JUMPS 0D[LPXP RI VHYHQ MXPS HOHPHQWV • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS • Up to three jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences • One jump combination may contain three jumps; the remaining jump combinations are limited to two jumps • The number of jumps in a jump sequence is not limited; however, only the two highest-value jumps in a sequence will be counted • 1R $[HOV RU PXOWL URWDWLRQ MXPSV PD\ EH UHSHDWHG PRUH WKDQ RQFH DQG LI UHSHDWHG WKRVH MXPSV PXVW EH LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH ,I DW OHDVW RQH RI WKHVH H[HFXWLRQV LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU D MXPS VHTXHQFH ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH $[HO RU PXOWL URWDWLRQ MXPS DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH $[HO RU PXOWL URWDWLRQ MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH second of these solo jumps will receive 70 percent of its original base value. SPINS 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH VSLQV RI D GLIIHUHQW FKDUDFWHU • If a spin includes a change of foot, it must have a minimum of four revolutions on each foot. All RWKHU VSLQV PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV • There must be a minimum of two revolutions in each position, or the position will not be counted. • 7KH VNDWHUV KDYH IUHHGRP WR VHOHFW WKH NLQGV RI VSLQV WKH\ LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV allowed. STEP SEQUENCE 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DQG VSLUDOV

• 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • A sequence that does not meet the minimum requirements above will receive no value • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV DUH SHUPLWWHG EXW will not be counted as elements; instead they will be counted as transitions and marked as such REMARKS • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

4520 RESERVED 4530 RESERVED

165

4540 Championship Masters Intermediate-Novice Singles and Masters Intermediate-Novice Singles 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV VNDWHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ A. The standard intermediate free skate test and: 1. On or after Oct. 1, 1977, and prior to Oct. 1, 1991, no higher than the standard junior free skate test; 2. On or after Oct. 1, 1991, no higher than the standard novice free skate test; % 3ULRU WR 2FW WKH UG ¿JXUH WHVW & 2Q RU DIWHU 2FW DQG SULRU WR 2FW WKH WK ¿JXUH WHVW ,I D VNDWHU KDV SUHYLRXVO\ TXDOL¿HG WR FRPSHWH DW WKH 8 6 $GXOW )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV LQ &KDPSLRQVKLS 0DVWHUV -XQLRU 6HQLRU VDLG VNDWHU FDQQRW FRPSHWH LQ &KDPSLRQVKLS 0DVWHUV ,QWHUPHGLDWH 1RYLFH CHAMPIONSHIP MASTERS INTERMEDIATE-NOVICE AND MASTERS INTERMEDIATE-NOVICE WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:10 maximum time Competition: Must contain the following elements in any order JUMPS 0D[LPXP RI VL[ MXPS HOHPHQWV • 2QH PXVW EH DQ $[HO W\SH MXPS • Up to three jump elements may be jump combinations or jump sequences • 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ VHTXHQFH PD\ FRQWDLQ WKUHH MXPSV WKH UHPDLQLQJ MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV sequences are limited to two jumps • Only one jump combination or sequence may include two double jumps • (DFK MXPS PD\ EH UHSHDWHG RQO\ RQFH DQG RQO\ LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH ,I DW OHDVW RQH RI WKHVH H[HFXWLRQV LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU D MXPS VHTXHQFH ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH VLQJOH RU GRXEOH MXPS DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH VLQJOH RU GRXEOH MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH VHFRQG RI WKHVH VROR MXPSV ZLOO UHFHLYH SHUFHQW RI LWV original base value. • All single jumps and the following double jumps may be performed: double toe loop, double Salchow and double loop • 'RXEOH ÀLS GRXEOH /XW] GRXEOH $[HO DQG WULSOH MXPSV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG SPINS 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH VSLQV RI D GLIIHUHQW FKDUDFWHU • If a spin includes a change of foot, it must have a minimum of four revolutions on each foot. All RWKHU VSLQV PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV • There must be a minimum of two revolutions in each position, or the position will not be counted. • 7KH VNDWHUV KDYH IUHHGRP WR VHOHFW WKH NLQGV RI VSLQV WKH\ LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV allowed. STEP SEQUENCE 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DQG VSLUDOV • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • A sequence that does not meet the minimum requirements above will receive no value • Jumps may be included in the step sequence • Sequences that are too short and barely visible cannot be considered as meeting the requirements • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV DUH SHUPLWWHG EXW will not be counted as elements; instead they will be counted as transitions and marked as such REMARKS • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

4550 RESERVED 4560 RESERVED

166

4570 Championship Adult Gold and Adult Gold Singles

7HVW 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV A. 6NDWHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ 7KH DGXOW JROG IUHH VNDWH WHVW 7KH VWDQGDUG MXYHQLOH IUHH VNDWH WHVW DQG D 3ULRU WR 2FW QR KLJKHU WKDQ WKH VWDQGDUG LQWHUPHGLDWH IUHH VNDWH WHVW E 2Q RU DIWHU 2FW QR KLJKHU WKDQ WKH VWDQGDUG MXYHQLOH IUHH VNDWH WHVW 3ULRU WR 2FW WKH UG ¿JXUH WHVW DQG QR KLJKHU WKDQ WKH WK ¿JXUH WHVW % 6NDWHUV PD\ KDYH SDVVHG $Q\ ¿JXUH WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RQ RU DIWHU 2FW DQG SULRU WR 2FW H[FHSW IRU WKH WK ¿JXUH WHVW $Q\ ¿JXUH WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RQ RU DIWHU 2FW ,I D VNDWHU KDV SUHYLRXVO\ TXDOL¿HG WR FRPSHWH DW WKH 8 6 $GXOW )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV LQ &KDPSLRQVKLS 0DVWHUV ,QWHUPHGLDWH 1RYLFH VDLG VNDWHU FDQQRW FRPSHWH LQ &KDPSLRQVKLS $GXOW *ROG

CHAMPIONSHIP ADULT GOLD AND ADULT GOLD WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:40 maximum time PROGRAM Competition 0XVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV LQ DQ\ RUGHU Effective starting November 1, 2017. Test 0XVW IROORZ FRPSHWLWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ DGGLWLRQ WR WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV EHORZ. JUMPS 0D[LPXP RI ¿YH MXPS HOHPHQWV )LYH MXPS HOHPHQWV ZKLFK PXVW LQ • 8S WR WKUHH MXPS HOHPHQWV PD\ EH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV RU MXPS FOXGH VHTXHQFHV • )RXU GLIIHUHQW VLQJOH RU DOORZDEOH • 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ VHTXHQFH PD\ FRQWDLQ WKUHH MXPSV WKH GRXEOH MXPSV WZR RI ZKLFK PXVW UHPDLQLQJ MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV VHTXHQFHV DUH OLPLWHG WR WZR MXPSV EH FKRVHQ IURP VLQJOH /XW] VLQJOH • (DFK MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH RQO\ RQH GRXEOH MXPS $[HO GRXEOH WRHORRS RU GRXEOH 6DO • (DFK MXPS PD\ EH UHSHDWHG RQO\ RQFH DQG RQO\ LQ FRPELQDWLRQ DQG RU FKRZ* VHTXHQFH ,I DW OHDVW RQH RI WKHVH H[HFXWLRQV LV LQ D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU • 2QH WZR MXPS RU WKUHH MXPS FRPEL D MXPS VHTXHQFH ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH VLQJOH RU GRXEOH MXPS QDWLRQ LQFOXGLQJ WZR MXPSV ZLWK DW DUH HYDOXDWHG LQ D UHJXODU ZD\ ,I ERWK H[HFXWLRQV RI WKH VDPH VLQJOH OHDVW RQH URWDWLRQ RU GRXEOH MXPS DUH DV VROR MXPSV WKH VHFRQG RI WKHVH VROR MXPSV ZLOO UHFHLYH SHUFHQW RI LWV RULJLQDO EDVH YDOXH 5HTXLUHG MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG • $OO VLQJOH MXPSV LQFOXGLQJ VLQJOH $[HO DQG WKH IROORZLQJ GRXEOH DV VROR MXPSV RU DV SDUW RI WKH SHU MXPSV PD\ EH SHUIRUPHG GRXEOH WRH ORRS DQG GRXEOH 6DOFKRZ PLWWHG MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV DQG VH • 'RXEOH ORRS GRXEOH ÀLS GRXEOH /XW] GRXEOH $[HO DQG WULSOH MXPSV TXHQFHV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG SPINS 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH VSLQV RI D GLIIHUHQW FKDUDFWHU 7KUHH VSLQV • ,I D VSLQ LQFOXGHV D FKDQJH RI IRRW LW PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI IRXU 6DPH as FRPSHWLWLRQ SURJUDP UH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW $OO RWKHU VSLQV PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI TXLUHPHQWV IRXU UHYROXWLRQV • 7KHUH PXVW EH D PLQLPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ RU WKH SRVLWLRQ ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG • 7KH VNDWHUV KDYH IUHHGRP WR VHOHFW WKH NLQGV RI VSLQV WKH\ LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV DOORZHG STEP 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH PRYHV LQ 6DPH as FRPSHWLWLRQ SURJUDP UH SEQUENCE WKH ¿HOG DQG VSLUDOV TXLUHPHQWV • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW GRHV QRW PHHW WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO UHFHLYH QR YDOXH • -XPSV PD\ EH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH • 6HTXHQFHV WKDW DUH WRR VKRUW DQG EDUHO\ YLVLEOH FDQQRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV PHHWLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV DUH SHUPLWWHG EXW ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV HOHPHQWV LQVWHDG WKH\ ZLOO EH FRXQWHG DV WUDQVLWLRQV DQG PDUNHG DV VXFK REMARKS • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW WKH JHQHUDO FULWHULD • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW WKH JHQHUDO • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ • 7ZR GLIIHUHQW HOHPHQWV PD\ EH UHWULHG LI QHFHVVDU\ 167

4580 Championship Adult Silver and Adult Silver Singles

7HVW 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV A. 6NDWHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ 7KH DGXOW VLOYHU IUHH VNDWH WHVW DQG QR KLJKHU DGXOW IUHH VNDWH WHVWV %HIRUH 2FW WKH VWDQGDUG MXYHQLOH IUHH VNDWH WHVW DQG QR KLJKHU VWDQGDUG IUHH VNDWH WHVWV 2Q RU DIWHU 2FW WKH VWDQGDUG SUH MXYHQLOH IUHH VNDWH WHVW DQG QR KLJKHU IUHH VNDWH WHVWV 3ULRU WR 2FW WKH UG ¿JXUH WHVW DQG QR KLJKHU ¿JXUH WHVWV % 6NDWHUV PD\ KDYH SDVVHG $Q\ ¿JXUH WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RQ RU DIWHU 2FW DQG SULRU WR 2FW H[FHSW IRU WKH WK ¿JXUH WHVW $Q\ ¿JXUH WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RQ RU DIWHU 2FW ,I D VNDWHU KDV SUHYLRXVO\ TXDOL¿HG WR FRPSHWH DW WKH 8 6 $GXOW )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ &KDPSLRQVKLSV LQ &KDPSLRQVKLS $GXOW *ROG VDLG VNDWHU FDQQRW FRPSHWH LQ &KDPSLRQVKLS $GXOW 6LOYHU

CHAMPIONSHIP ADULT SILVER AND ADULT SILVER WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:10 maximum time PROGRAM Competition 0XVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV LQ DQ\ Test 7KH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV DUH UHTXLUHG RUGHU JUMPS 0D[LPXP RI ¿YH MXPS HOHPHQWV • $W OHDVH WKUHH GLIIHUHQW VLQJOH MXPSV HDFK • 8S WR WZR MXPS HOHPHQWV PD\ EH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV RU SHUIRUPHG DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH 2QH PXVW EH D VLQJOH ORRS RQH MXPS VHTXHQFHV • 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ VHTXHQFH PD\ FRQWDLQ WKUHH MXPSV PXVW EH D VLQJOH ÀLS DQG RQH PXVW EH FKRVHQ IURP VLQJOH 6DOFKRZ VLQJOH WRH ORRS VLQJOH DQG WKH RWKHU PD\ FRQWDLQ RQO\ WZR MXPSV • $GGLWLRQDO MXPS VHTXHQFHV ZKLFK FRQWDLQ QRQ OLVWHG MXPSV /XW] RU VLQJOH $[HO RI QRW PRUH WKDQ RQH UHYROXWLRQ SHUIRUPHG DV SDUW RI • 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI WZR VLQ JOH MXPSV QR WXUQ RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ FRQQHFWLQJ IRRWZRUN SUHFHGLQJ VLQJOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG • (DFK MXPS PD\ EH UHSHDWHG RQO\ RQFH DQG RQO\ LQ MXPSV 6LQJOH MXPSV DUH VLQJOH 6DOFKRZ VLQJOH WRH ORRS VLQJOH ORRS VLQJOH ÀLS VLQJOH FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH /XW] DQG VLQJOH $[HO • $OO VLQJOH MXPSV LQFOXGLQJ VLQJOH $[HO DUH SHUPLWWHG • 2QH MXPS VHTXHQFH FRQVLVWLQJ RI MXPSV RI • 1R GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG RQH KDOI RU RQH IXOO UHYROXWLRQ SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

0D[LPXP RI WZR VSLQV RI D GLIIHUHQW FKDUDFWHU • ,I D VSLQ LQFOXGHV D FKDQJH RI IRRW LW PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW $ VSLQ ZLWKRXW D FKDQJH RI IRRW PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV • 7KHUH PXVW EH D PLQLPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ RU WKH SRVLWLRQ ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG • 7KH VNDWHUV KDYH IUHHGRP WR VHOHFW WKH NLQGV RI VSLQV WKH\ LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV DOORZHG

7ZR VSLQV ZKLFK PXVW LQFOXGH WKH IROORZLQJ • 2QH FDPHO VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ

• 2QH VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ ZLWK RQO\ RQH FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ DQG VL[ UHYROXWLRQV FRPELQHG 0XVW LQFOXGH WZR RI WKH IROORZLQJ SRVLWLRQV FDPHO VLW RU XSULJKW &KDQJH RI IRRW LV RSWLRQDO DQG LI SHUIRUPHG PXVW LQFOXGH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH &RQQHFWLQJ PRYHV DQG VWHSV VKRXOG EH GHPRQVWUDWHG WKURXJKRXW WKH SURJUDP PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DQG VSLUDOV XWLOL]LQJ DW OHDVW RQH KDOI RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH • -XPSV PD\ EH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH • 6HTXHQFHV WKDW DUH WRR VKRUW DQG EDUHO\ YLVLEOH FDQQRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV PHHWLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV DUH SHUPLWWHG EXW ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV HOHPHQWV LQVWHDG WKH\ ZLOO EH FRXQWHG DV WUDQVLWLRQV DQG PDUNHG DV VXFK When judged with IJS: • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW GRHV QRW PHHW WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO UHFHLYH QR YDOXH • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW WKH • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO HOHPHQWV JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH PXVW PHHW WKH JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V VHFWLRQ ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ • 7ZR GLIIHUHQW HOHPHQWV PD\ EH UHWULHG LI QHFHVVDU\

4590 Adult Bronze Singles 7HVW 4XDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV A. 6NDWHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ 7KH DGXOW EURQ]H IUHH VNDWH WHVW DQG QR KLJKHU DGXOW IUHH VNDWH WHVWV 7KH VWDQGDUG SUHOLPLQDU\ IUHH VNDWH WHVW DQG QR KLJKHU VWDQGDUG IUHH VNDWH WHVWV % 6NDWHUV PD\ KDYH SDVVHG 7KH QG ¿JXUH WHVW DQG QR KLJKHU EHIRUH 2FW $Q\ ¿JXUH WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RQ RU DIWHU 2FW DQG SULRU WR 2FW H[FHSW IRU WKH WK ¿JXUH WHVW $Q\ ¿JXUH WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RQ RU DIWHU 2FW

PROGRAM JUMPS

SPINS

STEP SEQUENCE

REMARKS

ADULT BRONZE WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 1:50 maximum time Competition 0XVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV LQ DQ\ Test 7KH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV DUH UHTXLUHG RUGHU 0D[LPXP RI IRXU MXPS HOHPHQWV • $W OHDVW WKUHH GLIIHUHQW VLQJOH MXPSV • 8S WR WZR MXPS HOHPHQWV PD\ EH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV RU HDFK SHUIRUPHG DV D VROR MXPS QRW LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH 2QH PXVW EH D MXPS VHTXHQFHV • 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ VHTXHQFH PD\ FRQWDLQ WKUHH MXPSV VLQJOH 6DOFKRZ RQH PXVW EH D VLQJOH WRH ORRS DQG RQH PXVW EH FKRVHQ IURP VLQJOH DQG WKH RWKHU PD\ FRQWDLQ RQO\ WZR MXPSV • (DFK MXPS PD\ EH UHSHDWHG RQO\ RQFH DQG RQO\ LQ ORRS VLQJOH ÀLS VLQJOH /XW] RU VLQJOH $[HO • 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ FRQVLVWLQJ RI D FRPELQDWLRQ RU LQ VHTXHQFH ZDOW] MXPS DQG D VLQJOH WRH ORRS QR WXUQ • $OO VLQJOH MXPSV H[FHSW VLQJOH $[HO DUH SHUPLWWHG RU FKDQJH RI IRRW EHWZHHQ MXPSV

• 1R VLQJOH $[HO GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG 0D[LPXP RI WZR VSLQV RI D GLIIHUHQW FKDUDFWHU • 2QH RQH IRRW EDFNVSLQ HQWU\ RSWLRQDO PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ

• ,I D VSLQ LQFOXGHV D FKDQJH RI IRRW LW PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK IRRW $OO RWKHU VSLQV • 2QH VLW VSLQ LQ UHFRJQL]DEOH VLW SRVLWLRQ PLQLPXP WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ

PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV • 7KHUH PXVW EH D PLQLPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ RU WKH SRVLWLRQ ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG • 6SLQV ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG • 7KH VNDWHUV KDYH IUHHGRP WR VHOHFW WKH NLQGV RI VSLQV WKH\ LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV DOORZHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH • &RQQHFWLQJ PRYHV DQG VWHSV VKRXOG EH GHPRQVWUDWHG WKURXJKRXW WKH SURJUDP PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DQG VSLUDOV XWLOL]LQJ DW OHDVW RQH KDOI RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH • -XPSV PD\ EH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH • 6HTXHQFHV WKDW DUH WRR VKRUW DQG EDUHO\ YLVLEOH FDQQRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV PHHWLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV DUH SHUPLWWHG EXW ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV HOHPHQWV LQVWHDG WKH\ ZLOO EH FRXQWHG DV WUDQVLWLRQV DQG PDUNHG DV VXFK When judged with IJS: • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW GRHV QRW PHHW WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO UHFHLYH QR YDOXH • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW WKH • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO HOHPHQWV JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH PXVW PHHW WKH JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ([WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ • 7ZR GLIIHUHQW HOHPHQWV PD\ EH UHWULHG LI QHFHVVDU\

4600 Adult Pre-Bronze Singles A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 3DVVHG QR KLJKHU WKDQ WKH DGXOW SUH EURQ]H IUHH VNDWH WHVW RU WKH SUH SUHOLPLQDU\ IUHH VNDWH WHVW

PROGRAM

JUMPS

SPINS

STEPS

REMARKS

ADULT PRE-BRONZE WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 1:40 maximum time Competition 0XVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV LQ DQ\ Test 7KH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV DUH UHTXLUHG RUGHU 1RWH (IIHFWLYH VWDUWLQJ 1RYHPEHU WKH VNDWHU PD\ FKRRVH WR FRPSOHWH WKH HOHPHQWV LQ a SURJUDP RU DV LVRODWHG HOHPHQWV 0D[LPXP RI IRXU MXPS HOHPHQWV • 7ZR GLIIHUHQW MXPSV HLWKHU RQH KDOI RU RQH • 8S WR WZR MXPS HOHPHQWV PD\ EH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV RU IXOO UHYROXWLRQ MXPS VHTXHQFHV • 2QH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ VHTXHQFH PD\ FRQWDLQ WKUHH MXPSV DQG WKH RWKHU PD\ FRQWDLQ RQO\ WZR MXPSV • (DFK MXPS PD\ EH UHSHDWHG RQO\ RQFH DQG RQO\ LQ FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH • 2QO\ VLQJOH DQG KDOI UHYROXWLRQ MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG • 1R VLQJOH /XW] VLQJOH $[HO RU GRXEOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG $ PD[LPXP RI WZR VSLQV • 2QH RQH IRRW XSULJKW VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH • 6SLQV ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ

• 6SLQV PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH UHYROXWLRQV • 2QH WZR IRRW XSULJKW VSLQ PLQLPXP WKUHH • 7KH VNDWHUV KDYH IUHHGRP WR VHOHFW WKH NLQGV RI VSLQV WKH\ UHYROXWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQ

LQWHQG WR H[HFXWH ZLWKLQ WKH VSLQ W\SHV DOORZHG &RQQHFWLQJ VWHSV WKURXJKRXW WKH SURJUDP DUH UHTXLUHG • )RUZDUG DQG EDFNZDUG FURVVRYHUV HLWKHU GLUHFWLRQ

• /XQJH RU VSLUDO • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW WKH • 8QOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG DOO HOHPHQWV JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH PXVW PHHW WKH JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I SHUIRUPHG DV D SURJUDP H[WUD HOHPHQWV PD\ EH DGGHG ZLWKRXW SHQDOW\ • 7ZR GLIIHUHQW HOHPHQWV PD\ EH UHWULHG LI QHFHVVDU\

4700 Dramatic Entertainment and Light Entertainment Events )RU 0DVWHUV 'UDPDWLF (QWHUWDLQPHQW 0DVWHUV /LJKW (QWHUWDLQPHQW $GXOW *ROG 'UDPDWLF (QWHUWDLQPHQW $GXOW *ROG /LJKW (QWHUWDLQPHQW $GXOW 6LOYHU 'UDPDWLF (QWHUWDLQPHQW $GXOW 6LOYHU /LJKW (QWHUWDLQPHQW $GXOW %URQ]H 'UDPDWLF (QWHUWDLQPHQW DQG $GXOW %URQ]H /LJKW (QWHUWDLQPHQW $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV SURJUDP GXUDWLRQ SURJUDP UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG UHVWULFWLRQV DQG MXGJLQJ DQG PDUNLQJ ZLOO EH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH 1RQTXDOLI\LQJ &RPSHWLWLRQ 6KRZFDVH *XLGHOLQHV SRVWHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ

4800 RESERVED

4900 Marking of Singles – 6.0 and IJS 4910 Marking of Singles – 6.0 System 4911 The 6.0 system is marked on a scale from 0 to 6, of which: 1RW 6NDWHG 4.0 = Good 1.0 = Very Poor 5.0 = Very Good 2.0 = Poor 6.0 = Outstanding 3.0 = Mediocre $ 'HFLPDOV WR RQH SODFH DUH SHUPLWWHG DV IXUWKHU LQWHUPHGLDWH YDOXHV H J % :KHQ GHVHUYHG D MXGJH PD\ DZDUG WKH PDUN RI HLWKHU LQ WKH ¿UVW PDUN RU LQ WKH VHFRQG PDUN EXW QRW LQ ERWK H[FHSW for the last competitor. 4912 Under the 6.0 system, the judges must penalize clothing not meeting the requirements of rule section 4030 by a deduction of 0.1 in the second mark. 4913 Marking of Singles Short Programs – 6.0 System In the singles short program, for those events that are judged under the 6.0 system, two marks shall be awarded on a scale IURP WR VHH UXOH 7KH ¿UVW PDUN VKDOO EH IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV IRUPHUO\ ³UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV´ DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN VKDOO EH IRU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV IRUPHUO\ ³SUHVHQWDWLRQ´ $ )RU WKH PDUNLQJ RI WKH WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV VHH UXOH ' ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH MXGJHV PXVW FRQVLGHU WKH GLI¿FXOW\ RI the elements and transitions, and speed. B. For the marking of the program components, see rule 4923. & (YHU\ IDLOXUH LQ WKH WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV PXVW EH UHÀHFWHG RQO\ LQ WKH ¿UVW PDUN DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH LPSRUWDQFH RI WKH HOHPHQW IDLOHG RU RPLWWHG DQG WKH JUDYLW\ RI WKH PLVWDNH LWVHOI VLQFH WKHUH LV QR GLUHFW UHODWLRQVKLS EHWZHHQ WKH ¿UVW DQG second marks. However, marks must be deducted for failures in the second mark if the harmonious and artistic aspects of the program are involved. ' 7KH H[HFXWLRQ RI D QRQ SUHVFULEHG HOHPHQW LQ SODFH RI D SUHVFULEHG HOHPHQW PXVW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DQ RPLVVLRQ DQ DGGLWLRQDO GHGXFWLRQ RI IRU DQ H[WUD HOHPHQW VKRXOG EH WDNHQ LQ WKH PDUN IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV ( :KHQ PRYHPHQWV ZKLFK DUH QRW DOORZHG DUH LQFOXGHG GHGXFWLRQV PXVW EH PDGH ERWK IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG program components. The penalty to be applied should be 0.1 in each mark for each forbidden element performed. F. An element is omitted when it is not tried; the jump combination is omitted when neither one of the two jumps is attempted. 1. Any element commenced after the permissible time allowance will be considered as omitted in the marking. In the event an element is commenced before but completed after the allowable time duration, appropriate deductions must EH PDGH IRU H[FHHGLQJ WKH PD[LPXP WLPH SHUPLWWHG EXW WKH HOHPHQW LV WR EH MXGJHG DV VNDWHG 7KH UHIHUHH PXVW DGYLVH WKH MXGJHV RI DQ\ HOHPHQW EHJXQ DIWHU WKH WLPH OLPLW DQG DOVR RI DQ\ SURJUDP WKDW H[FHHGV WKH SHUPLVVLEOH time limit. G. A whistle shall be blown by the referee when the allowable time has elapsed, and the judges shall cease judging the SHUIRUPDQFH ,I D FRPSHWLWRU IDLOV WR ¿QLVK WKH VKRUW SURJUDP ZLWKLQ WKH WLPH OLPLW WKHUH VKRXOG EH D GHGXFWLRQ LQ WKH PDUNV IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV IRU XS WR HYHU\ VHFRQGV LQ H[FHVV H. In each of the required spins with less than the required number of revolutions, a deduction of 0.1 must be made in the mark for technical elements. I. Deductions must be made according to the following scale of values: Elements Jump combination, solo jumps, VSLQV À\LQJ VSLQV DQG VSLQ combinations Step sequences and spiral sequences ([WUD RU UHSHDWHG HOHPHQWV J. See also rules 1401 and 1402.

Failures

Omissions

0.1 to 0.4

0.5

0.1 to 0.3 0.2

0.4 -

171

4914 Marking of Singles Free Skate – 6.0 System In the singles free skate, for those events that are judged under the 6.0 system, two marks shall be awarded on a scale from WR VHH UXOH 7KH ÂżUVW PDUN VKDOO EH IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV IRUPHUO\ ÂłWHFKQLFDO PHULW´ DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN VKDOO EH IRU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV IRUPHUO\ ÂłSUHVHQWDWLRQ´ $ ,Q WKH PDUNLQJ RI WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV VHH UXOH ' ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH IROORZLQJ PXVW EH FRQVLGHUHG 'LIÂżFXOW\ RI WKH SHUIRUPDQFH ZLWK QR FUHGLW JLYHQ IRU SRUWLRQV WKHUHRI ZKLFK DUH PLVVHG 2. Variety; 3. Cleanness and sureness; 4. Speed. B. For the marking of the program components, see rule 4923. & :KHUH IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYHV DUH UHSHDWHG L H MXPSV VSLQV VWHS VHTXHQFHV WKH IXOO YDOXH RI WKH PRYH UHSHDWHG PXVW QRW be awarded by the judges in the mark for technical elements. The foregoing shall not, however, apply to combinations. ' $OO WKH HOHPHQWV RI D IUHH VNDWH WKH MXPSV VSLQV VWHS VHTXHQFHV DQG SDUWLFXODUO\ WKH JOLGH IRRWZRUN DQG WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ DQG YDULHW\ RI WKH VWHSV PXVW EH WDNHQ LQWR FRQVLGHUDWLRQ LQ WKH PDUN IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG EH UHZDUGHG DFFRUGLQJ WR WKHLU UHODWLYH PHULW DV WR GLIÂżFXOW\ 1R LQGLYLGXDO HOHPHQW FDQ EH JLYHQ SUHGRPLQDQW LPSRUWDQFH DQG WKH SURJUDP PXVW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV D ZKROH ([FHVVLYH YDOXHV PXVW QRW EH DVVLJQHG WR WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPSV HVSHFLDOO\ ZKHQ RI SRRU TXDOLW\ ,Q DGGLWLRQ QR H[WUD FUHGLW VKRXOG EH JLYHQ IRU D SRRUO\ H[HFXWHG WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS ZKHQ FRPSDUHG ZLWK D ZHOO H[HFXWHG double jump. 7KH VSLQV PXVW KDYH WKH UHTXLUHG PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV WKH ODFN RI ZKLFK PXVW EH UHĂ€HFWHG E\ WKH judges in their marks. ( $ SURJUDP LV QRW FRQVLGHUHG ZHOO EDODQFHG ZKHQ LW FRQWDLQV DQ H[WUD QXPEHU RU OHVV WKDQ WKH UHTXLUHG PLQLPXP number of an element, or when it lacks connecting steps between the elements. When a program is not well-balanced, WKH GHGXFWLRQ VKRXOG EH IURP WKH PDUN IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV IRU HDFK H[WUD RU ODFNLQJ HOHPHQW F. Any element started after the permissible time must not be marked and will have no value. G. A whistle shall be blown by the referee when the allowable time has elapsed, and the judges shall cease judging the SHUIRUPDQFH ,I WKH VNDWHU IDLOV WR ÂżQLVK D IUHH VNDWH ZLWKLQ WKH DOORZHG UDQJH RI WLPH WKHUH VKRXOG EH D GHGXFWLRQ LQ ERWK PDUNV IRU XS WR HYHU\ VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV RI WKH SUHVFULEHG UDQJH

4920 Marking of Singles – IJS 4921 Technical Score – Singles – IJS A. 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV 7KH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV RI WKH HOHPHQWV RI VLQJOHV VNDWLQJ LV SXEOLVKHG DQG XSGDWHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ under the “Technical Infoâ€? link. This Scale of Values contains base values of all the elements and adjustments for the TXDOLW\ RI WKHLU H[HFXWLRQ B. %DVH 9DOXHV %DVH YDOXHV RI HOHPHQWV DUH PHDVXUHG LQ SRLQWV DQG LQFUHDVH ZLWK WKH LQFUHDVLQJ GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WKH HOHPHQWV $Q HOHPHQWÂśV GLIÂżFXOW\ GHSHQGV )RU MXPSV 2Q WKH QDPHV RI WKH MXPSV OLVWHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI WKHLU GLIÂżFXOW\ WRH ORRS 6DOFKRZ ORRS Ă€LS /XW] DQG $[HO DQG WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROWXLRQV )RU RWKHU HOHPHQWV 2Q WKHLU OHYHOV RI GLIÂżFXOW\ C. /HYHOV RI (OHPHQWV 7KH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO ZLOO GHWHUPLQH WKH QDPH DQG OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ ZKHQ QHFHVVDU\ RI HOHPHQWV 6SLQV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV H[FHSW FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFHV DQG FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFHV DUH GLYLGHG GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKHLU GLIÂżFXOW\ LQWR ÂżYH OHYHOV DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH QXPEHU RI IHDWXUHV DFKLHYHG %DVLF /HYHO % LQ FDVH RI QR IHDWXUHV /HYHO LQ FDVH RI RQH IHDWXUH /HYHO LQ FDVH RI WZR IHDWXUHV /HYHO LQ FDVH RI WKUHH IHDWXUHV DQG /HYHO LQ FDVH RI IRXU IHDWXUHV 7KH GHVFULSWLRQV RI FKDUDFWHULVWLFV WKDW JLYH DQ HOHPHQW D FHUWDLQ OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ DUH SXEOLVKHG XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ D. *UDGH RI ([HFXWLRQ *2( (DFK MXGJH PXVW PDUN WKH TXDOLW\ RI H[HFXWLRQ RI HYHU\ HOHPHQW GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH SRVLWLYH IHDWXUHV RI WKH HOHPHQWÂśV H[HFXWLRQ DQG DQ\ HUURUV SUHVHQW 7KH *2( LV PDUNHG IURP EDVH YDOXH 3. 7KH JXLGHOLQHV IRU PDUNLQJ JUDGHV RI H[HFXWLRQ DUH SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ link. ( ,Q WKH VKRUW SURJUDP LI DQ XQSUHVFULEHG RU DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW SHUIRUPHG VXEVWLWXWHV D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW QRW SHUIRUPHG WKH UHVSHFWLYH ER[ ZLOO EH EORFNHG DQG WKLV SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG DV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR requirements. Unlisted or additional elements such as jumps, spins, steps or repetitions, even of failed elements, are QRW PDUNHG DQG FRQVHTXHQWO\ GR QRW EORFN D ÂłER[´ VSRW RI DQRWKHU W\SH RI HOHPHQW 4922 Illegal Elements/Movements (YHU\ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW SHUIRUPHG LQ WKH SURJUDP ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG E\ D GHGXFWLRQ VHH UXOH &

,I DQ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW LV SHUIRUPHG GXULQJ WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI DQ\ HOHPHQW WKH GHGXFWLRQ IRU DQ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW ZLOO DSSO\ DQG WKH HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FDOOHG %DVLF /HYHO LI WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU DW OHDVW %DVLF /HYHO DUH IXOÂżOOHG 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV

172

4923 Program Component Score – Singles – IJS In addition to the technical score, the skater’s whole performance is evaluated by program components. $ )RU MXYHQLOH DQG EHORZ ,-6 HYHQWV JLUOV DQG ER\V WKHVH WKUHH FRPSRQHQWV ZLOO EH 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 3HUIRUPDQFH DQG ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF % )RU LQWHUPHGLDWH ODGLHV DQG PHQ WKHVH IRXU FRPSRQHQWV ZLOO EH 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 3HUIRUPDQFH &RPSRVLWLRQ DQG ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF & )RU QRYLFH MXQLRU VHQLRU DQG DGXOW ODGLHV DQG PHQ WKHVH ¿YH FRPSRQHQWV ZLOO EH 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 7UDQVLWLRQV 3HUIRUPDQFH &RPSRVLWLRQ DQG ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF D 'H¿QLWLRQV DQG FULWHULD IRU DQDO\]LQJ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV 1. Skating Skills: 'H¿QHG E\ RYHUDOO FOHDQQHVV DQG VXUHQHVV HGJH FRQWURO DQG ÀRZ RYHU WKH LFH VXUIDFH GHPRQVWUDWHG E\ D FRPPDQG RI WKH VNDWLQJ YRFDEXODU\ HGJHV VWHSV WXUQV HWF WKH FODULW\ RI WHFKQLTXH DQG WKH XVH RI HIIRUWOHVV power to accelerate and vary speed. In evaluating the Skating Skills, the following must be considered: a. Use of deep edges, steps and turns; b. Balance, rhythmic knee action and precision of foot placement; c. Flow and glide; d. Varied use of power, speed and acceleration; e. Use of multi directional skating; f. Use of one-foot skating. 2. Transitions: The varied and purposeful use of intricate footwork, positions and movements that link all elements. In evaluating the Transitions, the following must be considered: a. Continuity of movements from one element to another; b. Variety; F 'LI¿FXOW\ d. Quality. 3. Performance: Involvement of the skater physically, emotionally and intellectually as they deliver the intent of the music and composition. In evaluating the Performance, the following must be considered: a. Physical, emotional and intellectual involvement and projection; b. Carriage and clarity of movement; c. Variety and contrast of movements and energy; G ,QGLYLGXDOLW\ SHUVRQDOLW\ 4. Composition: $Q LQWHQWLRQDOO\ GHYHORSHG DQG RU RULJLQDO DUUDQJHPHQW RI DOO W\SHV RI PRYHPHQWV DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH principles of musical phrase, space, pattern and structure. In evaluating the Composition, the following must be considered: D 3XUSRVH LGHD FRQFHSW YLVLRQ PRRG E 3DWWHUQ LFH FRYHUDJH c. Multidimensional use of space and design of movements; G 3KUDVH DQG IRUP PRYHPHQWV DQG SDUWV VWUXFWXUHG WR PDWFK WKH PXVLFDO SKUDVH e. Originality of the composition. 5. Interpretation of the Music: The personal, creative and genuine translation of the rhythm, character and content of the music to movement on ice. In evaluating the Interpretation of the Music, the following must be considered: D 0RYHPHQW DQG VWHSV LQ WLPH WR WKH PXVLF WLPLQJ E ([SUHVVLRQ RI WKH PXVLF¶V FKDUDFWHU IHHOLQJ DQG UK\WKP ZKHQ FOHDUO\ LGHQWL¿DEOH F 8VH RI ¿QHVVH WR UHÀHFW WKH GHWDLOV DQG QXDQFHV RI WKH PXVLF )LQHVVH LV WKH VNDWHU¶V UH¿QHG DUWIXO PDQLSXODWLRQ of music details and nuances through movement. It is unique to the skater and demonstrates an inner feeling IRU WKH PXVLF DQG WKH FRPSRVLWLRQ 1XDQFHV DUH WKH SHUVRQDO ZD\V RI EULQJLQJ VXEWOH YDULDWLRQV WR WKH LQWHQVLW\ WHPSR DQG G\QDPLFV RI WKH PXVLF PDGH E\ WKH FRPSRVHU DQG RU PXVLFLDQV

(. Marks for Program Components 1. Program components are marked on a scale of 0.25 to 10.00 in increments of 0.25, with a separate mark given for each program component, of which: 0.25-0.75 = ([WUHPHO\ SRRU 5.00-5.75 = Average 1.00-1.75 = Very poor 6.00-6.75 = Above average 2.00-2.75 = Poor 7.00-7.75 = Good 3.00-3.75 = Weak 8.00-8.75 = Very good 4.00-4.75 = Fair 9.00-9.75 = Superior 10.00 = Outstanding ,QFUHPHQWV DUH XVHG IRU HYDOXDWLRQ RI SHUIRUPDQFHV FRQWDLQLQJ VRPH IHDWXUHV RI RQH GHJUHH DQG VRPH RI WKH QH[W degree. *XLGHOLQHV IRU MXGJLQJ DUH SXEOLVKHG DQG XSGDWHG XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 4924 'HGXFWLRQV DUH WDNHQ E\ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH DQG MXGJHV ZKHUH DSSOLFDEOH IRU FHUWDLQ YLRODWLRQV RI WKH UXOHV DV VHW IRUWK LQ rule 1071. 173

List of Jumps 'H¿QLWLRQV • +DOI UHYROXWLRQ MXPS ± DQ\ MXPS RI RQH KDOI GHJUHHV UHYROXWLRQ LQ WKH DLU • Single jump – any jump of one or more, but less than two, revolutions in the air • Double jump – any jump of two or more, but less than three, revolutions in the air • Triple jump – any jump of three or more, but less than four, revolutions in the air • 4XDGUXSOH MXPS ± DQ\ MXPS RI IRXU RU PRUH EXW OHVV WKDQ ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV LQ WKH DLU Comment: f – forward 7 ± URWDWLRQ DV LQ D WKUHH WXUQ QDWXUDO URWDWLRQ b – backward & ± URWDWLRQ DV LQ D FRXQWHU FRXQWHU URWDWLRQ

o – outside ! – toe push i – inside ^ – split position in air Description Name Code IR ò 7ER 7KUHH MXPS ZDOW] MXPS

IR ò 7ER $[HO 1A IR ò 7ER 'RXEOH $[HO 2A IR ò 7ER 7ULSOH $[HO 3A IR ò 7EL 2QH IRRW $[HO 1A IR ò 7EL 'RXEOH RQH IRRW $[HO 2A ¿ ò 7ER ,QVLGH $[HO ¿ ò 7ER 'RXEOH ,QVLGH $[HO bi 1 Tbo Salchow 1S bi 2 Tbo Double Salchow 2S bi 3 Tbo Triple Salchow 3S bi 4 Tbo Quadruple Salchow 4S EL ò 7 ¿ +DOI )OLS KDOI WRH 6DOFKRZ

bi! 1 Tbo )OLS WRH 6DOFKRZ

1F bi! 2 Tbo 'RXEOH ÀLS GRXEOH WRH 6DOFKRZ

2F bi! 3 Tbo 7ULSOH ÀLS WULSOH WRH 6DOFKRZ

3F bi! 4 Tbo 4XDGUXSOH ÀLS 4F bo 1 Tbi +DOI ORRS 7KRUHQ

bo 1 Tbo /RRS 5LWWEHUJHU

/R bo 2 Tbo Double loop /R bo 3 Tbo Triple loop /R bo 4 Tbo Quadruple loop /R bo! 1 Tbo Toe loop 1T bo! 2 Tbo Double toe loop 2T bo! 3 Tbo Triple toe loop 3T bo! 4 Tbo Quadruple toe loop 4T EL ò A 7 ¿ Split bi! 1 ^ Tbo 6SOLW ÀLS VSOLW WRH 6DOFKRZ

1F bo! 1 Cbo /XW] /] bo! 2 Cbo 'RXEOH /XW] /] bo! 3 Cbo 7ULSOH /XW] /] bo! 4 Cbo 4XDGUXSOH /XW] /] bo! 1^ Cbo 6SOLW /XW] /] bo! 2^ Cbo 6SOLW GRXEOH /XW] /] bi 1 Cbo Walley bi! 1 Cbo Toe Walley 1T bi! 2 Cbo Double toe Walley 2T bi! 3 Cbo Triple toe Walley 3T bi! 4 Cbo Quadruple toe Walley 4T 174

Technical Requirements – Pairs 5000 Pairs Rules U.S. Figure Skating reserves the right to incorporate revisions made by the ISU for junior and senior events. The revisions RU FODUL¿FDWLRQV PDGH WR WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP E\ WKH ,68 PD\ EH DGRSWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DW LWV GLVFUHWLRQ DW DQ\ WLPH DIWHU WKH UHYLVLRQ RU FODUL¿FDWLRQ LV LVVXHG )RU QRYLFH HYHQWV UHYLVLRQV RU FODUL¿FDWLRQV ZLOO EH SRVWHG DV 7HFKQLFDO 1RWL¿FDWLRQV RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ DQG ZKHQ DSSOLFDEOH SXEOLVKHG LQ WKH QH[W 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ rulebook. 5001 Use of IJS &RPSHWLWLRQV DQG FDWHJRULHV WKDW DUH UHTXLUHG WR XVH WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP ,-6 DUH OLVWHG LQ UXOH

5010 Conduct of Pair Events 3DLU 'H¿QLWLRQ Pair skating is the skating of two persons in unison who perform their movements in such harmony with each other as to give the impression of genuine pair skating as contrasted with independent single skating. Attention should be paid to the selection of an appropriate partner. $ ,Q SDLU VNDWLQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV RQO\ SDLUV RI WKH VDPH FRPSRVLWLRQ ODG\ DQG PDQ WZR ODGLHV RU WZR PHQ PD\ FRPSHWH against each other.

5030 Clothing and Equipment – Pairs 5031 7KH FORWKLQJ RI WKH FRPSHWLWRUV PXVW EH PRGHVW GLJQL¿HG DQG DSSURSULDWH IRU DWKOHWLF FRPSHWLWLRQ QRW JDULVK RU WKHDWULFDO LQ GHVLJQ &ORWKLQJ PD\ KRZHYHU UHÀHFW WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF FKRVHQ A. The skating clothing worn in actual competition may not bear any form of advertising. However, warm-up suits may EHDU WKH QDPH RI D VSRQVRU ZKHQ D WHDP LV RQ WKH LFH 7KH VSRQVRU¶V QDPH PXVW QRW H[FHHG VTXDUH LQFKHV VTXDUH FHQWLPHWHUV 5032 &ORWKLQJ PXVW QRW JLYH WKH HIIHFW RI H[FHVVLYH QXGLW\ LQDSSURSULDWH IRU WKH GLVFLSOLQH $FFHVVRULHV DQG SURSV DUH QRW permitted. 5033 0HQ PXVW ZHDU WURXVHUV QR WLJKWV IRU PHQ DUH SHUPLWWHG /DGLHV PD\ ZHDU VNLUWV WURXVHUV DQG WLJKWV LQFOXGLQJ XQLWDUGV 5034 $Q\ RUQDPHQWDWLRQ DWWDFKHG WR WKH FORWKLQJ PXVW EH ¿UPO\ IDVWHQHG VR DV QRW WR IDOO RII ZKLOH VNDWLQJ XQGHU QRUPDO competitive conditions. 5035 6NDWH EODGHV Figure skating blades used during competitions and tests RU KRFNH\ VNDWH EODGHV XVHG GXULQJ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG HYHQWV DW FRPSHWLWLRQV PXVW EH VKDUSHQHG WR SURGXFH D ÀDW WR FRQFDYH FURVV VHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW change to the width of the blade as measured between the two edges. However, a slight tapering or narrowing of the cross section of the blade is permitted.

5040 Music – Pairs For pairs events, music is chosen by the competitors; for pairs short program and free skate, vocal music with lyrics is permitted.

5050 Duration of Skating – Pairs Timing starts from the moment either partner begins to move or skate. Timing stops when both skaters come to a complete stop at the end of the program. 5051 Permissible Time Allowance – Intermediate and Novice Short Program and All Adult Events 7KH GXUDWLRQ RI LQWHUPHGLDWH DQG QRYLFH VKRUW SURJUDPV DQG DGXOW IUHH VNDWHV PXVW QRW H[FHHG WKH PD[LPXP WLPH DOORZHG but may be less, provided that all technical elements are included. A. Any element started after the permissible time will be considered in the marking as omitted. % 1R H[WUD PDUNV DUH REWDLQHG E\ H[WHQGLQJ WKH SURJUDP WR WKH PD[LPXP WLPH SHUPLWWHG LI LW LV XQQHFHVVDU\ WR GR VR 6HH UXOHV DQG & IRU GHGXFWLRQV IRU SURJUDPV WKDW H[FHHG WKH WLPH OLPLW XVLQJ WKH V\VWHP DQG WKH ,-6 respectively. 5052 Permissible Time Allowance – Junior and Senior Short Programs and Pre-Juvenile through Senior Free Skates 7HDPV DUH DOORZHG WR ¿QLVK MXQLRU DQG VHQLRU VKRUW SURJUDPV DQG DOO IUHH VNDWHV H[FHSW IRU DGXOW HYHQWV ZLWKLQ seconds plus or minus the required time. A. Any element started after the permissible time must not be marked and will have no value. B. Should the program be 30 or more seconds short of the prescribed range, no marks will be awarded. 6HH UXOHV DQG & IRU GHGXFWLRQV IRU SURJUDPV WKDW GR QRW ¿QLVK ZLWKLQ WKH UDQJH RI WLPH DOORZHG XVLQJ WKH system and the IJS respectively.

5060 Composition of Pair Events 5061 Senior, junior, novice and intermediate pair events will consist of a short program and a free skate, which will be skated and judged as provided in rules 5200, 5210, 5220 and 5230 respectively. If a qualifying round is necessary at qualifying competitions, only the free skate will be skated in the qualifying round. The championship round will consist of a short SURJUDP DQG D IUHH VNDWH 7KH VKRUW SURJUDP PXVW SUHFHGH WKH IUHH VNDWH H[FHSW LQ TXDOLI\LQJ URXQGV 5062 Juvenile pair event will consist of a free skate only, which will be skated and judged in accordance with rule 5240. 175

5063 For the adult championships, all pair events shall consist of free skate only.

5070 Segment Descriptions 5080 Short Program Description A. The short program for senior, junior and novice pairs shall consist of seven technical elements with connecting steps. % 7KH VKRUW SURJUDP IRU LQWHUPHGLDWH SDLUV ZLOO FRQVLVW RI VL[ WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV ZLWK FRQQHFWLQJ VWHSV C. The sequence of the elements is optional. ' 7KH VKRUW SURJUDP LV VNDWHG WR PXVLF RI WKH VNDWHUV¶ FKRLFH IRU WKH VSHFL¿HG SHULRG RI WLPH 5090 Pair Free Skate Description 5091 7KH SDLU IUHH VNDWH FRQVLVWV RI D ZHOO EDODQFHG SURJUDP FRPSRVHG DQG VNDWHG WR PXVLF RI WKH SDLU¶V FKRLFH IRU D VSHFL¿HG SHULRG RI WLPH $ JRRG SURJUDP FRQWDLQV PRYHV RI VLQJOH VNDWLQJ H[HFXWHG VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ HLWKHU V\PPHWULFDOO\ PLUURU VNDWLQJ RU LQ SDUDOOHO VKDGRZ VNDWLQJ DQG HVSHFLDOO\ W\SLFDO SDLU VNDWLQJ PRYHV VXFK DV SDLU VSLQV VSLUDOV OLIWV SDUWQHU assisted jumps, etc., linked harmoniously by steps and other movements. 5092 All elements are to be linked together by connecting steps of a different nature and by other comparable free skating movements, together with a variety of positions and holds, while fully utilizing the entire ice surface. $ 6SHFLDO DWWHQWLRQ PXVW EH JLYHQ WR FKRUHRJUDSK\ XQLVRQ H[SUHVVLRQ LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH PXVLF DQG LQWULFDWH IRRWZRUN with a variety of partner positions utilizing dance holds. B. Both partners need not always perform the same movements; they may separate from time to time, but they must JLYH DQ LPSUHVVLRQ RI XQLVRQ DQG KDUPRQ\ RI FRPSRVLWLRQ RI SURJUDP DQG RI H[HFXWLRQ RI WKH VNDWLQJ 0RYHPHQWV performed entirely on two feet must be kept to a minimum. C. Harmonious steps and connecting movements, in time to the music, should be maintained throughout the program.

3DLUV 'H¿QLWLRQV *HQHUDO &ULWHULD DQG %DVLF 5HTXLUHPHQWV 5101 Death spirals: ,Q WKH ¿QDO SRVLWLRQ ZKLOH WKH ODG\ LV SHUIRUPLQJ WKH DFWXDO GHDWK VSLUDO ERWK WKH PDQ DQG WKH ODG\ PXVW H[HFXWH WKH UHTXLUHG UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK WKH NQHHV RI WKH PDQ FOHDUO\ EHQW DQG LQ IXOO SLYRW SRVLWLRQ WKLV LV ZKHQ WKH ORZHU SDUW RI KLV EXWWRFNV LV QRW KLJKHU WKDQ WKH XSSHU SDUW RI WKH NQHH RI WKH SLYRW IRRW 7KH ODG\ PXVW VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ VNDWH RQ a clean edge with her body and head close to the ice surface; however she must not touch the ice with her head or assist herself with the free hand or any part of the body. The lady’s body weight is supported by the force of the spiraling edge DQG WKH KROG RI WKH PDQ 7KH PDQ PXVW EH LQ D FHQWHUHG SRVLWLRQ ZLWK D IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUP 2QH VNDWH RI WKH ODG\ PXVW remain on the ice throughout the death spiral. A. Death spiral backward outside: Both partners are skating on a backward outside edge. The man performs a pivot and KROGV WKH KDQG RI WKH ODG\ ZLWK WKH VDPH DUP DV KLV VNDWLQJ IRRW IXOO\ H[WHQGHG 7KH ODG\ LV OHDQLQJ EDFNZDUG WR WKH LFH DQG KHU DUP LV IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DV VKH FLUFOHV DURXQG WKH PDQ LQ WKLV SRVLWLRQ $Q\ YDULDWLRQ RI WKH PDQ¶V SRVLWLRQ skating direction or edge is allowed as long as he keeps the pivot position as described and the lady circles around him on an outside edge. B. Death spiral forward inside: The man is skating on a backward outside edge, and the lady is skating on a forward inside edge. The man performs a pivot and holds the hand of the lady with the same arm as his skating foot fully H[WHQGHG 7KH ODG\ LV OHDQLQJ VLGHZD\V WR WKH LFH DQG KHU DUP LV DOVR IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DV VKH FLUFOHV DURXQG WKH PDQ LQ this position. Any variation of the man’s position, skating direction or edge is allowed as long as he keeps the pivot position as described and the lady circles around him on an inside edge. C. Death spiral backward inside: The same as for death spiral backward outside, but the lady circles around the man on D ¿UP EDFNZDUG LQVLGH HGJH OHDQLQJ WR WKH LFH D. Death spiral forward outside: 7KH VDPH DV IRU WKH GHDWK VSLUDO IRUZDUG LQVLGH H[FHSW WKDW WKH ODG\ FLUFOHV DURXQG WKH PDQ RQ D ¿UP IRUZDUG RXWVLGH HGJH ( 3LYRW ¿JXUH ,Q WKH SLYRW ¿JXUH WKH PDQ SHUIRUPV D SLYRW ZKLOH WKH ODG\ FLUFOHV DURXQG KLP RQ RQH IRRW LQ D VSLUDO DWWLWXGH RU VLPLODU SRVLWLRQ 7KH SLYRW ¿JXUH LV QRW HOLJLEOH IRU IHDWXUHV LQ ,-6 HYHQWV 5102 Lifts: )RU WKH SXUSRVHV RI WKHVH UXOHV D OLIW PHDQV D FRPSOHWH OLIW LQFOXGLQJ IXOO H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH OLIWLQJ DUP V LI UHTXLUHG for the type of lift concerned. Small lifts, which may be either ascending and descending or rotational in character, in which the man does not raise his hands higher than the shoulder level, as well as movements which may include holding of the lady by the legs are also permitted. Small lifts shall not be counted in the number of required lifts in the well-balanced program. $ 3DLU OLIWV DUH FODVVL¿HG DV IROORZV 1. Group 1 – armpit hold position 2. Group 2 – waist hold position *URXS ± KDQG WR KLS RU XSSHU SDUW RI WKH OHJ DERYH WKH NQHH SRVLWLRQ *URXS ± KDQG WR KDQG SRVLWLRQ SUHVV OLIW W\SH

*URXS ± KDQG WR KDQG SRVLWLRQ ODVVR OLIW W\SH

$ OLIW¶V JURXS LV GHWHUPLQHG E\ WKH KROG DW WKH PRPHQW WKH ODG\ SDVVHV WKH PDQ¶V VKRXOGHU ,Q *URXSV ± IXOO H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH OLIWLQJ DUP V LV PDQGDWRU\ 7R VHH D IXOO GHVFULSWLRQ RI HDFK JURXS RI OLIWV VHH WKH /LVW RI 3DLU /LIWV DW WKH HQG of this rulebook.

176

% 7KH OLIW FRQFOXGHV ZKHQ WKH PDQ¶V DUP V EHJLQV WR EHQG DIWHU IXOO H[WHQVLRQ DQG FRQVHTXHQWO\ WKH ODG\ EHJLQV WR descend. & (DFK OLIW PXVW KDYH WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV UHTXLUHG IRU WKH OHYHO DQG D PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV RI the man. There are no minimum revolutions required by the lady. These allowed revolutions of the man are counted IURP WKH PRPHQW WKH ODG\ OHDYHV WKH LFH XQWLO WKH PDQ¶V DUP V EHJLQ WR EHQG DIWHU IXOO H[WHQVLRQ DQG FRQVHTXHQWO\ WKH lady begins to descend. If, during the lady’s take off, the man is in a spread-eagle or some other sideways position, the revolutions of the man will be determined by the position of his front foot at the moment the lady leaves the ice. D. For all pair skating lifts, the partners may give each other assistance only through hand-to-hand, hand-to-arm, handWR ERG\ DQG KDQG WR XSSHU SDUW RI OHJ DERYH WKH NQHH JULSV $ FKDQJH RI KROG PHDQV JRLQJ IURP RQH RI WKHVH JULSV WR DQRWKHU RU IURP RQH KDQG WR DQRWKHU LQ D RQH KDQG KROG &KDQJHV RI KROG DUH SHUPLWWHG XQOHVV VSHFL¿FDOO\ VWDWHG otherwise for the level of the skaters. ( /DG\¶V SRVLWLRQV DUH FODVVL¿HG DV IROORZV 8SULJKW ODG\¶V XSSHU ERG\ YHUWLFDO 6WDU ODG\¶V SRVLWLRQ VLGHZD\V ZLWK XSSHU ERG\ SDUDOOHO WR WKH LFH DQG 3ODWWHU ODG\¶V SRVLWLRQ ÀDW IDFLQJ XS RU GRZQ ZLWK XSSHU ERG\ SDUDOOHO WR WKH LFH $ FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PHDQV JRLQJ IURP RQH RI WKHVH SRVLWLRQV WR DQRWKHU RQH IXOO UHYROXWLRQ LQ HDFK SRVLWLRQ &KDQJHV RI WKH ODG\¶V SRVLWLRQ GXULQJ WKH OLIW DUH SHUPLWWHG XQOHVV VSHFL¿FDOO\ VWDWHG RWKHUZLVH IRU WKH SDLU OHYHO RI WKH VNDWHUV ( Carry lift: A carry lift consists of the simple carrying of one partner without rotation; only one-half a revolution of the PDQ LV DOORZHG RQ WKH WDNH RII DQG RU WKH H[LW $OO KROGV LQ WKH FDUU\ OLIW DUH XQUHVWULFWHG 7KH FDUU\LQJ RI RQH SDUWQHU by the other on the back, shoulders or knees is allowed in these lifts. Carry lifts shall not be counted in the number of overhead lifts. These lifts will be considered in transitions. They do not have a value and are not limited in number in junior and senior. However, teams below the junior level and at all adult levels are not allowed to perform any carry lifts. F. Carry feature: $ FDUU\ LQ D OLIW HOHPHQW 7KH OLIW PXVW KDYH D OHJDO KROG DQG PXVW URWDWH DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UXOHV WKH PDQ PXVW URWDWH DW OHDVW RQH DQG QR PRUH WKDQ ò UHYROXWLRQV LQ WRWDO 2QH RI WKH DOORZHG RYHUKHDG OLIWV LQ WKH MXQLRU and senior free skate may contain a carry, but no more. A carry feature may happen before the man rotates, in the middle of his rotation or at the end of his rotation. While the carry feature may occur at any point in the lift, to receive FRQVLGHUDWLRQ IRU HQKDQFHG GLI¿FXOW\ WKH FDUU\ SRUWLRQ RI WKH OLIW VKRXOG RFFXU RQFH WKH OLIW KDV UHDFKHG IXOO H[WHQVLRQ 5103 Solo jumps, jump combinations and jump sequences 6HH VXESDUDJUDSKV $ % DQG & IRU GH¿QLWLRQV ,Q WKH FDVH of an unequal number of revolutions of the partners in a jump performed as a solo jump or part of a combination or a VHTXHQFH WKH MXPS ZLWK WKH OHVVHU DPRXQW RI UHYROXWLRQV H[HFXWHG E\ WKH SDUWQHUV ZLOO EH WKH MXPS WKDW FRXQWV A. Solo jumps $ MXPS SHUIRUPHG E\ LWVHOI H J QRW DV D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH B. Jump combination: ,Q D MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ WKH ODQGLQJ IRRW RI D MXPS LV WKH WDNH RII IRRW RI WKH QH[W MXPS 8S WR WZR WKUHH WXUQV RQ RQH IRRW EHWZHHQ WKH MXPSV ZLWKRXW WRXFKLQJ WKH LFH ZLWK WKH IUHH IRRW RU HYHQ ZLWK D WRXFK EXW QR ZHLJKW WUDQVIHU NHHSV WKH HOHPHQW LQ WKH IUDPH RI WKLV GH¿QLWLRQ DOORZLQJ LW VWLOO WR EH FRQVLGHUHG D FRPELQDWLRQ EXW ZLWK DQ HUURU $ MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ PD\ FRQVLVW RI WKH VDPH RU GLIIHUHQW MXPSV 1. If the jumps are connected with a non-listed jump, the element is called a jump sequence. $ KDOI ORRS ZKHQ XVHG LQ FRPELQDWLRQV VHTXHQFHV LV FRQVLGHUHG DV D OLVWHG MXPS ZLWK WKH YDOXH RI D VLQJOH ORRS IRU juvenile and above when judged using IJS. For all events judged under the 6.0 system and when pre-juvenile events and below are judged using IJS, the half-loop will continue to be considered as a half revolution jump. ,I WKH ¿UVW MXPS RI D WZR MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ IDLOV WR VXFFHHG DQG WXUQV LQWR D QRQ OLVWHG MXPS WKH XQLW ZLOO VWLOO EH considered as a jump combination. C. Jump sequence: A jump sequence may consist of any number of jumps of any number of revolutions that may be OLQNHG E\ QRQ OLVWHG MXPSV DQG RU KRSV LPPHGLDWHO\ IROORZLQJ HDFK RWKHU ZKLOH PDLQWDLQLQJ WKH MXPS UK\WKP NQHH There can be no turns, steps, crossovers or stroking during the sequence. Turns are three-turns, twizzles, brackets, loops, counters and rockers. Steps are toe steps, chassés, mohawks, choctaws, curves with change of edge and crossrolls. 1. A jump sequence consisting of only one listed jump together with other non-listed jumps is not considered a jump sequence, but will count as a solo jump. D. Non-listed jump: 6HH UXOH $ G 5104 Spins: A spin must have the minimum number of revolutions; however, a spin with less than three revolutions is considered a skating movement and not a spin. The minimum number of required revolutions must be counted from the entry of the VSLQ XQWLO LWV H[LW )RU DQ\ VSLQ ZLWK D FKDQJH RI IRRW WKH FKDQJH PD\ EH H[HFXWHG LQ WKH IRUP RI D VWHS RYHU RU D MXPS and must be preceded and followed by a spin position with at least three revolutions. The minimum numbers of required UHYROXWLRQV PXVW EH FRXQWHG IURP WKH HQWU\ RI WKH VSLQ XQWLO LWV H[LW H[FHSW WKH ¿QDO ZLQG XS LQ VSLQV LQ RQH SRVLWLRQ DQG À\LQJ VSLQV 7KH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV UHTXLUHG LQ D SRVLWLRQ LV WZR LI WKLV UHTXLUHPHQW LV QRW IXO¿OOHG WKH SRVLWLRQ LV QRW FRXQWHG 6ROR VSLQV DQG VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQV PD\ EH FRPPHQFHG ZLWK MXPSV XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG IRU D VSHFL¿F OHYHO

177

A. There are three basic spin positions: 1. Camel: Free leg backwards with the knee higher than the hip level; however, layback, Biellmann and similar variations are still considered as upright spins; 2. Sit: The upper part of the skating leg at least parallel to the ice; 3. Upright: $Q\ SRVLWLRQ ZLWK WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ H[WHQGHG RU VOLJKWO\ EHQW ZKLFK LV QRW D FDPHO SRVLWLRQ a. Layback spin: An upright spin in which head and shoulders are leaning backward with the back arched. The position of the free leg is optional. b. Sideways leaning spin: An upright spin in which head and shoulders are leaning sideways and the upper body is arched. The position of the free leg is optional. $OO VSLQ SRVLWLRQV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH DERYH GH¿QLWLRQV DUH FRQVLGHUHG QRQ EDVLF SRVLWLRQV B. If one or both skaters fall when entering a spin, a spin or spinning movement is allowed immediately after this fall for WKH SXUSRVH RI ¿OOLQJ WLPH 7KLV DGGLWLRQDO VSLQ VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV DQ HOHPHQW C. Solo spins 1. Solo spin combination: Must have a minimum of two different basic positions with two revolutions in each of these positions by both partners anywhere within the spin. To receive full value, a spin combination must include all three basic positions by both partners. A change of foot and a change of position may be made either at the same time or separately. a. If the spinning centers before and after a change of foot are too far apart, and the criteria for two spins are IXO¿OOHG RQO\ WKH SDUW EHIRUH WKH FKDQJH RI IRRW ZLOO EH FRXQWHG DQG FRQVLGHUHG IRU OHYHO IHDWXUHV LQ ,-6 b. The number of revolutions in a non-basic position is counted in the total number of revolutions, but going to one of these positions is not considered as a change of position, which can only be from one basic position to DQRWKHU EDVLF SRVLWLRQ LQ ,-6 2. Spin in one position: 0D\ FKDQJH IHHW LI DOORZHG EXW PD\ QRW FKDQJH SRVLWLRQ 1RQ EDVLF SRVLWLRQV DUH DOORZHG and counted in the total number of revolutions but, in IJS events, are not eligible for features to increase the level. D 7KH FRQFOXGLQJ XSULJKW SRVLWLRQ DW WKH HQG RI WKH VSLQ ¿QDO ZLQG XS LV QRW FRQVLGHUHG WR EH DQRWKHU SRVLWLRQ UHJDUGOHVV RI WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV DV ORQJ DV QR DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH FKDQJH RI HGJH YDULDWLRQ RI SRVLWLRQ HWF LV DWWHPSWHG LQ WKH ¿QDO ZLQG XS 9DULDWLRQV RI SRVLWLRQV RI WKH KHDG DUPV RU IUHH OHJ DV ZHOO ÀXFWXDWLRQV of speed are permitted. 3. Flying spin: $ VSLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWUDQFH QR FKDQJH RI IRRW DQG QR FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQV 1RQ EDVLF SRVLWLRQV DUH allowed and counted in the total number of revolutions but, in IJS events, are not eligible for features to increase the level. D 7KH FRQFOXGLQJ XSULJKW SRVLWLRQ DW WKH HQG RI WKH VSLQ ¿QDO ZLQG XS LV QRW FRQVLGHUHG WR EH DQRWKHU SRVLWLRQ UHJDUGOHVV RI WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV DV ORQJ DV QR DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH FKDQJH RI HGJH YDULDWLRQ RI SRVLWLRQ HWF LV DWWHPSWHG LQ WKH ¿QDO ZLQG XS 9DULDWLRQV RI SRVLWLRQV RI WKH KHDG DUPV RU IUHH OHJ DV ZHOO ÀXFWXDWLRQV of speed are permitted. E $ VSLQ WKDW EHJLQV ZLWK D MXPS DQG DOVR FKDQJHV IHHW DQG RU SRVLWLRQ LV FRQVLGHUHG D VSLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ QRW D À\LQJ VSLQ c. When a spin is commenced with a jump, no rotation is permitted on the ice before the take-off. D. Pair spin and pair spin combination: The pair spin combination must include at least one change of foot by both partners and a minimum of two different basic positions with two revolutions in each of these positions by both partners anywhere within the spin. To receive full value, a pair spin combination must include all three basic positions by both partners. The change of foot and the change of position may be made either at the same time or separately. The rotation must be continuous, and no stop is permitted. The pair spin and pair spin combination must not be commenced ZLWK D MXPS $Q\ SRVLWLRQ PXVW EH H[HFXWHG IRU DW OHDVW WZR IXOO UHYROXWLRQV WR EH FRXQWHG 7KH FKDQJH RI IRRW LQ WKH spin combination must be preceded and followed by any spin position with at least three revolutions. If there is no change of foot or no change of position by both partners the element will be called a pair spin. 5105 Spiral: $ SRVLWLRQ ZLWK RQH EODGH RQ WKH LFH DQG IUHH OHJ LQFOXGLQJ NQHH DQG IRRW KLJKHU WKDQ WKH KLS OHYHO 6SLUDO SRVLWLRQV DUH FODVVL¿HG DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ ULJKW OHIW HGJH RXWVLGH LQVLGH GLUHFWLRQ RI VNDWLQJ IRUZDUG EDFNZDUG RU SRVLWLRQ RI WKH IUHH OHJ EDFNZDUG IRUZDUG VLGHZD\V A. Spiral sequence: Consists primarily of spirals. There must be at least two spiral positions by each partner held not less WKDQ WKUHH VHFRQGV HDFK RU DW OHDVW RQH VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ E\ HDFK SDUWQHU KHOG QRW OHVV WKDQ VL[ VHFRQGV

178

5106 Step sequences: $ VHULHV RI XQSUHVFULEHG VWHSV WXUQV DQG RU PRYHPHQWV $OO VWHS VHTXHQFHV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF 6WHS VHTXHQFHV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG WRJHWKHU RU FORVH WRJHWKHU 6KRUW VWRSV LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH PXVLF DUH SHUPLWWHG 1RQ OLVWHG MXPSV DQG UHWURJUHVVLRQ PD\ DOVR EH LQFOXGHG &UHGLW ZLOO EH JLYHQ WR D SDLU ZKLFK FKDQJHV SODFHV DQG KROGV RU XVHV GLI¿FXOW VNDWLQJ PRYHV WRJHWKHU GXULQJ D VWHS VHTXHQFH 7XUQV DQG VWHSV VKRXOG be balanced in their distribution throughout the sequence. Turns are three-turns, twizzles, brackets, loops, counters and rockers. Steps are toe steps, chassés, mohawks, choctaws, changes of edge, cross rolls and running steps. Pattern must be YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG E\ XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH H J VWUDLJKW OLQH VHUSHQWLQH FLUFOH RYDO RU VLPLODU VKDSH . A. Choreographic step sequence: 0XVW ¿W WKH GH¿QLWLRQ RI D VWHS VHTXHQFH DQG EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG LW VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG E\ XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH H J VWUDLJKW OLQH VHUSHQWLQH FLUFOH RYDO RU VLPLODU VKDSH ,Q ,-6 HYHQWV LI LW PHHWV WKHVH UHTXLUHPHQWV LW ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG ZLOO RQO\ EH HYDOXDWHG E\ MXGJHV LQ *2( B. Choreographic sequence: Consists of any kind of movements like steps, turns, spirals, arabesques, spread eagles, ,QD %DXHUV K\GUREODGLQJ DQ\ MXPSV ZLWK D PD[LPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV VSLQV VPDOO OLIWV HWF /LVWHG HOHPHQWV LQFOXGHG LQ WKH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH ZLOO QRW EH FDOOHG DQG ZLOO QRW RFFXS\ D ER[ 7KH SDWWHUQ LV QRW UHVWULFWHG EXW WKH VHTXHQFH PXVW EH FOHDUO\ YLVLEOH 7KH VHTXHQFH FRPPHQFHV ZLWK WKH ¿UVW VNDWLQJ PRYHPHQW DQG LV FRQFOXGHG ZLWK WKH SUHSDUDWLRQ WR WKH QH[W HOHPHQW LI WKH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH LV QRW WKH ODVW HOHPHQW RI WKH SURJUDP ,I WKLV UHTXLUHPHQW LV QRW IXO¿OOHG WKH VHTXHQFH ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH ,Q ,-6 HYHQWV LI WKH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH PHHWV WKHVH UHTXLUHPHQWV LW ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG ZLOO EH HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( 5107 Throw jumps: Throw jumps are partner assisted jumps in which the lady is thrown into the air by the man on the take-off and lands on a backward outside edge without assistance from her partner. 5108 Twist lifts: In the twist lift, the man places both hands on the lady’s waist, and she places both hands on his wrists. As the PDQ OLIWV WKH ODG\ H[HFXWHV D /XW] RU ÀLS WRH SLFN WDNH RII WZLVW OLIWV PD\ DOVR KDYH DQ $[HO RU WRH ORRS WDNH RII E\ WKH ODG\ DW VRPH OHYHOV LQ WKH IUHH VNDWH EXW WKRVH DUH OHVV FRPPRQ $W WKH WRS RI WKH WZLVW OLIW WKH ODG\ FRPSOHWHV D WZLVW URWDWLQJ freely in the air. While the lady is rotating, the man turns a half turn to catch the lady at the waist for an assisted landing. The lady’s rotation may be preceded by a split and may include multiple revolutions. A. The lady must be caught in the air at the waist by the man prior to landing and must be assisted to a smooth landing on the ice on a backward outside edge on one foot.

5109 Illegal elements/movements 7KH IROORZLQJ DUH LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV A. Somersault-type jumps; % /LIWV ZLWK ZURQJ KROGV & /LIWV ZLWK PRUH WKDQ ò UHYROXWLRQV RI WKH PDQ D. Spinning movements in which the man swings the lady around in the air while holding her hand or foot; ( 7ZLVW OLNH RU URWDWLRQDO PRYHPHQWV GXULQJ ZKLFK WKH ODG\ LV WXUQHG RYHU ZLWK KHU VNDWLQJ IRRW OHDYLQJ WKH LFH ) 5RWDWLRQDO PRYHPHQWV ZLWK WKH JULS RI RQH RI WKH SDUWQHUV RQ WKH OHJ DUP RU QHFN RI WKH RWKHU SDUWQHU G. Jumps of one of the partners toward the other partner; + /\LQJ RQ WKH LFH DQG SURORQJHG DQG RU VWDWLRQDU\ NQHHOLQJ RQ ERWK NQHHV RQ WKH LFH DW DQ\ PRPHQW

179

5200 Senior Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH VHQLRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW DQG WKH VHQLRU SDLU WHVW % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RQH 6(1,25 3$,56 6+257 352*5$0 2:40 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order LIFT One overhead lift • Must be any hip OLIW WDNH RII *URXS 3

• )XOO H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH OLIWLQJ DUP V LV UHTXLUHG • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ TWIST LIFT 2QH WZLVW OLIW GRXEOH RU WULSOH

• 7DNH RII PXVW EH D ÀLS RU D /XW] THROW 2QH WKURZ MXPS GRXEOH RU WULSOH

JUMP • Any double or triple throw jump is permitted SOLO JUMP 2QH VROR MXPS GRXEOH RU WULSOH

• Any double or triple jump is permitted SPIN One pair spin combination • Only one change of foot • At least two different basic positions with at least two revolutions in each position by both partners • Minimum of eight revolutions in total • The change of foot must be made at the same time by both partners • The change of position can be done at the same time or independently by the partners • The rotation must be continuous and no stop is permitted • Must not be commenced with a jump DEATH One forward inside death spiral SPIRAL • Only the prescribed death spiral is permitted • :KHQ GHDWK VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ LV DWWDLQHG ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW H[HFXWH D PLQLPXP RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK PDQ in full pivot position • /DG\¶V KHDG PXVW UHDFK WKH OHYHO RI KHU VNDWLQJ NQHH STEP One step sequence SEQUENCE • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH REMARKS • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order to be FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ XQSUHVFULEHG DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW SHUIRUPHG VXEVWLWXWHV D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW QRW SHUIRUPHG WKH UHVSHFWLYH ER[ ZLOO EH EORFNHG DQG WKLV SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG DV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV QR YDOXH • Unlisted or additional elements such as jumps, spins, steps or repetitions, even of elements which have IDLOHG DUH QRW PDUNHG DQG FRQVHTXHQWO\ GR QRW ERFN D ³ER[´ VSRW RI DQRWKHU W\SH RI HOHPHQW 1RWH 5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU IXWXUH VHDVRQV FDQ EH IRXQG DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ

180

LIFTS

TWIST LIFT THROW JUMPS SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE

SOLO SPIN COMBINATION

PAIR SPIN COMBINATION

DEATH SPIRAL

CHOREOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE REMARKS

SENIOR PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 4:30 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WKUHH • 1RW DOO IURP *URXS • )XOO H[WHQVLRQ RI OLIWLQJ DUPV LV UHTXLUHG • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • Only one lift may include a carry feature • &DUU\ OLIWV RQH KDOI URWDWLRQ H[LW HQWU\ DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG DUH QRW FRXQWHG LQ WKH QXPEHU RI overhead lifts • ,I WZR *URXS OLIWV DUH H[HFXWHG WKH WDNH RIIV PXVW EH RI D GLIIHUHQW QDWXUH DEEUHYLDWLRQ RWKHUZLVH WKH VHFRQG H[HFXWHG *URXS OLIW ZLOO QRW EH PDUNHG EXW ZLOO EORFN D OLIW ER[ 0D[LPXP RI RQH • 1R OLPLW WR QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV • 7DNH RII PD\ EH WRH ORRS ÀLS /XW] RU $[HO 0D[LPXP RI WZR • Must be different 0D[LPXP RI RQH • 1R OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Jump combination may consist of two or three jumps • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG • $OO MXPSV H[HFXWHG ZLWK PRUH WKDQ WZR UHYROXWLRQV GRXEOH $[HO DQG DOO WULSOH DQG TXDGUXSOH MXPSV PXVW EH RI D GLIIHUHQW QDWXUH GLIIHUHQW QDPH KRZHYHU WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH can include two same such jumps • 1R OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV 0D[LPXP RI RQH • 0D\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • Must have at least one change of position by both partners • Change of foot is optional, but if change of foot is performed, there must be three revolutions before and after the change of foot by both partners • Minimum of 10 revolutions total by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Must have at least one change of foot by each partner, not necessarily at the same time, and there must be three revolutions before and after the change of foot by both partners • Must have at least one change of position by each partner • Must have at least two different basic positions by each partner • Minimum of eight revolutions total 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Must be different from the death spiral required in the short program • :KHQ GHDWK VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ LV DWWDLQHG ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW H[HFXWH D PLQLPXP RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ with man in full pivot position • /DG\¶V KHDG PXVW UHDFK WKH OHYHO RI KHU VNDWLQJ NQHH • Variations of arm holds and pivot positions are allowed 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Must be clearly visible • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V HOHPHQW LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

181

5210 Junior Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV Both partners must have passed the MXQLRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU DQG WKH MXQLRU SDLU WHVW VHH QRWH Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the senior pair test and still remain eligible to compete at the junior level, provided that neither partner has competed at the senior pair level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the junior pair level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the senior pair test was passed. % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RQH -81,25 3$,56 6+257 352*5$0 2:40 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order LIFT One overhead lift • Must be any hip OLIW WDNH RII *URXS 3

• )XOO H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH OLIWLQJ DUP V LV UHTXLUHG • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ TWIST LIFT 2QH WZLVW OLIW GRXEOH RU WULSOH

• 7DNH RII PXVW EH D ÀLS RU D /XW] THROW One throw jump JUMP • Must be double or triple loop SOLO JUMP One solo jump • Must be double /XW] SPIN One pair spin combination • Only one change of foot • At least two different basic positions with at least two revolutions in each position by both partners • Minimum of eight revolutions in total • The change of foot must be made at the same time by both partners • The change of position can be done at the same time or independently by the partners • The rotation must be continuous and no stop is permitted • Must not be commenced with a jump DEATH One forward inside death spiral SPIRAL • Only the prescribed death spiral is permitted • :KHQ GHDWK VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ LV DWWDLQHG ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW H[HFXWH D PLQLPXP RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK PDQ in full pivot position • /DG\¶V KHDG PXVW UHDFK WKH OHYHO RI KHU VNDWLQJ NQHH STEP One step sequence SEQUENCE • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH REMARKS • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order to be FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ XQSUHVFULEHG DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW SHUIRUPHG VXEVWLWXWHV D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW QRW SHUIRUPHG WKH UHVSHFWLYH ER[ ZLOO EH EORFNHG DQG WKLV SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG DV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV QR YDOXH • Unlisted or additional elements such as jumps, spins, steps or repetitions, even of elements which have IDLOHG DUH QRW PDUNHG DQG FRQVHTXHQWO\ GR QRW ERFN D ³ER[´ VSRW RI DQRWKHU W\SH RI HOHPHQW 1RWH 5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU IXWXUH VHDVRQV FDQ EH IRXQG DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ

182

LIFTS

TWIST LIFT THROW JUMPS SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE

SOLO SPIN COMBINATION

PAIR SPIN COMBINATION

DEATH SPIRAL

CHOREOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE REMARKS

JUNIOR PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 4:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WZR • 1RW DOO IURP *URXS • )XOO H[WHQVLRQ RI OLIWLQJ DUP V UHTXLUHG • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • Only one lift may include a carry feature • &DUU\ OLIWV RQH KDOI URWDWLRQ H[LW HQWU\ DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG DUH QRW FRXQWHG LQ WKH QXPEHU RI overhead lifts 0D[LPXP RI RQH • 1R OLPLW WR QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV • 7DNH RII PD\ EH WRH ORRS ÀLS /XW] RU $[HO 0D[LPXP RI WZR • Must be different 0D[LPXP RI RQH • 1R OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Jump combination may consist of two or three jumps • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG • $OO MXPSV H[HFXWHG ZLWK PRUH WKDQ WZR UHYROXWLRQV GRXEOH $[HO DQG DOO WULSOH DQG TXDGUXSOH MXPSV PXVW EH RI D GLIIHUHQW QDWXUH GLIIHUHQW QDPH KRZHYHU WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU sequence can include two same such jumps • 1R OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV 0D[LPXP RI RQH • 0D\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • Must have at least one change of position by both partners • Change of foot is optional, but if change of foot is performed, there must be three revolutions before and after the change of foot by both partners • Minimum of 10 revolutions total by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Must have at least one change of foot by each partner, not necessarily at the same time, and there must be three revolutions before and after the change of foot by both partners • Must have at least one change of position by each partner • Must have at least two different basic positions by each partner • Minimum of eight revolutions total by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH • :KHQ GHDWK VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ LV DWWDLQHG ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW H[HFXWH D PLQLPXP RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ with man in full pivot position • /DG\¶V KHDG PXVW UHDFK WKH OHYHO RI KHU VNDWLQJ NQHH • Variations of arm holds and pivot positions are allowed 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Must be clearly visible • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V HOHPHQW LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

183

5220 Novice Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH QRYLFH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU DQG WKH QRYLFH SDLU WHVW VHH QRWH Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the junior pair test and still remain eligible to compete at the novice level, provided that neither partner has competed at the junior pair level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the novice pair level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the junior pair test was passed. % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RQH 129,&( 3$,56 6+257 352*5$0 2:50 maximum time Must contain the following seven elements in any order LIFT One overhead lift • Must be any hip OLIW WDNH RII *URXS 3

• One-handed variations and changes of hold or of the lady’s position during the lift are permitted • The lift may not include a carry feature or be a carry lift • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ TWIST LIFT 2QH WZLVW OLIW VLQJOH RU GRXEOH

• 7DNH RII PXVW EH D ÀLS RU D /XW] THROW 2QH WKURZ MXPS VLQJOH GRXEOH RU WULSOH

JUMP • Must be single, double or triple loop SOLO JUMP 2QH VROR MXPS GRXEOH

• Must be double /XW] SPIN One pair spin combination • Only one change of foot • At least two different basic positions with at least two revolutions in each position by both partners • Minimum of eight revolutions in total • The change of foot must be made at the same time by both partners • The change of position can be done at the same time or independently by the partners • The rotation must be continuous and no stop is permitted • Must not be commenced with a jump DEATH One forward inside death spiral SPIRAL • Only the prescribed death spiral is permitted • :KHQ GHDWK VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ LV DWWDLQHG ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW H[HFXWH D PLQLPXP RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK PDQ in full pivot position • /DG\¶V KHDG PXVW UHDFK WKH OHYHO RI KHU VNDWLQJ NQHH STEP One step sequence SEQUENCE • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH REMARKS • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order to be FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ XQSUHVFULEHG DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW SHUIRUPHG VXEVWLWXWHV D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW QRW SHUIRUPHG WKH UHVSHFWLYH ER[ ZLOO EH EORFNHG DQG WKLV SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG DV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV QR YDOXH • Unlisted or additional elements such as jumps, spins, steps or repetitions, even of elements which have IDLOHG DUH QRW PDUNHG DQG FRQVHTXHQWO\ GR QRW ERFN D ³ER[´ VSRW RI DQRWKHU W\SH RI HOHPHQW 1RWH 5HTXLUHPHQWV IRU IXWXUH VHDVRQV FDQ EH IRXQG DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ

184

LIFTS

TWIST LIFT THROW JUMPS SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE

SOLO SPIN

PAIR SPIN

DEATH SPIRAL

CHOREOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE REMARKS

NOVICE PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:30 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WZR • Must be from different groups, and one must be from Group 3 or Group 4 • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed, one-handed, combination lifts and lifts that turn in both directions are permitted • Carry lifts and lifts with a carry feature are not permitted • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Single or double • 0XVW KDYH D ÀLS RU /XW] WDNH RII 0D[LPXP RI WZR • Single, double or triple • Must be different 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Single, double or triple 0D[LPXP RI RQH • 0D[LPXP RI WZR MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG • $OO MXPSV H[HFXWHG ZLWK PRUH WKDQ WZR UHYROXWLRQV GRXEOH $[HO DQG DOO WULSOH MXPSV PXVW EH RI D GLIIHUHQW QDWXUH GLIIHUHQW QDPH KRZHYHU WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU VHTXHQFH FDQ LQFOXGH WZR same such jumps • Single, double or triple jumps 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Can be solo spin or solo spin combination • 0D\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • Change of foot and change of position are optional • 0XVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV • Both partners must achieve a basic position for at least two revolutions 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Can be pair spin or pair spin combination • If pair spin combination, both partners must change feet and position at least once • 0XVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV 0D[LPXP RI RQH • 5HJXODU KDQG WR KDQG KROG UHTXLUHG • :KHQ GHDWK VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ LV DWWDLQHG ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW H[HFXWH D PLQLPXP RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ with man in full pivot position • /DG\¶V KHDG PXVW UHDFK WKH OHYHO RI KHU VNDWLQJ NQHH 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Must be clearly visible • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V HOHPHQW LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

185

5230 Intermediate Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH LQWHUPHGLDWH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU DQG WKH LQWHUPHGLDWH SDLU WHVW VHH QRWH Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the novice pair test and still remain eligible to compete at the intermediate level, provided that neither partner has competed at the novice pair level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the intermediate pair level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the novice pair test was passed. B. Age requirements as of Sept. 1 prior to the regional championships: Under 18 years of age INTERMEDIATE PAIRS SHORT PROGRAM 2:30 maximum time Must contain the following six elements in any order LIFT One lift selected from Groups 1-4, type optional • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed and one-handed lifts, combination lifts, lifts that include a carry feature, carry lifts and lifts that turn in both directions are not permitted; however, the release RI WKH ODG\¶V KDQGV LQ D *URXS OLIW DQG WKH UHOHDVH RI WKH ODG\¶V KDQGV DIWHU WKH OLIW H[WHQVLRQ KDV EHHQ achieved in a platter lift are not violations of this rule. • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ TWIST LIFT One single twist lift • 7DNH RII PXVW EH D ÀLS RU D /XW] SOLO JUMP 2QH VROR MXPS VLQJOH RU GRXEOH

PAIR SPIN One pair spin • 1R FKDQJH RI IRRW • Optional change of position • 0LQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV WRWDO E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV • May not be commenced with a jump • The rotation must be continuous, and no stop is permitted DEATH SPIRAL / 2QH GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH PIVOT FIGURE • 5HJXODU KDQG WR KDQG KROG UHTXLUHG • ,Q WKH ¿QDO SRVLWLRQ ZKLOH WKH ODG\ LV SHUIRUPLQJ WKH DFWXDO GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH ERWK WKH PDQ DQG WKH ODG\ PXVW H[HFXWH D PLQLPXP RI RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK WKH NQHH RI WKH PDQ FOHDUO\ EHQW and in full pivot position. STEP One choreographic step sequence SEQUENCE • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH REMARKS • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order to EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ XQSUHVFULEHG DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW SHUIRUPHG VXEVWLWXWHV D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW QRW SHUIRUPHG WKH UHVSHFWLYH ER[ ZLOO EH EORFNHG DQG WKLV SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG DV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV QR YDOXH • Unlisted or additional elements such as jumps, spins, steps or repetitions, even of elements which have IDLOHG DUH QRW PDUNHG DQG FRQVHTXHQWO\ GR QRW ERFN D ³ER[´ VSRW RI DQRWKHU W\SH RI HOHPHQW

186

LIFTS

TWIST LIFT THROW JUMP SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE SOLO SPIN

DEATH SPIRAL / PIVOT FIGURE

CHOREOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE REMARKS

INTERMEDIATE PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WZR • /LIWV FDQ EH VHOHFWHG IURP *URXSV DQG PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed and one-handed lifts, combination lifts, lifts that include a carry feature, carry lifts and lifts that turn in both directions are not permitted; however, the release of the lady’s hands in a Group 1 lift and the release of the lady’s hands after the lift H[WHQVLRQ KDV EHHQ DFKLHYHG LQ D SODWWHU OLIW DUH QRW YLRODWLRQV RI WKLV UXOH • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ 0D[LPXP RI RQH VLQJOH • 7DNH RII PXVW EH ÀLS RU /XW] 0D[LPXP RI WZR VLQJOH RU GRXEOH

• Must be different 0D[LPXP RI RQH VLQJOH RU GRXEOH

0D[LPXP RI RQH VLQJOH RU GRXEOH MXPSV RQO\

• 0D[LPXP RI WZR MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Can be solo spin or solo spin combination • 0D\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • Change of foot and change of position are optional • 0XVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV • Both partners must achieve a basic position for at least two revolutions 0D[LPXP RI RQH GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH • 5HJXODU KDQG WR KDQG KROG UHTXLUHG • ,Q WKH ¿QDO SRVLWLRQ ZKLOH WKH ODG\ LV SHUIRUPLQJ WKH DFWXDO GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH ERWK WKH PDQ DQG WKH ODG\ PXVW H[HFXWH D PLQLPXP RI RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK WKH NQHHV RI WKH PDQ clearly bent and in full pivot position 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Must be clearly visible • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V HOHPHQW LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

187

5240 Juvenile Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH MXYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU DQG WKH MXYHQLOH SDLU WHVW VHH QRWH Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the intermediate pair test and still remain eligible to compete at the juvenile level, provided that neither partner has competed at the intermediate pair level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the juvenile pair level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the intermediate pair test was passed. B. Age requirements as of Sept. 1 prior to the regional championships: Under 16 years of age

LIFTS

THROW JUMP SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE SOLO SPIN

PAIR SPIN PIVOT FIGURE

CHOREOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE REMARKS

188

JUVENILE PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:30 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI RQH • The lift may be chosen from Group 1 or 2 • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed and one-handed lifts, combination lifts, lifts that include a carry feature, carry lifts and lifts that turn in both directions are not permitted; however, LI D SDLU H[HFXWHV D *URXS OLIW WKH UHOHDVH RI WKH ODG\¶V KDQGV LV QRW D YLRODWLRQ RI WKLV UXOH • 0LQLPXP RI RQH DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ 0D[LPXP RI RQH VLQJOH

0D[LPXP RI RQH VLQJOH RU GRXEOH

0D[LPXP RI RQH VLQJOH RU GRXEOH MXPSV RQO\

• 0D[LPXP RI WZR MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Can be solo spin or solo spin combination • 0D\ EHJLQ ZLWK D À\LQJ HQWU\ • Change of foot and change of position are optional • 0XVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV 0D[LPXP RI RQH • Pair spin with optional change of position and no change of foot • Must have a minimum of three revolutions by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH • 5HJXODU KDQG WR KDQG KROG UHTXLUHG • ,Q WKH ¿QDO SRVLWLRQ ZKLOH WKH ODG\ LV SHUIRUPLQJ WKH DFWXDO SLYRW ¿JXUH ERWK WKH PDQ DQG WKH ODG\ PXVW H[HFXWH D PLQLPXP RI RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK WKH PDQ FOHDUO\ LQ SLYRW SRVLWLRQ 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFH • Must be clearly visible • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V HOHPHQW LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

5250 Pre-Juvenile Pairs Note: Pre-juvenile pairs is considered a nonqualifying event and is held at regional championships only at the discretion of the local organizing committee. A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH SUH MXYHQLOH SDLU DQG SUH MXYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW VHH QRWH Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the juvenile pair test and still remain eligible to compete at the pre-juvenile level, provided that neither partner has competed at the juvenile pair level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the pre-juvenile pair level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the juvenile pair test was passed. B. Age requirements as of Sept. 1 prior to the regional championships: Under 14 years of age PRE-JUVENILE PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order LIFTS One selected from Group 1 or Group 2 waist lift • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed and one-handed lifts, combination lifts, lifts that include a carry feature, carry lifts and lifts that turn in both directions are not permitted; however, if a pair H[HFXWHV D *URXS OLIW WKH UHOHDVH RI WKH ODG\¶V KDQGV DIWHU WKH OLIW H[WHQVLRQ KDV EHHQ DFKLHYHG LV not a violation of this rule. THROW JUMP 2QH RSWLRQDO VLQJOH SOLO JUMP One single JUMP One jump sequence SEQUENCE • Jump combination not permitted • 1XPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS VHTXHQFH LV XQOLPLWHG • Single jumps only SOLO SPIN One solo spin • 1R FKDQJH RI IRRW RU SRVLWLRQ SHUPLWWHG • Must have a minimum of three revolutions PAIR SPIN One pair spin • 1R FKDQJH RI IRRW RU SRVLWLRQ SHUPLWWHG • Must have a minimum of three revolutions by both partners PIVOT FIGURE 2QH RSWLRQDO SLYRW ¿JXUH • 1R PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV • 3LYRW ¿JXUH QRW HOLJLEOH IRU IHDWXUHV STEP SEQUENCE • 6WHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DQG VSLUDOV XWLOL]LQJ RQH KDOI WKH LFH VXUIDFH • Stroking both forward and backward, clockwise and counterclockwise REMARKS • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order to EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • A pre-juvenile pairs program must demonstrate good form with some degree of unison, especially as it pertains to stroking and basic pair skating.

189

5500 Adult Pairs Adult pair events are open to couples in which each partner has reached 21 years of age as of the closing date for entries.

5510 Championship Masters Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV )RU DQ\ VNDWHU ZKR KDV QRW SUHYLRXVO\ FRPSHWHG DW WKLV OHYHO ERWK partners must have passed at least one of the following tests: 1. The adult gold pair test, 7KH VWDQGDUG MXYHQLOH LQWHUPHGLDWH QRYLFH MXQLRU RU VHQLRU JROG SDLU WHVW 3. Prior to 1989, the standard bronze, silver or gold pair test.

LIFTS

THROW JUMPS SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE SOLO SPIN

PAIR SPIN

DEATH SPIRAL / PIVOT FIGURE

STEP SEQUENCE

ADDITIONAL ELEMENT

REMARKS

190

CHAMPIONSHIP MASTERS PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:40 maximum time Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW OLIWV • 2QH PD\ EH D WZLVW OLIW QR OLPLW RQ WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV

• ,I OLIWV DUH IURP WKH VDPH JURXS WKH\ PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW H J RQH VWDU DQG RQH SODWWHU ERWK IURP *URXS

• 0LQLPXP RI RQH KDOI DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed, one-handed and combination lifts are permitted • Carry lifts and lifts that include a carry feature are not permitted 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW WKURZ MXPSV • 1R OLPLW RQ WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR MXPS • Single, double or triple jumps are permitted 0D[LPXP RI RQH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH • Single, double or triple jumps are permitted • 7KH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ LV WZR • The number of jumps in the jump sequence is not limited 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR VSLQ RU VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • Minimum of four revolutions by both partners if spin does not have a change of foot • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV LI VSLQ KDV D FKDQJH RI IRRW • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH SDLU VSLQ RU SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • If pair spin, minimum of four revolutions by both partners with optional change of position • ,I SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV ZLWK DW OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI position and one change of foot by each partner • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH • 5HJXODU KDQG WR KDQG KROG UHTXLUHG • $W OHDVW RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK PDQ LQ IXOO SLYRW SRVLWLRQ EXWWRFNV QRW KLJKHU WKDQ NQHH RI SLYRW IRRW

• In the death spiral, the lady’s lowest hip or buttock and head should not be higher than her skating knee. A slightly higher position of her hip or buttock is acceptable on back outside death spiral. 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DQG VSLUDOV • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • A sequence that does not meet the minimum requirements above will have no value • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG as elements but will be counted as transitions and marked as such 0D[LPXP RI RQH DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW FKRVHQ IURP • Pair spin if not already performed • Pair spin combination if not already performed • 3LYRW ¿JXUH GHDWK VSLUDO PD[LPXP WZR SHU SURJUDP PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW

• /LIW PD[LPXP RI WKUHH SHU SURJUDP PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW

• Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V HOHPHQW LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

5520 Masters Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ WHVWV 1. The adult gold pair test, 7KH VWDQGDUG MXYHQLOH LQWHUPHGLDWH QRYLFH MXQLRU RU VHQLRU JROG SDLU WHVW 3. Prior to 1989, the standard bronze, silver or gold pair test, 4. The standard intermediate, novice, junior or senior free skate test.

LIFTS

THROW JUMPS SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE SOLO SPIN

PAIR SPIN

DEATH SPIRAL / PIVOT FIGURE

STEP SEQUENCE

ADDITIONAL ELEMENT

REMARKS

MASTERS PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:40 maximum time Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW OLIWV • 2QH PD\ EH D WZLVW OLIW QR OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV

• ,I OLIWV DUH IURP WKH VDPH JURXS WKH\ PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW H J RQH VWDU DQG RQH SODWWHU ERWK IURP *URXS

• 0LQLPXP RI RQH KDOI DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed, one-handed and combination lifts are permitted • Carry lifts and lifts that include a carry feature are not permitted 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW WKURZ MXPSV • 1R OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR MXPS • Single, double or triple jumps are permitted 0D[LPXP RI RQH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH • 1R OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV • 7KH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ LV WZR • The number of jumps in the jump sequence is not limited 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR VSLQ RU VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • Minimum of four revolutions by both partners if spin does not have a change of foot • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV LI VSLQ KDV D FKDQJH RI IRRW • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH SDLU VSLQ RU SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • If pair spin, minimum of four revolutions by both partners with optional change of position • ,I SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV ZLWK DW OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI position and one change of foot by each partner • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH • 5HJXODU KDQG WR KDQG KROG UHTXLUHG • $W OHDVW RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK PDQ LQ IXOO SLYRW SRVLWLRQ EXWWRFNV QRW KLJKHU WKDQ NQHH RI SLYRW IRRW

• In the death spiral, the lady’s lowest hip or buttock and head should not be higher than her skating knee. A slightly higher position of her hip or buttock is acceptable on back outside death spiral. 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DQG VSLUDOV

• 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • A sequence that does not meet the minimum requirements above will have no value • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV elements but will be counted as transitions and marked as such 0D[LPXP RI RQH DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW FKRVHQ IURP • Pair spin if not already performed • Pair spin combination if not already performed • 3LYRW ¿JXUH GHDWK VSLUDO PD[LPXP WZR SHU SURJUDP PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW

• /LIW PD[LPXP RI WKUHH SHU SURJUDP PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW

• Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V HOHPHQW LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

191

5530 Adult Gold Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV Both partners must have passed at least one of the following tests: 1. The adult silver or adult gold pair test, 2. The adult gold free skate test, 3. The standard juvenile, intermediate or, prior to 1989, bronze pair test, but no higher pair test, 4. The standard juvenile, intermediate or novice free skate test, but no higher free skate test.

LIFTS

THROW JUMPS SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE SOLO SPIN

PAIR SPIN

DEATH SPIRAL / PIVOT FIGURE

STEP SEQUENCE

ADDITIONAL ELEMENT

REMARKS

192

ADULT GOLD PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:40 maximum time Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW OLIWV • 2QH PD\ EH D WZLVW OLIW QR OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV

• ,I OLIWV DUH IURP WKH VDPH JURXS WKH\ PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW H J RQH VWDU DQG RQH SODWWHU ERWK IURP *URXS

• 0LQLPXP RI RQH KDOI DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed, one-handed and combination lifts are permitted • Carry lifts and lifts that include a carry feature are not permitted 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW WKURZ MXPSV • 1R OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR MXPS • Single, double or triple jumps are permitted 0D[LPXP RI RQH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH • 1R OLPLW WR WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV • 7KH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ LV WZR • The number of jumps in the jump sequence is not limited 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR VSLQ RU VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • Minimum of four revolutions by both partners if spin does not have a change of foot • 0LQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV LI VSLQ KDV D FKDQJH RI IRRW • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH SDLU VSLQ RU SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • If pair spin, minimum of four revolutions by both partners with optional change of position • ,I SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI VL[ UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV ZLWK DW OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI position and one change of foot by each partner • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH • 5HJXODU KDQG WR KDQG KROG UHTXLUHG • $W OHDVW RQH KDOI UHYROXWLRQ ZLWK PDQ LQ IXOO SLYRW SRVLWLRQ EXWWRFNV QRW KLJKHU WKDQ NQHH RI SLYRW IRRW

• In the death spiral, the lady’s lowest hip or buttock and head should not be higher than her skating knee. A slightly higher position of her hip or buttock is acceptable on back outside death spiral. 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH PD\ LQFOXGH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG DQG VSLUDOV • 0XVW EH YLVLEOH DQG LGHQWL¿DEOH DQG VKRXOG EH SHUIRUPHG XVLQJ DOPRVW WKH IXOO LFH VXUIDFH • $ VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • A sequence that does not meet the minimum requirements above will have no value • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV elements but will be counted as transitions and marked as such 0D[LPXP RI RQH DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW FKRVHQ IURP • Pair spin if not already performed • Pair spin combination if not already performed • 3LYRW ¿JXUH GHDWK VSLUDO PD[LPXP WZR SHU SURJUDP PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW

• /LIW PD[LPXP RI WKUHH SHU SURJUDP PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW

• Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order to be FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ • ,I DQ H[WUD MXPS V HOHPHQW LV H[HFXWHG RQO\ WKH LQGLYLGXDO MXPS V ZKLFK LV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV ZLOO KDYH QR YDOXH 7KH MXPSV DUH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ

5540 Adult Silver Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV Both partners must have passed at least one of the following tests: 1. The adult bronze or adult silver pair test, but no higher adult pair test, 2. The adult silver or adult gold free skate test, 3. The standard preliminary, pre-juvenile or juvenile pair test, but no higher pair test, 4. The standard pre-juvenile or juvenile free skate test, but no higher free skate test. ADULT SILVER PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:40 maximum time Must contain the following elements in any order LIFTS 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW OLIWV • One of which must be from Group 1; the other lift may be a different lift from Group 1, Group 2 or a single twist lift • 0LQLPXP RI RQH KDOI DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • )XOO H[WHQVLRQ LV RSWLRQDO IRU *URXS ZDLVW OLIW • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed, one-handed, overhead, carry and combination lifts and lifts that include a carry feature are not permitted KRZHYHU LI D SDLU H[HFXWHV D *URXS OLIW WKH UHOHDVH RI WKH ODG\¶V KDQGV DIWHU WKH OLIW H[WHQVLRQ KDV EHHQ DFKLHYHG LV QRW D YLRODWLRQ RI WKLV rule. THROW JUMP 0D[LPXP RI RQH WKURZ MXPS VLQJOH MXPSV RQO\

SOLO JUMP 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR MXPS VLQJOH MXPSV RQO\

JUMP 0D[LPXP RI RQH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH COMBINATION/ • Single jumps only SEQUENCE • 7KH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ LV WZR • The number of jumps in the jump sequence is not limited SOLO SPIN 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR VSLQ RU VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • Minimum of three revolutions by both partners if spin does not have a change of foot • 0LQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV LI VSLQ KDV D FKDQJH RI IRRW • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners PAIR SPIN 0D[LPXP RI RQH SDLU VSLQ RU SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • If pair spin, minimum of three revolutions by both partners with optional change of position • ,I SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners DEATH SPIRAL / 0D[LPXP RI RQH GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH PIVOT FIGURE • Pivot position is not required • Skaters may choose the position and hand hold STEP OR 0D[LPXP RI RQH HOHPHQW FKRVHQ IURP CHOREOGRAPHIC • One step sequence utilizing at least one-half of the ice surface SEQUENCE 25 • One choreographic sequence which must be clearly visible Notes: • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV elements but will be counted as transitions and marked as such REMARKS • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ

193

5550 Adult Bronze Pairs A. Test requirements as of the closing date for entries: Both partners must have passed at least one of the following tests: 1. The adult bronze pair test, and no higher adult pair test, 2. The adult bronze or adult silver free skate test, but no higher adult free skate test, 3. The standard preliminary or pre-juvenile pair test, but no higher pair test, 4. The standard preliminary or pre-juvenile free skate test, but no higher free skate test.

LIFTS

THROW JUMP SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE SOLO SPIN

PAIR SPIN

DEATH SPIRAL / PIVOT FIGURE STEP OR CHOREOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE

REMARKS

194

ADULT BRONZE PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:10 maximum time Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI RQH OLIW • May be from Group 1 or a Group 2 waist lift • 0LQLPXP RI RQH KDOI DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • )XOO H[WHQVLRQ LV RSWLRQDO IRU *URXS ZDLVW OLIW • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed, one-handed, overhead, twist, carry and combination lifts and lifts that include a carry feature are not permitted KRZHYHU LI D SDLU H[HFXWHV D *URXS OLIW WKH UHOHDVH RI WKH ODG\¶V KDQGV DIWHU WKH OLIW H[WHQVLRQ KDV EHHQ DFKLHYHG LV QRW D YLRODWLRQ RI this rule. 0D[LPXP RI RQH WKURZ MXPS VLQJOH MXPSV RQO\

• 1R WKURZ VLQJOH $[HO GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR MXPS VLQJOH MXPSV RQO\

• 1R VLQJOH $[HO GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH VLQJOH MXPSV RQO\

• 1R VLQJOH $[HO GRXEOH RU WULSOH MXPSV DUH SHUPLWWHG • 7KH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ LV WZR • The number of jumps in the jump sequence is not limited 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR VSLQ RU VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • Minimum of three revolutions by both partners if spin does not have a change of foot • 0LQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV LI VSLQ KDV D FKDQJH RI IRRW • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH SDLU VSLQ RU SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • If pair spin, minimum of three revolutions by both partners with optional change of position • ,I SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH • Pivot position is not required • Skaters may choose the position and hand hold 0D[LPXP RI RQH HOHPHQW FKRVHQ IURP • One step sequence utilizing at least one-half of the ice surface 25 • One choreographic sequence which must be clearly visible Notes: • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG as elements but will be counted as transitions and marked as such • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ

5560 Centennial Pairs A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ WHVWV 1. The adult silver pairs test 2. The adult silver free skate test 3. The standard preliminary or pre-juvenile pairs test 4. The standard pre-juvenile free skate test 7KHUH LV QR PD[LPXP OLPLW RQ WHVWV SDVVHG % $JH TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 1. Both partners must be 50 years of age or older at the closing date for entries C. This event will be judged under the 6.0 judging system D. Teams that enter Centennial Pairs may not enter any other open pairs event

LIFTS

THROW JUMP SOLO JUMP JUMP COMBINATION/ SEQUENCE SOLO SPIN

PAIR SPIN

DEATH SPIRAL / PIVOT FIGURE STEP OR CHOREOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE

REMARKS

CENTENNIAL PAIRS WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 3:10 maximum time Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW OLIWV • /LIWV PD\ EH IURP *URXS RU *URXS RU RQH PD\ EH D VLQJOH WZLVW OLIW • ,I OLIWV DUH IURP WKH VDPH JURXS HDFK PXVW KDYH D GLIIHUHQW WDNH RII IRU H[DPSOH RQH /XW] OLIW DQG RQH $[HO OLIW ERWK IURP *URXS

• 0LQLPXP RI RQH KDOI DQG PD[LPXP RI ò UHYROXWLRQV E\ WKH PDQ • )XOO H[WHQVLRQ LV RSWLRQDO IRU *URXS ZDLVW OLIW • Variations of the lady’s position, no-handed, one-handed, overhead, carry and combination lifts and lifts that include a carry feature are not permitted KRZHYHU LI D SDLU H[HFXWHV D *URXS OLIW WKH UHOHDVH RI WKH ODG\¶V KDQGV DIWHU WKH OLIW H[WHQVLRQ KDV EHHQ DFKLHYHG LV QRW D YLRODWLRQ RI WKLV rule. 0D[LPXP RI RQH WKURZ MXPS VLQJOH MXPSV RQO\

• 6LQJOH $[HO LV SHUPLWWHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR MXPS VLQJOH MXPSV RQO\

• 6LQJOH $[HO LV SHUPLWWHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ RU MXPS VHTXHQFH VLQJOH MXPSV RQO\

• 6LQJOH $[HOV DUH SHUPLWWHG • 7KH PD[LPXP QXPEHU RI MXPSV LQ WKH MXPS FRPELQDWLRQ LV WZR • The number of jumps in the jump sequence is not limited 0D[LPXP RI RQH VROR VSLQ RU VROR VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • Minimum of three revolutions by both partners if spin does not have a change of foot • 0LQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV LI VSLQ KDV D FKDQJH RI IRRW • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH SDLU VSLQ RU SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ • If pair spin, minimum of three revolutions by both partners with optional change of position • ,I SDLU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ PLQLPXP RI ¿YH UHYROXWLRQV E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV • Minimum of two revolutions in each position by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH GHDWK VSLUDO RU SLYRW ¿JXUH • Pivot position is not required • Skaters may choose the position and hand hold 0D[LPXP RI RQH HOHPHQW FKRVHQ IURP • One step sequence utilizing at least one-half of the ice surface 25 • One choreographic sequence which must be clearly visible Notes: • $GGLWLRQDO PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG VHTXHQFHV VSLUDO VHTXHQFHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG DV elements but will be counted as transitions and marked as such • 1R DGGLWLRQDO VSLQ RU GHDWK VSLUDO SHUPLWWHG • Unless otherwise stated, all elements must meet the general criteria and basic requirements in order WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH VHFWLRQ

195

5900 Marking of Pairs – 6.0 and IJS 5910 Marking of Pairs – 6.0 System 5911 The 6.0 system is marked on a scale from 0 to 6, of which: 1RW 6NDWHG 4.0 = Good 1.0 = Very Poor 5.0 = Very Good 2.0 = Poor 6.0 = Outstanding 3.0 = Mediocre $ 'HFLPDOV WR RQH SODFH DUH SHUPLWWHG DV IXUWKHU LQWHUPHGLDWH YDOXHV H J % :KHQ GHVHUYHG D MXGJH PD\ DZDUG WKH PDUN RI WKH ¿UVW PDUN RU LQ WKH VHFRQG PDUN EXW QRW LQ ERWK H[FHSW IRU WKH last competitor. 5912 Under the 6.0 system, the judges must penalize clothing not meeting the requirements of rule section 5030 by a deduction of 0.1 in the second mark. 5913 Marking of Pairs Short Program – 6.0 System In the pairs short program, for those events that are judged under the 6.0 system, two marks are awarded on a scale from WR DV LQ UXOH 7KH ¿UVW PDUN LV IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN LV IRU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV 8QLVRQ LV considered under technical elements and program components. $ )RU WKH PDUNLQJ RI WKH WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV VHH UXOH ' ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH MXGJHV PXVW FRQVLGHU WKH GLI¿FXOW\ RI the elements and transitions, unison and speed. B. For the marking of the program components, see rule 5923. C. An element is omitted when it is not tried. 1. Any element commenced after the permissible time allowance will be considered as omitted in the marking. In the event an element is commenced before, but completed after, the allowable time duration, appropriate deductions PXVW EH PDGH IRU H[FHHGLQJ WKH PD[LPXP WLPH SHUPLWWHG EXW WKH HOHPHQW LV WR EH MXGJHG DV VNDWHG 7KH UHIHUHH PXVW DGYLVH WKH MXGJHV RI DQ\ HOHPHQW EHJXQ DIWHU WKH WLPH OLPLW DQG DOVR RI DQ\ SURJUDP WKDW H[FHHGV WKH SHUPLVVLEOH time limit. D. A whistle shall be blown by the referee when the allowable time has elapsed, and the judges shall cease judging the SHUIRUPDQFH ,I D WHDP IDLOV WR ¿QLVK WKH VKRUW SURJUDP ZLWKLQ WKH WLPH OLPLW WKHUH VKRXOG EH D GHGXFWLRQ LQ WKH PDUNV IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV IRU XS WR HYHU\ VHFRQGV LQ H[FHVV ( 'HGXFWLRQV PXVW EH PDGH DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH IROORZLQJ VFDOH RI YDOXHV Elements Failures Omissions /LIWV WKURZ MXPS VROR jump, spin, spin combination 0.1 to 0.4 0.5 and death spiral Step sequences and spiral 0.1 to 0.3 0.4 sequences ([WUD RU UHSHDWHG HOHPHQWV 0.2 F. See also rules 1401 and 1402. 5914 Marking of Pairs Free Skate – 6.0 System In the pairs free skate, for those events that are judged under the 6.0 system, two marks are awarded on a scale from 0 to 6 DV LQ UXOH 7KH ¿UVW PDUN LV IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN LV IRU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV $ ,Q WKH PDUNLQJ RI WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV VHH UXOH ' ,Q DGGLWLRQ WKH IROORZLQJ PXVW EH FRQVLGHUHG 'LI¿FXOW\ RI WKH SHUIRUPDQFH ZLWK QR FUHGLW JLYHQ IRU SRUWLRQV WKHUHRI ZKLFK DUH PLVVHG 2. Variety; 3. Cleanness and sureness; 4. Speed. B. For the marking of the program components, see rule 5923. & $OO WKH HOHPHQWV RI D IUHH VNDWH WKH MXPSV VSLQV VWHS VHTXHQFHV DQG SDUWLFXODUO\ WKH JOLGH IRRWZRUN DQG WKH GLI¿FXOW\ DQG YDULHW\ RI WKH VWHSV PXVW EH WDNHQ LQWR FRQVLGHUDWLRQ LQ WKH PDUN IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG EH UHZDUGHG DFFRUGLQJ WR WKHLU UHODWLYH PHULW DV WR GLI¿FXOW\ 1R LQGLYLGXDO HOHPHQW FDQ EH JLYHQ SUHGRPLQDQW LPSRUWDQFH DQG WKH SURJUDP PXVW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV D ZKROH ([FHVVLYH YDOXHV PXVW QRW EH DVVLJQHG WR WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPSV RU WKURZ MXPSV HVSHFLDOO\ ZKHQ RI SRRU TXDOLW\ ,Q DGGLWLRQ QR H[WUD FUHGLW VKRXOG EH JLYHQ IRU D SRRUO\ H[HFXWHG WULSOH RU TXDGUXSOH MXPS RU WKURZ MXPS ZKHQ FRPSDUHG ZLWK D ZHOO H[HFXWHG GRXEOH MXPS 7KH VSLQV PXVW KDYH WKH UHTXLUHG PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV WKH ODFN RI ZKLFK PXVW EH UHÀHFWHG E\ WKH judges in their marks.

196

' $ SURJUDP LV QRW FRQVLGHUHG ZHOO EDODQFHG ZKHQ LW FRQWDLQV DQ H[WUD QXPEHU RU OHVV WKDQ WKH UHTXLUHG PLQLPXP number of an element, or when it lacks connecting steps between the elements. When a program is not well-balanced, WKH GHGXFWLRQ VKRXOG EH IURP WKH PDUN IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV IRU HDFK H[WUD RU ODFNLQJ HOHPHQW ( 7KH PLQLPXP SHQDOW\ WR EH DSSOLHG LV LQ HDFK PDUN IRU HDFK LOOHJDO HOHPHQW DQG IURP WKH WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV mark for spins which have less than the required revolutions. F. In pair skating, the accurate performance in unison by the partners must be considered in both the technical element and program component marks. Special attention must be paid to the selection of an appropriate partner. If there is a serious imbalance in their physical characteristics which would result in an obvious lack of unison, it should be UHĂ€HFWHG LQ WKH PDUNV ERWK IRU WHFKQLFDO HOHPHQWV DQG SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV G. Any element started after the permissible time must not be marked and will have no value. H. A whistle shall be blown by the referee when the allowable time has elapsed, and the judges shall cease judging the SHUIRUPDQFH ,I WKH WHDP IDLOV WR ÂżQLVK D IUHH VNDWH ZLWKLQ WKH DOORZHG UDQJH RI WLPH WKHUH VKRXOG EH D GHGXFWLRQ LQ ERWK PDUNV IRU XS WR HYHU\ VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV RI WKH SUHVFULEHG UDQJH I. See rules 1401 and 1402.

5920 Marking of Pairs – IJS 5921 Technical Score – Pairs – IJS A. 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV 7KH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV RI WKH HOHPHQWV RI SDLUV VNDWLQJ LV SXEOLVKHG DQG XSGDWHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ under the “Technical Infoâ€? link. This Scale of Values contains base values of all the elements and adjustments for the TXDOLW\ RI WKHLU H[HFXWLRQ B. %DVH 9DOXHV %DVH YDOXHV RI HOHPHQWV DUH PHDVXUHG LQ SRLQWV DQG LQFUHDVH ZLWK WKH LQFUHDVLQJ GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WKH HOHPHQWV $Q HOHPHQWÂśV GLIÂżFXOW\ GHSHQGV )RU MXPSV DQG WKURZ MXPSV 2Q WKH QDPHV RI WKH MXPSV RU WKURZ MXPSV OLVWHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI WKHLU GLIÂżFXOW\ WRH ORRS 6DOFKRZ ORRS Ă€LS /XW] DQG $[HO DQG WKH QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV )RU OLIWV 2Q WKH JURXSV RI WKH OLIWV *URXSV WKHLU QDPHV DQG WKH OHYHOV RI GLIÂżFXOW\ )RU WZLVW OLIWV 2Q WKH QDPHV QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV DQG OHYHOV RI GLIÂżFXOW\ )RU GHDWK VSLUDOV 2Q WKH QDPHV DQG OHYHOV RI GLIÂżFXOW\ )RU RWKHU HOHPHQWV 2Q WKHLU OHYHOV RI GLIÂżFXOW\ C. /HYHOV RI (OHPHQWV 7KH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO ZLOO GHWHUPLQH WKH QDPH DQG OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ ZKHQ QHFHVVDU\ RI HOHPHQWV /LIWV WZLVW OLIWV GHDWK VSLUDOV VSLQV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV H[FHSW FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFHV DQG FKRUHRJUDSKLF VHTXHQFHV DUH GLYLGHG GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKHLU GLIÂżFXOW\ LQWR ÂżYH OHYHOV DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH QXPEHU RI IHDWXUHV DFKLHYHG %DVLF /HYHO % LQ FDVH RI QR IHDWXUHV /HYHO LQ FDVH RI RQH IHDWXUH /HYHO LQ FDVH RI WZR IHDWXUHV /HYHO LQ FDVH RI WKUHH IHDWXUHV DQG /HYHO LQ FDVH RI IRXU RU PRUH IHDWXUHV The descriptions of characteristics that give DQ HOHPHQW D FHUWDLQ OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ DUH SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 7KH GHVFULSWLRQV RI FKDUDFWHULVWLFV WKDW JLYH DQ HOHPHQW D FHUWDLQ OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ IRU WKH MXYHQLOH DQG LQWHUPHGLDWH pairs events will be reviewed by the U.S. Figure Skating Pairs Committee, announced no later than the spring Board of Directors meeting and may differ from those developed by the ISU and used for the novice, junior and senior pairs events. D. *UDGH RI ([HFXWLRQ *2( (DFK MXGJH PXVW PDUN WKH TXDOLW\ RI H[HFXWLRQ RI HYHU\ HOHPHQW GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH SRVLWLYH IHDWXUHV RI WKH HOHPHQWÂśV H[HFXWLRQ DQG DQ\ HUURUV SUHVHQW 7KH *2( LV PDUNHG IURP EDVH YDOXH 3. 7KH JXLGHOLQHV IRU PDUNLQJ JUDGHV RI H[HFXWLRQ DUH SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ link. ( ,Q WKH VKRUW SURJUDP LI DQ XQSUHVFULEHG RU DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW SHUIRUPHG VXEVWLWXWHV D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW QRW SHUIRUPHG WKH UHVSHFWLYH ER[ ZLOO EH EORFNHG DQG WKLV SHUIRUPHG HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG DV QRW DFFRUGLQJ WR requirements. Unlisted or additional elements such as jumps, spins, steps or repetitions, even of failed elements, are QRW PDUNHG DQG FRQVHTXHQWO\ GR QRW EORFN D ÂłER[´ VSRW RI DQRWKHU W\SH RI HOHPHQW 5922 Illegal Elements/Movements (YHU\ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW SHUIRUPHG LQ WKH SURJUDP ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG E\ D GHGXFWLRQ VHH UXOH &

,I DQ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW LV SHUIRUPHG GXULQJ WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI DQ\ HOHPHQW WKH GHGXFWLRQ IRU DQ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW ZLOO DSSO\ DQG WKH HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FDOOHG %DVLF /HYHO LI WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU DW OHDVW %DVLF /HYHO DUH IXOÂżOOHG 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV

197

5923 Program Component Score – Pairs – IJS In addition to the technical score, the skaters’ whole performance is evaluated by program components. A. )RU SUH MXYHQLOH ,-6 HYHQWV DQG MXYHQLOH SDLUV WKHVH WKUHH FRPSRQHQWV ZLOO EH 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 3HUIRUPDQFH DQG ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF % )RU LQWHUPHGLDWH SDLUV WKHVH IRXU FRPSRQHQWV ZLOO EH 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 3HUIRUPDQFH &RPSRVLWLRQ DQG Interpretation of the Music. & )RU QRYLFH MXQLRU VHQLRU DQG DGXOW SDLUV WKHVH ÂżYH FRPSRQHQWV ZLOO EH 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 7UDQVLWLRQV 3HUIRUPDQFH &RPSRVLWLRQ DQG ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF D. For pair skating, there must be equal demonstration of the criteria by both skaters. ( 'HÂżQLWLRQV DQG FULWHULD IRU DQDO\]LQJ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV 1. Skating Skills: 'HÂżQHG E\ RYHUDOO FOHDQQHVV DQG VXUHQHVV HGJH FRQWURO DQG Ă€RZ RYHU WKH LFH VXUIDFH GHPRQVWUDWHG E\ D FRPPDQG RI WKH VNDWLQJ YRFDEXODU\ HGJHV VWHSV WXUQV HWF WKH FODULW\ RI WHFKQLTXH DQG WKH XVH RI HIIRUWOHVV power to accelerate and vary speed. In evaluating the Skating Skills, the following must be considered: a. Use of deep edges, steps and turns; b. Balance, rhythmic knee action and precision of foot placement; c. Flow and glide; d. Varied use of power, speed and acceleration; e. Use of multi directional skating; f. Use of one-foot skating. 2. Transitions: The varied and purposeful use of intricate footwork, positions, movements and holds that link all elements. In evaluating the Transitions, the following must be considered: a. Continuity of movements from one element to another; b. Variety; F 'LIÂżFXOW\ d. Quality. 3. Performance: Involvement of the pair physically, emotionally and intellectually as they deliver the intent of the music and composition. In evaluating the Performance, the following must be considered: a. Physical, emotional and intellectual involvement and projection; b. Carriage and clarity of movement; c. Variety and contrast of movements and energy; G ,QGLYLGXDOLW\ SHUVRQDOLW\ e. Unison and “onenessâ€?; f. Spatial awareness between partners – management of the distance between skaters and management of changes of hold. 4. Composition: $Q LQWHQWLRQDOO\ GHYHORSHG DQG RU RULJLQDO DUUDQJHPHQW RI DOO W\SHV RI PRYHPHQWV DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH principles of musical phrase, space, pattern and structure. In evaluating the Composition, the following must be considered: D 3XUSRVH LGHD FRQFHSW YLVLRQ PRRG E 3DWWHUQ LFH FRYHUDJH c. Multidimensional use of space and design of movements; G 3KUDVH DQG IRUP PRYHPHQWV DQG SDUWV VWUXFWXUHG WR PDWFK WKH PXVLFDO SKUDVH e. Originality of the composition. 5. Interpretation of the Music: The personal, creative and genuine translation of the rhythm, character and content of the music to movement on ice. In evaluating the Interpretation of the Music, the following must be considered: D 0RYHPHQW DQG VWHSV LQ WLPH WR WKH PXVLF WLPLQJ E ([SUHVVLRQ RI WKH PXVLFÂśV FKDUDFWHU IHHOLQJ DQG UK\WKP ZKHQ FOHDUO\ LGHQWLÂżDEOH F 8VH RI ÂżQHVVH WR UHĂ€HFW WKH GHWDLOV DQG QXDQFHV RI WKH PXVLF )LQHVVH LV WKH VNDWHUVÂś UHÂżQHG DUWIXO PDQLSXODWLRQ of music details and nuances through movement. It is unique to the skaters and demonstrates an inner feeling IRU WKH PXVLF DQG WKH FRPSRVLWLRQ 1XDQFHV DUH WKH SHUVRQDO ZD\V RI EULQJLQJ VXEWOH YDULDWLRQV WR WKH LQWHQVLW\ WHPSR DQG G\QDPLFV RI WKH PXVLF PDGH E\ WKH FRPSRVHU DQG RU PXVLFLDQV

G 5HODWLRQVKLS EHWZHHQ WKH VNDWHUV UHĂ€HFWLQJ WKH FKDUDFWHU DQG UK\WKP RI WKH PXVLF

198

F. Marks for Program Components 1. Program components are marked on a scale of 0.25 to 10.00 in increments of 0.25, with a separate mark given for each program component, of which: 0.25-0.75 = ([WUHPHO\ SRRU 5.00-5.75 = Average 1.00-1.75 = Very poor 6.00-6.75 = Above average 2.00-2.75 = Poor 7.00-7.75 = Good 3.00-3.75 = Weak 8.00-8.75 = Very good 4.00-4.75 = Fair 9.00-9.75 = Superior 10.00 = Outstanding ,QFUHPHQWV DUH XVHG IRU HYDOXDWLRQ RI SHUIRUPDQFHV FRQWDLQLQJ VRPH IHDWXUHV RI RQH GHJUHH DQG VRPH RI WKH QH[W degree. *XLGHOLQHV IRU MXGJLQJ DUH SXEOLVKHG DQG XSGDWHG XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 5924 'HGXFWLRQV DUH WDNHQ E\ WKH HYHQW UHIHUHH DQG MXGJHV ZKHUH DSSOLFDEOH IRU FHUWDLQ YLRODWLRQV RI WKH UXOHV DV VHW IRUWK LQ rule 1071.

199

List of Pair Lifts 3DLU OLIWV DUH RUJDQL]HG LQWR JURXSV EDVHG RQ WKH KROG DW WKH PRPHQW WKH ODG\ SDVVHV WKH PDQÂśV VKRXOGHU /LIWV DUH W\SLFDOO\ QDPHG DIWHU WKH ODG\ÂśV VROR MXPS WDNH RII DQG WKH KROG SRVLWLRQ RI WKH SDUWQHUV ,Q *URXSV Âą IXOO H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH OLIWLQJ DUP V LV PDQGDWRU\ ,Q DQ\ JURXS D RQH KDQG KROG PD\ LQFUHDVH WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WKH OLIW Group 1 • /XW] /LIW The man places one hand under one arm in the armpit of the lady. The lady may place Armpit hold • )OLS /LIW her hand on the man’s shoulder. The man holds the lady’s other hand with one hand to position • $[HO /LIW assume the hold. The man may also support the lady with both his hands placed under ERWK KHU DUPSLWV 7KH ODG\ LV OLIWHG IURP D /XW] Ă€LS ORRS $[HO RU WRH MXPS WDNH RII /L During the lift, the lady may assume a simple split or cross split position, and she may release the hand on the shoulder or release both hands when supported under both DUPSLWV %RWK SDUWQHUV VKRXOG H[LW WKH OLIW RQ RQH IRRW Group 2 • :DLVW /LIW The waist lift begins with both partners skating backward. The man places both hands on Waist hold the lady’s waist, and she places both hands on his wrists. The lady’s position in the air position LV IUHH )XOO H[WHQVLRQ RI WKH PDQÂśV OLIWLQJ DUPV LV QRW PDQGDWRU\ XQOHVV VSHFLÂżHG %RWK SDUWQHUV VKRXOG H[LW WKH OLIW RQ RQH IRRW /L Group 3 • Cartwheel lift Both partners begin the star and cartwheel lifts skating backward. The man places one Hand-to-hip • 6WDU WRH ORRS hand on the lady’s hip and holds the lady’s opposite hand with his free hand. The lady’s position hip lift other hand is on the man’s shoulder. The lady picks as in a toe loop jump and the man • 3ODWWHU VZDQ turns together with the lady. The lady may assume a stag, split or closed leg position. /L OLIW WDEOH WRS Unlike the star lift, a cartwheel lift consists of only a half rotation by both partners. Both lift SDUWQHUV VKRXOG H[LW WKH OLIW RQ RQH IRRW 7KH SODWWHU OLIW EHJLQV ZLWK ERWK SDUWQHUV IDFLQJ each other. The man places his hands on the lady’s hips, and the lady may place her hands on the man’s wrists or shoulders. The lady must take off on one foot, and her full H[WHQVLRQ SRVLWLRQ VKRXOG EH DUFKHG RU SDUDOOHO WR WKH LFH %RWK SDUWQHUV VKRXOG H[LW WKH lift on one foot. Group 4 • Press lift ,Q WKH VWDUWLQJ SRVLWLRQ WKH SDUWQHUV PD\ IDFH HDFK RWKHU SUHVV OLIW RU IROORZ HDFK RWKHU Hand-to-hand • /RRS SUHVV ORRS SUHVV %RWK KDQGV RI WKH PDQ DQG ODG\ DUH FODVSHG 7KH ODG\ PXVW WDNH RII RQ RQH position back press foot, but the lady’s position in the air is free. There is no rotation on the part of the lady Press lift type SULRU WR WKH VXSSRUW SRVLWLRQ LQ KDQG WR KDQG SUHVV W\SH OLIWV %RWK SDUWQHUV VKRXOG H[LW the lift on one foot. /L Group 5 • /DVVR $[HO The difference between hand-to-hand press lifts and hand-to-hand lasso type lifts is Hand-to-hand HGJH OLIW that in the press lifts there is no rotation of the lady on her way to the top, while in the position • 6WHS XS ODVVR ODVVR OLIWV WKH ODG\ GRHV URWDWH RQ WKH ZD\ XS 7KHUH DUH ÂżYH GLIIHUHQW HQWULHV LQWR ODVVR /DVVR OLIW W\SH step overhead W\SH OLIWV WRH HQWU\ VWHS HQWU\ $[HO HGJH HQWU\ UHYHUVH HQWU\ DQG EDFNZDUG HQWU\ %RWK lift SDUWQHUV VKRXOG H[LW WKH OLIW RQ RQH IRRW 7KH WRH HQWU\ WKH VWHS HQWU\ DQG WKH UHYHUVH $/L • 7RH ODVVR WDS ODVVR EDFNZDUG HGJH HQWU\ UHTXLUH D KDOI URWDWLRQ WXUQ E\ WKH ODG\ RQ WDNH RII 7KH $[HO 6/L overhead lift or “trueâ€? lasso and backward lasso lifts require a full revolution by the lady on the take 7/L • 5HYHUVH ODVVR RII %RWK SDUWQHUV VKRXOG H[LW WKH OLIW RQ RQH IRRW 5/L EDFNZDUG %/L HGJH OLIW • Backward lasso lift Carry Lift Allowed at A carry lift consists of the simple carrying of one partner without rotation; only one-half junior and senior D UHYROXWLRQ RI WKH PDQ LV DOORZHG RQ WKH WDNH RII DQG RU WKH H[LW $OO KROGV LQ WKH FDUU\ levels only lift are unrestricted. The carrying of one partner by the other on the back, shoulders or knees is allowed in these lifts. Carry lifts shall not be counted in the number of overhead lifts. These lifts will be considered in transitions. They do not have a value and are not limited in number in the levels where they are allowed. Carry Feature Allowed in the A carry in a lift element. The lift must have a legal hold and must rotate according to junior and senior WKH UXOHV WKH ODG\ PXVW URWDWH DW OHDVW WZR UHYROXWLRQV DQG WKH PDQ PXVW URWDWH DW OHDVW free skate only RQH DQG QR PRUH WKDQ ò UHYROXWLRQV LQ WRWDO 2QH RI WKH DOORZHG RYHUKHDG OLIWV LQ the junior and senior free skate may contain a carry, but no more. A carry feature may happen before the man rotates, in the middle of his rotation or at the end of his rotation. While the carry feature may occur at any point in the lift, to receive consideration for HQKDQFHG GLIÂżFXOW\ WKH FDUU\ SRUWLRQ RI WKH OLIW VKRXOG RFFXU RQFH WKH OLIW KDV UHDFKHG IXOO H[WHQVLRQ

200

Technical Requirements – Ice Dance 6000 Ice Dance Rules U.S. Figure Skating reserves the right to incorporate revisions made by the ISU for junior and senior events. The revisions RU FODUL¿FDWLRQV PDGH WR WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP E\ WKH ,68 PD\ EH DGRSWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DW LWV GLVFUHWLRQ DW DQ\ WLPH DIWHU WKH UHYLVLRQ RU FODUL¿FDWLRQ LV LVVXHG )RU QRYLFH HYHQWV UHYLVLRQV RU FODUL¿FDWLRQV ZLOO EH SRVWHG DV 7HFKQLFDO 1RWL¿FDWLRQV RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ DQG ZKHQ DSSOLFDEOH SXEOLVKHG LQ WKH QH[W 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ rulebook. 6001 Use of IJS &RPSHWLWLRQV DQG FDWHJRULHV WKDW DUH UHTXLUHG WR XVH WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP ,-6 DUH OLVWHG LQ UXOH

6010 Conduct of Ice Dance Events 6011 An ice dance couple shall be composed of a lady and a man.

6020 Clothing and Equipment – Ice Dance 6021 7KH FORWKLQJ PXVW EH PRGHVW GLJQL¿HG DQG DSSURSULDWH IRU DWKOHWLF FRPSHWLWLRQV QRW JDULVK RU WKHDWULFDO LQ GHVLJQ &ORWKLQJ PD\ KRZHYHU UHÀHFW WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF FKRVHQ A. The skating clothing worn in actual competition may not bear any form of advertising. However, warm-up suits may EHDU WKH QDPH RI D VSRQVRU ZKHQ WKH WHDP LV RQ WKH LFH 7KH VSRQVRUœV QDPH PXVW QRW H[FHHG VTXDUH LQFKHV VTXDUH FHQWLPHWHUV % 7KH FORWKLQJ PXVW QRW JLYH WKH HIIHFW RI H[FHVVLYH QXGLW\ LQDSSURSULDWH IRU WKH GLVFLSOLQH 7KH PDMRULW\ RI WKH XSSHU body must be covered. )RU WKH VKRUW GDQFH IRU WKH FRVWXPH PXVW EH GLJQL¿HG DQG FRYHU DW OHDVW SHUFHQW RI the ladies upper body. & 0HQ PXVW ZHDU IXOO OHQJWK WURXVHUV 1R WLJKWV DUH DOORZHG ' /DGLHV PXVW ZHDU D VNLUW 7KH VNLUW PXVW JR DURXQG KHU HQWLUH ZDLVW KRZHYHU WKHUH PD\ EH VOLWV LQ WKH VNLUW RQ RQH RU both sides up to the waist. ( &RVWXPHV RI HLWKHU SDUWQHU PXVW QRW KDYH VR PXFK PDWHULDO RU GHFRUDWLRQ WKDW WKH ERG\ OLQH RI WKH VNDWHU FDQQRW EH VHHQ F. Accessories and props are not permitted. Part of the costume cannot be used as a support in a dance lift. * 7KH GHFRUDWLRQV RQ WKH FRVWXPHV PXVW EH QRQGHWDFKDEOH DQG QR SDUW RI WKH FRVWXPH RU KDLU GHFRUDWLRQ VXFK DV ÀRZHUV KHDGEDQGV ULEERQV HWF ZKLFK DUH DOVR D SDUW RI D FRVWXPH PD\ IDOO RQ WKH LFH GXULQJ VNDWLQJ 6022 1RW ZLWKVWDQGLQJ WKH DERYH DGXOW ODGLHV FRPSHWLQJ LQ DQ\ DGXOW FRPSHWLWLRQ RU WHVWLQJ DQ\ SDWWHUQ GDQFH WHVW RU IUHH GDQFH test may wear trousers if they so choose. 6023 6NDWH EODGHV Figure skating blades used during competitions and tests RU KRFNH\ VNDWH EODGHV XVHG GXULQJ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG HYHQWV DW FRPSHWLWLRQV PXVW EH VKDUSHQHG WR SURGXFH D ÀDW WR FRQFDYH FURVV VHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW change to the width of the blade as measured between the two edges. However, a slight tapering or narrowing of the cross section of the blade is permitted.

6030 Music – Ice Dance 6031 )RU LFH GDQFH HYHQWV PXVLF LV FKRVHQ E\ WKH FRPSHWLWRU H[FHSW IRU SDWWHUQ GDQFHV WKDW KDYH QRW EHHQ GHVLJQDWHG DV D “skaters’ choiceâ€? pattern dance. $ )RU SDWWHUQ GDQFHV WKH PXVLF PXVW FRQIRUP WR WKH W\SH DQG WHPSR VSHFLÂżHG LQ WKH GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH H[FHSW DV RXWOLQHG IRU WKH ÂłVNDWHUVÂś FKRLFH´ SDWWHUQ GDQFHV ZKLFK KDYH WKHLU RZQ WHPSR UHJXODWLRQV B. For pattern dances designated as “skaters’ choiceâ€? pattern dances, each couple may provide their own music for HDFK SDWWHUQ GDQFH &RXSOHÂśV FKRVHQ PXVLF PD\ EH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH GLIIHUHQW IURP WKH WHPSR DV VWDWHG LQ WKH description of the pattern dance and may include vocals. (DFK WHDP PXVW VXEPLW WKHLU PXVLF QR ODWHU WKDQ WKH ÂżUVW RIÂżFLDO SUDFWLFH VHVVLRQ IRU WKHLU HYHQW DW HDFK FRPSHWLWLRQ C. For the short GDQFH DQG IUHH GDQFH VHH HYHQW VSHFLÂżF UXOHV 6032 For nonqualifying competitions, pattern dance music may be either vocal or orchestral, and must conform to the type and WHPSR VSHFLÂżHG LQ WKH GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH )RU TXDOLI\LQJ FRPSHWLWLRQV VWDQGDUGL]HG PXVLF IURP WKH ,68 PXVW EH XVHG ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI SDWWHUQ GDQFHV GHVLJQDWHG DV D ÂłVNDWHUVÂś FKRLFH´ SDWWHUQ GDQFH ZKHUH WKH PXVLF FDQ EH DQ original piece, either vocal or orchestral, chosen by the skaters while conforming to the type and tempo requirements set forth by the Dance Committee. The Dance Committee will announce each season, by Governing Council, the requirements for the “skaters’ choiceâ€? pattern dances. This will include, but may not be limited to, the length of the allowable time for HDFK SDWWHUQ GDQFH )RU VKRUW GDQFH DQG IUHH GDQFH FRPSHWLWLRQ DQG WHVW PXVLF VHH UXOHV DQG 75 respectively. 6033 RESERVED 6034 Music registration for the short dance and free dance: A. When registering their music for the short dance, couples are required to list the rhythms chosen and the order in which they will be skated. B. In addition, couples are required to submit the name of the selected music or title or theme of their free dance program. C. This information will be given to the referee for distribution to the judges.

201

6040 Duration of Skating – Ice Dance Timing starts from the moment either partner begins to move or skate. Timing stops when both skaters come to a complete stop at the end of the program. 6041 Permissible Time Allowance – Short Dance and Free Dance 6NDWHUV DUH DOORZHG WR ¿QLVK D VKRUW GDQFH DQG IUHH GDQFH H[FHSW IRU DGXOW HYHQWV ZLWKLQ VHFRQGV SOXV RU PLQXV WKH required time. A. Any element started after the permissible time must not be marked and will have no value. B. Should the program be 30 or more seconds short of the prescribed range, no marks will be awarded. 6HH UXOHV DQG & IRU GHGXFWLRQV IRU SURJUDPV WKDW GR QRW ¿QLVK ZLWKLQ WKH UDQJH RI WLPH DOORZHG XVLQJ WKH system and the IJS respectively. 6042 Permissible Time Allowance – All Adult Events 7KH GXUDWLRQ RI WKH DGXOW IUHH GDQFH PXVW QRW H[FHHG WKH PD[LPXP WLPH DOORZHG EXW PD\ EH OHVV SURYLGHG WKDW DOO technical elements are included. A. Any element started after the permissible time will be considered in the marking as omitted. % 1R H[WUD PDUNV DUH REWDLQHG E\ H[WHQGLQJ WKH SURJUDP WR WKH PD[LPXP WLPH SHUPLWWHG LI LW LV XQQHFHVVDU\ WR GR VR 6HH UXOHV DQG & IRU GHGXFWLRQV IRU SURJUDPV WKDW H[FHHG WKH WLPH OLPLW XVLQJ WKH V\VWHP DQG WKH ,-6 respectively.

6050 Composition of Ice Dance Events 6051 Ice dance qualifying competitions consist of: A. Senior and junior events: short dance and free dance. The short dance description will be released for each competitive year by the ISU and may include a pattern dance within. B. All other event levels: pattern dance and free dance. 6052 The short dance must precede the free dance in senior and junior events. The pattern dance must precede the free dance in all other applicable events.

6060 Segments Descriptions 6070 Pattern Dance Descriptions 6071 3DWWHUQ GDQFLQJ FRQVLVWV RI VNDWLQJ GDQFHV ZLWK VSHFL¿HG VWHSV DQG KROGV WKDW DUH HLWKHU VHW SDWWHUQ GDQFHV ZKLFK PXVW be placed on the ice surface as diagrammed in the tests book, or optional pattern dances, which may be placed on the ice surface in any relation to the ice surface that the couple desires, provided that the edges and their relationship to the FRQWLQXRXV D[LV DUH PDLQWDLQHG WKH SDWWHUQ LV QRW GLVWRUWHG DQG LV PDLQWDLQHG IRU HDFK UHSHWLWLRQ DQG GRHV QRW SODFH WKH partners in awkward positions. 6072 General Requirements for Pattern Dances The following must be observed during the skating of pattern dances: A. Technique: 1. Accuracy: 7KH VWHSV HGJHV HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV DQG GDQFH KROGV PXVW EH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH GDQFH GLDJUDPV and descriptions. Subject to general conformity with the basic requirements, some latitude is given to allow a FRXSOH WR GHPRQVWUDWH WKHLU RZQ LQGLYLGXDO VW\OH 7KLV LV XVXDOO\ DFFRPSOLVKHG E\ WKH XVH RI D YDULHW\ RI DUP DQG RU OHJ PRYHPHQWV 0RYHPHQWV RU SRVLWLRQV RI DUPV DQG RU KDQGV ZKLFK GLIIHU IURP WKRVH VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH GHVFULSWLRQV of the required dance holds are permitted, provided that the leading hand of the man remains in the prescribed position for the hold. 2. Placement: The steps of the dances must be skated in accordance with the dance diagrams and descriptions. 0D[LPXP XWLOL]DWLRQ RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH LV GHVLUDEOH ZKLFK UHTXLUHV GHHS HGJHV DQG JRRG ÀRZ 7KHUH VKRXOG EH QR DSSDUHQW VWUXJJOH IRU VSHHG ,FH FRYHUDJH PXVW QRW EH REWDLQHG E\ WKH XVH RI ÀDW RU VKDOORZ HGJHV ,Q D UHJXODWLRQ VL]H DUHQD [ IW WKH FRXSOHV PD\ QRW FURVV WKH FHQWHU OLQH RI WKH ULQN ,Q DUHQDV OHVV WKDQ UHJXODWLRQ VL]H the couples may cross the center line proportionally to the width of the ice surface. 3. Skating Skills: *RRG EDVLF VNDWLQJ TXDOLW\ LV UHTXLUHG 'HHS HGJHV VKRXOG EH VNDWHG ZLWK VSHHG ÀRZ DQG HDV\ glide in an effortless manner. Cleanness and sureness of steps, edges and lobe transitions should be evident. The skater must carry the weight over the skating foot. Footwork must be neat and precise. Two-footed skating must be DYRLGHG H[FHSW ZKHUH LW LV UHTXLUHG *RRG DQG HTXDO WHFKQLFDO DELOLW\ DUH UHTXLUHG IRU ERWK SDUWQHUV 7KH NQHH RI WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ VKRXOG EH ÀH[LEOH ZLWK D UK\WKPLF ULVH DQG IDOO 2Q FKDVVpV DQG SURJUHVVLYHV WKH IHHW VKRXOG EH OLIWHG D small distance from the ice. 4. Style: &DUULDJH VKRXOG EH XSULJKW EXW QRW VWLII ZLWK WKH KHDG KHOG XS $OO DFWLRQV VKRXOG EH HDV\ DQG ÀRZLQJ DQG SHUIRUPHG LQ DQ HOHJDQW PDQQHU 7KH GDQFH KROGV VHH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ LQ WKH WHVWV ERRN VKRXOG EH ¿UP DQG WKH ¿QJHUV QHLWKHU VSUHDG QRU FOHQFKHG 7KHUH VKRXOG EH QR DSSDUHQW VWUXJJOH IRU VSHHG DQG VSHHG VKRXOG QRW EH REWDLQHG DW WKH H[SHQVH RI JRRG VW\OH 7KH IUHH OHJ VKRXOG EH H[WHQGHG DQG WKH IRRW WXUQHG RXW DQG SRLQWHG GRZQ 5. Unison: The couple should skate as close together as possible, keeping a constant distance between them. Body movements such as leg swings, knee bends and lean should be equal and well coordinated, and their performance should be balanced. The man should show his ability to lead and the lady to follow. Note: The unison requirement does not apply to solo dance track tests and events. 202

B. Timing/Expression 1. Timing: The dances must be skated in strict time to the music with the start of the dance commencing with a major accent. All movement must be coordinated with the rhythm of the music so that all steps are completed without any break in continuity. 2. Expression: The dance must be skated smoothly and rhythmically with the character of the music being correctly LQWHUSUHWHG 6XFK LQWHUSUHWDWLRQ VKDOO EH VKRZQ E\ YDULDWLRQV LQ WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI WKH GDQFH PRYHPHQWV ZKLFK UHĂ€HFW WKH SDWWHUQV LQ WKH PXVLF 7KH RYHUDOO HIIHFW VKRXOG EH VXFK WKDW HDFK SDWWHUQ GDQFH KDV D GLVWLQFW Ă€DYRU 7KH SDUWQHUV should relate to one another. 6073 Conduct of Pattern Dance Events 6074 For pattern dance events, the couples will skate each dance one couple at a time. In events with more than one pattern GDQFH DOO FRXSOHV ZLOO FRPSOHWH RQH GDQFH EHIRUH WKH QH[W GDQFH LV VWDUWHG DQG WKH VWDUWLQJ RUGHU RI WKH FRXSOHV ZLOO URWDWH in the following manner: A. Couples will be divided into as many sections as there are pattern dances. These sections are different than the warmXS JURXSV VHH UXOH DOWKRXJK D VHFWLRQ DQG D ZDUP XS JURXS FRXOG KDYH WKH VDPH QXPEHU RI VNDWHUV GHSHQGLQJ on the number of couples in the event and the number of pattern dances to be skated. % ,I WKH WRWDO QXPEHU RI FRXSOHV LV QRW HYHQO\ GLYLVLEOH E\ WKH QXPEHU RI GDQFHV WKH ODVW VHFWLRQ V ZLOO EH ODUJHU & $OO FRXSOHV ZLOO VNDWH WKH ÂżUVW SDWWHUQ GDQFH LQ WKHLU UHVSHFWLYH ZDUP XS JURXSV LQ WKHLU GUDZQ VWDUWLQJ RUGHU ' 7KH ÂżUVW FRXSOH LQ VHFWLRQ WZR ZLOO EH WKH ÂżUVW WR VNDWH WKH VHFRQG SDWWHUQ GDQFH DQG WKH\ ZLOO EH IROORZHG E\ WKH UHPDLQLQJ FRXSOHV LQ VHFWLRQ WZR LQ WKHLU GUDZQ VWDUWLQJ RUGHU $OO FRXSOHV LQ HDFK VHFWLRQ ZLOO ÂżQLVK EHIRUH WKH FRXSOHV LQ WKH QH[W VHFWLRQ EHJLQ ( 7KH VHFWLRQ EHJLQQLQJ HDFK VXEVHTXHQW SDWWHUQ GDQFH ZLOO EH URWDWHG LQ WKH VDPH PDQQHU VR LI WKHUH DUH WKUHH SDWWHUQ dances, there will be three sections, and section three will begin the third pattern dance, followed by section one and WKHQ VHFWLRQ WZR F. The warm-up groups will be reset for each subsequent pattern dance based upon the new rotation order for each dance. G. When four or fewer couples start, these provisions may be suspended, provided all couples agree. 6075 Number of Sequences Danced in Competitions ,Q WKH LQLWLDO DQG ÂżQDO URXQG RI DOO GDQFH FRPSHWLWLRQV WKH QXPEHU RI VHTXHQFHV RI WKH GDQFH WR EH GDQFHG ZLOO EH DV shown in the table below: U.S. Adult U.S. Adult Qualifying ChampionChampionCompetitions ships and adult ships and adult Pattern Dance Pattern Dance (except adult sectionals sectionals competitions) (partnered and (partnered and solo) solo) American Waltz 2 2 Paso Doble 3 2 Argentine Tango 2 2 Quickstep 4 3 Austrian Waltz 2 2 5DYHQVEXUJHU :DOW] 2 2 Blues 3 3 5KXPED 4 3 Canasta Tango 3 2 5K\WKP %OXHV 3 2 Cha Cha 3 2 5RFNHU )R[WURW 4 3 Cha Cha Congelado 2 2 Silver Samba 2 2 Dutch Waltz 3 2 Starlight Waltz 2 2 (XURSHDQ :DOW] 2 2 Swing Dance 2 2 Fiesta Tango 3 2 Tango 2 2 Finnstep 2 2 7DQJR 5RPDQWLFD 2 2 Fourteenstep 4 3 7HQ )R[ 3 2 )R[WURW 4 3 Viennese Waltz 3 2 Golden Waltz 2 2 Westminster Waltz 2 2 Hickory Hoedown 3 2 Willow Waltz 3 2 Kilian 6 4 Yankee Polka 2 2 Midnight Blues 2 2 A ,Q WKH HYHQW WKDW D FRXSOH GRHV QRW H[HFXWH WKH QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VHTXHQFHV IRU WKH GHVLJQDWHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH 7KH SDWWHUQ GDQFH ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG ÂżQLVKHG ZKHQ WKH FRXSOH KDV FRPSOHWHG LWV ÂżQDO SRVH RU WKH VNDWHUV OHDYH WKH ice, or in the opinion of the referee, the skaters have completed the skating of the dance and the music is stopped. 7KH PLVVLQJ VHTXHQFHV VHFWLRQV ZLOO QRW EH HQWHUHG LQ WKH GDWD FDOFXODWLRQV IRU ,-6 HYHQWV 3. Since there will be no data entered for calculation purposes, it will not be necessary for the technical panel to “callâ€? Qualifying Competitions (except adult competitions)

203

6076

6077

6078

6079

6080

WKH PLVVLQJ VHFWLRQV LQ ,-6 HYHQWV 3ULQWHG SURWRFRO ZLOO DFNQRZOHGJH RQO\ WKH VHTXHQFHV VHFWLRQV VNDWHG LQ ,-6 HYHQWV 7KH MXGJHV DUH WR UHĂ€HFW WKH PLVVLQJ VHFWLRQV LQ WKH FRPSRQHQW PDUNV 6. This does not preclude rules 1400-1403. B. In a nonqualifying competition the referee may vary the number of sequences to meet current conditions, in which case WKH MXGJHV DQG DOO HQWUDQWV ZLOO EH LQIRUPHG EHIRUH WKH ZDUP XS RI WKH ÂżUVW GDQFH C. When pattern GDQFHV DUH LQFOXGHG LQ WKH ÂżQDO URXQG WKH UHIHUHH ZLOO GHWHUPLQH ZKHWKHU WKH QXPEHU RI VHTXHQFHV LV WR EH WKH VDPH DV WKRVH VSHFLÂżHG IRU WKH LQLWLDO URXQG RU LQFUHDVHG E\ RQH RU WZR VHTXHQFHV WDNLQJ LQWR DFFRXQW WKH QXPEHU of dances and couples and whether the couples are to dance one at a time or in groups of two to four. Side to Start The referee will announce in advance the side of the ice surface on which each pattern dance will start. If a couple begins WR SHUIRUP WKH ÂżUVW SDWWHUQ RQ WKH LQFRUUHFW VLGH WKH IROORZLQJ DFWLRQV DUH WR EH IROORZHG A. The referee must signal the couple to stop. The couple must stop skating at the signal of the referee. The music must stop, and the judges and technical panel must cease their evaluations. The referee will instruct the couple of the direction in which to start the dance. B. The couple will be allowed to restart the entire dance, including the introduction, in the correct direction. C ,I WKHUH ZHUH DQ\ FDOOV E\ WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO GXULQJ WKH ÂżUVW VWDUW RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH SULRU WR WKH UHIHUHH VWRSSLQJ WKH couple, the technical panel will have these calls removed from the computer. Any judges scores that were entered will have to be cleared out, too. D. If the referee does not signal the couple to stop, and they continue to perform the pattern dance on the incorrect side of the ice, the technical panel will call the pattern dance in the order as skated, without penalty with respect to the order of the patterns. Introductory Steps A. For pattern dances, when using ISU music, the introductory period may be up to eight measures with an unlimited number of steps. 1 $OO SDWWHUQ GDQFHV PD\ EH VWDUWHG ZLWK RSWLRQDO LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV PRYHPHQWV ZKLFK PXVW QRW H[FHHG WKH LQWURGXFWRU\ SKUDVLQJ HLJKW PHDVXUHV RI WKH SDUWLFXODU WXQH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VSHFLÂżHG 2 7KH MXGJHV PXVW SHQDOL]H FRXSOHV H[FHHGLQJ DQ HLJKW PHDVXUH LQWURGXFWLRQ 7KH )LQQVWHS LV DQ H[FHSWLRQ WR WKLV UXOH GXH WR WKH LQWURGXFWRU\ SKUDVLQJ RI WKH ,68ÂśV RIÂżFLDO )LQQVWHS PXVLF ZKLFK LV OHVV WKDQ HLJKW PHDVXUHV 7KH GHGXFWLRQ IRU WKH LQWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV H[FHHGLQJ WKH LQWURGXFWRU\ SKUDVLQJ GRHV QRW DSSO\ WR WKLV GDQFH B. For pattern dances, when using “skaters’ choiceâ€? music, the introductory and ending period is not restricted to eight PHDVXUHV KRZHYHU WKH RYHUDOO VNDWLQJ WLPH FDQQRW H[FHHG WKH PD[LPXP WLPH OLVWHG RQ WKH Âł6NDWHUVÂś &KRLFH 3DWWHUQ Dance Timing Chart.â€? 2Q LFH VXUIDFHV PHDVXULQJ OHVV WKDQ IHHW ZLGH DQ DOORZDQFH RI RQH KDOI RI WKH GLIIHUHQW LQ ZLGWK IURP IHHW VKDOO be allotted to skaters with respect to midline crossings and the location of pattern re-starts when the location of such a reVWDUW LV VSHFLÂżHG LQ WKH GDQFH GLDJUDP H J WKH 4XLFNVWHS 7KH UHIHUHH VKDOO LQIRUP WKH MXGJHV RI WKLV DOORZDQFH SULRU WR the start of the pattern dance segment, and the judges shall not deduct for midline crossings and re-starts that fall within WKDW DOORZDQFH +RZHYHU RWKHU W\SHV RI SDWWHUQ GLVWRUWLRQV IRU VHW SDWWHUQ GDQFHV RU SDWWHUQ VKLIWV DUH QRW DFFHSWDEOH DQG must be appropriately penalized by the judges. The following special rules shall apply: $ :KHQ WKH )RXUWHHQVWHS LV FRPSHWHG LQLWLDO URXQG RU ÂżQDO URXQG XVLQJ WKH ,-6 WKH GDQFH PXVW EH H[HFXWHG XVLQJ RQH swing roll. Skaters taking dance tests must use one swing roll. B. When two or more couples skate the Fourteenstep as a group, the dance will be danced with two rolls along each side of the ice surface, i.e. 18 steps in all. Otherwise, only one roll along each side of the ice surface will be permitted, i.e. 14 steps. & 7KH SDWWHUQ RI WKH $PHULFDQ :DOW] (XURSHDQ :DOW] DQG 7DQJR KDYH EHHQ VWDQGDUGL]HG WR WKH ,68 SDWWHUQ DV VKRZQ in the diagrams. All three are described as optional pattern dances. However, when any of these dances are selected LQLWLDO URXQG RU ÂżQDO URXQG WR EH FRPSHWHG DW D FRPSHWLWLRQ ZKHUH WKH ,-6 LV EHLQJ XVHG WKH VWDUWLQJ SRLQW RI WKH GDQFH must be as shown in the tests book. In competitions where the IJS is not used, these dances may be skated with optional starting points. Skaters taking any of these tests can also use an optional starting point. In addition: $ ,Q LQLWLDO RU ÂżQDO URXQGV RI FRPSHWLWLRQV FRQVLVWLQJ RI SDWWHUQ GDQFHV ZKHUH PRUH WKDQ RQH FRXSOH LV VNDWLQJ WKH GDQFH on the same surface at the same time, couples shall be penalized for serious interference with other couples in crossing the midline of the ice surface or through other fault. B. If two or more couples desire to start a given dance at substantially the same place on the ice surface, the couples shall start at least three measures of music apart in an order mutually agreed upon or, in the absence of mutual agreement, in an order designated by the referee.

6081 Selection and Posting of Pattern Dances A. For novice, intermediate, juvenile, pre-juvenile and adult partnered dance events, the chair of the Dance Committee will announce the pattern dances for the upcoming competitive season no later than the spring Board of Directors meeting. For adult solo dance events, the chair of the Adult Skating Committee will announce the pattern dances for 204

the upcoming competitive season no later than the spring Board of Directors meeting. B. Unless previously stated in the announcement for a nonqualifying competition, the referee shall make the selection of pattern GDQFHV XWLOL]LQJ D FORVHG GUDZ 7KLV LQIRUPDWLRQ VKDOO EH DQQRXQFHG DQG SRVWHG DW WKH ¿UVW RI¿FLDO SUDFWLFH session of the competition. & 7KH RUGHU LQ ZKLFK WKH WZR SDWWHUQ GDQFHV RI D QRQTXDOLI\LQJ HYHQW ZLOO EH VNDWHG VKDOO EH VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH DQQRXQFHPHQW

6081 Pattern Dances Drawn for 2017-18 Event level Novice Intermediate Juvenile Event Level Pre-Juvenile

Sectional Championships

U.S. Championships

Argentine Tango Quickstep Tango Fourteenstep )R[WURW Cha Cha

Argentine Tango Quickstep Tango Fourteenstep )R[WURW Cha Cha

5HJLRQDO &KDPSLRQVKLSV Initial Round Dutch Waltz Cha Cha

5HJLRQDO &KDPSLRQVKLSV Final Round 5K\WKP %OXHV Fiesta Tango

ADULT PARTNERED PATTERN DANCE EVENTS Adult Sectional Championships and Event Level U.S. Adult Championships Championship Kilian Adult Westminster Paso Doble Adult Gold Westminster Waltz 5RFNHU )R[WURW Adult Pre-Gold Kilian Westminster Waltz Masters Open 5KXPED Initial Round Final Round (XURSHDQ :DOW] Adult Silver Tango Fourteenstep Willow Waltz Adult Pre-Silver )R[WURW Hickory Hoedown Cha Cha Adult Bronze Hickory Hoedown 7HQ )R[ Dutch Waltz Adult Pre-Bronze Fiesta Tango 5K\WKP %OXHV Fourteenstep Centennial 5RFNHU )R[WURW American Waltz ADULT SOLO PATTERN DANCE EVENTS Event Level Adult Sectional Championships and U.S. Adult Championships Adult Gold Kilian Westminster Waltz Adult Pre-Gold 5RFNHU )R[WURW Starlight Waltz Adult Silver )R[WURW Tango Adult Pre-Silver 7HQ )R[ (XURSHDQ :DOW] Adult Bronze Fiesta Tango 7HQ )R[ *Pre-juvenile dance is considered a nonqualifying event and is held at regional championships only at the discretion of the local organizing committee. 205

6090 Short Dance Description If these general requirements do not conform to ISU regulations, and as revised by ISU Communications, the ISU requirements prevail. U.S. Figure skating rules referenced do apply. $ 7KH VKRUW GDQFH LV D GDQFH FUHDWHG E\ D FRXSOH WR PXVLF ZLWK GHVLJQDWHG UK\WKPV DQG RU WKHPHV 7KH GDQFH PXVW 5HÀHFW WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH VHOHFWHG GDQFH UK\WKP V RU WKHPH V %H WUDQVODWHG WR WKH LFH E\ GHPRQVWUDWLQJ WHFKQLFDO VNLOO ZLWK VWHSV DQG PRYHPHQWV DORQJ ZLWK ÀRZ DQG WKH XVH RI edges, and 3. Fit the phrasing of the music. &RXSOHV PXVW VNDWH SULPDULO\ WR WKH UK\WKPLF EHDW 7KH GDQFH ZLOO FRQWDLQ UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV VSHFL¿HG IRU HDFK OHYHO (OHPHQWV VKRXOG EH LQWHJUDWHG LQWR WKH FRPSRVLWLRQ RI WKH GDQFH VR WKH FRQFHSW DQG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PXVW SURGXFH WKH IHHOLQJ RI D XQL¿HG GDQFH % 7KH PXVLF IRU WKH VKRUW GDQFH LQFOXGLQJ PXVLF IRU WKH VSHFL¿HG SDWWHUQ GDQFH LI UHTXLUHG LV WR EH SURYLGHG E\ WKH couple. The music may be vocal and must be suitable for ice dance as a sport discipline. The music must have the following characteristics: 1. Only dance music with an audible rhythmic beat may be used. The music may be without an audible rhythmic beat for up to 10 seconds at the beginning of the program. 7KH PXVLF PXVW EH VHOHFWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH GHVLJQDWHG UK\WKP V DQG RU WKHPH V 7KH PXVLF PXVW EH VHOHFWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH VSHFL¿HG WHPSR ZKHQ DSSOLFDEOH 6KRUW GDQFH PXVLF WKDW GRHV QRW DGKHUH WR WKHVH VSHFL¿FDWLRQV ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG E\ GHGXFWLRQ V VHH UXOH &

& 7KH SDWWHUQ PXVW SURFHHG LQ D JHQHUDOO\ FRQVWDQW GLUHFWLRQ DQG PXVW QRW FURVV WKH ORQJ D[LV RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH H[FHSW RQFH DW HDFK HQG RI WKH ULQN ZLWKLQ QR PRUH WKDQ PHWHUV RI WKH EDUULHU /RRSV LQ HLWKHU GLUHFWLRQ DUH SHUPLWWHG SURYLGHG WKDW WKH\ GR QRW FURVV WKH ORQJ D[LV +RZHYHU WKH IROORZLQJ GR QRW FRQVWLWXWH YLRODWLRQV RI WKHVH SURYLVLRQV &URVVLQJ WKH ORQJ D[LV a. While performing the not touching midline, diagonal or circular step sequence; E $W WKH HQWU\ RU H[LW WR WKH QRW WRXFKLQJ VWHS VHTXHQFH c. At the entry to the pattern dance element. 2. Performing the not touching circular step sequence in the clockwise direction. D. All dance steps, turns, rotations and changes of position are permitted, provided that they are appropriate to the GHVLJQDWHG UK\WKP V DQG WKH PXVLF FKRVHQ 5HSHWLWLRQ RI DQ\ VWHSV WXUQV DQG PRYHPHQWV LV SHUPLWWHG 'LIÂżFXOW original, varied and intricate footwork is required for both skaters. ( 7KHUH DUH QR UHVWULFWLRQV RQ GDQFH KROGV RU YDULDWLRQ WKHUHRI 6NDWLQJ LQ KDQG LQ KDQG ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUPV LV SHUPLWWHG RQO\ LI LQ WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH UK\WKP FKRVHQ EXW PXVW QRW EH XVHG H[FHVVLYHO\ ) 3DUWQHUV PXVW QRW VHSDUDWH H[FHSW WR FKDQJH KROG RU WR SHUIRUP UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV UHTXLULQJ D VHSDUDWLRQ WXUQV DV transitional elements and moves during the permitted stops. The distance between partners during such separations VKRXOG QRW H[FHHG WZR DUPV OHQJWKV &KDQJH RI KROG DQG WXUQV DV WUDQVLWLRQDO HOHPHQWV PXVW QRW H[FHHG WKH GXUDWLRQ RI RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF 6HSDUDWLRQV DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ DQG RU HQG RI WKH SURJUDP PD\ EH XS WR VHFRQGV LQ GXUDWLRQ without restrictions on the distance of the separation. The choreography may be moving or stationary and is in addition WR SHUPLWWHG VWRS V DQG RU VHSDUDWLRQ V DV GHVFULEHG LQ SDUDJUDSK * EHORZ * $IWHU WKH FORFN LV VWDUWHG ZLWK WKH ÂżUVW PRYHPHQW WKH FRXSOH PXVW QRW UHPDLQ LQ RQH SODFH IRU PRUH WKDQ VHFRQGV during the program. 6HQLRU DQG MXQLRU 8S WR WZR IXOO VWRSV GXUDWLRQ PXVW QRW H[FHHG ÂżYH VHFRQGV HDFK RU XS WR RQH IXOO VWRS GXUDWLRQ PXVW QRW H[FHHG VHFRQG DUH SHUPLWWHG 'XULQJ D VWRS WKH FRXSOH PD\ RU PD\ QRW WRXFK HDFK other, and choreography may be stationary or slightly moving in any direction. Stop options include: $ SHUPLWWHG VWRS XS WR VHF RQO\ PD\ EH XVHG ZLWKLQ WKH QRW WRXFKLQJ VWHS VHTXHQFH VHQLRU DQG MXQLRU

$ SHUPLWWHG VWRS PD\ EH XVHG WR LQGLFDWH WKH VWDUWLQJ SRLQW RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH VHQLRU

$ SHUPLWWHG VWRS PD\ EH XVHG WR LQGLFDWH WKH FRPSOHWLRQ RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH VHQLRU

$ SHUPLWWHG VWRS PD\ EH XVHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FOXGLQJ D :LWKLQ WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQW VHQLRU DQG MXQLRU RU E :LWKLQ WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH D VWRS LV RQO\ DOORZHG DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ RU HQG RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH VHQLRU

5. A choreographic spinning movement which travels will not be considered as a stop. H. The program must be developed through skating skill and quality rather than through non-skating actions such as VOLGLQJ RQ RQH NQHH RU XVH RI WRH VWHSV ZKLFK VKRXOG EH XVHG RQO\ WR UHĂ€HFW WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH GDQFH DQG XQGHUOLQLQJ rhythm and nuances of the chosen music. Programs should be choreographed to all sides of the arena and not only focused to the judges’ side. , 7RXFKLQJ WKH LFH ZLWK WKH KDQG V LV QRW SHUPLWWHG XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH DOORZHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ under the “Technical Infoâ€? link. - .QHHOLQJ RU VOLGLQJ RQ WZR NQHHV DQG RU VLWWLQJ RQ WKH LFH LV QRW DOORZHG DQG ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG D IDOO . 7KH FRQFHSW DQG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PXVW SURGXFH D IHHOLQJ RI D XQLÂżHG GDQFH 7KH SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG anywhere in the short dance and should be integrated into the composition of the dance so that there should not be the IHHOLQJ WKDW WKHUH DUH MXVW UK\WKPV SXW WRJHWKHU ZLWKRXW WKRXJKW RI KRZ WKH\ ÂżW WRJHWKHU

206

6095 Free Dance Description If these general requirements do not conform to ISU regulations, and as revised by ISU Communications, the ISU requirements prevail. U.S. Figure skating rules referenced do apply. A. A free dance is the skating by the couple of a creative dance program blending GDQFH VWHSV DQG PRYHPHQWV H[SUHVVLQJ WKH FKDUDFWHU UK\WKP V of the dance music chosen by the couple. B. The free dance must contain combinations of new or known dance steps and movements including required elements composed into a well-balanced, whole unit displaying H[FHOOHQW skating technique and the personal creativity of the couple LQ FRQFHSW DUUDQJHPHQW DQG H[SUHVVLRQ The program, including required elements, must be skated in time and phase with the music. The couple should skate primarily in time to the rhythmic beat of the music and not to the melody alone. & 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ VKRXOG FOHDUO\ UHÀHFW WKH dance character, accents and nuances of the chosen dance music, demonstrating a close relationship between partners with obvious, distinct changes of mood and pace with variations in speed and tempo. The program must utilize the full ice surface. D. The free dance must not have the concept of a pair or show program. ( 7KH PXVLF IRU IUHH GDQFH DW DOO OHYHOV PD\ EH YRFDO PXVW EH VXLWDEOH IRU LFH GDQFH DV D VSRUW GLVFLSOLQH DQG PXVW KDYH the following characteristics: 1. An audible rhythmic beat and melody, or audible rhythmic beat alone, but not melody alone. It may be without an audible rhythmic beat for up to 10 seconds at the beginning or end of the program and up to 10 seconds during the program. $W OHDVW RQH FKDQJH RI WHPSR UK\WKP DQG H[SUHVVLRQ 7KLV FKDQJH PD\ EH JUDGXDO RU LPPHGLDWH EXW LQ HLWKHU FDVH it must be obvious. This requirement does not apply to intermediate, juvenile, pre-juvenile or adult levels. $OO PXVLF LQFOXGLQJ FODVVLFDO PXVLF PXVW EH FXW HGLWHG RUFKHVWUDWHG RU DUUDQJHG LQ D ZD\ WKDW LW FUHDWHV DQ interesting, colorful and entertaining dance program with different dance moods or a building effect. 4. Must be suitable for the couple’s skating skills and technical ability. )UHH GDQFH PXVLF WKDW GRHV QRW DGKHUH WR WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ UXOH ( ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG E\ D GHGXFWLRQ DV RXWOLQHG LQ UXOH & F $OO VWHSV DQG WXUQV DUH SHUPLWWHG 'HHS HGJHV DQG LQWULFDWH IRRWZRUN GLVSOD\LQJ VNDWLQJ VNLOO GLI¿FXOW\ YDULHW\ DQG originality that constitute the distinct technical content of the dance must be included in the program and performed by both partners. In the interest of the public in the arena, programs should be choreographed to all sides of the arena and not only focused on the judges’ side. G. All elements and movements are allowed provided that they are appropriate to the character of the music and the FRQFHSW RI D ZHOO EDODQFHG SURJUDP DQG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH GH¿QLWLRQV LQ WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ LQ WKH WHVWV ERRN H. TKH QXPEHU RI VHSDUDWLRQV WR H[HFXWH WUDQVLWLRQDO IRRWZRUN RU PRYHV LV QRW UHVWULFWHG 7KH GLVWDQFH EHWZHHQ WKH SDUWQHUV VKRXOG QRW H[FHHG WZR DUP OHQJWKV 7KH GXUDWLRQ RI HDFK VXFK VHSDUDWLRQ RXWVLGH RI WKH UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV UHTXLULQJ D VHSDUDWLRQ PXVW QRW H[FHHG ¿YH VHFRQGV 6HSDUDWLRQV DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ DQG RU HQG RI WKH IUHH GDQFH PD\ be up to 10 seconds in duration without restriction on the distance of the separation, unless otherwise allowed and published RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN I. $OO FKDQJHV RI KROG DUH DOORZHG 0DQ\ DQG YDULHG GDQFH KROGV LQFUHDVH WKH GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH SURJUDP DQG WKHUHIRUH VKRXOG EH LQFOXGHG 6NDWLQJ IDFH WR IDFH LV FRQVLGHUHG WR EH PRUH GLI¿FXOW WKDQ VNDWLQJ VLGH E\ VLGH KDQG LQ KDQG separately or one following the other. J. $IWHU WKH FORFN LV VWDUWHG ZLWK WKH ¿UVW PRYHPHQW WKH FRXSOH PXVW QRW UHPDLQ LQ RQH SODFH IRU PRUH WKDQ VHFRQGV During the program, fXOO VWRSV XS WR ¿YH VHFRQGV LQ DGGLWLRQ WR VWRSV UHTXLUHG LQ UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV LQ ZKLFK WKH couple remains stationary on the ice while performing body movements, twisting, posing and the like are allowed, unless otherwise allowed and published RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN K. The program must be developed through skating quality rather than through non-skating actions such as sliding on one NQHH RU XVH RI WRH VWHSV ZKLFK VKRXOG EH XVHG RQO\ WR UHÀHFW WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH GDQFH DQG XQGHUOLQLQJ UK\WKP DQG nuances of the chosen music. / 7RXFKLQJ WKH LFH ZLWK WKH KDQG V LV QRW DOORZHG M. Kneeling or sliding on two knees, or sitting on the ice is not allowed and will be considered a fall.

207

6098 Illegal Elements/Movements – Short Dance and Free Dance 7KH IROORZLQJ HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV DUH LOOHJDO LQ WKH VKRUW GDQFH DQG IUHH GDQFH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG $ ,OOHJDO OLIW PRYHPHQW SRVH /\LQJ RU VLWWLQJ RQ WKH SDUWQHU¶V KHDG 2. Standing on partner’s shoulder, back; /LIWHG SDUWQHU LQ DQ XSVLGH GRZQ VSOLW SRVH ZLWK VXVWDLQHG DQJOH EHWZHHQ WKLJKV PRUH WKDQ GHJUHHV

/LIWLQJ SDUWQHU VZLQJLQJ WKH OLIWHG SDUWQHU DURXQG D %\ KROGLQJ WKH VNDWH V ERRW V RU OHJ V RQO\ ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUP V RU ZLWKRXW WKH DVVLVWDQFH RI KDQG V DUP V RU E %\ KROGLQJ WKH KDQG V ZLWK IXOO DUP H[WHQVLRQ E\ ERWK SDUWQHUV 3RLQW RI FRQWDFW RI WKH OLIWLQJ KDQG DUP RI WKH OLIWLQJ SDUWQHU ZLWK DQ\ SDUW RI WKH ERG\ RI WKH OLIWHG SDUWQHU KLJKHU than the lifting partner’s head; +DQG DUP ZKLFK LV XVHG DV DQ DGGLWLRQDO VXSSRUW RU EDODQFLQJ RQO\ RU ZKLFK WRXFKHV DQ\ SDUW RI WKH ERG\ RI WKH lifted partner is sustained by the lifting partner higher than his head for more than two seconds. $ EULHI PRYHPHQW WKURXJK SRVHV WR ZLOO EH SHUPLWWHG LI LW LV QRW HVWDEOLVKHG VXVWDLQHG RU LI LW LV XVHG WR FKDQJH SRVH B. -XPSV RU WKURZ MXPSV of more than one revolution or jumps of one revolution skated at the same time by both partners; & /\LQJ RQ WKH LFH

208

6200 Senior Dance A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH VHQLRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW WKH VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG JROG GDQFH WHVW DQG WKH VHQLRU SDUWQHUHG IUHH GDQFH WHVW % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RQH 6201 Elements for the Senior Short Dance 2017-18

RHYTHMS

PATTERN DANCE ELEMENT DANCE LIFT STEP SEQUENCES

TWIZZLES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SENIOR SHORT DANCE (2017-18) 2:50 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order $Q\ QXPEHU RI WKH IROORZLQJ /DWLQ $PHULFDQ UK\WKPV &KD &KD 5KXPED 6DPED 0DPER 0HULQJXH 6DOVD %DFKDWD DQG DQ\ FORVHO\ UHODWHG /DWLQ $PHULFDQ UK\WKPV • 7KH SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQW VKDOO EH VNDWHG WR DQ\ RI WKH /DWLQ $PHULFDQ UK\WKPV DQG PXVW EH LQ WKH VW\OH RI WKH FKRVHQ UK\WKP ZLWK WKH UDQJH RI WHPSR EHDWV SHU PLQXWH 7KH WHPSR RI WKH PXVLF WKURXJK WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQW PXVW EH FRQVWDQW • 7KH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH PXVW EH VNDWHG WR D GLIIHUHQW UK\WKP IURP WKH RQH FKRVHQ IRU WKH QRW WRXFKLQJ VWHS VHTXHQFH 7KH WHPSR RI WKH PXVLF WKURXJKRXW WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH PXVW EH FRQVWDQW • 7KH 5KXPED UK\WKP LV GHVFULEHG LQ WKH ,68 ,FH 'DQFH 0XVLF 5K\WKPV %RRNOHW 6HFWLRQ RI WKH 5KXPED 6WHSV DQG 6WHSV • 7KH ¿UVW VWHS RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH 6WHS WR EH VNDWHG RQ WKH MXGJHV¶ OHIW VLGH • 7KH SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQWV PXVW EH VNDWHG LQ VWULFW WLPH WR WKH PXVLF ZLWK WKH VWDUW RI WKH ¿UVW VWHS RI SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQW 6HFWLRQ RQ EHDW RQH RI D PXVLFDO SKUDVH 1RW PRUH WKDQ RQH VKRUW OLIW XS WR VHYHQ VHFRQGV

One pattern dance type step sequence in hold (style B*): • 3DWWHUQ 8S WR RQH IXOO FLUFXLW RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG PXVW VWDUW RQ EHDW RQH RI D PXVLFDO PHDVXUH • 7KH IROORZLQJ WZR RSWLRQV ZLOO LQGLFDWH WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH • 8VLQJ RQH RI WKH SHUPLWWHG VWRSV DIWHU ZKLFK WKH FRXSOH WDNHV WKH ¿UVW VWHS LQ D IR[WURW KROG LQGLFDWLQJ WKH ¿UVW VWHS RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH • 3HUIRUPLQJ D VNLGGLQJ PRYHPHQW ZLWKLQ RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF DIWHU WKH ODVW VWHS RI WKH UHTXLUHG SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQW 6WHS 7KH ¿UVW VWHS DIWHU D VNLGGLQJ PRYHPHQW ZLOO LQGLFDWH WKH VWDUWLQJ SRLQW RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH DQG PXVW EH SHUIRUPHG LQ IR[WURW KROG • 7KH IROORZLQJ WKUHH RSWLRQV ZLOO LQGLFDWH WKH FRPSOHWLRQ RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH • 3HUIRUPLQJ RQH RI WKH SHUPLWWHG VWRSV • $ VNLGGLQJ PRYHPHQW QRW H[FHHGLQJ RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF • &KRUHRJUDSKLF VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW ZKLFK WUDYHOV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV D VWRS $ FKRUHRJUDSKLF VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW ZKLFK EHFRPHV VWDWLRQDU\ DQG LV SHUIRUPHG RQ WKH VSRW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG DV D VWRS • 7KH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH PD\ QRW VWDUW IURP WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI WKH SURJUDP • 'XUDWLRQ $Q\ H[DFW QXPEHU RI PXVLFDO SKUDVHV. • +ROGV $V DQ H[FHSWLRQ WR UXOH ( KDQG LQ KDQG KROG ZLWK H[WHQGHG DUPV FDQQRW EH HVWDEOLVKHG DQG SDUWQHUV PXVW UHPDLQ LQ FRQWDFW DW DOO WLPHV HYHQ GXULQJ FKDQJHV RI KROGV DQG GXULQJ WZL]]OHV • 6WRSV SDWWHUQ UHWURJUHVVLRQV ORRSV DQG VHSDUDWLRQV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG 'DQFH VSLQV DQG SLURXHWWHV DUH VWRSV And one not touching step sequence (style B*): May be straight line (midline or diagonal) or curved (circular or serpentine) • 2QH VWRS LV SHUPLWWHG XS WR VHFRQGV SDWWHUQ UHWURJUHVVLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG GXULQJ WKH VWRS ORRSV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG 2QH VHW RI VHTXHQWLDO WZL]]OHV • 7ZR RU WKUHH WZL]]OHV VNDWHG VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ ZLWK XS WR RQH VWHS LQ EHWZHHQ WZL]]OHV • 1RWH 7KH GDQFH VSLQ LV QRW D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW LQ WKH VKRUW GDQFH 1HYHUWKHOHVV D GDQFH VSLQ RU VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW VNDWHG E\ WKH FRXSOH WRJHWKHU LQ DQ\ KROG DURXQG D FRPPRQ D[LV RQ RQH IRRW RU WZR IHHW ZLWK DQ\ QXPEHU RI URWDWLRQV LV SHUPLWWHG $ FRXSOH PD\ FKRRVH WR XVH WKLV PRYHPHQW DV SDUW RI WKHLU FKRUHRJUDSK\ 7KH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO ZLOO LJQRUH WKHVH PRYHPHQWV DQG WKH MXGJHV ZLOO FRQVLGHU WKHVH PRYHPHQWV DV RQH RI WKH SHUPLWWHG VWRSV • $ GDQFH VSLQ SHUIRUPHG ZLWKLQ WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH H[FOXGLQJ WKH VWDUW RU ¿QLVK RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH W\SH VWHS VHTXHQFH ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG E\ WKH MXGJHV DV D VWRS ZKLFK LV D QRW SHUPLWWHG HOHPHQW • $ GDQFH VSLQ SHUIRUPHG ZLWKLQ WKH QRW WRXFKLQJ VWHS VHTXHQFH XS WR ¿YH VHFRQGV ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG E\ WKH MXGJHV DV RQH RI WKH SHUPLWWHG VWRSV • $ FKRUHRJUDSKLF VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW ZKLFK WUDYHOV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV D VWRS $ FKRUHRJUDSKLF VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW ZKLFK EHFRPHV VWDWLRQDU\ DQG LV SHUIRUPHG RQ WKH VSRW ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG DV D VWRS • 5HTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FHSW LQ WKH UHTXLUHG VWHS VHTXHQFHV • 6HH UXOH IRU DGGLWLRQDO VKRUW GDQFH UXOHV • 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV • 6HH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GHVFULSWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F HOHPHQWV • 6HH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ IRU NH\ SRLQWV IRU WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQWV WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV DQG FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV 209

6202 Elements for Senior Free Dance 2017-18

DANCE LIFTS

DANCE SPINS STEP SEQUENCES

TWIZZLES CHOREOGRAPHIC ELEMENT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

210

SENIOR FREE DANCE (2017-18) 4:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 1RW PRUH WKDQ 2QH VKRUW OLIW DQG RQH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW WKH W\SH RI WKH VKRUW OLIW PXVW EH GLIIHUHQW IURP WKH W\SH V RI VKRUW OLIWV IRUPLQJ WKH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW

25 - Three different types of short lifts Combination lifts may be held for up to 12 seconds Short lifts may be held for up to seven seconds 2QH GDQFH VSLQ VSLQ RU FRPELQDWLRQ VSLQ EXW QRW PRUH • If spin, must have a minimum of three revolutions on one foot by both partners • If spin combination, must have a minimum of three revolutions in either part by both partners 2QH VWUDLJKW OLQH VWHS VHTXHQFH PLGOLQH RU GLDJRQDO LQ KROG $1' 2QH FXUYHG VWHS VHTXHQFH FLUFXODU RU VHUSHQWLQH LQ KROG • ,Q WKH ¿UVW SHUIRUPHG VWHS VHTXHQFH ZKLFK ZLOO XWLOL]H WKH FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV RI 6W\OH $ VWRSV pattern retrogressions and loops are not permitted. Separations are not permitted H[FHSW WR FKDQJH KROG ± QR PRUH WKDQ WZR DUP OHQJWKV DSDUW DQG PXVW QRW H[FHHG RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF • ,Q WKH VHFRQG SHUIRUPHG VWHS VHTXHQFH ZKLFK ZLOO XWLOL]H WKH FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV RI 6W\OH % • Stops are not permitted. • 2QH SDWWHUQ UHWURJUHVVLRQ LV SHUPLWWHG EXW QR PRUH ,I SHUIRUPHG LW PXVW QRW H[FHHG WZR measures of music. A narrow loop is an acceptable shape in the retrogression. • Separations are permitted provided they are no more than two arm lengths in distance and do QRW H[FHHG ¿YH VHFRQGV LQ GXUDWLRQ • Dance spins and pirouettes are stops 1RWH 6RPH GHYLDWLRQV LQ WKH FKRVHQ SDWWHUQ DUH H[SHFWHG LQ RUGHU WR FRPSOHWH WKH UHTXLUHG WXUQV however, if the chosen pattern is not clearly recognizable, there will be a required reduction for incorrect pattern by the judges. One set of synchronized twizzles • Two or three twizzles skated simultaneously with up to three steps in between twizzles Two different choreographic elements, which must be chosen from: • Choreographic dance lift: dance lift of up to 10 seconds, performed after the other required dance OLIW V • Choreographic spinning movement: spinning movement performed anywhere in the program during which both partners perform at least two continuous rotations: • In any hold; • On one foot or two feet, or one partner being elevated without being sustained, or a combination of the three; • 2Q D FRPPRQ D[LV ZKLFK PD\ EH PRYLQJ • Choreographic twizzling movement: twizzling movement performed after the required set of twizzles composed of two parts. The following requirements apply: • For both parts: on one foot or two feet or a combination of both; • )RU WKH ¿UVW SDUW DW OHDVW WZR FRQWLQXRXV URWDWLRQV SHUIRUPHG VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ DQG ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW WUDYHO FDQQRW EH RQ WKH VSRW • For the second part: at least one of the partners has to perform at least two continuous rotations, and one or both partners can be on the spot or traveling or a combination of both. • 5HTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FHSW LQ WKH UHTXLUHG VWHS VHTXHQFHV • See rule 6095 for additional free dance rules • 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV • 6HH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GHVFULSWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F HOHPHQWV • 6HH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ IRU WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV DQG MXGJLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQV

6210 Junior Dance A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH MXQLRU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU DW OHDVW WZR VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG SUH JROG GDQFHV DQG WKH MXQLRU SDUWQHUHG IUHH GDQFH WHVW VHH QRWH Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the senior free dance test and still remain eligible to compete at the junior dance level, provided that neither skater has competed at the senior dance level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the junior dance level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the senior free dance test was passed. % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RQH 6211 Elements for the Junior Short Dance 2017-18 JUNIOR SHORT DANCE (2017-18) 2:50 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order RHYTHMS $Q\ QXPEHU RI WKH IROORZLQJ /DWLQ $PHULFDQ UK\WKPV &KD &KD 5KXPED 6DPED 0DPER 0HULQJXH 6DOVD %DFKDWD DQG DQ\ FORVHO\ UHODWHG /DWLQ $PHULFDQ UK\WKPV • The pattern dance element must be skated on the cha cha rhythm, in the style of cha cha, with the IROORZLQJ UDQJH RI WHPSR WR PHDVXUHV RI IRXU EHDWV SHU PLQXWH EHDWV SHU PLQXWH . The tempo of the music throughout the pattern dance element must be constant. • The not touching step sequence must be skated to a different rhythm from the cha cha. • 7KH &KD &KD &RQJHODGR UK\WKP LV GHVFULEHG LQ WKH ,68 ,FH 'DQFH 0XVLF 5K\WKPV %RRNOHW PATTERN Two sections of the Cha Cha Congelado: Section 1, Steps 1-17, and Section 2, Steps 18-38 DANCE • (DFK VHFWLRQ VNDWHG RQH DIWHU WKH RWKHU 6HFWLRQ IROORZHG E\ 6HFWLRQ ZLWK VWHS VNDWHG RQ WKH ELEMENT judges’ opposite side. • 7KH SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQWV PXVW EH VNDWHG LQ VWULFW WLPH WR WKH PXVLF ZLWK WKH VWDUW RI WKH ¿UVW VWHS RI pattern dance element Section 1 on beat one of a musical phrase. DANCE LIFT 1RW PRUH WKDQ RQH VKRUW OLIW XS WR VHYHQ VHFRQGV

STEP 2QH QRW WRXFKLQJ VWHS VHTXHQFH VW\OH % 0D\ EH VWUDLJKW OLQH PLGOLQH RU GLDJRQDO RU FXUYHG FLUFXODU SEQUENCES RU VHUSHQWLQH

• 2QH VWRS LV SHUPLWWHG XS WR VHFRQGV SDWWHUQ UHWURJUHVVLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG GXULQJ WKH VWRS ORRSV DUH not permitted. Dance spins and pirouettes are stops. TWIZZLES One set of sequential twizzles • Two or three twizzles skated simultaneously with up to one step in between twizzles ADDITIONAL • 1RWH 7KH GDQFH VSLQ LV QRW D UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW LQ WKH VKRUW GDQFH 1HYHUWKHOHVV D GDQFH VSLQ RU INFORMATION VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW VNDWHG E\ WKH FRXSOH WRJHWKHU LQ DQ\ KROG DURXQG D FRPPRQ D[LV RQ RQH IRRW RU WZR IHHW ZLWK DQ\ QXPEHU RI URWDWLRQV LV SHUPLWWHG $ FRXSOH PD\ FKRRVH WR XVH WKLV PRYHPHQW DV SDUW of their choreography. The technical panel will ignore these movements and the judges will consider these movements as one of the permitted stops • A dance spin performed within the not touching step sequence XS WR ¿YH VHFRQGV will be considered by the judges as one of the permitted stops. • A choreographic spinning movement which travels will not be considered as a stop. A choreographic spinning movement which becomes stationary and is performed on the spot will be considered as a stop. • 5HTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FHSW LQ WKH UHTXLUHG VWHS VHTXHQFHV • See rule 6090 for additional short dance rules • 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV • 6HH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GHVFULSWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F HOHPHQWV • 6HH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ IRU NH\ SRLQWV IRU WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH HOHPHQWV WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV DQG FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV

211

6212 Elements for Junior Free Dance 2017-18

DANCE LIFTS

DANCE SPINS STEP SEQUENCE

TWIZZLES CHOREOGRAPHIC ELEMENT

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

212

JUNIOR FREE DANCE (2017-18) 3:30 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 1RW PRUH WKDQ - One combination lift 25 - Two different types of short lifts Combination lifts may be held for up to 12 seconds Short lifts may be held for up to seven seconds 2QH GDQFH VSLQ VSLQ RU FRPELQDWLRQ VSLQ EXW QRW PRUH • If spin, must have a minimum of three revolutions on one foot by both partners • If spin combination, must have a minimum of three revolutions in either part by both partners One step sequence in hold VW\OH $ VWUDLJKW OLQH VWHS VHTXHQFH PLGOLQH RU GLDJRQDO LQ KROG • 0D\ EH VWUDLJKW OLQH PLGOLQH RU GLDJRQDO RU FXUYHG FLUFXODU RU VHUSHQWLQH VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ KROG • Stops, pattern retrogressions and loops are not permitted. • Separations are not permitted H[FHSW WR FKDQJH KROG ± QR PRUH WKDQ WZR DUP OHQJWKV DSDUW DQG PXVW QRW H[FHHG RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF • Dance spins and pirouettes are stops 1RWH 6RPH GHYLDWLRQV LQ WKH FKRVHQ SDWWHUQ DUH H[SHFWHG LQ RUGHU WR FRPSOHWH WKH UHTXLUHG WXUQV however, if the chosen pattern is not clearly recognizable, there will be a required reduction for incorrect pattern by the judges. One set of synchronized twizzles • Two or three twizzles skated simultaneously with up to three steps in between twizzles Two different choreographic elements, which must be chosen from: • Choreographic dance lift: dance lift of up to 10 seconds, performed after the other required dance OLIW V • Choreographic spinning movement: spinning movement performed anywhere in the program during which both partners perform at least two continuous rotations: • In any hold; • On one foot or two feet, or one partner being elevated without being sustained, or a combination of the three; • 2Q D FRPPRQ D[LV ZKLFK PD\ EH PRYLQJ • Choreographic twizzling movement: twizzling movement performed after the required set of twizzles composed of two parts. The following requirements apply: • For both parts: on one foot or two feet or a combination of both; • )RU WKH ¿UVW SDUW DW OHDVW WZR FRQWLQXRXV URWDWLRQV SHUIRUPHG VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ DQG ERWK SDUWQHUV PXVW WUDYHO FDQQRW EH RQ WKH VSRW • For the second part: at least one of the partners has to perform at least two continuous rotations, and one or both partners can be on the spot or traveling or a combination of both. • 5HTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FHSW LQ WKH UHTXLUHG VWHS VHTXHQFHV • See rule 6095 for additional free dance rules • 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV • 6HH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GHVFULSWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F HOHPHQWV • 6HH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ IRU WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV DQG MXGJLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQV

6220 Novice Dance A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH QRYLFH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU DW OHDVW RQH GDQFH RI WKH VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG VLOYHU GDQFH WHVW DQG WKH QRYLFH SDUWQHUHG IUHH GDQFH WHVW VHH QRWH Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the junior free dance test and still remain eligible to compete at the novice dance level, provided that neither skater has competed at the junior dance level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the novice dance level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the junior free dance test was passed. % $JH UHTXLUHPHQWV DV RI 6HSW SULRU WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV 1RQH 6221 Selection of Novice Pattern Dances For each competition season, the following groups of two pattern dances will alternate in the order shown: A. 2017-18 Group D – Argentine Tango, Quickstep 1. (DFK FRXSOH PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV 2. The dances will be skated in the order listed. 3. Draw for the skating order of the couples will be made in accordance with rules 2722, 2723 and 6074. 7KH QXPEHU RI VHTXHQFHV RI HDFK GDQFH ZLOO EH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ UXOH B. 2018-19 Group A – Starlight Waltz, Paso Doble C. 2019-20 Group B – Westminster Waltz, Kilian D. 2020-21 Group C – Viennese Waltz, Blues 6222 Elements for Novice Free Dance

DANCE LIFTS DANCE SPINS STEP SEQUENCES

TWIZZLES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

NOVICE FREE DANCE 3:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 1RW PRUH WKDQ RQH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW RU WZR GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV • Combination lifts may be held for up to 12 seconds • Short lifts may be held for up to seven seconds 0D[LPXP RI RQH GDQFH VSLQ VSLQ RU FRPELQDWLRQ VSLQ

• If spin, must have a minimum of three revolutions on one foot by both partners • If spin combination, must have a minimum of three revolutions in either part by both partners 0D[LPXP RI WZR VWHS VHTXHQFHV • One must be a not touching midline step sequence • The other must be chosen from circular, diagonal or serpentine in hold • Both step sequences must utilize the full ice surface • 7KH VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ KROG PXVW EH VNDWHG LQ GDQFH KROGV RU YDULDWLRQV WKHUHRI H[FHSW KDQG LQ KDQG KROG LQ VXVWDLQHG SRVLWLRQ ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUPV DQG DQ\ VHSDUDWLRQ WR FKDQJH KROG PXVW QRW H[FHHG RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF • 7KH QRW WRXFKLQJ VWHS VHTXHQFH ZLOO XWLOL]H WKH FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV RI VW\OH $ ,Q WKLV VWHS VHTXHQFH stops, pattern retrogressions and loops are not permitted. • 7KH VWHS VHTXHQFH LQ KROG ZLOO XWLOL]H WKH FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV RI VW\OH % ,Q WKLV VWHS VHTXHQFH VWRSV and loops are not permitted. One pattern retrogression is permitted, but no more. If performed, the UHWURJUHVVLRQ PXVW QRW H[FHHG WZR PHDVXUHV RI PXVLF $ QDUURZ ORRS LV DQ DFFHSWDEOH VKDSH LQ WKH retrogression. • Step sequences may be performed in any order • Dance spins and pirouettes are stops 0D[LPXP RI RQH VHW RI V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OHV • Two or three twizzles skated simultaneously with up to three steps in between twizzles • 5HTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FHSW LQ WKH UHTXLUHG VWHS VHTXHQFHV • See rule 6095 for additional free dance rules • 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV • 6HH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GHVFULSWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F HOHPHQWV • 6HH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ IRU WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV DQG MXGJLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQV

213

6230 Intermediate Dance A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH LQWHUPHGLDWH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU WKH VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG EURQ]H GDQFH WHVW RU KLJKHU DQG WKH LQWHUPHGLDWH SDUWQHUHG IUHH GDQFH WHVW VHH QRWH Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the novice free dance test and still remain eligible to compete at the intermediate dance level, provided that neither skater has competed at the novice dance level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the intermediate dance level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the novice free dance test was passed. B. Age requirements as of Sept. 1 prior to the regional championships: Under 18 years of age. 6231 Selection of Intermediate Pattern Dances For each competition season, the following groups of two pattern dances will alternate in the order shown. A. 2017-18 Group D – Tango, Fourteenstep 1. (DFK FRXSOH PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV 2. The dances will be skated in the order listed. 3. Draw for the skating order of the couples will be made in accordance with rules 2722, 2723 and 6074. 7KH QXPEHU RI VHTXHQFHV RI HDFK GDQFH ZLOO EH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ UXOH % *URXS $ ± 5RFNHU )R[WURW (XURSHDQ :DOW] C. *URXS % ± $PHULFDQ :DOW] )R[WURW ' *URXS & ± (XURSHDQ :DOW] 5RFNHU )R[WURW 6232 Elements for Intermediate Free Dance

DANCE LIFTS DANCE SPINS STEP SEQUENCES

TWIZZLES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

214

INTERMEDIATE FREE DANCE 2:30 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW VKRUW OLIWV XS WR VHYHQ VHFRQGV HDFK

• Combination lifts are not permitted 0D[LPXP RI RQH GDQFH VSLQ VSLQ RU FRPELQDWLRQ VSLQ

• If spin, must have a minimum of three revolutions on one foot by both partners • If combination spin, must have a minimum of three revolutions in either part by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH VWHS VHTXHQFH FKRVHQ IURP FLUFXODU PLGOLQH RU GLDJRQDO LQ KROG • Must utilize the full ice surface • 0XVW EH VNDWHG LQ GDQFH KROGV RU YDULDWLRQV WKHUHRI H[FHSW KDQG LQ KDQG KROG LQ VXVWDLQHG SRVLWLRQ ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUPV • 6HUSHQWLQH DQG QRW WRXFKLQJ VWHS VHTXHQFHV DUH 127 SHUPLWWHG • $Q\ VHSDUDWLRQ WR FKDQJH KROG PXVW QRW H[FHHG RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF • Stops, pattern retrogressions and loops are not permitted • Dance spins and pirouettes are stops 0D[LPXP RI RQH VHW RI V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OHV • Two or three twizzles skated simultaneously with up to three steps in between twizzles • 5HTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FHSW LQ WKH UHTXLUHG VWHS VHTXHQFHV • See rule 6095 for additional free dance rules • 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV • 6HH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GHVFULSWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F HOHPHQWV • 6HH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ IRU WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV DQG MXGJLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQV

6240 Juvenile Dance A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH MXYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU WKH VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG SUHOLPLQDU\ GDQFH WHVW RU KLJKHU DQG WKH MXYHQLOH SDUWQHUHG IUHH GDQFH WHVW RU SULRU WR 6HSW WKH SUHOLPLQDU\ IUHH GDQFH WHVW VHH QRWH Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the intermediate free dance test and still remain eligible to compete at the juvenile dance level, provided that neither skater has competed at the intermediate dance level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the juvenile dance level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the intermediate free dance test was passed. B. Age requirements as of Sept. 1 prior to the regional championships: Under 16 years of age 6241 Selection of Juvenile Pattern Dances For each competition season, the following groups of two pattern dances will alternate in the order shown. A. 2017-18 Group D – Foxtrot, Cha Cha (DFK FRXSOH PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV 2. The dances will be skated in the order listed. 3. Draw for the skating order of the couples will be made in accordance with rules 2722, 2723 and 6074; 7KH QXPEHU RI VHTXHQFHV LQ HDFK GDQFH ZLOO EH VSHFL¿HG LQ UXOH B. 2018-19 Group A – Willow Waltz, Fiesta Tango C. *URXS % ± +LFNRU\ +RHGRZQ 7HQ )R[ D. 2020-21 Group C – Fourteenstep, Willow Waltz 6242 Elements for Juvenile Free Dance

DANCE LIFTS DANCE SPINS STEP SEQUENCES

TWIZZLES

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

JUVENILE FREE DANCE 2:15 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI VKRUW OLIWV XS WR VHYHQ VHFRQGV HDFK

• Combination lifts are not permitted 0D[LPXP RI RQH GDQFH VSLQ VSLQ RU FRPELQDWLRQ VSLQ

• If spin, must have a minimum of three revolutions on one foot by both partners • If combination spin, must have a minimum of three revolutions in either part by both partners 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH FKRVHQ IURP FLUFXODU PLGOLQH RU GLDJRQDO LQ KROG • Must utilize the full ice surface • 0XVW EH VNDWHG LQ GDQFH KROGV RU YDULDWLRQV WKHUHRI H[FHSW KDQG LQ KDQG KROG LQ VXVWDLQHG SRVLWLRQ ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUPV • 6HUSHQWLQH DQG QRW WRXFKLQJ VWHS VHTXHQFHV DUH 127 SHUPLWWHG • $Q\ VHSDUDWLRQ WR FKDQJH KROG PXVW QRW H[FHHG RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF • Stops, pattern retrogressions and loops are not permitted • Dance spins and pirouettes are stops • $ VWHS VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH ZLWK WKH YDOXH RI D /HYHO VWHS VHTXHQFH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • A step sequence that does not meet the minimum requirements above will receive no value 0D[LPXP RI RQH V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OH DW OHDVW RQH IXOO URWDWLRQ

• If a set of synchronized twizzles is performed instead of the required synchronized twizzle, only WKH ¿UVW WZL]]OH RI WKH VHW ZLOO EH FDOOHG ,-6 RU FRQVLGHUHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ WKH WHFKQLFDO PDUN V\VWHP 7KH DGGLWLRQDO WZL]]OH DQG VWHSV FDQ EH FRQVLGHUHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • 5HTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FHSW LQ WKH UHTXLUHG VWHS VHTXHQFHV • See rule 6095 for additional free dance rules • 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV • 6HH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GHVFULSWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F HOHPHQWV • 6HH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ IRU WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV DQG MXGJLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQV

215

6250 Pre-Juvenile Dance Note: Pre-juvenile dance is considered a nonqualifying event and is held at regional championships only at the discretion of the local organizing committee. Please refer to rule 3014. A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWU\ WR WKH UHJLRQDO FKDPSLRQVKLSV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH SUHOLPLQDU\ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVW RU KLJKHU DQG WZR VWDQGDUG SDUWQHUHG SUHOLPLQDU\ GDQFHV RU KLJKHU Note: It is permissible for one or both of the partners to have passed the juvenile free dance test and still remain eligible to compete at the pre-juvenile dance level, provided that neither skater has competed at the juvenile dance level in a qualifying competition. Further, if a skater chooses to compete at the pre-juvenile dance level, the skater must do so with a partner other than the one with whom the juvenile free dance test was passed. B. Age requirements as of Sept. 1 prior to the regional championships: Under 14 years of age 6251 Selection of Pre-Juvenile Pattern Dances )RU HDFK FRPSHWLWLRQ VHDVRQ WKH LQLWLDO DQG ¿QDO URXQG GDQFHV ZLOO EH IURP WKH IROORZLQJ JURXSV RI WZR SDWWHUQ GDQFHV A. For 2017-18 Group A will be skated *URXS $ ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 'XWFK :DOW] &KD &KD )LQDO 5RXQG ± 5K\WKP %OXHV )LHVWD 7DQJR B. For 2018-19 Group B will be skated *URXS % ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 5K\WKP %OXHV &DQDVWD 7DQJR )LQDO 5RXQG ± &KD &KD 6ZLQJ 'DQFH C. (DFK FRXSOH PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV D. The dances will be skated in the order listed. ( 7KH VNDWLQJ RUGHU VKDOO UHPDLQ WKH VDPH IRU HDFK GDQFH RI WKH ¿QDO URXQG 6252 Elements for Pre-Juvenile Free Dance

DANCE LIFTS DANCE SPINS STEP SEQUENCES

TWIZZLES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

216

PRE-JUVENILE FREE DANCE 2:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order 0D[LPXP RI RQH VKRUW OLIW XS WR VHYHQ VHFRQGV • Chosen from straight line lift, curve lift or stationary lift • 5RWDWLRQDO OLIWV DQG FRPELQDWLRQ OLIWV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG 0D[LPXP RI RQH GDQFH VSLQ • Must have a minimum of three revolutions on one foot by both partners • Combination spins are not permitted 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH FKRVHQ IURP FLUFXODU PLGOLQH RU GLDJRQDO LQ KROG • Must utilize the full ice surface • 0XVW EH VNDWHG LQ GDQFH KROGV RU YDULDWLRQV WKHUHRI H[FHSW KDQG LQ KDQG KROG LQ VXVWDLQHG SRVLWLRQ ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUPV • Serpentine and not touching step sequences are not permitted • Stops, pattern retrogressions and loops are not permitted • Dance spins and pirouettes are stops • Jumps of up to one revolution are permitted as long as they are not performed simultaneously • ,I D OLIW LV SHUIRUPHG LQ D VWHS VHTXHQFH LW ZLOO EH LGHQWL¿HG DQG FDOOHG ³QR YDOXH´ DQG WKH MXGJHV ZLOO ignore the element • ,I D GDQFH VSLQ LV SHUIRUPHG LQ D VWHS VHTXHQFH LW ZLOO EH FDOOHG DQG LGHQWL¿HG ³QR YDOXH´ DQG WKH MXGJHV ZLOO FRQVLGHU LW D VWRS QRW SHUPLWWHG HOHPHQW

If judged under IJS: • $ VWHS VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH ZLWK WKH YDOXH RI D /HYHO VWHS VHTXHQFH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • A step sequence that does not meet the minimum requirements above will receive no value 0D[LPXP RI RQH V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OH DW OHDVW RQH IXOO URWDWLRQ PD[LPXP RI WZR URWDWLRQV

• A set of synchronized twizzles is not permitted • 5HTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FHSW LQ WKH UHTXLUHG VWHS VHTXHQFHV • A dance spin and a dance lift performed as a combination are not permitted • See rule 6095 for additional free dance rules • 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV • 6HH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GHVFULSWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F HOHPHQWV • 6HH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ IRU WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV DQG MXGJLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQV

6500 Adult Dance 6501 Adult dance events: A. Adult dance events are open to skaters who are at least 21 years of age at closing date for entries. See rules 2212 and 2543. For the centennial dance event, both partners must be at least 50 years of age at closing date for entries. B. The pattern dances are selected by the Dance Committee and announced no later than the spring Board of Directors meeting. C. The draws shall be conducted according to rules 2722 and 2723. The number of sequences of each dance shall be as VSHFL¿HG LQ UXOH

6510 Championship Adult Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 2QH SDUWQHU PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV partnered pre-gold dance; the other partner must have passed at least one standard, adult or masters partnered silver dance. 6511 Selection of Championship Adult Pattern Dances A. For each competitive season, the following groups of initial round dances will rotate in the order shown: *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± .LOLDQ :HVWPLQVWHU :DOW] )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± %OXHV 4XLFNVWHS )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 3DVR 'REOH 6WDUOLJKW :DOW] )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± %OXHV 6LOYHU 6DPED )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH B. The dances will be skated in the order listed. C. Draw for the skating order of the couples shall be made in accordance with rules 2722, 2723 and 6074. D. (DFK FRXSOH PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV 6512 Elements for Championship Adult/Adult Gold/Adult Pre-Gold/Masters Open Free Dance ,Q WKH ¿QDO URXQG HDFK RI WKH FRXSOHV VKDOO SUHVHQW D IUHH GDQFH LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK UXOH . The draw for the starting order of the couples shall be made in accordance with rules section 2730. CHAMPIONSHIP ADULT/ADULT GOLD/ADULT PRE-GOLD/MASTERS OPEN FREE DANCE 3:10 maximum time Must contain the following elements in any order DANCE LIFTS 1RW PRUH WKDQ RQH FRPELQDWLRQ OLIW XS WR VHFRQGV RU two different types of short lifts XS WR VHYHQ VHFRQGV HDFK

• 2QH DGGLWLRQDO FKRUHRJUDSKLF VKRUW OLIW XS WR VHYHQ VHFRQGV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG EXW ZLOO QRW EH FDOOHG E\ WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO RU HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV IRU *2( /LIWV ZLOO EH FRQVLGHUHG LQ WKH RUGHU RI H[HFXWLRQ DANCE SPINS 0D[LPXP RI RQH GDQFH VSLQ VSLQ RU VSLQ FRPELQDWLRQ

• If spin, must have a minimum of three revolutions on one foot by both partners • If spin combination, must have a minimum of three revolutions in either part by both partners STEP 0D[LPXP RI RQH FKRUHRJUDSKLF VWHS VHTXHQFH FKRVHQ IURP FLUFXODU PLGOLQH RU GLDJRQDO SEQUENCES • Must utilize the full ice surface • 0XVW EH VNDWHG LQ GDQFH KROGV RU YDULDWLRQV WKHUHRI H[FHSW KDQG LQ KDQG KROG LQ VXVWDLQHG SRVLWLRQ ZLWK IXOO\ H[WHQGHG DUPV • Serpentine and not touching types of step sequences are not permitted • $Q\ VHSDUDWLRQ WR FKDQJH KROG PXVW QRW H[FHHG RQH PHDVXUH RI PXVLF • Stops, pattern retrogressions and loops are not permitted • Dance spins and pirouettes are stops • $ VWHS VHTXHQFH WKDW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH DZDUGHG D ¿[HG EDVH YDOXH ZLWK WKH YDOXH RI D /HYHO VWHS VHTXHQFH DQG HYDOXDWHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ *2( • A step sequence that does not meet the minimum requirements above will receive no value TWIZZLES 0D[LPXP RI RQH V\QFKURQL]HG WZL]]OH DW OHDVW RQH IXOO URWDWLRQ

• 1R VWRS LV SHUPLWWHG EHIRUH WKH WZL]]OH • If a set of synchronized twizzles is performed instead of the required synchronized twizzle, only the ¿UVW WZL]]OH RI WKH VHW ZLOO EH FDOOHG XVLQJ WKH FULWHULD LQ ,68 &RPPXQLFDWLRQ ,-6 RU FRQVLGHUHG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ WKH WHFKQLFDO PDUN V\VWHP 7KH DGGLWLRQDO WZL]]OH DQG VWHSV FDQ EH FRQVLGHUHG E\ the judges in the program components. ADDITIONAL • 5HTXLUHG HOHPHQWV PD\ EH VNDWHG DQ\ZKHUH LQ WKH SURJUDP H[FHSW LQ WKH UHTXLUHG VWHS VHTXHQFH INFORMATION • See rule 6095 for additional free dance rules • 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV • 6HH WKH 'DQFH *ORVVDU\ IRU GHVFULSWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F HOHPHQWV • 6HH XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ IRU WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FDOOLQJ VSHFL¿FDWLRQV DQG MXGJLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQV

217

6520 Adult Gold Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 2QH SDUWQHU PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV partnered gold dance; the other partner must have passed at least one standard, adult or masters partnered pre-gold dance. Any skater who has competed in the U.S. Figure Skating Championships in novice, junior or senior dance will be ineligible to compete in this event. 6521 Selection of Adult Gold Pattern Dances A. For each competitive season, the following groups of initial round dances will rotate in the order shown: *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 3DVR 'REOH :HVWPLQVWHU :DOW] )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 4XLFNVWHS $UJHQWLQH 7DQJR )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± .LOLDQ 6WDUOLJKW :DOW] )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 9LHQQHVH :DOW] 6LOYHU 6DPED )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH B. The dances will be skated in the order listed. C. Draw for the skating order of the couples shall be made in accordance with rule 6074. ' (DFK FRXSOH PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV 6522 Adult Gold Free Dance ,Q WKH ¿QDO URXQG HDFK RI WKH FRXSOHV VKDOO SUHVHQW D IUHH GDQFH WR EH VNDWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI UXOH The draw for the starting order of the couples shall be made in accordance with rules section 2730.

6530 Adult Pre-Gold Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV One partner must have passed at least one standard, adult or masters partnered pre-gold dance; the other partner must have passed at least one standard, adult or masters partnered silver dance. 1HLWKHU SDUWQHU PD\ KDYH FRPSOHWHG WKH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV JROG GDQFH WHVW 6531 Selection of Adult Pre-Gold Pattern Dances A. For each competitive season, the following groups of initial round dances will rotate in the order shown: *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 5RFNHU )R[WURW .LOLDQ )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± %OXHV 6WDUOLJKW :DOW] )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± $PHULFDQ :DOW] 3DVR 'REOH )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 7DQJR %OXHV )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH B. The dances will be skated in the order listed. C. Draw for the skating order of the couples shall be made in accordance with rule 6074. ' (DFK FRXSOH PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV 6532 Adult Pre-Gold Free Dance ,Q WKH ¿QDO URXQG HDFK RI WKH FRXSOHV VKDOO SUHVHQW D IUHH GDQFH WR EH VNDWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI UXOH The draw for the starting order of the couples shall be made in accordance with rules section 2730.

6540 Masters Open Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 2QH SDUWQHU PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV partnered gold dance; the other partner must have passed at least one standard, adult or masters partnered pre-gold dance. 6541 Selection of Masters Open Pattern Dances A. For each competitive season, the following groups of initial round dances will rotate in the order shown: *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± :HVWPLQVWHU :DOW] 5KXPED )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 4XLFNVWHS 7DQJR 5RPDQWLFD )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 6WDUOLJKW :DOW] &KD &KD &RQJHODGR )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± 6LOYHU 6DPED 9LHQQHVH :DOW] )LQDO 5RXQG ± IUHH GDQFH B. The dances will be skated in the order listed. C. Draw for the skating order of the couples shall be made in accordance with rule 6074. ' (DFK FRXSOH PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV 6542 Masters Open Free Dance ,Q WKH ¿QDO URXQG HDFK RI WKH FRXSOHV VKDOO SUHVHQW D IUHH GDQFH WR EH VNDWHG LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH SURYLVLRQV RI UXOH The draw for the starting order of the couples shall be made in accordance with rules section 2730. 218

6550 Adult Silver and Lower Dance Note: For the following dance events: A. The pattern dances will be skated in the order listed; B. The draw for the skating order of the couples in the initial round shall be made in accordance with rules 2722, 2723 and 6074; C. The draws shall be conducted according to rules 2731, 2732, 2735 (A) and (C) and 2736; ' 7KH VNDWLQJ RUGHU VKDOO UHPDLQ WKH VDPH IRU HDFK GDQFH RI WKH ¿QDO URXQG

6560 Adult Silver Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 2QH SDUWQHU PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV partnered silver dance; the other partner must have passed at least one standard, adult or masters partnered pre-silver dance. Neither partner may have completed the standard, adult or masters partnered pre-gold dance test. 6561 Selection of Adult Silver Pattern Dances $ )RU HDFK FRPSHWLWLYH VHDVRQ WKH IROORZLQJ JURXSV RI LQLWLDO DQG ¿QDO URXQG GDQFHV ZLOO URWDWH LQ WKH RUGHU VKRZQ 1. 2017-18 Group 3 Initial Round – European Waltz, Fourteenstep Final Round – Tango 2. 2018-19 Group 1 Initial Round – Foxtrot, American Waltz Final Round – Blues 3. 2019-20 Group 2 Initial Round – European Waltz, Tango Final Round – Rocker Foxtrot B. The dances will be skated in the order listed. C. Draw for the skating order of the couples will be made in accordance with rule 6074. D. Each couple may provide their own music for each dance. See rule 6031 (B) for requirements.

6570 Adult Pre-Silver Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 2QH SDUWQHU PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV partnered pre-silver dance; the other partner must have passed at least one standard, adult or masters partnered bronze dance. Neither partner may have completed the standard, adult or masters partnered silver dance test. 6571 Selection of Adult Pre-Silver Pattern Dances $ )RU HDFK FRPSHWLWLYH VHDVRQ WKH IROORZLQJ JURXSV RI LQLWLDO DQG ¿QDO URXQG GDQFHV ZLOO URWDWH LQ WKH RUGHU VKRZQ 1. 2017-18 Group 1 Initial Round – Willow Waltz, Hickory Hoedown Final Round – Foxtrot 2. 2018-19 Group 2 Initial Round – Ten-Fox, European Waltz Final Round – Fourteenstep B. The dances will be skated in the order listed. C. Draw for the skating order of the couples will be made in accordance with rule 6074. D. Each couple may provide their own music for each dance. See rule 6031 (B) for requirements.

6580 Adult Bronze Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 2QH SDUWQHU PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV partnered bronze dance; the other partner must have passed at least one standard, adult or masters partnered pre-bronze dance. Neither partner may have completed the standard, adult or masters partnered pre-silver dance test. 6581 Selection of Adult Bronze Pattern Dances $ )RU HDFK FRPSHWLWLYH VHDVRQ WKH IROORZLQJ JURXSV RI LQLWLDO DQG ¿QDO URXQG GDQFHV ZLOO URWDWH LQ WKH RUGHU VKRZQ 1. 2017-18 Group 1 Initial Round – Cha Cha, Ten-Fox Final Round – Hickory Hoedown 2. 2018-19 Group 2 Initial Round – Swing Dance, Fiesta Tango Final Round – Willow Waltz B. The dances will be skated in the order listed. C. Draw for the skating order of the couples will be made in accordance with rule 6074. D. Each couple may provide their own music for each dance. See rule 6031 (B) for requirements.

6590 Adult Pre-Bronze Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV partnered pre-bronze dance test but no higher than the standard, adult or masters partnered bronze dance test. 6591 Selection of Adult Pre-Bronze Pattern Dances $ )RU HDFK FRPSHWLWLYH VHDVRQ WKH IROORZLQJ JURXSV RI LQLWLDO DQG ¿QDO URXQG GDQFHV ZLOO URWDWH LQ WKH RUGHU VKRZQ 1. 2017-18 Group 1 Initial Round – Dutch Waltz, Rhythm Blues Final Round – Fiesta Tango 2. 2018-19 Group 2 Initial Round – Canasta Tango, Swing Dance Final Round – Cha Cha B. The dances will be skated in the order listed. C. Draw for the skating order of the couples will be made in accordance with rule 6074. D. Each couple may provide their own music for each dance. See rule 6031 (B) for requirements. 219

6600 Centennial Dance Event A. 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV RQ WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG RQH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV SDUWQHUHG SUH VLOYHU GDQFH WHVW ZLWK QR PD[LPXP OLPLW RQ WHVWV SDVVHG % %RWK SDUWQHUV PXVW EH \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU DW FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 6HH UXOH $ 6601 Selection of Centennial Pattern Dances $ )RU HDFK FRPSHWLWLYH VHDVRQ WKH IROORZLQJ JURXSV RI LQLWLDO DQG ¿QDO URXQG GDQFHV ZLOO URWDWH LQ WKH RUGHU VKRZQ *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± )RXUWHHQVWHS $PHULFDQ :DOW] )LQDO 5RXQG ± 5RFNHU )R[WURW *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± (XURSHDQ :DOW] 5RFNHU )R[WURW )LQDO 5RXQG ± %OXHV *URXS ,QLWLDO 5RXQG ± )R[WURW 7DQJR )LQDO 5RXQG ± 3DVR 'REOH B. The dances will be skated in the order listed; C. Draw for the skating order of the couples will be made in accordance with rule 6074. ' (DFK FRXSOH PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV

6620 Adult Gold Solo Pattern Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 0XVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH FRPSOHWH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV VROR RU partnered pre-gold dance test. 6621 Selection of Adult Gold Solo Pattern Dances A. For each competitive season, the pattern dances will be as follows: 1. 2017-18 Dance 1: Kilian, Dance 2: Westminster Waltz 2. 2018-19 Dance 1: Blues, Dance 2: Quickstep 3. 2019-20 Dance 1: Starlight Waltz, Dance 2: Argentine Tango 4. 2020-21 Dance 1: Paso Doble, Dance 2: Viennese Waltz B. Men and ladies will compete against one another in these events, skating their gender’s respective steps. C. Draw for the skating order of the competitors will be made in accordance with rule 6074. ' (DFK VNDWHU PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV

6630 Adult Pre-Gold Solo Pattern Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 0XVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH FRPSOHWH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV VROR RU partnered silver dance test and no higher than one standard, adult or masters solo or partnered gold dance test. 6631 Selection of Adult Pre-Gold Solo Pattern Dances A. For each competitive season, the pattern dances will be as follows: 'DQFH 5RFNHU )R[WURW 'DQFH 6WDUOLJKW :DOW] 2. 2018-19 Dance 1: Tango, Dance 2: Kilian 3. 2019-20 Dance 1: American Waltz, Dance 2: Paso Doble 4. 2020-21 Dance 1: Tango, Dance 2: Blues B. Men and ladies will compete against one another in these events, skating their gender’s respective steps. C. Draw for the skating order of the competitors will be made in accordance with rule 6074. ' (DFK VNDWHU PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV

6640 Adult Silver Solo Pattern Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 0XVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH FRPSOHWH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV VROR RU partnered pre-silver dance test and no higher than one standard, adult or masters pre-gold dance test. 6641 Selection of Adult Silver Solo Pattern Dances A. For each competitive season, the pattern dances will be as follows: 'DQFH )R[WURW 'DQFH 7DQJR 'DQFH (XURSHDQ :DOW] 'DQFH 5RFNHU )R[WURW 'DQFH )R[WURW 'DQFH $PHULFDQ :DOW] 4. 2020-21 Dance 1: Fourteenstep, Dance 2: American Waltz B. Men and ladies will compete against one another in these events, skating their gender’s respective steps. C. Draw for the skating order of the competitors will be made in accordance with rule 6074. ' (DFK VNDWHU PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV

220

6650 Adult Pre-Silver Solo Pattern Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 0XVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH FRPSOHWH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV VROR RU partnered bronze dance test and no higher than one standard, adult or masters solo or partnered silver dance test. 6651 Selection of Adult Pre-Silver Solo Pattern Dances A. For each competitive season, the pattern dances will be as follows: 'DQFH 7HQ )R[ 'DQFH (XURSHDQ :DOW] 'DQFH +LFNRU\ +RHGRZQ 'DQFH )R[WURW 3. 2019-20 Dance 1: Willow Waltz, Dance 2: Fourteenstep 'DQFH :LOORZ :DOW] 'DQFH )R[WURW B. Men and ladies will compete against one another in these events, skating their gender’s respective steps. C. Draw for the skating order of the competitors will be made in accordance with rule 6074. ' (DFK VNDWHU PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV

6660 Adult Bronze Solo Pattern Dance Event 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 0XVW KDYH SDVVHG WKH FRPSOHWH VWDQGDUG DGXOW RU PDVWHUV VROR RU partnered pre-bronze dance test and no higher than one standard, adult or masters solo or partnered pre-silver dance test. 6661 Selection of Adult Bronze Solo Pattern Dances A. For each competitive season, the pattern dances will be as follows: 'DQFH )LHVWD 7DQJR 'DQFH 7HQ )R[ 2. 2018-19 Dance 1: Cha Cha, Dance 2: Hickory Hoedown 3. 2019-20 Dance 1: Fiesta Tango, Dance 2: Willow Waltz 4. 2020-21 Dance 1: Cha Cha, Dance 2: Willow Waltz B. Men and ladies will compete against one another in these events, skating their gender’s respective steps. C. Draw for the skating order of the competitors will be made in accordance with rule 6074. ' (DFK VNDWHU PD\ SURYLGH WKHLU RZQ PXVLF IRU HDFK GDQFH 6HH UXOH % IRU UHTXLUHPHQWV

221

6700 Adult Gold Solo Free Dance Event $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV VNDWHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ 1. The complete standard, adult or masters solo or partnered pre-gold pattern dance test, 2. The standard, adult or masters senior solo free dance test, 3. The senior free dance test, 4. The adult or masters gold free dance test. B. Men and ladies will compete against one another in these events. & -XGJLQJ DQG PDUNLQJ ZLOO EH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH 6ROR 'DQFH &RPSHWLWLRQ 6HULHV &RPSOHWH +DQGERRN SRVWHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 6701 Elements for Adult Gold Solo Free Dance Event

MUSIC EDGE ELEMENTS

SPIN

STEP SEQUENCES

TWIZZLE SERIES

DANCE STOPS REMARKS

222

ADULT GOLD SOLO FREE DANCE 2:50 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order. 0XVLF PXVW KDYH DQ DXGLEOH UK\WKPLF EHDW ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI VHFRQGV DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI WKH program. Two combination edge elements – each edge must be held for a minimum of three seconds, but the total HOHPHQW PXVW QRW H[FHHG VHFRQGV $1' 7ZR VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQWV KHOG IRU D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH VHFRQGV EXW QRW WR H[FHHG VL[ VHFRQGV • 1R PRUH WKDQ WZR FRPELQDWLRQ DQG WZR VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQWV SHUPLWWHG • (GJH HOHPHQWV PXVW KDYH GLIIHUHQW SRVLWLRQV One choreographic dance spin, but no more • Minimum of three revolutions on one foot • May change feet • Flying spins are not permitted Two different step sequences, one selected from Group A and one selected from Group B. Group A: 6WUDLJKW /LQH 6WHS 6HTXHQFHV ± PLGOLQH RU GLDJRQDO Group B &XUYHG 6WHS 6HTXHQFHV FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH RU FORFNZLVH ± FLUFXODU RU VHUSHQWLQH • The step sequence must fully utilize the ice surface and should include a variety of steps and turns and must include brackets, counters, rockers, choctaws and twizzles. • Not permitted elements: Stops, pattern regressions, loops, jumps of more than one-half rotation, dance spins and pirouettes. Two different twizzle series, but no more. • Twizzle Series A: Must have a different entry edge and different direction for the two twizzles. Minimum RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV LV UHTXLUHG RQ HDFK WZL]]OH 1R PRUH WKDQ WKUHH VWHSV DUH DOORZHG EHWZHHQ WZL]]OHV Twizzles must be different than those used in Twizzle Series B. • Twizzle Series B: 0XVW KDYH WZR WZL]]OHV 0LQLPXP RI WZR UHYROXWLRQV LV UHTXLUHG RQ HDFK WZL]]OH 1R more than one step is allowed between twizzles. Twizzles must be different than those used in Twizzle Series A. 7ZR IXOO VWRSV WR H[SUHVV WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF QRW WR H[FHHG ¿YH VHFRQGV 7KH VWRSV PXVW FRPH DW least 10 seconds after the start of the program and at least 10 seconds before the end of the program. • Choreographic dance spin – a dance spin on one foot in a position that enhances the music and choreography. This element is judged on how the spin relates to the music and the quality of the spin. Variations in position will only be rewarded if they enhance the character of the music.

6720 Adult Silver Solo Free Dance Event $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV VNDWHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ 1. The complete standard, adult or masters solo or partnered pre-silver pattern dance test and no higher than one standard, adult or masters solo or partnered gold pattern dance test, 2. The standard, adult or masters novice solo free dance test and no higher than the standard, adult or masters junior solo free dance test, 3. The novice free dance test and no higher than the junior free dance test, 4. The adult or masters silver free dance test and no higher adult or masters free dance tests. B. Men and ladies will compete against one another in these events. & -XGJLQJ DQG PDUNLQJ ZLOO EH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH 6ROR 'DQFH &RPSHWLWLRQ 6HULHV &RPSOHWH +DQGERRN SRVWHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 6721 Elements for Adult Silver Solo Free Dance Event

MUSIC EDGE ELEMENTS

SPIN

STEP SEQUENCES

TWIZZLE SERIES DANCE STOPS REMARKS

ADULT SILVER SOLO FREE DANCE 2:10 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order. • 0XVLF PXVW KDYH DQ DXGLEOH UK\WKPLF EHDW ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI VHFRQGV DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI WKH program. • Music is strongly suggested to be in the same rhythms as the U.S. Figure Skating test structure. One combination edge element – each edge must be held for a minimum of three seconds, but the total HOHPHQW PXVW QRW H[FHHG VHFRQGV $1' 2QH VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQW KHOG IRU D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH VHFRQGV EXW QRW WR H[FHHG VL[ VHFRQGV • 1R PRUH WKDQ RQH FRPELQDWLRQ DQG RQH VKRUW HGJH HOHPHQW SHUPLWWHG • (GJH HOHPHQWV VKRXOG KDYH GLIIHUHQW SRVLWLRQV One choreographic dance spin, but no more • Minimum of three revolutions on one foot • May change feet • Flying spins are not permitted One step sequence from the following list: circular, midline or diagonal. • The step sequence must fully utilize the ice surface, should include a variety of steps and turns, and must include three-turns, mohawks, brackets and counters. • Not permitted elements: Stops, pattern regressions, loops, jumps of more than one-half rotation, dance spins and pirouettes. 2QH WZL]]OH VHULHV 0LQLPXP WZR UHYROXWLRQV RQ HDFK WZL]]OH 1R PRUH WKDQ WKUHH VWHSV EHWZHHQ WZL]]OHV 2QH IXOO VWRS WR H[SUHVV WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF QRW WR H[FHHG ¿YH VHFRQGV 7KH VWRS PXVW FRPH DW OHDVW 10 seconds after the start of the program and at least 10 seconds before the end of the program. • Choreographic dance spin – a dance spin on one foot in a position that enhances the music and choreography. This element is judged on how the spin relates to the music and the quality of the spin. Variations in position will only be rewarded if they enhance the character of the music.

223

6740 Adult Bronze Solo Free Dance Event $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV VNDWHUV PXVW KDYH SDVVHG DW OHDVW RQH RI WKH IROORZLQJ 1. The complete standard, adult or masters solo or partnered pre-bronze pattern dance test and no higher than one standard, adult or masters solo or partnered silver pattern dance test, 2. The standard, adult or masters juvenile solo free dance test and no higher than the standard, adult or masters intermediate solo free dance test, 3. The juvenile free dance test and no higher than the intermediate free dance test, 4. The adult or masters bronze free dance test and no higher adult or masters free dance tests. B. Men and ladies will compete against one another in these events. & -XGJLQJ DQG PDUNLQJ ZLOO EH DV VSHFL¿HG LQ WKH 6ROR 'DQFH &RPSHWLWLRQ 6HULHV &RPSOHWH +DQGERRN SRVWHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 6741 Elements for Adult Bronze Solo Free Dance Event

MUSIC

EDGE ELEMENTS SPIN STEP SEQUENCES

TWIZZLE SERIES DANCE STOPS REMARKS

224

ADULT BRONZE SOLO FREE DANCE 1:40 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following elements in any order. • 0XVLF PXVW KDYH DQ DXGLEOH UK\WKPLF EHDW ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI VHFRQGV DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI WKH program. • Music is strongly suggested to be in the same rhythms as the U.S. Figure Skating test structure. One short edge element, but no more. The edge must be held for a minimum of three seconds, but cannot H[FHHG VL[ VHFRQGV One choreographic dance spin, but no more • Minimum of three revolutions on one foot • 6SLQ FRPELQDWLRQV DQG À\LQJ VSLQV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG One step sequence from the following list: circular, midline or diagonal. • The step sequence must fully utilize the ice surface, should include a variety of steps and turns, and must include three-turns and mohawks. • Not permitted elements: Stops, pattern regressions, loops, jumps of more than one-half rotation, dance spins and pirouettes. One twizzle. Minimum one revolution. 2QH IXOO VWRS WR H[SUHVV WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF QRW WR H[FHHG ¿YH VHFRQGV 7KH VWRS PXVW FRPH DW OHDVW 10 seconds after the start of the program and at least 10 seconds before the end of the program. • Choreographic dance spin – a dance spin on one foot in a position that enhances the music and choreography. This element is judged on how the spin relates to the music and the quality of the spin. Variations in position will only be rewarded if they enhance the character of the music.

6900 Marking of Ice Dance – 6.0 and IJS 6910 Marking of Ice Dance – 6.0 System 6911 The 6.0 system is marked on a scale from 0 to 6, of which: 1RW 6NDWHG 4.0 = Good 1.0 = Very Poor 5.0 = Very Good 2.0 = Poor 6.0 = Outstanding 3.0 = Mediocre $ 'HFLPDOV WR RQH SODFH DUH SHUPLWWHG DV IXUWKHU LQWHUPHGLDWH YDOXHV H J % :KHQ GHVHUYHG D MXGJH PD\ DZDUG WKH PDUN RI HLWKHU LQ WKH ¿UVW PDUN RU LQ WKH VHFRQG PDUN EXW QRW LQ ERWK H[FHSW for the last competitor. 6912 Marking of Pattern Dances – 6.0 System For those competitive dance events that are judged under the 6.0 system, the two marks will be awarded on a scale from WR VHH UXOH 7KH ¿UVW PDUN ZLOO EH IRU WKH WHFKQLFDO VFRUH IRUPHUO\ WHFKQLTXH DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN ZLOO EH IRU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV IRUPHUO\ WLPLQJ H[SUHVVLRQ A. In marking the technical score, the following must be considered: 1. The conformity of the steps of the dance and their repetition with the dance diagrams and descriptions, which includes the accuracy with which the couple follows the stated requirements for the dance; 2. The placement of the steps of the dance on the ice surface; 3. The movements of the couple in unison including correct body positions, dance holds and good matching; 4. Good style, carriage and form; 6RIW ÀRZLQJ FRQWLQXRXV HGJHV DQG WXUQV VNDWHG GHHSO\ ZLWK FOHDQQHVV DQG VXUHQHVV B. For the marking of the program components, see rule 6922. C. Deductions: Marks must be deducted by the judges for violations of the rules as follows: 1. Technical Score D *HQHUDO WHFKQLFDO PLVWDNH GHSHQGLQJ RQ VHYHULW\ IRU HDFK GDQFH ¹ E 9LRODWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F WHFKQLFDO UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU HDFK GDQFH ¹ 7KH GHJUHH RI WKH GHGXFWLRQ IRU WKH LQIUDFWLRQ GHSHQGV RQ WKH LPSRUWDQFH RI WKH PLVVHG RU LQFRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG HOHPHQW IRU WKH VSHFL¿F GDQFH

2. Program Components D 6NDWLQJ RXW RI WLPH Âą PD[LPXP IRU ZKROH SHUIRUPDQFH RXW RI WLPH

E 6NDWLQJ RQ ZHDN EHDW Âą PD[LPXP IRU ZKROH SHUIRUPDQFH RQ ZHDN EHDW

F ,QWURGXFWRU\ VWHSV H[FHHG LQWURGXFWRU\ SKUDVLQJ ¹ d. Inappropriate clothing: 0.1 H 9LRODWLRQV RI VSHFL¿F WLPLQJ UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU HDFK GDQFH ¹ I 9LRODWLRQ RI WHPSR VSHFL¿FDWLRQ 3. Stumble, fall or interruption: When a stumble, fall or interruption mars the skating of the pattern dance, the GHGXFWLRQV DUH WDNHQ IURP WKH ¿UVW PDUN WHFKQLFDO DQG DOVR IRU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV LI WKH IDOO RU LQWHUUXSWLRQ DIIHFWV WKH WLPLQJ DQG RU H[SUHVVLRQ RI WKH GDQFH D. For falls and stops, see rules 1401, 1402 and 1403. 6913 Marking of Short Dance and Free Dance – 6.0 System For short dance and free dance competitive events that are judged under the 6.0 system, two marks shall be awarded on a VFDOH IURP WR VHH UXOH 7KH ¿UVW PDUN VKDOO EH IRU WHFKQLFDO VFRUH IRUPHUO\ WHFKQLFDO PHULW IRU IUHH GDQFH DQG WKH VHFRQG PDUN VKDOO EH IRU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV IRUPHUO\ SUHVHQWDWLRQ IRU IUHH GDQFH $ ,Q PDUNLQJ WKH WHFKQLFDO VFRUH RI WKH VKRUW GDQFH WKH MXGJH PXVW FRQVLGHU JHQHUDO WHFKQLTXH LQFOXGLQJ GLI¿FXOW\ RULJLQDOLW\ YDULHW\ FOHDQQHVV DQG VXUHQHVV VNDWLQJ RQ HGJHV ZLWK GHSWK DQG ÀRZ SDWWHUQ DQG XWLOL]DWLRQ RI WKH LFH surface and inclusion of required elements. % ,Q PDUNLQJ WKH WHFKQLFDO VFRUH RI WKH IUHH GDQFH WKH MXGJH PXVW FRQVLGHU GLI¿FXOW\ DQG YDULHW\ FOHDQQHVV DQG VXUHQHVV GHSWK RI HGJHV ÀRZ LFH FRYHUDJH W\SLFDO GDQFH PRYHPHQWV KROGV DQG LQFOXVLRQ RI UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV C. Any element started after the permissible time must not be marked and will have no value. D. A whistle shall be blown by the referee when the allowable time has elapsed, and the judges shall cease judging the SHUIRUPDQFH ,I WKH FRXSOH IDLOV WR ¿QLVK D VKRUW GDQFH RU IUHH GDQFH ZLWKLQ WKH DOORZHG UDQJH RI WLPH WKHUH VKRXOG EH D GHGXFWLRQ LQ ERWK PDUNV IRU XS WR HYHU\ VHFRQGV ODFNLQJ RU LQ H[FHVV RI WKH SUHVFULEHG UDQJH ( )RU WKH PDUNLQJ RI WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV VHH UXOH UXOH

6920 Marking of Ice Dance – IJS 6921 Marking the Pattern Dances – IJS A. Technical Score 1. 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV $ WDEOH ZLWK WKH 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV RI WKH VHFWLRQV RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFHV LV SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ org under the “Technical Infoâ€? link. This Scale of Values contains base values of all the sections of each pattern 225

GDQFH DQG DGMXVWPHQWV IRU WKH FRUUHFWQHVV DQG TXDOLW\ RI WKHLU H[HFXWLRQ 2. 1RYLFH ,QWHUPHGLDWH DQG -XYHQLOH 3DWWHUQ 'DQFHV For the novice, intermediate and juvenile pattern dances, WHFKQLFDO VSHFLDOLVWV ZLOO GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI HYHU\ VHFWLRQ DQG MXGJHV ZLOO JLYH RQH *2( IRU HDFK VHFWLRQ 7KH GHVFULSWLRQV RI FKDUDFWHULVWLFV NH\ SRLQWV WKDW JLYH D VHFWLRQ D FHUWDLQ OHYHO LV GHWHUPLQHG E\ WKH 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ 'DQFH &RPPLWWHH DQG SRVWHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ 3. *UDGH RI ([HFXWLRQ *2( (DFK MXGJH ZLOO PDUN WKH TXDOLW\ RI H[HFXWLRQ RI HYHU\ VHFWLRQ RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH SRVLWLYH IHDWXUHV RI WKH H[HFXWLRQ DQG HUURUV RQ WKH JUDGHV RI H[HFXWLRQ VFDOH EDVH YDOXH 7KH JXLGHOLQHV IRU PDUNLQJ RI VHFWLRQV DUH XSGDWHG DQG SXEOLVKHG DW XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ B. Program Component Score In addition to the technical score, the couple’s whole performance is evaluated by four components in the pattern GDQFHV 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 3HUIRUPDQFH ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ DQG 7LPLQJ 1. Skating Skills D 'H¿QLWLRQ 7KH PHWKRG XVHG E\ WKH FRXSOH WR SHUIRUP GDQFH VWHSV DQG PRYHPHQWV RYHU WKH LFH VXUIDFH DQG WKH HI¿FLHQF\ RI WKHLU PRYHPHQW LQ UHODWLRQ WR VSHHG ÀRZ DQG LFH FRYHUDJH b. Criteria: i. Overall skating quality ii. Flow and glide iii. Speed and power iv. Balance of technique and skating ability of partners v. Ice coverage 2. Performance D 'H¿QLWLRQ 7KH DELOLW\ RI WKH SDUWQHUV WR GHPRQVWUDWH XQLVRQ ERG\ DOLJQPHQW FDUULDJH VW\OH DQG EDODQFH RI SHUIRUPDQFH ZKLOH H[HFXWLQJ SDWWHUQ GDQFHV LQ RUGHU WR H[KLELW D SOHDVLQJ DSSHDUDQFH WKURXJK FRRUGLQDWHG movement, body awareness and projection. b. Criteria: i. Unison and body alignment ii. Distance between partners iii. Carriage and style iv. Balance in performance between partners 3. Interpretation D 'H¿QLWLRQ 7KH DELOLW\ RI WKH FRXSOH WR H[SUHVV WKH PRRG HPRWLRQV DQG FKDUDFWHU RI WKH SDWWHUQ GDQFH UK\WKP E\ XVLQJ WKH ERG\ PRYHV VWHSV DQG KROGV RI WKH GDQFH WR UHÀHFW WKH VWUXFWXUH DQG FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF b. Criteria: L ([SUHVVLRQ RI WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH UK\WKP LL 5HODWLRQVKLS EHWZHHQ SDUWQHUV UHÀHFWLQJ WKH QDWXUH RI WKH GDQFH 4. Timing D 'H¿QLWLRQ 7KH DELOLW\ RI WKH FRXSOH WR VNDWH VWULFWO\ LQ WLPH ZLWK WKH PXVLF DQG WR UHÀHFW WKH UK\WKP SDWWHUQV and prescribed beat values of a pattern dance correctly. b. Criteria: i. Skating in time with the music ii. Skating on the strong beat LLL 6WDUW RI WKH ¿UVW VWHS C. Marks for Program Components 1. Program component scores are evaluated by the judges after the completion of the dance on a scale from 0.25 to 10 with increments of 0.25. Points given by the judges correspond to the following degrees of the components: 0.25-0.75 = 1.00-1.75 = 2.00-2.75 = 3.00-3.75 = 4.00-4.75 =

5.00-5.75 = Average 6.00-6.75 = Above average 7.00-7.75 = Good 8.00-8.75 = Very good 9.00-9.75 = Superior 10.00 = Outstanding ,QFUHPHQWV DUH XVHG IRU HYDOXDWLRQ RI SHUIRUPDQFHV FRQWDLQLQJ VRPH IHDWXUHV RI RQH GHJUHH DQG VRPH RI WKH QH[W degree. *XLGHOLQHV IRU MXGJLQJ DUH SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 4. Deductions are taken for certain violations of the rules as set forth in rule 1071.

226

([WUHPHO\ SRRU Very poor Poor Weak Fair

6922 Marking of Short and Free Dances – IJS A. Technical Score 1. 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV A table with the Scale of Values of the required elements for the short dance and free dance is XSGDWHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 7KLV 6FDOH RI 9DOXHV FRQWDLQV EDVH YDOXHV RI WKH HOHPHQWV DQG DGMXVWPHQWV IRU WKH TXDOLW\ RI WKHLU H[HFXWLRQ %DVH YDOXHV RI HOHPHQWV DUH PHDVXUHG LQ SRLQWV DQG LQFUHDVH ZLWK WKH LQFUHDVLQJ GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WKH HOHPHQWV 2. /HYHOV RI 'LIÂżFXOW\ 7KH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO ZLOO GHWHUPLQH WKH QDPH DQG ZKHQ UHTXLUHG WKH OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ RI HYHU\ UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW LQ WKH VKRUW GDQFH DQG IUHH GDQFH $OO UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV H[FHSW FKRUHRJUDSKLF HOHPHQWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR OHYHOV RI GLIÂżFXOW\ )RU OLIWV VSLQV WZL]]OHV DQG VWHS VHTXHQFHV WKHUH DUH IRXU OHYHOV GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ )RU VWHS VHTXHQFHV WKHUH LV DQ DGGLWLRQDO EDVLF OHYHO LQ ZKLFK WKH HOHPHQW LV FRPSOHWHG EXW WKH FULWHULD IRU /HYHO KDYH QRW EHHQ DFKLHYHG )RU FKRUHRJUDSKLF HOHPHQWV QR OHYHO LV JLYHQ EXW WKH HOHPHQW LV FRQÂżUPHG LI WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV GHÂżQLQJ WKH HOHPHQW DUH PHW 7KH GHVFULSWLRQV RI FKDUDFWHULVWLFV WKDW JLYH DQ HOHPHQW D FHUWDLQ OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ DUH SXEOLVKHG DQG XSGDWHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 3. *UDGH RI ([HFXWLRQ *2( : D (DFK MXGJH PXVW PDUN WKH TXDOLW\ RI H[HFXWLRQ RI HDFK UHTXLUHG HOHPHQW LQ WKH VKRUW GDQFH DQG IUHH GDQFH GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH SRVLWLYH IHDWXUHV RI WKH H[HFXWLRQ DQG DQ\ HUURUV SUHVHQW E 7KH *2( LV PDUNHG IURP EDVH YDOXH F 7KH JXLGHOLQHV IRU PDUNLQJ DUH SXEOLVKHG DW XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN % ,OOHJDO (OHPHQWV 0RYHPHQWV (YHU\ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW SHUIRUPHG LQ WKH VKRUW GDQFH DQG WKH IUHH GDQFH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG E\ D GHGXFWLRQ VHH UXOH &

,I DQ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW LV SHUIRUPHG GXULQJ WKH H[HFXWLRQ RI DQ\ HOHPHQW WKH GHGXFWLRQ IRU DQ LOOHJDO HOHPHQW PRYHPHQW ZLOO DSSO\ DQG WKH HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FDOOHG /HYHO LI WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU DW OHDVW /HYHO DUH IXOÂżOOHG RWKHUZLVH WKH HOHPHQW ZLOO EH FDOOHG 1R /HYHO 6HH UXOH IRU D OLVW RI LOOHJDO HOHPHQWV PRYHPHQWV C. Program Component Score In addition to the technical score, WKH VNDWHUVÂś ZKROH SHUIRUPDQFH LV HYDOXDWHG E\ ÂżYH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 7UDQVLWLRQV 3HUIRUPDQFH &RPSRVLWLRQ DQG ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF 7LPLQJ )RU LFH GDQFH there must be equal demonstration of the criteria by both skaters. 'HÂżQLWLRQV DQG FULWHULD IRU DQDO\]LQJ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV D 6NDWLQJ 6NLOOV 'HÂżQHG E\ RYHUDOO FOHDQQHVV DQG VXUHQHVV HGJH FRQWURO DQG Ă€RZ RYHU WKH LFH VXUIDFH GHPRQVWUDWHG E\ D FRPPDQG RI WKH VNDWLQJ YRFDEXODU\ HGJHV VWHSV WXUQV HWF WKH FODULW\ RI WHFKQLTXH DQG the use of effortless power to accelerate and vary speed. In evaluating the Skating Skills, the following must be considered: i. Use of deep edges, steps and turns; ii. Balance, rhythmic knee action and precision of foot placement; iii. Flow and glide; iv. Varied use of power, speed and acceleration; v. Use of multi directional skating; vi. Use of one-foot skating. b. Transitions: The varied and purposeful use of intricate footwork, positions, movements and holds that link all elements. In evaluating the Transitions, the following must be considered: i. Continuity of movements from one element to another; LL 9DULHW\ LQFOXGLQJ YDULHW\ RI KROGV LLL 'LIÂżFXOW\ iv. Quality. c. Performance: Involvement of the couple physically, emotionally and intellectually as they deliver the intent of the music and composition. In evaluating the Performance, the following must be considered: i. Physical, emotional and intellectual involvement and projection; ii. Carriage and clarity of movement; iii. Variety and contrast of movements and energy; LY ,QGLYLGXDOLW\ SHUVRQDOLW\ v. Unison and “onenessâ€?; vi. Spatial awareness between partners – management of the distance between skaters and management of changes of hold. G &RPSRVLWLRQ $Q LQWHQWLRQDOO\ GHYHORSHG DQG RU RULJLQDO DUUDQJHPHQW RI DOO W\SHV RI PRYHPHQWV DFFRUGLQJ to the principles of musical phrase, space, pattern and structure. In evaluating the Composition, the following must be considered: L 3XUSRVH LGHD FRQFHSW YLVLRQ PRRG LL 3DWWHUQ LFH FRYHUDJH iii. Multidimensional use of space and design of movements; LY 3KUDVH DQG IRUP PRYHPHQWV DQG SDUWV VWUXFWXUHG WR PDWFK WKH PXVLFDO SKUDVH v. Originality of the composition. 227

H ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF 7LPLQJ 7KH SHUVRQDO FUHDWLYH DQG JHQXLQH WUDQVODWLRQ RI WKH UK\WKP FKDUDFWHU DQG FRQWHQW RI WKH PXVLF WR PRYHPHQW RQ LFH ,Q HYDOXDWLQJ WKH ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQ RI WKH 0XVLF 7LPLQJ WKH IROORZLQJ must be considered: L 0RYHPHQW DQG VWHSV LQ WLPH WR WKH PXVLF WLPLQJ LL ([SUHVVLRQ RI WKH PXVLF¶V FKDUDFWHU IHHOLQJ DQG UK\WKP ZKHQ FOHDUO\ LGHQWL¿DEOH LLL 8VH RI ¿QHVVH WR UHÀHFW WKH GHWDLOV DQG QXDQFHV RI WKH PXVLF )LQHVVH LV WKH VNDWHUV¶ UH¿QHG DUWIXO manipulation of music details and nuances through movement. It is unique to the skaters and demonstrates DQ LQQHU IHHOLQJ IRU WKH PXVLF DQG WKH FRPSRVLWLRQ 1XDQFHV DUH WKH SHUVRQDO ZD\V RI EULQJLQJ VXEWOH YDULDWLRQV WR WKH LQWHQVLW\ WHPSR DQG G\QDPLFV RI WKH PXVLF PDGH E\ WKH FRPSRVHU DQG RU PXVLFLDQV

LY 5HODWLRQVKLS EHWZHHQ WKH VNDWHUV UHÀHFWLQJ WKH FKDUDFWHU DQG UK\WKP RI WKH PXVLF v. Skating primarily to the rhythmic beat for short dance and keeping a good balance between skating to the beat and melody in the free dance. 2. Marks for Program Components a. Program components are evaluated by the judges after the completion of a program on a scale of 0.25 to 10.00 in increments of 0.25, with a separate mark given for each program component, of which: 0.25-0.75 = ([WUHPHO\ SRRU 5.00-5.75 = Average 1.00-1.75 = Very poor 6.00-6.75 = Above average 2.00-2.75 = Poor 7.00-7.75 = Good 3.00-3.75 = Weak 8.00-8.75 = Very good 4.00-4.75 = Fair 9.00-9.75 = Superior 10.00 = Outstanding b. Increments are used for evaluation of performances containing some features of one degree and some of the QH[W GHJUHH F *XLGHOLQHV IRU MXGJLQJ DUH SXEOLVKHG DQG XSGDWHG XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ D. Deductions are taken for certain violations of the rules as set forth in rule 1071.

228

Technical Requirements – Synchronized Skating 7000 Synchronized Rules U.S. Figure Skating reserves the right to incorporate revisions made by the ISU for junior and senior events. U.S. Figure Skating also reserves the right to incorporate revisions made to the junior free skate event into the collegiate event and to incorporate revisions made to the advanced novice free skate event into the novice free skate event. The revisions or FODUL¿FDWLRQV PDGH WR WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP E\ WKH ,68 PD\ EH DGRSWHG E\ 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ DW LWV GLVFUHWLRQ DW DQ\ WLPH DIWHU WKH UHYLVLRQ RU FODUL¿FDWLRQ LV LVVXHG 5HYLVLRQV RU FODUL¿FDWLRQV ZLOO EH SRVWHG DV 7HFKQLFDO 1RWL¿FDWLRQV RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ DQG ZKHQ DSSOLFDEOH SXEOLVKHG LQ WKH QH[W 8 6 )LJXUH 6NDWLQJ UXOHERRN A. The chair of the Synchronized Skating Committee, in consultation with the national vice chair of the Synchronized Development Subcommittee, and the national vice chair for synchronized skating on the Technical Panel Committee will prepare the list of well-balanced program elements for qualifying IJS levels other than collegiate, novice, junior DQG VHQLRU WR FRUUHVSRQG ZLWK WKH HOHPHQWV DYDLODEOH HDFK \HDU 7KH OLVW ZLOO EH SXEOLVKHG DV D 7HFKQLFDO 1RWL¿FDWLRQ on the U.S. Figure Skating website within 45 days of publication of the corresponding ISU Communication. 7001 Use of IJS &RPSHWLWLRQV DQG FDWHJRULHV WKDW DUH UHTXLUHG WR XVH WKH LQWHUQDWLRQDO MXGJLQJ V\VWHP ,-6 DUH OLVWHG LQ UXOH

7010 Conduct of Synchronized Skating Events Synchronized skating involves a team of eight or more skaters skating various elements and formations to music. 7011 Men and women may skate on the same team. 7012 $ WHDP LV SURKLELWHG IURP FKDQWLQJ DQG RU FKHHULQJ ZKLOH RQ WKH LFH

&ORWKLQJ DQG (TXLSPHQW ± 6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ ± &RPSHWLWLRQ DQG 2I¿FLDO 3UDFWLFH 7021 7KH FORWKLQJ RI WKH FRPSHWLWRUV PXVW EH PRGHVW GLJQL¿HG DQG DSSURSULDWH IRU DWKOHWLF FRPSHWLWLRQ QRW JDULVK RU WKHDWULFDO LQ GHVLJQ &RVWXPHV PD\ KRZHYHU UHÀHFW WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF FKRVHQ $ 7KH FORWKLQJ PXVW QRW JLYH WKH HIIHFW RI H[FHVVLYH QXGLW\ LQDSSURSULDWH IRU WKH GLVFLSOLQH % /DGLHV PD\ ZHDU D VNLUW RU ERG\ VXLW RU IXOO OHQJWK WURXVHUV C. Men must wear full-length trousers; no tights are permitted. D. Accessories, feathers and props are not permitted. ( &ORWKLQJ WKDW GRHV QRW DGKHUH WR WKHVH JXLGHOLQHV ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG E\ D GHGXFWLRQ 6HH UXOH 7022 Sequins, rhinestones or jeweled trim may be used in moderation on the clothing of senior, junior and collegiate synchronized VNDWLQJ WHDPV RQO\ VHH UXOH (

7KLV DGRUQPHQW LV DOORZHG RQ WKH ERGLFH RQO\ DQG PXVW EH QRQ GHWDFKDEOH 6OHHYHV and skirts are to be void of adornment. Feathers or other materials that could be dislodged upon contact are not allowed. The use of adornments at all other levels is prohibited. If any part of the costume or decoration falls on the ice during a competition, the team will be penalized by a deduction. See rule 7923. 7023 The skating clothing worn in actual competition may not bear any form of advertising. However, warm-up suits may bear WKH QDPH RI D VSRQVRU ZKHQ WKH WHDP LV RQ WKH LFH 7KH VSRQVRU¶V QDPH PXVW QRW H[FHHG VTXDUH LQFKHV VTXDUH FHQWLPHWHUV 7024 The use of hair pins and bobby pins is prohibited while skating in any synchronized skating competition. 7025 6NDWH EODGHV Figure skating blades used during competitions and tests RU KRFNH\ VNDWH EODGHV XVHG GXULQJ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG WHVWV RU PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG HYHQWV DW FRPSHWLWLRQV PXVW EH VKDUSHQHG WR SURGXFH D ÀDW WR FRQFDYH FURVV VHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW change to the width of the blade as measured between the two edges. However, a slight tapering or narrowing of the cross section of the blade is permitted.

7030 Music For Synchronized Skating Events: A. Any music, including vocal music using lyrics, is permitted. However, teams must skate the program in time to the music. Additions of sounds of applause or cheers are not permitted; % 1R GLVFHUQLEOH FRXQWLQJ VKDOO EH SHUPLWWHG HLWKHU E\ WKH FRDFK WKH OHDGHU RI WKH WHDP RU E\ RWKHUV 0XVLF VKRXOG EH selected that is suitable for the age, skill and skating ability of the team.

7040 Duration of Skating – Synchronized Skating 7041 7LPLQJ VWDUWV IURP WKH PRPHQW D VNDWHU EHJLQV WR PRYH DUPV KHDG HWF RU VNDWH 7LPLQJ VWRSV ZKHQ WKH VNDWHUV FRPH WR a complete stop at the end of the program. 7042 Permissible Time Allowance – Short Programs 7KH GXUDWLRQ RI WKH VKRUW SURJUDP PXVW QRW H[FHHG WKH PD[LPXP WLPH DOORZHG EXW PD\ EH OHVV SURYLGHG WKDW DOO WHFKQLFDO elements are included. A. Any element started after the permissible time will be considered in the marking as omitted. % 1R H[WUD PDUNV DUH REWDLQHG E\ H[WHQGLQJ WKH SURJUDP WR WKH PD[LPXP WLPH SHUPLWWHG LI LW LV XQQHFHVVDU\ WR GR VR 6HH UXOHV DQG IRU GHGXFWLRQV IRU SURJUDPV WKDW H[FHHG WKH WLPH OLPLW XVLQJ WKH V\VWHP DQG WKH ,-6 UHVSHFWLYHO\

229

7043 Permissible Time Allowance – Free Skate 7HDPV DUH DOORZHG WR ¿QLVK D IUHH VNDWH ZLWKLQ VHFRQGV SOXV RU PLQXV WKH UHTXLUHG WLPH A. Any element started after the permissible time must not be marked and will have no value. B. Should the program be 30 or more seconds short of the prescribed range, no marks will be awarded. 6HH UXOHV DQG IRU GHGXFWLRQV IRU SURJUDPV WKDW GR QRW ¿QLVK ZLWKLQ WKH UDQJH RI WLPH DOORZHG XVLQJ WKH system and the IJS respectively.

7050 Composition of Synchronized Events 7051 Synchronized skating qualifying competitions consist of: A. Senior and junior: a short program and a free skate B. All other event levels: free skate only

7060 Segment Descriptions 7061 Short Program Description 7KH VHQLRU DQG MXQLRU VKRUW SURJUDP FRQVLVW RI D PD[LPXP RI VL[ UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV 7KH VHTXHQFH RI HOHPHQWV LV RSWLRQDO 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH LFH ULQN DQG QRW H[FHVVLYHO\ IDFLQJ RQH side. 7062 Free Skate Description 7KH IUHH VNDWH FRQVLVWV RI D ZHOO EDODQFHG SURJUDP FRPSRVHG RI HOHPHQWV DQG RWKHU OLQNLQJ PRYHPHQWV UHĂ€HFWLQJ WKH FKDUDFWHU RI WKH PXVLF DQG RU H[SUHVVLQJ D FRQFHSW VWRU\ WKHPH RU LGHD RI WKH WHDPÂśV RZQ FKRLFH $ JRRG SURJUDP FRQWDLQV elements such as blocks, circles, creative elements, intersections, lines, move element, pair element, synchronized spin HOHPHQW DQG ZKHHOV HWF OLQNHG WRJHWKHU KDUPRQLRXVO\ E\ D YDULHW\ RI WUDQVLWLRQV DQG H[HFXWHG ZLWK D PLQLPXP RI WZR footed skating. Synchronized skating refers to the quality of skating, importance of unison, the accuracy of formations and SUHFLVHQHVV RI WKH WHDP DOO LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR D SURJUDP RI D VSHFLÂżHG WLPH OLPLW 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH LFH ULQN DQG QRW H[FHVVLYHO\ IDFLQJ RQH VLGH

6\QFKURQL]HG 6NDWLQJ 'HÂżQLWLRQV DQG &ULWHULD 'HÂżQLWLRQV RI *HQHUDO 7HUPV A. $GGLWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 7HFKQLFDO FRQWHQW WKDW LQFUHDVHV WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ RI DQ HOHPHQW $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV VXFK DV VWHS sequences, free skating moves, free skating elements and point of intersection are divided into groups according to WKHLU GLIÂżFXOW\ ZKLFK DUH XSGDWHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 1. Additional features will be counted only once per element. B. $[LV 5HIHUV WR WKH LPDJLQDU\ OLQH V ZKLFK GLYLGH WKH LFH VXUIDFH ORQJ D[LV VKRUW D[LV GLDJRQDO D[LV FRQWLQXRXV D[LV $ WXUQ V RU SDWWHUQ V LV H[HFXWHG RQ DQ D[LV C. $[LV RI ,QWHUVHFWLRQ 5HIHUV WR WKH D[LV ZKHUH WKH VNDWHUV DUH SDVVLQJ LQWHUVHFWLQJ ZLWK RQH DQRWKHU ,Q WKH FDVH RI D FROODSVLQJ LQWHUVHFWLRQ ER[ WULDQJOH HWF WKH D[LV RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV GHÂżQHG DV EHLQJ WKH DUHD ZLWKLQ WKH VKDSH RQFH WKH FRUQHUV KDYH VWDUWHG WR LQWHUVHFW DQG EHIRUH WKH VNDWHUV H[LW WKH LQWHUVHFWLRQ DQG SDVV WKURXJK WKH ÂżQDO FRUQHUV D. &KDQJH RI FRQÂżJXUDWLRQ When the number of lines, spokes or circles changes during an element. ( &RQÂżJXUDWLRQ: The number of lines, spokes or circles in the element. F. 'LIÂżFXOW\ *URXSV RI (OHPHQWV $OO HOHPHQWV LQ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ DUH GLYLGHG LQWR JURXSV RI GLIÂżFXOW\ EDVHG RQ WKH QXPEHU RI IHDWXUHV LQFOXGHG 'LIÂżFXOW\ JURXSV DUH XSGDWHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO Infoâ€? link. G. (OHPHQW $ FRPSRQHQW WKDW LV SDUW RI D V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ VKRUW SURJUDP DQG RU IUHH VNDWH (OHPHQWV DUH GLYLGHG LQWR JURXSV RI GLIÂżFXOW\ H. )HDWXUHV 7HFKQLFDO FRQWHQW WKDW LQFUHDVHV WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ RI DQ HOHPHQW ZKLFK PD\ EHFRPH SDUW RI WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ JURXS RI DQ HOHPHQW ([DPSOHV RI IHDWXUHV DUH ERG\ PRYHPHQW SLYRWLQJ WUDYHOLQJ HWF 7KH IHDWXUHV IRU HDFK HOHPHQW ZLOO EH XSGDWHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH Âł7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN 1. Features will be counted only once per element. $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG I. +LJKOLJKWLQJ When one skater performs a movement that is away from and in contrast with the rest of the team. J. +ROGV %DVNHW ZHDYH FDWFK KDQG HOERZ VKRXOGHU DQG QR KROG DUH VRPH H[DPSOHV RI GLIIHUHQW KROGV WKDW PD\ EH XVHG K. ,QWHUORFNLQJ 1. :KHHO $ VSRNH RI D ZKHHO PXVW SDVV LQ EHWZHHQ DW OHDVW WZR VSRNHV RI WKH RWKHU ZKHHO V 2. &LUFOH A skater in a circle must pass in between at least two skaters of the other circle. / ,QWHUDFWLRQ EHWZHHQ VNDWHUV The different skaters cross paths, intersect, circle, mirror, pass by or are connected to each other, etc. M. 0LUURU ,PDJH 3DWWHUQ Shown when one-half of the team simultaneously uses a combination of both clockwise and counterclockwise directions. 1 3RLQW RI ,QWHUVHFWLRQ An additional feature for the intersection element. O. 5HWURJUHVVLRQ The team shows a movement in a direction opposite to that of the initial direction. The team must show D UHYHUVH RI WKH ÂżUVW GLUHFWLRQ EHIRUH UHVXPLQJ WKH VWDUWLQJ direction. P. 6NDWLQJ 'LUHFWLRQ (LWKHU IRUZDUG RU EDFNZDUG H J IRUZDUG VSLUDOV DQG EDFNZDUG VSLUDOV 230

Q. 6XE JURXSLQJ $ VXERUGLQDWH RU VPDOOHU JURXS V ZLWKRXW FORVH UHODWLRQVKLS WR WKH UHVW RI WKH WHDP D GLYLVLRQ RI WKH team into several smaller groups. 5 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ Choreography or elements that have a rhythmic time delay in movement. S. 7UDQVLWLRQV $ VHFWLRQ RI WKH SURJUDP WKDW RFFXUV ZLWKLQ HOHPHQWV GXULQJ HQWUDQFHV DQG H[LWV RI HOHPHQWV DQG DV FRQQHFWLQJ HOHPHQWV DQG H[HFXWHG LQ EHWZHHQ WKH UHTXLUHG RSWLRQDO HOHPHQWV 1. ,Q WKH VKRUW SURJUDP WUDQVLWLRQV PD\ EH FRPSULVHG RI YDULHG DQG RU FRPSOH[ IRRWZRUN OLQNLQJ VWHSV IRUPDWLRQV DQG RWKHU PRYHPHQWV WR OLQN WKH UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV ZKLFK DOVR LQFOXGH WKH HQWUDQFHV DQG H[LWV RI HOHPHQWV 1R other connecting elements are allowed to link the required elements of a short program other than basic element VKDSHV /HYHO %DVH ,Q WKH IUHH VNDWH WUDQVLWLRQV PD\ EH FRPSULVHG RI YDULHG DQG RU FRPSOH[ IRRWZRUN OLQNLQJ VWHSV PRYHPHQWV DQG IRUPDWLRQV ZKLFK DOVR LQFOXGH WKH HQWUDQFHV DQG H[LWV RI HOHPHQWV 2WKHU FRQQHFWLQJ HOHPHQWV DUH SHUPLWWHG WR OLQN DOO RI WKH ZHOO EDODQFHG SURJUDP UHTXLUHG RSWLRQDO HOHPHQWV 'H¿QLWLRQV RI 6WHSV DQG 7XUQV A. 7XUQ: A rotational movement in which the skater moves from forward to backward or backward to forward using one IRRW DQG RQ DQ HGJH DQG D[LV 1. %UDFNHW $ WXUQ H[HFXWHG RQ RQH IRRW IURP DQ RXWVLGH HGJH WR DQ LQVLGH HGJH RU DQ LQVLGH HGJH WR DQ RXWVLGH HGJH ZLWK WKH H[LW FXUYH FRQWLQXLQJ RQ WKH VDPH OREH DV WKH HQWU\ FXUYH 7KH VNDWHU WXUQV LQ WKH GLUHFWLRQ RSSRVLWH WR WKH curve. 2. &RXQWHU $ WXUQ H[HFXWHG RQ RQH IRRW IURP DQ RXWVLGH HGJH WR DQ RXWVLGH HGJH RU DQ LQVLGH HGJH WR DQ LQVLGH HGJH ZLWK WKH H[LW FXUYH RQ D GLIIHUHQW OREH IURP WKH HQWU\ FXUYH 7KH VNDWHU WXUQV LQ WKH GLUHFWLRQ RSSRVLWH WR WKH HQWU\ FXUYH L H LQ WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH H[LW FXUYH 3. /RRS $ RQH IRRW PRYHPHQW ZKHUH WKH VNDWHU VNDWHV DQ RYDO SDWWHUQ XVLQJ WKH VDPH HGJH 7KH HQWU\ DQG H[LW RI WKH loop must cross. The loop must be clean cut without scrapes or points. 4. 5RFNHU $ WXUQ H[HFXWHG RQ RQH IRRW IURP DQ RXWVLGH HGJH WR DQ RXWVLGH HGJH RU DQ LQVLGH HGJH WR DQ LQVLGH HGJH ZLWK WKH H[LW FXUYH RQ D GLIIHUHQW OREH IURP WKH HQWU\ FXUYH 7KH VNDWHU WXUQV LQ WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH HQWU\ FXUYH 5. 7KUHH 7XUQ $ WXUQ H[HFXWHG RQ RQH IRRW IURP DQ RXWVLGH HGJH WR DQ LQVLGH HGJH RU DQ LQVLGH HGJH WR DQ RXWVLGH HGJH ZLWK WKH H[LW FXUYH FRQWLQXLQJ RQ WKH VDPH OREH DV WKH HQWU\ FXUYH 7KH VNDWHU WXUQV LQ WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH 6. 7ZL]]OH: A traveling turn on one foot with one or more rotations which quickly rotates with a continuous XQLQWHUUXSWHG DFWLRQ 7KH ZHLJKW UHPDLQV RQ WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW ZLWK WKH IUHH IRRW LQ DQ\ SRVLWLRQ GXULQJ WKH WXUQ $ series of checked three-turns is not acceptable, as this does not constitute a continuous action. If the traveling action VWRSV GXULQJ WKH H[HFXWLRQ WKH WZL]]OH EHFRPHV D VROR VSLQ B. 6WHSV $ PHWKRG RI WXUQLQJ WKDW LV H[HFXWHG XVLQJ WZR IHHW VXFK DV FKRFWDZV DQG PRKDZNV 1. &KRFWDZ $ VWHS IURP RQH IRRW WR WKH RWKHU LQ ZKLFK WKH FXUYH RI WKH H[LW HGJH LV RSSRVLWH WR WKDW RI WKH HQWU\ HGJH 7KH FKDQJH RI IRRW LV IURP RXWVLGH HGJH WR LQVLGH HGJH RU LQVLGH HGJH WR RXWVLGH HGJH 7KH HQWU\ DQG H[LW HGJH DUH of equal depth. 2. 0RKDZN $ VWHS IURP RQH IRRW WR WKH RWKHU LQ ZKLFK WKH HQWU\ DQG H[LW FXUYHV DUH FRQWLQXRXV DQG RI HTXDO GHSWK The change of foot is from an outside edge to an outside edge or an inside edge to an inside edge. C. /LQNLQJ 6WHSV 7KH YLVLEOH WUDFLQJ RQ WKH LFH WKDW LV H[HFXWHG RQ RQH RU WZR IHHW 7KH\ PD\ FRQVLVW RI DQ HGJH FKDQJH RI HGJH FKDVVpV FURVV UROOV FURVVRYHUV SURJUHVVLYHV WRH VWHSV GDQFH MXPSV DQG VPDOO KRSV /LQNLQJ VWHSV PD\ EH used as connecting steps between turns in the step sequence additional features and in features. 1 &KDQJH RI (GJH: The visible tracing on the ice that changes from one distinct curve to another distinct curve with no change of foot. 2. &KDVVp $ VHULHV RI WZR HGJHV XVXDOO\ RXWVLGH LQVLGH LQ ZKLFK RQ WKH VHFRQG HGJH WKH IUHH IRRW LV SODFHG RQ WKH ice beside the skating foot but not ahead of or behind it, and the free foot is lifted with the blade parallel to the ice. 3. &URVV 5ROO: A roll started with the action of the free foot approaching the skating foot from the side so as to strike the ice almost at right angles to the skating foot, started forward with the feet crossed in front or backward with the feet crossed behind. 4. &URVVRYHU D VWHS RU VHTXHQFH RI VWHSV SXVK FURVV LQ ZKLFK WKH IUHH IRRW FURVVHV WKH VNDWLQJ IRRW FRPSOHWHO\ before it is placed on the ice. 5. 'DQFH -XPS: A small jump of not more than one revolution used to change feet or skating direction. 6. (GJH: The visible tracing on the ice produced by a skater skating on one foot that is on a distinct curve. 7. )ODW 7KH YLVLEOH GRXEOH WUDFLQJ RQ WKH LFH WKDW LV VWUDLJKW LPSULQWHG E\ WKH VNDWHU VNDWLQJ RQ RQH IRRW RQ ERWK HGJHV RI WKH EODGH 8. 3URJUHVVLYH 5XQ: A step or sequence of steps in which the free foot passes the skating foot before it is placed on the ice, thereby bringing the new free foot off the ice trailing the new skating foot. 9. 6PDOO +RS: A small jump without revolution. 10. 7RH 6WHSV: A step where the skaters move from one toe pick to the other toe pick without jumping and with or without using rotations as they travel down the ice. D. 7HUPV XVHG GHVFULELQJ WXUQV VWHSV DQG OLQNLQJ VWHSV 1. 'LIIHUHQW WXUQV VWHSV A term that includes each of the listed types of turns and steps plus the four different methods RI H[HFXWLRQ 231

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

'LIIHUHQW W\SHV RI WXUQV DQG VWHSV A term that includes each of the listed turns and steps. 'LIÂżFXOW WXUQV Consists of rocker, counter, bracket, twizzles with one-and-one-half rotations or more. /LVWHG WXUQV DQG VWHSV Consists of three-turn, mohawk, choctaw, twizzle, rocker, counter, bracket, loop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erms used when at least any two turns from the listed turns and steps and linking steps are required.

'HÂżQLWLRQV RI $GGLWLRQDO )HDWXUHV DQG 5HTXLUHPHQWV A. )UHH 6NDWLQJ (OHPHQWV (OHPHQWV VXFK DV MXPSV MXPS FRPELQDWLRQV MXPS VHTXHQFHV DVVLVWHG MXPSV VSLQV OLIWV GHDWK VSLUDOV SDLU SLYRWV DQG YDXOWV DUH H[DPSOHV DQG DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ VRPH OHYHOV LQ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ )UHH skating elements are allowed in elements such as creative elements, group lift elements and pair elements or as a WUDQVLWLRQDO PRYH EHWZHHQ HOHPHQWV WR LQFUHDVH WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WUDQVLWLRQV DQG DGG YDULHW\ FRPSOH[LW\ WR WKH SURJUDP 1. $VVLVWHG MXPS $ MXPS LQ ZKLFK D VNDWHU V SURYLGHV SDVVLYH DVVLVWDQFH WR DQRWKHU VNDWHU V LQ D QRQ VXSSRUWLYH manner. The take off must be done by the skater who jumps. In this action there is a continuous ascending and GHVFHQGLQJ PRYHPHQW 7KH KDQGV RI D VNDWHU V SURYLGLQJ WKH SDVVLYH DVVLVWDQFH PD\ ULVH KLJKHU WKDQ VKRXOGHU level height. 2. %XWWHUĂ€\ SDLU RU LQGLYLGXDO The body is already in a nearly horizontal position at the take off. The free leg makes a wide, powerful rotational swing upward so that it is higher than the upper part of the body and head. During the Ă€LJKW DQG RQ WKH ODQGLQJ WKH ERG\ UHPDLQV LQ D KRUL]RQWDO SRVLWLRQ 7KHUH LV QR QXPEHU RI UHYROXWLRQV UHTXLUHG DIWHU the landing. 3. 'DQFH MXPS 6HH UXOH & 4. -XPS A rotational type of movement of at least one revolution during which both feet leave the ice. For senior, junior and collegiate teams jumps of any revolutions are permitted. For novice, intermediate, juvenile, adult and masters teams, only jumps of one revolution are permitted. For pre-juvenile, preliminary, open-juvenile, open FROOHJLDWH RSHQ DGXOW DQG RSHQ PDVWHUV WHDPV MXPSV RQH UHYROXWLRQ RU PRUH E\ GHÂżQLWLRQ DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG 5. -XPS FRPELQDWLRQ Consists of any number of jumps of at least one revolution that may be linked with turns, steps RU ZLWK D VOLJKW WRXFK GRZQ 6HH WKH GHÂżQLWLRQ RI ÂłMXPS´ SDUDJUDSK RI WKLV UXOH $

IRU MXPS UHVWULFWLRQV at different levels. 6. -XPS VHTXHQFH Consists of any number of jumps of any revolutions that may be linked with small hops and dance MXPSV LPPHGLDWHO\ IROORZLQJ HDFK RWKHU ZKLOH PDLQWDLQLQJ WKH MXPS UK\WKP NQHH WKHUH FDQ EH QR FURVVRYHUV RU VWURNLQJ EHWZHHQ MXPSV GXULQJ WKH VHTXHQFH 6HH WKH GH¿QLWLRQ RI ³MXPS´ SDUDJUDSK RI WKLV UXOH $

IRU jump restrictions at different levels. 7. /LIW $Q DFWLRQ LQ ZKLFK D VNDWHU V LV OLIWHG HOHYDWHG WR DQ\ KHLJKW HLWKHU E\ WKH OLIWLQJ VNDWHUV RU E\ WKH OLIWHG VNDWHU V WKHPVHOYHV XVLQJ ERG\ VXSSRUW IURP RWKHU VNDWHUV 6WDWLRQDU\ RU JOLGLQJ OLIWV ZLOO EH FRXQWHG DV D OLIW ZKHQ held off the ice for more than three seconds, while lifts that rotate will be counted as a lift independent of time in the DLU /LIWV VKRXOG HQKDQFH WKH PXVLF FKRVHQ DQG H[SUHVV LWV FKDUDFWHU EXW QRW EH D GLVSOD\ RI DFUREDWLFV 8QGLJQLÂżHG DFWLRQV DQG SRVHV DUH IRUELGGHQ /LIWV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH VHQLRU VKRUW SURJUDP RQO\ ZKHQ UHTXLUHG DV DQ HOHPHQW and free skate only. a. $FUREDWLF OLIWV which are not allowed in synchronized skating, are moves in which the skater is held only by HLWKHU WKH EODGH V IRRW IHHW RU OHJ V DQG VZXQJ DURXQG RU OLIWV ZKHUH WKH OLIWHG VNDWHU V LV LQ D WRWDOO\ YHUWLFDO sustained position with the head down. L /LIWV ZKHUH WKH OLIWHG VNDWHU LV URWDWLQJ DURXQG KLPVHOI KHUVHOI DUH DOORZHG SURYLGHG WKHUH LV QR VXVWDLQHG totally vertical position with the head down. LL /LIWV SHUIRUPHG E\ RQO\ RQH OLIWLQJ VNDWHU ZKR IXOO\ H[WHQGV KLV KHU OLIWLQJ DUPV DERYH WKH KHDG DUH LOOHJDO b. *URXS OLIW in synchronized skating is an action in which one or more skaters are elevated to any height by two RU PRUH VNDWHUV DQG VHW GRZQ $ OLIWLQJ VNDWHU V PXVW KDYH DW OHDVW RQH VNDWH RQ WKH LFH DW DOO WLPHV c. 3DLU OLIW in synchronized skating is an action in which one skater is elevated by one other skater and set down. 3DLU OLIWV SHUIRUPHG E\ RQO\ RQH OLIWLQJ VNDWHU ZKR IXOO\ H[WHQGV KLV KHU OLIWLQJ DUPV DERYH KLV KHU KHDG DUH illegal. d. 7\SHV RI OLIWV SDLU OLIW RU JURXS OLIW XVHG LQ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ i. 6WDWLRQDU\ OLIW QR URWDWLRQ RU LFH FRYHUDJH LV D OLIW WKDW LV H[HFXWHG RQ WKH VSRW VWDWLRQDU\ ORFDWLRQ E\ WKH OLIWLQJ VNDWHU V ii. /LIWV WKDW JOLGH GXULQJ WKH SUHSDUDWLRQ OLIW H[HFXWLRQ DQG H[LW

x All skaters in a group lift or both skaters in pair lift must be skating or gliding as they prepare for the lift. x 7KH VXSSRUWLQJ OLIWLQJ VNDWHU V PXVW FRQWLQXH WR JOLGH DV WKH OLIW LV H[HFXWHG x $OO VNDWHUV LQ D JURXS OLIW RU ERWK VNDWHUV LQ D SDLU OLIW PXVW FRQWLQXH WR JOLGH GXULQJ WKH H[LW RI WKH OLIW x The lift must be “landed� and continue to glide upon “landing.� 232

iii. 6WDWLRQDU\ OLIWV WKDW URWDWH RQ WKH VSRW x A lift that remains in a stationary position as it rotates. x The supporting skaters in a group lift or lifting skater in a pair lift may glide without turning or may turn from forward to backward or visa versa using a two-footed three-turn or two-footed mohawk-like steps. iv. 5RWDWLRQDO OLIW WKDW JOLGHV DQG URWDWHV DW WKH VDPH WLPH x 5RWDWLRQDO OLIW LV D OLIW LQ ZKLFK WKH OLIWLQJ VNDWHU V URWDWH ZKLOH JOLGLQJ WUDYHOLQJ DFURVV WKH LFH x All skaters in a group lift or both skaters in a pair lift must be skating or gliding as they prepare for the lift. The lift must glide during the rotation. There is no minimum amount of ice coverage required for gliding either before, during or after the rotation. x The supporting skaters in a group lift or lifting skater in a pair lift must turn from forward to backward or visa versa using a two-footed three-turn or two-footed mohawk-like steps. x $OO VNDWHUV LQ D JURXS OLIW RU ERWK VNDWHUV LQ D SDLU OLIW PXVW FRQWLQXH WR JOLGH GXULQJ WKH H[LW RI WKH OLIW The lift must be “landedâ€? and continue to glide upon “landingâ€?. v. 8Q VXVWDLQHG OLIt is a group or pair lift in which one skater is elevated and put down, in a continuous ascending and descending movement. The lifted skater must be elevated for less than three seconds before being set down. This type of lift may be stationary or gliding. There is no rotation permitted by the VXSSRUWLQJ VNDWHU V 7KH OLIWHG VNDWHU PD\ YDXOW XS DQG RU GRZQ IURP WKH XQ VXVWDLQHG OLIW 8Q VXVWDLQHG OLIWV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH VHQLRU MXQLRU DQG FROOHJLDWH IUHH VNDWH 1R XQ VXVWDLQHG OLIWV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH short program and at levels other than senior, junior and collegiate. 8. 3LYRW $ SLYRW PD\ EH H[HFXWHG E\ DQ LQGLYLGXDO V RU E\ D SDLU V $ SLYRW LV H[HFXWHG ZKHQ RQH VNDWHU LV SLYRWLQJ $ SDLU SLYRW LV H[HFXWHG E\ WZR VNDWHUV ZKHUH RQH RI WKH VNDWHUV LV SLYRWLQJ DQG WKH VXSSRUWHG VNDWHU LV JOLGLQJ around that pivot. The pivot does not have to remain in one place and may be progressing across the ice. Any YDULDWLRQ RI WKH SLYRWLQJ VNDWHU LV DOORZHG EDFNZDUG IRUZDUG RU D FRPELQDWLRQ RI ERWK DV ORQJ DV WKH SLYRWLQJ skater keeps the pivot position. a. The supported skater may be gliding using a variety of positions. These positions may include an upright SRVLWLRQ VSLUDO RU DQRWKHU SRVLWLRQ WKDW LV QRW XSULJKW 7KH GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WKLV SRVLWLRQ ZLOO GHWHUPLQH WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ level of the pair pivot. b. 'HDWK VSLUDO A type of pair pivot in which the supported skater must skate on a clean edge with the body and head close to the ice surface. The supported skater must not touch the ice with the head or assist themselves ZLWK WKH IUHH KDQG RU DQ\ SDUW RI WKH ERG\ 9DULDWLRQV RI DUP KROG KROGLQJ ZLWK RQH RU ERWK KDQGV DQG SLYRW SRVLWLRQ EDFNZDUG IRUZDUG RU D FRPELQDWLRQ RI ERWK ZLWK RU ZLWKRXW WKH WRH SLFN DUH SRVVLEOH 9. 6SLQV $ VSLQQLQJ PRYHPHQW ZLWKRXW LQWHUUXSWLRQ SHUIRUPHG RQ RQH IRRW H[FHSW D FURVV IRRW VSLQ RQ WKH VSRW DQG in the correct position. a. 7\SHV RI VSLQV i. 6ROR VSLQV: The skaters are spinning as individuals on one foot without interruption. ii. 6SLQ ZLWK D FKDQJH RI IRRW Must consist of one change of foot, occurring at the same time by all skaters H[HFXWLQJ WKH VSLQ iii. 6SLQ FRPELQDWLRQ 0XVW LQFOXGH DW PLQLPXP RI WZR GLIIHUHQW EDVLF SRVLWLRQV VLW FDPHO XSULJKW RU DQ\ YDULDWLRQ WKHUHRI DQG WKH FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ PXVW RFFXU DW WKH VDPH WLPH E\ DOO VNDWHUV H[HFXWLQJ WKH VSLQ iv. 3DLU VSLQ $ VSLQ VNDWHG E\ WZR VNDWHUV SHUIRUPHG RQ WKH VSRW DURXQG D FRPPRQ D[LV VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ without interruption. This spin must be started and completed on one foot. The partners may be in different VSLQQLQJ SRVLWLRQV DQG LQ DQ\ KROG ,I WKHUH LV PRUH WKDQ RQH SDLU H[HFXWLQJ WKH VSLQ WKHQ WKH VDPH VSLQQLQJ SRVLWLRQ V PXVW RFFXU DW WKH VDPH WLPH b. 7\SHV RI VSLQQLQJ SRVLWLRQV i. &DPHO VSLQ 7KH VNDWHU UHPDLQV LQ D VSLUDO SRVLWLRQ ZKLOH URWDWLQJ 7KH IUHH OHJ LQFOXGLQJ WKH NQHH DQG IRRW must be held at hip level or higher. ii. 6LW VSLQ The skater remains in a sit position while rotating. The supporting leg must be bent at least to a 90 degree angle. The thigh of the skating foot must be parallel to the ice surface. iii. 8SULJKW VSLQ: The skater is spinning in an upright position spinning. The arms and free foot may be held in a variety of positions. c. 9DULDWLRQV RI DQ XSULJKW VSLQ i. &URVV IRRW VSLQ: An upright spin position where both of the skater’s feet are on the ice while spinning. The feet may be crossed in front or behind. ii. /D\EDFN VSLQ 7KH VNDWHU PXVW EH OHDQLQJ EDFNZDUGV ZLWK WKH KHDG OHDQLQJ DZD\ IURP WKH FRUH D[LV RI WKH ERG\ 7KH ERG\ PXVW VKRZ D GHÂżQLWH DUFK LQ WKH EDFN iii. 6LGHZD\V OHDQLQJ VSLQ: Must have at least a 45 degree angle from the torso to be credited. iv. $ IUDPH VSLQ The skater’s body is bent forward at the waist so that the head is near the skating knee. The IUHH OHJ LV KHOG QHDU WKH VXSSRUWLQJ OHJ 7KH IUHH OHJ DQG RU VXSSRUWLQJ OHJ PD\ RU PD\ QRW EH KHOG d. 'LIÂżFXOW YDULDWLRQ RI DQ XSULJKW VSLQ $ PRYHPHQW XVLQJ WKH IUHH OHJ ZKLFK UHTXLUHV PRUH SK\VLFDO VWUHQJWK DQG RU Ă€H[LELOLW\ LQ RUGHU WR H[HFXWH WKH XSULJKW VSLQ DQG WKHUHIRUH KDV DQ HIIHFW RQ WKH EDODQFH RI WKH PDLQ ERG\ core. i. %LHOOPDQQ VSLQ %LHOOPDQQ SRVLWLRQ LQ D VSLQ The skater’s free foot is pulled by one hand or both hands from 233

EHKLQG WR D SRVLWLRQ KLJKHU WKDQ WKH KHDG DQG WRZDUG WKH WRS RI WKH KHDG FORVH WR WKH FHQWUDO D[LV RI WKH VNDWHU ii. 6SLUDO GHJUHH VSLQ A spin where the skater’s body remains upright with the free leg held at a 135 degree angle to the skating leg. The free leg may be held to the front or to the side. The free leg and skating leg should be straight. The free leg may be supported or unsupported. e. )O\LQJ 6SLQV $ VSLQ WKDW PXVW ³Ã€\´ GXULQJ WKH HQWU\ RI WKH VSLQ 1R SUHYLRXV URWDWLRQ RQ WKH LFH EHIRUH WDNH RII LV SHUPLWWHG 7KH ³Ã€\LQJ SRVLWLRQ´ PD\ EH H[HFXWHG LQ DQ\ SRVLWLRQ EXW DOO VNDWHUV PXVW EH LQ WKH VDPH À\LQJ SRVLWLRQ DW WKH VDPH WLPH $ WKUHH WXUQ H[HFXWHG EHIRUH WKH ÀLJKW GRHV QRW GHPRQVWUDWH D À\LQJ VSLQ $IWHU ODQGLQJ all skaters must be in the same and correct spinning position for three revolutions for the spin to be counted. 10. 7KURZ -XPSV Partner-assisted jumps in which one of the skaters is thrown into the air by another skater on the take off and lands, without assistance from the partner, on a backward outside edge. A throw jump may have any number of revolutions. 11. 9DXOW $ YDXOW RI QRW PRUH WKDQ RQH UHYROXWLRQ LQ ZKLFK D VNDWHU V SURYLGHV SDVVLYH DVVLVWDQFH WR DQRWKHU VNDWHU V ZKR WXUQV UHYROYHV KHDG RYHU KHHOV RU YLFH YHUVD LQ D FDUWZKHHO RU VRPHUVDXOW DFWLRQ ,Q WKLV DFWLRQ WKHUH LV D FRQWLQXRXV DVFHQGLQJ DQG GHVFHQGLQJ PRYHPHQW ZKHUH WKH YDXOWLQJ VNDWHU URWDWHV UHYROYHV 7KH KDQGV RI D VNDWHU V SURYLGLQJ WKH SDVVLYH DVVLVWDQFH PD\ ULVH KLJKHU WKDQ VKRXOGHU OHYHO KHLJKW 9DXOWV DUH DOORZHG GXULQJ WKH senior, junior and collegiate free skate. Vaults are non-permitted elements in the short program and at levels other than senior, junior and collegiate B. )UHH 6NDWLQJ 0RYHV Moves such as lunges, spirals, Ina Bauers, spread eagles, hydroblading, Biellmann spiral, &KDUORWWH DQG VKRRW WKH GXFN DUH H[DPSOHV RI IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYHV SHUPLWWHG LQ V\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ )UHH VNDWLQJ moves are allowed in elements such as creative element and move element. They may also be performed as transitional PRYHV EHWZHHQ HOHPHQWV RU ZLWKLQ DQ HOHPHQW WR LQFUHDVH WKH GLI¿FXOW\ RI WUDQVLWLRQV DQG DGG YDULHW\ FRPSOH[LW\ WR WKH SURJUDP $ IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH H[HFXWHG ZLWK DQ RXWVLGH HGJH LV FRQVLGHUHG GLIIHUHQW WKDQ WKH VDPH W\SH RI IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH H[HFXWHG ZLWK DQ LQVLGH HGJH $ IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH H[HFXWHG IRUZDUG LV FRQVLGHUHG GLIIHUHQW WKDQ WKH VDPH W\SH RI IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH H[HFXWHG EDFNZDUG 7R JHW FUHGLW IRU SHUIRUPLQJ IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH V HDFK PRYH PXVW EH KHOG LQ WKH correct position and on the correct edge for at least three seconds. A free skating move with one change of edge must be held for a minimum of two seconds on each edge and for a total of four seconds. In the case when skaters change HGJHV DW GLIIHUHQW WLPHV DOO VNDWHU V PXVW KROG WKH IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH IRU DW OHDVW WZR VHFRQGV RQ HDFK HGJH 1. +\GUREODGLQJ The skaters must show a low sit-like position that is counter balanced, where the supporting leg LV EHQW WR DW OHDVW GHJUHHV SDUDOOHO WR WKH LFH DQG WKH IUHH OHJ DQG KDQGV DUH QRW UHVWLQJ RQ WKH LFH VXUIDFH 7KH skater’s torso, including the shoulders, are leaning far in toward the center of the circle, and the free leg is placed WR WKH RXWVLGH RI WKDW FLUFOH 7KH PRYH PXVW EH H[HFXWHG RQ DQ HGJH DQG RQ RQH IRRW 2. ,QD %DXHU $ WZR IRRWHG PRYHPHQW LQ ZKLFK WKH VNDWHU WUDYHOV DORQJ WKH LFH ZLWK RQH IRRW RQ D IRUZDUG HGJH WUDFLQJ DQG WKH RWKHU RQ D PDWFKLQJ EDFNZDUG HGJH WUDFLQJ RQ D GLIIHUHQW EXW SDUDOOHO HGJH WUDFLQJ 3. /XQJH $ PRYHPHQW HLWKHU IRUZDUG RU EDFNZDUG RQ DQ HGJH RU ÀDW LQ ZKLFK D VNDWHU WUDYHOV DORQJ WKH LFH ZLWK RQH VXSSRUWLQJ OHJ EHQW ZLWK DW OHDVW GHJUHHV EHWZHHQ WKH WKLJK DQG VKLQ RI WKH VNDWLQJ OHJ DQG WKH RWKHU OHJ GLUHFWHG EHKLQG ZLWK WKH ERRW EODGH WRXFKLQJ WKH LFH 7KH VNDWHU¶V WRUVR PD\ EH XSULJKW EHQW IRUZDUG OHDQLQJ EDFNZDUG RU to the side. The free leg may be straight or bent and may be held to the back or side. The free foot may be in any position. 4. 6KRRW WKH 'XFN The skaters must show a low position where the supporting leg is bent to at least 90 degrees SDUDOOHO WR WKH LFH DQG WKH IUHH OHJ LV QRW UHVWLQJ RQ WKH LFH VXUIDFH 7KH VNDWHU¶V WRUVR PD\ EH XSULJKW RU EHQW forward. The free leg may be straight or bent and may be held to the front or to the side. The move must be skated on an edge and on one foot. 5. 6SLUDOV A glide on a long forward or backward, inside or outside edge in an arabesque position. To be counted as a VSLUDO WKH IUHH OHJ LQFOXGLQJ NQHH DQG IRRW PXVW EH KHOG DW OHDVW DW KLS OHYHO RU KLJKHU WKDQ KLS OHYHO 7KH SRVLWLRQ of the free leg may be backward, forward or sideways. a. %LHOOPDQQ 6SLUDO The skater’s free foot is pulled from behind to a position higher than the head and toward the WRS RI WKH KHDG FORVH WR WKH FHQWUDO D[LV RI WKH VNDWHU b. &KDUORWWH $ JOLGH HLWKHU IRUZDUG RU EDFNZDUG RQ DQ HGJH RU D ÀDW 7KH VNDWHU¶V ERG\ PXVW EHQG IRUZDUG D minimum of 135 degrees from upright so that the head and chest are close to the supporting leg. The free leg DQG VXSSRUWLQJ OHJ VKRXOG EH VWUDLJKW ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ H[WHQGHG EHKLQG DQG KHOG DW D PLQLPXP RI GHJUHHV The free leg may be supported or unsupported. c. 6SLUDO ZLWK D FKDQJH RI HGJH DQG IUHH OHJ SRVLWLRQ The free leg must remain at least at hip level or higher as it changes position. The free leg position may change from the front to the side or to the back, or any combination thereof. d. 6SLUDO GHJUHHV A glide on a forward or backward inside or outside edge where the skater’s body remains upright with the free leg held at a 135 degree angle to the skating leg. The free leg may be held to the front or WR WKH VLGH 7KH IUHH OHJ DQG VNDWLQJ OHJ VKRXOG EH VWUDLJKW 7KH IUHH OHJ PD\ EH VXSSRUWHG HLWKHU E\ WKH VDPH RU DQRWKHU VNDWHU RU XQVXSSRUWHG e. 6SLUDO YDULDWLRQ A spiral position either to the front, side or back where the free leg is bent and supported HLWKHU E\ WKH VDPH RU DQRWKHU VNDWHU RU XQVXSSRUWHG 7KH IUHH OHJ PXVW EH KHOG KLJKHU WKDQ KLS OHYHO LQFOXGLQJ WKH NQHH DQG IRRW 234

6. 6SUHDG (DJOH A two-footed movement in which the skater skates with one foot on a forward edge and the other on D PDWFKLQJ EDFNZDUG HGJH RQ WKH VDPH WUDFN H J RXWVLGH DQG RXWVLGH C. 3RLQW RI ,QWHUVHFWLRQ 7KH W\SH RI PRYHPHQW URWDWLRQ WKDW WKH VNDWHUV DUH H[HFXWLQJ DW WKH D[LV RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ $OO VNDWHUV PD\ H[HFXWH WKH VDPH WXUQV OLQNLQJ VWHSV DW WKH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU LI RQH KDOI RI WKH WHDP H[HFXWHV WKH VDPH WXUQV OLQNLQJ VWHSV DW WKH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ WKHQ WKH RWKHU KDOI RI WKH WHDP PD\ H[HFXWH D GLIIHUHQW WXUQ OLQNLQJ VWHSV 7KHUH DUH YDULRXV GLI¿FXOW\ JURXSV IRU WKH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ ZKLFK DUH XSGDWHG DQG SXEOLVKHG RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ XQGHU WKH ³7HFKQLFDO ,QIR´ OLQN D. 6WHS 6HTXHQFH $ FRPELQDWLRQ VHULHV RI GLIIHUHQW WXUQLQJ PHWKRGV VXFK DV WKUHH WXUQ EUDFNHW FKRFWDZ FRXQWHU ORRS mohawk, rocker, twizzle, linking steps and short free skating moves used as part of an element such as the no hold element. 1. Use of crossovers must be kept to a minimum, and only one crossover in a row may be included. 'XULQJ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH DOO VNDWHUV PXVW H[HFXWH WKH VDPH VWHSV WXUQV LQ WKH VDPH VNDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ RQ WKH VDPH HGJH DW WKH VDPH WLPH H[FHSW WR LQLWLDWH RU HQG D PLUURU LPDJH SDWWHUQ /LQNLQJ VWHSV IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYHV HWF PD\ EH GLIIHUHQW ,I UHTXLUHG IRU D IHDWXUH WKH IXOO WHDP PXVW H[HFXWH WKH IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH RU OLQNLQJ VWHSV VDPH RU GLIIHUHQW W\SHV HWF DW WKH VDPH WLPH RWKHUZLVH LW ZLOO QRW EH considered a feature. $ PLUURU LPDJH SDWWHUQ LV SHUPLWWHG GXULQJ D VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH 7KH WXUQV H[HFXWHG GXULQJ WKH PLUURU image pattern will not end a step sequence additional feature nor be counted toward the level of a step sequence additional feature. 5. Short free skating moves are allowed within a step sequence additional feature but must be held for less than three seconds. 7KH UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU WKH OHYHOV RI D VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH PXVW EH H[HFXWHG FRUUHFWO\ LQ RUGHU IRU WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH WR EH FRXQWHG LQ ,-6 HYHQWV 7. The step sequence feature in a no hold element has no minimum requirements for ice coverage 7XUQ UHTXLUHPHQWV 7R UHFHLYH D VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH OHYHO WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU WXUQV DUH DV IROORZV D 7XUQV VWHSV WKDW GR QRW KDYH VXVWDLQHG HGJHV GXH WR D TXLFNHU WHPSR ZLOO EH FRXQWHG DV ORQJ DV WKH\ DUH H[HFXWHG ZLWK FOHDU FOHDQ HQWU\ DQG H[LW HGJHV b. Teams that use a good quality of skating but have shorter and quicker edges must not be penalized in the grades RI H[HFXWLRQ F :KHQ WXUQV VWHSV DQG OLQNLQJ VWHSV DUH XVHG LQ D VWHS VHTXHQFH WKH WXUQV VWHSV DQG OLQNLQJ VWHSV PXVW EH balanced in their distribution throughout the step sequence additional feature. 'H¿QLWLRQV RI )HDWXUHV DQG 5HTXLUHPHQWV A. %DFN WR EDFN SUHSDUDWLRQ DQG DSSURDFK 7KH VNDWHUV¶ EDFNV LQFOXGLQJ VKRXOGHUV DQG KLSV DUH IDFLQJ WRZDUG WKH D[LV of intersection, independently of the skating direction, during both the end of the preparation phase and the entire approach phase. A pivoting entry with backward skating is also considered to be a back to back preparation and approach as long as the lines pivot more than 90 degrees. B. %DODQFLQJ OLIW The position of the lifted skater is stabilized mostly by their own strength. The lifted skater’s position EHFRPHV SUHFDULRXV DQG LQÀXHQFHV DIIHFWV WKHLU EDODQFH C. %RG\ PRYHPHQW 7KH XVH RI WKH ERG\ SDUWV DUPV OHJV KHDG WRUVR ZKHQ H[HFXWLQJ WKH WXUQV DQG OLQNLQJ VWHSV 7KH FRUH FKDQJHV IURP WKH FHQWHU EDODQFHG SRVLWLRQ DQG WKDW PRYHPHQW KDV D VLJQL¿FDQW LPSDFW RQ WKH ERG\¶V ZHLJKW distribution over the blade. D. &KDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ GXULQJ D IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH 7KHUH PXVW EH D FKDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ H[HFXWHG E\ DOO VNDWHUV ZKLOH H[HFXWLQJ D IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH ,I D VNDWHU EHJLQV RQ WKH ULJKW VLGH RI DQRWKHU VNDWHU WKH\ PXVW FKDQJH WR WKH OHIW VLGH RI WKDW VDPH VNDWHU (DFK VNDWHU PXVW ¿UVW EH RQ DQ LQGLYLGXDO WUDFN FXUYH EHIRUH FURVVLQJ WKH WUDFN RI WKH RWKHU VNDWHU ZLWK ZKRP WKH\ DUH FKDQJLQJ SRVLWLRQ DQG WKHQ DJDLQ HVWDEOLVK WKHLU LQGLYLGXDO WUDFN FXUYH DIWHU WKH WUDFNV KDYH FURVVHG ( &KDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ RI D OLIWHG VNDWHU 7KH OLIWHG VNDWHU PXVW URWDWH D PLQLPXP RI GHJUHHV LI XVLQJ KRUL]RQWDO D[LV RU GHJUHHV LI XVLQJ YHUWLFDO D[LV 7KHUH LV QR VSHFL¿F UHTXLUHPHQW LI XVLQJ D FRPELQDWLRQ RI ERWK KRUL]RQWDO DQG YHUWLFDO D[LV F. ([WUD IHDWXUHV Short free skating moves, dance jumps, toe steps, small hops, etc. G. ,QWHUDFWLQJ DQG SLYRWLQJ OLQHV An action where two OLQHV ERWK DUH SLYRWLQJ DQG LQWHUDFWLQJ FKDQJLQJ SRVLWLRQ ZLWK each other at all times. H. 3LYRWLQJ $ FRQWLQXRXV DFWLRQ LQ RQH URWDWLRQ GLUHFWLRQ ZKHUH D SLYRWLQJ HOHPHQW VXFK DV D OLQH RU EORFN WXUQV URWDWHV DURXQG D SRLQW DV WKH SLYRWLQJ HOHPHQW FRQWLQXHV WR PRYH RYHU DQG RU DFURVV WKH LFH VR WKDW WKH VORZ HQG GRHV QRW become stationary. I. &KDQJH RI SLYRW SRLQW In the block or line element, when the pivot point changes from one end of the line to the other. 7KH SLYRW SRLQW LV SHUPLWWHG WR SURJUHVV WKURXJK WKH OLQH V 5HWURJUHVVLRQ LV QRW SHUPLWWHG GXULQJ D FKDQJH RI SLYRW point. Skaters may not cross their own old tracks as the pivot point is changing ends. J. 7UDYHO An action where a rotating element such as a circle or wheel is caused to move in a given direction or path for a required distance. The element must continue to rotate during travel. The path may be curved or straight. All skaters PXVW H[HFXWH WKH VDPH OLQNLQJ VWHSV WXUQV LQ WKH VDPH VNDWLQJ GLUHFWLRQ DW WKH VDPH WLPH GXULQJ WUDYHOLQJ 1. &KDQJH RI SRVLWLRQ RI HDFK VSRNH ZKHHO HOHPHQW All skaters in each spoke must change position at the same time 235

VR WKDW WKH RUGHU EHFRPHV RSSRVLWH FRPSDUHG WR WKH VWDUW L H VNDWHUV VWDUWLQJ RQ WKH RXWVLGH RI WKH VSRNH PXVW HQG LQ WKH PLGGOH RI WKH ZKHHO HWF ,Q WKH FDVH WKDW D VSRNH LV FRPSULVHG RI DQ XQHYHQ QXPEHU RI VNDWHUV H[DPSOH ¿YH VNDWHUV WKH PLGGOH VNDWHU ZLOO VWD\ LQ WKH VDPH SODFH 2. :HDYLQJ GXULQJ WUDYHO FLUFOH HOHPHQW All skaters must change places at the same time. If starting on the outside circle they must change into the center circle. 7150 General Criteria and Basic Requirements for Elements 7KH GHWDLOHG FULWHULD IRU WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV RI HOHPHQWV ZLOO EH XSGDWHG WRJHWKHU ZLWK IHDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD features annually and published RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ A. The combined element must meet the following criteria: 1. The combined element begins when at least two different synchronized skating elements are recognized. It ends once the transition into another element or transitional element begins. 2. The combined element consists of a choice of least two different synchronized skating elements. 3. The two or more elements must interact with each other. 4. Choice of block, circle, intersection, line, wheel, etc. 5. If using a block there must be a minimum of three lines and eight skaters. ,I XVLQJ D FLUFOH WKHUH PXVW EH D PLQLPXP RI VL[ VNDWHUV 7. If using an intersection there must be a minimum of eight skaters who intersect. 8. If using a line there must be a minimum of eight skaters if doing one line, or in the case of two lines there must be four skaters in each line. 9. If using a wheel there must be either a minimum of two spokes with three skaters in each spoke, or in the case of a RQH VSRNH ZKHHO WKHUH PXVW EH D PLQLPXP RI ¿YH VNDWHUV LQ WKH VSRNH 10. If using a pair element, there must be a minimum of four skaters. 11. There is no minimum requirement or restriction as to the amount of ice the skaters cover while preparing for and H[HFXWLQJ WKH FRPELQHG HOHPHQW B. The creative element must meet the following criteria: 7KH FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW EHJLQV ZLWK WKH WUDQVLWLRQ IURP WKH SUHYLRXV HOHPHQW RU WKH VWDUW RI WKH SURJUDP LI SODFHG DV ¿UVW HOHPHQW DQG HQGV ZLWK WKH WUDQVLWLRQ LQWR WKH QH[W HOHPHQW RU WKH HQG RI WKH SURJUDP LI SODFHG DV WKH ODVW HOHPHQW 2. The creative element is a presentation of one or more creative and innovative movements such as but not limited to: IUHH VNDWLQJ HOHPHQWV DQG RU PRYHV PDGH LQ DQ LQWHUHVWLQJ PDQQHU ZKLFK UHÀHFWV WKH PXVLF 6\QFKURQL]HG VNDWLQJ program elements may be incorporated into the creative element. 7KH XVH RI GLIIHUHQW OHYHOV VXE JURXSLQJ DQG RU KLJKOLJKWLQJ LV SHUPLWWHG LQ RUGHU WR HQKDQFH WKH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG music. $OO VNDWHUV PXVW SDUWLFLSDWH LQ WKH HOHPHQW EXW DUH QRW UHTXLUHG WR H[HFXWH D IUHH VNDWLQJ HOHPHQW PRYH 7KH FKRVHQ PRYHPHQWV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH LQ V\QFRSDWLRQ RU DW GLIIHUHQW WLPHV DQG PD\ EH performed as individual skaters, pairs or groups of any size. 7KH VNDWHU V PD\ VWRS RU EHFRPH VWDWLRQDU\ DW DQ\ WLPH GXULQJ WKH HOHPHQW KRZHYHU WKLV VWRSSLQJ VKRXOG EH UHÀHFWLYH RI DQG HQKDQFH WKH PXVLFDO VWUXFWXUH 7KH JUDGH RI H[HFXWLRQ DQG RU SURJUDP FRPSRQHQW PDUNV ZLOO EH reduced if the amount of stationary time is prolonged. 7. The length of time to perform this element will vary depending on the content and structure of the element. There LV QR PD[LPXP RU PLQLPXP DPRXQW RI WLPH 8. There is no minimum requirement or restriction as to the amount of ice coverage the skaters cover while preparing IRU DQG H[HFXWLQJ WKH FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW C. The group lift element must meet the following criteria: 1. The group lift element begins once the skaters begin to form their group for the lift, and it ends when the lifted skater is set down. 2. All skaters must participate in a group lift element either by being the lifted skater, by supporting the lifted skater RU E\ H[HFXWLQJ D IUHH VNDWLQJ HOHPHQW 7KH JURXS OLIWV PD\ EH WKH VDPH RU GLIIHUHQW ZKHQ H[HFXWLQJ WZR RU PRUH JURXS OLIWV 7KH JURXS OLIWV PXVW DVFHQG DW WKH VDPH WLPH EXW PD\ H[LW LQ D V\QFRSDWHG PDQQHU DV ORQJ DV WKH GHVFHQW LV QRW WR be counted as part of a feature. 7KH JURXS OLIW PXVW PHHW WKH GH¿QLWLRQ IRU JURXS OLIWV VHH UXOH $ E

7KH IUHH VNDWLQJ HOHPHQW V H[HFXWHG E\ WKH UHPDLQLQJ VNDWHUV QRW SDUWLFLSDWLQJ LQ WKH OLIW PD\ EH WKH VDPH RU GLIIHUHQW DQG H[HFXWHG DW DSSUR[LPDWHO\ WKH VDPH WLPH DV WKH OLIW 7. There is no minimum requirement or restriction as to the amount of ice the skaters cover while preparing for and H[HFXWLQJ WKH JURXS OLIW V RU IUHH VNDWLQJ HOHPHQW D. The intersection element must meet the following criteria: 1. The intersection element begins once the skaters begin the preparation phase of the intersection, and it ends after WKH H[LW SKDVH SKDVH RI WKH LQWHUVHFWLRQ DQG XSRQ WKH VWDUW RI WKH WUDQVLWLRQ LQWR D GLIIHUHQW HOHPHQW RU WUDQVLWLRQDO element.

236

2. All skaters must pass another skater during the intersection element. There are several different manners in which WKLV FDQ EH H[HFXWHG a. Individual skaters may pass each other simultaneously or separately as long as each skater is involved in the intersection. b. All skaters on the team in pairs of skaters passing by each other is not considered to be an intersection element. F :HDYLQJ GXULQJ D FLUFOH LQ D FLUFOH RSSRVLWH RU VDPH GLUHFWLRQ ZLWK KDOI RI WKH WHDP LQ HDFK FLUFOH LV QRW considered to be an intersection element d. $QJOHG LQWHUVHFWLRQ $Q LQWHUVHFWLRQ ZKHUH WZR RU PRUH OLQHV DUH VNDWLQJ WRZDUGV HDFK RWKHU DQG WKH D[LV RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ IURP RSSRVLWH VLGHV HQGV RI WKH LFH VXUIDFH ZKLOH UHPDLQLQJ SDUDOOHO WR HDFK RWKHU e. &ROODSVLQJ LQWHUVHFWLRQV An intersection where skaters pass each other at different times using at least two GLIIHUHQW D[LV ([DPSOHV RI D FROODSVLQJ LQWHUVHFWLRQ DUH ER[ DQG WULDQJOH f. &RPELQHG LQWHUVHFWLRQ $Q LQWHUVHFWLRQ WKDW FRPELQHV URWDWLQJ HOHPHQW V VXFK DV D FLUFOH V DQG RU ZKHHO V HLWKHU ZLWK OLQH V RU URWDWLQJ HOHPHQW V VXFK DV D FLUFOH V DQG RU ZKHHO V g. :KLS LQWHUVHFWLRQ An intersection where there is a whipping action just before the two lines pass each other. The two lines approach each other starting from a true half circle curve whereby the skaters on one end of a line are skating with more speed than the skaters on the opposite end of the same line. 7KH QXPEHU RI VNDWHUV LQ HDFK OLQH SDUW RI DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ PXVW EH DV HTXDO DV SRVVLEOH ([DPSOHV a. :KLS LQWHUVHFWLRQ On a team of 16 skaters, each line must have eight skaters. b. 7ULDQJOH LQWHUVHFWLRQ 2Q D WHDP RI VNDWHUV WZR OLQHV HDFK KDYH ¿YH VNDWHUV DQG WKH RWKHU OLQH KDV VL[ VNDWHUV c. &RPELQHG LQWHUVHFWLRQ 7KHUH PXVW EH DW OHDVW VL[ VNDWHUV LQ D FLUFOH WKUHH VNDWHUV LQ D VSRNH DQG ¿YH VNDWHUV LQ a line. 4. 3KDVHV RI DQ ,QWHUVHFWLRQ (OHPHQW Intersection elements have four phases, each of which must be included and H[HFXWHG FRUUHFWO\ 7KHUH LV QR UHTXLUHG OHQJWK RI WLPH WKDW HDFK SKDVH PXVW EH KHOG a. 3KDVH ± 3UHSDUDWLRQ (VWDEOLVKLQJ WKH VKDSH RI WKH LQWHUVHFWLRQ 7KH VKDSH RI WKH LQWHUVHFWLRQ PXVW EH PDLQWDLQHG WKURXJKRXW WKH SUHSDUDWLRQ DSSURDFK DQG H[LW SKDVHV RI WKH LQWHUVHFWLRQ b. 3KDVH ± $SSURDFK 7KH PRPHQW WKDW WKH WHDP VWDUWV PRYLQJ WRZDUG WKH D[LV RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ c. 3KDVH ± 3RLQW RI ,QWHUVHFWLRQ 7KH W\SH RI PRYHPHQW URWDWLRQ WKDW WKH VNDWHUV DUH H[HFXWLQJ DW WKH D[LV RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ 6HH UXOH & d. 3KDVH ± ([LW RI ,QWHUVHFWLRQ 7KH PRPHQW IROORZLQJ WKH D[LV RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ 7KHUH LV QR PLQLPXP RU PD[LPXP DPRXQW RI LFH FRYHUDJH UHTXLUHG ( 7KH move element must meet the following criteria: 1. The move element begins at the start of the free skating move, and it ends with the completion of the free skating PRYH V 2. The move element consists of one free skating move. a. One part of the team may perform one type of free skating move, and another part of the team may perform DQRWKHU W\SH RI IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH 8S WR IRXU GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYHV HLWKHU WKH VDPH RU GLIIHUHQW OHYHOV H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH ZLOO EH SHUPLWWHG 1RQH RI WKH IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYHV PD\ EH UHSHDWHG LI WKHUH LV a second move element included in the well-balanced program. 3. The free skating move must meet the requirements to be counted. $Q\ WUDQVLWLRQ LQFOXGLQJ WUDQVLWLRQV UHVHPEOLQJ DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV SHUPLWWHG GXULQJ WKH IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH VHH UXOHV DQG IRU LOOHJDO DQG QRQ SHUPLWWHG HOHPHQWV 7KHUH LV QR UHVWULFWLRQ DV WR WKH DPRXQW RI LFH WKH VNDWHUV FRYHU ZKLOH H[HFXWLQJ WKH PRYH HOHPHQW F. The no hold element must meet the following criteria: 7KH QR KROG HOHPHQW LQFOXGHV DQ DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH VWHS VHTXHQFH H[HFXWHG ZLWK D QR KROG 2. The no hold element begins when the skaters are in a no hold and form a block consisting of four lines with the lines being as equal in the number of skaters as possible, no matter where the block is placed on the ice. On a team of 16, the four lines must have four skaters each. The no hold element ends at any place on the ice surface when the block breaks up on the start of a transition into a different element or transitional element, or when all or some of WKH VNDWHUV GHOLEHUDWHO\ WRXFK HDFK RWKHU DQG RU WDNH D KROG /LQNLQJ VWHSV IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYHV DQG ERG\ PRYHPHQWV HWF PD\ EH GLIIHUHQW DQG H[HFXWHG DW GLIIHUHQW WLPHV 7KH QR KROG HOHPHQW PXVW EH H[HFXWHG LQ D FORVHG EORFN $ FKDQJH RI FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ LV QRW SHUPLWWHG 6. All skaters must cover one-half of the length of the ice surface or comparable distance. G. The pair element must meet the following criteria: 1. This element consists of pairs, incorporating all team members. For teams with 16 skaters, the element consists of eight pairs. 2. The pair element begins when all skaters are in pairs and ends when the partners break apart. 3. The pair element consists of free skating elements, free skating moves or other skating movements. 4. The pairs must act as a unit. 5. All pairs must perform the same movement at the same time. 6. There is no minimum ice coverage requirement or restriction as to the amount of ice the skaters cover while SUHSDULQJ IRU DQG H[HFXWLQJ WKH SDLU HOHPHQW 237

H. Pivoting and linear elements 1. The block element must meet the following criteria: D 7KH EORFN HOHPHQW EHJLQV RQFH WKH VKDSH LV UHFRJQL]HG DQG DOO VNDWHUV DUH OLQHG XS LQ WKH FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ ,W HQGV ZKHQ WKH EORFN FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ LV EURNHQ XS E\ WKH WUDQVLWLRQ LQWR D GLIIHUHQW HOHPHQW RU WUDQVLWLRQDO HOHPHQW E $ EORFN FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI WKUHH OLQHV F $ EORFN HOHPHQW PXVW EH D FORVHG EORFN IRUPDWLRQ ZLWK SDUDOOHO OLQHV OLQHG XS RU VWDJJHUHG

d. All skaters must be attached for most of the time. H $Q\ W\SH RI SDWWHUQ PD\ EH XVHG H[DPSOH VWUDLJKW OLQH GLDJRQDO FLUFXODU VHUSHQWLQH RU DQ\ YDULHW\ WKHUHRI as long as all skaters cover a distance comparable to at least one-half the length of the ice surface. 2. The line element must meet the following criteria: D 7KH OLQH HOHPHQW EHJLQV RQFH WKH VKDSH LV UHFRJQL]HG DQG DOO VNDWHUV DUH SDUWLFLSDWLQJ LQ WKH FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ DQG LW HQGV ZKHQ WKH OLQH V EUHDNV DSDUW XSRQ WKH VWDUW RI D WUDQVLWLRQ LQWR D GLIIHUHQW HOHPHQW RU WUDQVLWLRQDO HOHPHQW b. The element must have either one line or two lines, which must be as equal as possible in terms of the number of skaters in each line. c. If there are two lines, these two lines may be joined or separate and may pass by each other. d. The line element must cover at least one-half the length of the ice surface or comparable distance to be counted. I. The synchronized spin element must meet the following criteria: 1. The synchronized spin element begins with the entry edge into the spin and ends when the skaters stop spinning DQG H[LW WKH VSLQ H[LW HGJH LQFOXGHG 2. Any solo spins can be used. 3. All skaters must perform the same spin at the same time. 4. The rotation of the spin can be clockwise, counterclockwise or a combination of both directions. 5. The rotation of the skaters may be in the same or different rotational directions. 7KH PRYHPHQWV RI WKH VNDWHUV GXULQJ DOO SKDVHV RI DSSURDFKLQJ VSLQQLQJ DQG H[LWLQJ IURP WKH VSLQ VKRXOG EH completely synchronized. 7. There is no minimum requirement or restriction as to the amount of ice the skaters cover while preparing for and H[HFXWLQJ WKH V\QFKURQL]HG VSLQ HOHPHQW J. Traveling and rotating elements 1. The circle element must meet the following criteria: a. The circle element begins once the circle is recognized and starts to rotate with all skaters participating in the FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ ,W HQGV ZKHQ WKH FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ LV EURNHQ VWRSV URWDWLQJ DQG EHJLQV D WUDQVLWLRQ LQWR D GLIIHUHQW element or transitional element. E 7KHUH PD\ EH D PD[LPXP RI WKUHH FLUFOHV H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH F (DFK FLUFOH PXVW KDYH D PLQLPXP RI IRXU VNDWHUV d. All skaters must rotate a total of at least 360 degrees in one direction or comparable distance if both clockwise and counterclockwise directions are used. e. There is no restriction on the circle size. 2. The wheel element must meet the following criteria: D 7KH ZKHHO HOHPHQW EHJLQV RQFH WKH FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ LV UHFRJQL]HG DQG VWDUWV WR URWDWH ZLWK DOO VNDWHUV SDUWLFLSDWLQJ LQ WKH FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ ,W HQGV ZKHQ WKH ZKHHO FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ LV EURNHQ VWRSV URWDWLQJ DQG EHJLQV D WUDQVLWLRQ LQWR a different element or transitional element. E 7KHUH PD\ EH D PD[LPXP RI WKUHH VHSDUDWH ZKHHOV H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH 7KHUH PXVW EH DW OHDVW WKUHH skaters in each spoke for a team of 16 skaters. c. Spokes may be straight, curved or of different lengths. G $ YDULDWLRQ RI D ZKHHO FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ LV GH¿QHG DV D GHYLDWLRQ RI D EDVLF ZKHHO VKDSH ZKHUH VNDWHUV DUH DWWDFKHG to the wheel or a spoke and rotating around a pivot point. H %DVLF ZKHHO VKDSHV DUH GH¿QHG DV IROORZV L 2QH WZR RU ³6´ ZKHHO WKUHH IRXU RU ¿YH VSRNH ZKHHO ii. Interlocking wheels; iii. Two-line parallel wheel. f. The element must rotate a minimum of 360 degrees.

7160 Illegal Elements/Features/Additional Features/Movements When illegal elements IHDWXUHV DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV DQG PRYHPHQWV are included, a deduction will be made IURP WKH WRWDO VFRUH E\ WKH WHFKQLFDO SDQHO LQ ,-6 HYHQWV DQG E\ WKH MXGJHV LQ HYHQWV 6HH UXOH VHFWLRQ

A. Senior and Junior Short Program ,OOHJDO OLIWV DV GH¿QHG LQ UXOH $

,QWHUVHFWLRQV LQFRUSRUDWLQJ EDFN VSLUDOV LQFOXGLQJ PRYH HOHPHQWV

)O\LQJ FDPHO VSLQV H[HFXWHG E\ WKH HQWLUH WHDP 4. Split jump through the point of intersection

238

B. Senior Free Skate /LIWV RWKHU WKDQ DV GH¿QHG LQ UXOH $

,QWHUVHFWLRQV LQFRUSRUDWLQJ EDFN VSLUDOV LQFOXGLQJ PRYH HOHPHQWV

)O\LQJ FDPHO VSLQV H[HFXWHG E\ WKH HQWLUH WHDP 4. Split jump through the point of intersection & )UHH 6NDWH ± $OO /HYHOV ([FHSW 6HQLRU $FUREDWLF OLIWV DV GH¿QHG LQ UXOH $ D

,QWHUVHFWLRQV LQFRUSRUDWLQJ EDFN VSLUDOV LQFOXGLQJ PRYH HOHPHQWV

)O\LQJ FDPHO VSLQV H[HFXWHG E\ WKH HQWLUH WHDP 4. Split jump through the point of intersection

7170 Non-Permitted Elements, Features, Additional Features and Movements :KHQ QRQ SHUPLWWHG HOHPHQWV IHDWXUHV DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV RU PRYHPHQWV DUH LQFOXGHG D GHGXFWLRQ ZLOO EH made from the total score by the technical panel in an IJS event and by the judges in 6.0 events. A. Senior and Junior Short Program /LIWV RI DQ\ YDULHW\ LQFOXGLQJ XQ VXVWDLQHG OLIWV

2. Throw jumps 3. Vaults 4. Assisted jumps 5. Any jump of one revolution or more 3URORQJHG ORQJHU WKDQ WKUHH VHFRQGV O\LQJ RU NQHHOLQJ RQH RU ERWK NQHHV RQ WKH LFH DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ HQG DQG RU during the program 7. Jumps at the point of intersection B. Senior Free Skate 3URORQJHG ORQJHU WKDQ WKUHH VHFRQGV O\LQJ RU NQHHOLQJ RQH RU ERWK NQHHV RQ WKH LFH DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ HQG DQG RU during the program C. Junior and Collegiate Free Skate 1. Pair lifts and group lifts 3URORQJHG ORQJHU WKDQ WKUHH VHFRQGV O\LQJ RU NQHHOLQJ RQH RU ERWK NQHHV RQ WKH LFH DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ HQG DQG RU during the program ' )UHH 6NDWH ± $OO /HYHOV ([FHSW 6HQLRU -XQLRU DQG &ROOHJLDWH /LIWV RI DQ\ YDULHW\ 2. Un-sustained lifts 3. Vaults 4. Throw jumps 5. Assisted jumps of more than one revolution 6. Jumps of more than one revolution at the novice, intermediate, juvenile, adult and masters levels 7. Jumps of one revolution or more at the pre-juvenile, preliminary, open juvenile, open collegiate, open adult and open masters levels 3URORQJHG ORQJHU WKDQ WKUHH VHFRQGV O\LQJ RU NQHHOLQJ RQH RU ERWK NQHHV RQ WKH LFH DW WKH EHJLQQLQJ HQG DQG RU during the program 9. Jumps through the point of intersection

239

7200 Senior Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV Junior PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU

INTERSECTION

MOVE

NO HOLD PIVOTING TRAVELING

SENIOR SYNCHRONIZED SHORT PROGRAM (2017-18) 2:50 maximum time 0XVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ ¿YH HOHPHQWV LQ DQ\ RUGHU One intersection element + point of intersection • Whip intersection is required • $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV UHTXLUHG • )HDWXUHV DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG One move element • 2QH IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH PXVW EH H[HFXWHG E\ HDFK VNDWHU • 2QH IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH PXVW EH DQ XQ VXSSRUWHG VSLUDO ZLWK WKH IUHH OHJ H[WHQGHG WR WKH EDFN H[HFXWHG by at least half of the team • $Q\ RWKHU IUHH VNDWLQJ PRYH V WKDW WKH WHDP ZLVKHV WR LQFOXGH LV D IUHH FKRLFH RI WKH WHDP • A minimum of four skaters must attempt a free skating move for it to be counted • )HDWXUHV DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG One no hold element • $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH VWHS VHTXHQFH LV UHTXLUHG • )HDWXUHV DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG One pivoting element – block • 3LYRWLQJ H[HFXWHG LQ three lines is required • &KDQJH RI SLYRW SRLQW LV RSWLRQDO DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG One traveling element – wheel • 7UDYHO PXVW EH H[HFXWHG LQ D IRXU VSRNH ZKHHO • )HDWXUHV DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG

STANDARDS • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH )XUWKHUPRUH HOHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DWWHPSWHG XQOHVV WKH HOHPHQW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH • Creative innovations and variations are not features and are permitted in the transitions and required elements. Creative LQQRYDWLRQV ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so requires L H SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW • )RU FUHDWLYLW\ LQ OLQHDU HOHPHQWV EORFN DQG OLQH DQG LQ URWDWLQJ HOHPHQWV FLUFOH DQG ZKHHO VNDWHUV D PD[LPXP RI KDOI WKH WHDP PD\ OHDYH DQG UHMRLQ DQ HOHPHQW DV ORQJ DV WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VNDWHUV LQ WKH HOHPHQW LV PDLQWDLQHG • Features and additional features will be counted only once per element. • $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG • 6RPH IHDWXUHV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV RWKHU IHDWXUHV 3OHDVH VHH HDFK HOHPHQW UXOH IRU WKH FDVHV ZKHUH this is not permitted. • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PXVW EH WKH VDPH DQG H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • 6WHS VHTXHQFHV RI D FRPSOH[ YDULHW\ PD\ EH XVHG ERWK LQ WKH HOHPHQWV DQG GXULQJ WUDQVLWLRQV • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PD\ EH XVHG RWKHU WKDQ LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU IHDWXUHV ZKHUH FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG WXUQV HGJHV DUH UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI GLI¿FXOW\ • 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH ULQN • 3URJUDPV QRW IXO¿OOLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG • Un-prescribed or additional elements or repetitions of elements that have failed are not allowed and will not be marked. A GHGXFWLRQ PXVW EH PDGH LI DQ\ VXFK HOHPHQWV DUH LQFOXGHG %DVLF HOHPHQW VKDSHV /HYHO %DVH ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DQ XQ SUHVFULEHG RU DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW V • Transitions necessary to link the required elements are permitted. • Some features and additional features will be prescribed for each element. Features and additional features other than those UHTXLUHG IRU HDFK HOHPHQW PD\ QRW EH WDNHQ LQWR FRQVLGHUDWLRQ ZKHQ GHWHUPLQLQJ WKH OHYHO RI DQ HOHPHQW )HDWXUHV DQG or additional features that are not permitted will receive a deduction of not according to requirements if included. This deduction will be taken from the element score. • Features or additional features will be considered as omitted if not attempted. • (OHPHQWV H[HFXWHG XVLQJ WKH ZURQJ VKDSH ZLOO UHFHLYH D SHQDOW\ VHH UXOH $ ZURQJ VKDSH ZRXOG LQFOXGH H[DPSOHV VXFK DV D WHDP H[HFXWLQJ D IRXU VSRNH LQVWHDG RI D UHTXLUHG WKUHH VSRNH RU DQ DQJOHG LQWHUVHFWLRQ LQVWHDG RI D ER[ LQWHUVHFWLRQ • $Q\ W\SH RI OLIWV YDXOWV MXPSV RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ RU PRUH DQG RU DVVLVWHG MXPSV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ RI OLIWV when required as an element. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG LQ rules 7110-7140.

240

SENIOR SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE (2017-18) 4:30 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following nine elements in any order GROUP LIFTS Two different group lift elements • 2QH PXVW EH D JURXS OLIW HOHPHQW ZLWK URWDWLRQV PXVW LQFOXGH URWDWLRQV UHTXLUHG IRU WKH OHYHO

• 2QH PXVW EH D JURXS OLIW HOHPHQW WKDW JOLGHV PD\ URWDWH EXW URWDWLRQV DUH QRW UHTXLUHG

7HDPV PXVW ZULWH Âł*/ URWDWLRQ´ DQG Âł*/´ UHVSHFWLYHO\ RQ WKH SURJUDP FRQWHQW VKHHW INTERSECTIONS Two different intersection elements • 2QH LQWHUVHFWLRQ HOHPHQW $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG • 2QH LQWHUVHFWLRQ HOHPHQW $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ ZLOO QRW EH FRXQWHG 7HDPV DUH encouraged to be creative in all phases of this intersection. Teams must write “I + piâ€? or “Iâ€? respectively on the program content sheet. NO HOLD One no hold element + step sequence PAIR One pair element PLUS a choice of one element from each of the following groups: GROUP A • Move element • Synchronized spin element GROUP B • Creative element • Combined element GROUP C • /LQHDU HOHPHQW EORFN • /LQHDU HOHPHQW OLQH • 5RWDWLQJ HOHPHQW FLUFOH • 5RWDWLRQ HOHPHQW ZKHHO STANDARDS • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH )XUWKHUPRUH HOHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DWWHPSWHG XQOHVV WKH HOHPHQW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH • Creative innovations and variations are not features and are permitted in the transitions and required elements. Creative LQQRYDWLRQV ZLOO EH UHĂ€HFWHG LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so requires L H SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW • )RU FUHDWLYLW\ LQ OLQHDU HOHPHQWV EORFN DQG OLQH DQG LQ URWDWLQJ HOHPHQWV FLUFOH DQG ZKHHO VNDWHUV D PD[LPXP RI KDOI WKH WHDP PD\ OHDYH DQG UHMRLQ DQ HOHPHQW DV ORQJ DV WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VNDWHUV LQ WKH HOHPHQW LV PDLQWDLQHG • Features and additional features will be counted only once per element. • $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG • 6RPH IHDWXUHV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV RWKHU IHDWXUHV 3OHDVH VHH HDFK HOHPHQW UXOH IRU WKH FDVHV ZKHUH this is not permitted. • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PXVW EH WKH VDPH DQG H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • 6WHS VHTXHQFHV RI D FRPSOH[ YDULHW\ PD\ EH XVHG ERWK LQ WKH HOHPHQWV DQG GXULQJ WUDQVLWLRQV • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PD\ EH XVHG RWKHU WKDQ LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU IHDWXUHV ZKHUH FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG WXUQV HGJHV DUH UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ • 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH ULQN • 3URJUDPV QRW IXOÂżOOLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG • 2WKHU HOHPHQWV PD\ EH LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR WKH IUHH VNDWH DQG ZLOO EH MXGJHG LQ WUDQVLWLRQV DQG RU FKRUHRJUDSK\ • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV DUH RSWLRQDO LQ D ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH ,Q RUGHU WR LQFUHDVH WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WKH UHTXLUHG elements in the free skate, features and additional features may be incorporated into the free skating elements and will be called by the technical panel and evaluated by the judges. • /LIWV PD\ EH XVHG LQ WKH VHQLRU IUHH VNDWH • Un-sustained lifts and vaults may be used. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'HÂżQLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

241

7210 Junior Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 1RYLFH PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH \HDUV RI DJH RU ROGHU EXW XQGHU DJH Note: For ISU competitions, the team must have 16 skaters

INTERSECTION

NO HOLD PIVOTING SYNCHRONIZED SPIN TRAVELING

JUNIOR SYNCHRONIZED SHORT PROGRAM (2017-18) 2:50 maximum time 0XVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ ¿YH HOHPHQWV LQ DQ\ RUGHU One intersection element + point of intersection • Angled intersection is required • $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV UHTXLUHG • )HDWXUHV DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG One no hold element • $GGLWLRQDO )HDWXUH VWHS VHTXHQFH LV UHTXLUHG • )HDWXUHV DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG One pivoting element – block • 3LYRWLQJ H[HFXWHG LQ four lines is required • &KDQJH RI SLYRW SRLQW LV RSWLRQDO DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG One synchronized spin element • An upright spin is required One traveling element – wheel • Travel must be in a three-spoke wheel • )HDWXUHV DUH SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG

STANDARDS • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH )XUWKHUPRUH HOHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DWWHPSWHG XQOHVV WKH HOHPHQW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH • Creative innovations and variations are not features and are permitted in the transitions and required elements. Creative LQQRYDWLRQV ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so requires L H SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW • )RU FUHDWLYLW\ LQ OLQHDU HOHPHQWV EORFN DQG OLQH DQG LQ URWDWLQJ HOHPHQWV FLUFOH DQG ZKHHO VNDWHUV D PD[LPXP RI KDOI WKH WHDP PD\ OHDYH DQG UHMRLQ DQ HOHPHQW DV ORQJ DV WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VNDWHUV LQ WKH HOHPHQW LV PDLQWDLQHG • Features and additional features will be counted only once per element. • $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG • 6RPH IHDWXUHV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV RWKHU IHDWXUHV 3OHDVH VHH HDFK HOHPHQW UXOH IRU WKH FDVHV ZKHUH this is not permitted. • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PXVW EH WKH VDPH DQG H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • 6WHS VHTXHQFHV RI D FRPSOH[ YDULHW\ PD\ EH XVHG ERWK LQ WKH HOHPHQWV DQG GXULQJ WUDQVLWLRQV • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PD\ EH XVHG RWKHU WKDQ LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU IHDWXUHV ZKHUH FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG WXUQV HGJHV DUH UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI GLI¿FXOW\ • 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH ULQN • 3URJUDPV QRW IXO¿OOLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG • Un-prescribed or additional elements or repetitions of elements that have failed are not allowed and will not be marked. A GHGXFWLRQ PXVW EH PDGH LI DQ\ VXFK HOHPHQWV DUH LQFOXGHG %DVLF HOHPHQW VKDSHV /HYHO %DVH ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DQ XQ SUHVFULEHG RU DGGLWLRQDO HOHPHQW V • Transitions necessary to link the required elements are permitted. • Some features and additional features will be prescribed for each element. Features and additional features other than those UHTXLUHG IRU HDFK HOHPHQW PD\ QRW EH WDNHQ LQWR FRQVLGHUDWLRQ ZKHQ GHWHUPLQLQJ WKH OHYHO RI DQ HOHPHQW )HDWXUHV DQG or additional features that are not permitted will receive a deduction of not according to requirements if included. This deduction will be taken from the element score. • Features or additional features will be considered as omitted if not attempted. • (OHPHQWV H[HFXWHG XVLQJ WKH ZURQJ VKDSH ZLOO UHFHLYH D SHQDOW\ VHH UXOH $ ZURQJ VKDSH ZRXOG LQFOXGH H[DPSOHV VXFK DV D WHDP H[HFXWLQJ D IRXU VSRNH LQVWHDG RI D UHTXLUHG WKUHH VSRNH RU DQ DQJOHG LQWHUVHFWLRQ LQVWHDG RI D ER[ intersection. • $Q\ W\SH RI OLIWV YDXOWV MXPSV RI RQH UHYROXWLRQ RU PRUH DQG RU DVVLVWHG MXPSV DUH QRW SHUPLWWHG • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

242

JUNIOR SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE (2017-18) 4:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order INTERSECTIONS Two different intersection elements • 2QH LQWHUVHFWLRQ SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG • 2QH LQWHUVHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ ZLOO QRW EH counted. Teams must write “I + piâ€? or “Iâ€? respectively on the program content sheet. NO HOLD One no hold element + step sequence PAIR One pair element PLUS a choice of one element from each of the following groups: GROUP A • Move element • Synchronized spin element GROUP B • Creative element • Combined element GROUP C • /LQHDU HOHPHQW EORFN • /LQHDU HOHPHQW OLQH • 5RWDWLQJ HOHPHQW FLUFOH • 5RWDWLRQ HOHPHQW ZKHHO STANDARDS • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH )XUWKHUPRUH HOHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DWWHPSWHG XQOHVV WKH HOHPHQW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH • Creative innovations and variations are not features and are permitted in the transitions and required elements. Creative LQQRYDWLRQV ZLOO EH UHĂ€HFWHG LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so requires L H SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW • )RU FUHDWLYLW\ LQ OLQHDU HOHPHQWV EORFN DQG OLQH DQG LQ URWDWLQJ HOHPHQWV FLUFOH DQG ZKHHO VNDWHUV D PD[LPXP RI KDOI WKH WHDP PD\ OHDYH DQG UHMRLQ DQ HOHPHQW DV ORQJ DV WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VNDWHUV LQ WKH HOHPHQW LV PDLQWDLQHG • Features and additional features will be counted only once per element. • $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG • 6RPH IHDWXUHV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV RWKHU IHDWXUHV 3OHDVH VHH HDFK HOHPHQW UXOH IRU WKH FDVHV ZKHUH this is not permitted. • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PXVW EH WKH VDPH DQG H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • 6WHS VHTXHQFHV RI D FRPSOH[ YDULHW\ PD\ EH XVHG ERWK LQ WKH HOHPHQWV DQG GXULQJ WUDQVLWLRQV • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PD\ EH XVHG RWKHU WKDQ LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU IHDWXUHV ZKHUH FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG WXUQV HGJHV DUH UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ • 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH ULQN • 3URJUDPV QRW IXOÂżOOLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG • 2WKHU HOHPHQWV PD\ EH LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR WKH IUHH VNDWH DQG ZLOO EH MXGJHG LQ WUDQVLWLRQV DQG RU FKRUHRJUDSK\ • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV DUH RSWLRQDO LQ D ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH ,Q RUGHU WR LQFUHDVH WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WKH UHTXLUHG elements in the free skate, features and additional features may be incorporated into the free skating elements and will be called by the technical panel and evaluated by the judges. • Un-sustained lifts and vaults may be used in the junior free skate. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'HÂżQLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

243

7220 Novice Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV Intermediate PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH XQGHU DJH ZLWK WKH H[FHSWLRQ WKDW XS WR IRXU WHDP members may be 16 or 17 years of age NOVICE SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE (2017-18) 3:30 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order INTERSECTION One intersection element + point of intersection • $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI H[HFXWHG FRUUHFWO\ MOVE One move element NO HOLD One no hold element + step sequence PIVOTING One pivoting element – block TRAVELING One traveling element – circle PLUS a choice of one element from each of the following groups: GROUP A • 5RWDWLQJ HOHPHQW ± wheel • /LQHDU HOHPHQW ± OLQH GROUP B • Creative element • Combined element STANDARDS • A minimum of three different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH )XUWKHUPRUH HOHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DWWHPSWHG XQOHVV WKH HOHPHQW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH • Creative innovations and variations are not features and are permitted in the transitions and required elements. Creative LQQRYDWLRQV ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so requires L H SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW • )RU FUHDWLYLW\ LQ OLQHDU HOHPHQWV EORFN DQG OLQH DQG LQ URWDWLQJ HOHPHQWV FLUFOH DQG ZKHHO VNDWHUV D PD[LPXP RI KDOI WKH WHDP PD\ OHDYH DQG UHMRLQ DQ HOHPHQW DV ORQJ DV WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VNDWHUV LQ WKH HOHPHQW LV PDLQWDLQHG • Features and additional features will be counted only once per element. • $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG • 6RPH IHDWXUHV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV RWKHU IHDWXUHV 3OHDVH VHH HDFK HOHPHQW UXOH IRU WKH FDVHV ZKHUH this is not permitted. • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PXVW EH WKH VDPH DQG H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • 6WHS VHTXHQFHV RI D FRPSOH[ YDULHW\ PD\ EH XVHG ERWK LQ WKH HOHPHQWV DQG GXULQJ WUDQVLWLRQV • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PD\ EH XVHG RWKHU WKDQ LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU IHDWXUHV ZKHUH FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG WXUQV HGJHV DUH UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI GLI¿FXOW\ • 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH ULQN • 3URJUDPV QRW IXO¿OOLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG • 2WKHU HOHPHQWV PD\ EH LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR WKH IUHH VNDWH DQG ZLOO EH MXGJHG LQ WUDQVLWLRQV DQG RU FKRUHRJUDSK\ • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV DUH RSWLRQDO LQ D ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH ,Q RUGHU WR LQFUHDVH WKH GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH UHTXLUHG elements in the free skate, features and additional features may be incorporated into the free skating elements and will be called by the technical panel and evaluated by the judges. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

244

7230 Intermediate Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV Juvenile PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH XQGHU DJH INTERMEDIATE SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE (2017-18) 3:30 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order CREATIVE OR One creative element or one combined element COMBINED INTERSECTION One intersection element + point of intersection • $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI H[HFXWHG FRUUHFWO\ LINEAR One linear element – line NO HOLD One no hold element + step sequence • 0XVW EH D EORFN FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ PIVOTING One pivoting element – block ROTATING One rotating element – wheel or circle • Teams may not repeat the same shape used in the traveling element TRAVELING One traveling element – wheel or circle • Teams may not repeat the same shape used in the rotating element STANDARDS • A minimum of three different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH )XUWKHUPRUH HOHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DWWHPSWHG XQOHVV WKH HOHPHQW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH • Creative innovations and variations are not features and are permitted in the transitions and required elements. Creative LQQRYDWLRQV ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so requires L H SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW • )RU FUHDWLYLW\ LQ OLQHDU HOHPHQWV EORFN DQG OLQH DQG LQ URWDWLQJ HOHPHQWV FLUFOH DQG ZKHHO VNDWHUV D PD[LPXP RI KDOI WKH WHDP PD\ OHDYH DQG UHMRLQ DQ HOHPHQW DV ORQJ DV WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VNDWHUV LQ WKH HOHPHQW LV PDLQWDLQHG • Features and additional features will be counted only once per element. • $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG • 6RPH IHDWXUHV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV RWKHU IHDWXUHV 3OHDVH VHH HDFK HOHPHQW UXOH IRU WKH FDVHV ZKHUH this is not permitted. • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PXVW EH WKH VDPH DQG H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • 6WHS VHTXHQFHV RI D FRPSOH[ YDULHW\ PD\ EH XVHG ERWK LQ WKH HOHPHQWV DQG GXULQJ WUDQVLWLRQV • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PD\ EH XVHG RWKHU WKDQ LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU IHDWXUHV ZKHUH FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG WXUQV HGJHV DUH UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI GLI¿FXOW\ • 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH ULQN • 3URJUDPV QRW IXO¿OOLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG • 2WKHU HOHPHQWV PD\ EH LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR WKH IUHH VNDWH DQG ZLOO EH MXGJHG LQ WUDQVLWLRQV DQG RU FKRUHRJUDSK\ • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV DUH RSWLRQDO LQ D ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH ,Q RUGHU WR LQFUHDVH WKH GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH UHTXLUHG elements in the free skate, features and additional features may be incorporated into the free skating elements and will be called by the technical panel and evaluated by the judges. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

245

7240 Juvenile Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV Pre-juvenile PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH XQGHU DJH

CREATIVE OR COMBINED INTERSECTION LINEAR PIVOTING ROTATING TRAVELING

JUVENILE SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE (2017-18) 3:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following six elements in any order One creative element or one combined element One intersection element + point of intersection • 7HDPV PD\ DWWHPSW DQ\ OHYHO LQWHUVHFWLRQ EXW WKH KLJKHVW OHYHO FDOOHG ZLOO EH /HYHO • Additional features SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ may be attempted but no level will be awarded One linear element – line One pivoting element - block • 7HDPV PD\ DWWHPSW DQ\ OHYHO EXW WKH KLJKHVW OHYHO FDOOHG ZLOO EH /HYHO One rotating element – wheel or circle • Teams may not repeat the same shape used in the traveling element One traveling element – wheel or circle • 7HDPV PD\ DWWHPSW DQ\ OHYHO EXW WKH KLJKHVW OHYHO FDOOHG ZLOO EH /HYHO • Teams may not repeat the same shape used in the rotating element

STANDARDS • A minimum of three different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH )XUWKHUPRUH HOHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DWWHPSWHG XQOHVV WKH HOHPHQW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH • Creative innovations and variations are not features and are permitted in the transitions and required elements. Creative LQQRYDWLRQV ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so requires L H SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW • )RU FUHDWLYLW\ LQ OLQHDU HOHPHQWV EORFN DQG OLQH DQG LQ URWDWLQJ HOHPHQWV FLUFOH DQG ZKHHO VNDWHUV D PD[LPXP RI KDOI WKH WHDP PD\ OHDYH DQG UHMRLQ DQ HOHPHQW DV ORQJ DV WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VNDWHUV LQ WKH HOHPHQW LV PDLQWDLQHG • Features and additional features will be counted only once per element. • $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG • 6RPH IHDWXUHV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV RWKHU IHDWXUHV 3OHDVH VHH HDFK HOHPHQW UXOH IRU WKH FDVHV ZKHUH this is not permitted. • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PXVW EH WKH VDPH DQG H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU RQ XV¿JXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • 6WHS VHTXHQFHV RI D FRPSOH[ YDULHW\ PD\ EH XVHG ERWK LQ WKH HOHPHQWV DQG GXULQJ WUDQVLWLRQV • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PD\ EH XVHG RWKHU WKDQ LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU IHDWXUHV ZKHUH FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG WXUQV HGJHV DUH UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI GLI¿FXOW\ • 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH ULQN • 3URJUDPV QRW IXO¿OOLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG • 2WKHU HOHPHQWV PD\ EH LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR WKH IUHH VNDWH DQG ZLOO EH MXGJHG LQ WUDQVLWLRQV DQG RU FKRUHRJUDSK\ • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV DUH RSWLRQDO LQ D ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH ,Q RUGHU WR LQFUHDVH WKH GLI¿FXOW\ RI WKH UHTXLUHG elements in the free skate, features and additional features may be incorporated into the free skating elements and will be called by the technical panel and evaluated by the judges. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

246

7250 Open Juvenile Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 3UH SUHOLPLQDU\ PRYHV LQ WKH ¿HOG % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV XQGHU DJH

BLOCK CIRCLE CREATIVE INTERSECTION LINE WHEEL

OPEN JUVENILE SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:30 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following six elements in any order One block element One circle element One creative element One intersection element One line element One wheel element

STANDARDS • A minimum of two different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH • Other elements may be incorporated into the free skate and will be judged in the program component mark. • &UHDWLYH LQQRYDWLRQV DQG YDULDWLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH WUDQVLWLRQV DQG UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV DQG ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH program component mark. • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally, several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so UHTXLUHV VXFK DV SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW ([FHVVLYH GLYLVLRQ LQWR VPDOO JURXSV without the reasons mentioned above is not according to the requirements. • Features and additional features are optional. Step sequences are permitted in non-step sequence elements and may also be used during transitions. Turns and linking steps may also be used during elements. • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. Syncopated choreography may be used. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

247

7260 Pre-Juvenile Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 1RQH % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZLWK WKH PDMRULW\ RI WKH WHDP XQGHU \HDUV RI DJH

BLOCK CIRCLE CREATIVE INTERSECTION LINE WHEEL

PRE-JUVENILE SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:15 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following six elements in any order One block element One circle element One creative element One intersection element One line element One wheel element

STANDARDS • A minimum of two different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH • Other elements may be incorporated into the free skate and will be judged in the program component mark. • &UHDWLYH LQQRYDWLRQV DQG YDULDWLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH WUDQVLWLRQV DQG UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV DQG ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH program component mark. • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally, several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so UHTXLUHV VXFK DV SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW ([FHVVLYH GLYLVLRQ LQWR VPDOO JURXSV without the reasons mentioned above is not according to the requirements. • Features and additional features are optional. Step sequences are permitted in non-step sequence elements and may also be used during transitions. Turns and linking steps may also be used during elements. • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. Syncopated choreography may be used. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

248

7270 Preliminary Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOL¿FDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV 1RQH % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH SUHFHGLQJ -XO\ VNDWHUV ZKR DUH XQGHU DJH ZLWK WKH PDMRULW\ RI VNDWHUV XQGHU DJH

BLOCK CIRCLE INTERSECTION LINE WHEEL

PRELIMINARY SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE 2:00 +/- 10 seconds 0XVW FRQWDLQ WKH IROORZLQJ ¿YH HOHPHQWV LQ DQ\ RUGHU One block element One circle element 2QH LQWHUVHFWLRQ HOHPHQW IRUZDUG RQO\

One line element One wheel element

STANDARDS • A minimum of two different clearly recognizable holds are required. These holds may be done in elements or transitions and must be shown by the whole team for three seconds or more. • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH • Other elements may be incorporated into the free skate and will be judged in the program component mark. • &UHDWLYH LQQRYDWLRQV DQG YDULDWLRQV DUH SHUPLWWHG LQ WKH WUDQVLWLRQV DQG UHTXLUHG HOHPHQWV DQG ZLOO EH UHÀHFWHG LQ WKH program component mark. • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally, several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so UHTXLUHV VXFK DV SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU WKH EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW ([FHVVLYH GLYLVLRQ LQWR VPDOO JURXSV without the reasons mentioned above is not according to the requirements. • Features and additional features are optional. Step sequences are permitted in non-step sequence elements and may also be used during transitions. • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • Syncopated choreography may be used. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'H¿QLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

249

7280 Collegiate Synchronized Skating $ 7HVW TXDOLÂżFDWLRQV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV -XYHQLOH PRYHV LQ WKH ÂżHOG % 5HTXLUHPHQWV DV RI WKH FORVLQJ GDWH IRU HQWULHV VNDWHUV DOO RI ZKRP PXVW KDYH D KLJK VFKRRO GLSORPD RU equivalent and be enrolled in a degree program at a college or university and must be full-time students as recognized by the college or university they attend COLLEGIATE SYNCHRONIZED WELL-BALANCED FREE SKATE (2017-18) 4:00 +/- 10 seconds Must contain the following seven elements in any order INTERSECTIONS Two different intersection elements • 2QH LQWHUVHFWLRQ SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ LV SHUPLWWHG DQG ZLOO EH FRXQWHG LI FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG • 2QH LQWHUVHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ $GGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH SRLQW RI LQWHUVHFWLRQ ZLOO QRW EH counted. Teams must write “I + piâ€? or “Iâ€? respectively on the program content sheet. NO HOLD One no hold element PAIR One pair element PLUS a choice of one element from each of the following groups: GROUP A • Move element • Synchronized spin element GROUP B • Creative element • Combined element GROUP C • /LQHDU HOHPHQW EORFN • /LQHDU HOHPHQW OLQH • 5RWDWLQJ HOHPHQW FLUFOH • 5RWDWLRQ HOHPHQW ZKHHO STANDARDS • $OO HOHPHQWV PXVW PHHW JHQHUDO FULWHULD DQG EDVLF UHTXLUHPHQWV LQ RUGHU WR EH FRXQWHG VHH UXOH )XUWKHUPRUH HOHPHQWV ZLOO QRW EH FRQVLGHUHG DV DWWHPSWHG XQOHVV WKH HOHPHQW PHHWV WKH PLQLPXP UHTXLUHPHQWV IRU /HYHO %DVH • Creative innovations and variations are not features and are permitted in the transitions and required elements. Creative LQQRYDWLRQV ZLOO EH UHĂ€HFWHG LQ WKH SURJUDP FRPSRQHQWV • The team must predominantly act as one unit. Division of the team into several units is allowed during the creative element and transitions. Additionally several units can be used as short transitions if the element following the transition so requires L H SUHSDUDWLRQ IRU DQ LQWHUVHFWLRQ RU EHJLQQLQJ RI D FUHDWLYH HOHPHQW • )RU FUHDWLYLW\ LQ OLQHDU HOHPHQWV EORFN DQG OLQH DQG LQ URWDWLQJ HOHPHQWV FLUFOH DQG ZKHHO VNDWHUV D PD[LPXP RI KDOI WKH WHDP PD\ OHDYH DQG UHMRLQ DQ HOHPHQW DV ORQJ DV WKH PLQLPXP QXPEHU RI UHTXLUHG VNDWHUV LQ WKH HOHPHQW LV PDLQWDLQHG • Features and additional features will be counted only once per element. • $OO VNDWHUV PXVW EH MRLQHG DOLJQHG WR D VSRNH OLQH FLUFOH HWF GXULQJ IHDWXUHV IRU WKHVH WR EH FRXQWHG • 6RPH IHDWXUHV PD\ EH H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH DV RWKHU IHDWXUHV 3OHDVH VHH HDFK HOHPHQW UXOH IRU WKH FDVHV ZKHUH this is not permitted. • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV PXVW EH WKH VDPH DQG H[HFXWHG DW WKH VDPH WLPH XQOHVV RWKHUZLVH VWDWHG LQ WKH UXOHV IRU WKH HOHPHQW IHDWXUH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU RQ XVÂżJXUHVNDWLQJ RUJ • Mirror image pattern is permitted in elements and transitions. • 6WHS VHTXHQFHV RI D FRPSOH[ YDULHW\ PD\ EH XVHG ERWK LQ WKH HOHPHQWV DQG GXULQJ WUDQVLWLRQV • Turns and linking steps may be used during elements. • 6\QFRSDWHG FKRUHRJUDSK\ PD\ EH XVHG RWKHU WKDQ LQ WKH VWHS VHTXHQFH DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUH RU IHDWXUHV ZKHUH FRUUHFWO\ H[HFXWHG WXUQV HGJHV DUH UHTXLUHG WR GHWHUPLQH WKH OHYHO RI GLIÂżFXOW\ • 7KH FKRUHRJUDSK\ DQG HOHPHQWV VKRXOG EH H[HFXWHG IDFLQJ WRZDUG DOO VLGHV RI WKH ULQN • 3URJUDPV QRW IXOÂżOOLQJ WKH UHTXLUHPHQWV DERYH ZLOO EH SHQDOL]HG • 2WKHU HOHPHQWV PD\ EH LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR WKH IUHH VNDWH DQG ZLOO EH MXGJHG LQ WUDQVLWLRQV DQG RU FKRUHRJUDSK\ • )HDWXUHV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV DUH RSWLRQDO LQ D ZHOO EDODQFHG IUHH VNDWH ,Q RUGHU WR LQFUHDVH WKH GLIÂżFXOW\ RI WKH UHTXLUHG elements in the free skate, features and additional features may be incorporated into the free skating elements and will be called by the technical panel and evaluated by the judges. • Un-sustained lifts and vaults may be used in the collegiate free skate. • For illegal and non-permitted elements, see rules 7160 and 7170. • 'HÂżQLWLRQV RI JHQHUDO WHUPV VWHSV DQG WXUQV IHDWXUHV DQG UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV H[WUD IHDWXUHV FDQ EH IRXQG in rules 7110-7140.

250

Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.